openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

September 2015

20 participants
429 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92902 - branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Sep '15

30 Sep '15

Author: mlandres Date: 2015-10-01 01:16:16 +0200 (Thu, 01 Oct 2015) New Revision: 92902 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: 0fe62eddf931620f337dabd2232c11f91b669a4e (HEAD, origin/SuSE-SLE-12-Branch, SuSE-SLE-12-Branch) Update zypper-po.tar.bz2 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 23:15:49 UTC (rev 92901) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 23:16:16 UTC (rev 92902) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:15+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 01:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1600,8 +1600,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:810 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:842 src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:817 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:849 src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -4185,26 +4185,26 @@ msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:786 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:789 msgid "committing" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:788 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:791 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:809 src/solve-commit.cc:852 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:816 src/solve-commit.cc:859 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:848 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:855 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -4214,23 +4214,32 @@ "- use another repository" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:875 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:882 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:891 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:890 +msgid "Installation has completed with error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 +#, boost-format +msgid "You may run '%1%' to repair any dependency problems." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:900 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:916 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:920 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:937 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:922 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:939 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92901 - branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Sep '15

30 Sep '15

Author: mlandres Date: 2015-10-01 01:15:49 +0200 (Thu, 01 Oct 2015) New Revision: 92901 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: 3fee086cb1ad5acc5bf70cb9b192125cda97b651 (HEAD, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) Update zypper-po.tar.bz2 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 23:14:53 UTC (rev 92900) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 23:15:49 UTC (rev 92901) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:15+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 01:15+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:265 src/info.cc:326 src/info.cc:332 src/info.cc:340 #: src/info.cc:399 src/info.cc:400 src/info.cc:491 src/info.cc:493 -#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:265 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: src/info.cc:265 src/info.cc:326 src/info.cc:332 src/info.cc:340 #: src/info.cc:399 src/info.cc:400 src/info.cc:491 src/info.cc:493 -#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:265 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: name (general header) -#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1023 src/repos.cc:1163 -#: src/repos.cc:2595 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:549 src/update.cc:686 +#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 +#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:549 src/update.cc:686 #: src/Zypper.cc:5346 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: type (general header) -#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1063 src/repos.cc:1174 -#: src/repos.cc:2604 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 +#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:686 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "" @@ -1060,8 +1060,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3443 src/solve-commit.cc:820 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:852 src/solve-commit.cc:886 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1382 +#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1381 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" @@ -1184,585 +1184,585 @@ msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:935 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:617 src/search.cc:348 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:617 src/search.cc:348 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. status #. rug's status (active, pending => active, disabled <= enabled, disabled) #. this is probably the closest possible compatibility arrangement -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Active" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5346 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5346 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1031 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1776 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1035 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:1780 src/repos.cc:2597 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1043 src/repos.cc:2599 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1053 src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2603 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1070 src/repos.cc:1164 src/repos.cc:1782 src/repos.cc:2606 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 msgid "URI" msgstr "" #. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed) -#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/ps.cc:125 +#: src/repos.cc:1079 src/ps.cc:125 msgid "Service" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1133 +#: src/repos.cc:1132 msgid "No repositories defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1134 +#: src/repos.cc:1133 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 msgid "Auto-refresh" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "On" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Off" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Keep Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1175 +#: src/repos.cc:1174 msgid "GPG Key URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1176 +#: src/repos.cc:1175 msgid "Path Prefix" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1177 +#: src/repos.cc:1176 msgid "Parent Service" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1178 +#: src/repos.cc:1177 msgid "Repo Info Path" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1179 +#: src/repos.cc:1178 msgid "MD Cache Path" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1233 src/repos.cc:1310 src/repos.cc:1469 +#: src/repos.cc:1232 src/repos.cc:1309 src/repos.cc:1468 msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1261 src/repos.cc:2745 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1263 src/repos.cc:2747 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1270 src/repos.cc:2754 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1328 src/repos.cc:1487 +#: src/repos.cc:1327 src/repos.cc:1486 msgid "Specified repositories: " msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1367 +#: src/repos.cc:1366 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1396 +#: src/repos.cc:1395 msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1398 +#: src/repos.cc:1397 msgid "There are no enabled repositories defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1399 +#: src/repos.cc:1398 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1404 +#: src/repos.cc:1403 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1410 +#: src/repos.cc:1409 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1415 +#: src/repos.cc:1414 msgid "Specified repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1417 +#: src/repos.cc:1416 msgid "All repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1544 +#: src/repos.cc:1543 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1554 +#: src/repos.cc:1553 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning raw metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1561 +#: src/repos.cc:1560 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Keeping raw metadata cache for %s '%s'." msgstr "" #. translators: meaning the cached rpm files -#: src/repos.cc:1569 +#: src/repos.cc:1568 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning packages for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1577 +#: src/repos.cc:1576 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot clean repository '%s' because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1590 +#: src/repos.cc:1589 msgid "Cleaning installed packages cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1598 +#: src/repos.cc:1597 msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1619 +#: src/repos.cc:1618 msgid "Could not clean the repositories because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1626 +#: src/repos.cc:1625 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been cleaned up because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1631 +#: src/repos.cc:1630 msgid "Specified repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1633 +#: src/repos.cc:1632 msgid "All repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1676 +#: src/repos.cc:1675 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1698 +#: src/repos.cc:1697 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2007 +#: src/repos.cc:1705 src/repos.cc:2006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1717 +#: src/repos.cc:1716 msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3317 +#: src/repos.cc:1726 src/Zypper.cc:3317 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1736 +#: src/repos.cc:1735 msgid "Problem transferring repository data from specified URI:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1737 +#: src/repos.cc:1736 msgid "Please check whether the specified URI is accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1745 +#: src/repos.cc:1744 msgid "Unknown problem when adding repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: BOOST STYLE POSITIONAL DIRECTIVES ( %N% ) #. translators: %1% - a repository name -#: src/repos.cc:1756 +#: src/repos.cc:1755 #, boost-format msgid "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and origin of packages cannot be verified." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1762 +#: src/repos.cc:1761 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' successfully added" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1778 +#: src/repos.cc:1777 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1796 +#: src/repos.cc:1795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1803 +#: src/repos.cc:1802 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1804 +#: src/repos.cc:1803 msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1811 +#: src/repos.cc:1810 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1878 +#: src/repos.cc:1877 msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1879 +#: src/repos.cc:1878 msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1887 +#: src/repos.cc:1886 msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. -#: src/repos.cc:1890 +#: src/repos.cc:1889 msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1898 +#: src/repos.cc:1897 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1912 +#: src/repos.cc:1911 msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1919 +#: src/repos.cc:1918 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1964 +#: src/repos.cc:1963 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1990 +#: src/repos.cc:1989 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2001 +#: src/repos.cc:2000 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2013 src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2014 +#: src/repos.cc:2013 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2163 +#: src/repos.cc:2162 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2171 +#: src/repos.cc:2170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2205 +#: src/repos.cc:2204 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2208 +#: src/repos.cc:2207 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2216 +#: src/repos.cc:2215 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2219 +#: src/repos.cc:2218 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2227 +#: src/repos.cc:2226 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2230 +#: src/repos.cc:2229 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2238 +#: src/repos.cc:2237 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2241 +#: src/repos.cc:2240 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2248 +#: src/repos.cc:2247 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2255 +#: src/repos.cc:2254 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2266 +#: src/repos.cc:2265 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2274 +#: src/repos.cc:2273 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2312 +#: src/repos.cc:2311 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2407 +#: src/repos.cc:2406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2411 +#: src/repos.cc:2410 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2659 +#: src/repos.cc:2658 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2781 +#: src/repos.cc:2780 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2791 +#: src/repos.cc:2790 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2797 +#: src/repos.cc:2796 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2836 +#: src/repos.cc:2835 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2839 +#: src/repos.cc:2838 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2853 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2870 src/repos.cc:2880 +#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2985 src/repos.cc:3045 +#: src/repos.cc:2871 src/repos.cc:2984 src/repos.cc:3044 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2881 +#: src/repos.cc:2880 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2939 +#: src/repos.cc:2938 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:2998 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3002 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3004 +#: src/repos.cc:3003 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3008 +#: src/repos.cc:3007 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3014 +#: src/repos.cc:3013 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3019 +#: src/repos.cc:3018 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3021 +#: src/repos.cc:3020 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3169 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3173 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3179 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3183 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3189 +#: src/repos.cc:3188 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3228 +#: src/repos.cc:3227 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3235 +#: src/repos.cc:3234 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3236 +#: src/repos.cc:3235 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3344 +#: src/repos.cc:3343 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3366 +#: src/repos.cc:3365 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3373 +#: src/repos.cc:3372 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3380 src/repos.cc:3418 +#: src/repos.cc:3379 src/repos.cc:3417 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3385 +#: src/repos.cc:3384 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3390 src/repos.cc:3423 +#: src/repos.cc:3389 src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3409 +#: src/repos.cc:3408 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3419 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3432 +#: src/repos.cc:3431 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3443 +#: src/repos.cc:3442 msgid "Problem occurred while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "" @@ -3474,72 +3474,72 @@ msgstr "" #. Here: compute the full upgrade -#: src/solve-commit.cc:393 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:396 msgid "Computing upgrade..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 msgid "Generating solver test case..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Solver test case generated successfully at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:416 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:419 msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:453 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." msgstr "" #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:459 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:468 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:475 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:486 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:498 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:506 msgid "y/n" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:507 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:552 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:557 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:627 msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:635 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" @@ -3553,75 +3553,75 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:682 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:792 msgid "committing" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:819 src/solve-commit.cc:862 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:858 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:871 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -3631,23 +3631,32 @@ "- use another repository" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:893 +msgid "Installation has completed with error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:895 +#, boost-format +msgid "You may run '%1%' to repair any dependency problems." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:910 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:919 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:940 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:942 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92900 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Sep '15

30 Sep '15

Author: mlandres Date: 2015-10-01 01:14:53 +0200 (Thu, 01 Oct 2015) New Revision: 92900 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: 6b0d01997f3218f0b339b856c078124238731325 (HEAD, tag: 1.11.38, origin/SuSE-SLE-12-Branch, SuSE-SLE-12-Branch) changes 1.11.38 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 23:14:15 UTC (rev 92899) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 23:14:53 UTC (rev 92900) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 01:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -1600,8 +1600,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:810 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:842 src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:817 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:849 src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -4185,26 +4185,26 @@ msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:786 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:789 msgid "committing" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:788 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:791 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:809 src/solve-commit.cc:852 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:816 src/solve-commit.cc:859 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:848 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:855 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -4214,23 +4214,32 @@ "- use another repository" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:875 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:882 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:891 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:890 +msgid "Installation has completed with error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 +#, boost-format +msgid "You may run '%1%' to repair any dependency problems." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:900 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:916 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:920 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:937 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:922 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:939 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92899 - trunk/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Sep '15

30 Sep '15

Author: mlandres Date: 2015-10-01 01:14:15 +0200 (Thu, 01 Oct 2015) New Revision: 92899 Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: ec8dcae4a75cc273fce0433a3e5f8acdb57ab653 (HEAD, tag: 1.12.18, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) changes 1.12.18 Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 14:34:01 UTC (rev 92898) +++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2015-09-30 23:14:15 UTC (rev 92899) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 01:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:265 src/info.cc:326 src/info.cc:332 src/info.cc:340 #: src/info.cc:399 src/info.cc:400 src/info.cc:491 src/info.cc:493 -#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:265 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: src/info.cc:265 src/info.cc:326 src/info.cc:332 src/info.cc:340 #: src/info.cc:399 src/info.cc:400 src/info.cc:491 src/info.cc:493 -#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:282 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:265 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: name (general header) -#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1023 src/repos.cc:1163 -#: src/repos.cc:2595 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:549 src/update.cc:686 +#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 +#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:549 src/update.cc:686 #: src/Zypper.cc:5346 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: type (general header) -#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1063 src/repos.cc:1174 -#: src/repos.cc:2604 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 +#: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:686 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "" @@ -1060,8 +1060,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3443 src/solve-commit.cc:820 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:852 src/solve-commit.cc:886 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1382 +#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1381 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" @@ -1184,585 +1184,585 @@ msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:935 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:617 src/search.cc:348 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:617 src/search.cc:348 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. status #. rug's status (active, pending => active, disabled <= enabled, disabled) #. this is probably the closest possible compatibility arrangement -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Active" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5346 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5346 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1031 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1776 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1035 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:1780 src/repos.cc:2597 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1043 src/repos.cc:2599 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1053 src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2603 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1070 src/repos.cc:1164 src/repos.cc:1782 src/repos.cc:2606 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 msgid "URI" msgstr "" #. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed) -#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/ps.cc:125 +#: src/repos.cc:1079 src/ps.cc:125 msgid "Service" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1133 +#: src/repos.cc:1132 msgid "No repositories defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1134 +#: src/repos.cc:1133 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 msgid "Auto-refresh" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "On" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Off" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Keep Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1175 +#: src/repos.cc:1174 msgid "GPG Key URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1176 +#: src/repos.cc:1175 msgid "Path Prefix" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1177 +#: src/repos.cc:1176 msgid "Parent Service" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1178 +#: src/repos.cc:1177 msgid "Repo Info Path" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1179 +#: src/repos.cc:1178 msgid "MD Cache Path" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1233 src/repos.cc:1310 src/repos.cc:1469 +#: src/repos.cc:1232 src/repos.cc:1309 src/repos.cc:1468 msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1261 src/repos.cc:2745 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1263 src/repos.cc:2747 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1270 src/repos.cc:2754 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1328 src/repos.cc:1487 +#: src/repos.cc:1327 src/repos.cc:1486 msgid "Specified repositories: " msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1367 +#: src/repos.cc:1366 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1396 +#: src/repos.cc:1395 msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1398 +#: src/repos.cc:1397 msgid "There are no enabled repositories defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1399 +#: src/repos.cc:1398 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1404 +#: src/repos.cc:1403 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1410 +#: src/repos.cc:1409 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1415 +#: src/repos.cc:1414 msgid "Specified repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1417 +#: src/repos.cc:1416 msgid "All repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1544 +#: src/repos.cc:1543 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1554 +#: src/repos.cc:1553 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning raw metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1561 +#: src/repos.cc:1560 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Keeping raw metadata cache for %s '%s'." msgstr "" #. translators: meaning the cached rpm files -#: src/repos.cc:1569 +#: src/repos.cc:1568 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning packages for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1577 +#: src/repos.cc:1576 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot clean repository '%s' because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1590 +#: src/repos.cc:1589 msgid "Cleaning installed packages cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1598 +#: src/repos.cc:1597 msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1619 +#: src/repos.cc:1618 msgid "Could not clean the repositories because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1626 +#: src/repos.cc:1625 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been cleaned up because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1631 +#: src/repos.cc:1630 msgid "Specified repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1633 +#: src/repos.cc:1632 msgid "All repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1676 +#: src/repos.cc:1675 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1698 +#: src/repos.cc:1697 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2007 +#: src/repos.cc:1705 src/repos.cc:2006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1717 +#: src/repos.cc:1716 msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3317 +#: src/repos.cc:1726 src/Zypper.cc:3317 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1736 +#: src/repos.cc:1735 msgid "Problem transferring repository data from specified URI:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1737 +#: src/repos.cc:1736 msgid "Please check whether the specified URI is accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1745 +#: src/repos.cc:1744 msgid "Unknown problem when adding repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: BOOST STYLE POSITIONAL DIRECTIVES ( %N% ) #. translators: %1% - a repository name -#: src/repos.cc:1756 +#: src/repos.cc:1755 #, boost-format msgid "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and origin of packages cannot be verified." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1762 +#: src/repos.cc:1761 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' successfully added" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1778 +#: src/repos.cc:1777 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1796 +#: src/repos.cc:1795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1803 +#: src/repos.cc:1802 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1804 +#: src/repos.cc:1803 msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1811 +#: src/repos.cc:1810 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1878 +#: src/repos.cc:1877 msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1879 +#: src/repos.cc:1878 msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1887 +#: src/repos.cc:1886 msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. -#: src/repos.cc:1890 +#: src/repos.cc:1889 msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1898 +#: src/repos.cc:1897 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1912 +#: src/repos.cc:1911 msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1919 +#: src/repos.cc:1918 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1964 +#: src/repos.cc:1963 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1990 +#: src/repos.cc:1989 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2001 +#: src/repos.cc:2000 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2013 src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2014 +#: src/repos.cc:2013 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2163 +#: src/repos.cc:2162 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2171 +#: src/repos.cc:2170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2205 +#: src/repos.cc:2204 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2208 +#: src/repos.cc:2207 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2216 +#: src/repos.cc:2215 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2219 +#: src/repos.cc:2218 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2227 +#: src/repos.cc:2226 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2230 +#: src/repos.cc:2229 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2238 +#: src/repos.cc:2237 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2241 +#: src/repos.cc:2240 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2248 +#: src/repos.cc:2247 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2255 +#: src/repos.cc:2254 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2266 +#: src/repos.cc:2265 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2274 +#: src/repos.cc:2273 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2312 +#: src/repos.cc:2311 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2407 +#: src/repos.cc:2406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2411 +#: src/repos.cc:2410 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2659 +#: src/repos.cc:2658 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2781 +#: src/repos.cc:2780 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2791 +#: src/repos.cc:2790 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2797 +#: src/repos.cc:2796 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2836 +#: src/repos.cc:2835 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2839 +#: src/repos.cc:2838 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2854 +#: src/repos.cc:2853 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2870 src/repos.cc:2880 +#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2879 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2872 src/repos.cc:2985 src/repos.cc:3045 +#: src/repos.cc:2871 src/repos.cc:2984 src/repos.cc:3044 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2881 +#: src/repos.cc:2880 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2939 +#: src/repos.cc:2938 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2999 +#: src/repos.cc:2998 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3002 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3004 +#: src/repos.cc:3003 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3008 +#: src/repos.cc:3007 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3014 +#: src/repos.cc:3013 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3019 +#: src/repos.cc:3018 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3021 +#: src/repos.cc:3020 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3170 +#: src/repos.cc:3169 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3173 +#: src/repos.cc:3172 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3180 +#: src/repos.cc:3179 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3183 +#: src/repos.cc:3182 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3189 +#: src/repos.cc:3188 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3228 +#: src/repos.cc:3227 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3235 +#: src/repos.cc:3234 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3236 +#: src/repos.cc:3235 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3344 +#: src/repos.cc:3343 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3366 +#: src/repos.cc:3365 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3373 +#: src/repos.cc:3372 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3380 src/repos.cc:3418 +#: src/repos.cc:3379 src/repos.cc:3417 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3385 +#: src/repos.cc:3384 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3390 src/repos.cc:3423 +#: src/repos.cc:3389 src/repos.cc:3422 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3409 +#: src/repos.cc:3408 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3420 +#: src/repos.cc:3419 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3432 +#: src/repos.cc:3431 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3443 +#: src/repos.cc:3442 msgid "Problem occurred while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "" @@ -3474,72 +3474,72 @@ msgstr "" #. Here: compute the full upgrade -#: src/solve-commit.cc:393 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:396 msgid "Computing upgrade..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 msgid "Generating solver test case..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Solver test case generated successfully at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:416 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:419 msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:453 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." msgstr "" #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:459 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:468 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:475 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:486 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:498 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:506 msgid "y/n" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:507 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:552 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:557 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:627 msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:635 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" @@ -3553,75 +3553,75 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:682 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:792 msgid "committing" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:819 src/solve-commit.cc:862 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:858 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:871 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -3631,23 +3631,32 @@ "- use another repository" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:893 +msgid "Installation has completed with error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:895 +#, boost-format +msgid "You may run '%1%' to repair any dependency problems." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:910 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:919 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:940 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:942 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92898 - trunk/yast/sk/po
by galko＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Sep '15

30 Sep '15

Author: galko Date: 2015-09-30 16:34:01 +0200 (Wed, 30 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92898 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po Log: sk merging Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:46 UTC (rev 92897) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-09-30 14:34:01 UTC (rev 92898) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 15:48+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-30 15:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -52,21 +52,22 @@ #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 msgid "" "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +"\"" +"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the k" +"dump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command l" +"ine string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -98,8 +99,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes p" +"assword (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -145,8 +146,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, s" +"ftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -206,8 +207,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or" +" s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -277,8 +278,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#, fuzzy #: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 -#, fuzzy msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "Domovský priečinok: %1" @@ -287,8 +288,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#, fuzzy #: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 -#, fuzzy msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "Názov serveru: " @@ -343,12 +344,12 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabled" msgstr "zapnutá" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabled" msgstr "vypnutá" @@ -393,15 +394,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 #, fuzzy +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Aby sa zmena prejavila, je nutné počítač reštartovať." @@ -420,43 +424,43 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 #, fuzzy +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Varovanie: nie je použité žiadne šifrovanie." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Hodnotu pre voľbu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "&Formátovať" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "" "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Súbor %1 neexistuje." @@ -464,9 +468,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 #, fuzzy +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "" "\n" @@ -476,54 +480,54 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 #, fuzzy +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Chýba názov inštalačného serveru." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Neznáma hodnota parametra %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Hodnotu pre voľbu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Hodnotu pre voľbu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Hodnotu pre voľbu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Hodnotu pre voľbu" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 #, fuzzy msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Varovanie: nie je použité žiadne šifrovanie." @@ -545,122 +549,109 @@ msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Po&voliť alebo zakázať" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Povoliť &uspatie" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Zakázať Kdump" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Zahrnúť v registrácii" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Balíky" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Súkromné GPG kľúče" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Používateľské dáta" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Balíky" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Formátovať" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "Počet výstupov MIDI." -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "&Formátovať" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "&Nízkoúrovňové formátovanie" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&Nízkoúrovňové formátovanie" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "V&ybrať všetko" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokálny priečinok" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "Server NTP" @@ -669,7 +660,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Používateľské meno" @@ -678,139 +669,159 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Heslo" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Čas zmeny" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Identifikácia" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Príkaz: " #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Filter pre hľadanie v adresári LDAP" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Odstrániť staré balíky" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Ma&x. počet starých záloh" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Pamäť" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Štart" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Štart" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Robiť lokálne &filtrovanie" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "iSCSI Target" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "Server NTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 #, fuzzy msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Emailová adresa:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Upozornenie zmazania" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Príkaz: " -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Nastavenie DNS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertné nastavenia" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertné nastavenia" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " -"added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/re" +"moved. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" @@ -829,12 +840,12 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a " -"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition " -"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump " -"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when " -"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take pla" +"ce when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted d" +"ump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a ne" +"w instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel c" +"rash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of" +" memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -863,8 +874,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps" +". " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 @@ -872,8 +883,8 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Brow" +"se\n" " " msgstr "" @@ -885,8 +896,8 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<" -"br>" +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<b" +"r>" msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 @@ -973,8 +984,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<" -"br>" +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<b" +"r>" msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -997,15 +1008,15 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain" +" SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This" +"\n" " is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " "be used.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1013,15 +1024,15 @@ #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification em" +"ail will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to" +"\n" " which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1029,8 +1040,8 @@ #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the nu" +"mber of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" @@ -1163,8 +1174,8 @@ msgstr "Prechádzať" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 -#, fuzzy msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "Meno serveru" @@ -1207,14 +1218,14 @@ #. install cifs-mount package #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 -#, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "Musíte špecifikovať ID služby." #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 -#, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "Priečinok na serveri" @@ -1239,161 +1250,163 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem konfiguráciu modemu" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Načítavam profily..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať používateľské nastavenia." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Hľadám dostupné zdroje..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Načítavam rozdelenie diskov..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "" + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať používateľské nastavenia." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Nemôžem načítať súbor %1" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu modemu" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Možnosti aktualizácie" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Aktualizujem zónové súbory..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "v úrovni %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "zapnutá" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "vypnutá" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "Prázdna hodnota voľby: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&Formátovať" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ma&x. počet starých záloh" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ma&x. počet starých záloh" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "" "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " "%{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:46 UTC (rev 92897) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-09-30 14:34:01 UTC (rev 92898) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-30 15:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Zrušiť" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Akceptovať" @@ -1322,24 +1322,29 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "P&okračovať" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "Án&o" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nie" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK - Skúsiť znovu" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 #, fuzzy msgid "" "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " @@ -1349,12 +1354,12 @@ "Chcete naozaj opustiť výber balíkov?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Dostupné jazyky" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Dostupné repozitáre" @@ -1362,38 +1367,38 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Vyžadované opravy" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Nainštalované opravy" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Opravy z on-line aktualizácie" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Problém aktualizácie" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Výsledky hľadania" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Závislosti balíkov" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "" "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " "automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " @@ -1409,26 +1414,50 @@ "odstránenie." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Zdroj" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Aktualizovať zoznam" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Oprava: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Nie sú k dispozícii žiadne opravy" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Skript" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and " +"non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:46 UTC (rev 92897) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-09-30 14:34:01 UTC (rev 92898) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-30 16:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 -#, fuzzy msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registračný kód" @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 #, fuzzy +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registračný kód" @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ msgstr "Registračný server:" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#, fuzzy #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 -#, fuzzy msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "URL serveru: " @@ -250,14 +250,14 @@ msgstr "Ak je známe &sériové číslo" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 -#, fuzzy msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 -#, fuzzy msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " @@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 -#, fuzzy msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registračný kód" @@ -331,24 +331,36 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detaily: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -385,108 +397,131 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 #, fuzzy +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Aktualizujem /etc/hosts ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "" + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 #, fuzzy +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Prosím, čakajte, kým sa nainštalujú balíky." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 -#, fuzzy msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "SMT certifikát" +msgstr "Certifikát:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Neznáma chyba" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Spúšťam registráciu..." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -538,8 +573,8 @@ msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" "Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension" +" or module." msgstr "" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog @@ -586,8 +621,8 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registrati" +"on code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) @@ -625,8 +660,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered " -"again." +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -649,9 +684,8 @@ #. create the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 -#, fuzzy msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "Identifikátor kľúča" +msgstr "Identifikátor" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" @@ -705,20 +739,20 @@ #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 -#, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registračný kód" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database" +",\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration" +"." msgstr "" "Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne " "získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky " @@ -729,8 +763,8 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL o" +"f the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -830,8 +864,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get upda" +"tes and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration @@ -897,30 +931,30 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authentic" +"ity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certific" +"ate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of th" +"e unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certifi" +"cate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to b" +"e sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -942,8 +976,15 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -951,20 +992,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for o" +"nline migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in " +"the selected repositories." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module @@ -980,87 +1021,78 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Priority: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Priorita: %s" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver m" +"ay offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories l" +"ater." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -1070,40 +1102,40 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (" +"%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1120,14 +1152,14 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or mo" +"dules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Custome" +"r Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. button label @@ -1169,3 +1201,4 @@ msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Použiť lokálny registračný server" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:46 UTC (rev 92897) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-09-30 14:34:01 UTC (rev 92898) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 14:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -828,7 +828,6 @@ "nainštalovaná, alebo v systéme chýba voľba." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -843,15 +842,17 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" "Správca obrazovky poskytuje obrazovku grafického prihlásenia a ak je " -"nastavený, môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom " -"počítači.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, budú prenášať svoje dáta cez " -"sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos môže byť " -"odpočúvaný útočníkom získavajúcim prístup nie len ku grafickému obsahu " -"obrazovky, ale tiež k používateľským menám a heslám.Ak nepotrebujete <" -"EM>XDCMP pre vzdialené grafické prihlásenie, vypnite túto voľbu." +"nastavený,\n" +"môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom " +"systéme.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, by mali prenášať svoje\n" +"dáta cez sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos\n môže " +"byť odpočúvaný útočníkom, ktorý získava prístup nie len ku grafickému\n" +"obsahu obrazovky, ale tiež k používateľským menám a heslám,\n" +"ktoré sa použijú.Ak nepotrebujete XDMCP pre vzdialené " +"grafické prihlásenia,\n" +"vypnite túto voľbu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " @@ -860,9 +861,10 @@ "create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín počítača. " -"Preto je potrebné nastaviť správne hardvérové hodiny pred tým, ako sa systém " -"vypne.Zhodný systémový čas je dôležitý preto, aby bol systém schopný " +"Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín " +"počítača.\n" +"Preto je potrebné nastaviť správne hardvérové hodiny pred tým, ako sa systém\n" +"vypne.Zhodný systémový čas je dôležitý preto, aby bol systém schopný\n" "vytvárať správne záznamy." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:46 UTC (rev 92897) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-09-30 14:34:01 UTC (rev 92898) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-30 16:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -97,8 +97,7 @@ msgstr "&Vytvoriť rozdelenie disku" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -111,8 +110,8 @@ #. #. this is the normal case #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#, fuzzy #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 -#, fuzzy msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Špeciálne nastavenie" @@ -730,9 +729,9 @@ #. Information what to do, background information #. Information what to do, background information #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 -#, fuzzy msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Pripravujem váš disk" @@ -985,8 +984,8 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 -#, fuzzy msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Vytvoriť nový oddiel" @@ -1006,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "&Navrhnúť" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1020,7 +1019,7 @@ "Priraďte koreňový bod pripojenia \"/\" k diskovému oddielu.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1034,7 +1033,7 @@ "Použite súborový systém Linux, ako je ext2 alebo reiserfs.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1048,7 +1047,7 @@ "Použite súborový systém Linux, ako je ext2 alebo reiserfs.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1061,8 +1060,19 @@ "z týchto bodov: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" "Použite súborový systém Linux, ako je ext2 alebo reiserfs.\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1083,7 +1093,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1099,7 +1109,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1111,27 +1121,18 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 -#, fuzzy +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" -"Pozor: Na /boot nie je pripojený žiadny oddiel.\n" -"Pre štart z pevného disku je nutný malý oddiel /boot\n" -"(približne 4MB). Zvážte jeho vytvorenie.\n" -"(Oddiely pripojené na /boot budú automaticky zmenené\n" -"na typ 0x41 PReP/CHRP).\n" -"\n" -"Chcete zmeniť vaše nastavenie?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1151,7 +1152,7 @@ "\n" "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1160,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1178,7 +1179,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" @@ -1204,7 +1205,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1230,13 +1231,13 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Naozaj použiť túto cestu?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1260,7 +1261,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1275,7 +1276,7 @@ "YaST nemôže garantovať úspešnú inštaláciu, hlavne v týchto prípadoch:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1287,7 +1288,7 @@ "- ak tento oddiel neobsahuje systém súborov\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1299,7 +1300,7 @@ "ako sú /, /boot, /usr, /opt, alebo /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1311,7 +1312,7 @@ "Chcete zmeniť nastavenie?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1321,7 +1322,7 @@ "Prosím, pred jeho úpravou ho odstráňte z RAID." #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" @@ -1331,7 +1332,7 @@ "Prosím, pred jeho úpravou ho odstráňte zo skupiny." #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" @@ -1341,7 +1342,7 @@ "Prosím, pred jeho úpravou ho odstráňte zo skupiny." #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1351,13 +1352,13 @@ "Prosím, zmažte ho z RAID pred odstránením." #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" @@ -1366,21 +1367,21 @@ "%1" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte" +"d:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the exte" +"nded partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybraný rozšírený oddiel obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne\n" @@ -1391,7 +1392,7 @@ "Ak neviete presne, čo robíte, použite Zrušiť.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1405,7 +1406,7 @@ "skupín diskov a až potom odstráňte rozšírený oddiel.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1419,7 +1420,7 @@ "systémov RAID a až potom odstráňte rozšírený oddiel.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1433,33 +1434,33 @@ "skupín diskov a až potom odstráňte rozšírený oddiel.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre šifrovaný súborový systém." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 -#, fuzzy msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Nezabudnite, čo ste tu zadali." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 -#, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Prázdna voľba nie je povolená!" #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Heslo pre šifrovaný súborový systém na %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" @@ -1469,7 +1470,7 @@ "zariadenie %1 pripojené na %2.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre šifrovaný súborový systém." @@ -1478,9 +1479,9 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Zadajte heslo pre váš systém súborov:" @@ -1490,19 +1491,19 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 #, fuzzy +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre &overenie:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Preskočiť" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -1515,8 +1516,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1526,8 +1527,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1535,25 +1536,25 @@ "Heslo musí mať minimálne %1 znakov.\n" "Prosím, skúste to znovu.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Matematický koprocesor" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Možnosti systému súborov:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" @@ -1571,12 +1572,12 @@ "vypnutá.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes" +" sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1585,45 +1586,45 @@ "to má zmysel, ak zapnete voľbu pre pripojenie disku pomocou jeho mena.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Pripojiť v /etc/fstab podľa" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Názov &zariadenia" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Meno disku" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID zariadenia" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Cesta k zariadeniu" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 #, fuzzy msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "&Možnosti fstab" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1635,64 +1636,64 @@ "je %1. Meno bude orezané na túto dĺžku.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Musíte zadať meno disku, ak ho chcete pripojiť pomocou jeho mena." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Toto meno disku už existuje. Vyberte si, prosím, iné." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 #, fuzzy msgid "File &System" msgstr "Systém súborov" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Voľby..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Ši&frovanie" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID systému súborov:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Naformátovať" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Neformátovať" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Naformátovať" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "&Možnosti fstab" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Bod pripojenia" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1718,7 +1719,7 @@ "Chcete pokračovať?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1730,7 +1731,7 @@ "Zmenšiť je možné iba systémy fat, ext2, ext3 a reiser." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1742,23 +1743,23 @@ "Zmenšiť je možné iba systémy fat, ext2, ext3 a reiser." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Ak sa pokúsite zmenšiť %1, riskujete stratu dát." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 #, fuzzy msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Ak sa pokúsite zmenšiť %1, riskujete stratu dát." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Pokračovať?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1770,7 +1771,7 @@ "Je to možné iba pre systémy fat, ext2, ext3,xfs a reiser." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1781,20 +1782,20 @@ "Systém súborov na %1 nie je možné rozšíriť.\n" "Je to možné iba pre systémy fat, ext2, ext3,xfs a reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Pokračovať v zmene veľkosti?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1811,13 +1812,13 @@ "Chcete zmenšiť systém?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the part" +"ition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybrané zariadenie obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne pripojené:\n" @@ -1827,7 +1828,7 @@ "Ak neviete úplne presne, čo robíte, stlačte Zrušiť.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1843,7 +1844,7 @@ "než zmažete tabuľku oddielov.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1859,7 +1860,7 @@ "než zmažete tabuľku oddielov.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1874,7 +1875,7 @@ "než zmažete tabuľku oddielov.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 #, fuzzy msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1882,67 +1883,67 @@ "Budete musieť zadať heslo pre váš šifrovaný systém súborov.\n" "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Existujúce sudo pravidlo " #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 #, fuzzy msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nové sudo pravidlo" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 #, fuzzy msgid "Add new" msgstr "Pridať nového používateľa" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Odstrániť" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 #, fuzzy +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Overovanie podpisu" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Prázdne reťazce vo voľbách nie sú povolené." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 #, fuzzy msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Zóna s názvom '%1' už existuje." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2006,8 +2007,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file sys" +"tem.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2025,8 +2026,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have a" +"t\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2083,8 +2084,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is" +"\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2128,17 +2129,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Pre LVM nemôžete použiť bod %1.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Pre RAID nemôžete použiť bod pripojenia %1." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" @@ -2157,7 +2158,7 @@ "Naozaj to chcete urobiť?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" @@ -2172,7 +2173,7 @@ "nepoužite súborový systém v súbore (loop).\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" @@ -2194,29 +2195,29 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Meno hostiteľa nesmie byť prázdne" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Bod pripojenia sa už používa. Vyberte si, prosím, iný." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2226,14 +2227,14 @@ "To nie je možné." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" @@ -2244,12 +2245,12 @@ "/proc, /dev, /lib, /bin, /etc, /sbin, /mnt, /var/adm/mnt, /lost+found\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Bod pripojenia musí začínať na \"/\"." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2257,21 +2258,21 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2286,12 +2287,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2299,33 +2300,33 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 #, fuzzy +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Bod pripojenia" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" "Nie je možné zmeniť veľkosť oddielu %1 \n" "pretože súborový systém nebolo možné pripojiť\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" "Nie je možné zmeniť veľkosť oddielu %1 \n" "pretože súborový systém nebolo možné pripojiť\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2479,8 +2480,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Vyberte aspoň jednu položku." @@ -2497,9 +2498,9 @@ #. label for selection box #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 -#, fuzzy msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Vybrané služby" @@ -2513,9 +2514,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 -#, fuzzy msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Nebol zadaný názvový server." @@ -2533,8 +2534,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 -#, fuzzy msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Zastavenie služby ptal zlyhalo." @@ -2608,11 +2609,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Upraviť" @@ -2643,9 +2642,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2668,8 +2666,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Upraviť..." @@ -2686,8 +2683,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2743,9 +2739,9 @@ #. tab heading #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Diskové zariadenie" @@ -2998,9 +2994,9 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 -#, fuzzy msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximálna &veľkosť (MB)" @@ -3013,9 +3009,9 @@ #. radio button text #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 -#, fuzzy msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Vlastná veľko&sť" @@ -3031,9 +3027,9 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 -#, fuzzy msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "" "Zadaná veľkosť je neplatná.\n" @@ -3152,8 +3148,8 @@ #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 -#, fuzzy msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Cesta k zariadeniu" @@ -3174,8 +3170,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 -#, fuzzy msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Načítanie súboru s kľúčom sa nepodarilo." @@ -3183,8 +3179,8 @@ #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Bod pripojenia" @@ -3335,14 +3331,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 -#, fuzzy msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Nenájdené žiadne pevné disky." #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3394,10 +3390,10 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 -#, fuzzy msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Nevybraná možnosť pre štart." @@ -3545,9 +3541,8 @@ msgstr "&Hore" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Zmeniť &veľkosť" @@ -3561,8 +3556,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 -#, fuzzy msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Zmena veľkosti..." @@ -3646,11 +3641,10 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 -#, fuzzy msgid "Add..." msgstr "Prid&ať..." @@ -3844,25 +3838,33 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "<h1>Varovanie:</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "<h1>Varovanie:</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " "používateľov." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "" "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " "používateľov." +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "" + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -3892,8 +3894,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file" +"\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4025,8 +4027,8 @@ #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 -#, fuzzy msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená žiadna schéma." @@ -4040,8 +4042,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 -#, fuzzy msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Ši&frovať súbor..." @@ -4200,15 +4202,15 @@ #. label for selection box #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 -#, fuzzy msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Fyzické disky" #. label for selection box #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 -#, fuzzy msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Fyzické disky" @@ -4241,8 +4243,8 @@ #. heading for frame #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 -#, fuzzy msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Stri&pes" @@ -4273,8 +4275,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before t" +"he feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4282,8 +4284,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such" +" a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -4300,8 +4302,8 @@ msgstr "Meno" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 -#, fuzzy msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logické disky" @@ -4353,16 +4355,16 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused" +"\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 -#, fuzzy msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená zóna." @@ -4382,10 +4384,10 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 -#, fuzzy msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená žiadna schéma." @@ -4452,8 +4454,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 -#, fuzzy msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Správa profilov" @@ -4526,8 +4528,8 @@ #. tree node label #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 -#, fuzzy msgid "RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" @@ -4555,8 +4557,8 @@ #. tree node label #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 -#, fuzzy msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Nakonfigurované zariadenia:" @@ -4609,8 +4611,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installatio" +"n." msgstr "Nastavenie bude prístupná v neskoršej fáze inštalácie." #. heading @@ -4647,8 +4649,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data" +" recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Táto úroveň zvyšuje výkon disku.\n" "Neobsahuje ŽIADNU redundanciu dát. Ak sa niektorý z diskov\n" @@ -4660,8 +4662,8 @@ "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " "all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The par" +"titions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Táto úroveň má najlepšiu redundanciu. Dá sa použiť\n" @@ -4674,10 +4676,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three d" +"isks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously," +" all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Táto úroveň kombinuje správu väčšieho počtu diskov\n" "a stále udržiava redundanciu. Dá sa použiť pre tri a viac diskov.\n" @@ -4697,8 +4699,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), th" +"e size\n" "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." "\n" msgstr "" @@ -4719,8 +4721,8 @@ #. heading #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 -#, fuzzy msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "&Typ RAID" @@ -4772,10 +4774,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5" +" is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the" +" array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Chunk veľkosť: Je to najmenší nedeliteľný kus dát,\n" "ktorý je možné zapísať na zariadenie. Rozumná veľkosť pre RAID 5 je 128KB.\n" @@ -4792,8 +4794,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks wit" +"h rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritmus parity: Tento algoritmus používa RAID 5.\n" "Vľavo symetrický poskytuje maximálny výkon na normálnych diskoch\n" @@ -4808,8 +4810,8 @@ #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 -#, fuzzy msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "&Chunk veľkosť v KB" @@ -4889,9 +4891,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 -#, fuzzy msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená žiadna schéma." @@ -4964,8 +4966,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 -#, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ID" @@ -5112,9 +5114,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditio" +"nal alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5384,8 +5385,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cas" +"es\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5395,8 +5396,8 @@ "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" "device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " "\n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class i" +"n\n" "one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " "currently \n" "selected devices into this class." @@ -5437,15 +5438,16 @@ msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" "lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"device" +"s that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular ex" +"pression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" "the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" ") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more th" +"en one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5484,8 +5486,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or G" +"igabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5520,8 +5522,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installat" +"ion\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Pripojiť iba pre čítanie:\n" @@ -5573,10 +5575,10 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" -"/tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></t" +"t>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is m" +"ounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nepripojiť pri štarte systému:\n" "Systém súborov sa pri štarte systému automaticky nepripojí.\n" @@ -5616,10 +5618,10 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" -"/p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impac" +"t. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Režim žurnálu dát:\n" "Určuje režim žurnálu pre dátové súbory.\n" @@ -5666,16 +5668,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try a" +"gain." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc" +"/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Doplňujúca vlastná voľba\n" @@ -5706,8 +5708,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file syste" +"ms.\n" msgstr "" "Kódová stránka pre krátke mená FAT:\n" "Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov " @@ -5722,8 +5724,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default i" +"s 2." msgstr "" "Počet FAT:\n" "Zadajte počet tabuliek FAT v systéme súborov. Štandardne je to 2." @@ -5739,9 +5741,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " -"the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto" +" is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the " +"file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť FAT:\n" "Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické " @@ -5801,10 +5803,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backward" +"s compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but ca" +"n only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revízia systému súborov:\n" "Táto voľba definuje použitý formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pre spätnú " @@ -5823,9 +5824,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 20" +"48 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4" +"096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" "Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 " @@ -5859,7 +5860,8 @@ msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"spa" +"ce in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentuálna časť pre inode:\n" "Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná " @@ -5954,9 +5956,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, a" +"nd 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by " +"the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" "Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. " @@ -6013,10 +6015,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of bl" +"ocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 G" +"ig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved defau" +"lt is 0.1." msgstr "" "Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť " "blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je " @@ -6057,8 +6059,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really" +"\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6149,7 +6151,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Zmena veľkosti nie je možná:" @@ -6162,7 +6164,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6171,7 +6173,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6183,7 +6185,7 @@ "Prosím, skúste to znovu." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6196,27 +6198,27 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Zadajte šifrovací kľúč" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre poskytovateľa" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " Skupina diskov" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6224,13 +6226,13 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Želáte si odstrániť tieto zdroje okamžite?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6238,94 +6240,106 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Zadajte šifrovací kľúč" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST našiel toto zariadenie" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST našiel toto zariadenie" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 #, fuzzy msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD Disky" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 #, fuzzy msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Zariadenia &SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Pokračovať v zmene veľkosti %1?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "" "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6333,7 +6347,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6341,7 +6355,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6349,19 +6363,19 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 #, fuzzy msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kopírujem koreňový súborový systém..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Budú zmenené nasledujúce položky: " @@ -6377,11 +6391,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Typ systému: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Pokračovať v zmene veľkosti %1?" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6629,8 +6638,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it" +"\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -7007,8 +7016,8 @@ #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system un" +"der Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:46 UTC (rev 92897) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-09-30 14:34:01 UTC (rev 92898) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-30 16:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -171,32 +171,39 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Klient - Certifikát" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "" #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." msgstr "" #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -238,9 +245,9 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible t" +"hat the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) disco" +"very due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " "will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" @@ -488,8 +495,8 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuratio" +"n script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92897 - trunk/lcn/50-pot
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Sep '15

30 Sep '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-09-30 09:27:46 +0200 (Wed, 30 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92897 Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/MAINTAINERS Log: Remove scout Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/MAINTAINERS =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-pot/MAINTAINERS 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) +++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/MAINTAINERS 2015-09-30 07:27:46 UTC (rev 92897) @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ pam-config : Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk(a)suse.de> patterns : Stephan Kulow <coolo(a)suse.de> RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE : Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de> -scout : Pavol Rusnak <prusnak(a)suse.cz> simple-ccsm-kde : KDE Maintainers <kde-maintainers(a)suse.de> slideshow : Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de> snapper : Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92896 - in trunk/lcn: 50-pot af/po ar/po be/po bg/po bn/po bs/po ca/po cs/po cy/po da/po de/po el/po en_GB/po en_US/po eo/po es/po et/po eu/po fa/po fi/po fr/po gl/po gu/po he/po hi/po hr/po hu/po id/po it/po ja/po ka/po km/po ko/po ku/po lo/po lt/po mk/po mr/po nb/po nds/po nl/po nn/po pa/po pl/po pt/po pt_BR/po ro/po ru/po si/po sk/po sl/po sr/po sv/po ta/po tg/po th/po tr/po uk/po vi/po wa/po xh/po zh_CN/po zh_TW/po zu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Sep '15

30 Sep '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-09-30 09:27:27 +0200 (Wed, 30 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92896 Removed: trunk/lcn/50-pot/scout.pot trunk/lcn/af/po/scout.af.po trunk/lcn/ar/po/scout.ar.po trunk/lcn/be/po/scout.be.po trunk/lcn/bg/po/scout.bg.po trunk/lcn/bn/po/scout.bn.po trunk/lcn/bs/po/scout.bs.po trunk/lcn/ca/po/scout.ca.po trunk/lcn/cs/po/scout.cs.po trunk/lcn/cy/po/scout.cy.po trunk/lcn/da/po/scout.da.po trunk/lcn/de/po/scout.de.po trunk/lcn/el/po/scout.el.po trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/scout.en_GB.po trunk/lcn/en_US/po/scout.en_US.po trunk/lcn/eo/po/scout.eo.po trunk/lcn/es/po/scout.es.po trunk/lcn/et/po/scout.et.po trunk/lcn/eu/po/scout.eu.po trunk/lcn/fa/po/scout.fa.po trunk/lcn/fi/po/scout.fi.po trunk/lcn/fr/po/scout.fr.po trunk/lcn/gl/po/scout.gl.po trunk/lcn/gu/po/scout.gu.po trunk/lcn/he/po/scout.he.po trunk/lcn/hi/po/scout.hi.po trunk/lcn/hr/po/scout.hr.po trunk/lcn/hu/po/scout.hu.po trunk/lcn/id/po/scout.id.po trunk/lcn/it/po/scout.it.po trunk/lcn/ja/po/scout.ja.po trunk/lcn/ka/po/scout.ka.po trunk/lcn/km/po/scout.km.po trunk/lcn/ko/po/scout.ko.po trunk/lcn/ku/po/scout.ku.po trunk/lcn/lo/po/scout.lo.po trunk/lcn/lt/po/scout.lt.po trunk/lcn/mk/po/scout.mk.po trunk/lcn/mr/po/scout.mr.po trunk/lcn/nb/po/scout.nb.po trunk/lcn/nds/po/scout.nds.po trunk/lcn/nl/po/scout.nl.po trunk/lcn/nn/po/scout.nn.po trunk/lcn/pa/po/scout.pa.po trunk/lcn/pl/po/scout.pl.po trunk/lcn/pt/po/scout.pt.po trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/scout.pt_BR.po trunk/lcn/ro/po/scout.ro.po trunk/lcn/ru/po/scout.ru.po trunk/lcn/si/po/scout.si.po trunk/lcn/sk/po/scout.sk.po trunk/lcn/sl/po/scout.sl.po trunk/lcn/sr/po/scout.sr.po trunk/lcn/sv/po/scout.sv.po trunk/lcn/ta/po/scout.ta.po trunk/lcn/tg/po/scout.tg.po trunk/lcn/th/po/scout.th.po trunk/lcn/tr/po/scout.tr.po trunk/lcn/uk/po/scout.uk.po trunk/lcn/vi/po/scout.vi.po trunk/lcn/wa/po/scout.wa.po trunk/lcn/xh/po/scout.xh.po trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/scout.zh_CN.po trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/scout.zh_TW.po trunk/lcn/zu/po/scout.zu.po Log: obsolete Deleted: trunk/lcn/50-pot/scout.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-pot/scout.pot 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/scout.pot 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.pot to LANGUAGE -# Copyright (C) 2009 -# This file is distributed under the same license as the "scout" package. -# AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/af/po/scout.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/af/po/scout.af.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/af/po/scout.af.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: installation\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pakket" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Gids\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pakket" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bis" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Moenie hierdie boodskap weer toon nie." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb nie beskikbaar nie" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Beskikbare profiele" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 is nie ’n gids nie." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Kan lêer '%1' nie open nie." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Beskikbare verwerkers" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Beskikbare verwerkers" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Geen foute gevind nie." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Modules" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Kan die meester-ypserver nie vind nie: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Soek na inligtingslêer ..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Nooit nie" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Soek:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&Profiele" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Weergawe" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Stel alle profiele reg" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ar/po/scout.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ar/po/scout.ar.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ar/po/scout.ar.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -# moh <malham1(a)gmail.com>, 2011. -# Mohammad Alhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>, 2012. -# Mohammad Alhargan <malham1(a)hotmail.com>, 2012. -# محمد الحرقان <malham1(a)gmail.com>, 2012. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-08 20:39+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: محمد الحرقان <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: ترجمة سوزي\n" -"Language: ar\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 " -"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "بحث عن وحدات إعداد تلقائي للماكرو داخل ملفات M4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "مستودع" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "حزمة" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "ماكرو" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "متسودع" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "حزمة" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "ملف m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "البحث عن الثنائيات الواردة في الحزم." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "المسار" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "ثنائى" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- قالب الوحدة -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "البحث عن C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ عناوين." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "عناوين" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "عرض رسالة التعليمات هذه والخروج" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "عرض رقم إصدار للبرنامج والخروج" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "استخدام: %prog [عمومي_opts] وحدة [محلي_opts] بحث_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "حدد تنسيق المخرجات (الافتراضي %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "قائمة بالوحدات المتاحة" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "الوحدات المتوفرة:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "اسم الوحدة النمطية إلزامي. استخدم %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s ليس مجلد" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "لا يمكن فتح ملف قاعدة البيانات '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "المستودعات المتاحة:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "الاستخدام: %%prog %s [خيارات] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "قائمة المستودعات المتاحة" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "البحث العكسي باسم الحزمة" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "حدد مستودع البحث" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "لم يتم العثور مستودعات على ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "وحدة" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "لا يمكن العثور على منسق %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "البحث عن فئات java داخل ملفات JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "صنف" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "بحث عن مكتبات مشتركة." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "مكتبة" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "البحث عن نماذج بيثون." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "بحث في حزم باستخدام خدمة webpin webservice." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "لا يمكن استعادة نتائج الاستعلام ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "ملفات" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "الإصدار" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "مسار المستودع" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "ملفات متشابهة" Deleted: trunk/lcn/be/po/scout.be.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/be/po/scout.be.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/be/po/scout.be.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -# Belarusian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>, 2007 -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: be\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n" -"%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Сховішча" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Дадаць выключаныя сховішчы" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Дадаць выключаныя сховішчы" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Выдаленне непатрэбных сховішчаў..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "&URL сховішча" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/bg/po/scout.bg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/bg/po/scout.bg.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/bg/po/scout.bg.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-18 21:16+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Borislav Mitev <morbid_viper(a)tkzs.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Bulgarian <bg(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: bg\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "пакет" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Не са открити хранилища." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "пакет" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bit" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Без повторно показване на това съобщение." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Налични кръпки" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "Задаване на начална директория" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Временният файл (%s) не може да бъде създаден: %m" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Налични кръпки" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Не са открити хранилища." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Модули" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Не може да бъде открит главния ypserver: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Гибралтар" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Търсене на инфо файл..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Никога" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Търсене" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Версия" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "Не са открити хранилища." - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Печат на избраните файлове" Deleted: trunk/lcn/bn/po/scout.bn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/bn/po/scout.bn.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/bn/po/scout.bn.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: bn\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "প্যাকেজ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "প্যাকেজ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "বিট" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "এই বার্তাটি আর দেখাবেন না।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb উপলব্ধ নয়" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "উপলভ্য প্রোফাইলগুলি" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 ডায়রেক্টরি না" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "'%1' ফাইল খোলা যাচ্ছে না৷" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "উপলভ্য প্রোফাইলগুলি" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "উপলভ্য প্রোফাইলগুলি" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "কোন ভুল পাওয়া যায় নি।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "মডিউলগুলি" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "মাস্টার ypserver পাওয়া যায় নিঃ %s " - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "জিব্রাল্টার" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "তথ্য ফাইলের জন্য সন্ধান করুন ..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "কখনও না" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "খোঁজো (&h):" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&প্রোফাইলগুলি" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "ভার্সন " - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "সকল প্রোফাইলগুলি প্যাচ করুন" Deleted: trunk/lcn/bs/po/scout.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/bs/po/scout.bs.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/bs/po/scout.bs.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: bs\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "Srpski" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Novi moduli nisu pronađeni." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Moduli" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Traži" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ca/po/scout.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ca/po/scout.ca.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/scout.ca.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-01 18:49+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Cerca macros d'autoconf dins dels fitxers m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repositori" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paquet" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "fitxer m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Cerca binaris continguts als paquets." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "camí" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binari" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- mòdul de plantilla -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Cerca de capçaleres C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "capçalera" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "mostra aquest missatge d'ajuda i surt" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "mostra la versió del programa i surt" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Ús: %prog [global_opts] mòdul [local_opts] terme_de_cerca" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "mostra el format de sortida (per defecte %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "llista de mòduls disponibles" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Mòduls disponibles:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "El nom del mòdul és obligatori. Useu %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s no és un directori." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "No es pot obrir el fitxer de base de dades '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Repositoris disponibles:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Ús: %%prog %s [options] terme_de_cerca" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "llista els repositoris disponibles" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "cerca inversa per nom de paquet" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "seleccioneu el repositori de cerca" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "No s'han trobat els repositoris..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "mòdul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "No es pot trobar un formatador per a %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Cerca de classes java dins de fitxers JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "classe" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Cerca biblioteques compartides" - -# GI -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "biblioteca" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Cerca mòduls python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Cerca en paquets que facin servir el servei web webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "No es poden obtenir resultats de la consulta... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arq" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "fitxers" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versió" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL del repositori" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "fitxers coincidents" Deleted: trunk/lcn/cs/po/scout.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/cs/po/scout.cs.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/cs/po/scout.cs.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.pot to Čeština -# Copyright (C) 2009 -# This file is distributed under the same license as the "scout" package. -# Michal Vyskocil <mvyskocil(a)suse.cz>, 2008. -# Jaromír Červenka cervajz(a)cervajz.com, 2009. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-17 14:45+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Jaromir Cervenka <cervajz(a)cervajz.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Čeština\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Hledá autoconf makra uvnitř souborů m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "rep." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "bal." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "makro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repozitář" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "balíček" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "soubor m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Hledá binárky obsažené v balíčcích." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "cesta" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin." - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binárka" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- vzorový modul -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Hledá hlavičkové soubory jazyků C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "hlavička" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "ukáže tuto nápovědu a skončí" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "ukáže číslo verze programu a skončí" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Použití: %prog [globální_volby] modul [volby_modulu] dotaz" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "zvolí formát výstupu (výchozí je %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "seznam dostupných modulů" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Dostupné moduly:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Jméno modulu je povinné. Viz %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s není adresářem" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Nemohu otevřít soubor s databází: '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Dostupné repozitáře:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Použití: %%prog %s [volby_modulu] dotaz" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "seznam dostupných repozitářů" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "obrácené prohledávání dle názvu balíku" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "zvolí repozitář k prohledávání" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Žádné repozitáře nebyly nalezeny ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Nemohu najít formátovač pro %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Hledá třídy jazyka Java v JAR souborech." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "třída" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Hledá sdílené knihovny." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "knihovna" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Hledá moduly jazyka Python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Hledá v balíčcích pomocí webové služby webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Nemohu získat výsledek dotazu ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "soubory" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "verze" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL repozitáře" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "odpovídající soubory" Deleted: trunk/lcn/cy/po/scout.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/cy/po/scout.cy.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/cy/po/scout.cy.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: cy\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == " -"6 ? 3 : 4);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Gyrrydd" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/da/po/scout.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/da/po/scout.da.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/da/po/scout.da.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-11 10:30+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: da\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Søg efter autoconf-makroer indeni m4-filerne." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "sw.-kilde" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pak." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "makro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "softwarekilde" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pakke" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4-fil" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Søg efter binære filer indeholdt i pakkerne." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "sti" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin." - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binær" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- skabelonmodul -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Søg efter C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headere." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "header" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "vis denne hjælpemeddelelse og afslut" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "vis programmets versionnummer og afslut" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Brug: %prog [globale_muligh.] modul [lokale_muligh.] søgeudtryk" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "vælg output-format (standard %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "liste over tilgængelige moduler" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Tilgængelige profiler:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Navnet på modulet er obligatorisk. Brug %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s er ikke en mappe" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Kan ikke åbne databasefilen \"%s\"" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Tilgængelige softwarekilder:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Brug: %%prog %s [tilvalg] søgeudtryk" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "oplist tilgængelige softwarekilder" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "omvendt søgning efter pakkenavn" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "vælg softwarekilde der skal søges i" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Ingen softwarekilder fundet..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Kan ikke finde formatering til %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Søg efter java-klasser indeni JAR-filerne." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "klasse" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Søg efter delte biblioteker." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "bibliotek" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Søg efter python-moduler." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Søg i pakker med webtjenesten webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Kan ikke hente resultater af forespørgsel... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "ark." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "filer" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "version" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL for softwarekilde" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "matchede filer" Deleted: trunk/lcn/de/po/scout.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/de/po/scout.de.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/de/po/scout.de.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.pot to Deutsch -# Copyright (C) 2009 -# This file is distributed under the same license as the "scout" package. -# -# Thomas Schraitle <toms(a)suse.de>, 2008. -# Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-17 21:20+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: de\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Suche nach autoconf Makros innerhalb von m4 Dateien." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "Makro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Repository" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "Paket" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4-Datei" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Suche nach ausführbaren Dateien innerhalb von Paketen." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "Pfad" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "Binärdatei" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- Template Modul -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Suche nach C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ Headern." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "Header" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Zeige diese Hilfe und beende" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "Zeige die Versionsnummer des Programms und beende" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Benutzung: %prog [Globale_Optionen] Module [lokale_Optionen] Abfrage" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "Wählen Sie das Ausgabeformat (Standard %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "Liste der verfügbaren Module" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Verfügbare Module:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Der Name des Moduls muss angegeben werden. Verwenden Sie %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s ist kein Verzeichnis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Kann die Datenbankdatei '%s' nicht öffnen" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Verfügbare Repositories:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Verwendung: %%prog %s [Optionen] Suchbegriff" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Liste der verfügbaren Repositories" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "Inverse Suche nach Paketnamen" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "Auswahl des Repositories zum Suchen" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Keine Repositories gefunden..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "Modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Kann den Formatierer für %s nicht finden" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Suche nach Java-Klassen innerhalb von JAR-Dateien." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar-Datei" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "Klasse" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Suche nach einer Bibliothek." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "Bibliothek" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Suche nach Python-Modulen" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Suche in Paketen mit Hilfe des Webpin Webservice" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Erhalte keine Ergebnisse der Abfrage %s..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "Dateien" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "Version" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "Repository URL" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "gefundene Dateien" Deleted: trunk/lcn/el/po/scout.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/el/po/scout.el.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/el/po/scout.el.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ -# -# -# Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-20 17:57+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: Greek <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Αναζήτηση για μακροεντολές του autoconf μέσα σε αρχεία m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "αποθετήριο" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "πακέτο" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "μακροεντολή" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "αποθετήριο" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "πακέτο" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "αρχείο m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Αναζήτηση για εκτελέσιμα αρχεία που περιέχονται στα πακέτα." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "διαδρομή" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "εκτελέσιμο" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- πρότυπο άρθρωμα -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Αναζήτηση για επικεφαλίδες C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "επικεφαλίδα" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "εμφάνιση αυτού του μηνύματος βοήθειας και έξοδος" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "προβολή έκδοσης προγράμματος και έξοδος" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Χρήση: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "επιλογή μορφής εξόδου (προεπιλογή %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "λίστα διαθέσιμων μονάδων" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Διαθέσιμα αρθρώματα:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Το όνομα του αρθρώματος είναι υποχρεωτικό. Χρησιμοποιήστε %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "το %s δεν είναι κατάλογος" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Αδυναμία ανοίγματος αρχείου βάσης δεδομένων '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Χρήση: %%prog %s [options] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "λίστα διαθέσιμων αποθετηρίων" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "αντίστροφη αναζήτηση κατά όνομα πακέτου" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "επιλέξτε αποθετήριο για αναζήτηση" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκαν αποθετήρια..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "άρθρωμα" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Αδυναμία εύρεσης διαμορφωτή για %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Αναζήτηση κλάσεων java μέσα σε αρχεία JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "κλάση" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Αναζήτηση για κοινόχρηστες βιβλιοθήκες." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "βιβλιοθήκη" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Αναζήτηση μονάδων python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Αναζήτηση πακέτων με την χρήση της υπηρεσίας webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Αδυναμία λήψης αποτελεσμάτων ερωτήματος ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "έκδοση" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "αρχιτεκτονική" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "αρχεία" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "έκδοση" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "διεύθυνση αποθετηρίου" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "αντιστοιχισμένα αρχεία" Deleted: trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/scout.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/scout.en_GB.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/scout.en_GB.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" -"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: en\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "package" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Repository" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "package" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bit" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Don't show this message again." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb not available" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Available profiles" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 is not a directory." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Cannot open file '%1'." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Available Processors" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Skipping disabled repository '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -#, fuzzy -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "Cleaning repository '%s' cache" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "No repository found." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Modules" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Cannot find the master ypserver: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Searching for info file..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Never" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Search:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&Profiles" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Version" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "Repository: " - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Patch all profiles" Deleted: trunk/lcn/en_US/po/scout.en_US.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/en_US/po/scout.en_US.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/en_US/po/scout.en_US.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-08 12:26+8\n" -"Last-Translator: Steve Beattie <steve(a)immunix.com>\n" -"Language-Team: English\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "`%s' is not a valid ip address." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Server" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Version" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/eo/po/scout.eo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/eo/po/scout.eo.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/eo/po/scout.eo.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -# Esperato message file (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: eo\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/es/po/scout.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/es/po/scout.es.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/es/po/scout.es.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: LCN - 11.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-17 10:27+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Carlos E. Robinson M. <carlos.e.r(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Equipo español de traducción de openSUSE <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Poedit-Basepath: lcn\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Spanish\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Buscar macros autoconf dentro de los archivos m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repositorio" - -# | msgid "package" -# | msgid_plural "packages" -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pqt" - -# | msgid "4" -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -# | msgid "Enabled repository" -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repositorio" - -# | msgid "package" -# | msgid_plural "packages" -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paquete " - -# | msgid "No files" -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "archivo m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "buscar binarios contenidos en los paquetes." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "camino" - -# | msgid "bit" -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binario" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- módulo de plantilla -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Buscar cabeceras C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "cabecera" - -# | msgid "Don't show this message again." -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "mostrar este mensaje de ayuda y salir" - -# | msgid "Show the program version and exit" -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "mostrar la versión del programa y salir" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Uso: %prog [opciones_globales] módulo [opciones_locales] término_de_busqueda" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "seleccionar el formato de salida (por defecto %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lista de módulos disponibles" - -# | msgid "Available profiles" -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Módulos disponibles:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "El nombre del módulo es obligatorio. Use %s --help" - -# | msgid "%1 is not a directory." -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s no es un directorio" - -# | msgid "Cannot open file '%1'." -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "No pudo abrirse el archivo de la base de datos '%s'" - -# | msgid "Specified repositories: " -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Repositorios disponibles:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Uso: %%prog %s [opciones] término_de_busqueda" - -# | msgid "Got list of repositories" -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "lista de repositorios disponibles" - -# | msgid "Searched for package name" -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "búsqueda inversa por nombre de paquete" - -# | msgid "Set repository data" -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "selecionar repositorio a buscar" - -# | msgid "No repository found." -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "No se han encontrado repositorios ..." - -# | msgid "Modules" -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "módulo" - -# | msgid "Cannot find the master ypserver: %s" -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "No se puede encontrar un formateador para un %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Buscar clases java dentro de los archivos JAR." - -# | msgid "Far" -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "clase" - -# | msgid "Searching for file handlers" -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Buscar librerías compartidas." - -# | msgid "Gibraltar" -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "librería" - -# | msgid "Searching for file handlers" -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Buscar módulos python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Buscar en paquetes usando el servicio web webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "No se pudo recuperar los resultados de la consulta ... %s" - -# | msgid "Never" -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "versión" - -# | msgid "Search" -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -# | msgid "No files" -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "archivos" - -# | msgid "Version" -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versión" - -# | msgid "Set repository data" -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL del repositorio" - -# | msgid "Searched for file" -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "archivos que encajan" Deleted: trunk/lcn/et/po/scout.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/et/po/scout.et.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/et/po/scout.et.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: et\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pakett" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Hoidla" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pakett" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bitt" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Ära näita seda teadet enam." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "Saadaolevad profiilid" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Saadaolevad profiilid" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 pole kataloog." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Ei saa avada faili '%1'." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Saadaolevad profiilid" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Saadaolevad profiilid" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Ühtki lahendajat ei leitud." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Moodulid" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Mitte kunagi" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Otsimine:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&Profiilid" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Versioon" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "Hoidla: " - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Paika kõiki profiile" Deleted: trunk/lcn/eu/po/scout.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/eu/po/scout.eu.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/eu/po/scout.eu.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" -"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: eu\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/fa/po/scout.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fa/po/scout.fa.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/fa/po/scout.fa.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -# Mohammad Rezaei Seresht <mohammad(a)rezaeiseresht.ir>, 2014. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/fi/po/scout.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fi/po/scout.fi.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/scout.fi.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.fi.po to suomi -# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2009. -# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina07(a)yahoo.se>, 2010. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout.fi\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-22 09:53+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Katariina Kemppainen <katariina07(a)yahoo.se>\n" -"Language-Team: Finnish <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" -"Language: fi\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Etsi autoconf makroja m4-tiedostojen sisältä." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "asennuslähde" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paketti" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4-tiedosto" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Etsi binäärejä paketista." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "polku" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binääri" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- malli moduuli -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Etsi C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ header-tiedostoja." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "header" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Näytä tämä ohjeviesti ja lopeta" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "näytä ohjelman versio ja lopeta" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Käyttö: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] haku_termi" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "valitse tulostusmuoto (oletus %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "listaa käytettävissä olevat moduulit" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat moduulit:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Moduulin nimi on pakollinen. Käytä %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s ei ole hakemisto" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Tietokannan '%s' avaaminen ei onnistu" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat asennuslähteet:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Käyttö: %%prog %s [options] haku_termi" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "luettele saatavilla olevat asennuslähteet" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "Käänteinen haku paketin nimellä" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "valitse asennuslähde, josta etsitään" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Asennuslähteitä ei löytynyt ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "moduuli" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "%s muotoilua ei löytynyt" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Etsi java class-tiedostoja JAR-tiedostojen sisältä." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "class" - -# paremmin? -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Etsi jaettuja kirjastoja." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "kirjasto" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Etsi python-moduuleja." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Etsi paketeista käyttäen webpin-verkkopalvelua" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Kyselyn tuloksien palauttaminen ei onnistu ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "tiedostot" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versio" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "asennuslähteen verkko-osoite" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "osuvat tiedostot" Deleted: trunk/lcn/fr/po/scout.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fr/po/scout.fr.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/fr/po/scout.fr.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-27 16:25+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French Team <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: French\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: FRANCE\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Rechercher des macros autoconf dans les fichiers m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "dépôt" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Dépôt" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paquet" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "Fichier m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Rechercher des binaires contenus dans des paquets." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "chemin" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binaire" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- module modèle -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Recherche des en-têtes C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "en-tête" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "afficher ce message d'aide et quitter" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "Afficher la version du programme et quitter" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Usage : %prog [opts_globales] module [opts_locales] terme_recherché" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "sélectionner le format de sortie (par défaut : %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "liste des modules disponibles" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Modules disponibles :\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Le nom de module est obligatoire. Utilisez %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s n'est pas un dossier" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Ouverture de la base de données '%s' impossible" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Dépôts disponibles :\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Usage : %%prog %s [options] terme_recherché" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Liste les dépôts disponibles" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "Recherche inversée par nom de paquet" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "Sélectionnez un dépôt pour la recherche" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Aucun dépôt trouvé..." - -# TLABEL linuxrc_2002_03_29_0036__41 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "module" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Impossible de trouver un formateur pour un(e) %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Recherche de classes java dans les fichiers JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "classe" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Rechercher de bibliothèques partagées." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "Bibliothèque" - -# TLABEL linuxrc_2002_03_29_0036__114 -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Rechercher de modules python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Rechercher des paquets en utilisant le service web webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Impossible de récupérer les résultats de la requête... %s" - -# TLABEL kinternet_2002_02_20_2255__70 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__110 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "fichiers" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "version" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL du dépôt" - -# TLABEL linuxrc_2002_03_29_0036__114 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Fichier correspondants" Deleted: trunk/lcn/gl/po/scout.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/gl/po/scout.gl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/gl/po/scout.gl.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -# Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-08 15:06+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>\n" -"Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n" -"Language: gl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Buscar macros autoconf dentro dos ficheiros m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repositorio" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pqt" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repositorio" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paquete" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "ficheiro m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Buscar binarios contidos nos paquetes." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "ruta" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binario" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- módulo de modelo -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Buscar cabeceiras C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "cabeceira" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "mostrar esta mensaxe de axuda e saír" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "mostrar a versión do programa e saír" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" -"Uso: %prog [opcións_globais] módulo [opcións_locais] término_de_procura" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "seleccionar o formato de saída (predeterminado %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lista de módulos dispoñíbeis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Módulos dispoñíbeis:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "O nome do módulo é obrigatorio. Use %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s non é un directorio" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Non foi posíbel abrir o ficheiro da base de datos '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Repositorios dispoñíbeis:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Uso: %%prog %s [opcións] termo_de_busca" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "lista de repositorios dispoñíbeis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "busca inversa por nome de paquete" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "seleccionar repositorio para buscar" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Non se atoparon repositorios..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "módulo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Non foi posíbel atopar un formatador para un %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Buscar clases java dentro dos ficheiros JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "clase" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Buscar librerías compartidas." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "librería" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Buscar módulos python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Buscar en paquetes usando o servizo web webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Non foi posíbel recuperar os resultados da consulta ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "versión" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "ficheiros" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versión" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL do repositorio" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "ficheiros que encaixan" Deleted: trunk/lcn/gu/po/scout.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/gu/po/scout.gu.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/gu/po/scout.gu.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" -"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" -"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: gu\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "પેકેજ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "ડિરેક્ટરી\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "પેકેજ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "બિટ" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "આ સંદેશ ફરી દર્શાવો નહીં" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb ઉપલબ્ધ નથી" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "ઉપલબ્ધ પ્રોફાઈલ્સ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 ડિરેક્ટરી નથી." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "'%1' ફાઈલ ખુલતી નથી" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "ઉપલબ્ધ પ્રોસેસરો" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "ઉપલબ્ધ પ્રોસેસરો" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "કોઇ ભૂલો મળી નથી." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "મોડ્યૂલ્સ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "મુખ્ય ypserver શોધી શકાતું નથી : %s " - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "જિબ્રાલ્ટર" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "માહિતી ફાઈલ માટે શોધાઈ રહ્યું છે..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ક્યારેય નહીં" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "શોધો :" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&પ્રોફાઈલ્સ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr " આવૃત્તિ " - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "બધાં પ્રોફાઈલ્સ ઠીક કરી દો" Deleted: trunk/lcn/he/po/scout.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/he/po/scout.he.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/he/po/scout.he.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: he\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "סרבית" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "שרת" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "גרסה" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/hi/po/scout.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/hi/po/scout.hi.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/hi/po/scout.hi.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" -"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: hi\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" -"\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "पैकेज" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "भंडार" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "पैकेज" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bit" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "इस संदेश को फिर से न दिखाएं।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "एससीडीबी उपलब्ध नहीं" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr " उपलब्ध प्रोफाइलें " - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 एक डायरेक्टरी नहीं है।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "फाइल '%1' को नहीं खोल सकता।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr " उपलब्ध प्रोफाइलें " - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr " उपलब्ध प्रोफाइलें " - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "कोई त्रुटि नहीं मिली।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "मास्टर वाईपीसर्वर नहीं खोज सकते: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "जिब्राल्टर" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "इंफो फाइल खोज रहा है..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "कभी नहीं" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "ढूँढे :" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&प्रोपाइलें " - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "वरजन" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "रिपोजिटरी" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr " सभी प्रोफाइलें पैच करें " Deleted: trunk/lcn/hr/po/scout.hr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/hr/po/scout.hr.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/hr/po/scout.hr.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -# Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-21 14:49+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" -"Language: hr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "makro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repozitorij" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paket" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4 datoteka" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "putanja" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binarno" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "zaglavlje" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lista dostupnih modula" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Dostupni moduli:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s nije direktorij" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Dostupni repozitoriji:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nije pronađen niti jedan repozotorij ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "razred" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "biblioteka" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "datoteke" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "verzija" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL repozitorija" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/hu/po/scout.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/hu/po/scout.hu.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/hu/po/scout.hu.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.hu.po to -# Kéménczy Kálmán <kkemenczy(a)novell.com>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout.hu\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-17 14:50+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Kéménczy Kálmán <kkemenczy(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: <hu(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Autoconf makrók keresése az m4 fájlokban." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "csomag" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "makró" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "telepítési forrás" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "csomag" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4 fájl" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Keresés a csomagokban található binárisokra." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "elérési út" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "bináris" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- sablon modul -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ fejlécek keresése." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "fejléc" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "a súgó megjelenítése és kilépés" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "programverzió megjelenítése és kilépés" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" -"Használat: %prog [globális kapcsolók] modul_neve [helyi kapcsolók] " -"keresési_kifejezés" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "kimeneti formátum kiválasztása (alapértelmezés %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "elérhető modulok listája" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Elérhető modulok:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "A modul nevének megadása kötelező. Használja a %s --help parancsot" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "a(z) %s nem könyvtár" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "A(z) '%s' adatbázisfájl nem nyitható meg" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Elérhető telepítési források:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Használat: %%prog %s [kapcsolók] keresési_kifejezés" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "elérhető telepítési források listája" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "fordított keresés csomagnév szerinte" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "telepítési forrás kiválasztása a kereséshez" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nem található telepítési forrás ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Nem található formázó ehhez: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Java osztályok keresése JAR fájlokban." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "osztály" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Megosztott programkönyvtárak keresése." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "programkönyvtár" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Python modulok keresése." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Csomagok keresése webpin segítségével." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "A keresésre nem érkezett válasz ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "fájl" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "verzió" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "telepítési forrás URL" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "egyező fájlok" Deleted: trunk/lcn/id/po/scout.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/id/po/scout.id.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/id/po/scout.id.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: id\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Direktori\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "Serbia" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Ruang tersedia" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "Set direktori awal" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat file temp (%s): %m" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Ruang tersedia" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Modul-modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Tidak dapat menemukan ypserver master: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -# GI -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Jibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -# 'driver' as in '(hardware) driver update' -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Driver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Cetak file terpilih" Deleted: trunk/lcn/it/po/scout.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/it/po/scout.it.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/it/po/scout.it.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-02 22:57+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Italiano <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Italian\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Ricerca macro autoconf all'interno dei file m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repository" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pacchetto" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "file m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Ricerca file binari contenuti nel pacchetto." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "percorso" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binario" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- modulo modello -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Ricerca header C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "header" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "visualizza questo messaggio di aiuto ed esci" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "mostra il numero di versione del programma ed esci" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" -"Uso: %prog [opzioni_globali] modulo [opzioni_locali] termine_di_ricerca" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "seleziona il formato di output (predefinito: %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "elenco dei moduli disponibili" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Moduli disponibili:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Il nome del modulo è obbligatorio. Usare %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s non è una directory" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Impossibile non aprire il file database '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Repository disponibili:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Uso: %%prog %s [opzioni] termine_di_ricerca" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "elenca i repository disponibili" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "ricerca inversa per nome pacchetto" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "seleziona il repository per la ricerca" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nessun repository trovato..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modulo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Impossibile trovare un formattatore per un %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Ricerca classi java all'interno di file JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "classe" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Ricerca librerie condivise." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "libreria" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Ricerca moduli python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Ricerca nei pacchetti usando il servizio web webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Impossibile recuperare i risultati dell'interrogazione... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -# "c" as a keyboard accel is already taken. -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "file" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versione" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL del repository" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "file corrispondenti" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ja/po/scout.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ja/po/scout.ja.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/scout.ja.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.po to Japanese -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-17 19:46+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: ja\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "m4 ファイル内の autoconf マクロを検索します。" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "マクロ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "リポジトリ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "パッケージ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4 ファイル" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "パッケージ内に含まれているバイナリを検索します。" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "パス" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "バイナリ" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "バイナリ" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- 雛型モジュール -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ ヘッダを検索します。" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "ヘッダ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "このヘルプメッセージを表示して終了する" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "プログラムバージョンを表示して終了する" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "使用方法: %prog [グローバルオプション] モジュール [ローカルオプション] 検索条件" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "出力フォーマットを選択 (既定 %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "利用可能なモジュールの一覧" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "利用可能なモジュール:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "モジュール名を指定しなければなりません。 %s --help をご覧ください。" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s はディレクトリではありません。" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "データベースファイル '%s' を開くことができません。" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "利用可能なリポジトリ:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "使用方法: %%prog %s [オプション] 検索条件" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "利用可能なリポジトリの一覧表示" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "パッケージ名から逆検索" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "検索するリポジトリの選択" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "リポジトリが見つかりません ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "モジュール" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "%s に対するフォーマッタが見つかりません" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "JAR ファイル内に含まれている java クラスを検索します。" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "クラス" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "共有ライブラリを検索します。" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "ライブラリ" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Python モジュールを検索します。" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "webpin Web サービスを利用してパッケージを検索します。" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "問い合わせ結果を取得できません ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "ファイル" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "バージョン" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "リポジトリ URL" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "該当ファイル" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ka/po/scout.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ka/po/scout.ka.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ka/po/scout.ka.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: ka\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "დირექტორია\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -# 'driver' as in '(hardware) driver update' -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ფრაივერი" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/km/po/scout.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/km/po/scout.km.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/km/po/scout.km.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.km.po to Khmer -# Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout.km\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-17 14:29+0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" -"Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -"X-Language: km-KH\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "ស្វែងរកម៉ាក្រូ autoconf នៅក្នុងឯកសារ m4 ។" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "ឃ្លាំង" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "ម៉ាក្រូ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "ឃ្លាំង" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "កញ្ចប់" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "ឯកសារ m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "ស្វែងរកគោលពីរដែលមាននៅក្នុងកញ្ចប់ ។" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "ផ្លូវ" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "គោលពីរ" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- ម៉ូឌុលពុម្ព -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "ស្វែងរកបឋមកថា C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ ។" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "បឋមកថា" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "បង្ហាញសារជំនួយនេះ ហើយចាកចេញ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "បង្ហាញលេខកំណែរបស់កម្មវិធី ហើយចាកចេញ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "ការប្រើ ៖ %prog [global_opts] ម៉ូឌុល [local_opts] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "ជ្រើសទ្រង់ទ្រាយលទ្ធផល (លំនាំដើម %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "បញ្ជីម៉ូឌុលដែលអាចប្រើបាន" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "ម៉ូឌុលដែលអាចប្រើបាន ៖\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ូឌុល គឺចាំបាច់ ។ ប្រើ %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s មិនមែនជាថតទេ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "មិនអាចបើកឯកសារមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យបានទេ '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "ឃ្លាំងដែលអាចប្រើបាន ៖\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "ការប្រើ ៖ %%prog %s [options] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "រាយឃ្លាំងដែលអាចប្រើបាន" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "រកបញ្ច្រាសតាមឈ្មោះកញ្ចប់" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "ជ្រើសឃ្លាំងត្រូវស្វែងរក" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "រកមិនឃើញឃ្លាំង..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "ម៉ូឌុល" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "រកមិនឃើញកម្មវិធីធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយសម្រាប់ %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "ស្វែងរកថ្នាក់ java ខាងក្នុងឯកសារ JAR ។" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "ថ្នាក់" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "ស្វែងរកបណ្ណាល័យរួម ។" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "បណ្ណាល័យ" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "ស្វែងរកម៉ូឌុលរបស់ python ។" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "ស្វែងរកនៅក្នុងកញ្ចប់ ដោយប្រើសេវាបណ្ដាញ webpin ។" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "មិនអាចទៅយកលទ្ធផលសំណួរ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "កំណែ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "ឯកសារ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "កំណែ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL ឃ្លាំង" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "ឯកសារដែលផ្គូផ្គង" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ko/po/scout.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ko/po/scout.ko.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ko/po/scout.ko.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout.ko\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-23 02:16+0900\n" -"Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" -"Language: ko\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Korean\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: KOREA, REPUBLIC OF\n" -"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "m4 파일에 있는 autoconf 매크로를 검색합니다." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "매크로" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "저장소" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "꾸러미" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4 파일" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "꾸러미에 들어있는 바이너리를 검색합니다." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "경로" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "바이너리" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- 서식 모듈 -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ 헤더를 검색합니다." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "헤더" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "이 도움말을 표시하고 종료" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "프로그램 버전을 표시하고 종료" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "사용법: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "출력할 포맷을 선택 (기본 %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "사용 가능한 모듈의 목록" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "사용 가능한 모듈:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "모듈 이름은 필수입니다. %s --help 에서 도움말을 확인하세요." - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s 은(는) 디렉터리가 아님" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "'%s' 데이터베이스 파일을 열 수 없음" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "사용 가능한 저장소:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "사용법: %%prog %s [options] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "사용 가능한 저장소 목록" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "꾸러미 이름으로 역검색" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "검색할 저장소 선택" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "저장소가 없습니다..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "모듈" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "%s 포매터를 찾을 수 없음" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "JAR 파일에 있는 자바 클래스를 검색합니다." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "클래스" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "공유 라이브러리를 검색합니다." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "라이브러리" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "파이선 모듈을 검색합니다." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "웹서비스를 사용하여 꾸러미를 검색합니다." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "쿼리 결과를 취득할 수 없음 ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "파일" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "버전" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "저장소 URL" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "일치하는 파일" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ku/po/scout.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ku/po/scout.ku.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ku/po/scout.ku.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: memory.ku.po\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Arşîv" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "package" -msgstr "Pakêt" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "Xul" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "Modûla Rojanekirina ji Torê" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Vê peyamê êdî nîşan nede" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "Modên profîlê ava bike" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Pelên Heyî" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "Pelrêç nayê afirandin" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Pela '%1' nayê vekirin" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Çavkaniyên Heyî" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Çavkaniyên Heyî" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -#, fuzzy -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "Çavkanî hilbijêre." - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "&Çavkanî..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Modûl" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Nikare çavkaniyê bibîne" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "class" -msgstr "&Pol" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Lê Navê Pîne Bigere" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Cebelîtariq" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Lê Navê Pîne Bigere" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "her" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Lêgere" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "Profîl" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Guherto" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "Arşîv" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Pîne" Deleted: trunk/lcn/lo/po/scout.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/lo/po/scout.lo.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/lo/po/scout.lo.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" -"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/lt/po/scout.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/lt/po/scout.lt.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/lt/po/scout.lt.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.lt.po to lietuvių -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2010. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout.lt\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-29 21:09+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Lithuanian <>\n" -"Language: lt\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "m4 rinkmenose ieškoti autoconf macros." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "saugykla" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkt" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "saugykla" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paketas" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4 rinkmena" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Dvejetainių rinkmenų ieškoti paketuose." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "kelias" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "dvejetainis" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- šablono modulis -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Ieškoti C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ antraščių." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "antraštė" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "parodyti šį pagalbos pranešimą ir išeiti" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "parodyti programos versiją ir išeiti" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Naudojimas: %prog [bendros_parinktys] modulis [vietinės_parinktys] paieškos_užklausa" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "pasirinktis išvesties formatą (numatytas %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "galimų modulių sąrašas" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Galimi moduliai:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Būtina nurodyti modulį. Naudokite %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s nėra katalogas" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Nepavyksta atverti duomenų bazės rinkmenos „%s“" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Galimos saugyklos:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Naudojimas: %%prog %s [parinktys] paieškos_užklausa" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "parodyti galimų saugyklų sąrašą" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "ieškoti atvirkščiai pagal paketo pavadinimą" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "pasirinkti ieškomą saugyklą" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Saugyklų nerasta..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modulis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti %s formavimo" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Ieškoti java klasių JAR rinkmenose." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "klasė" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Ieškoti bendrųjų bibliotekų." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "biblioteka" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Ieškoti python modulių." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Ieškoti paketuose per webpin saityno paslaugą." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Nepavyksta gauti užklausos rezultatų... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "rinkmenos" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versija" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "saugyklos URL" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "atitinkančios rinkmenos" Deleted: trunk/lcn/mk/po/scout.mk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/mk/po/scout.mk.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/mk/po/scout.mk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com> -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: mk\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "Српски" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "Постави почетна папка" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Печати ги избраните датотеки" Deleted: trunk/lcn/mr/po/scout.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/mr/po/scout.mr.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/mr/po/scout.mr.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" -"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: mr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "पॅकेज" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "डिरेक्टरी\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "पॅकेज" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "बिट" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "हा संदेश पुन्हा दाखवू नका." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb उपलब्ध नाही" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "उपलब्ध प्रोफाईल्स" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 ही डिरेक्टरी नाही." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "'%1' फाईल उघडू शकत नाही." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "उपलब्ध प्रोसेसर्स" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "उपलब्ध प्रोसेसर्स" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "कोणत्याही चुका आढळल्या नाहीत." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "मॉडयुल्स" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "वाचण्यासाठी %s उघडू शकत नाही: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "जिब्राल्टर" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "इन्फो फाईल शोधत आहे..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "कधीही नाही" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "शोधः" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&प्रोफाईल" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "आवृत्ती" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "सर्व प्रोफाईल्स पॅच करा" Deleted: trunk/lcn/nb/po/scout.nb.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nb/po/scout.nb.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/nb/po/scout.nb.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-28 08:16+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Søk etter autoconf-makroer i m4-filer." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "pakkebrønn" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pakke" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "makro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "pakkebrønn" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pakke" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4-fil" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Søk etter binære filer i pakker." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "sti" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binær" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- malmodul -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Søk etter filhoder (C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++)." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "filhode" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "vis programmets versjonsnummer og avslutt" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Bruk: %prog [globale_valg] modul [lokale_valg] søke_ord" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "velg visningsformat (standard %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "liste over tilgjengelige moduler" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Tilgjengelige moduler:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Modulnavn er obligatorisk. Bruk %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s er ikke en katalog" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Kan ikke åpne databasefilen '%s'." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Tilgjengelige pakkebrønner:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Bruk: %%prog %s [valg] søke_ord" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "vis tilgjengelige pakkebrønner" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "inverter søk etter pakkenavn" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "velg pakkebrønnen du vil søke i" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Ingen pakkebrønner funnet..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Kan ikke finne formaterer for en %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Søk etter java-klasser i JAR-filer." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "klasse" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Søk etter delte biblioteker." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "bibliotek" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Søk etter python-moduler." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Søk i pakker med webpin-tjenesten." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Kan ikke hente søkeresultater ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "ark" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "filer" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versjon" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "pakkebrønnadresse" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "samsvarende filer" Deleted: trunk/lcn/nds/po/scout.nds.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nds/po/scout.nds.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/nds/po/scout.nds.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -# Low German (nds) message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/nl/po/scout.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nl/po/scout.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/nl/po/scout.nl.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.nl.po to Dutch -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout.nl\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-16 20:37+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural= n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Zoeken naar autoconf-macros binnen de m4-bestanden." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkkt" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "installatiebron" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pakket" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4-bestand" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Zoeken naar binaire bestanden in de pakketten." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "pad" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binair" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- sjabloonmodule -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Zoeken naar C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "header" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "dit bericht met hulp tonen en sluiten" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "toon de programmaversie en sluiten" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Gebruik: %prog [globale_opts] module [locale_opts] zoekterm" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "het uitvoerformaat (standaard %s) selecteren" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lijst met beschikbare modulen" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Beschikbare modulen:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "De naam van de module is verplicht. Gebruik %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s is geen map" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Kan databasebestand '%s' niet openen" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Beschikbare installatiebronnen:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Gebruik: %%prog %s [opties] zoekterm" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "lijst met beschikbare installatiebronnen" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "omgekeerd zoeken met pakketnaam" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "te doorzoeken installatiebron selecteren" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Geen installatiebronnen gevonden ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "module" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Kan het formatteerprogramma voor een %s niet vinden" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Naar java-classes zoeken binnen de JAR-bestanden." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "class" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Naar samen gebruikte bibliotheken zoeken." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "bibliotheek" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Naar python-modulen zoeken." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Naar pakketten zoeken met de webpin-webservice." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Kan de zoekresultaten niet ophalen ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "bestanden" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versie" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL van installatiebron" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "overeenkomende bestanden" Deleted: trunk/lcn/nn/po/scout.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nn/po/scout.nn.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/nn/po/scout.nn.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>, 2015. -# -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-11 21:34+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" -"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" -"Language: nn\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Søk etter autoconf-makroar i m4-filer." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "pakkebrønn" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pakke" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "makro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "pakkebrønn" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pakke" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4-fil" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Søk etter programfiler i pakkar." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "adresse" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binær" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- malmodul - -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Søk etter deklarasjonsfiler (C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++)." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "deklarasjonsfil" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "vis programversjon og avslutt" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Bruk: %prog [globale_val] modul [lokale_val] søkjeord" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "vel utformat (standard: %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "liste over tilgjengelege modular" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Tilgjengelege modular:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Namnet på modulen er obligatorisk. Bruk «%s --help»." - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s er ikkje ei mappe" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna databasefila «%s»" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Tilgjengelege pakkebrønnar:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Bruk: %%prog %s [val] søkjeord" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "vis oversikt over tilgjengelege pakkebrønnar" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "omvendt søk etter pakkenamn" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "vel pakkebrønn å søkja i" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Fann ingen pakkebrønnar …" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Fann ikkje nokon formaterar for ein %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Søk etter Java-klassar i JAR-filer." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "klasse" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Søk etter delte bibliotek." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "bibliotek" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Søk etter Python-modular." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Søk i pakakr med webpin-tenesta." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Klarte ikkje henta søkjeresultat … %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "ark." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "filer" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versjon" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "pakkebrønnadresse" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "filer med treff" Deleted: trunk/lcn/pa/po/scout.pa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pa/po/scout.pa.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/pa/po/scout.pa.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-15 12:20+0530\n" -"Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Alam <amanpreetalam(a)yahoo.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Punjabi <fedora-trans-pa(a)redhat.com>\n" -"Language: pa\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.1\n" -"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "ਬਿੱਟ" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "ਇਹ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਮੁੜ ਨਾ ਵੇਖਾਓ।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਵਰਜਨ ਵੇਖੋ ਅਤੇ ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb ਹਾਲੇ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ '%1' ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਪਰੋਸੈਂਸਰ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "ਆਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ '%s' ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -#, fuzzy -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -#, fuzzy -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ '%s' ਕੈਚੇ ਸਾਫ਼ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ।" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "ਮੋਡੀਊਲ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ypserver ਖੋਜੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "ਗੀਬਰਾਲਟਰ" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ info ਲਾਈ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ਕਦੇ ਨਹੀਂ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "ਖੋਜ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "ਵਰਜਨ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "ਸਭ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਪੈਂਚ" Deleted: trunk/lcn/pl/po/scout.pl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pl/po/scout.pl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/pl/po/scout.pl.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -# Mariusz Fik <fisiu(a)opensuse.org>, 2010. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-24 02:54+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Mariusz Fik <fisiu(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <opensuse-pl(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: pl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Wyszukiwanie makr autoconf wewnątrz plików m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pakiet" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repozytorium" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pakiet" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "plik m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Wyszukiwanie binarek zawartych w tym pakiecie." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "ścieżka" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binarka" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- przykładowy moduł -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Wyszukiwanie nagłówków C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "nagłówek" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Pokaż tę wiadomość pomocy i wyjdź" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "Wyświetla wersję programu i kończy pracę" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Użycie: %prog [opcje_globalne] moduł [opcje_lokalne] fraza" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "wybierz format wyjściowy (domyślnie %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lista dostępnych modułów" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Dostępne moduły:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Podanie nazwy modułu jest koniecznie. Użyj %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s nie jest katalogiem." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Nie można otworzyć pliku bazy danych '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Dostępne repozytoria:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Użycie: %%prog %s [opcje] fraza" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "lista dostępnych repozytoriów" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "Wsteczne wyszukiwanie według nazwy pakietu" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "wybieranie repozytorium do wyszukiwania" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nie znaleziono żadnego repozytorium." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "moduł" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Nie można znaleźć narzędzia formatującego %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Wyszukiwanie klas Javy wewnątrz plików JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "klasa" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Wyszukiwanie współdzielonych bibliotek." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "biblioteka" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Wyszukiwanie modułów Pythona" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Przeszukuje pakiety przy użyciu webpin webservice." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Nie można było uzyskać wyników wyszukiwania... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "pliki" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "wersja" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL repozytorium" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "pasujące pliki" Deleted: trunk/lcn/pt/po/scout.pt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt/po/scout.pt.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/pt/po/scout.pt.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-13 21:29+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Elisio Catana <ecatana(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Procurar por macros autoconf dentro dos ficheiros m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Repositório" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pacote " - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "ficheiro m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Procurar por binarios que existam no pacote" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "caminho" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binário" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- template module -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Procurar por C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "cabeçalho" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "mostrar esta ajuda e sair" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "mostrar a versão do programa e sair" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Modo de Utilização: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "seleccione o formato de saída (pré definido %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lista de módulos disponíveis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Módulos disponíveis:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "O nome de módulo é mandatório. Utilize %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s não é um directório." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Não foi possível abrir o ficheiro de base de dados '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Repositório disponíveis:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Modo Utilização: %%prog %s [opções] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Lista de repositórios disponíveis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "Pesquisa inversa por nome do pacote" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "seleccione repositório para procurar" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nenhum repositório encontrado..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "módulo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Não é possível encontrar o formato para %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Procurar por classes java dentro do ficheiro JAR" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "class" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Procurar por bibliotecas partilhadas" - -# name for GIB -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "Biblioteca" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Procurar por módulos python" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Procurar em pacotes utilizando o serviço web webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar os resultados da pesquisa ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "ficheiros" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versão" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "repositório URL" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "ficheiros encontrados" Deleted: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/scout.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/scout.pt_BR.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/scout.pt_BR.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-02 10:50-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" -"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Pesquisar por macros autoconf dentro de arquivos m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repositório" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pacote" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repositório" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pacote" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "arquivo m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Pesquisar por executáveis contidos nos pacotes." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "caminho" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "executável" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "executável" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- modelo de módulo -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Pesquisar por cabeçalhos C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "cabeçalho" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "exibe esta mensagem de ajuda e sai" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "exibe a versão do programa e sai" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Uso: %prog [opções_globais] módulo [opções_locais] item_de_pesquisa" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "selecione o formato de saída (padrão %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lista dos módulos disponíveis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Módulos disponíveis:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "O nome do módulo é obrigatório. Use %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s não é um diretório" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Não foi possível abrir o arquivo do banco de dados '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Repositórios disponíveis:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Uso: %%prog %s [opções] item_de_pesquisa" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "lista os repositórios disponíveis" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "pesquisa inversa pelo nome do pacote" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "selecione o repositório a pesquisar" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nenhum repositório encontrado..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "módulo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar um formatador para %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Pesquisar por classes Java dentro de arquivos JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "classe" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Pesquisar por bibliotecas compartilhadas." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "biblioteca" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Pesquisar por módulos do Python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Pesquisar nos pacotes usando o serviço Web Webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Não foi possível obter os resultados da pesquisa ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arquitetura" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "arquivos" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versão" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL do repositório" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "arquivos correspondentes" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ro/po/scout.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ro/po/scout.ro.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ro/po/scout.ro.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -# Translator(s): -# -# strainu <narro(a)strainu.ro> -# Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com> -# Alexandru Szasz <alexxed(a)gmail.com> -# -# Reviewer(s): -# -# strainu <narro(a)strainu.ro> -# Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com> -# -# Comunitatea romana openSUSE - www.suseromania.ro -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Narro 2.0 on http://tradu.softwareliber.ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < 20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Narro 2.0 on http://tradu.softwareliber.ro\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Căutare de macro-uri de autoconfigurare în interiorul fișierelor m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "sursă" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pachet" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "sursă de instalare" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "pachet" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "fișier m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Căutați binarele conținute în pachete." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "cale" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binar" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- modulul de șablon -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Caută anteturi C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "antet" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "arată acest mesaj de ajutor și ieși" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "Afișează versiunea programului și ieși" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Utilizare: %prog [opțiuni_globale] modul [opțiuni globale] termen_căutare" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "selectează formatul de ieșire (implicit %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "lista modulelor disponibile" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Module disponibile:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Numele modulului este obligatoriu. Folosiți %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s nu este director" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Nu se poate deschide fișierul bazei de date '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Surse de instalare disponibile:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Utilizare: %%prog %s [opțiuni] termen_căutare" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "lsta surselor de instalare disponibile" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "căutare inversă după numele pachetului" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "selectează sursa de instalare pentru a căuta" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nu a fost găsită nicio sursă de instalare..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Nici un program de formatare nu poate fi găsit pentru %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Căutare de clase Java în interiorul fișierelor JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "clasă" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Căutare de biblioteci partajate." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "bibliotecă" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Caută după module Python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Caută în pachete utilizând serviciul web webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Nu pot fi preluate rezultatele interogării ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "fișiere" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "versiune" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL sursă de instalare" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "fișiere potrivite" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ru/po/scout.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ru/po/scout.ru.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/scout.ru.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,215 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# -# Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-10 20:32+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Поиск макроса autoconf в файлах m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "репозиторий" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "пакет" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "макрос" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "репозиторий" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "пакет" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "файл m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Поиск бинарных файлов внутри пакетов." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "путь" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "бинарный файл" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "бинарный файл" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- модуль шаблона -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Поиск заголовков C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "заголовок" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "показать это справочное сообщение и выйти" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "показать версию программы и выйти" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Использование: %prog [глобальные_параметры] модуль [локальные_параметры] искомый_термин" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "выберите формат вывода (по умолчанию %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "список доступных модулей" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Доступные модули:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Имя модуля — обязательный параметр. См. %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s не является каталогом" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Невозможно открыть файл базы данных '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Доступные репозитории:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Использование: %%prog %s [параметры] искомый_термин" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "список доступных репозиториев" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "инверсный поиск по имени пакета" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "выбрать репозиторий для поиска" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Репозитории не найдены..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "модуль" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Невозможно найти форматку для %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Поиск java-классов в файлах JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "класс" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Поиск разделяемых библиотек" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "библиотека" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Поиск модулей python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Поиск по пакетам в веб-службе webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Невозможно получить результаты запроса ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "версия" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "архитектура" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "файлы" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "версия" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL репозитория" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "найденные файлы" Deleted: trunk/lcn/si/po/scout.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/si/po/scout.si.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/si/po/scout.si.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" -"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" -"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: si\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/sk/po/scout.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sk/po/scout.sk.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/sk/po/scout.sk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.pot to Slovenčina -# Copyright (C) 2009 -# This file is distributed under the same license as the "scout" package. -# -# Pavol Rusnak <stick(a)gk2.sk>, 2008. -# Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-23 16:31+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" -"Language: sk\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Hľadá autoconf makrá v súboroch m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "rep." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "bal." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "makro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "repozitár" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "balík" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "súbor m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Hľadá binárne súbory obsiahnuté v balíkoch." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "cesta" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin." - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binárka" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- vzorový modul -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Hľadá hlavičkové súbory pre jazyky C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "hlavička" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "ukáže tuto nápovedu a skončí" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "ukáže číslo verzie programu a skončí" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Použitie: %prog [globálne_možnosti] modul [možnosti_modulu] výraz" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "zvolí formát výstupu (štandard je %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "zoznam dostupných modulov" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Dostupné moduly:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Meno modulu je povinné. Viď %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s nie je adresár" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Nepodarilo sa otvoriť súbor s databázou: '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Dostupné repozitáre:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Použitie: %%prog %s [možnosti_modulu] výraz" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "zoznam dostupných repozitárov" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "obrátené vyhľadávanie podľa názvu balíka" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "zvolí repozitár k prehľadávaniu" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Nepodarilo sa nájsť žiadne repozitáre ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "modul" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Nepodarilo sa nájsť formátovač pre %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Hľadá triedy jazyka Java v JAR súboroch." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "trieda" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Hľadá zdieľané knižnice." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "knižnica" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Hľadá moduly jazyka Python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Hľadá v balíkoch pomocou webovej služby webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Nepodarilo sa nájsť výsledky ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ver." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "arch." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "súbory" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "verzia" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL repozitára" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "nájdené súbory" Deleted: trunk/lcn/sl/po/scout.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sl/po/scout.sl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/sl/po/scout.sl.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 17:37+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n" -"%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Imenik\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "Srbščina" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "Profili na voljo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Profili na voljo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Profili na voljo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Profili na voljo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Ni napak." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Moduli" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Iskanje datoteke z informacijami..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Nikoli" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Išči" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&Profili" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Verzija" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Popravi vse profile" Deleted: trunk/lcn/sr/po/scout.sr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sr/po/scout.sr.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/sr/po/scout.sr.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-03 21:03+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Данило Шеган <danilo(a)gnome.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Serbian <novell(a)prevod.org>\n" -"Language: sr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Директоријум\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "српски" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Ажурирања" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "Подразумевана фасцикла" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Не могу да отворим '%1'." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Ажурирања" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Evropa/Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -# 'driver' as in '(hardware) driver update' -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Драјвер" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Pretraži" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Verzija" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Штампај одабрано" Deleted: trunk/lcn/sv/po/scout.sv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sv/po/scout.sv.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/sv/po/scout.sv.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-18 19:09+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.se>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <sv(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: sv\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.1\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "paket" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Arkiv" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "paket" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bit" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Visa inte det här meddelandet igen." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb inte tillgänglig" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Tillgängliga profiler" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 är inte en katalog." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Det går inte att öppna filen %1." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Tillgängliga processorer" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Hoppar över inaktiverat arkiv \"%s\"" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -#, fuzzy -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "Rensar arkivcache \"%s\"" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Arkivet hittades inte." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Moduler" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta huvud-ypservern: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Söker efter informationsfil..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Aldrig" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Sökning:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&Profiler" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Version" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "Arkiv: " - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Korrigera alla profiler" Deleted: trunk/lcn/ta/po/scout.ta.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ta/po/scout.ta.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/ta/po/scout.ta.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Tamil <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: ta\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "பேக்கேஜ்" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "டைரக்டரி\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "பேக்கேஜ்" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "பிட்" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "இத்தகவலை மீண்டும் காட்ட வேண்டாம்." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "scdb கிடைக்கவில்லை" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "கிடைக்கக்கூடிய விவரங்கள்" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 ஒரு அடைவல்ல." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "'%1' கோப்பை திறக்க முடியவில்லை." - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "கிடைக்கக்கூடிய விவரங்கள்" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "கிடைக்கக்கூடிய விவரங்கள்" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "பிழைகள் எதுவும் காணப்படவில்லை." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "கூறுகள்" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "தலைமை ypserver: %sஐ கண்டுபிடிக்க முடியவில்லை " - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "ஜிப்ரால்டர்" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "விவரக் கோப்பு தேடப்படுகிறது..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "ஒருபோதும் இல்லை" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "தேடுதல்:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&விவரங்கள்" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "பதிப்பு" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "அனைத்து விவரங்களையும் பிழை நீப்பு செய்யவும்" Deleted: trunk/lcn/tg/po/scout.tg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/tg/po/scout.tg.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/tg/po/scout.tg.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: desktop-translations 20090902\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -#, fuzzy -msgid "binary" -msgstr "Дутартиба" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Мазмуни дастрас" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Мазмуни дастрас" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Гибралтар" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Драйвер" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "KРеверси" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/th/po/scout.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/th/po/scout.th.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/th/po/scout.th.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -# Thai message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2008 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# -# Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>, 2010. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-09 21:26+0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Thanomsub Noppaburana <donga.nb(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: th\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "ค้นหามาโครของ autoconf ภายในแฟ้ม m4 ต่าง ๆ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "คลังแพกเกจ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "แพกเกจ" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "แฟ้ม m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "ค้นหาแฟ้มไบนารีที่บรรจุอยู่ในแพกเกจต่าง ๆ" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "พาธ" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "ไบนารี" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- มอดูลแม่แบบ -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "ค้นหาแฟ้มส่วนหัวต่าง ๆ ของภาษา C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "แฟ้มส่วนหัว" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "แสดงข้อความส่วนช่วยเหลือนี้และออกจากโปรแกรม" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "แสดงรุ่นของโปรแกรมและออกจากโปรแกรม" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "วิธีใช้: %prog [ตัวเลือกโดยรวม] มอดูล [ตัวเลือกภายใน] ส่วนที่ต้องการค้นหา" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "เลือกรูปแบบของผลลัพธ์ (ค่าปริยายคือ %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "รายการของมอดูลต่าง ๆ ที่มีให้เลือกใช้" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "มอดูลต่าง ๆ ที่มีให้เลือกใช้:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "ชื่อของมอดูลอาจมีการเปลี่ยนแปลงได้ โปรดใช้ %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s ไม่ได้เป็นไดเรกทอรี" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "ไม่สามารถเปิดแฟ้มฐานข้อมูล '%s' ได้" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "คลังแพกเกจที่มีให้เลือก:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "วิธีใช้: %%prog %s [ตัวเลือกต่าง ๆ] ส่วนที่ต้องการค้นหา" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "รายการคลังแพกเกจที่มีให้เลือกใช้" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "กลับค่าการค้นหาตามชื่อแพกเกจ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "เลือกคลังแพกเกจที่จะค้นหา" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "ไม่พบคลังแพกเกจใด ๆ ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "มอดูล" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "ไม่สามารถค้นพบตัวจัดรูปแบบสำหรับ %s ได้" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "ค้นหาคลาสของจาวาภายในแฟ้ม JAR" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "คลาส" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "ค้นหาไลบรารีแบบใช้งานร่วมกัน" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "ไลบรารี" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "ค้นหามอดูลต่าง ๆ ของไพธอน" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "ค้นหาในแพกเกจต่าง ๆ โดยใช้บริการผ่านเว็บ webpin" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "ไม่สามารถรับค่าผลลัพธ์การค้นหาได้ ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "รุ่น" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "สถาปัตยกรรม" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "แฟ้ม" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "รุ่น" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "ที่อยู่ URL ของคลังแพกเกจ" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "แฟ้มที่เข้าเงื่อนไข" Deleted: trunk/lcn/tr/po/scout.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/tr/po/scout.tr.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/tr/po/scout.tr.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>\n" -"Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Dizin\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "Sırpça" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:48 -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Kullanılabilir alan:" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "Başlangıç dizinini ayarla" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:48 -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Kullanılabilir alan:" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:384 -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Cebelitarık" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Hiç bir zaman" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Ara" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Sürüm" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Seçili dosyaları yazdır" Deleted: trunk/lcn/uk/po/scout.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/uk/po/scout.uk.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/scout.uk.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -# Translation of scout.uk.po to Ukrainian -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -# Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2009. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout.uk\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-17 23:13-0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Пошук за макросами autoconf у файлах m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "repo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pkg" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "макрос" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "сховище" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "пакунок" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "файл m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Пошук за двійковими файлами в пакунках." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "шлях" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "дв." - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "двійковий" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- модуль шаблона -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Пошук за заголовкамиr C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "заголовок" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "показати це повідомлення довідки і вийти" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "показати версію програми і вийти" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "Використання: %prog [глобальні_параметри] модуль [локальні_параметри] рядок_пошуку" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "виберіть формат виводу (типовий %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "список наявних модулів" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Наявні модулі:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "Потрібно вказати назву модуля. Скористайтесь %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s - це не каталог" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Неможливо відкрити файл бази даних «%s»" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Наявні сховища:\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "Використання: %%prog %s [параметри] рядок_пошуку" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "список наявних сховищ" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "зворотній пошук за назвою пакунка" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "виберіть сховище для пошуку" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Не знайдено жодного сховища ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "модуль" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Не вдається знайти форматування для %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "Пошук за класами java у файлах JAR." - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "class" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "Шукати за спільними бібліотеками." - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "бібліотека" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Пошук за модулями python." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "Пошук в пакунках за допомогою веб-служби webpin." - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "Не вдалося отримати результати запиту ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "вер." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "арх." - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "файли" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "версія" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "URL сховища" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "збіг файлів" Deleted: trunk/lcn/vi/po/scout.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/vi/po/scout.vi.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/vi/po/scout.vi.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-12 07:32+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Phan Vĩnh Thịnh <teppi82(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: vi\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "" Deleted: trunk/lcn/wa/po/scout.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/wa/po/scout.wa.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/wa/po/scout.wa.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into the walloon language. -# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo(a)walon.org>, 2001, 2004. -# Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>, 2007. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: yast memory\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-08 08:23+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Walloon <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "Cachî après les macros autoconf dins les fitchîs m4." - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "depot" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "pcdj" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "m4" -msgstr "4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "macro" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Depot" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "package" -msgstr "Fijheu do pacaedje: %1\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "fitchî m4" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "Cachî après des binaires k' i gn a ezès pacaedjes." - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "tchimin" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bit" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "binaire" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- module modele -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "Cachî après des tiestires C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++." - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "tiestire" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "mostrer ci messaedje d' aidance eyet moussî foû" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Metaedje a djoû d' disponibes" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "Defini l' prumî ridant" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "" -"Dji n' pout nén drovi l' fitchî d' son:\n" -"%1" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Metaedje a djoû d' disponibes" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "jar" -msgstr "Lon" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Djibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Måy" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Trover" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Modêye" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "Depot" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Rexhe les fitchîs d' tchoezis" Deleted: trunk/lcn/xh/po/scout.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/xh/po/scout.xh.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/xh/po/scout.xh.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: base\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "umbekelo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "Uvimba weefayili\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "umbekelo" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bit" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Musa ukuwubonisa lo myalezo kwakhona." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "i-scdb ayifumaneki" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Iinkangeleko Ezifumanekayo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%1 asingovimba weefayili." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Ayikwazi kuvuleka ifayili '%1'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Izixhobo zokusebenza Ezifumanekayo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Izixhobo zokusebenza Ezifumanekayo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Akukho zimposiso zifunyenweyo." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Iimodyuli" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Akafumaneki umalathindlela weseva ye-yp: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "i-Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Kuzingelwa ifayili yolwazi..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Nakanye" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Zingela:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&Iinkangeleko" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Inguqulelo" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Lungisa zonke iinkangeleko" Deleted: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/scout.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/scout.zh_CN.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/scout.zh_CN.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -# margurite <i(a)marguerite.su>, 2012. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-21 00:02+0800\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" -"Language: zh_TW\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "在 m4 文件中搜索 autoconf 宏。" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "源" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "包" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "宏" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "软件源" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "软件包" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4 文件" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "搜索软件包中自带的执行文件。" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "路径" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "可执行文件" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "执行文件" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- 模板模块 -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "搜索 C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ 头文件。" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "头文件" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "显示此帮助信息并退出" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "显示程序版本号并退出" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "用法：%prog [全局选项] 模块 [本地选项] 搜索关键词" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "选择输出格式（默认为 %s）" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "列示可用模块" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "可用模块：\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "模块名是必须的。使用 %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s 不是目录" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "无法打开数据库文件 “%s”" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "可用的软件源：\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "用法： %%prog %s [选项] 搜索关键词" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "列示可用软件源" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "通过软件包名逆向搜索" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "选择要搜索的软件源" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "未发现软件源 ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "模块" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "找不到针对 %s 的格式化方式" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "搜索 JAR 文件中的 java 类。" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "类" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "搜索共享库。" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "共享库" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "搜索 python 模块。" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "使用 webpin 网络服务搜索软件包。" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "不能获取查询结果 ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "版本号" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "系统架构" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "文件" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "版本" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "软件源网址" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "匹配的文件" - - Deleted: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/scout.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/scout.zh_TW.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/scout.zh_TW.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -# translation of scout.po to Chinese Traditional -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# -# swyear <swyear(a)gmail.com>, 2009. -# Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>, 2015. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: scout\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-10 01:59+0800\n" -"Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" -"Language: zh_TW\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "在 m4 檔中搜尋 autoconf 巨集。" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "套件庫" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "套件" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "m4" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "巨集" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "repository" -msgstr "套件庫" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "套件" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "m4 檔案" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "搜尋此套件中的二位元檔。" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "路徑" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bin" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "二位元檔" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "- 樣板模組 -" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "搜尋 C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ 檔頭。" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "檔頭" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "顯示此說明訊息並離開" - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "顯示程式版本並離開" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "用法： %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "選擇輸出格式 (預設 %s)" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "可用模組清單" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "可用的模組：\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "模組的名稱是指令。使用 %s --help" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "%s 不是一個目錄" - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "無法開啟資料庫檔案 '%s'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "可用的套件庫：\n" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "用法： %%prog %s [options] search_term" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "列出可用的套件庫清單" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "以套件庫名稱相反搜尋" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "選擇要搜尋的套件庫" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "沒有發現套件庫 ..." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -msgid "module" -msgstr "模組" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "無法為 %s 找到格式" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "在 JAR 檔案中搜尋 java classes。" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "jar" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "class" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "搜尋共用函式庫。" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -msgid "library" -msgstr "函式庫" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "搜尋 python 模組。" - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "在使用 webpin 網路服務的套件中搜尋。" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "無法取得查詢結果 ... %s" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "ver" -msgstr "版本" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "arch" -msgstr "架構" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "files" -msgstr "檔案" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "version" -msgstr "版本" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "套件庫位址" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "符合的檔案" - Deleted: trunk/lcn/zu/po/scout.zu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zu/po/scout.zu.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) +++ trunk/lcn/zu/po/scout.zu.po 2015-09-30 07:27:27 UTC (rev 92896) @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: installation\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-28 11:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:9 -msgid "Search for autoconf macros inside the m4 files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -msgid "repo" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/bin.py:107 scout/header.py:13 -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/java.py:13 scout/library.py:13 -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "pkg" -msgstr "iphakheji" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 -msgid "m4" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:13 scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "macro" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "repository" -msgstr "I-directory\n" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 scout/bin.py:108 scout/header.py:14 -#: scout/__init__.py:826 scout/java.py:14 scout/library.py:14 -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "package" -msgstr "iphakheji" - -#: scout/autoconf.py:14 -msgid "m4 file" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:62 -msgid "Search for binaries contained in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "path" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/bin.py:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "bin" -msgstr "bit" - -#: scout/bin.py:108 -msgid "binary" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/foo.py:9 -msgid "- template module -" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:9 -msgid "Search for C/C++/Obj-C/Obj-C++ headers." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/header.py:13 scout/header.py:14 -msgid "header" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "show this help message and exit" -msgstr "Ungabe usawubonisa lo myalezo futhi." - -#: scout/__init__.py:155 -msgid "show program's version number and exit" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:198 -msgid "Usage: %prog [global_opts] module [local_opts] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:205 -#, python-format -msgid "select the output format (default %s)" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list of available modules" -msgstr "I-scdb ayitholakali" - -#: scout/__init__.py:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available modules:\n" -msgstr "Amaphrofayili Atholakalayo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:279 -#, python-format -msgid "The name of module is mandatory. Use %s --help" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:366 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "%s is not a directory" -msgstr "I-%1 ayiyona i-directory." - -#: scout/__init__.py:425 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot not open database file '%s'" -msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuvula ifayela '%1'" - -#: scout/__init__.py:699 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Available repositories:\n" -msgstr "Amaphrosesa Atholakalayo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:731 -#, python-format -msgid "Usage: %%prog %s [options] search_term" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:733 -#, fuzzy -msgid "list available repositories" -msgstr "Amaphrosesa Atholakalayo" - -#: scout/__init__.py:734 -msgid "inverse search by package name" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:735 -msgid "select repository to search" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/__init__.py:781 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No repositories found ..." -msgstr "Awekho amaphutha atholakele." - -#: scout/__init__.py:825 scout/__init__.py:826 -#, fuzzy -msgid "module" -msgstr "Amamoduli" - -#: scout/__init__.py:953 -#, fuzzy, python-format -msgid "Cannot find a formatter for a %s" -msgstr "Ayiyitholi i-typserver eyi-master: %s" - -#: scout/java.py:9 -msgid "Search for java classes inside the JAR files." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "jar" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/java.py:13 scout/java.py:14 -msgid "class" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:9 -msgid "Search for shared libraries." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/library.py:13 scout/library.py:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "library" -msgstr "Gibraltar" - -#: scout/python.py:9 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for python modules." -msgstr "Icinga ifayela yokwaziswa..." - -#: scout/webpin.py:13 -msgid "Search in packages using the webpin webservice." -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:45 -#, python-format -msgid "Cannot retreive query results ... %s" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ver" -msgstr "Nhlobo" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "arch" -msgstr "Cinga:" - -#: scout/webpin.py:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "files" -msgstr "&Amaphrofayili" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "version" -msgstr "Uhlelo" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -msgid "repository URL" -msgstr "" - -#: scout/webpin.py:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "matched files" -msgstr "Chibiyela wonke amaphrofayili"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92895 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-29 23:47:54 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92895 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -1,19 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 19:27+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. progress step title #. progress step title @@ -575,10 +577,9 @@ msgstr "Standaarddoel van Systemd configureren" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure General Settings " msgid "Configure users and groups" -msgstr "Algemene instellingen configureren" +msgstr "Gebruikers en groepen instellingen" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." @@ -614,7 +615,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie van gebruikers en groepen importeren..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" @@ -2996,3 +2997,4 @@ #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 19:31+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 @@ -1362,12 +1365,17 @@ "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " "could refuse to boot." msgstr "" +"Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het helemaal " +"niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen " +"weigeren om te booten." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 msgid "" "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " "contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." msgstr "" +"Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij het " +"al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van de schijf te booten." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 19:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the kdump module #: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 @@ -385,14 +388,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." msgstr "" -"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen en/of redundante waarden.\n" +"Deze zullen herschreven worden." #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text @@ -749,34 +752,29 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" +msgstr "Kdump het &lage geheugen [MiB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" +msgstr "Kdump ge&heugen [MiB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr "Totaal systeemgeheugen [MB]:" +msgstr "Totaal systeemgeheugen [MiB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr "Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" +msgstr "Bruikbaar geheugen [MiB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" +msgstr "Kdump het &hoge geheugen [MiB]" #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 @@ -1310,10 +1308,11 @@ #. #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "De kerneloptie bevat verschillende reeksen. Opnieuw opslaan?" +msgstr "" +"De kerneloptie bevat verschillende reeksen of redundante waarden. Het opnieuw " +"schrijven?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 @@ -1350,7 +1349,7 @@ #. Progress stage 4/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geheugen grenzen berekenen..." #. Progress step 2/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 @@ -1359,10 +1358,9 @@ #. Progress finished 3/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." -msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen..." +msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen en gebruik kalibreren..." #. Error message #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 @@ -1434,10 +1432,9 @@ msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "Waarde van crashkernel-optie: %1" +msgstr "Waarde(n) van crashkernel-optie: %1" #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" @@ -1469,3 +1466,4 @@ msgstr "" "Dump met firmwareondersteuning kan niet worden gebruikt.\n" "Dit wordt niet ondersteund op deze hardware." + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -1,19 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. headline of package versions popup #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 @@ -1368,10 +1370,9 @@ #. begin: the label of the Contiunue button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Continue anyway" msgid "C&ontinue" -msgstr "&Toch doorgaan" +msgstr "&Doorgaan" #. the label of the Yes button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 @@ -1484,16 +1485,17 @@ msgstr "Script" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Package Versions" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" -msgstr "Pakketversies" +msgstr "Incompatibele versies van pakketten" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" "capable versions of this package at the same time." msgstr "" +"U probeert tegelijkertijd versies van dit pakket te installeren die wel " +"multiversie ondersteunen en versies die dat niet doen." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 msgid "" @@ -1501,6 +1503,9 @@ "this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " "to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" +"Deze versie ondersteunt multiversie.Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om deze " +"versie te installeren en deselecteer de versie die deze ondersteuning niet " +"heeft, \"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 msgid "" @@ -1508,3 +1513,7 @@ "install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " "unselect this version and keep the other ones." msgstr "" +"Deze versie ondersteunt geen multiversie.Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om " +"alleen deze versie te installeren en deselecteer alle andere versies, " +"\"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 15:24+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ #. Dialog heading #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" -msgstr "Incompatibele pakketversies" +msgstr "Incompatibele versies van pakketten" #. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, #. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, @@ -1820,3 +1820,4 @@ #: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Pakket libqdialogsolver is vereist voor deze mogelijkheid." + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -1,19 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-17 15:15\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup heading (in bold) #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 @@ -323,6 +325,11 @@ "Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" "can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." msgstr "" +"Er is al een certificaat geïmporteerd\n" +"maar de verbinding met de server kan nog niet worden vertrouwd.\n" +"\n" +"Repareer het probleem met het certificaat handmatig, ga na dat de server\n" +"een veilige verbinding heeft en start de YaST module opnieuw." #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 @@ -406,10 +413,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgid "Synchronizing Products..." -msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." +msgstr "Producten synchroniseren..." #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the @@ -479,6 +485,10 @@ "\n" "Skip the repository or abort?" msgstr "" +"Installatiebron '%s'\n" +"kan niet geladen worden.\n" +"\n" +"Sla de installatiebron over of breek af?" #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) @@ -1055,6 +1065,9 @@ "to run the online migration you need\n" "to register the system first." msgstr "" +"Het systeem is niet geregistreerd,\n" +"om de online migratie uit te voeren moet u\n" +"het systeem eerst registreren." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -0,0 +1,1397 @@ +# Dutch translations for oSSLE package +# Nederlandse vertalingen voor het pakket oSSLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the oSSLE package. +# +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: oSSLE 12-SP1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:46+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Er is voor deze module geen gebruikersinterface beschikbaar." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "Er is geen URL gedefinieerd. Test kan niet doorgaan." + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Bezig een tijdelijk bestand aan te maken..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Kan geen tijdelijk bestand %1 maken." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Controleer de credentials..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Ongeldige credentials." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Succes." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "SCC-registratie" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Synchronisatie van updates" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Generatie van rapporten" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "Opschonen van job-wachtrij" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Aanbevolen" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Optioneel" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Beveiliging" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "Patches in pakketbeheer: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Beveiligingspatches: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Aanbevolen patches: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Optionele patches: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "zondag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "maandag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "dinsdag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "woensdag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "donderdag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "vrijdag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "zaterdag" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT) in&schakelen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie van Customer Center" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Gebruiker" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Wachtwoord" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Test..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Wachtwoord van database" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Wachtw&oord bevestigen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frequentie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "uur" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "minuut" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Toe&voegen..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "B&ewerken..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Alles" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Opslagruimte&naam" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versie" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categorie" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Testen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Samenvatting" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Patch-details" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "&Status wijzigen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Inschakelen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Uitschakelen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "Momentopname maken..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Naam" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Doel" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Gemirrord" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschrijving" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Hostnaam" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registratie over&slaan" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Waarschuwing" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Ja, overslaan" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Annuleren" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Firewall-instellingen wegschrijven" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Cron-instellingen opslaan" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Gespiegelde installatiebronnen controleren" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Synchronisatiecontrole uitvoeren" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "SMT-configuratie aanpassen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Database-configuratie aanpassen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Onbekend" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filter &%1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "F&ilter" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "" +"Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be " +"enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Nooit" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "&Voortgang" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Stoppen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Commando: %1" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "maandelijks" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Ongedefinieerd" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "wekelijks" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "dagelijks" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&uur" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&minuut" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frequentie" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Wilt u echt stoppen?\n" +"Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center " +"authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and " +"download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "" +"E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the " +"database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports " +"to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency " +"selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week" +"\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to " +"Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Installatiebronnen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre><" +"/p>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre><" +"/p>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support " +"SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Overslaan" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Op&nieuw?" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" + + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:54 UTC (rev 92895) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:36+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup text #: src/clients/disk.rb:50 @@ -1074,6 +1077,11 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing:\n" +"Uw systeem heeft een boot-partitie met type 0x41 PReP/CHRP nodig.\n" +"Overweeg om er een te maken.\n" +"\n" +"Deze opzet echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 @@ -1132,7 +1140,6 @@ #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" #| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1151,11 +1158,10 @@ msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: er is geen partitie aangekoppeld als /boot.\n" "Om te kunnen opstarten vanaf uw harde schijf dient u een kleine /boot\n" -"partitie te hebben (van ongeveer %1). Overweeg a.u.b. deze\n" -"te maken. Partities die toegewezen zijn als /boot worden\n" -"automatisch gewijzigd in het type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"partitie te hebben (van ongeveer %1). Overweeg deze\n" +"aan te maken.\n" "\n" -"Wilt u uw instelling zonder /boot-partitie gebruiken?\n" +"Wilt u uw opzet zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 @@ -3845,16 +3851,14 @@ msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Storage settings:" msgid "Packages to install:" -msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" +msgstr "Te installeren pakketten" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgid "No packages need to be installed." -msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." +msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketten om te installeren." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -6319,7 +6323,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De installatie van de benodigde pakketten is mislukt." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" @@ -7221,3 +7225,4 @@ #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zichtbare informatie over opslagapparaten:" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92894 - trunk/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-29 23:47:22 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92894 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:46+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -616,10 +616,9 @@ msgstr "Standaard target van systemd instellen" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" msgid "Configure users and groups" -msgstr "Volumegroepen instellen" +msgstr "Gebruikers en groepen instellingen" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie van gebruikers en groepen importeren..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -1372,12 +1372,17 @@ "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " "could refuse to boot." msgstr "" +"Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het helemaal " +"niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen " +"weigeren om te booten." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 msgid "" "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " "contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." msgstr "" +"Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij het " +"al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van de schijf te booten." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:32+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -446,7 +446,6 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" #| "currently not supported.\n" @@ -458,7 +457,7 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"De SUSE Cloud Admin Server is toegepast. Het netwerk wijzigen is\n" +"De Crowbar Admin Server is toegepast. Het netwerk wijzigen is\n" "nu niet ondersteund.\n" "\n" "U kunt de Crowbar web UI bezoeken op http://%1:3000/" @@ -499,7 +498,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" @@ -512,7 +510,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zie de \"SUSE Cloud deployment guide\" voor details over de\n" +"Zie de \"product deployment guide\" voor details over de\n" "netwerkconfiguratie en over het gebruik van deze YaST-module.\n" "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: kdump.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -408,14 +408,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." msgstr "" -"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen en/of redundante waarden.\n" +"Deze zullen herschreven worden." #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text @@ -777,34 +777,29 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" +msgstr "Kdump het &lage geheugen [MiB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" +msgstr "Kdump ge&heugen [MiB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr "Het totale systeemgeheugen [MB]:" +msgstr "Totaal systeemgeheugen [MiB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr " Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" +msgstr "Bruikbaar geheugen [MiB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" +msgstr "Kdump het &hoge geheugen [MiB]" #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 @@ -1336,10 +1331,11 @@ #. #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "De kernel-optie bevat verschillende reeksen. Opnieuw schrijven?" +msgstr "" +"De kerneloptie bevat verschillende reeksen of redundante waarden. Het opnieuw " +"schrijven?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 @@ -1377,7 +1373,7 @@ #. Progress stage 4/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geheugen grenzen berekenen..." #. Progress step 2/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 @@ -1386,10 +1382,9 @@ #. Progress finished 3/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." -msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen wordt gelezen..." +msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen en gebruik kalibreren..." #. Error message #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 @@ -1463,10 +1458,9 @@ msgstr "uitgeschakeld" #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "Waarde van crashkernel-optie: %1" +msgstr "Waarde(n) van crashkernel-optie: %1" #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -1385,10 +1385,9 @@ #. begin: the label of the Contiunue button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Continue anyway" msgid "C&ontinue" -msgstr "Toch &doorgaan" +msgstr "&Doorgaan" #. the label of the Yes button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 @@ -1502,16 +1501,17 @@ msgstr "Script" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Package Versions" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" -msgstr "Pakketversies" +msgstr "Incompatibele versies van pakketten" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" "capable versions of this package at the same time." msgstr "" +"U probeert tegelijkertijd versies van dit pakket te installeren die wel " +"multiversie ondersteunen en versies die dat niet doen." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 msgid "" @@ -1519,6 +1519,9 @@ "this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " "to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" +"Deze versie ondersteunt multiversie.Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om deze " +"versie te installeren en deselecteer de versie die deze ondersteuning niet " +"heeft, \"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 msgid "" @@ -1526,6 +1529,9 @@ "install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " "unselect this version and keep the other ones." msgstr "" +"Deze versie ondersteunt geen multiversie.Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om " +"alleen deze versie te installeren en deselecteer alle andere versies, " +"\"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 10:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -344,6 +344,11 @@ "Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" "can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." msgstr "" +"Er is al een certificaat geïmporteerd\n" +"maar de verbinding met de server kan nog niet worden vertrouwd.\n" +"\n" +"Repareer het probleem met het certificaat handmatig, ga na dat de server\n" +"een veilige verbinding heeft en start de YaST module opnieuw." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. progress label @@ -430,10 +435,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgid "Synchronizing Products..." -msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." +msgstr "Producten synchroniseren..." #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the @@ -469,22 +473,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" -msgstr "Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens de installatie\n" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens de installatie\n" +"om de laatste elementen voor bijwerken te ontvangen?" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" -msgstr "Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens het opwaarderen\n" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens het opwaarderen\n" +"om de laatste elementen voor bijwerken te ontvangen?" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 @@ -501,6 +507,10 @@ "\n" "Skip the repository or abort?" msgstr "" +"Installatiebron '%s'\n" +"kan niet geladen worden.\n" +"\n" +"Sla de installatiebron over of breek af?" #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) @@ -1039,7 +1049,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 @@ -1055,10 +1065,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the target migration." msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" -msgstr "Selecteer de doelmigratie." +msgstr "" +"De installatiebronnen selecteren die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -1089,6 +1099,9 @@ "to run the online migration you need\n" "to register the system first." msgstr "" +"Het systeem is niet geregistreerd,\n" +"om de online migratie uit te voeren moet u\n" +"het systeem eerst registreren." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 @@ -1149,7 +1162,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De installatiebronnen voor migratie handmatig aanpassen" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:34+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -1088,6 +1088,11 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing:\n" +"Uw systeem heeft een boot-partitie met type 0x41 PReP/CHRP nodig.\n" +"Overweeg om er een te maken.\n" +"\n" +"Deze opzet echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 @@ -1144,7 +1149,6 @@ #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" #| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1163,11 +1167,10 @@ msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: er is geen partitie aangekoppeld als /boot.\n" "Om te kunnen opstarten vanaf uw harde schijf dient u een kleine /boot\n" -"partitie te hebben (van ongeveer %1). Overweeg a.u.b. deze\n" -"aan te maken. Partities die toegewezen zijn als /boot worden\n" -"automatisch gewijzigd in het type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"partitie te hebben (van ongeveer %1). Overweeg deze\n" +"aan te maken.\n" "\n" -"Wilt u uw instelling zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n" +"Wilt u uw opzet zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 @@ -3876,16 +3879,14 @@ msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Storage settings:" msgid "Packages to install:" -msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" +msgstr "Te installeren pakketten" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgid "No packages need to be installed." -msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." +msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketten om te installeren." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -6368,7 +6369,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De installatie van de benodigde pakketten is mislukt." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-29 21:47:22 UTC (rev 92894) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 10:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -184,6 +184,8 @@ "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." msgstr "" +"ipsec.conf en ipsec.secrets zijn buiten deze module gemanipuleerd.\n" +"Doorgaan met het gebruiken van deze module zal uw aanpassingen verwijderen." #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 @@ -561,3 +563,4 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Een client die verbindt met " +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92893 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-29 19:25:54 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92893 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." +msgstr "" +"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving " +"uitgevoerd..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren" @@ -49,12 +51,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -120,8 +122,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende " +"systeem" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -149,22 +154,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." +"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op " +"het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de " +"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid in te stellen.\n" -"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de " +"permissies van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:" +"groupid in te stellen.\n" +"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " +"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -238,13 +251,18 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" -"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n" +"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een " +"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" +"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren " +"en u een\n" "httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -270,7 +288,9 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen" +msgstr "" +"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-" +"instellingen" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -298,13 +318,16 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kunnen niet in dit systeem worden verwerkt:\n" +"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kunnen niet in dit systeem worden " +"verwerkt:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Mogelijk bevatten ze een spelfout of misschien bevat uw profiel niet alle benodigde YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software/>." +"Mogelijk bevatten ze een spelfout of misschien bevat uw profiel niet alle " +"benodigde YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -414,7 +437,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.\n" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -512,92 +536,108 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie." +msgstr "" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie uitvoeren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Algemene instellingen configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Taal instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Schijfindeling aanmaken" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Bootloader configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registratie" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Softwareselecties configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Standaarddoel van Systemd configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Algemene instellingen configureren" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "De gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie worden gestart..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Taal instellen..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Schijfindeling wordt aangemaakt..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Het systeem registreren..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "De softwareselecties worden geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Standaarddoel van Systemd configureren..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Behandeling van add-on-producten..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "De taal wordt geconfigureerd..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -606,7 +646,7 @@ "Probeer het nog eens.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -666,10 +706,12 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n" +"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " +"loggen\n" "en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -677,8 +719,10 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.\n" +"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " +"tijdslimiet.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen " +"niet genegeerd worden.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -693,12 +737,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd</" +"i> om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -710,8 +756,10 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -726,31 +774,41 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" -"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n" -"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n" -"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n" -"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +"de\n" +"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat " +"het aan\n" +"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een " +"UUID\n" +"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden " +"via een\n" +"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit " +"onmogelijk.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" "\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n" -"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" +"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel " +"activeert.\n" "\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" "\t " @@ -850,7 +908,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"U hebt het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n" +"U hebt het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig " +"bestandssysteem\n" "geselecteerd. Selecteer een geldig bestandssysteem om door te gaan.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -919,8 +978,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap" +"\" is geselecteerd." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -986,10 +1048,14 @@ "\n" "Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n" "Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n" -"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n" -"profiel opgeven, geen directory. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n" -"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n" -"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.\n" +"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres " +"naar het\n" +"profiel opgeven, geen directory. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of " +"op\n" +"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces " +"opnieuw\n" +"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk " +"zijn.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1024,7 +1090,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n" +"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn " +"gedetecteerd.\n" "Selecteer de vaste schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n" "" @@ -1098,14 +1165,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. \n" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor " +"besturingsbestanden. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n" +"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een " +"specifieke\n" "afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 @@ -1114,7 +1184,8 @@ "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n" +"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en " +"wanneer\n" "het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n" "\n" @@ -1183,7 +1254,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw " +"profiel.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1390,8 +1462,12 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module '%1' worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module '%1' worden toegepast op uw " +"huidige systeem?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1405,8 +1481,12 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw " +"huidige system?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1442,7 +1522,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de directory op, waarin u alle besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de directory op, waarin u alle " +"besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1545,7 +1626,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n" @@ -1584,7 +1666,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNG-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1594,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr "Sectie %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNC-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1679,25 +1761,31 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n" -"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n" -"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een " +"ongewenste installatie\n" +"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " +"overzicht zien van de\n" +"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " +"automatisch en\n" "zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" +"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie " +"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" " na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n" " \n" @@ -1708,7 +1796,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n" +"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van " +"AutoYast.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 @@ -1734,7 +1823,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgstr "" +"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1840,13 +1930,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n" -"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan " +"de hand van DTD en het\n" +"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " +"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, " +"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1866,19 +1960,25 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n" -"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n" +"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het " +"configuratiebestand\n" +"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor " +"configuratiebeheer worden \n" "geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n" -"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " +"systeem\n" +"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op " +"de\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1886,10 +1986,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n" +"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt " +"zullen worden.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1927,10 +2029,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n" +"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station " +"tevens\n" "het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n" "volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:" @@ -1947,27 +2051,41 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische apparaten toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe " +"partities als logische apparaten toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 " +"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of " +"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te " +"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n" -"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met " +"behulp van deze\n" +"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand " +"toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n" +"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de " +"configuratie\n" "aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n" "niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n" "\n" @@ -1975,12 +2093,15 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code " +"%2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2060,20 +2181,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de " +"installatie begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat " +"de installatie is voltooid.\n" "Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n" "" @@ -2085,16 +2209,21 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n" -"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n" -"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n" -"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n" -"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n" +"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script " +"binnen de\n" +"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd " +"voorafgaand\n" +"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts " +"op het\n" +"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te " +"benaderen,\n" "moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n" "\n" @@ -2103,13 +2232,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n" -"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de " +"bootloader-\n" +"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label " +"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "\n" #. help 5/6 @@ -2138,13 +2270,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " +"Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2154,32 +2288,44 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" -" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n" -" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n" -" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" -" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n" +" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " +"uitgeschakeld en\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te " +"maken. Een\n" +" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " +"init-scripts, die\n" +" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " +"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" +" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na " +"installatie gebruiken.\n" " \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" -" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-" +"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " +"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2267,12 +2413,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n" -"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt " +"u de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " +"overnemen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2298,9 +2447,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-" +"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2313,8 +2466,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n" -"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n" -"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n" +"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, " +"via netwerk\n" +"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het " +"originele besturingsbestand \n" "geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2379,27 +2534,35 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n" -"die welke via het YaST-configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n" -"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven gegevens verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n" -"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n" +"De meeste modules die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn " +"identiek aan\n" +"die welke via het YaST-configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " +"het instellen van\n" +"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven gegevens verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " +"besturingsbestand\n" +"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te " +"zetten.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</" +"p>\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2517,13 +2680,15 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "Kan volumegroep %1 niet opnieuw gebruiken. De volumegroep bestaat niet." +msgstr "" +"Kan volumegroep %1 niet opnieuw gebruiken. De volumegroep bestaat niet." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze opgeven." +msgstr "" +"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze opgeven." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2612,16 +2777,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Controleer /" +"tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie van pakketten. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie van pakketten. Controleer /" +"tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2633,14 +2806,17 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" -"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is deze niet meer te wijzigen." +"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is deze niet " +"meer te wijzigen." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2681,10 +2857,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" +"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander " +"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2726,13 +2904,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "De partitie-indeling die in uw XML-profiel is geconfigureerd, past niet op de vaste schijf. %1 MB te weinig" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"De partitie-indeling die in uw XML-profiel is geconfigureerd, past niet op " +"de vaste schijf. %1 MB te weinig" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2761,7 +2947,8 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n" -"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n" +"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2770,14 +2957,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden verzameld..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het wachtwoord twee keer." @@ -2785,14 +2972,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Kan de sectie %1 niet naar bestand %2 schrijven." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het juiste wachtwoord." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -90,13 +90,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die het opstartlaadprogramma bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die het opstartlaadprogramma bevat. De algemene MBR-" +"code start vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " +"zelfs\n" "als het opstartlaadprogramma is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -117,10 +121,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Time-out in seconden \n" -"Geeft de tijd op die de bootloader wacht tot de standaardkernel is geladen.\n" +"Geeft de tijd op die de bootloader wacht tot de standaardkernel is geladen.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -131,110 +137,155 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken, markeert u de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de time-out niet op een toets wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken, markeert u de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " +"opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " +"ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de time-out niet op een toets " +"wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " +"opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " +"gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door algemene code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " +"schijf door algemene code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de " +"andere is \n" "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord wordt afgeraden als u een ander besturingssysteem hebt\n" +"Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord wordt afgeraden als u een ander " +"besturingssysteem hebt\n" "geïnstalleerd op de computer" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" -"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -" in Opties voor opstartlader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager te configureren voor het \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een " +"geschikte partitie\n" +"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " +"opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +" in Opties voor opstartlader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is " +"of uw andere opstartmanager te configureren voor het \n" "starten van deze sectie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Opstarten vanaf uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd zijn als uw root-partitie is ingesteld op \n" +"Opstarten vanaf uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd zijn als uw " +"root-partitie is ingesteld op \n" "logische partitie en de /opstartpartitie ontbreekt" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie: hiermee stelt u de partitie in waarvan wordt opgestart" +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Aangepaste opstartpartitie: hiermee stelt u de partitie in waarvan " +"wordt opgestart" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" +"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " +"inschakelen\n" "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Met Seriële console gebruiken kunt u de parameters definiëren die u voor een\n" -"seriële console wilt gebruiken. Raadpleeg de GRUB-documentatie (<code>info grub2</code>) voor meer informatie." +"Met Seriële console gebruiken kunt u de parameters definiëren die " +"u voor een\n" +"seriële console wilt gebruiken. Raadpleeg de GRUB-documentatie (<code>info " +"grub2</code>) voor meer informatie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinitie \n" -"Hiermee wordt het terminaltype gedefinieerd dat u wilt gebruiken. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +"Hiermee wordt het terminaltype gedefinieerd dat u wilt gebruiken. Voor een " +"seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" "moet u <code>serieel</code> opgeven. U kunt ook <code>console</code> aan de\n" -"opdracht doorgeven als <code>seriële console</code>. In dit geval wordt een terminal waarin u op\n" +"opdracht doorgeven als <code>seriële console</code>. In dit geval wordt een " +"terminal waarin u op\n" "een willekeurige toets drukt, geselecteerd als een GRUB-terminal." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst " +"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " +"verbergen" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Opstartlaadprogramma beveiligen met wachtwoord \n" -"Tijdens het opstarten hebt u voor wijziging of zelfs opstarten van een item het wachtwoord nodig. Als Alleen itemwijziging beveiligen is ingeschakeld, gelden geen beperkingen voor het opstarten van een item. Voor wijziging van items is echter het wachtwoord vereist (de methode die voor GRUB 1 wordt gehanteerd). In YaST wordt het wachtwoord alleen geaccepteerd als u het herhaalt in Wachtwoord opnieuw typen." +"Tijdens het opstarten hebt u voor wijziging of zelfs opstarten van een item " +"het wachtwoord nodig. Als Alleen itemwijziging beveiligen is " +"ingeschakeld, gelden geen beperkingen voor het opstarten van een item. Voor " +"wijziging van items is echter het wachtwoord vereist (de methode die voor " +"GRUB 1 wordt gehanteerd). In YaST wordt het wachtwoord alleen " +"geaccepteerd als u het herhaalt in Wachtwoord opnieuw typen." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -246,9 +297,12 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " +"BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " +"te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " +"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -370,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "Red&undantie voor MD-array inschakelen" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Opties voor opstartcode" @@ -422,42 +476,53 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Optionele parameter voor kernelopdrachtregel: hiermee definieert u aanvullende parameters die aan de kernel moeten worden doorgegeven." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Optionele parameter voor kernelopdrachtregel: hiermee definieert u " +"aanvullende parameters die aan de kernel moeten worden doorgegeven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA-modus geeft de VGA-modus aan waarop de kernel de console moet instellen tijdens het opstarten." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA-modus geeft de VGA-modus aan waarop de kernel de console</" +"i> moet instellen tijdens het opstarten." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " +"andere vreemde distributie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Markering voor beschermde MBR is uitsluitend voor instellingen op expertniveau en uitsluitend nodig op exotische hardware. Zie voor meer informatie Beschermde MBR in GPT-schijven. Niet gebruiken als u het niet zeker weet." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Markering voor beschermde MBR is uitsluitend voor instellingen op " +"expertniveau en uitsluitend nodig op exotische hardware. Zie voor meer " +"informatie Beschermde MBR in GPT-schijven. Niet gebruiken als u het niet " +"zeker weet." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributeur geeft de naam aan van de distributeur van de kernel die wordt gebruikt om de vermeldingsnaam voor opstarten te maken. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "D&istributeur" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-modus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Attribuut voor beschermde MBR" @@ -543,9 +608,10 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "De opstartpartitie is van type NFS. Bootloader kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"De opstartpartitie is van type NFS. Bootloader kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -659,8 +725,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Via de knop Overig\n" @@ -705,11 +773,16 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" -"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" -"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" -"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" +" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader " +"een \n" +"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " +"ander besturingssysteem \n" +"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " +"besturingssysteem) zal \n" +"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " +"gedrukt.\n" "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." @@ -751,18 +824,22 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" +"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " +"(hoofdpartitie). \n" "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" +"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie\n" "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -"het nodig is of om uw bootloader te configureren voor het starten van &product;." +"het nodig is of om uw bootloader te configureren voor het starten van " +"&product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 @@ -784,8 +861,10 @@ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -"dat het opstarten naar de vaste schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" -"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +"dat het opstarten naar de vaste schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " +"1024.\n" +"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om " +"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 @@ -806,8 +885,10 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Installatiedetails opstartlaadprogramma \n" -"Om de geavanceerde opties van de opstartlaadprogramma-installatie aan te passen\n" -" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details opstartlaadpogramma-installatie." +"Om de geavanceerde opties van de opstartlaadprogramma-installatie aan te " +"passen\n" +" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details opstartlaadpogramma-" +"installatie." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 @@ -817,7 +898,8 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Type opstartlaadprogramma \n" -"Om te bepalen of u een opstartlaadprogramma wilt installeren en welke dat moet zijn,\n" +"Om te bepalen of u een opstartlaadprogramma wilt installeren en welke dat " +"moet zijn,\n" "selecteer Opstartlaadprogramma." #. help text 1/1 @@ -828,7 +910,8 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opties opstartlaadprogramma \n" -"Om de opties van het opstartlaadprogramma aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, klik op\n" +"Om de opties van het opstartlaadprogramma aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, " +"klik op\n" "Opties opstartlaadprogramma." #. help text 1/1 @@ -840,17 +923,20 @@ msgstr "" "Handmatige configuratie \n" "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." +"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " +"hebben." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Sectienaam \n" -"Gebruik Sectienaam om de naam van de opstartlaadpogrammasectie op te geven.\n" +"Gebruik Sectienaam om de naam van de opstartlaadpogrammasectie op te " +"geven.\n" "De sectienaam dient uniek te zijn." #. help text 1/5 @@ -869,8 +955,10 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" -"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" +"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " +"geselecteerde\n" +"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in " +"de\n" "geselecteerde sectie." #. help text 3/5 @@ -879,7 +967,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" +"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image " +"toe te voegen\n" "om te laden en te starten." #. help text 4/5 @@ -888,7 +977,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " +"te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #. help text 5/5 @@ -899,21 +989,24 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt " +"gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie " +"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Volgorde van harde schijven: %1" @@ -1035,8 +1128,11 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan het opstartlaadprogramma niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan het opstartlaadprogramma niet goed worden " +"geïnstalleerd." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1060,13 +1156,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "Geselecteerde aangepaste partitie van opstartlaadprogramma %s is niet meer beschikbaar." +msgstr "" +"Geselecteerde aangepaste partitie van opstartlaadprogramma %s is niet meer " +"beschikbaar." #. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and #. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "Geselecteerde locatie van opstartlaadprogramma %{pad} is niet op %{apparaat}." +msgstr "" +"Geselecteerde locatie van opstartlaadprogramma %{pad} is niet op " +"%{apparaat}." #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 @@ -1106,49 +1206,81 @@ msgstr "&Opstarten" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " +"niet opstartbaar." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Opstartcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet " +"installeren</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Opstartcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" +"\">installeren</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Opstartcode installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">niet installeren</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode niet installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Opstartcode niet installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in \"/\" partitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Opstartcode installeren in \"/\" partitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" +"\">niet installeren</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Installeer de opstartcode niet in partitie \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installeren</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installeer de opstartcode niet in partitie \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">installeren</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: er is geen locatie geselecteerd voor bootloader stage1. Tenzij u weet wat u moet doen, selecteert u de bovenstaande locatie." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: er is geen locatie geselecteerd voor bootloader stage1. Tenzij " +"u weet wat u moet doen, selecteert u de bovenstaande locatie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Locatie wijzigen: %s" @@ -1156,22 +1288,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Type bootloader: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (uitgebreid)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status locatie: %1" @@ -1191,90 +1323,129 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met het btrfs-bestandssysteem en de GPT-schijflabel zonder de partitie bios_grub. Als u dit probleem wilt oplossen, maakt u de partitie bios_grub of gebruikt u een extern bestandssysteem voor de opstartpartitie, of installeert u stage 1 naar MBR niet." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met het btrfs-bestandssysteem en de GPT-" +"schijflabel zonder de partitie bios_grub. Als u dit probleem wilt oplossen, " +"maakt u de partitie bios_grub of gebruikt u een extern bestandssysteem voor " +"de opstartpartitie, of installeert u stage 1 naar MBR niet." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " +"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Externe partitie voor opstarten ontbreekt. Opstartcode kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"Externe partitie voor opstarten ontbreekt. Opstartcode kan niet worden " +"geïnstalleerd." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader controleren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering lezen" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen laden" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "De partitionering wordt gelezen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen worden geladen..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie initialiseren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Initrd aanmaken" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden van bootloader opslaan" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader installeren" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Initrd wordt aangemaakt..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratiebestanden van de bootloader worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geïnstalleerd..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " +#~ "create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Distributeur geeft de naam aan van de distributeur van de " +#~ "kernel die wordt gebruikt om de vermeldingsnaam voor opstarten te maken. " +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr "D&istributeur" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -42,22 +42,35 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "Het doel van de dump bevat de bestemming voor het opslaan van dump-images" +msgstr "" +"Het doel van de dump bevat de bestemming voor het opslaan van dump-images" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Het naamschema is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Voer alleen \"kernel_string\" in." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Het naamschema is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Voer alleen " +"\"kernel_string\" in." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "De kdump-opdrachtregel is de opdrachtregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de kdump-kernel." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"De kdump-opdrachtregel is de opdrachtregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de " +"kdump-kernel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt _append_ (toevoegen) aan de standaardopdrachtregeltekst." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt _append_ (toevoegen) aan de " +"standaardopdrachtregeltekst." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 @@ -72,7 +85,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Geef aan hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." +msgstr "" +"Geef aan hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -86,8 +100,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten. Pad van bestand dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten. Pad van bestand " +"dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -131,8 +149,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "Dumpdoel bevat de volgende doeltypen: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"Dumpdoel bevat de volgende doeltypen: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem), ftp, " +"ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -171,8 +193,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel betekent " +"alleen \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -181,8 +207,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "Optie betekent de runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen waarden zoals 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"Optie betekent de runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen waarden " +"zoals 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -197,7 +227,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" -msgstr "Hiermee wordt het gebruik van de dump met firmwareondersteuning verwerkt" +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt het gebruik van de dump met firmwareondersteuning verwerkt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 @@ -307,18 +338,20 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump onmiddellijke herstarts: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden verwijderd" +msgstr "" +"Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden " +"verwijderd" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -352,14 +385,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." +msgstr "" +"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "U moet opnieuw opstarten om de wijzigingen in werking te laten treden." @@ -378,39 +418,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "De verkeerde opties zijn gebruikt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dumpniveau is ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dump-indeling is ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "Optie kan alleen de waarde \"geen\", \"ELF\", \"gecomprimeerd\" of \"lzo\" bevatten." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"Optie kan alleen de waarde \"geen\", \"ELF\", \"gecomprimeerd\" of \"lzo\" " +"bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." @@ -418,8 +461,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"dir\" ontbreekt." @@ -427,48 +470,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"server\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"share\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor doel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"gebruiker\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"e-mail\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Dump met firmwareondersteuning: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Er is geen optie gedefinieerd." @@ -488,109 +531,96 @@ msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump inschakelen/uitschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Kd&ump inschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "K&dump uitschakelen" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Totaal systeemgeheugen [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Insluiten in dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Pagina's gevuld met nul" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Pagina's in cach&e" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Pri&vé-pagina's in cache" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Pagina's met &gebruikersgegevens" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Lege pagina's" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Dump-indeling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&Geen Dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "&ELF-indeling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Gec&omprimeerde indeling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&LZO gecomprimeerde indeling" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Doel selecteren" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokale directory" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-server" @@ -598,7 +628,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" @@ -607,126 +637,158 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Melding &aan" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Meld&ing CC aan" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-&kernel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-op&drachtregel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump-opdrachtrege&ltoevoeging" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activ&eren" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Ke&rnel kopiëren naar de dumpdirectory inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Verwij&deren van oude dump-images activeren" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Aantal o&ude dumps" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-geheugen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Doel voor Kdump-image opslaan" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dumpdoel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-server" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-mailadres voor melding" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Melding per e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Aangepaste kernel voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Opdrachtregel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dump-instellingen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Totaal systeemgeheugen [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump inschakelen/uitschakelen \n" -" Kdump inschakelen of uitschakelen. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" +" Kdump inschakelen of uitschakelen. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter " +"is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" " Om de wijzigingen toe te passen, dient u te herstarten. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -743,10 +805,21 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Dump met firmwareondersteuning \n" -" Dumps worden pas gegenereerd wanneer de partitie opnieuw is geïnitialiseerd, dus wanneer de partitie opnieuw wordt gestart. Wanneer een dump met firmwareondersteuning wordt uitgevoerd, wordt het systeemgeheugen geblokkeerd en de partitie opnieuw opgestart. Hierdoor kunnen gegevens worden gedumpt vanuit de vorige kernelcrash via een nieuw exemplaar van het besturingssysteem. Deze functie kan alleen worden gebruikt als het systeem meer dan 1,5 GB geheugen heeft." +" Dumps worden pas gegenereerd wanneer de partitie opnieuw is " +"geïnitialiseerd, dus wanneer de partitie opnieuw wordt gestart. Wanneer een " +"dump met firmwareondersteuning wordt uitgevoerd, wordt het systeemgeheugen " +"geblokkeerd en de partitie opnieuw opgestart. Hierdoor kunnen gegevens " +"worden gedumpt vanuit de vorige kernelcrash via een nieuw exemplaar van het " +"besturingssysteem. Deze functie kan alleen worden gebruikt als het systeem " +"meer dan 1,5 GB geheugen heeft." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -767,37 +840,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dumpindeling \n" " Geen Dump - Sla alleen het kernellogboek op. \n" " ELF-indeling - Maak dumpbestand in de ELF-indeling. \n" -" Gecomprimeerde indeling - Comprimeer dumpgegevens per pagina met gzip. \n" -" LZO gecomprimeerde indeling - Enigszins grotere bestanden, maar veel sneller. \n" +" Gecomprimeerde indeling - Comprimeer dumpgegevens per pagina met " +"gzip. \n" +" LZO gecomprimeerde indeling - Enigszins grotere bestanden, maar " +"veel sneller. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Doel opslaan voor Kdump-Image \n" -" Het doel voor het opslaan van kdump-images. Selecteer het doeltype voor het opslaan van dumps. " +" Het doel voor het opslaan van kdump-images. Selecteer het doeltype voor " +"het opslaan van dumps. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Lokaal bestandssysteem - de Kdump-image opslaan in het lokale bestandssysteem.\n" -" Directory voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te klikken op Bladeren\n" +"Lokaal bestandssysteem - de Kdump-image opslaan in het lokale " +"bestandssysteem.\n" +" Directory voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van " +"Kdump-images.\n" +" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te " +"klikken op Bladeren\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -808,14 +891,18 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de FTP-server.\n" " Poort - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" -" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-verbinding. " +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" +" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de " +"server.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-" +"verbinding. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -870,7 +957,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Kdump-image opslaan via NFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de NFS-server.\n" -" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. " +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -885,9 +973,12 @@ "CIFS - Kdump-images opslaan via CIFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de server.\n" " Geëxporteerde share - de naam van de Windows-share.\n" -" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Verificatie gebruiken - activeert geverifieerde verbinding met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding. " +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" +" Verificatie gebruiken - activeert geverifieerde verbinding met de " +"server.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding." +" " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -896,7 +987,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel invoeren.\n" +"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel " +"invoeren.\n" " Het naamschema is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " De gebruiker voert alleen kernel_string in. " @@ -930,14 +1022,16 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activeren - \n" -" onmiddellijk herstarten activeren nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de kdump. " +" onmiddellijk herstarten activeren nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de " +"kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren - \n" " het verwijderen van oude dump-images inschakelen. Als het \n" @@ -955,55 +1049,74 @@ msgstr "" "Het kopiëren van de kernel in de dumpmap inschakelen - \n" " Als dit is ingeschakeld zal de kernel zelf en de\n" -" foutoplossingsinformatie (indien geïnstalleerd) worden gekopieerd in de\n" +" foutoplossingsinformatie (indien geïnstalleerd) worden gekopieerd in " +"de\n" " dumpmap. De standaard is \"niet\". Het is beter alles\n" " in orde te hebben voor foutopsporen. \n" #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een dump." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een " +"dump." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Gebruikersnaam voor de SMTP-verificatie wanneer een\n" -" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" +" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt " +"normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Wachtwoord voor de SMTP-verificatie wanneer een\n" " SMTP-server is ingesteld.\n" -" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" +" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP " +"gebruikt.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per " +"e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-mailadressen\n" -" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" +"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-" +"mailadressen\n" +" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump " +"is opgeslagen.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Aantal oude dumps geeft weer hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. Als het aantal dumpbestanden \n" +"Aantal oude dumps geeft weer hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. " +"Als het aantal dumpbestanden \n" "dit aantal overschrijdt, worden oudere dumps verwijderd." #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1022,7 +1135,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1043,7 +1157,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslaan afbreken:</big> \n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"Er wordt een extra venster geopend waarin wordt aangegeven of dit veilig is.\n" +"Er wordt een extra venster geopend waarin wordt aangegeven of dit veilig " +"is.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -1065,7 +1180,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een kdump toevoegen:</big> \n" "Een kdump kiezen uit de lijst met gedetecteerde kdumps.\n" -"Als uw kdump niet is gedetecteerd, selecteert u Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Als uw kdump niet is gedetecteerd, selecteert u Overige (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik vervolgens op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1193,19 +1309,21 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "De kerneloptie bevat verschillende reeksen. Opnieuw opslaan?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "&Dump met firmwareondersteuning gebruiken" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1214,125 +1332,137 @@ "Zie %{log} voor meer informatie." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand lezen..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kernelopstartopties lezen..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Partitionering lezen..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading available memory..." +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen..." + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Waarde van crashkernel-optie: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-indeling: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: mogelijk is er niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar. %{required} vereist, maar slechts %{available} beschikbaar." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: mogelijk is er niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar. %{required} " +"vereist, maar slechts %{available} beschikbaar." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -49,8 +49,11 @@ msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een " +"corrupt systeem te krijgen." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -80,14 +83,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" @@ -113,20 +116,38 @@ msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Indien deze pakketten worden aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket, worden ze extra geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Indien deze pakketten worden " +"aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket, worden ze extra " +"geïnstalleerd." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Het wordt gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Het wordt gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij " +"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de " +"gebruiker." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen opslagruimte hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen opslagruimte hebben, " +"d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere " +"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -159,8 +180,12 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +"taalregio %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -369,7 +394,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "&Nu aanbevolen pakketten installeren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" +msgstr "" +"&Nu aanbevolen pakketten installeren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -399,12 +425,14 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" +msgstr "" +"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" #. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 @@ -540,7 +568,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgstr "" +"Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -651,33 +680,98 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, dat doet de oplosser voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij " +"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten " +"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten " +"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen " +"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of " +"verwijderen van iets, dat doet de oplosser voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten " +"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu</" +"b>." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in Hoe filters te gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in " +"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen " +"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een " +"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook " +"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden " +"in Hoe filters te gebruiken." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een " +"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen " +"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van " +"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde opslagruimtes)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</" +"li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde " +"opslagruimtes)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet " +"geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en symbolen)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de " +"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te " +"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra " +"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door " +"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor " +"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van opslagruimtes. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het menu." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert " +"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van " +"opslagruimtes. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het " +"menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -686,13 +780,31 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Vergrendeld\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of " +"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om " +"een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de " +"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen " +"betekent de status \"Vergrendeld\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet " +"worden behouden." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te " +"schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van " +"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in " +"de lijst')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -701,13 +813,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleerda+ : pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt bijgewerkta> : pakket wordt automatisch bijgewerkt i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboe)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleerda+ : pakket " +"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt bijgewerkt</" +"p>a> : pakket wordt automatisch bijgewerkt i : " +"pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd</" +"p>---: pakket nooit installeren (taboe)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket vergrendeld )Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder " +"het nooit ( pakket vergrendeld )Statusinformatie voor patronen en " +"talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -716,28 +845,88 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (opslagruimte, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent " +"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op " +"pakketeigenschappen (opslagruimte, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers" +"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het " +"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder " +"beschreven." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen " +"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk " +"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou " +"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor " +"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de " +"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Opslagruimtes laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke opslagruimte." +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij " +"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke " +"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen " +"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een " +"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een " +"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Opslagruimtes laat " +"pakketten zien uit een specifieke opslagruimte." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende selectievakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van " +"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-" +"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te " +"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het " +"bijhorende selectievakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te " +"drukken." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Zwevend of Niet nodig." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de " +"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn " +"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de " +"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter " +"Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn " +"Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Zwevend of Niet nodig." +"" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -745,32 +934,133 @@ msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- Probeer opnieuw'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband " +"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke " +"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij " +"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor " +"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen " +"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- Probeer " +"opnieuw'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te " +"schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt " +"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu " +"controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de " +"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen " +"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische " +"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor " +"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt " +"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit " +"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" " +"in Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole (zie boven), Aanbevolen pakketten installeren: indien deze optie is ingeschakeld, worden zwakke afhankelijkheden gehonoreerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten onmiddellijk herstellen en oplossen. Opmerking: als het systeem is gecontroleerd met Systeem nu verifiëren, wordt de optie Systeemverificatiemodus ingeschakeld (schakel de optie desgewenst uit). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het YaST-configuratiebestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische " +"afhankelijkheidscontrole (zie boven), Aanbevolen pakketten " +"installeren: indien deze optie is ingeschakeld, worden zwakke " +"afhankelijkheden gehonoreerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: " +"afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten onmiddellijk herstellen en " +"oplossen. Opmerking: als het systeem is gecontroleerd met Systeem nu " +"verifiëren, wordt de optie Systeemverificatiemodus ingeschakeld " +"(schakel de optie desgewenst uit). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het YaST-" +"configuratiebestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: " +"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier " +"toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het " +"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen " +"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek " +"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond " +"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: " +"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, " +"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle " +"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatie opslagruimtebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van opslagruimte (Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest " +"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatie " +"opslagruimtebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen " +"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van opslagruimte " +"(Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie " +"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het " +"menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige gekoppelde partities." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer " +"de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-" +"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer " +"pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set " +"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het " +"geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een " +"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte " +"op de huidige gekoppelde partities." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -957,7 +1247,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -967,28 +1258,93 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, " +"beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten " +"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten " +"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. " +"Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de " +"functie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen " +"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een " +"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Betekenis van de statusattributen:a+ : patches voor uw installatie worden vooraf geselecteerd. Deze worden gedownload en geïnstalleerd op uw systeem. Als u een bepaalde patch niet wilt, maakt u de selectie ongedaan met '-'. i : Aan alle vereisten voor deze patch is voldaan. + : u hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Betekenis van de statusattributen:a+ : patches voor uw " +"installatie worden vooraf geselecteerd. Deze worden gedownload en " +"geïnstalleerd op uw systeem. Als u een bepaalde patch niet wilt, maakt u de " +"selectie ongedaan met '-'. i : Aan alle vereisten voor deze " +"patch is voldaan. + : u hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor " +"installatie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Meer gegevens over de status: als er meerdere patches voor een pakket (of een set pakketten) zijn die nog niet op het systeem zijn toegepast, worden ze allemaal vooraf geselecteerd en hebben ze de status a+. Als de selectie van een van deze patches ongedaan wordt gemaakt met '-', kan daarna de status i voor deze patch worden weergegeven. Dit komt doordat alle patches voor dezelfde pakketten nog steeds zijn geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en hiermee is voldaan aan deze patch. U moet de selectie voor alle patches ongedaan maken als de patches ongewenst zijn." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Meer gegevens over de status: als er meerdere patches voor een pakket " +"(of een set pakketten) zijn die nog niet op het systeem zijn toegepast, " +"worden ze allemaal vooraf geselecteerd en hebben ze de status a+. Als " +"de selectie van een van deze patches ongedaan wordt gemaakt met '-', kan " +"daarna de status i voor deze patch worden weergegeven. Dit komt " +"doordat alle patches voor dezelfde pakketten nog steeds zijn geselecteerd. " +"De nieuwere versies van de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en hiermee is " +"voldaan aan deze patch. U moet de selectie voor alle patches ongedaan maken " +"als de patches ongewenst zijn." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "De menu's:met het menu Filteren kunt u de patches filteren. Geef bijvoorbeeld de 'Geïnstalleerde' patches weer of vermeld de patches 'Beveiliging'. U kunt in dit menu ook naar patches zoeken. Gebruik het menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigen. Met het menu Weergave kunt u zien welke pakketten van toepassing zijn op de patch. Let op: als de filter 'Alle patches' is geselecteerd, kan de pakketlijst voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten van toepassing zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten op het systeem is geïnstalleerd. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat afhankelijkheidscontroles en de invoer 'Testcase voor oplosser genereren'." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"De menu's:met het menu Filteren kunt u de patches filteren. " +"Geef bijvoorbeeld de 'Geïnstalleerde' patches weer of vermeld de patches " +"'Beveiliging'. U kunt in dit menu ook naar patches zoeken. Gebruik het " +"menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigen. Met het menu " +"Weergave kunt u zien welke pakketten van toepassing zijn op de patch. " +"Let op: als de filter 'Alle patches' is geselecteerd, kan de pakketlijst " +"voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten van " +"toepassing zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten op het systeem is " +"geïnstalleerd. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat " +"afhankelijkheidscontroles en de invoer 'Testcase voor oplosser genereren'.</" +"p>" #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1010,34 +1366,45 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue anyway" +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "&Toch doorgaan" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nee" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- Probeer het opnieuw" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie " +"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Beschikbare talen" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare opslagruimten" @@ -1045,61 +1412,99 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Noodzakelijke patches" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde patches" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Online updatepatches" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Updateprobleem -- zie help" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Update probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor de update nieuwe versies beschikbaar.Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Update probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet " +"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn " +"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel " +"installatiemedium zijn voor de update nieuwe versies beschikbaar.Het " +"zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u " +"met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Updatelijst" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Geen patches beschikbaar" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Versions" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Pakketversies" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 15:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "Zo&eken" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Trefwoorden" @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" @@ -359,7 +359,8 @@ "Als u weet wat u doet, kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " "loopt echter het risico dat uw systeem corrupt raakt en alleen handmatig kan " "worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet " -"handelen, klik dan nu op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." +"handelen, klik dan nu op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten.</" +"p>" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -391,7 +392,7 @@ "gewijzigd om afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" @@ -444,13 +445,13 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " -"system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches " -"check box below the list." +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " +"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" +"b> check box below the list." msgstr "" "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " -"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " -"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onder aan de lijst wijzigen." +"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " +"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onder aan de lijst wijzigen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 msgid "" @@ -524,8 +525,8 @@ "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " "be performed." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze " -"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +"Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal " +"deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) @@ -535,8 +536,8 @@ "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " "the upper left:" msgstr "" -"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster Filter<" -"/b> linksboven:" +"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster Filter</" +"b> linksboven:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 msgid "" @@ -548,24 +549,26 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " -"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " +"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." msgstr "" -"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. " -"Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst selecteren of de " -"selectie juist ongedaan maken." +"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te " +"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst " +"selecteren of de selectie juist ongedaan maken." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " -"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " -"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " +"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " +"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " +"side." msgstr "" "Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten per categorie. U kunt de groepen als " -"boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen " -"of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in " -"die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." +"boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te " +"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de " +"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te " +"maken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 msgid "" @@ -603,12 +606,12 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to <" -"b>Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " +"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " "see all changes that will be made to your system." msgstr "" -"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren " -"te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " +"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren</" +"b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " "voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Zo kunt u alle wijzigingen zien die op " "uw systeem worden uitgevoerd." @@ -622,13 +625,13 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " -"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck " -"everything else." +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " +"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " +"uncheck everything else." msgstr "" "Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " -"pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op Behouden" -" en schakel alle andere selecties uit." +"pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op Behouden</" +"b> en schakel alle andere selecties uit." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -679,8 +682,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " -"are the same)." +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " +"versions are the same)." msgstr "" "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Werk het bij of installeer het opnieuw (bij " "identieke versies)." @@ -711,8 +714,8 @@ "packages might have or get." msgstr "" "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en mag in geen geval geïnstalleerd worden, " -"vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben " -"of kunnen krijgen." +"vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen " +"hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 msgid "" @@ -730,19 +733,20 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " -"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " +"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "" "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en mag niet worden aangepast, vooral niet omdat " -"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 msgid "" "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " "newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "" -"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " -"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met " +"de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -753,8 +757,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " -"it." +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " +"needs it." msgstr "" "Dit pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd omdat dit vereist is voor een " "ander pakket." @@ -763,8 +767,8 @@ msgid "" "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." msgstr "" -"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te " -"kunnen verwijderen." +"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket " +"te kunnen verwijderen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -799,7 +803,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." msgstr "" -"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." +"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig " +"wordt." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -835,8 +840,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " -"yet. Delete it if it is installed." +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " +"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." msgstr "" "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " "niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." @@ -861,9 +866,9 @@ "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " "set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." msgstr "" -"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als " -"\"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle " -"andere pakketten." +"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden" +"\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere " +"pakketten." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 @@ -874,8 +879,8 @@ msgstr "" "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " "ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " -"omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of " -"kunnen krijgen. " +"omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben " +"of kunnen krijgen. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -964,8 +969,8 @@ "dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" msgstr "" "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " -"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden opgeslagen " -"in de directory <tt>%1</tt>" +"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden " +"opgeslagen in de directory <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -974,12 +979,12 @@ #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>" -"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " +"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" msgstr "" -"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar " -"<tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage " -"voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" +"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar " +" <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als " +"bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -992,8 +997,8 @@ "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " "disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" msgstr "" -"Fout bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing" -"Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" +"Fout bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</" +"p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1522,15 +1527,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Niet-onderhouden pakketten" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Zoeken" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" @@ -1544,78 +1545,78 @@ msgstr "zzz alles" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Zoeken in" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "&Overzicht" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "&Omschrijving" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "RPM \"&levert\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "RPM \"be&nodigt\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Bestandslijst" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "Zoek&modus:" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Bevat" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Begint met" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Exacte overeenkomst" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Jokertekens gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "&Hoofdlettergevoelig" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Zoeken..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Geen resultaten." @@ -1624,7 +1625,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Opvraagfout" @@ -1750,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "%1-%2 van leverancier %3 (geïnstalleerd)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" @@ -1760,7 +1761,7 @@ "meerdere versies mogelijk zijn\n" "en versies waarvoor dat niet geldt." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1775,7 +1776,7 @@ "Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de " "andere versie te behouden." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1791,7 +1792,7 @@ "andere versies te behouden." #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Incompatibele pakketversies" @@ -1804,11 +1805,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 van %3 met prioriteit %4 en leverancier %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Deze versie is op uw systeem geïnstalleerd." @@ -1819,4 +1820,3 @@ #: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Pakket libqdialogsolver is vereist voor deze mogelijkheid." - Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-14 10:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-17 15:15\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:273 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "%s registreren..." @@ -236,7 +236,8 @@ "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"Het netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver is niet bereikbaar.\n" +"Het netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver is niet " +"bereikbaar.\n" "Wilt u het netwerk nu configureren?" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 @@ -266,7 +267,8 @@ "the upgrade again." msgstr "" "Als u een upgrade uitvoert vanaf SLE11 moet u ervoor zorgen\n" -"kdat de SCC-server bekend is bij de oude NCC-registratie. Synchronisatie van NCC naar SCC\n" +"kdat de SCC-server bekend is bij de oude NCC-registratie. Synchronisatie van " +"NCC naar SCC\n" "kan erg lang duren.\n" "\n" "Als het SLE11-systeem onlangs is geïnstalleerd kunt u zich aanmelden bij\n" @@ -302,31 +304,44 @@ #. error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." -msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." +msgstr "" +"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Gegevens: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Het SSL-certificaat importeren" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s'-certificaat importeren..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fout beveiligde verbinding: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -358,7 +373,8 @@ "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -"Het installatiemedium of het installatieprogramma zelf is ernstig beschadigd.\n" +"Het installatiemedium of het installatieprogramma zelf is ernstig " +"beschadigd.\n" "Rapporteer een fout op %s." #: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 @@ -366,50 +382,62 @@ "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat er een product is geïnstalleerd en dat /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"Zorg ervoor dat er een product is geïnstalleerd en dat /etc/products.d/" +"baseproduct\n" "een symkoppeling is die verwijst naar het bestand .prod van het basisproduct." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Het systeem registreren..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Bijwerken naar %s ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modules laden..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensies en modules registreren" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Extensies en modules worden geregistreerd." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -418,7 +446,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -428,7 +456,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -441,42 +469,53 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificaat:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:180 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:253 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Configuratie voor opslagruimte opslaan is mislukt." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:217 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:228 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' bijwerken is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' toevoegen is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' opslaan is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' vernieuwen is mislukt." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:447 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -531,18 +570,27 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" -"Voer de registratiecodes in voor de aangevraagde extensies of modules.\n" -"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor een correcte installatie. Als u geen registratiecode kunt opgeven, gaat u terug en deselecteert u de betreffende extensie of module." +"Voer de registratiecodes in voor de aangevraagde extensies of modules.</" +"p>\n" +"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor een correcte installatie. Als u geen " +"registratiecode kunt opgeven, gaat u terug en deselecteert u de betreffende " +"extensie of module." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "Er is een aparte registratiecode vereist voor de extensie die u hebt geselecteerd." -msgstr[1] "Er zijn aparte registratiecodes vereist voor de extensies die u hebt geselecteerd." +msgstr[0] "" +"Er is een aparte registratiecode vereist voor de extensie die u hebt " +"geselecteerd." +msgstr[1] "" +"Er zijn aparte registratiecodes vereist voor de extensies die u hebt " +"geselecteerd." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -575,13 +623,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Voor sommige extensies of modules is mogelijk een specifieke registratiecode vereist." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Voor sommige extensies of modules is mogelijk een specifieke " +"registratiecode vereist." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Als u een extensie of module wilt verwijderen, moet u zich aanmelden bij het SUSE-klantencentrum en verwijdert u deze hier handmatig." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als u een extensie of module wilt verwijderen, moet u zich aanmelden bij " +"het SUSE-klantencentrum en verwijdert u deze hier handmatig." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -590,8 +646,11 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Hier kunt u beschikbare extensies en modules selecteren voor uw systeem." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u beschikbare extensies en modules selecteren voor uw systeem.</" +"p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -605,8 +664,12 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -msgstr "Hier kunt u extensies en modules selecteren die opnieuw worden geregistreerd." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u extensies en modules selecteren die opnieuw worden " +"geregistreerd." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -615,8 +678,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules worden geregistreerd met het basisproduct." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules worden geregistreerd " +"met het basisproduct." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -681,22 +748,30 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"Bij productregistratie wordt uw product opgenomen in de database van het SUSE-klantencentrum,\n" +"Bij productregistratie wordt uw product opgenomen in de database van het " +"SUSE-klantencentrum,\n" "zodat u online-updates en technische ondersteuning kunt ontvangen.\n" -"Als u zich wilt registreren tijdens de automatische installatie, selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." +"Als u zich wilt registreren tijdens de automatische installatie, selecteert " +"u Productregistratie uitvoeren." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Als in uw netwerk een aangepaste registratieserver is geïmplementeerd, stelt u de juiste URL van de server\n" -"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in Instellingen van SMT-server in. Raadpleeg\n" +"Als in uw netwerk een aangepaste registratieserver is geïmplementeerd, " +"stelt u de juiste URL van de server\n" +"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in Instellingen van SMT-server " +"in. Raadpleeg\n" "uw SMT-handleiding voor meer hulp." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -781,8 +856,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Voer de gegevens van het SUSE-klantencentrum in om het systeem te registreren om updates en extensies te ontvangen." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Voer de gegevens van het SUSE-klantencentrum in om het systeem te " +"registreren om updates en extensies te ontvangen." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 @@ -856,28 +935,52 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten om de authenticiteit van de server te verifiëren en om de overgedragen gegevens te versleutelen." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten om de " +"authenticiteit van de server te verifiëren en om de overgedragen gegevens te " +"versleutelen." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "U kunt ervoor kiezen om het certificaat in de lijst van bekende certificaatautoriteiten (CA) te importeren. Dit betekent dat u het onderwerp en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"U kunt ervoor kiezen om het certificaat in de lijst van bekende " +"certificaatautoriteiten (CA) te importeren. Dit betekent dat u het onderwerp " +"en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Als u een certificaat importeert, kan bijvoorbeeld een zelfondertekend certificaat worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Als u een certificaat importeert, kan bijvoorbeeld een zelfondertekend " +"certificaat worden gebruikt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Belangrijk: u moet de vingerafdruk van het certificaat controleren zodat u zeker weet dat u het originele certificaat van de gevraagde server importeert." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Belangrijk: u moet de vingerafdruk van het certificaat controleren " +"zodat u zeker weet dat u het originele certificaat van de gevraagde server " +"importeert." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Als u een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeert, loopt u een groot beveiligingsrisico." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"Als u een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeert, loopt u " +"een groot beveiligingsrisico." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 @@ -891,10 +994,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_finish_workflow.rb:50 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "Interne fout: %s" @@ -904,7 +1005,8 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te registreren.\n" +"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te " +"registreren.\n" "Registratie van basissysteem en add-on overslaan?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title @@ -914,8 +1016,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten wordt gevonden." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten " +"worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade " +"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten " +"wordt gevonden." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 @@ -937,39 +1046,28 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioriteit: %s" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -"Online updates zijn beschikbaar voor installatie.\n" -"Het is aanbevolen alle updates te installeren voordat u verder gaat.\n" -"\n" -"Wilt u de updates nu installeren?" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:173 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "Geen geïnstalleerd product gevonden" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:202 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "Geen migratieproduct gevonden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:249 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "Migratieproducten registreren..." - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:275 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Migratieopslagruimten voorbereiden..." @@ -980,18 +1078,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten bieden." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan " +"verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten bieden." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." -msgstr "Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd." +msgstr "" +"Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "Gebruik het selectievakje %s om de migratieopslagruimten later handmatig te selecteren." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het selectievakje %s om de migratieopslagruimten later " +"handmatig te selecteren." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1024,8 +1131,12 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver (%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver " +"(%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1045,13 +1156,15 @@ #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "Op %{old_product} wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." +msgstr "" +"Op %{old_product} wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "Op %{old_product} wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." +msgstr "" +"Op %{old_product} wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 @@ -1074,12 +1187,21 @@ msgstr "Het systeem is al geregistreerd." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt exta extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verbeteren." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt exta extensies of modules " +"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verbeteren." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Als u de registratie van uw systeem ongedaan wilt maken, moet u zich aanmelden bij het SUSE-klantencentrum en het systeem daar handmatig verwijderen." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als u de registratie van uw systeem ongedaan wilt maken, moet u zich " +"aanmelden bij het SUSE-klantencentrum en het systeem daar handmatig " +"verwijderen." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1116,3 +1238,17 @@ #: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Lokale registratieservers zoeken..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Online updates are available for installation.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Would you like to install the updates now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Online updates zijn beschikbaar voor installatie.\n" +#~ "Het is aanbevolen alle updates te installeren voordat u verder gaat.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Wilt u de updates nu installeren?" + +#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +#~ msgstr "Migratieproducten registreren..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:54 UTC (rev 92893) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:19\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n" +"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde " +"partitioneringsvoorstel\n" "voor uw vaste schijf word voorgesteld." #. help text continued @@ -162,12 +163,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om snapshots voor root-volume voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om snapshots voor root-volume voor " +"te stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om afzonderlijke /home voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om afzonderlijke /home voor te " +"stellen." #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -397,7 +402,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows-gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows-gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " +"Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -518,7 +524,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." +msgstr "" +"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " +"partitionering." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -658,8 +666,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Geen schijfs gevonden. Gebruik de update-CD - voor zover beschikbaar - voor installatie." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Geen schijfs gevonden. Gebruik de update-CD - voor zover beschikbaar - voor " +"installatie." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -674,7 +685,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n" +"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn " +"gevonden.\n" "Selecteer de vaste schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" @@ -686,7 +698,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw vaste schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw vaste schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " +"gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -702,8 +715,10 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " +"schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie " +"van &product;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -786,7 +801,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home-partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie\n" -"of de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." +"of de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " +"ingesteld." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -886,7 +902,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " +"partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" @@ -914,8 +931,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " +"bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -936,8 +955,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde vaste schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde vaste schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " +"is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " +"verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" @@ -955,7 +976,8 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " +"eens.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -979,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "Voorsteltype" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -994,7 +1016,7 @@ "Echt deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1003,13 +1025,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze koppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " +"problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze koppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals " +"ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1018,13 +1042,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie koppelen aan \n" -"koppelpunt /opstarten. Dit zal hoogst waarschijnlijk problemen veroorzaken. Gebruik voor\n" +"koppelpunt /opstarten. Dit zal hoogst waarschijnlijk problemen veroorzaken. " +"Gebruik voor\n" "dit koppelpunt een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1039,8 +1064,19 @@ "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1061,7 +1097,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instellingen echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1076,7 +1112,7 @@ "Wilt u deze grootte van de bootpartitie handhaven?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1085,21 +1121,31 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub aanwezig.\n" -"Een dergelijke partitie wordt aanbevolen (vereist met Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 wordt\n" -"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Deze moet ongeformatteerd zijn en\n" +"Een dergelijke partitie wordt aanbevolen (vereist met Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 " +"wordt\n" +"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Deze moet ongeformatteerd zijn " +"en\n" "ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n" "Wilt u deze installatie werkelijk gebruiken?\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#| "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1112,7 +1158,7 @@ "Wilt u uw instelling zonder /boot-partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1132,20 +1178,21 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: een aantal subvolumes van het hoofdbestandssystem is geschaduwd door\n" +"Waarschuwing: een aantal subvolumes van het hoofdbestandssystem is " +"geschaduwd door\n" "koppelpunten van een ander bestandssysteem. Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" "\n" "Weet u zeker dat u deze instellingen wilt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1162,7 +1209,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1187,7 +1234,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1212,18 +1259,19 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1240,7 +1288,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling zonder wisselgeheugen gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1253,7 +1301,7 @@ "verlopen, met name in alle volgende gevallen:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1266,10 +1314,11 @@ "- wanneer deze partitie nog geen bestandssysteem bevat\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n" @@ -1277,18 +1326,19 @@ "van de standaard koppelpunten zoals /, /boot, /opt of /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Als u besluit om de partitie te formatteren, zullen alle gegevens ervan verloren gaan.\n" +"Als u besluit om de partitie te formatteren, zullen alle gegevens ervan " +"verloren gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1297,7 +1347,7 @@ "Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1356,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1315,7 +1365,7 @@ "Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1324,7 +1374,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1332,35 +1382,40 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n" "Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is gekoppeld." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische " +"partitie \n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " +"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te ontkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te ontkoppelen voordat u de " +"uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1375,7 +1430,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1390,7 +1445,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1403,30 +1458,30 @@ "de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijdert.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor het gecodeerde bestandssysteem." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Een leeg wachtwoord is toegestaan." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteld bestandssysteem op %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1435,7 +1490,7 @@ "%1 aangekoppeld op %2 in.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Voer uw wachtwoord in voor het versleutelde bestandssysteem" @@ -1443,7 +1498,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Voer een wachtwoord in voor uw bestandssysteem:" @@ -1454,18 +1509,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter &controle:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Overslaan" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1477,8 +1532,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1488,8 +1543,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1497,17 +1552,17 @@ "Het wachtwoord moet uit tenminste %1 karakters bestaan.\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Geen drijvendekomma-getal." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem opties:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1516,13 +1571,14 @@ "Wijzig uw volumelabel en verwijder dit letterteken.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" @@ -1530,61 +1586,64 @@ "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan worden gewijzigd, zodat\n" "het te koppelen bestandssysteem kan worden gevonden door te zoeken\n" "naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen worden\n" -"gekoppeld via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, is dit\n" +"gekoppeld via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, is " +"dit\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De naam die in dit veld wordt opgegeven, wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft gewoonlijk alleen betekenis\n" +"De naam die in dit veld wordt opgegeven, wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit " +"heeft gewoonlijk alleen betekenis\n" "als u de optie voor koppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan geen /-teken of spaties bevatten.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Gemount in /etc/fstab door" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Apparaatnaam" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Volume &label" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Apparaat-&ID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Apparaat-&pad" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-opties:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1595,62 +1654,62 @@ "bestandssysteem is %1. Uw volumelabel is afgekapt op deze afmeting.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Geef een volumelabel op om via een label te kunnen mounten." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit volumelabel is al in gebruik. Kies een andere aub." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Bestands&systeem" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&pties..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Apparaat v&ersleutelen" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem &ID:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Niet formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab opties" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Mountpunt" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1675,7 +1734,7 @@ "Doorgaan?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1683,69 +1742,80 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden verkleind.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de het logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden verkleind.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de het logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden " +"verkleind.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " +"volume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Doorgaan?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden uitgebreid.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden " +"uitgebreid.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden uitgebreid.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " +"worden uitgebreid.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Doorgaan met vergroten/verkleinen?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "U hebt een partitie met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "" +"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1754,26 +1824,30 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser-bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser-bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " +"echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " +"gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst te ontkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst te ontkoppelen voordat u de " +"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1788,7 +1862,7 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1803,7 +1877,7 @@ "ongedaan voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1816,55 +1890,57 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Maak en verwijder subvolumes van een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Schakel automatisch momentopnamen voor een Btrfs-bestandssysteem met Snapper in." +msgstr "" +"Schakel automatisch momentopnamen voor een Btrfs-bestandssysteem met " +"Snapper in." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Bestaande subvolumes:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nieuw subvolume" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Nieuwe toevoegen" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen inschakelen" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandelen van subvolumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Lege naam van subvolume is niet toegestaan." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1872,13 +1948,14 @@ "Alleen namen van subvolumes die met \"%1\" beginnen zijn toegestaan!\n" "Automatisch \"%1\" voor de naam van het subvolume zetten." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Naam %1 van subvolume bestaat al." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." -msgstr "De wijzigingen die in dit dialoogvenster zijn ingevoerd, gaan verloren." +msgstr "" +"De wijzigingen die in dit dialoogvenster zijn ingevoerd, gaan verloren." #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 @@ -1922,14 +1999,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " +"of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem maken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" @@ -1942,14 +2021,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van " +"uw bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" @@ -1961,14 +2042,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n" -"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n" +"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale " +"karakters\n" "bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2015,14 +2098,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandsysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" -" nodig is voor de update, kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandsysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " +"niet\n" +" nodig is voor de update, kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval " +"wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandsysteem tijdens de update.\n" " \n" @@ -2041,7 +2127,8 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " +"starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie, moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" @@ -2061,17 +2148,17 @@ "U moet alle partities op deze schijf markeren voor verwijdering.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt \"%1\" niet voor LVM gebruiken.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt %1 niet voor RAID gebruiken." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2080,7 +2167,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " +"besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens het opstarten, niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" @@ -2088,7 +2176,7 @@ "Wilt u dit echt doen?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2101,7 +2189,7 @@ " niet-loopback bestandsysteem.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2122,42 +2210,45 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Mountpunt mag niet leeg zijn." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Swapapparaten moeten 'swap' als mountpunt hebben." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Alleen swapapparaten mogen 'swap' als mountpoint hebben." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit aankoppelpunt is al in gebruik. Kies een ander aankoppelpunt aub." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /" +"var, /home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ongeldig teken in mountpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een mountpunt." +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig teken in mountpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een mountpunt." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2168,12 +2259,12 @@ "en var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Uw aankoppelpunt moet beginnen met een \"/\" " #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2183,7 +2274,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2192,7 +2283,7 @@ "De minimale afmeting voor dit type bestandssysteem is %2\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2202,7 +2293,7 @@ "of onbekend bestandssysteem." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2226,27 +2317,28 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Het bestandssysteem is nu gekoppeld op %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen, doorgaan zonder ontkoppelen of annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen, doorgaan zonder ontkoppelen of " +"annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Afkoppelen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2254,17 +2346,23 @@ "U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen of annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is gekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " +"is gekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is gekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " +"gekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is gekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " +"terwijl het is gekoppeld." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2372,7 +2470,8 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Als u de FCoE-configuratie aanroept, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd.\n" +"Als u de FCoE-configuratie aanroept, worden alle huidige wijzigingen " +"geannuleerd.\n" "Weet u zeker dat u de FCoE-configuratie wilt aanroepen?" #. popup text @@ -2383,7 +2482,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2720,11 +2820,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen,\n" -"kiest u Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" +"kiest u Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " +"bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" #. helptext @@ -2951,7 +3053,8 @@ msgstr "" "U bent een gekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n" "Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n" -"het bestandssysteem te ontkoppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n" +"het bestandssysteem te ontkoppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van " +"grootte \n" "veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen." #. label for log view @@ -2995,8 +3098,10 @@ "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten in de apparaatmapper behalve de apparaten \n" -"die reeds in een ander overzicht te zien zijn. Daarom zijn multipad-schijven,\n" +"Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten in de apparaatmapper behalve de " +"apparaten \n" +"die reeds in een ander overzicht te zien zijn. Daarom zijn multipad-" +"schijven,\n" "BIOS RAID's en LVM logische volumes hier niet te zien.\n" #. helptext @@ -3216,7 +3321,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden." @@ -3231,7 +3336,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Echt een nieuwe partitietabel op %1 maken? Hierdoor worden alle gegevens op %1\n" +"Echt een nieuwe partitietabel op %1 maken? Hierdoor worden alle gegevens op " +"%1\n" "verwijderd en alle RAID- en volumegroepen die partities op %1 gebruiken." #. error popup @@ -3279,7 +3385,8 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet worden\n" -"bewerkt. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"bewerkt. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 @@ -3307,7 +3414,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3547,7 +3655,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit overzicht toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf wordt gebruikt door bijvoorbeeld BIOS RAID of multipad,\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf wordt gebruikt door bijvoorbeeld BIOS RAID " +"of multipad,\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" #. helptext @@ -3558,7 +3667,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten die worden gebruikt door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het overzicht is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het overzicht is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " +"RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software-RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3593,7 +3703,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " +"aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3605,7 +3716,8 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd tijdens de\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " +"geformatteerd." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3720,18 +3832,30 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Geen veranderingen in partitionering." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Wijzigingen in partitionering:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Storage settings:" +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No changes to storage settings." +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -3759,12 +3883,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de gegevens voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " +"het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de gegevens voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3775,9 +3902,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand maken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende gegevens verloren gaan.\n" +"Loop-bestand maken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " +"aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " +"Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende gegevens verloren " +"gaan.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3787,7 +3917,8 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat, heeft deze grootte.\n" #. helptext @@ -3800,9 +3931,12 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het bestandssysteem wordt aan het einde van de installatie gemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " +"consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " +"dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het bestandssysteem wordt aan het einde van de installatie " +"gemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" #. input field label @@ -3945,7 +4079,8 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " +"Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." #. error popup text @@ -3981,7 +4116,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " +"verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -3989,7 +4126,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige gegevens opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige gegevens opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " +"opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4023,12 +4161,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +"" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4061,11 +4202,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan " +"niet hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." #. helptext @@ -4117,7 +4260,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4129,19 +4273,23 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " +"zo'n pool toekennen." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " +"een Thin-pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4195,12 +4343,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan " +"te maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " +"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." #. error popup @@ -4411,7 +4562,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n" +"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze " +"veranderingen\n" "zullen verloren gaan bij het afsluiten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n" "Weet u zeker dat u wilt afsluiten?" @@ -4432,8 +4584,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS-configuratie is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"NFS-configuratie is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-" +"nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4464,34 +4620,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " +"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" -"meerdere schijfs worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met " +"twee of\n" +"meerdere schijfs worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van " +"alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " +"verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " +"hebben.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijfs en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijfs. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijfs gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " +"schijfs en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " +"schijfs. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " +"schijfs gaat alle data verloren\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4501,19 +4670,23 @@ "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Met Naam van RAID kunt u een duidelijke \n" -"naam opgeven voor de RAID. Dit is optioneel. Als u een naam opgeeft, is het apparaat\n" +"naam opgeven voor de RAID. Dit is optioneel. Als u een naam opgeeft, is het " +"apparaat\n" "beschikbaar als <tt>/dev/md/<naam></tt>.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4576,12 +4749,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid gegevens die op apparaten\n" -"kunnen worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid gegevens " +"die op apparaten\n" +"kunnen worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " +"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " +"effect op de array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4591,10 +4769,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " +"platen.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4672,14 +4852,16 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat deze zich in een inactieve toestand bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat deze zich in een inactieve toestand " +"bevindt.\n" "Normaal gesproken betekent dit dat de subset\n" " van de raid-apparaten zo klein is dat de raid niet bruikbaar is.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4697,7 +4879,8 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 is in gebruik. Deze kan niet bewerkt\n" -"worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 @@ -4705,7 +4888,8 @@ "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" -"RAID %1 is reeds op de schijf aangemaakt en kan niet worden vergroot/verkleind. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen,\n" +"RAID %1 is reeds op de schijf aangemaakt en kan niet worden vergroot/" +"verkleind. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen,\n" "dient u deze eerst te verwijderen en vervolgens weer aan te maken." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 @@ -4715,7 +4899,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 is in gebruik. Deze kan niet vergroot/verkleind\n" -"worden. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"worden. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze " +"niet in gebruik is." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -4874,16 +5059,22 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" -"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " +"apparaatnaam\n" +"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad</" +"i>\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " +"Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID</" +"i> en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" #. helptext @@ -4899,13 +5090,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. Cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cilindergrenzen van de schijf. Optimaal lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. Cilinder is de " +"traditionele uitlijning op cilindergrenzen van de schijf. Optimaal " +"lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-" +"kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" #. helptext @@ -4915,7 +5111,8 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Toon opslagapparaten per controleert\n" -"de naam die weergegeven wordt voor vaste schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." +"de naam die weergegeven wordt voor vaste schijven in de " +"navigatieboomstructuur." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -4997,7 +5194,8 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Wanneer opnieuw wordt gezocht naar\n" -"ongebruikte apparaten, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd. Wilt u echt opnieuw zoeken naar ongebruikte apparaten?" +"ongebruikte apparaten, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd. Wilt u " +"echt opnieuw zoeken naar ongebruikte apparaten?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5175,7 +5373,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de RAID-apparaten\n" @@ -5186,15 +5385,21 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken, kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en deze in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken\n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op " +"de \n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken, kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en " +"deze in een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot " +"\"%2\" gebruiken\n" "om momenteel geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." #. dialog help text @@ -5220,10 +5425,13 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B en vervolgens alle volgende klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" +"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het " +"eerste \n" +"apparaat van klasse B en vervolgens alle volgende klassen met toegewezen " +"apparaten. Daarna komt \n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." #. dialog help text @@ -5233,29 +5441,42 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat, wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " +"met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat, wordt de huidige volgorde van de " +"apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken, kunt u een bestand selecteren dat regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" -"deze regel worden geplaatst. De reguliere expressie wordt uitgevoerd tegen de naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken, kunt u een bestand selecteren dat " +"regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " +"A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " +"klasse op\n" +"deze regel worden geplaatst. De reguliere expressie wordt uitgevoerd tegen " +"de naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id " +"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste " +"overeenkomst bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt " +"met de\n" "reguliere expressie." #. headline text @@ -5280,7 +5501,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruik een getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruik een getal gevolgd door K, M, G or " +"%.\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5291,12 +5513,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" -"Grootte mag worden ingevoerd als een getal, gevolgd door K,M,G voor Kilo-, Mega- of Gigabyte\n" -"of als een getal, gevolgd door een procentteken, wat het percentage van het geheugen betekent." +"Grootte mag worden ingevoerd als een getal, gevolgd door K,M,G voor Kilo-, " +"Mega- of Gigabyte\n" +"of als een getal, gevolgd door een procentteken, wat het percentage van het " +"geheugen betekent." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5315,7 +5540,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Swap prioriteit:\n" -"Geef de swap prioriteit op. Hogere nummers geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" +"Geef de swap prioriteit op. Hogere nummers geven een hogere prioriteit aan.</" +"p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5326,7 +5552,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen koppelen:\n" @@ -5345,7 +5572,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen, worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen, worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5359,7 +5587,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker te mounten:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5372,14 +5601,19 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " +"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab gemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <" +"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " +"is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text @@ -5411,16 +5645,23 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metagegevens aan het journaal worden toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " +"voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste " +"prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " +"zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metagegevens aan het journaal worden toevertrouwd. " +"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " +"prestatieverlies\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5456,14 +5697,19 @@ msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " +"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5483,7 +5729,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " +"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5494,10 +5741,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters " +"op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5508,10 +5757,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. " +"De standaard is 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5522,10 +5773,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT-grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestandsallocatietabel dat wordt gebruikt (12-, 16- of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, selecteert YaST automatisch die waarde die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"Specificeert het type bestandsallocatietabel dat wordt gebruikt (12-, 16- of " +"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, selecteert YaST automatisch " +"die waarde die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5535,7 +5790,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "" +"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5555,10 +5811,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash-functie die wordt gebruikt om de bestandsnamen in mappen te sorteren.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash-functie die wordt gebruikt om de " +"bestandsnamen in mappen te sorteren.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5569,10 +5827,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS-revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs-formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen worden gebruikt met kernelversies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs-formaat dat gebruikt moet " +"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " +"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen worden gebruikt met " +"kernelversies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5584,10 +5848,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgroottewaarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, wordt de standaardblokgrootte 4096 gebruikt.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgroottewaarden zijn 512, " +"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is " +"geselecteerd, wordt de standaardblokgrootte 4096 gebruikt.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5614,10 +5882,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximumpercentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximumpercentage " +"aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5628,14 +5898,17 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " +"inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inodetoegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inodetoegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " +"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 @@ -5656,10 +5929,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " +"doen, is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5697,10 +5972,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik ervan.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en " +"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte " +"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te " +"verwachten gebruik ervan.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5716,16 +5996,20 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes-tot-inodes-verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes-tot-inodes-verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " +"elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " +"bestandssysteem.\n" "Anders worden er te veel inodes gemaakt. Het is niet mogelijk\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het bestandssysteem is gemaakt.\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " +"bestandssysteem is gemaakt.\n" "Zorg dus dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" #. label text @@ -5740,13 +6024,23 @@ "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" "De waarde voor \"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root\" is onjuist.\n" -"Toegestaan is een drijvendekomma-getal dat niet groter is dan 99. (bijv. 0.5)\n" +"Toegestaan is een drijvendekomma-getal dat niet groter is dan 99. (bijv. " +"0.5)\n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het voor de systeembeheerder gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekend zodat 1 GB wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en de ondergrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het voor " +"de systeembeheerder gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " +"normaal berekend zodat 1 GB wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " +"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en de ondergrens voor het standaard " +"gereserveerde is 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5786,11 +6080,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " +"alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5838,7 +6134,8 @@ "partitie gegenereerd voor compatibiliteit die bijna de gehele schijf omvat.\n" "\n" "U kunt de partitie op schijf %1 gebruiken als zodanig of\n" -"deze formatteren en een koppelpunt toewijzen, maar u kunt het formaat van de partitie niet wijzigen\n" +"deze formatteren en een koppelpunt toewijzen, maar u kunt het formaat van de " +"partitie niet wijzigen\n" "of de partitie verwijderen van deze schijf.\n" #. popup text @@ -5854,7 +6151,8 @@ "\n" "U kunt de partitietabel van de schijf naar een gezonde status initialiseren\n" "met behulp van de geavanceerde partitionering door\n" -"\"Expert\"->\"Nieuwe partitietabel maken\" te selecteren. De gegevens op alle\n" +"\"Expert\"->\"Nieuwe partitietabel maken\" te selecteren. De gegevens op " +"alle\n" "partities van deze schijf zullen daarmee echter verloren gaan.\n" #. popup text @@ -5876,7 +6174,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Grootte aanpassing niet mogelijk:" @@ -5889,7 +6187,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5902,7 +6200,7 @@ "Mogelijk is het opgegeven wachtwoord voor versleuteling onjuist.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5913,7 +6211,7 @@ "Probeer het opnieuw." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5925,24 +6223,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteling invo&eren:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord opgeven" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "De volgende gecodeerde volumes zijn al beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Gecodeerd volume inschakelen" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5954,12 +6252,12 @@ "De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n" "gedurende het bijwerken of als deze een fysiek gecodeerd LVM-volume bevatten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wilt u de wachtwoorden voor versleuteling leveren?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5970,68 +6268,83 @@ "Wachtwoord zal worden geprobeerd voor alle apparaten." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Voer het coderingswachtwoord in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Er zijn geen gecodeerde volumes om te ontgrendelen." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor een van de volgende apparaten:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor het volgende apparaat:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Poging om de blokkering op te heffen van gecodeerde volumes..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Met dit wachtwoord is van geen enkel volume de blokkering opgeheven." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Er kunnen geen partities worden gemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf worden gebruikt." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Wilt u doorgaan ondanks de fout?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Er kunnen geen partities worden gemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " +"worden gebruikt." + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6041,17 +6354,18 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6061,7 +6375,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6070,10 +6384,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" -"%2 zou wijzigen. Dit apparaat bevat het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) dat\n" +"%2 zou wijzigen. Dit apparaat bevat het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) " +"dat\n" "nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6084,7 +6399,7 @@ "%2 zou wijzigen, dat de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6095,18 +6410,18 @@ "schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1" @@ -6119,10 +6434,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Systeemfoutcode: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Wilt u doorgaan ondanks de fout?" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6368,11 +6679,13 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " +"(UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6380,12 +6693,14 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een automatisch aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een automatisch aankoppelsysteem. Bij het " +"wijzigen van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6401,7 +6716,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Een sterretje (*) achter het mountpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" @@ -6470,7 +6786,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-" +"grootte.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6766,8 +7083,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " +"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6816,8 +7137,10 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Het bestandssysteem voor de hoofdpartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de\n" -"bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak. In het bestandssysteem BtrFS kunnen automatische\n" -"momentopnamen met Snapper worden ingeschakeld via het voorstel. Hierdoor neemt ook de\n" +"bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak. In het bestandssysteem BtrFS kunnen " +"automatische\n" +"momentopnamen met Snapper worden ingeschakeld via het voorstel. Hierdoor " +"neemt ook de\n" "grootte van de hoofdpartitie toe." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -6826,8 +7149,10 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Met het voorstel kan een afzonderlijke basispartitie worden gemaakt. Het bestandsyssteem voor\n" -"de basispartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak." +"Met het voorstel kan een afzonderlijke basispartitie worden gemaakt. Het " +"bestandsyssteem voor\n" +"de basispartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de bijbehorende keuzelijst met " +"invoervak." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92892 - trunk/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-29 19:25:29 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92892 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." msgstr "" -"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." +"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving " +"uitgevoerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren" @@ -64,12 +65,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -141,7 +142,8 @@ msgid "" "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" +"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende " +"systeem" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -191,10 +193,10 @@ "pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies " -"van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid<" -"/i> in te stellen.\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de " +"permissies van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:" +"groupid in te stellen.\n" "Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " "wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." @@ -314,8 +316,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" -"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische " -"installatie-instellingen" +"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-" +"instellingen" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -351,8 +353,8 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde " -"YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software/>." +"Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde YaST-" +"pakketten in de sectie <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -569,107 +571,121 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " "installatie." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie uitvoeren" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Algemene instellingen instellen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Taal instellen" # < fuzzy -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Schijfindeling aanmaken" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Bootloader instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registratie" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Softwareselecties instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Standaard target van systemd instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Volumegroepen instellen" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "De gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie worden gestart..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden geconfigureerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Taal instellen..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Schijfindeling wordt aangemaakt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "De softwareselecties worden geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Bezig met instellen van standaard target van systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Behandeling van add-on producten..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "De taal wordt geconfigureerd..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -680,7 +696,7 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -740,7 +756,8 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" "Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " @@ -754,8 +771,8 @@ msgstr "" "Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " "tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet " -"genegeerd worden.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen " +"niet genegeerd worden.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -778,8 +795,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd" -" om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd</" +"i> om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -1017,8 +1034,8 @@ msgid "" "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "" -"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" " -"is geselecteerd." +"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap" +"\" is geselecteerd." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1289,8 +1306,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel<" -"/i>.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw " +"profiel.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1557,8 +1574,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " -"besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " +"besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1702,7 +1719,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNG-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1712,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "Sectie %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNC-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1802,8 +1819,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste " -"installatie\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een " +"ongewenste installatie\n" "te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " "overzicht zien van de\n" "gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " @@ -1975,8 +1992,8 @@ "de hand van DTD en het\n" "controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " "weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld " -"tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, " +"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -2011,9 +2028,10 @@ msgstr "" "Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " "systeem\n" -"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de " -"pakketselecties.\n" +"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op " +"de\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -2079,8 +2097,8 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" msgstr "" -" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie " -"<tt>/</tt>.\n" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een " +"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" "De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 @@ -2131,8 +2149,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." msgstr "" -"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %" -"2." +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code " +"%2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 @@ -2218,15 +2236,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie " -"begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de " +"installatie begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2245,8 +2264,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " -"\n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2268,8 +2287,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2313,8 +2332,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " -"Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " +"Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2336,8 +2355,8 @@ "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" " Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " "uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. " -"Een\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te " +"maken. Een\n" " alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " "init-scripts, die\n" " een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " @@ -2350,16 +2369,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" "If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " "might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een " -"pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-" +"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" " Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " "feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" @@ -2449,13 +2468,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u " -"de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt " +"u de installatie naar behoefte\n" "aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " "overnemen.\n" @@ -2483,13 +2502,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "" "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " "error message is:\n" msgstr "" -"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het " -"autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-" +"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2578,8 +2597,8 @@ "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn " -"identiek aan\n" +"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, " +"zijn identiek aan\n" "die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " "het instellen van\n" "dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " @@ -2597,8 +2616,8 @@ msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software." -"\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</" +"p>\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2814,11 +2833,11 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" msgstr "" -"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne " -"/tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" @@ -2826,11 +2845,11 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" msgstr "" -"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne " -"/tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2842,8 +2861,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer " @@ -2997,14 +3016,14 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden verzameld..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het wachtwoord twee keer." @@ -3012,14 +3031,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Kan de sectie %1 niet naar bestand %2 schrijven." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het juiste wachtwoord." @@ -3060,18 +3079,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n" -#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" +#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u " +#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met " +#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n" +#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische " +#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en " +#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld " +#~ "met AutoYaST.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -3130,17 +3159,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" +#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe " +#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste " +#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" -#~ msgstr "Volumegroepen instellen" - #~ msgid "&Volume Group" #~ msgstr "&Volumegroep" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -102,13 +102,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start " +"vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " +"zelfs\n" "als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -129,10 +133,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Wachttijd in seconden \n" -"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.\n" +"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -143,110 +149,155 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " +"opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " +"ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets " +"wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " +"opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " +"gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " +"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de " +"andere is \n" "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n" +"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u " +"een ander\n" "besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" -"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een " +"geschikte partitie\n" +"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " +"opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is " +"of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" "starten van deze sectie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n" +"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw " +"root-partitie zich op \n" "een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan " +"wordt opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" +"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " +"inschakelen\n" "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" "Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" -"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</code>) voor details." +"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) voor details." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinitie \n" -"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" -"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n" -"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n" +"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal " +"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de " +"opdracht \n" +"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal " +"waarop u een \n" "willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst " +"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " +"verbergen" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord \n" -"Bij opstarten van het systeem een item wijzigen of zelfs opstarten via een item in de lijst vereist een wachtwoord. Als Alleen wijziging van item beschermen</> is geactiveerd dan zal opstarten vanaf een item niet beperkt zijn maar wijzigen vereist een wachtwoord (wat de manier is waarop GRUB 1 zich gedroeg). YaST accepteert het wachtwoord uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." +"Bij opstarten van het systeem een item wijzigen of zelfs opstarten via een " +"item in de lijst vereist een wachtwoord. Als Alleen wijziging van item " +"beschermen</> is geactiveerd dan zal opstarten vanaf een item niet beperkt " +"zijn maar wijzigen vereist een wachtwoord (wat de manier is waarop GRUB 1 " +"zich gedroeg). YaST accepteert het wachtwoord uitsluitend als u het herhaalt " +"in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -258,9 +309,12 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " +"BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " +"te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " +"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -383,7 +437,7 @@ msgstr "Red&undantie voor MD-array inschakelen" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Bootcode-opties" @@ -435,42 +489,52 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de console." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te " +"stellen VGA-modus voor de console." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " +"andere vreemde distributie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die " +"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in " +"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "D&istributeur" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-modus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag" @@ -546,7 +610,9 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan." +msgstr "" +"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig " +"aan." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -556,9 +622,11 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden " +"geïnstalleerd." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. dialog caption @@ -676,8 +744,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Via de knop Overig\n" @@ -722,11 +792,16 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" -"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" -"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" -"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" +" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader " +"een \n" +"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " +"ander besturingssysteem \n" +"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " +"besturingssysteem) zal \n" +"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " +"gedrukt.\n" "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." @@ -768,18 +843,22 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" +"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " +"(hoofdpartitie). \n" "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" +"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie\n" "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;." +"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van " +"&product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 @@ -801,8 +880,10 @@ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" -"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " +"1024.\n" +"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om " +"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 @@ -824,7 +905,8 @@ msgstr "" "Details bootloaderinstallatie \n" "Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n" -" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details bootloaderinstallatie." +" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 @@ -857,13 +939,15 @@ msgstr "" "Handmatige configuratie \n" "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." +"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " +"hebben." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Sectienaam \n" @@ -886,8 +970,10 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" -"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" +"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " +"geselecteerde\n" +"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in " +"de\n" "geselecteerde sectie." #. help text 3/5 @@ -896,7 +982,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" +"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image " +"toe te voegen\n" "om te laden en te starten." #. help text 4/5 @@ -905,7 +992,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " +"te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #. help text 5/5 @@ -916,21 +1004,24 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt " +"gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie " +"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Volgorde van harde schijven: %1" @@ -1052,8 +1143,10 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1124,49 +1217,81 @@ msgstr "&Opstarten" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " +"niet opstartbaar." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</" +"a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</" +"a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet " +"installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet " +"installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u " +"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Wijzig locatie: %s" @@ -1174,22 +1299,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Type bootloader: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extended)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status locatie: %1" @@ -1209,98 +1334,140 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT " +"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de " +"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-" +"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " +"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +msgstr "" +"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader controleren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering lezen" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen laden" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "De partitionering wordt gelezen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen worden geladen..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie initialiseren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Initrd aanmaken" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden van bootloader opslaan" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader installeren" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Initrd wordt aangemaakt..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratiebestanden van de bootloader worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geïnstalleerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan" -#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " +#~ "create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de " +#~ "kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr "D&istributeur" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +#~ "definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ "" + #~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" #~ msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel" @@ -1320,7 +1487,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden." #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve " +#~ "commandoregelmodus" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn." @@ -1332,14 +1501,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Opstartmenu" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" +#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde " +#~ "grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt " +#~ "genegeerd.\n" #~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren" -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch " +#~ "opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." #~ msgstr "Geluidssignalen schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit." @@ -1507,7 +1683,8 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n" -#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n" +#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de " +#~ "bootloaderinstellingen.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken" @@ -1545,50 +1722,87 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Image-sectie" -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam " +#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet " +#~ "worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" +#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de " +#~ "aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" #~ "rechtstreeks in of kies door te Bladeren.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren " +#~ "voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren " +#~ "van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd " +#~ "niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor " +#~ "opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de " +#~ "partitie te kunnen opstarten" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" -#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" +#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te " +#~ "starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" +#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer " +#~ "bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image " +#~ "toe te voegen, \n" #~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." #~ msgstr "Hypervisor specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor." -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u " +#~ "aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Menusectie" @@ -1596,17 +1810,27 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partitie van menubestand" -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het " +#~ "root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap " +#~ "Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgid "" @@ -1620,30 +1844,39 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld \n" +#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</" +#~ "b> \n" #~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n" -#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n" +#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt " +#~ "opgegeven hoe\n" +#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of " +#~ "tapeapparaat of om een\n" #~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n" -#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd\n" +#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de " +#~ "configuratie.\n" +#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden " +#~ "gegroepeerd\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n" +#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-" +#~ "parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te " +#~ "schakelen. \n" #~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1778,16 +2011,26 @@ #~ msgstr "Secties: %1" #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -#~ msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's" -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-" +#~ "partitietabel" -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten " +#~ "(booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze " +#~ "zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1" @@ -1838,39 +2081,64 @@ #~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 " +#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 " +#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n" -#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/" +#~ ">\n" +#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten " +#~ "bereik.\n" +#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de " +#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on " +#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. " +#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine " +#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-" +#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven" @@ -1878,8 +2146,12 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van " +#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties" @@ -1912,53 +2184,70 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n" +#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-" +#~ "meldingen zijn \n" #~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n" -#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te " +#~ "gebruiken\n" +#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies " +#~ "door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu') \n" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of " +#~ "'tekstmenu') \n" #~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EDD30-modus blokkeren \n" -#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n" -#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n" +#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te " +#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n" +#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de " +#~ "variabele\n" #~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n" #~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.\n" @@ -1969,8 +2258,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan \n" -#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n" -#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" +#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het " +#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n" +#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt " +#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -1992,7 +2283,8 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO\n" -#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"" +#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of " +#~ "\"tekstmenu\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2014,7 +2306,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA\n" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n" -#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden." +#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd " +#~ "worden." #~ msgid "" #~ "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\n" @@ -2022,7 +2315,8 @@ #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)\n" -#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n" +#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund " +#~ "wordt\n" #~ "door het keuzeprogramma." #~ msgid "" @@ -2031,7 +2325,8 @@ #~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten\n" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten\n" #~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n" #~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n" #~ "Standaard is 0" @@ -2039,8 +2334,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren" @@ -2064,7 +2363,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)" @@ -2077,13 +2377,15 @@ #~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand" @@ -2105,10 +2407,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu" +#~ "\")" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen" @@ -2163,7 +2471,8 @@ #~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n" #~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n" #~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n" -#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen." +#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar " +#~ "opgeslagen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Folder Path\n" @@ -2175,30 +2484,42 @@ #~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n" -#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n" +#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of " +#~ "kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" @@ -2212,65 +2533,84 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie\n" -#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n" +#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen " +#~ "zou moeten worden.\n" #~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n" -#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." +#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een " +#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM\n" #~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" -#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar " +#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" +#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken\n" -#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n" +#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een " +#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met " +#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n" #~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n" +#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux " +#~ "automatisch opstart \n" #~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten\n" -#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n" -#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n" +#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat " +#~ "selecteren\n" +#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem " +#~ "voor meer\n" #~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n" #~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren\n" -#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n" -#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup." +#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet " +#~ "ondersteunde setup." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader" @@ -2478,10 +2818,13 @@ #~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." -#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." #~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" #~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren" @@ -2538,11 +2881,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " +#~ "disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n" -#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n" +#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen " +#~ "booten.\n" #~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -50,30 +50,19 @@ msgstr "&Locatie van installatiebronnen" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 -#| msgid "" -#| "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" -#| "\n" -#| "<ul>\n" -#| "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -#| "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought " -"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " "possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " "for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -81,18 +70,17 @@ "Hier kunt u de locatie van uw Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken " "bewerken.\n" "\n" -"Als installatiebronnen opgeslagen zijn op de SMT-server of SUSE " -"Manager-server, is het genoeg om de URL van de server in te voeren en de " -"paden\n" -" naar de installatiebronnen zullen automatisch ingevuld worden.<" -"/p>Het is ook mogelijkeigen paden te gebruiken. Enige voorbeelden van hoe de " -"URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n" +"Als installatiebronnen opgeslagen zijn op de SMT-server of SUSE Manager-" +"server, is het genoeg om de URL van de server in te voeren en de paden\n" +" naar de installatiebronnen zullen automatisch ingevuld worden." +"Het is ook mogelijkeigen paden te gebruiken. Enige voorbeelden van hoe " +"de URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " "voor SMT-server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ voor SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ voor SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving, kijk in de Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -116,8 +104,8 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." -"\n" +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" "You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " "space-separated list." msgstr "" @@ -458,8 +446,14 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +#| "currently not supported.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -505,9 +499,15 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +#| "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " "line string." msgstr "" -"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de " -"standaard-commandoregeltekst." +"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-" +"commandoregeltekst." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 @@ -163,7 +163,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" msgid "" "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " "sftp, nfs, cifs" @@ -211,11 +210,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" -"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen " -"\"kernel_tekst\"." +"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent " +"alleen \"kernel_tekst\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -360,11 +359,11 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump onmiddellijke herstarts: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" @@ -409,15 +408,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" "Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten." @@ -436,41 +441,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Onjuiste opties werden gebruikt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dumpniveau was ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dump-opmaak was ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "" "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" -"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" bevatten." +"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" " +"bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." @@ -478,8 +484,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"dir\" ontbreekt." @@ -487,48 +493,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"server\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"share\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor doel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"gebruiker\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"email\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Door firmware geassisteerde dump: %(status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Er is geen optie gedefinieerd." @@ -549,111 +555,98 @@ msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump inschakelen/uitschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Kd&ump inschakelen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "K&dump uitschakelen" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Het totale systeemgeheugen [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr " Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Insluiten in dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Pagina's gevuld met nullen" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Cach&e Pagina's" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Persoonlijke &pagina's cachen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Gebr&uikersdata-pagina's" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Vrije pagina's" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Dump-formaat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "Gee&n dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "&ELF-formaat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Gec&omprimeerd formaat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&LZO gecomprimeerd formaat" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "Doel &selecteren" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokale map" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-server" @@ -663,7 +656,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" @@ -672,123 +665,153 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Melding &naar" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Melding-&CC" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-&kernel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-co&mmandoregel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump-commandorege&l-toevoeging" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activ&eren" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Activeer het kopiëren van de ke&rnel naar de dumpmap" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Verwij&deren van oude dump-images activeren" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Aantal o&ude dumps" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-geheugen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump-opstart" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump -dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Doel voor Kdump-image opslaan" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dump-doel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-server" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-mailadres voor melding" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Melding per e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Aangepaste kernel voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Commandoregel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dump-instellingen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Het totale systeemgeheugen [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr " Bruikbaar geheugen [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump-ge&heugen [MB]" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " -"added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump activeren/deactiveren \n" @@ -811,11 +834,11 @@ msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" " Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a " -"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition " -"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump " -"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when " -"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Door-firmware-geassisteerde-dump \n" " Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is " @@ -845,10 +868,10 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. " -"\n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. " -"\n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump-format \n" @@ -876,14 +899,14 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" "Lokaal bestandssysteem - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale " "bestandssysteem.\n" -" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van " -"Kdump-images.\n" +" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" " U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te " "klikken op Bladeren\n" " " @@ -896,8 +919,8 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<" -"br>" +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de FTP-server.\n" @@ -905,18 +928,11 @@ " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" " Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de " "server.\n" -"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor " -"FTP-verbinding. " +"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-" +"verbinding. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" -#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" -#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" -#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" -#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -934,13 +950,6 @@ #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" -#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" -#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" -#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" -#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" "SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -975,8 +984,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - sla Kdump-image op via NFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de NFS-server.\n" -" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. <" -"/p>" +" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images." +" " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -994,8 +1003,8 @@ " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" " Authenticatie gebruiken - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding " "met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor " -"verbinding. " +" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding." +" " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -1047,8 +1056,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<" -"br>" +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren - \n" " Activeer het verwijderen van oude dump-images. Als het \n" @@ -1094,8 +1103,8 @@ msgid "" "Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " "This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " -"be used.\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Wachtwoord voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" " SMTP-server is ingesteld.\n" @@ -1116,11 +1125,11 @@ msgid "" "Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " "to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." -"\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden " -"e-mailadressen\n" +"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-" +"mailadressen\n" " waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump " "is opgeslagen.\n" @@ -1133,8 +1142,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aantal oude dumps specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. " "Als het aantal \n" -"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.<" -"/p>" +"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</" +"p>" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 @@ -1240,8 +1249,8 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen kdump.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.<" -"/P>\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +"P>\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -1326,19 +1335,21 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "De kernel-optie bevat verschillende reeksen. Opnieuw schrijven?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "&Firmware geassisteerde dump gebruiken" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1348,131 +1359,139 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties van kernel lezen..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen wordt gelezen..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Partitionering wordt gelezen..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading available memory..." +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen wordt gelezen..." + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Waarde van crashkernel-optie: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-opmaak: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " -"%{available} are available." +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." msgstr "" -"Waarschiwing! Er kan niet genoeg vrije ruimte zijn. %{required} vereist, maar " -"slechts %{available} is beschikbaar." +"Waarschiwing! Er kan niet genoeg vrije ruimte zijn. %{required} vereist, " +"maar slechts %{available} is beschikbaar." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1495,8 +1514,10 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dumpformaat \n" -#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina voor pagina.\n" -#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat. " +#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina " +#~ "voor pagina.\n" +#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat." +#~ " " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde architectuur, \"crashkernel\" is niet toegevoegd" @@ -1509,12 +1530,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " +#~ "line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kdump-commandoregel-toevoeging\n" -#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven waarden\n" +#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven " +#~ "waarden\n" #~ " worden toegevoegd aan de standaard-commandoregel.\n" #~ " De tekst wordt toegevoegd als de Kdump-commandoregel\n" #~ " is geactiveerd. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -61,8 +61,11 @@ msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een " +"corrupt systeem te krijgen." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -92,14 +95,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" @@ -125,20 +128,37 @@ msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden " +"indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij " +"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de " +"gebruiker." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron " +"hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere " +"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -171,8 +191,12 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +"taalregio %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -385,7 +409,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten nu installeren" +msgstr "" +"Aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten nu installeren" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -406,7 +431,8 @@ #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" -msgstr "Vanwege aanbevelingen door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten, zijn de volgende" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege aanbevelingen door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten, zijn de volgende" #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 @@ -415,12 +441,14 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" +msgstr "" +"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" #. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 @@ -556,7 +584,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgstr "" +"Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -669,33 +698,98 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij " +"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten " +"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten " +"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen " +"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of " +"verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten " +"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu</" +"b>." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in Hoe filters te gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in " +"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen " +"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een " +"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook " +"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden " +"in Hoe filters te gebruiken." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een " +"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen " +"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van " +"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</" +"li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde " +"installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet " +"geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en symbolen)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de " +"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te " +"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra " +"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door " +"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor " +"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het menu." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert " +"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van " +"installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in " +"het menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -704,13 +798,31 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of " +"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om " +"een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de " +"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen " +"betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet " +"worden behouden." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te " +"schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van " +"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in " +"de lijst')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -719,13 +831,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket " +"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt " +"opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd</" +"p> i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt " +"verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder " +"het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en " +"talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -734,28 +863,88 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent " +"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op " +"pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers" +"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het " +"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder " +"beschreven." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen " +"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk " +"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou " +"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor " +"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de " +"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij " +"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke " +"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen " +"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een " +"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een " +"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat " +"pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van " +"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-" +"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te " +"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het " +"bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de " +"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn " +"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de " +"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter " +"Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn " +"Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." +"" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -763,32 +952,133 @@ msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw proberen'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband " +"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke " +"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij " +"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor " +"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen " +"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw " +"proberen'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te " +"schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt " +"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu " +"controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de " +"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen " +"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische " +"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor " +"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt " +"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit " +"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" " +"in Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Aanbevolen pakketten installeren: indien ingeschakeld, zullen zwakke afhankelijkheden worden gehonoreerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddellijk op. Opmerking: na controle van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het instellingenbestand van YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische " +"controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Aanbevolen pakketten " +"installeren: indien ingeschakeld, zullen zwakke afhankelijkheden worden " +"gehonoreerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddellijk op. Opmerking: na controle " +"van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie " +"Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie " +"deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het instellingenbestand van " +"YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: " +"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier " +"toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het " +"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen " +"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek " +"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond " +"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: " +"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, " +"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle " +"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen (Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest " +"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u " +"Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen " +"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen " +"(Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie " +"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het " +"menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer " +"de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-" +"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer " +"pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set " +"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het " +"geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een " +"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte " +"op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -975,7 +1265,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -985,28 +1276,92 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, " +"beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten " +"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten " +"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. " +"Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de " +"functie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen " +"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een " +"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking " +"hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op " +"uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt " +"hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle " +"vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch " +"geselecteerd voor installatie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst zijn" +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een " +"pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het " +"system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als " +"een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i</" +"b> tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde " +"pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de " +"pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden " +"bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst " +"zijn" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor 'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te " +"filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor " +"'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu " +"Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu " +"Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn " +"bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met " +"pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten " +"betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het " +"systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op " +"afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1028,34 +1383,45 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue anyway" +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "Toch &doorgaan" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nee" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- opnieuw proberen" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie " +"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Beschikbare talen" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare installatiebronnen" @@ -1063,73 +1429,127 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Noodzakelijke patches" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde patches" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Opwaardeerpatches" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Opwaardeerprobleem -- zie help" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet " +"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn " +"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel " +"installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.</" +"p>Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal " +"handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</" +"p>" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Opwaardeerlijst" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Geen patches beschikbaar" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" -#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -#~ msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Versions" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Pakketversies" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd " +#~ "worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om " +#~ "pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie " +#~ "Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten</" +#~ "b> uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." + #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- deze patch is defect!!! -----" -#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " +#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten " +#~ "installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer " +#~ "aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Zoek pakketten op het &web " Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "Zo&eken" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Trefwoorden" @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Ann&uleren" @@ -316,12 +316,20 @@ msgstr "&Annuleren" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van " +"systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de " +"versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -353,8 +361,17 @@ msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." -msgstr "Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " +"deselect some packages." +msgstr "" +"Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " +"loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen " +"handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n " +"situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele " +"pakketten." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -379,11 +396,15 @@ msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten " +"gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" @@ -393,8 +414,12 @@ msgstr "Niet ondersteunde pakketten" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of " +"een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -407,101 +432,220 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." -msgstr "Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor de details." +msgid "" +"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding " +"voor de details." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en " +"installeren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) downloadgrootte." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke " +"patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) " +"downloadgrootte." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " +"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" +"b> check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " +"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " +"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving ervan hier te bekijken." +msgid "" +"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over " +"de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving " +"ervan hier te bekijken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige " +"geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een " +"patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen " +"de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te " +"voorkomen." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren bij Filter linksboven:" +msgid "" +"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren " +"bij Filter linksboven:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, " +"opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele " +"pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van " +"een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." +msgid "" +"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere " +"pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden " +"wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal " +"automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en " +"het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten " +"optreden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." -msgstr "Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " +"be performed." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze " +"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -msgstr "Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filtervenster linksboven:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " +"the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filter</" +"b>venster linksboven:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." +msgid "" +"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." +msgstr "" +"Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch " +"gezien bij elkaar horen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " +"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te " +"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst " +"selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." +msgid "" +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " +"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " +"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " +"side." +msgstr "" +"Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen " +"als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te " +"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de " +"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te " +"maken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr " Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." +msgid "" +" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +" Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle " +"pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." +msgid "" +"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan " +"verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier " +"om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een " +"bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen worden." +msgid "" +"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem " +"zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen " +"worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " +"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren</" +"b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " +"voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen " +"die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt " +"zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden klikken en al het andere deselecteren." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " +"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " +"uncheck everything else." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " +"pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden</" +"b> klikken en al het andere deselecteren." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -518,7 +662,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." -msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 @@ -551,8 +696,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw (bij identieke versies)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " +"versions are the same)." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw " +"(bij identieke versies)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -574,12 +723,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen " +"worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " +"kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel installatiemedia bestaan." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." +msgstr "" +"Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel " +"installatiemedia bestaan." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -588,12 +747,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " +"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet " +"omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -603,12 +771,19 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." -msgstr "Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch geïnstalleerd gaan worden." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " +"needs it." +msgstr "" +"Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch " +"geïnstalleerd gaan worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te kunnen verwijderen." +msgid "" +"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "" +"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket " +"te kunnen verwijderen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -618,8 +793,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een " +"nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -629,12 +808,18 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het verwijderd moet worden." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het " +"verwijderd moet worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." +msgstr "" +"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig " +"wordt." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -654,8 +839,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. " +"Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -664,13 +854,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " +"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " +"niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." +msgstr "" +"Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -679,13 +877,25 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere pakketten." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden" +"\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere " +"pakketten." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " +"niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen " +"hebben of kunnen krijgen. " # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -695,12 +905,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat " +"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -760,8 +981,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing genereren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " +"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden " +"opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -769,8 +995,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor oplossing" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" +msgid "" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " +"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "" +"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven " +"naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om " +"als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -779,8 +1010,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingControleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</" +"p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1315,15 +1550,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Niet-onderhouden pakketten" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Zoeken" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" @@ -1337,81 +1568,81 @@ msgstr "zzz alles" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Zoeken in" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Naa&m" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "&Overzicht" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "&Omschrijving" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "RPM \"&levert\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "RPM \"be&nodigt\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Bestandslijst" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "Zoek&modus:" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Bevat" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Begint met" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Exacte overeenkomst" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Jokertekens gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie gebruiken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "&Hoofdlettergevoelig" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:62 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:184 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Zoeken..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Geen resultaten." @@ -1420,7 +1651,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Opvraagfout" @@ -1532,7 +1763,8 @@ "Mogelijke redenen:\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt\n" -"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor de opwaardering\n" +"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor " +"de opwaardering\n" "<li>Het zijn pakketten van derde partijen\n" "</ul>\n" "\n" @@ -1546,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "%1-%2 van leverancier %3 (geïnstalleerd)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" @@ -1556,7 +1788,7 @@ "installeren die wel multiversie ondersteunen en\n" "versies die dat niet doen." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1570,7 +1802,7 @@ "en deselecteer de versie die deze ondersteuning niet heeft,\n" "\"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1585,7 +1817,7 @@ "\"Annuleer\" om deze versie te deselecteren en behoud de anderen." #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Incompatibele versies van pakketten" @@ -1598,11 +1830,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 van %3 met prioriteit %4 en leverancier %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Deze versie is op uw systeem geïnstalleerd." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 10:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registreren van %s ..." @@ -333,25 +333,37 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Details: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Bezig het SSL-certificaat te importeren" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Bezig '%s'-certificaat te importeren..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fout met beveiligde verbinding: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -401,58 +413,77 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Bijwerken naar %s ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modulen laden..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensies en modulen registreren" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Extensies en modulen worden geregistreerd." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "De registratieserver biedt installatiebronnen voor bijwerken.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens de installatie\n" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens het opwaarderen\n" #. indent size used in summary text @@ -460,42 +491,53 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificaat:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Configuratie van installatiebronnen opslaan is mislukt." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Bijwerken van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Toevoegen van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Opslaan van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Verversen van service '%s' is mislukt." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -550,8 +592,8 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " "extension or module." msgstr "" "Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.\n" @@ -610,8 +652,8 @@ #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove them manually there." +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" "Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in " "het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." @@ -626,8 +668,8 @@ msgid "" "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" -"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.<" -"/p>" +"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</" +"p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -642,8 +684,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered " -"again." +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" msgstr "" "Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd " "zullen worden." @@ -656,8 +698,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " -"with the base product." +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " "worden samen met het basisproduct." @@ -741,7 +783,8 @@ msgid "" "If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " "of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" "Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL " @@ -884,8 +927,8 @@ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." msgstr "" -"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed " -"is." +"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie " +"gereed is." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -924,8 +967,8 @@ "authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" "Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren " -"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen " -"gegevens." +"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de " +"overgedragen gegevens." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 @@ -960,8 +1003,8 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " -"risk." +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." msgstr "" "Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot " "beveiligingsrisico." @@ -976,19 +1019,27 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL van &lokale registratieserver" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "Interne fout: %s" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te registreren.\n" +"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te " +"registreren.\n" "Registratie van basissysteem en add-on overslaan?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Installatiebronnen voor migratie" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 @@ -999,13 +1050,15 @@ msgstr "" "In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten " "worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade " -"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten wordt " -"gevonden." +"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten " +"wordt gevonden." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Migratieopslagruimten selecteren" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the target migration." +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "Selecteer de doelmigratie." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -1027,57 +1080,41 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioriteit: %s" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -"Online updates zijn beschikbaar voor installatie.\n" -"Het is aanbevolen alle updates te installeren voordat u verder gaat.\n" -"\n" -"Wilt u de updates nu installeren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "Interne fout: %s" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "Geen geïnstalleerd product gevonden" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "Geen migratieproduct gevonden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "Migratieproducten registreren..." - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Migratie-installatiebronnen voorbereiden..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Het migratiedoel selecteren" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " "may offer several possible migration to new products." @@ -1086,13 +1123,13 @@ "verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" "Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "" "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " "later." @@ -1100,24 +1137,27 @@ "Gebruik het selectievakje %s om de migratieopslagruimten later " "handmatig te selecteren." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Migratie-installatiebronnen handmatig selecteren" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Selecteer de doelmigratie." +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Mogelijke migratiedoelen" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting van migratie" @@ -1127,44 +1167,44 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "" "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " "(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" -"FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver (%" -"{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." +"FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver " +"(%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s wordt geïnstalleerd." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s blijft ongewijzigd." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" "Op %{old_product} wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" "Op %{old_product} wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1236,6 +1276,26 @@ msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Naar lokale registratieservers zoeken..." +#~ msgid "Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Installatiebronnen voor migratie" + +#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Migratieopslagruimten selecteren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Online updates are available for installation.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Would you like to install the updates now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Online updates zijn beschikbaar voor installatie.\n" +#~ "Het is aanbevolen alle updates te installeren voordat u verder gaat.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Wilt u de updates nu installeren?" + +#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +#~ msgstr "Migratieproducten registreren..." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Registration added some update repositories.\n" @@ -1323,7 +1383,8 @@ #~ "select repositories which will be used for installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n" -#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie." +#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de " +#~ "installatie." #~ msgid "Repository State" #~ msgstr "Status installatiebron" @@ -1336,20 +1397,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +#~ "select\n" #~ "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" -#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s site." +#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s " +#~ "site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" +#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " +#~ "selecteer\n" #~ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" -#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site %s." +#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie " +#~ "de site %s." #~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" #~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren" #~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" -#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies " +#~ "registreren invoeren" #~| msgid "Registration &Code" #~ msgid "Registration &Key" @@ -1372,8 +1439,11 @@ #~ msgid "Adding Services" #~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services" -#~ msgid "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." -#~ msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde " +#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden..." #~ msgid "Online Update Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken" @@ -1430,7 +1500,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig." @@ -1528,7 +1599,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1541,17 +1613,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1561,39 +1638,52 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan Registratiecode\n" -#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n" +#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan " +#~ "Registratiecode\n" +#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-" +#~ "ondersteuning\n" #~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten " +#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1610,43 +1700,53 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of " +#~ "te wijzigen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n" -#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te doen.\n" +#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te " +#~ "doen.\n" #~ "Of stel de registratie uit met Later instellen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1656,26 +1756,36 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-" +#~ "SLX.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1684,7 +1794,8 @@ #~ "Met Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center wordt\n" #~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n" #~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n" -#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n" +#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX " +#~ "verzonden,\n" #~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als Hardwareprofiel geactiveerd\n" #~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n" #~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n" @@ -1692,15 +1803,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te " +#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1775,7 +1889,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Geavanceerd" #~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." #~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." #~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd." @@ -1783,8 +1898,11 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren." -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden " +#~ "geïnstalleerd." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden." @@ -1792,8 +1910,12 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd." -#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " +#~ "miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie " +#~ "verkeerd telt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1827,19 +1949,29 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n" -#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n" -#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste gegevens\n" +#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en " +#~ "waardepaar\n" +#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste " +#~ "gegevens\n" #~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n" #~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n" #~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n" @@ -1956,11 +2088,30 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen." -#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " +#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " +#~ "Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren " +#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te " +#~ "configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." -#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://, https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " +#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" +#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" +#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " +#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " +#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// " +#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://" +#~ ", https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /" +#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en " +#~ "het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-" +#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?" @@ -1987,7 +2138,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Overslaan" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden " +#~ "opgevat." #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." #~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen." @@ -2025,7 +2178,8 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n" -#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n" +#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de " +#~ "registratie.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Uitgegeven voor:" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -128,7 +128,8 @@ "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n" +"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde " +"partitioneringsvoorstel\n" "voor uw harde schijf word voorgesteld." #. help text continued @@ -175,7 +176,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te " +"stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -414,7 +417,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " +"Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -535,7 +539,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." +msgstr "" +"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " +"partitionering." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -677,8 +683,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor installatie." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor " +"installatie." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -693,7 +702,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn " +"gevonden.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" @@ -705,7 +715,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " +"gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -721,8 +732,10 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " +"schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie " +"van &product;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -805,7 +818,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie,\n" -"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." +"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " +"ingesteld." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -905,7 +919,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " +"partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" @@ -933,8 +948,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " +"bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -955,8 +972,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " +"is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " +"verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" @@ -974,7 +993,8 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " +"eens.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -998,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr "Voorsteltype" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1012,7 +1032,7 @@ "Echt deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1021,13 +1041,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " +"problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, " +"zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1042,7 +1064,7 @@ "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1056,8 +1078,19 @@ "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1078,7 +1111,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instellingen echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1093,7 +1126,7 @@ "Wilt u deze grootte van de bootpartitie handhaven?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1103,19 +1136,28 @@ msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: Er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub aanwezig.\n" "Zo'n partitie is aanbevolen (vereist door Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 is\n" -"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd zijn en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n" +"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd zijn " +"en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n" "Deze setup gebruiken?\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#| "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1128,7 +1170,7 @@ "Wilt u uw instelling zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1148,7 +1190,7 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1162,7 +1204,7 @@ "Deze setup gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1179,7 +1221,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1204,7 +1246,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1229,18 +1271,19 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1257,7 +1300,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling zonder wisselgeheugen gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1270,7 +1313,7 @@ "verlopen, met name in alle volgende gevallen:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1283,10 +1326,11 @@ "- wanneer deze partitie nog geen bestandssysteem bevat\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n" @@ -1294,18 +1338,19 @@ "van de standaard aankoppelpunten zoals /, /boot, /opt of /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren gaan.\n" +"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van " +"verloren gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1314,7 +1359,7 @@ "Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1323,7 +1368,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1332,7 +1377,7 @@ "Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1341,7 +1386,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1349,35 +1394,40 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n" "Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Hij kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is aangekoppeld." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische " +"partitie \n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " +"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1392,7 +1442,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1407,7 +1457,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1420,30 +1470,30 @@ "de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijdert.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor het versleutelde bestandssysteem." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Een leeg wachtwoord is toegestaan." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteld bestandssysteem op %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1452,7 +1502,7 @@ "%1 aangekoppeld op %2 in.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Voer uw wachtwoord in voor het versleutelde bestandssysteem" @@ -1460,7 +1510,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Voer een wachtwoord in voor uw bestandssysteem:" @@ -1471,18 +1521,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter &controle:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Overslaan" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1494,8 +1544,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1505,8 +1555,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1514,17 +1564,17 @@ "Het wachtwoord moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan.\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Geen drijvendekomma getal." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem opties:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1533,76 +1583,81 @@ "Wijzig uw volumelabel en verwijder dit letterteken.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" "Normaliter wordt een te mounten bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat\n" "het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken\n" -"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen aangekoppeld\n" -"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is het\n" +"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen " +"aangekoppeld\n" +"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is " +"het\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft normaal alleen\n" +"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft " +"normaal alleen\n" "zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Apparaatnaam" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Volume&label" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Apparaat-&ID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Apparaat&pad" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-opties:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1613,62 +1668,62 @@ "bestandssysteem is %1. Uw volumelabel is afgekapt op deze afmeting.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Geef een volumelabel op om via een label te kunnen aankoppelen." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit volumelabel is al in gebruik. Gaarne een andere kiezen." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Bestands&systeem" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&pties..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Apparaat v&ersleutelen" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem &ID:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Niet formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatteren" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab opties" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Aankoppelpunt" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1748,7 @@ "Doorgaan?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1701,71 +1756,82 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint " +"worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " +"volume." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Doorgaan?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Met de grootte-aanpassing doorgaan?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "U hebt een partitie met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "" +"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1774,26 +1840,30 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " +"echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " +"gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1808,7 +1878,7 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1823,7 +1893,7 @@ "ongedaan voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1836,55 +1906,58 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" +msgstr "" +"Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper inschakelen." +msgstr "" +"Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper " +"inschakelen." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Bestaande subvolumes:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nieuw subvolume" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Nieuwe toevoegen" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots inschakelen" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandelen van subvolumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Lege naam van subvolume is niet toegestaan." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1892,11 +1965,11 @@ "Alleen namen van subvolumes die met \"%1\" beginnen zijn toegestaan!\n" "Automatisch \"%1\" voor de naam van het subvolume zetten." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Naam %1 van subvolume bestaat al." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "De tot nu in de dialoog gedane wijzigingen gaan verloren." @@ -1942,14 +2015,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " +"of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem aanmaken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" @@ -1962,14 +2037,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van " +"uw bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" @@ -1981,14 +2058,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n" -"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n" +"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale " +"karakters\n" "bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of trema's).\n" "\n" @@ -2035,14 +2114,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" -" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " +"niet\n" +" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat " +"geval wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandssysteem tijdens de opwaardering.\n" " \n" @@ -2061,7 +2143,8 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " +"starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie dan moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" @@ -2081,17 +2164,17 @@ "Het is nodig alle partities op deze schijf te markeren voor verwijderen.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt \"%1\" niet voor LVM gebruiken.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt %1 niet voor RAID gebruiken." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2100,7 +2183,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " +"besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens opstarten niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" @@ -2108,7 +2192,7 @@ "Wilt u dit echt doen?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2121,7 +2205,7 @@ " niet-loopback bestandssysteem.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2142,42 +2226,46 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Aankoppelpunt mag niet leeg zijn." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Wisselgeheugenapparaten moeten 'swap' als aankoppelpunt hebben." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Alleen wisselgeheugenapparaten mogen 'swap' als aankoppelpunt hebben." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit aankoppelpunt is al in gebruik. Kies een ander aankoppelpunt." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /" +"var, /home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een aankoppelpunt." +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een " +"aankoppelpunt." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2188,12 +2276,12 @@ "en var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Uw aankoppelpunt moet beginnen met een \"/\" " #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2203,7 +2291,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2212,7 +2300,7 @@ "De minimale afmeting voor dit type bestandssysteem is %2\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2222,7 +2310,7 @@ "of onbekend bestandssysteem." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2246,27 +2334,28 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Het bestandssysteem is nu aangekoppeld op %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of " +"annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Afkoppelen (unmount)" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2274,17 +2363,23 @@ "U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen of annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " +"is aangekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " +"aangekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " +"terwijl het is aangekoppeld." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2392,7 +2487,8 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de configuratie van FCoE toch aanroepen?" #. popup text @@ -2403,7 +2499,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2742,11 +2839,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen\n" -"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" +"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " +"bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" #. helptext @@ -2864,7 +2963,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." +msgstr "" +"Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 @@ -2976,7 +3076,8 @@ msgstr "" "U bent een aangekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n" "Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n" -"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n" +"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van " +"grootte \n" "veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen." #. label for log view @@ -3247,7 +3348,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden." @@ -3340,7 +3441,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3584,7 +3686,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of multipad dan\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of " +"multipad dan\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" #. helptext @@ -3595,7 +3698,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " +"RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3630,7 +3734,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " +"aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3642,7 +3747,8 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd bij\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " +"geformatteerd." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3757,18 +3863,30 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Geen veranderingen in partitionering" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Wijzigingen in partitionering:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Storage settings:" +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No changes to storage settings." +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -3796,12 +3914,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " +"het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3812,9 +3933,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.\n" +"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " +"aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " +"Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3824,7 +3948,8 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat heeft deze grootte.\n" #. helptext @@ -3837,9 +3962,12 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " +"consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " +"dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. " +"Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" #. input field label @@ -3984,7 +4112,8 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " +"Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." #. error popup text @@ -4020,7 +4149,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " +"verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4028,7 +4159,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " +"opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4062,12 +4194,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +"" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4100,11 +4235,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan " +"niet hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." #. helptext @@ -4121,7 +4258,8 @@ "met willekeurige grootte van het volume. De vereiste ruimte wordt, indien\n" "nodig, toegekend uit de Thin-pool. Men kan dus een Thin-volume maken\n" "met een grootte groter dan de Thin-pool. Wanneer er echt gegevens naar een\n" -"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat zijn\n" +"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat " +"zijn\n" "om aan de eis van deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n" "Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben." @@ -4156,7 +4294,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4168,19 +4307,23 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " +"zo'n pool toekennen." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " +"een Thin-pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4234,12 +4377,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan " +"te maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " +"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4454,7 +4600,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n" +"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze " +"veranderingen\n" "zullen verloren gaan bij het verlaten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n" "Echt beëindigen?" @@ -4475,8 +4622,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4507,34 +4658,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " +"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" -"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met " +"twee of\n" +"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie " +"van alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " +"verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " +"hebben.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijven en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijven. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " +"schijven en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " +"schijven. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " +"schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4551,12 +4715,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4619,12 +4786,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op apparaten\n" -"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat " +"op apparaten\n" +"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " +"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " +"effect op de array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4634,10 +4806,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " +"platen.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4716,14 +4890,16 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status " +"bevindt.\n" "Dit betekent gewoonlijk dat de subset van raid-apparaten te klein is\n" "voor de raid om bruikbaar te zijn.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4762,7 +4938,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De RAID %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte\n" -"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -4927,16 +5104,22 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" -"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " +"apparaatnaam\n" +"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad</" +"i>\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " +"Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID</" +"i> en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" #. helptext @@ -4952,13 +5135,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de " +"traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal " +"lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-" +"kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" #. helptext @@ -4968,7 +5156,8 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Opslagapparaten tonen per controleert\n" -"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." +"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</" +"p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5231,7 +5420,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de raid-apparaten\n" @@ -5242,15 +5432,21 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken \n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op " +"de \n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze " +"in een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot " +"\"%2\" gebruiken \n" "om nu geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." #. dialog help text @@ -5276,10 +5472,13 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" +"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het " +"eerste \n" +"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna " +"komt \n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." #. dialog help text @@ -5289,29 +5488,42 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " +"met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de " +"apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" -"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die " +"regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " +"A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " +"klasse op\n" +"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de " +"naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id " +"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste " +"overeenkomst bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt " +"met de\n" "reguliere expressie." #. headline text @@ -5336,7 +5548,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or " +"%.\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5347,7 +5560,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" @@ -5372,7 +5586,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van wisselgeheugen:\n" -"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" +"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een " +"hogere prioriteit aan.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5383,7 +5598,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen aankoppelen:\n" @@ -5402,7 +5618,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5416,7 +5633,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker aan te koppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5429,14 +5647,19 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " +"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab aangemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <" +"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " +"is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text @@ -5468,16 +5691,23 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " +"voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste " +"prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " +"zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. " +"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " +"prestatieverlies\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5513,14 +5743,19 @@ msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " +"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5540,7 +5775,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " +"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5551,10 +5787,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters " +"op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5565,10 +5803,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. " +"De standaard is 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5579,10 +5819,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of " +"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die " +"waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem." +"\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5592,7 +5837,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "" +"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5612,10 +5858,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het " +"sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5626,10 +5874,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet " +"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " +"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel " +"versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5641,10 +5895,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, " +"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is " +"geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5671,10 +5929,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum " +"percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan " +"inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5685,14 +5946,17 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " +"inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " +"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 @@ -5713,10 +5977,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " +"doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5754,10 +6020,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik er van.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en " +"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte " +"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te " +"verwachten gebruik er van.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5773,17 +6044,23 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " +"elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem,\n" -"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk is\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het aangemaakt is.\n" -"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " +"bestandssysteem,\n" +"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk " +"is\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " +"aangemaakt is.\n" +"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</" +"p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5802,8 +6079,17 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor " +"de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " +"normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " +"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard " +"gereserveerde is 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5843,11 +6129,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " +"alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5934,7 +6222,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Grootte-aanpassing niet mogelijk:" @@ -5947,7 +6235,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5960,7 +6248,7 @@ "Mogelijk is het opgegeven wachtwoord voor versleuteling onjuist.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5971,7 +6259,7 @@ "Probeer het nog eens." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5983,24 +6271,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteling invo&eren:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Geef het wachtwoord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "De volgende versleutelde volumes zijn al beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activeren van versleuteld volume" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6010,14 +6298,15 @@ "De volgende volumes bevatten een versleutelde handtekening maar de \n" "wachtwoorden zijn nog niet bekend.\n" "De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n" -"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume bevatten." +"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume " +"bevatten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wilt u de wachtwoorden voor versleuteling leveren?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6028,68 +6317,83 @@ "Wachtwoord zal worden geprobeerd voor alle apparaten." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Voer het versleutelingswachtwoord in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Er zijn geen versleutelde volumes om te ontgrendelen..." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor een van de volgende apparaten:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor het volgende apparaat:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Poging om de blokkering op te heffen van versleutelde volumes..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Wachtwoord heeft geen enkel apparaat de blokkering opgeheven." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf in gebruik zijn." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Doorgaan ondanks de fout?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " +"in gebruik zijn." + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6099,17 +6403,18 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6119,7 +6424,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6131,7 +6436,7 @@ "%2 zou wijzigen, welke het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) bevat dat\n" "nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6139,10 +6444,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" -"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" +"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de " +"installatie.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6153,18 +6459,18 @@ "schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1" @@ -6177,10 +6483,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Systeemfoutcode was: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Doorgaan ondanks de fout?" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6426,11 +6728,13 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " +"(UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6438,12 +6742,14 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen " +"van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6459,10 +6765,12 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" -"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" +"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "momenteel niet is aangekoppeld (bijvoorbeeld omdat de optie <tt>noauto</tt>\n" "is ingeschakeld in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." @@ -6528,7 +6836,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-" +"grootte.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6824,8 +7133,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " +"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6888,8 +7201,10 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem voor\n" -"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst." +"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem " +"voor\n" +"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -6897,7 +7212,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste gevallen\n" +"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste " +"gevallen\n" "te worden gebruikt voor slaapstand naar schijf." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -7019,12 +7335,16 @@ #~ msgstr "&Btrfs als standaard bestandssysteem gebruiken" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet beschikbaar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet " +#~ "beschikbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7041,7 +7361,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Het verwijderen van sommige apparaten is mislukt." #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" -#~ msgstr "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet beschikbaar" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet " +#~ "beschikbaar" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n" @@ -7058,7 +7380,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u zeker weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens deze te verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens " +#~ "deze te verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7088,15 +7411,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +#~ "to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +#~ "can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +#~ "possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" -#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" -#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld \n" -#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +#~ "de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen " +#~ "bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" +#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen " +#~ "kunnen aangekoppeld \n" +#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, " +#~ "dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" #~ msgid "&Device name" #~ msgstr "&Apparaat naam" @@ -7119,21 +7449,28 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "De bestandssysteem is momenteel aangekoppeld op %1.\n" -#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als deze aangekoppeld is.\n" +#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als " +#~ "deze aangekoppeld is.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" +#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna " +#~ "opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~ "tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " +#~ "create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~ "all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het systeem \n" +#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /" +#~ "tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het " +#~ "systeem \n" #~ "een willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem.\n" #~ "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" #~ "gaan wanneer het systeem wordt afgesloten.\n" @@ -7201,10 +7538,14 @@ #~ "koppelingsmethode voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja.</" +#~ "P>" #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee.</" +#~ "P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-29 17:25:29 UTC (rev 92892) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 10:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -178,13 +178,20 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client - certificaat" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "De verbindingsnaam is al in gebruik." #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -193,7 +200,7 @@ "Alle gateway-scenarios zijn al in gebruik." #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -202,12 +209,12 @@ "U kunt geen twee gateways hebben werkend onder één scenario." #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "De gebruikersnaam is al in gebruik." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Kan geen overeenkomende client-verbinding vinden." @@ -252,8 +259,8 @@ "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " "that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " "discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " -"will be reduced by about 10%." +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" "Als VPN-clients problemen hebben met toegang tot bepaalde internetsites, dan " "is het mogelijk dat de betreffende hosts automatische MTU (maximum " @@ -554,5 +561,3 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Een client die verbindt met " - -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92891 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 18:18:47 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92891 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po Log: installation.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:08:14 UTC (rev 92890) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:18:47 UTC (rev 92891) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 10:41+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Softcatalà\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.4\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 @@ -108,7 +108,8 @@ msgstr "" "La interfície gràfica no s'ha pogut iniciar.\n" "\n" -"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació mínima),\n" +"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació " +"mínima),\n" "o bé, que la targeta gràfica no s'admeti.\n" "\n" "Com a alternativa, la interfície en mode text del YaST2 us guiarà\n" @@ -180,7 +181,9 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara " +"completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -193,7 +196,8 @@ "Si continueu ara, les particions actuals\n" "del disc dur se suprimiran o es formataran (i s'esborraran\n" "les dades existents en aquestes particions) \n" -"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors." +"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 @@ -203,7 +207,8 @@ "previous dialogs." msgstr "" "Si continueu ara, es modificaran les particions\n" -"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg\n" +"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de " +"diàleg\n" "anteriors." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 @@ -226,7 +231,9 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -262,18 +269,25 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria del nucli." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra " +"de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria " +"del nucli." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -288,19 +302,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +"profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil " +"d'AutoYaST.\n" +"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +"autoinst.xml</tt>." #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la instal·lació?" +msgstr "" +"Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la " +"instal·lació?" #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 @@ -315,8 +339,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no l'escriguis</a>)." +msgid "" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" +"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" +"El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " +"l'escriguis</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -353,8 +381,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar " +"la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -365,8 +397,12 @@ msgstr "&No instal·lis des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL com a font de la instal·lació" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL " +"com a font de la instal·lació" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -374,12 +410,20 @@ msgstr "Aquí podeu crear imatges personalitzades.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una imatge aquí" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" +msgstr "" +"Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una " +"imatge aquí" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada durant la instal·lació)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada " +"durant la instal·lació)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -395,7 +439,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" +msgstr "" +"Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -404,23 +449,32 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació més de pressa.\n" -"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat que coincideix amb la selecció\n" -"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des dels paquets\n" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació " +"més de pressa.\n" +"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat " +"que coincideix amb la selecció\n" +"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des " +"dels paquets\n" "de la manera habitual.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation." msgstr "" -"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" -"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" +"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas " +"complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" +"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt " +"més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" "La resta de tasques es faran igual que a una instal·lació automàtica normal." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -431,11 +485,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" -"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va crear la imatge." +"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data " +"dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" +"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va " +"crear la imatge." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -477,13 +535,15 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -603,7 +663,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n" +"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar " +"durant la instal·lació i al\n" "sistema instal·lat.\n" "\n" @@ -613,12 +674,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "S'ha d'acceptar la llicència per continuar la instal·lació.\n" -"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les traduccions disponibles.\n" +"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les " +"traduccions disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -710,8 +773,8 @@ "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" msgstr "" -"Ha finalitzat la instal·lació del &producte; a l'ordinador\n" -"Podreu entrar al sistema en prémer Finalitza.\n" +"Ha acabat la instal·lació del &producte a l'ordinador\n" +"Podreu entrar al sistema després de clicar a Acaba.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 @@ -734,7 +797,7 @@ "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.\n" msgstr "" -"Amb Finalitza es tancarà la instal·lació del YaST i es passarà\n" +"Amb Acaba es tancarà la instal·lació del YaST i tornareu\n" "a la pantalla d'entrada.\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" @@ -752,20 +815,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilitzeu Clona si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +"autoyast.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui instal·lat." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui " +"instal·lat." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -806,10 +878,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "S'ha habilitat la depuració.\n" -"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels paquets." +"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels " +"paquets." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -843,8 +917,12 @@ msgstr "&Disc a usar" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les " +"dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -909,12 +987,15 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" +msgstr "" +"S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les actualitzacions?" +msgstr "" +"Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les " +"actualitzacions?" #. check box #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 @@ -1034,24 +1115,31 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o l'actualització,\n" +"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o " +"l'actualització,\n" "seleccioneu Afegeix repositoris en línia abans de la instal·lació." #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el &product; seleccioneu\n" +"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el " +"&product; seleccioneu\n" "Inclou els productes complementaris dels suports independents.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" +"drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, " +"vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1107,10 +1195,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necessita una xarxa configurada per utilitzar repositoris remots\n" -"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la configuració.\n" +"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la " +"configuració.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1124,26 +1214,37 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE ofereix diferents\n" -"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més importants:\n" +"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE</" +"i> ofereix diferents\n" +"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més " +"importants:\n" "el GNOME i el KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons d'instal·lació mínima)\n" -"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. Més tard a la selecció\n" -"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" -"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons " +"d'instal·lació mínima)\n" +"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. " +"Més tard a la selecció\n" +"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o " +"afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" +"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1167,7 +1268,8 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1206,8 +1308,10 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema Linux\n" -"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.\n" +"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema " +"Linux\n" +"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</" +"p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 @@ -1221,7 +1325,8 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccioneu un escenari que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats.\n" -"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de programari.\n" +"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de " +"programari.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1274,7 +1379,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" -msgstr "Carrega els mòduls del nucli per a les controladores de disc dur" +msgstr "Carrega els mòduls del nucli per als controladors de disc dur" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." @@ -1313,16 +1418,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." +msgstr "" +"El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació." +"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics " +"per a la instal·lació." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 @@ -1434,10 +1542,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí es mostren tots els repositoris que s'han trobat\n" -"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al procés d'actualització." +"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al " +"procés d'actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1446,7 +1556,8 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Per habilitar, eliminar o inhabilitar un URL, feu clic a\n" -"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula." +"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1622,7 +1733,8 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Cal realitzar alguns passos abans que el sistema estigui preparat\n" -"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu clic a\n" +"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu " +"clic a\n" "Següent per continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1749,7 +1861,8 @@ "\n" "Carregant el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec.\n" "\n" -"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de reiniciar.\n" +"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de " +"reiniciar.\n" "Espereu, si us plau.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,7 +1914,9 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al registre." +msgstr "" +"Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al " +"registre." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 @@ -1868,7 +1983,9 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." +msgstr "" +"Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, " +"feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1914,7 +2031,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" +"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la " +"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal @@ -1922,11 +2040,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. so update @@ -1939,7 +2059,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1989,7 +2110,8 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines virtuals\n" +"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines " +"virtuals\n" "Linux independents al sistema principal." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -2056,7 +2178,8 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets automàticament\n" +"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets " +"automàticament\n" "S'obrirà el gestor de programari perquè les resolgueu manualment." #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" @@ -2067,8 +2190,10 @@ #~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" #~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es canviïn. Per modificar\n" -#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.\n" +#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es " +#~ "canviïn. Per modificar\n" +#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Iniciant l'entorn d'instal·lació..." @@ -2131,7 +2256,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Desconnectat " #~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." -#~ msgstr "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." #~ msgid "Probing network cards..." #~ msgstr "S'estan detectant les targetes de xarxa..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92890 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 18:08:14 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92890 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po Log: vpn.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:04:02 UTC (rev 92889) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:08:14 UTC (rev 92890) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 11:27+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ca\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.10\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Manage VPN client secrets. @@ -90,7 +90,9 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer de la clau." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer " +"de la clau." #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 @@ -182,6 +184,8 @@ "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." msgstr "" +"ipsec.conf i ipsec.secrets han estat manipulats fora d'aquest mòdul.\n" +"Si continueu usant el mòdul se suprimirà la personalització." #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 @@ -254,11 +258,18 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" -"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible es reduirà un 10%." +"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs " +"d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment " +"MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració " +"incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" +"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible " +"es reduirà un 10%." #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 @@ -299,7 +310,8 @@ #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 @@ -481,7 +493,7 @@ #. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" -msgstr "Estat no disponible. S'està executant el dimoni?" +msgstr "Estat no disponible. S'executa el dimoni?" #. Install packages #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 @@ -514,11 +526,15 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" -"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà ara.\n" +"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial " +"del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" +"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar " +"manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà " +"ara.\n" "L'script està ubicat a %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92889 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 18:04:02 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92889 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po Log: storage.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:50:24 UTC (rev 92888) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-09-29 16:04:02 UTC (rev 92889) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 18:36+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -31,10 +31,12 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de " +"partició de discos durs.\n" "\n" "Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n" -"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n" +"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu " +"fent.\n" "En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n" "nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n" "\n" @@ -165,7 +167,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." +msgstr "" +"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -269,7 +272,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n" -"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n" +"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, " +"la \n" "partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n" "\n" @@ -317,7 +321,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n" -"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n" +"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació " +"(un \n" "cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n" "\n" @@ -384,7 +389,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de Linux.\n" +"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de " +"Linux.\n" "Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n" "en funció d'aquest valor.\n" "\n" @@ -400,7 +406,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n" +"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de " +"Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -443,7 +450,8 @@ "la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n" "\n" "Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n" -"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n" +"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-" +"ne espai.\n" "\n" "Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n" "Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n" @@ -520,7 +528,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada." +msgstr "" +"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició " +"personalitzada." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -586,7 +596,7 @@ "Al diàleg que apareixerà a continuació podreu indicar \n" "l’espai que alliberarà Windows per a %1.\n" "\n" -"És recomanable realitzar una còpia de seguretat ja que es\n" +"És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat ja que es\n" "reorganitzaran les dades i es podrien generar errors. \n" "En circumstàncies normals, aquest cas es presenta en molt poques ocasions.\n" "\n" @@ -612,7 +622,8 @@ msgstr "" "Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n" +"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el " +"procés.\n" "\n" "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n" @@ -657,8 +668,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la " +"instal·lació, si està disponible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -674,7 +688,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n" +"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -685,7 +700,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n" +"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -702,7 +718,8 @@ "\n" "Per als experts existeix l’opció Particionament personalitzat\n" "que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n" -"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n" +"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de " +"&productes;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -785,7 +802,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n" -"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts." +"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari " +"estiguin ben establerts." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -935,8 +953,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n" -"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, o bé,\n" +"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No " +"hi ha \n" +"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, " +"o bé,\n" "encongir la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n" "" @@ -951,11 +971,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran \n" +"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es " +"perdran\n" "de forma irreversible durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n" "partició del Windows, és molt recomanable fer una\n" -"còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es realitzarà una\n" -"reorganització i aquesta acció podria conduir a errors en alguns\n" +"còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es farà una\n" +"reorganització de les dades i podria conduir a errors en alguns\n" "casos excepcionals.\n" "\n" @@ -989,7 +1010,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n" -"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n" +"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a " +"una\n" "partició.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1004,8 +1026,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n" -"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n" -"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n" +"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això " +"probablement comportarà problemes.\n" +"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts " +"de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1019,7 +1043,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n" +"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers " +"Linux\n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1034,7 +1059,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n" -"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n" +"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de " +"fitxers Linux \n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1049,6 +1075,11 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"Avís:\n" +"El sistema necessita una partició d'arrencada del tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Si us plau, considereu crear-ne una.\n" +"\n" +"Realment voleu usar aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 @@ -1113,6 +1144,12 @@ "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" +"Avís: no hi ha cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" +"Per arrencar des del disc dur, cal una petita partició /boot\n" +"(aprox. %1). Considereu crear-ne una\n" +"del tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"\n" +"Realment voleu usar la configuració sense la partició /boot?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 @@ -1127,9 +1164,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n" -"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n" +"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició " +"acaba\n" "en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n" -"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n" +"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa " +"que la instal·lació \n" "de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1142,7 +1181,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n" -"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n" +"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar " +"problemes.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1156,10 +1196,12 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n" +"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la " +"instal·lació de %1\n" "no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n" "els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n" -"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n" +"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta " +"configuració.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1225,14 +1267,16 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" "No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n" -"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n" +"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició " +"d'intercanvi.\n" "Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n" "principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n" @@ -1249,7 +1293,8 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n" +"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es " +"formatarà.\n" "El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n" "els casos següents:\n" @@ -1270,11 +1315,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n" -"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n" +"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu " +"aquesta partició\n" +"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de " +"muntatge estàndard\n" "com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1343,20 +1391,25 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n" +"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició " +"lògica i \n" "ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n" +"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest " +"moment:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la " +"partició ampliada.\n" "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1370,7 +1423,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n" -"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions " +"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 @@ -1519,26 +1573,32 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Munta en /etc/fstab per:\n" "normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n" -"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n" -"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" -"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n" +"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de " +"fitxers que\n" +"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els " +"sistemes de fitxers\n" +"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " +"inhabilitada,\n" "això no serà possible.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" +"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En " +"general, només\n" "és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" @@ -1661,11 +1721,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n" -"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n" +"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de " +"sistema de fitxers),\n" "es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n" -"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n" +"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu " +"coneixements \n" "de com funciona.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -1679,7 +1741,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1690,7 +1753,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1750,7 +1814,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n" +"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció " +"està\n" "poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "\n" "Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?" @@ -1760,7 +1825,8 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n" @@ -1820,7 +1886,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper." +msgstr "" +"Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs " +"amb Snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1920,16 +1988,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n" -"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n" +"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu " +"totes\n" "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -1939,16 +2010,20 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n" -"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n" -"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n" +"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" +"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de " +"lletres\n" +"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, " +"l'haureu\n" "d'escriure dues vegades.\n" "\n" @@ -1958,13 +2033,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n" +"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha " +"de tenir com a\n" "mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n" "(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n" "\n" @@ -2012,14 +2089,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n" -"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest cas,\n" +"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest " +"cas,\n" "no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n" "\n" @@ -2040,7 +2119,8 @@ "\n" "És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" -"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n" +"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu " +"d'eliminar\n" "l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2078,7 +2158,8 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n" -"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n" +"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament " +"correcte del sistema.\n" "\n" "Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n" " \n" @@ -2093,7 +2174,8 @@ "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" "Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n" -"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" +"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" +"\",\n" "/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n" "sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n" @@ -2130,7 +2212,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." +msgstr "" +"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text @@ -2149,8 +2232,11 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un " +"punt de muntatge." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2259,7 +2345,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "" +"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2343,7 +2430,8 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n" -"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu." +"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el " +"dispositiu." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2717,11 +2805,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n" -"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n" +"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació " +"d'un volum ja existent\n" "n'esborrarà totes les dades.\n" #. helptext @@ -2821,8 +2911,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n" -"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu " +"deixar buida\n" +"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi " +"no es podrà\n" "utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n" "\n" @@ -2933,7 +3025,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." +msgstr "" +"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -2948,7 +3041,8 @@ msgstr "" "Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n" "Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n" -"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n" +"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina " +"de\n" "redimensionar-lo. " #. label for log view @@ -2994,7 +3088,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" "del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n" -"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" +"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums " +"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 @@ -3479,7 +3574,8 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n" -"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.\n" +"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves " +"particions.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3557,7 +3653,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" -"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" +"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a " +"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" "multicamí.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3591,8 +3688,10 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n" -"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.\n" +"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes " +"Linux\n" +"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han " +"trobat.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3654,7 +3753,8 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n" -"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n" +"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de " +"volums\n" "i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -3732,11 +3832,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 msgid "Packages to install:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquets per instal·lar:" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No packages need to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No hi ha paquets que s'hagin d'instal·lar." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -3765,11 +3865,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n" +"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al " +"fitxer\n" "que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.\n" #. helptext @@ -3781,7 +3883,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n" +"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el " +"fitxer es\n" "crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. NOTA: si el fitxer \n" "ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.\n" @@ -3807,8 +3910,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n" -"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n" -"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n" +"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no " +"es pot\n" +"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per " +"tant,\n" "aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.\n" #. input field label @@ -3989,7 +4094,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?" +msgstr "" +"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics " +"que s'hi relacionen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -3997,7 +4104,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n" +"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física " +"ampliada\n" "més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." #. error popup text @@ -4031,12 +4139,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " +msgstr "" +"Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4069,7 +4179,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n" @@ -4087,10 +4198,13 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Els anomenatsVolums Prims poden ser creats\n" -"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n" -"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n" +"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les " +"necessitats \n" +"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida " +"més grossa\n" "que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n" -"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n" +"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les " +"necessitats d'espai.\n" "Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count." #. heading for frame @@ -4124,30 +4238,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum normal.\n" -"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" +"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums " +"abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" "Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Thin Pool.\n" -"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." +"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les " +"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum Prim.\n" -"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de Thin Pool." +"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats " +"de Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4201,13 +4321,17 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n" +"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de " +"volums.\n" "\n" -"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" -"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui." +"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus " +"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons " +"calgui." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4417,7 +4541,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" +"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests " +"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" "de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n" "Segur que voleu sortir-ne?" @@ -4438,8 +4563,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4470,21 +4599,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n" -"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.\n" +"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és " +"possible si un dels discos falla.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n" -"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n" +"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades " +"d'un disc\n" "als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n" "Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.\n" @@ -4492,11 +4626,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n" -"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" +"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de " +"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer " +"servir en tres discos o més.\n" +"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si " +"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4505,7 +4644,8 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n" +"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom " +"significatiu\n" "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n" "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" @@ -4513,12 +4653,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n" -"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n" -"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).\n" +"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID " +"0), la mida\n" +"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4581,12 +4725,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Mida elemental: És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n" -"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" -"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" +"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable " +"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" +"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental " +"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4596,10 +4744,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n" -"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.\n" +"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics " +"amb plats rotatoris.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4880,17 +5030,23 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Muntatge per defecte us dóna el muntatge per\n" -"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa el nom del \n" -"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i Camí del dispositiu\n" -"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n" +"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa " +"el nom del \n" +"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i " +"Camí del dispositiu\n" +"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria " +"de ser\n" "persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment UUID i\n" -"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.\n" +"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4899,19 +5055,25 @@ "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de fitxers per defecte indica\n" -"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.\n" +"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers " +"nous.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineació de les noves particions creades\n" -"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim alinea les \n" -"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n" +"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és " +"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim " +"alinea les \n" +"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el " +"nucli de Linux \n" "o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5003,7 +5165,8 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n" -"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?" +"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-" +"los?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5060,7 +5223,7 @@ "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." msgstr "" -"Hi ha com a mínim un volum prim fent servir aquest 'pool'.\n" +"Hi ha com a mínim un volum prim fent servir aquest \"pool\".\n" "Elimineu-lo primer." #. Popup text @@ -5165,7 +5328,8 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n" "\n" -"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n" +"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de " +"classe\n" "per línia. Exemple:" #. popup text @@ -5175,32 +5339,42 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" +msgstr "" +"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n" -"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n" +"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a " +"molts casos\n" "se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n" -"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n" -"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n" -"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n" +"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret " +"sobre\n" +"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. " +"Prement \n" +"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una " +"classe\n" +"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar " +"els que \n" "ja estan seleccionats a la classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5226,11 +5400,15 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n" -"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n" -"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament." +"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el " +"primer de la \n" +"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. " +"Llavors, \n" +"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així " +"successivament." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5239,29 +5417,39 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n" -"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n" +"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de " +"dispositius.\n" +"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a " +"odre per al RAID \n" "que s'ha de crear." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Prement el botó \"%1\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n" -"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" -"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n" +"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A" +"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" +"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió " +"regular es \n" "fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" +"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" +"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" "de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" +"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del " +"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" "expressió regular." #. headline text @@ -5286,7 +5474,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n" +"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G " +"o %.\n" "El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5297,12 +5486,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Mida de Tmpfs:\n" -"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n" -"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria." +"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o " +"Gigabyte o bé\n" +"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el " +"percentatge de la memòria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5321,7 +5513,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'intercanvi\n" -"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.\n" +"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran " +"serà la prioritat.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5332,11 +5525,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Munta només de lectura:\n" -"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n" +"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant " +"la instal·lació\n" "el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura." #. button text @@ -5351,7 +5546,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sense hora d'accés\n" -"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" +"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció " +"predeterminada és fals.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5365,7 +5561,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pot ser muntat per un usuari\n" -"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".\n" +"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és " +"\"als\".\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5378,13 +5575,17 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No es munta durant l'inici del sistema\n" -"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n" +"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el " +"sistema.\n" "S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n" -"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n" +"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <" +"punt_muntatge></tt>\n" "(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n" "L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" @@ -5417,16 +5618,20 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Mode de registre de dades:\n" "determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n" "<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n" "al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n" -"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.\n" +"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en " +"el rendiment. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el " +"rendiment.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5462,18 +5667,24 @@ msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni " +"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor d’opció arbitrari:\n" -"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n" +"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart " +"camp de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.\n" #. label text @@ -5488,7 +5699,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers\n" -"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" +"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels " +"fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5499,10 +5711,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts\n" -"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" +"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts " +"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5513,10 +5727,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FATS:\n" -"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." +"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de " +"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5527,10 +5743,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida de FAT\n" -"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza " +"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament " +"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5540,7 +5760,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgstr "" +"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a " +"provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5560,10 +5782,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" +"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els " +"noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5574,10 +5798,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisió d'FS\n" -"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" +"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El " +"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries " +"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del " +"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5589,10 +5819,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la " +"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5608,7 +5842,8 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -5619,10 +5854,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de " +"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5633,13 +5870,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Node alineat\n" -"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" -"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n" +"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes " +"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" +"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes " +"d'identificació\n" "normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.\n" #. label text @@ -5661,10 +5901,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels registres\n" -"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" +"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, " +"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5694,17 +5936,24 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del pas en blocs\n" -"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" -"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" +"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. " +"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" +"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs " +"en un llistat RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, " +"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús " +"que se n'espera.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5720,16 +5969,23 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per node d'identificació\n" -"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n" -"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" -" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n" -"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" -"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" -"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.\n" +"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea " +"un node d'identificació per a cada\n" +"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la " +"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" +" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de " +"ser més petit que la mida\n" +"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran " +"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació " +"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" +"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor " +"correcte per al paràmetre.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5742,14 +5998,23 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n" +"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és " +"incorrecte.\n" "Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: " +"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor " +"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit " +"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5777,7 +6042,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índex de directori:\n" -"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.\n" +"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en " +"directoris grans.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5788,11 +6054,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sense historial:\n" -"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n" +"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan " +"estigueu segurs\n" "del que feu.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5921,7 +6189,8 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels " +"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -6022,7 +6291,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ha fallat la instal·lació de paquets requerits." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" @@ -6030,8 +6299,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" @@ -6092,7 +6363,8 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n" +"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera " +"indirecta\n" "el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6228,7 +6500,8 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "L'opció Bus indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n" -"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí." +"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs " +"multicamí." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6375,23 +6648,29 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Muntat per indica com està muntat\n" -"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" +"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, " +"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu " +"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n" -"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n" +"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està " +"muntat\n" +"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres " +"d'aquest volum\n" "el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6407,7 +6686,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n" @@ -6476,7 +6756,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Bandes mostra el nombre de bandes\n" -"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n" +"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la " +"banda entre parèntesis.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6512,7 +6793,8 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Usat per mostra si un dispositiu\n" -"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" +"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests " +"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -6772,8 +7054,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. " +"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6821,8 +7107,10 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n" -"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n" +"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a " +"través\n" +"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la " +"proposta pot\n" "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n" "la mida de la partició d'arrel." @@ -6833,7 +7121,8 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n" -"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable." +"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú " +"desplegable." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -6841,7 +7130,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n" +"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en " +"suspensió\n" "al disc en la majoria de casos." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -6913,12 +7203,15 @@ #~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" -#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" +#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita " +#~ "partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" #~ " Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" -#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" +#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al " +#~ "tipus\n" #~ "0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n" +#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició " +#~ "d'arrencada?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" @@ -6927,7 +7220,8 @@ #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n" -#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n" +#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és " +#~ "necessària.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -6998,18 +7292,23 @@ #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està " +#~ "disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt " +#~ "de muntatge.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export Device Graph..." @@ -7041,7 +7340,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n" +#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de " +#~ "suprimir-lo.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7095,16 +7395,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~ "tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " +#~ "create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~ "all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n" -#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n" +#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us " +#~ "crearà \n" +#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que " +#~ "perdreu totes \n" #~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7168,15 +7474,20 @@ #~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó Sí." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el " +#~ "botó Sí." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No</" +#~ "B>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" #~ "for your new installation?" -#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92888 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 17:50:24 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92888 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po Log: registration.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:29:05 UTC (rev 92887) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:50:24 UTC (rev 92888) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:22+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -324,6 +324,12 @@ "Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" "can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." msgstr "" +"Ja s'ha importat un certificat\n" +"però la connexió del servidor encara no és de confiança.\n" +"\n" +"Si us plau, corregiu el cas del certificat manualment, assegureu-vos que es\n" +"pot connectar amb el servidor amb seguretat i inicieu el mòdul del YaST un " +"altre cop." #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 @@ -382,7 +388,8 @@ "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/" +"baseproduct\n" "sigui un symlink que apunti al fitxer del producte de base .prod." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze @@ -406,7 +413,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronitzant els productes..." #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the @@ -448,6 +455,8 @@ "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" +"Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant la instal·lació\n" +"per tal de poder obtenir les últimes actualitzacions?" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line @@ -456,6 +465,8 @@ "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" +"Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant l'actualització\n" +"per tal de poder obtenir les últimes actualitzacions?" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 @@ -472,6 +483,10 @@ "\n" "Skip the repository or abort?" msgstr "" +"El repositori \"%s\"\n" +"no es pot carregar.\n" +"\n" +"Voleu ometre el repositori o avortar-ho?" #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) @@ -563,18 +578,25 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" -"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.\n" -"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les extensions o mòduls respectius." +"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.</" +"p>\n" +"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no " +"podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les " +"extensions o mòduls respectius." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." -msgstr[1] "Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[0] "" +"L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[1] "" +"Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -607,13 +629,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden necessitar un codi de registre específic." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden " +"necessitar un codi de registre específic." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " +"Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -622,8 +652,11 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre sistema." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre " +"sistema." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -637,8 +670,12 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a registrar." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a " +"registrar." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -647,8 +684,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran conjuntament amb el producte de base." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran " +"conjuntament amb el producte de base." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -713,22 +754,30 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del " +"SUSE Customer Center,\n" "i així us permet obtenir actualitzacions en línia i suport tècnic.\n" -"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa el registre del producte." +"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa " +"el registre del producte." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" -"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. Referiu-vos\n" +"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, " +"establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" +"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. " +"Referiu-vos\n" "al manual de l'SMT per a més assistència." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -746,7 +795,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris d'actualització" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris " +"d'actualització" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 @@ -813,8 +864,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el " +"sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 @@ -844,9 +899,12 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest producte i el\n" -"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de sota.\n" -"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un sistema\n" +"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest " +"producte i el\n" +"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de " +"sota.\n" +"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un " +"sistema\n" "registrat." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -888,28 +946,50 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar " +"l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i l'emissor del certificat desconegut." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de " +"certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i " +"l'emissor del certificat desconegut." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat autosignat." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat " +"autosignat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per " +"assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de seguretat important." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de " +"seguretat important." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 @@ -934,23 +1014,30 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement %s.\n" +"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement " +"%s.\n" "Voleu ometre el registre del sistema de base i del complement?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repositoris usats per a la migració" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió trobada als repositoris seleccionats." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran " +"per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió " +"trobada als repositoris seleccionats." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccioneu els repositoris usats per a la migració" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 @@ -976,6 +1063,9 @@ "to run the online migration you need\n" "to register the system first." msgstr "" +"El sistema no està registrat.\n" +"Per executar la migració en línia\n" +"primer heu de registrar el sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 @@ -999,8 +1089,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes nous." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El " +"servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes " +"nous." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1009,8 +1104,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de migració més tard." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" +"Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de " +"migració més tard." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1024,7 +1123,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajusteu manualment els repositoris per a la migració" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 @@ -1043,8 +1142,13 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta migració." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de " +"registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta " +"migració." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1084,7 +1188,8 @@ "La miagració seleccionada conté un producte\n" "que no està disponible al servidor de registre.\n" "\n" -"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els productes\n" +"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els " +"productes\n" "que falten al servidor de registre." #. help text @@ -1093,12 +1198,20 @@ msgstr "El sistema ja està registrat." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls " +"addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " +"Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1274,7 +1387,8 @@ #~ msgstr "S'ha afegit un servidor d'actualització a la vostra configuració." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." @@ -1317,7 +1431,8 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant automàticament \n" +#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant " +#~ "automàticament \n" #~ " la tramesa del perfil del maquinari." #~ msgid "Update Source Issues" @@ -1332,11 +1447,15 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El registre com a usuari normal no inclou la font\n" -#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu i més\n" -#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, haureu\n" +#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu " +#~ "i més\n" +#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, " +#~ "haureu\n" #~ "d'afegir la font manualment. Altres\n" -#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden utilitzar igualment\n" -#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari al YaST \n" +#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden " +#~ "utilitzar igualment\n" +#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari " +#~ "al YaST \n" #~ "perquè les fonts estiguin disponibles per a totes les eines." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1372,146 +1491,199 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " +#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " +#~ "amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " +#~ "incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " +#~ "el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " +#~ "producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " +#~ "instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de registre\n" +#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de " +#~ "registre\n" #~ "i se us demanarà el codi del producte. \n" -#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que inclou el producte.\n" +#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que " +#~ "inclou el producte.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " +#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " +#~ "controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " +#~ "Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " +#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " +#~ "Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " +#~ "estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " +#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " +#~ "amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " +#~ "incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " +#~ "el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " +#~ "producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " +#~ "instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " +#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " +#~ "controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " +#~ "Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " +#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " +#~ "Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " +#~ "estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" @@ -1602,8 +1774,11 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'han pogut instal·lar els paquets següents" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet " +#~ "%1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1671,29 +1846,70 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La clau no és vàlida." -#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació opcional." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " +#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " +#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " +#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " +#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de " +#~ "Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us " +#~ "voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu " +#~ "Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu " +#~ "la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació " +#~ "opcional." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " +#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " +#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " +#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " +#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" +#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." -#~ msgstr "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a " +#~ "Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou " +#~ "mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors " +#~ "corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -" +#~ "a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. " +#~ "Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una " +#~ "parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of " +#~| "the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server " +#~| "Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " +#~ "Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +#~ "Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de l'SMT." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del " +#~ "servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del " +#~ "servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de " +#~ "l'SMT." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor SMT" @@ -1786,7 +2002,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" @@ -1828,22 +2045,30 @@ #~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si seleccioneu%1, és probable que el procés de registre falli.\n" -#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al sistema\n" +#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "i especificar el camí si trieu %2." #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu especificat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu " +#~ "especificat." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu especificat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu " +#~ "especificat." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file" #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del certificat SMT" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del " +#~ "certificat SMT" #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Omet" @@ -1879,7 +2104,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip the Registration?" #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" -#~ msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" #~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file" #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer del certificat" @@ -1893,7 +2119,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " +#~| "Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -1978,7 +2205,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de sortida." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori " +#~ "de sortida." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92887 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 17:29:05 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92887 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po Log: ncurses-pkg.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:17:37 UTC (rev 92886) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:29:05 UTC (rev 92887) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:45+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. text above of list of all package versions #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" -msgstr "Mostra totes les versions de paquet disponibles:" +msgstr "Mostra totes les versions del paquet disponibles:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" @@ -50,20 +50,23 @@ #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "els paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" +msgstr "paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb un sistema malmès." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb " +"un sistema malmès." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" -msgstr "&Continua tanmateix" +msgstr "&Continua, tanmateix" #. headline of a popup showing the package license #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" -msgstr " Acord de llicència" +msgstr "Acord de llicència" #. label text - keep it short #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 @@ -102,7 +105,7 @@ #. fill seclection box #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" -msgstr "Recomanat" +msgstr "Recomanats" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" @@ -117,20 +120,36 @@ msgstr "No necessaris" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " +"estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets " +"ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és possible actualitzar-los." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és " +"possible actualitzar-los." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors ja no s'apliquen." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors " +"ja no s'apliquen." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -142,7 +161,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" -msgstr "Actualització" +msgstr "Actualitza" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" @@ -154,7 +173,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" -msgstr "Conserva" +msgstr "Mantén" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" @@ -163,8 +182,12 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al local %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al " +"local %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -173,7 +196,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" -msgstr "Idiomes" +msgstr "Llengües" #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" @@ -373,7 +396,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" +msgstr "" +"&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -399,16 +423,16 @@ #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "s'han seleccionat automàticament paquets per instal·lar:" +msgstr "paquets s'han seleccionat automàticament per instal·lar:" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "majúscula o minúscula de prova del sistema de resolució dependent escrita a" +msgstr "Prova de resolució de dependències escrita a" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "Per satisfer les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats:" +msgstr "Per satisfer les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats els següents" #. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 @@ -441,7 +465,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " -msgstr "S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" +msgstr "" +"S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" #. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short #. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: @@ -544,7 +569,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr " Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." +msgstr "" +" Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -655,33 +681,96 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a " +"gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir " +"paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un " +"propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les " +"dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho " +"farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts " +"principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú.</" +"p>" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una " +"orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per " +"mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per " +"exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. " +"Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." +"" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de " +"paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre " +"actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). " +"Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del paquet</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del " +"paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió " +"disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió " +"instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del " +"paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú (consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-ne més informació)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu " +"seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu " +"suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També " +"podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú " +"(consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-" +"ne més informació)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, vegeu Funcions útils al menú." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les " +"dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o " +"fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, " +"vegeu Funcions útils al menú." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -690,13 +779,29 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o " +"amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu " +"instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir " +"que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat" +"\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del " +"paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els " +"paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -705,13 +810,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> : actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàticai : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +"+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa" +"+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> </" +"b>: actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàtica</" +"p>i : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el " +"paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües: i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis " +"mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües:" +" i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -720,28 +842,86 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics es descriuen a sota." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles " +"d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en " +"les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors" +"\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. " +"Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics " +"es descriuen a sota." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un " +"sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). " +"Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), " +"recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un " +"patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i " +"canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica (d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un repositori específic. " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als " +"patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers " +"específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són " +"contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un " +"grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica " +"(d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un " +"repositori específic. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de " +"Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com " +"ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si " +"cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció " +"corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no necessaris." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han " +"canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o " +"suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El " +"filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre " +"paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no " +"necessaris." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -749,32 +929,131 @@ msgstr "Funcions útils al menú" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu 'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions " +"relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es " +"comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de " +"conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. " +"Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu " +"'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, " +"commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu " +"comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les " +"dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les " +"dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no " +"interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los " +"automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de " +"prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al " +"directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre " +"necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " +"següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més " +"amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en " +"compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: " +"repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. " +"Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema " +"ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu " +"l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de " +"configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix " +"paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el " +"proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. " +"Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de " +"la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques (versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències (proporciona, requereix, etc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet " +"seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les " +"opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques " +"(versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), " +"llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències " +"(proporciona, requereix, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després de la instal·lació de paquets." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la " +"resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el " +"gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-" +"vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de " +"les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de " +"l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles " +"comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després " +"de la instal·lació de paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la " +"llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i " +"llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot " +"llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer</" +"i>, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al " +"segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra " +"l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc " +"i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -867,7 +1146,7 @@ #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" -msgstr "Utilitzat" +msgstr "Usat" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 @@ -961,7 +1240,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" +msgstr "" +"Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -971,28 +1251,90 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de " +"seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt " +"instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, " +"normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de " +"característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han d'instal·lar després." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i " +"productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han " +"d'instal·lar després." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per instal·lar." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen " +"prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es " +"descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu " +"desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments " +"d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per " +"instal·lar." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet (o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els pedaços si no es volen." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet " +"(o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es " +"preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es " +"desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així " +"perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara " +"està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o " +"paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els " +"pedaços si no es volen." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema. El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per " +"exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. " +"També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per " +"canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat " +"de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu " +"en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a " +"alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets " +"implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema." +" El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i " +"l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1017,7 +1359,7 @@ #. begin: the label of the Contiunue button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "C&ontinua" #. the label of the Yes button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 @@ -1037,8 +1379,12 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons. Segur que voleu sortir?" +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons." +" Segur que voleu sortir?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1086,13 +1432,25 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista " +"no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els " +"paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer " +"actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es " +"tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual " +"l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" -msgstr "Origen" +msgstr "Font" #. menu entry Update List #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 @@ -1115,35 +1473,86 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versions incompatibles de paquets" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time." msgstr "" +"Esteu provant d'instal·lar al mateix temps versions capaces de " +"multiversió i no capaces de multiversió d'aquest paquet." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" +"Aquesta versió és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " +"instal·lar aquesta versió i desmarcar la versió no capaç de multiversió, i " +"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir l'altra." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." msgstr "" +"Aquesta versió no és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " +"instal·lar només aquesta versió i desmarcar totes les altres versions, i " +"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir les altres." -#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -#~ msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " +#~ "són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció " +#~ "Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al " +#~ "menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." #~ msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" #~ msgstr "&Instal·la els paquets recomanats per a paquets ja instal·lats" -#~ msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " +#~ "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " +#~ "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " +#~ "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " +#~ "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " +#~ "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " +#~ "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " +#~ "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#~ "yast2</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " +#~ "següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a " +#~ "dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si " +#~ "està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan " +#~ "instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les " +#~ "dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us " +#~ "plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb " +#~ "Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del " +#~ "sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes " +#~ "opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#~ "yast2</tt>." #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- aquest pedaç està trencat -----" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " +#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el " +#~ "pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que " +#~ "l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". " +#~ "Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92886 - trunk/yast/sk/po
by galko＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: galko Date: 2015-09-29 17:17:37 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92886 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po Log: sk merging Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:36 UTC (rev 92885) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:17:37 UTC (rev 92886) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 14:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ msgstr "pridané kvôli vyriešeniu závislostí:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "V každom prípade môžete inštalovať, ale riskujete poškodenie systému." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -118,19 +119,27 @@ msgstr "Nevyžadované opravy" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -164,8 +173,11 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Preklady, slovníky a iné súvisiace jazykové súbory pre %s lokalizáciu" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Preklady, slovníky a iné súvisiace jazykové súbory pre %s lokalizáciu" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -374,7 +386,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nainštalovať odpo&rúčané balíky" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" @@ -670,38 +682,97 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 #, fuzzy -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "<h3>Vitajte vo výbere balíkov</h3>Tento nástroj vám pomôže spravovať nainštalovaný softvér vo vašom systém. Môžete inštalovať, aktualizovať, alebo odstraňovať balíky, ako aj vzory (sady balíkov slúžiace pre niektoré účely), alebo jazyky. Obvykle sa nemusíte starať o závislosti balíkov keď čokoľvek inštalujete, alebo odstraňujete - riešiteľ to vybaví za vás. Výber balíkov sa skladá z troch hlavných častí: filtrov, tabuľky balíkov a ponuky." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"<h3>Vitajte vo výbere balíkov</h3>Tento nástroj vám pomôže spravovať " +"nainštalovaný softvér vo vašom systém. Môžete inštalovať, aktualizovať, alebo " +"odstraňovať balíky, ako aj vzory (sady balíkov slúžiace pre niektoré účely), " +"alebo jazyky. Obvykle sa nemusíte starať o závislosti balíkov keď čokoľvek " +"inštalujete, alebo odstraňujete - riešiteľ to vybaví za vás. Výber balíkov sa " +"skladá z troch hlavných častí: filtrov, tabuľky balíkov a ponuky" +"." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Filtre (ľavý panel) sú prispôsobené tak, aby vám čo najviac zjednodušili orientáciu. Povoľujú zobrazovanie balíkov z určitých repozitárov, alebo vo vybratých vzoroch (napr. Hry, alebo C/C++ vývoj), ako aj hľadanie konkrétnych kľúčových slov. Viac informácií nájdete v Ako používať filtre." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) " +"or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be " +"found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Filtre (ľavý panel) sú prispôsobené tak, aby vám čo najviac " +"zjednodušili orientáciu. Povoľujú zobrazovanie balíkov z určitých " +"repozitárov, alebo vo vybratých vzoroch (napr. Hry, alebo C/C++ vývoj), ako " +"aj hľadanie konkrétnych kľúčových slov. Viac informácií nájdete v Ako " +"používať filtre." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 #, fuzzy -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "Tabuľka balíkov je hlavný komponent výberu balíkov. Uvidíte v nej zoznam balíkov zodpovedajúci nastaveniu filtra (napr. vybratá skupina balíkov, alebo výsledky hľadania). Každý riadok tabuľky balíkov má príslušné stĺpce:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"Tabuľka balíkov je hlavný komponent výberu balíkov. Uvidíte v nej " +"zoznam balíkov zodpovedajúci nastaveniu filtra (napr. vybratá skupina " +"balíkov, alebo výsledky hľadania). Každý riadok tabuľky balíkov má príslušné " +"stĺpce:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Stav balíka ( pre viac informácií pozrite Stav balíka a symboly )</li><li>Názov balíka</li><li>Súhrn balíka</li><li>Dostupná verzia ( na niektorých nakonfigurovaných repozitárov )</li><li>Nainštalovaná verzia ( prázdne zatiaľ pre nenainštalované balíky )</li><li>Veľkosť balíka</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Stav balíka ( pre viac informácií pozrite Stav balíka a symboly" +" )</li><li>Názov balíka</li><li>Súhrn balíka</li><li>Dostupná verzia ( na " +"niektorých nakonfigurovaných repozitárov )</li><li>Nainštalovaná verzia ( " +"prázdne zatiaľ pre nenainštalované balíky )</li><li>Veľkosť balíka</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Akcie: umožňuje zmeniť stav vybraného balíka (alebo všetkých balíkov v zozname), napríklad odstrániť balík, alebo vybrať iné balíky, ktoré chcete nainštalovať. Stav môžete zmeniť aj priamo stlačením klávesov uvedených v menu (detailné informácie o stave balíka zistíte v položke 'Pomocník pre stav balíka ')." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of " +"a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a " +"package or select an additional package for installation. The status change " +"can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for " +"detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and " +"Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Akcie: umožňuje zmeniť stav vybraného balíka (alebo všetkých " +"balíkov v zozname), napríklad odstrániť balík, alebo vybrať iné balíky, ktoré " +"chcete nainštalovať. Stav môžete zmeniť aj priamo stlačením klávesov " +"uvedených v menu (detailné informácie o stave balíka zistíte v položke " +"'Pomocník pre stav balíka ')." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 #, fuzzy -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Ponuka zabezpečuje úlohy súvisiace s manipuláciou závislostí balíka, zobrazovanie príslušných informácií balíkov a niekoľko ďalších užitočných akcií, ako je otváranie editora repozitára. Pre viac informácií pozrite Užitočné funkcie v ponuke." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Ponuka zabezpečuje úlohy súvisiace s manipuláciou závislostí " +"balíka, zobrazovanie príslušných informácií balíkov a niekoľko ďalších " +"užitočných akcií, ako je otváranie editora repozitára. Pre viac informácií " +"pozrite Užitočné funkcie v ponuke." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -711,14 +782,28 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "Stav balíka môžete zmeniť pomocou menu Akcie, alebo klávesami uvedenými v menu. Napríklad použite '+' pre inštaláciu ďalšieho balíka.Stav \"Tabu\" znamená, že balík by nemal byť nainštalovaný. Podobný stav \"Uzamknutý\" znamená, že nainštalovaná verzia by mala vždy zostať." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never " +"be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed " +"version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"Stav balíka môžete zmeniť pomocou menu Akcie, alebo klávesami " +"uvedenými v menu. Napríklad použite '+' pre inštaláciu ďalšieho balíka." +"Stav \"Tabu\" znamená, že balík by nemal byť nainštalovaný. Podobný stav " +"\"Uzamknutý\" znamená, že nainštalovaná verzia by mala vždy zostať." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "Ponuka Akcie poskytuje aj možnosť zmeniť stav všetkých balíkov vo výbere (zvoľte 'Všetky balíky v zozname')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages " +"in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"Ponuka Akcie poskytuje aj možnosť zmeniť stav všetkých balíkov vo " +"výbere (zvoľte 'Všetky balíky v zozname')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -728,14 +813,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : tento balík je vybraný pre inštaláciu.a+ : automaticky vybraný pre inštaláciu > : aktualizovať tento balíka> : automatická aktualizácia i : tento balík je nainštalovaný - : balík bude odstránený---: nikdy tento balík neinštalovať(tabu)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updateda> " +": package will be automatically updated i : package is " +"installed - : package will be deleted---: never " +"install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : tento balík je vybraný pre inštaláciu.a+ : " +"automaticky vybraný pre inštaláciu > : aktualizovať tento " +"balíka> : automatická aktualizácia i : tento " +"balík je nainštalovaný - : balík bude odstránený---<" +"/b>: nikdy tento balík neinštalovať(tabu)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 #, fuzzy -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: ponechať nainštalovanú verziu a nikdy neaktualizovať, alebo odstrániť balík ( balík uzamknutý ):-): Všetky požiadavky tohto vzoru/jazyka sú splnené" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( " +"package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:" +" i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: ponechať nainštalovanú verziu a nikdy neaktualizovať, alebo " +"odstrániť balík ( balík uzamknutý ):-): Všetky požiadavky tohto " +"vzoru/jazyka sú splnené" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -745,32 +846,86 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 #, fuzzy -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Mimo všetky dostupné balíky, Filtre povoľujú filtrovať iba tie, ktoré vás zaujímajú. Filtre balíkov sú postavené na vlastnostiach balíka (repozitár, skupina balíkov), balíkových \"kontajneroch\" (vzory, jazyky), alebo výsledkoch hľadania. Vyberte požadovaný filter z rozbaľovacej ponuky. Špecifické filtre sú popísané nižšie." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Mimo všetky dostupné balíky, Filtre povoľujú filtrovať iba tie, " +"ktoré vás zaujímajú. Filtre balíkov sú postavené na vlastnostiach balíka " +"(repozitár, skupina balíkov), balíkových \"kontajneroch\" (vzory, jazyky), " +"alebo výsledkoch hľadania. Vyberte požadovaný filter z rozbaľovacej ponuky. " +"Špecifické filtre sú popísané nižšie." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Vzory opisujú rysy a funkcie, ktoré by systém mal mať (napr. X server, alebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíkov, ktoré vyžaduje (musí mať), odporúča (mal by mať) a navrhuje (môže mať). Ak budete spúšťať vzor pre inštaláciu (aktualizáciu, odstránenie), spustí sa riešiteľ a zmení stav podriadených balíkov zodpovedajúcim." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Vzory opisujú rysy a funkcie, ktoré by systém mal mať (napr. X " +"server, alebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíkov, ktoré " +"vyžaduje (musí mať), odporúča (mal by mať) a navrhuje (môže mať). Ak budete " +"spúšťať vzor pre inštaláciu (aktualizáciu, odstránenie), spustí sa riešiteľ a " +"zmení stav podriadených balíkov zodpovedajúcim." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 #, fuzzy -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Jazyky sú balíkové kontajnery podobné vzorom. Obsahujú balíky s prekladmi, slovníkmi a inými špecifickými súbormi, pre vybratý jazyk. AvšakSkupiny balíkov nie sú kontajnery balíkov, ktoré môžu byť inštalované. Miesto toho, členstvo v určitej skupine balíkov je vlasnosť samotného balíka. Majú hierarchickú (stromovú) štruktúru. Filter Repozitáre, povoľuje zobrazenie balíkov pochádzajúcich zo špecifického repozitára. " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Jazyky sú balíkové kontajnery podobné vzorom. Obsahujú balíky s " +"prekladmi, slovníkmi a inými špecifickými súbormi, pre vybratý jazyk. Avšak" +"Skupiny balíkov nie sú kontajnery balíkov, ktoré môžu byť inštalované. " +"Miesto toho, členstvo v určitej skupine balíkov je vlasnosť samotného balíka. " +"Majú hierarchickú (stromovú) štruktúru. Filter Repozitáre, povoľuje " +"zobrazenie balíkov pochádzajúcich zo špecifického repozitára. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Zadajte kľúčové slovo pre hľadanie. Stačí zadať iba časť mena balíku, napr. pre všetky 3D balíky stačí \"3d\". Ak hľadáte slovo v popise balíka, zaškrtnite príslušné pole. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením klávesu 'Enter'.Použite filter Hľadať, zadajte kľúčové slovo (alebo časť slova) pre hľadanie balíka. Napr. pre hľadanie všetkých 3D balíkov použite výraz \"3d\". Taktiež je možné hľadať v popise balíkov, poskytuje, alebo vyžaduje. Zaškrtnite vhodné zaškrtávacie tlačidlo. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením tlačidla 'Hľadať'." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Zadajte kľúčové slovo pre hľadanie. Stačí zadať iba časť mena balíku, " +"napr. pre všetky 3D balíky stačí \"3d\". Ak hľadáte slovo v popise balíka, " +"zaškrtnite príslušné pole. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením klávesu 'Enter'." +"Použite filter Hľadať, zadajte kľúčové slovo (alebo časť slova) pre " +"hľadanie balíka. Napr. pre hľadanie všetkých 3D balíkov použite výraz \"3d\". " +"Taktiež je možné hľadať v popise balíkov, poskytuje, alebo vyžaduje. " +"Zaškrtnite vhodné zaškrtávacie tlačidlo. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením tlačidla " +"'Hľadať'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 #, fuzzy -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "Súhrn inštalácie predstavuje súhrn balíkov, ktorých stav sa zmenil v tejto relácii (napr. boli označené pre inštaláciu, alebo odstránenie), buď používateľom, alebo riešiteľom." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"Súhrn inštalácie predstavuje súhrn balíkov, ktorých stav sa zmenil " +"v tejto relácii (napr. boli označené pre inštaláciu, alebo odstránenie), buď " +"používateľom, alebo riešiteľom." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -779,36 +934,114 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Závislosti: Táto ponuka ponúka rôzne možnosti nastavenia riešenia závislostí. Štandardne sa závislosti balíkov kontrolujú pri každej zmene stavu (Automatická kontrola závislostí je zapnutá) Budete informovaní o konfliktoch balíkov s možnosťou riešenia. Pre vyriešenie konfliktu vyberte jednu z ponúknutých riešení a stlačte 'OK -- Skúsiť znovu'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the " +"conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "" +"Závislosti: Táto ponuka ponúka rôzne možnosti nastavenia riešenia " +"závislostí. Štandardne sa závislosti balíkov kontrolujú pri každej zmene " +"stavu (Automatická kontrola závislostí je zapnutá) Budete informovaní " +"o konfliktoch balíkov s možnosťou riešenia. Pre vyriešenie konfliktu vyberte " +"jednu z ponúknutých riešení a stlačte 'OK -- Skúsiť znovu'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 #, fuzzy -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Aby ste zakázali kontrolu závislostí pri každej zmene stavu, zrušte Automatickú kontrolu závislostí. V tom prípade môžete kontrolovať závislosti ručne, výberom Teraz skontrolovať závislosti. Overiť systém položka, skontroluje závislosti a vyrieši konflikty neinteraktívne, označením chýbajúcich balíkov pre automatickú inštaláciu, ak je potreba. Pre účely ladenia môžete použiť Generovať testovací prípad riešenia závislostí. To vypíše závislosti balíkov do priečinka <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Toto je zvyčajne to, čo potrebujete keď ste požiadaný o \"solver testcase\" v bugzille." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic " +"Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting " +"Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the " +"dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts " +"non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " +"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver " +"Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>" +"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked " +"for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Aby ste zakázali kontrolu závislostí pri každej zmene stavu, zrušte " +"Automatickú kontrolu závislostí. V tom prípade môžete kontrolovať " +"závislosti ručne, výberom Teraz skontrolovať závislosti. Overiť " +"systém položka, skontroluje závislosti a vyrieši konflikty " +"neinteraktívne, označením chýbajúcich balíkov pre automatickú inštaláciu, ak " +"je potreba. Pre účely ladenia môžete použiť Generovať testovací prípad " +"riešenia závislostí. To vypíše závislosti balíkov do priečinka <tt>" +"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Toto je zvyčajne to, čo potrebujete keď " +"ste požiadaný o \"solver testcase\" v bugzille." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>" +"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 #, fuzzy -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Zobraziť: tu máte možnosť vybrať, ktorá informácia bude zobrazená o vybratom balíku, v okne pod tabuľkou balíkov. Dostupné voľby sú: popis balíka, technické dáta (verzia, veľkosť, licencia atď.), verzia balíka (všetky dostupné), zoznam súborov (všetky zahrnuté súbory v balíku) a závislosti (poskytované, vyžadované atď.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Zobraziť: tu máte možnosť vybrať, ktorá informácia bude zobrazená o " +"vybratom balíku, v okne pod tabuľkou balíkov. Dostupné voľby sú: popis " +"balíka, technické dáta (verzia, veľkosť, licencia atď.), verzia balíka " +"(všetky dostupné), zoznam súborov (všetky zahrnuté súbory v balíku) a " +"závislosti (poskytované, vyžadované atď.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Nastavenie: táto ponuka začleňuje selektor balíka s ostatnou správou balíkov. Odtiaľto môžete Spustiť správcu repozitárov a upraviť nakonfigurované repozitáre, alebo registrovať do repozitára s aktualizáciami a nastaviť periodicitu sťahovania dostupných aktualizácií (Spustiť nastavenie on-line aktualizácií). Tiež si môžete vybrať jedno z troch možných správaní balíka na výstupe v ponuke Akcia po inštalácii balíka." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository " +"and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update " +"Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours " +"of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Nastavenie: táto ponuka začleňuje selektor balíka s ostatnou " +"správou balíkov. Odtiaľto môžete Spustiť správcu repozitárov a upraviť " +"nakonfigurované repozitáre, alebo registrovať do repozitára s aktualizáciami " +"a nastaviť periodicitu sťahovania dostupných aktualizácií (Spustiť " +"nastavenie on-line aktualizácií). Tiež si môžete vybrať jedno z troch " +"možných správaní balíka na výstupe v ponuke Akcia po inštalácii balíka" +"." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 #, fuzzy -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra: tu sú rôzne funkcie. Exportovať zoznam balíkov do súboru vypíše dáta o inštalovaných balíkoch, vzoroch a jazykoch do špecifického XML súboru. Tento súbor môže byť neskôr načítaný voľbou Importovať zoznam balíkov zo súboru napr. na inom počítači. Prinesie sadu balíkov na cieľový počítač v tom istom stave, ako je opísané v poskytnutom XML súbore. Zobraziť dostupné miesto na disku zobrazí tabuľku s použitým a voľným miestom na aktuálne pripojenej oblasti." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages " +"into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package " +"List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set " +"of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in " +"provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " +"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra: tu sú rôzne funkcie. Exportovať zoznam balíkov do súboru<" +"/i> vypíše dáta o inštalovaných balíkoch, vzoroch a jazykoch do špecifického " +"XML súboru. Tento súbor môže byť neskôr načítaný voľbou Importovať zoznam " +"balíkov zo súboru napr. na inom počítači. Prinesie sadu balíkov na " +"cieľový počítač v tom istom stave, ako je opísané v poskytnutom XML súbore. <" +"i>Zobraziť dostupné miesto na disku zobrazí tabuľku s použitým a voľným " +"miestom na aktuálne pripojenej oblasti." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1006,29 +1239,67 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security<" +"/b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Opravy pre \"libzypp\" (balík, oprava, vzor a správca produktu) budú nainštalované ako prvé. Ostatné opravy sa musia nainštalovať až po opätovnom spustení." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Opravy pre \"libzypp\" (balík, oprava, vzor a správca produktu) budú " +"nainštalované ako prvé. Ostatné opravy sa musia nainštalovať až po opätovnom " +"spustení." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 #, fuzzy -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Význam príznakov stavu:a+: Opravy pre váš systém sú predvybrané. Budú stiahnuté a nainštalované. Pokiaľ niektorú opravu nechcete inštalovať, zrušte jej výber pomocou '-'.:-): Všetky požiadavky tejto opravy sú splnené.+ : Pre inštaláciu ste vybrali túto opravu ." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i " +": All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Význam príznakov stavu:a+: Opravy pre váš systém sú " +"predvybrané. Budú stiahnuté a nainštalované. Pokiaľ niektorú opravu nechcete " +"inštalovať, zrušte jej výber pomocou '-'.:-): Všetky požiadavky " +"tejto opravy sú splnené.+ : Pre inštaláciu ste vybrali túto " +"opravu ." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got " +"preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected " +"with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of " +"the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer " +"version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " +"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not " +"wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. " +"show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. " +"The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate " +"Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1070,8 +1341,12 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 #, fuzzy -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Všetky zmeny vo výbere balíkov, aktualizácií, alebo vzorov sa stratia. Chcete naozaj opustiť výber balíkov?" +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " +"Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Všetky zmeny vo výbere balíkov, aktualizácií, alebo vzorov sa stratia. " +"Chcete naozaj opustiť výber balíkov?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 @@ -1119,8 +1394,19 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Zoznam problémov aktualizácie Balíky v zozname nie je možné aktualizovať automaticky.Možné dôvody:Sú nahradené inými balíkmi.Na žiadnom inštalačnom médiu nie je novšia verzia, na ktorú by bolo možné ich aktualizovať.Sú to balíky tretích strán.Ručne vyberte, čo chcete s nimi urobiť. Najbezpečnejšie je samozrejme ich odstránenie." +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select " +"what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "" +"Zoznam problémov aktualizácie Balíky v zozname nie je možné " +"aktualizovať automaticky.Možné dôvody:Sú nahradené inými " +"balíkmi.Na žiadnom inštalačnom médiu nie je novšia verzia, na ktorú " +"by bolo možné ich aktualizovať.Sú to balíky tretích strán.Ručne " +"vyberte, čo chcete s nimi urobiť. Najbezpečnejšie je samozrejme ich " +"odstránenie." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 @@ -1145,3 +1431,4 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 msgid "Script" msgstr "Skript" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92885 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 17:06:36 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92885 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po Log: kdump.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-09-29 15:06:36 UTC (rev 92885) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 17:47+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" -msgstr "Paràmetres de visualització" +msgstr "Visualització dels paràmetres" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" -msgstr "Nombre del nivell d'abocament 0-31" +msgstr "Número del nivell d'abocament 0-31" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 @@ -47,27 +47,41 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les imatges abocades" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les " +"imatges abocades" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només " +"\"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli del kdump." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli " +"del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la " +"línia d'ordres predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "Reinicieu immediatament després de desar el nucli en el nucli del kdump." +msgstr "Reinicia immediatament després de desar el nucli al nucli del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 @@ -77,7 +91,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Especifica quants abocaments vells s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es conserven tots." +msgstr "" +"Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es " +"conserven tots." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -91,8 +107,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que " +"inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -127,7 +147,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "El nombre per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" +msgstr "" +"El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 @@ -136,8 +157,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema " +"de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -176,8 +201,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només significa \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només " +"significa \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -186,8 +215,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. " +"Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -207,12 +240,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" -msgstr "Paràmetres de visualització:" +msgstr "Visualització dels paràmetres:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "" +"El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 @@ -323,7 +357,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els vells" +msgstr "" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els " +"vells" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -361,6 +397,8 @@ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." msgstr "" +"L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou intervals i/o valors redundants.\n" +"Es reescriurà." #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text @@ -414,8 +452,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo\"." +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo" +"\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 @@ -715,33 +756,35 @@ #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria bai&xa del Kdump [MB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòr&ia del Kdump [MB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria total del sistema [MB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria útil [MB]:" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memòria &alta del Kdump [MB]" #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilita/Inhabilita el Kdump \n" -" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" +" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre " +"de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" " Per aplicar els canvis cal reiniciar l'ordinador. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -758,10 +801,20 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Abocament de maquinari assistit \n" -" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." +" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es " +"fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari " +"assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a " +"arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu " +"aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és " +"adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -782,37 +835,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Format d'abocament \n" " Sense abocament - Només desa el registre del nucli. \n" " Forma tELF - Crea un fitxer d'abocament en format ELF. \n" -" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines amb gzip. \n" -" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més ràpid. \n" +" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines " +"amb gzip. \n" +" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més " +"ràpid. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinació del desament de la imatge del Kdump \n" -" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el tipus. " +" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el " +"tipus. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de fitxers local.\n" -" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" +"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de " +"fitxers local.\n" +" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de " +"desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump " +"mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -823,14 +886,18 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant FTP.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor FTP.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +"connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" " Habilita l'FTP anònim habilita la connexió anònima al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la connexió ftp. " +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -842,7 +909,8 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la màquina de destinació.\n" +"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la " +"màquina de destinació.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Port - El número de port per a la connexió.\n" " Directori al servidor - El camí per desar les imatges del kdump.\n" @@ -873,7 +941,8 @@ "by default." msgstr "" "La tria entre SSH i SFTP depèn\n" -"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per a ambdós\n" +"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per " +"a ambdós\n" "per defecte." #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 @@ -885,7 +954,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Desa la imatge del kdump a l'NFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -900,9 +970,12 @@ "CIFS - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant CIFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Compartició exportada - El nom de compartició del Windows.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la connexió. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" +" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al " +"servidor.\n" +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -911,7 +984,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli personalitzat.\n" +"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli " +"personalitzat.\n" " L'esquema de denominació és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz]\n" " Introduïu només cadena_nucli. " @@ -933,7 +1007,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +"d'ordres predeterminada. \n" " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" " \n" @@ -951,11 +1026,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " +"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " +"vells. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -974,48 +1052,68 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després d'un abocament." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després " +"d'un abocament." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor SMTP està\n" -" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor " +"SMTP està\n" +" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, " +"es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el servidor SMTP. Això és\n" -" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el " +"servidor SMTP. Això és\n" +" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà " +"servir SMTP pla.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un " +"missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces electròniques\n" -" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un abocament.\n" +"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces " +"electròniques\n" +" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un " +"abocament.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es " +"guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" "d'abocament el supera se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1034,7 +1132,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" +"p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1077,7 +1176,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un Kdump:</big> \n" "Escolliu un kdump de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" +"b>.\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1088,7 +1188,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1168,32 +1269,32 @@ #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" -msgstr "&Utilitza l'autenticació" +msgstr "&Usa l'autenticació" #. Function validates options in #. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el directori on s'han de desar els abocaments" #. install cifs-mount package #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Nom del servidor\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el nom del servidor" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Directori al servidor\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"directori al servidor\"" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Nom d'usuari\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el nom d'usuari" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" -msgstr "Heu d'especificar el \"Recurs compartit exportat\"" +msgstr "Heu d'especificar el recurs compartit exportat" #. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; #. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; @@ -1208,6 +1309,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" +"L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de " +"reescriure?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 @@ -1222,7 +1325,7 @@ "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" -"Error actualitzant initrd mentre es cridava '%{cmd}'.\n" +"Error actualitzant initrd mentre es cridava \"%{cmd}\".\n" "Vegeu %{log} per a més detalls." #. Kdump read dialog caption @@ -1239,12 +1342,12 @@ #. Progress stage 3/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." -msgstr "Ñlegint les opcions d'arrencada del nucli..." +msgstr "Llegint les opcions d'arrencada del nucli..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Calculant els límits de memòria..." #. Progress step 2/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 @@ -1254,7 +1357,7 @@ #. Progress finished 3/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Llegint la memòria disponible i calibrant-ne l'ús..." #. Error message #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 @@ -1327,7 +1430,7 @@ #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor(s) de l'opció crashkernel: %1" #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" @@ -1344,8 +1447,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha %{available} disponibles." +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha " +"%{available} disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 @@ -1356,8 +1463,10 @@ "No es pot usar l'abocament de maquinari assistit.\n" "No té suport en aquest maquinari." -#~ msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -#~ msgstr "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." #~ msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" #~ msgstr "Memòria total del sistema (en MB):" @@ -1377,8 +1486,12 @@ #~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" #~ msgstr "Valor de l'opció crashkernel: %1" -#~ msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -#~ msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " +#~ "ssh, nfs, cifs" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer " +#~ "(sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" #~ msgid "SSH (scp)" #~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" @@ -1393,9 +1506,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "SSH - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant SSH.\n" #~ " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" -#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" +#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +#~ "connexió.\n" +#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges " +#~ "del kdump.\n" +#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. " +#~ "Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "El paquet de les kexec-tools no està disponible." @@ -1409,8 +1525,10 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format d'abocament \n" -#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de l'abocament individualment.\n" -#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF " +#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de " +#~ "l'abocament individualment.\n" +#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF </" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "No s'admet aquesta arquitectura; no s'ha afegit \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1424,11 +1542,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " +#~ "line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" -#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" +#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +#~ "d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump</" +#~ "i>.\n" #~ " \n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92884 - trunk/yast/sk/po
by galko＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: galko Date: 2015-09-29 17:06:16 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92884 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po Log: sk merging Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 09:08+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 14:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Môže to chvíľu trvať" @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified locati" +"on." msgstr "" "Pomocou tohto dialógu skopírujte obsah súboru a zadajte koncovú\n" "cestu na inštalovanom systéme. YaST skopíruje tento súbor do zadaného " @@ -163,10 +163,10 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a sy" +"mbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit p" +"attern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" "Pre ochranu kopírovaných súborov môžete nastaviť ich vlastníka a " @@ -246,10 +246,10 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in" +" the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web se" +"rver\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Pre veľa aplikácií a služieb môžete pripraviť konfiguračný súbor,\n" @@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " -"YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaS" +"T packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" "Tieto sekcie profilu AutoYaST nemôžu byť spracovaný na tomto systéme:\n" "\n" @@ -524,93 +524,105 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" "Prosím čakajte, kým sa systém pripraví pre automatickú inštaláciu." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Vykonať predinštalačné používateľské skripty" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Konfigurácia všeobecných nastavení" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Vyberte si jazyk" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Vytvoriť plán oddielov" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Konfigurovať správcu štartu" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrácia" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Konfigurovať výber Software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Konfigurovať predvolený cieľ systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Konfigurovať používateľov a skupiny" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Vykonávam predinštalačné používateľské skripty..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Konfigurujem všeobecné nastavenia..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Nastavenie jazyka..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Vytváram plán oddielov..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Konfigurujem Správcu štartu..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrovanie systému..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Konfigurácia výberu Software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Konfigurovanie predvoleného cieľa systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "Importovanie konfigurácie používateľov a skupín..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Pripravujem systém pre automatickú inštaláciu" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Manipulácia s prídavnými produktmi..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Nastavujem jazyk..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -619,7 +631,7 @@ "Skúste to znovu.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -706,8 +718,8 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to" +" add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -742,11 +754,14 @@ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" +"to " +"mount\n" "\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" +"can " +"be\n" "\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"possib" +"le.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Pripojiť v /etc/fstab pomocou:\n" @@ -761,7 +776,8 @@ msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"ma" +"kes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -1413,8 +1429,8 @@ #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current sy" +"stem?" msgstr "" "Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia modulu '%1' do svojho súčasného systému?" @@ -1431,8 +1447,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system" +"?" msgstr "Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia profilu do svojho súčasného systému?" #. EXIT @@ -1486,8 +1502,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Vybrať priečinok" @@ -1572,8 +1587,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning" +"\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Súbor Kickstart bol naimportovaný.\n" @@ -1612,7 +1627,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Kontrolujem XML s RNG overením..." @@ -1622,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "Sekcia %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Kontrolujem XML s RNC overením..." @@ -1707,8 +1722,8 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without i" +"nterruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1721,8 +1736,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in ma" +"nual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1871,8 +1886,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and" +"\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1908,8 +1923,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections" +".\n" msgstr "" "Tento nástroj vytvorí nový referenčný profil načítaním\n" "informácií z tohto systému. Vyberte zdroje, ktoré sa majú\n" @@ -1922,8 +1937,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system." +"\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Tabuľka vpravo zobrazuje oddiely, ktoré sa na cieľovom systéme vytvoria.\n" @@ -1964,8 +1979,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are" +"\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Ak nie je definovaný žiadny oddiel a zadaný disk obsahuje\n" @@ -1985,11 +2000,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partit" +"ions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to crea" +"te a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additi" +"onally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather" +" than size in MBytes." msgstr "" "V predvolenom nastavení AutoYaST vytvorí rozšírený oddiel a pridá všetky nové " "oddiely ako logické zariadenia. Ale je možné, aby AutoYaST vytvoril niektorý " @@ -2008,8 +2023,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID part" +"itions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2187,8 +2202,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl o" +"r \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2204,12 +2219,12 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, w" +"hich\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an in" +"stallation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too." +"\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2228,8 +2243,8 @@ "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" "All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " "as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that migh" +"t help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2357,10 +2372,10 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error" +" message is:\n" msgstr "" "XML analyzátor hlási chybu pri spracovaní profilu autoyast. Chybový výstup " "je:\n" @@ -2442,8 +2457,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those" +" available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " "data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" @@ -2682,8 +2697,8 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" +"og" msgstr "" "Pri inštalácii vzoru zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte " "/tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -2694,8 +2709,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" +"og" msgstr "" "Pri inštalácii balíka zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte " "/tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -2759,8 +2774,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different Auto" +"YaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" "Teraz môžete urobiť zmeny v ISO obraze v %1, ako pridávanie súboru AutoYaST " @@ -2807,8 +2822,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the aut" +"oyast profile." msgstr "" "Pokus o vyriešenie závislostí balíkov zlyhal. Skontrolujte prosím položku " "'Software' vo vašom profile autoyast." @@ -2816,8 +2831,8 @@ #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard dis" +"k. %1MB missing" msgstr "" "Plán konfigurácie oddielov vo Vašom XML profile nesadne na pevný disk. Chýba %" "1MB" @@ -2858,14 +2873,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Zbieram konfiguračné dáta..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Šifrovaný profil AutoYaST. Zadajte heslo dvakrát." @@ -2873,14 +2888,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Nebolo možné zapísať sekciu %1 do súboru %2" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Šifrovaný profil AutoYaST. Zadajte správne heslo." @@ -2898,4 +2913,3 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" - Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 20:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 15:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -93,13 +93,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code" +" will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active eve" +"n\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací oddiel \n" -"pre aktiváciu oddielu, ktorý obsahuje správcu štartu. Všeobecný MBR kód potom\n" -"naštartuje aktívny oddiel. Staršie BIOS systémy vyžadujú aktívny jeden oddiel, aj keď je správca\n" +"pre aktiváciu oddielu, ktorý obsahuje správcu štartu. Všeobecný MBR kód " +"potom\n" +"naštartuje aktívny oddiel. Staršie BIOS systémy vyžadujú aktívny jeden " +"oddiel, aj keď je správca\n" "štartu nainštalovaný v MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -120,10 +124,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded" +".\n" msgstr "" "Časový limit v sekundách \n" -"Určuje aký čas bude správca štartu čakať, kým sa načíta štandardné jadro.\n" +"Určuje aký čas bude správca štartu čakať, kým sa načíta štandardné jadro." +"\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -144,51 +150,67 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of you" +"r disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR nahradí master boot record vášho disku všeobecným kódom (kód nezávislý na platforme, ktorý spôsobí\n" +"Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR nahradí master boot record " +"vášho disku všeobecným kódom (kód nezávislý na platforme, ktorý spôsobí\n" "štart z aktívneho oddielu)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the othe" +"r is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Naštartovať zo štartovacieho oddielu je jedna z odporúčaných možností, ďalšia je\n" +"Naštartovať zo štartovacieho oddielu je jedna z odporúčaných " +"možností, ďalšia je\n" "Naštartovať z koreňového oddielu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Štartovať z Master Boot Record nie je odporúčané, ak máte na počítači\n" +"Štartovať z Master Boot Record nie je odporúčané, ak máte na " +"počítači\n" "nainštalovaný iný operačný systém" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is" +" a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partit" +"ion and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is need" +"ed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Štartovať z koreňového oddielu je odporúčaná možnosť keď je k dispozícii vhodný\n" -"oddiel. Vyberte Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací oddiel a Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR\n" -"v Možnosti správcu štartu pre aktualizáciu master boot record ak je to potrebné, alebo konfigurovať iného správcu štartu\n" +"Štartovať z koreňového oddielu je odporúčaná možnosť keď je k " +"dispozícii vhodný\n" +"oddiel. Vyberte Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací " +"oddiel a Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR\n" +"v Možnosti správcu štartu pre aktualizáciu master boot record ak je to " +"potrebné, alebo konfigurovať iného správcu štartu\n" "pre spustenie tejto sekcie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partiti" +"on is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Štartovať z rozšíreného oddielu by mala byť vybraná, ak je váš koreňový oddiel \n" +"Štartovať z rozšíreného oddielu by mala byť vybraná, ak je váš " +"koreňový oddiel \n" "na logickom oddiele a chýba oddiel /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Vlastný štartovací oddiel umožňuje vybrať oddiel pre štart." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Vlastný štartovací oddiel umožňuje vybrať oddiel pre štart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -201,44 +223,63 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</cod" +"e>) for details." msgstr "" "Použiť sériovú konzolu vám umožňuje definovať parametre, ktoré sa\n" -"použijú pre sériovú konzolu. Podrobnosti nájdete v dokumentácii pre grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." +"použijú pre sériovú konzolu. Podrobnosti nájdete v dokumentácii pre grub (<" +"code>info grub2</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a se" +"rial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code" +"> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you" +"\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definícia terminálu \n" -"Definuje typ terminálu, ktorý chcete použiť. Pre sériový terminál (napr. sériová konzola),\n" +"Definuje typ terminálu, ktorý chcete použiť. Pre sériový terminál (napr. " +"sériová konzola),\n" "musíte zadať <code>serial</code>. Môžete tiež pridať <code>console</code>\n" -"do príkazu ako napr. <code>serial console</code>. V tomto prípade bude terminál,\n" +"do príkazu ako napr. <code>serial console</code>. V tomto prípade bude " +"terminál,\n" "v ktorom stlačíte ľubovoľný kláves, vybraný ako GRUB terminál." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section number" +"s\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sekcia záložných konfigurácií pri zlyhaní štandardnej obsahuje zoznam čísiel sekcií, ktoré sa použijú\n" +"Sekcia záložných konfigurácií pri zlyhaní štandardnej obsahuje " +"zoznam čísiel sekcií, ktoré sa použijú\n" "pre štart, v prípade že je nie je štandardná sekcia spustiteľná." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Výberom Skryť ponuku pri štarte bude skrytá ponuka štartu systému." +msgstr "" +"Výberom Skryť ponuku pri štarte bude skrytá ponuka štartu systému.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I" +"f Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is " +"not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way G" +"RUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in R" +"etype Password." msgstr "" "Chrániť správcu štartu heslom \n" -"Počas štartu systému vyžaduje zmena alebo dokonca spustenie ľubovoľnej položky heslo. Ak je zaškrtnuté Chrániť iba pred úpravou položky, potom nie je obmedzené spustenie ľubovoľnej položky, ale úprava položky vyžaduje heslo (, čo je spôsob, akým sa správa GRUB 1). YaST bude akceptovať iba heslo, ak ho zopakujete v Zopakujte heslo." +"Počas štartu systému vyžaduje zmena alebo dokonca spustenie ľubovoľnej " +"položky heslo. Ak je zaškrtnuté Chrániť iba pred úpravou položky, " +"potom nie je obmedzené spustenie ľubovoľnej položky, ale úprava položky " +"vyžaduje heslo (, čo je spôsob, akým sa správa GRUB 1). YaST bude " +"akceptovať iba heslo, ak ho zopakujete v Zopakujte heslo." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -375,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "Povoliť red&undanciu pre MD pole" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Voľby kódu štartu systému" @@ -427,42 +468,52 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Voliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra umožňuje definovať ďalšie parametre predané jadru." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional pa" +"rameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Voliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra umožňuje definovať " +"ďalšie parametre predané jadru." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "Režim Vga definuje aký režim VGA sa nastaví pre konzolu počas štartu." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console</" +"i> to when booting." +msgstr "" +"Režim Vga definuje aký režim VGA sa nastaví pre konzolu " +"počas štartu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Preskúmať cudzí OS prostriedkami os-prober pre spustenie inej cudzej distribúcie " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore" +"ign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Preskúmať cudzí OS prostriedkami os-prober pre spustenie inej " +"cudzej distribúcie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Ochranný príznak MBR je nastavenie iba pre expertov, ktoré je potrebné na exotickom hardvéri. Podrobnosti nájdete v Ochranný MBR na diskoch GPT. Nedotýkajte sa, ak si nie ste istí." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Ochranný príznak MBR je nastavenie iba pre expertov, ktoré je " +"potrebné na exotickom hardvéri. Podrobnosti nájdete v Ochranný MBR na " +"diskoch GPT. Nedotýkajte sa, ak si nie ste istí." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distribútor určuje meno distribútora jadra použitého na vytvorenie názvu položky štartu. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "V&oliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "Distribútor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&Režim VGA" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Preskúmať cudzí OS" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Ochranný príznak MBR" @@ -538,7 +589,8 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Nepodporovaný správcu štartu %s'. Prispôsobte podľa toho svoj profil AutoYaST." +msgstr "" +"Nepodporovaný správcu štartu %s'. Prispôsobte podľa toho svoj profil AutoYaST." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -548,9 +600,10 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "Oddiel disku pre /boot je typu NFS. Správca štartu nemôže byť nainštalovaný." +msgstr "" +"Oddiel disku pre /boot je typu NFS. Správca štartu nemôže byť nainštalovaný." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -664,12 +717,14 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " +"\n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Pomocou tlačidla Ostatné, môžete\n" -"ručne upraviť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu, vymazať aktuálnu konfiguráciu a navrhnúť novú, začať\n" +"ručne upraviť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu, vymazať aktuálnu " +"konfiguráciu a navrhnúť novú, začať\n" "s prázdnou konfiguráciou, alebo znovu načítať konfiguráciu\n" "uloženú na disku. %1" @@ -696,7 +751,8 @@ msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "Stlačte Upraviť ak chcete zobraziť vlastnosti vybranej sekcie." +msgstr "" +"Stlačte Upraviť ak chcete zobraziť vlastnosti vybranej sekcie." #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 @@ -754,16 +810,19 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</b" +">\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- V štartovacom sektore oddielu <tt>/boot</tt>, alebo <tt>/</tt> (root). \n" +"- V štartovacom sektore oddielu <tt>/boot</tt>, alebo <tt>/</tt> " +"(root). \n" "Toto je odporúčaná možnosť, kedykoľvek je vhodný\n" "oddiel. Buď nastaviť Aktivovať oddiel so správcom štartu a\n" -"Nahradiť MBR so všeobecným kódom v Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu\n" +"Nahradiť MBR so všeobecným kódom v Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu " +"štartu\n" "pre aktualizáciu master boot record\n" "ak je to potrebné, alebo nastaviť iného správcu štartu\n" "pre štart &product;." @@ -811,7 +870,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu \n" -"Ak chcete nastaviť pokročilé možnosti inštalácie správcu štartu (ako je mapovanie\n" +"Ak chcete nastaviť pokročilé možnosti inštalácie správcu štartu (ako je " +"mapovanie\n" "zariadení), kliknite na Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu." #. help text 1/1 @@ -856,7 +916,8 @@ "name must be unique." msgstr "" "<big>Názov sekcie</big> \n" -"Použite Názov sekcie, ak chcete zadať názov sekcie správcu štartu. Názov\n" +"Použite Názov sekcie, ak chcete zadať názov sekcie správcu štartu. " +"Názov\n" "sekcie musí byť unikátny." #. help text 1/5 @@ -875,7 +936,8 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Klonovať vybranú sekciu ak chcete klonovať aktuálne vybranú\n" +"Vyberte Klonovať vybranú sekciu ak chcete klonovať aktuálne " +"vybranú\n" "sekciu. Potom upravte možnosti, ktorými sa má odlišovať od\n" "vybranej sekcie." @@ -894,7 +956,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Xen sekcia, ak chcete pridať nové linuxové jadro, alebo iný obraz,\n" +"Vyberte Xen sekcia, ak chcete pridať nové linuxové jadro, alebo iný " +"obraz,\n" "ale naštartovať ho v Xen prostredí." #. help text 5/5 @@ -904,22 +967,25 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Iný systém (reťazový štart) ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá \n" +"Vyberte Iný systém (reťazový štart) ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá " +"\n" "načíta a spustí štartovací sektor diskového oddielu. Toto sa používa pre\n" "štart iného operačného systému." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the d" +"isk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Vyberte Sekcia ponuky ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá \n" -"načíta konfiguračný súbor (zoznam štartovacích sekcií) z oddielu disku. Toto sa používa pre\n" +"načíta konfiguračný súbor (zoznam štartovacích sekcií) z oddielu disku. Toto " +"sa používa pre\n" "štart iného operačného systému." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Poradie pevných diskov: %1" @@ -1041,8 +1107,11 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže byť správca štartu správne nainštalovaný." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže byť správca štartu správne " +"nainštalovaný." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1112,49 +1181,86 @@ msgstr "Š&tart systému" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Pre inštaláciu nebol vybraný žiadny správca štartu. Váš systém asi nebude možné naštartovať." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable" +"." +msgstr "" +"Pre inštaláciu nebol vybraný žiadny správca štartu. Váš systém asi nebude " +"možné naštartovať." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže správca štartu byť nainštalovaný správne" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže správca štartu byť nainštalovaný " +"správne" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Inštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">" +"neinštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR zakázaný (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">inštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR zakázaný (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">" +"inštalovať</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">neinštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"inst" +"all</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"neinštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">inštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"insta" +"ll</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"inštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">neinštalovať</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"instal" +"l</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" +"neinštalovať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">inštalovať</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install" +"</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"inštalovať</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Varovanie: Nie je vybrané žiadne umiestnenie pre stage1 správcu štartu. Ak neviete, čo robíte, prosím, vyberte vyššie uvedené umiestnenie." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a" +"re doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Varovanie: Nie je vybrané žiadne umiestnenie pre stage1 správcu štartu. Ak " +"neviete, čo robíte, prosím, vyberte vyššie uvedené umiestnenie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Zmeniť umiestnenie: %s" @@ -1162,22 +1268,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Typ správcu štartu: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (rozšírené)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Stavové umiestnenie: %1" @@ -1197,8 +1303,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Štart systému z MBR nefunguje spoločne so súborovým systémom btrfs a popisom disku GPT bez oddielu bios_grub. Aby ste vyriešili tento problém, vytvorte bios_grub oddiel alebo použite akýkoľvek rozšírený súborový systém pre oddiel štartu systému alebo neinštalujte stage1 na MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or u" +"se any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Štart systému z MBR nefunguje spoločne so súborovým systémom btrfs a popisom " +"disku GPT bez oddielu bios_grub. Aby ste vyriešili tento problém, vytvorte " +"bios_grub oddiel alebo použite akýkoľvek rozšírený súborový systém pre oddiel " +"štartu systému alebo neinštalujte stage1 na MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 @@ -1207,80 +1320,104 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Štartovacie zariadenie je na softvérom RAID1. Vybrať iné umiestnenie správcu štartu, napr. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. M" +"aster Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Štartovacie zariadenie je na softvérom RAID1. Vybrať iné umiestnenie správcu " +"štartu, napr. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Chýba rozšírený oddiel pre štart systému. Nie je možné nainštalovať kód štartu systému." +msgstr "" +"Chýba rozšírený oddiel pre štart systému. Nie je možné nainštalovať kód " +"štartu systému." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co" +"uld refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"Príznak aktivácie nie je nastavený inštalátorom. Pokiaľ nie je nastavený " +"vôbec, niektoré systémy BIOS by mohli odmietnuť naštartovať." + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " +"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" +"Inštalátor nebude modifikovať MBR disku. Ak už obsahuje štartovací kód, BIOS " +"nebude môcť spustiť disk." + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Kontrola správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Čítanie rozdelenia diskov" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Načítanie nastavenia správcu štartu" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Kontrolujem správcu štartu..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Načítavam rozdelenie diskov..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Načítavam nastavenie správcu štartu..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem nastavenie správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Vytvoriť initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Uložiť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Inštalovať správcu štartu" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Vytváram initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Ukladám konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Inštalujem správcu štartu..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie správcu štartu" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-28 16:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 15:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ #. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" #. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 msgid "SLES 12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLES 12" #. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 @@ -47,12 +47,16 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought " +"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also poss" +"ible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for" +" SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" +"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -79,8 +83,10 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." +"\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as sp" +"ace-separated list." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -129,9 +135,8 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 -#, fuzzy msgid "VLAN &ID" -msgstr "VLAN" +msgstr "VLAN &ID" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 @@ -389,7 +394,8 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -405,9 +411,8 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 -#, fuzzy msgid "Net&works" -msgstr "Sieť" +msgstr "&Siete" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 @@ -418,7 +423,7 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -464,7 +469,7 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -518,3 +523,4 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 14:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 15:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -19,9 +19,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the kdump module #: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 -#, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of kdump" -msgstr "Konfigurácia mailov" +msgstr "Konfigurácia kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 @@ -51,17 +50,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -92,7 +97,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -137,7 +144,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -183,7 +192,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only " +"\"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -194,7 +205,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -231,9 +244,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 -#, fuzzy msgid "Kdump is disabled" -msgstr "SCPM je zakázané" +msgstr "Kdump je zakázané" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 @@ -283,9 +295,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 -#, fuzzy msgid "port: %1" -msgstr "Hostiteľ: %1" +msgstr "port: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text @@ -355,9 +366,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 -#, fuzzy msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" -msgstr "v úrovni %1" +msgstr "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 @@ -441,7 +451,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -530,9 +541,8 @@ #. menubutton entry #: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Kdump" -msgstr "&Zakázané" +msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 @@ -546,9 +556,8 @@ msgstr "Povoliť &uspatie" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Disable Kdump" -msgstr "&Zakázané" +msgstr "&Zakázať Kdump" #. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 @@ -640,7 +649,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "SFTP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SFTP" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" @@ -800,7 +809,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " +"added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" @@ -819,7 +829,12 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a " +"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition " +"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump " +"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when " +"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -837,8 +852,10 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. " +"\n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. " +"\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -846,7 +863,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 @@ -854,7 +872,8 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" @@ -866,7 +885,8 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<" +"br>" msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 @@ -953,7 +973,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<" +"br>" msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -968,39 +989,48 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " +"be used.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." +"\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" @@ -1357,7 +1387,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " +"%{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware @@ -1366,3 +1398,4 @@ "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -1,25 +1,21 @@ -# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). -# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. -# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. -# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 -# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # +# Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-24 13:15+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <ra100(a)atlas.sk>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:11+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: Slovak\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: SLOVAKIA\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. label for text field showing the selected dir #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 @@ -88,17 +84,3 @@ msgid "Group" msgstr "Skupina" -#~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" -#~ msgstr "Stlačením F1 zobrazíte Pomocníka" - -#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "Opätovným stlačením F1 získate ďalšiu pomoc alebo pomocou ESC tento dialóg zavriete." - -#~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "Stlačením F1 alebo ESC tento dialóg zavriete." - -#~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" -#~ msgstr "Klávesy navigácie v textovom režime" - -#~ msgid "Function key bindings:" -#~ msgstr "Funkčné klávesy:" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-30 09:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ #. popup heading (in bold) #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -#, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" @@ -329,9 +328,8 @@ #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 -#, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" -msgstr "Detaily..." +msgstr "Detaily: %s" #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 @@ -539,7 +537,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " +"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog @@ -562,9 +562,8 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 -#, fuzzy msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detaily..." +msgstr "Detaily" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget @@ -586,12 +585,16 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. dialog title @@ -603,8 +606,11 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom systéme." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom " +"systéme." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -618,7 +624,9 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered " +"again." msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -628,7 +636,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " +"with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -704,18 +714,29 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." +msgstr "" +"Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne " +"získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky " +"zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. " +"Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami " +"Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc pozrite SMT manuál." +msgstr "" +"Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a " +"umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc " +"pozrite SMT manuál." #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -728,9 +749,8 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 -#, fuzzy msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "&Emailová adresa:" +msgstr "&Emailová adresa" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 #, fuzzy @@ -739,9 +759,8 @@ #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 -#, fuzzy msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Nastavenia SMT servera" +msgstr "Nastavenia servera" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 #, fuzzy @@ -810,7 +829,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration @@ -875,27 +896,38 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " +"risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -924,7 +956,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label @@ -940,7 +975,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 msgid "URL: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 @@ -991,7 +1026,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) @@ -1001,7 +1038,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label @@ -1032,7 +1071,9 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... @@ -1078,11 +1119,15 @@ msgstr "Váš systém je pripravený na používanie." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. button label @@ -1123,3 +1168,4 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Použiť lokálny registračný server" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-30 09:10+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 14:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bezpečnostná úroveň pracovnej stanice" #. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" -msgstr "Vždy generovať správu syslog pre skripty cronu" +msgstr "Vždy generovať správu syslog pre cron skripty" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" @@ -150,50 +150,44 @@ msgstr "Spustiť DHCP démona ako používateľ dhcp" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 -#, fuzzy msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" -msgstr "Zakázať vzdialené prihlásenie roota v správcovi obrazovky" +msgstr "Vzdialené prihlásenie správcu systému v správcovi obrazovky" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 -#, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the X server" -msgstr "Vypnúť vzdialený prístup k X serveru" +msgstr "Vzdialený prístup k X serveru" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Vzdialený prístup k systému pre doručenie pošty" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 -#, fuzzy msgid "Restart services on update" -msgstr "Reštart služieb" +msgstr "Reštartovať služby pri aktualizácii" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 -#, fuzzy msgid "Stop services on removal" -msgstr "Zakázať reštart služby pri odstránení" +msgstr "Zastaviť služby pri odstránení" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Povoliť TCP syncookies" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 forwarding" -msgstr "IP presmerovanie:" +msgstr "IPv4 presmerovanie" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 -#, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 forwarding" -msgstr "IP presmerovanie:" +msgstr "IPv6 presmerovanie" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Enable basic system services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povoliť základné systémové služby" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Disable extra services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakázať extra služby" #. handle the special cases at first #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 @@ -411,21 +405,27 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication " +"in all cases.\n" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Konfigurácia lokálneho zabezpečenia</BIG>\n" -"Pomocou preddefinovaných nastavení môžete zmeniť lokálne zabezpečenie napr. štartu systému, prihlásenie, heslo, vytváranie používateľov a práva súborov. Tieto preddefinované nastavenia je možné upraviť podľa potreby." +"Pomocou preddefinovaných nastavení môžete zmeniť lokálne zabezpečenie " +"napr. štartu systému, prihlásenie, heslo, vytváranie používateľov a práva " +"súborov. Tieto preddefinované nastavenia je možné upraviť podľa potreby." #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 @@ -470,9 +470,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>" +")." msgstr "" "Počet sekúnd čakania po neúspešnom pokuse o prihlásenie:\n" "Doporučuje sa, aby sa po tomto pokuse počkalo pár sekúnd a tým\n" @@ -482,18 +485,19 @@ #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Zaznamenávať úspešné pokusy o prihlásenie:\n" -"Hodí sa zaznamenávať aj úspešné pokusy. Pomôže vás to varovať\n" -"pred neautorizovaným prístupom do systému (napríklad používateľ\n" -"prihlasujúci sa z iného miesta než obvykle).\n" -"" +"Zaznamenávať úspešné pokusy o prihlásenie:" +"Zaznamenávanie úspešných\n" +"pokusov prihlásenia je užitočné. Môže vás to varovať pred neautorizovaným\n" +"prístupom do systému (napr. používateľ prihlasujúci sa z iného miesta než " +"obvykle).\n" +"\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 @@ -520,7 +524,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Kontrolovať nové heslá: Je múdre vyberať heslá, ktoré nie\n" @@ -532,7 +537,8 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -540,17 +546,20 @@ "Minimálny počet znakov v hesle zníži počet rozličných\n" "tried znakov (malé, veľké písmená, číslice) použitých v novom\n" "hesle. Pre podrobnosti pozrite manuálovú stránku pam_cracklib.\n" -"Táto voľba môže byť upravená iba keď je nastavené Skontrolovať nové heslá." +"Táto voľba môže byť upravená iba keď je nastavené Skontrolovať nové heslá<" +"/b>." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Počet zapamätaných hesiel:\n" -"Sem zadajte počet používateľských hesiel, ktoré sa majú pamätať, aby systém zabránil ich znovu použitiu používateľom.\n" +"Sem zadajte počet používateľských hesiel, ktoré sa majú pamätať, aby systém " +"zabránil ich znovu použitiu používateľom.\n" "Zadaním 0 sa nebudú heslá pamätať vôbec." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -560,15 +569,16 @@ #. Password dialog help 5b/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES, štandardná metóda pre Linux, funguje všade, ale\n" -"obmedzuje heslá na maximálne 8 znakov. Ak potrebujete nastavenie, ktoré\n" -"je dobre kompatibilné, použite toto." +"DES, linuxová predvolená metóda, funguje vo všetkých sieťových " +"prostrediach,\n" +"ale obmedzuje heslá na maximálne 8 znakov. Ak potrebujete kompatibilitu\n" +"s inými systémami, použite túto metódu." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 @@ -581,7 +591,9 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms " +"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -597,7 +609,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Počet dní pre varovanie pred vypršaním platnosti hesla:\n" @@ -612,7 +625,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Bezpečnosť používateľov</big>\n" -"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne nastavenia pre vytváranie používateľov." +"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne nastavenia pre vytváranie používateľov.<" +"/p>" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -636,23 +650,28 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" "<big>Iné bezpečnostné nastavenia</big>\n" -"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne iné nastavenia týkajúce sa miestnej bezpečnosti." +"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne iné nastavenia týkajúce sa miestnej " +"bezpečnosti." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in " +"/etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" @@ -661,7 +680,7 @@ "Práva k súborom: Nastavenie práv k niektorým\n" "systémovým súborom používajú nastavenie v /etc/permissions.secure\n" "alebo /etc/permissions.easy. Ktorý súbor sa použije, závisí na\n" -"tomto nastavení. Spustene SuSEconfig nastaví tieto správa\n" +"tomto nastavení. Spustenie SuSEconfig nastaví tieto správa\n" "podľa súboru /etc/permissions.*, čo opraví práva súborom,\n" "ktoré ich nemajú nastavené správne, nech sa to už stalo\n" "náhodnou alebo to spôsobil útočník.\n" @@ -672,22 +691,25 @@ "/var/log/messages, čitateľné len pre používateľa root. Niektoré programy\n" "bude možné spustiť len pod týmto používateľom, alebo používateľmi na to\n" "určenými, nie pre bežných používateľov.\n" -"Najbezpečnejšia voľba je Paranoidné. Pri tejto voľbe musíte rozhodnúť,\n" +"Najbezpečnejšia voľba je Paranoidné. Pri tejto voľbe musíte " +"rozhodnúť,\n" "ktorí používatelia budú môcť spúšťať X aplikácie, a setuid programy.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody" +"\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Používateľ spúšťajúci updatedb: Program updatedb sa\n" "spúšťa pravidelne každý deň. Prechádza celý systém súborov\n" "a vytvára databázu (locatedb), kde je umiestnenie každého súboru.\n" -"V databázi môžete hľadať pomocou programu \"locate\". Tu môžete\n" +"V databáze môžete hľadať pomocou programu \"locate\". Tu môžete\n" "nastaviť, pod ktorým používateľom sa tento program bude spúšťať:\n" "nobody (menej súborov), alebo root (všetky súbory)." @@ -708,7 +730,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -723,9 +746,11 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs " +"in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Niektoré systémy to obchádzajú tým, že do cesty pridávajú\n" @@ -751,43 +776,56 @@ "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" -"\"nie\": používateľ \"root\" musí pre spustenie programu z aktuálneho priečinku\n" +"\"nie\": používateľ \"root\" musí pre spustenie programu z aktuálneho " +"priečinku\n" "použiť predponu \"./\". Napríklad: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Povoliť magické klávesy SysRq Ak zapnete túto voľbu,\n" "v prípade pádu systému budete môcť ovládať niektoré jeho časti (napr.\n" -"pri ladení jadra). Detaily nájdete v súbore /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"pri ladení jadra). Detaily nájdete v súbore " +"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." -msgstr "Prehľad zabezpečenia Toto je prehľad najdôležitejších bezpečnostných nastavení." +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " +"security settings." +msgstr "" +"Prehľad zabezpečenia Prehľad ukazuje najdôležitejšie " +"bezpečnostné nastavenia." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -#, fuzzy -msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "Pre zmenu aktuálnej hodnoty kliknite na odkaz priradený k voľbe." +msgid "" +"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "" +"Pre zmenu aktuálnej hodnoty kliknite na odkaz priradený k voľbe." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -#, fuzzy -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgstr "Značka v stĺpci Stav zebezpečenia znamená, že aktuálna hodnota voľby je bezpečná." +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure." +msgstr "" +"Zaškrtávacia značka v stĺpci Stav zabezpečenia znamená, že aktuálna " +"hodnota voľby je bezpečná." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "Aktuálna hodnota sa nedala prečítať. Služba nie pravdepodobne nainštalovaná, alebo v systéme chýba voľba." +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "" +"Aktuálnu hodnotu nebolo možné prečítať. Služba nie pravdepodobne " +"nainštalovaná, alebo v systéme chýba voľba." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -795,61 +833,136 @@ "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" "are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." -msgstr "Správca obrazovky poskytuje obrazovku grafického prihlásenia a ak je nastavený, môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom počítači.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, budú prenášať svoje dáta cez sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos môže byť odpočúvaný útočníkom získavajúcim prístup nie len ku grafickému obsahu obrazovky, ale tiež k používateľským menám a heslám.Ak nepotrebujete XDCMP pre vzdialené grafické prihlásenie, vypnite túto voľbu." +msgstr "" +"Správca obrazovky poskytuje obrazovku grafického prihlásenia a ak je " +"nastavený, môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom " +"počítači.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, budú prenášať svoje dáta cez " +"sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos môže byť " +"odpočúvaný útočníkom získavajúcim prístup nie len ku grafickému obsahu " +"obrazovky, ale tiež k používateľským menám a heslám.Ak nepotrebujete <" +"EM>XDCMP pre vzdialené grafické prihlásenie, vypnite túto voľbu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages." -msgstr "Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín počítača. Preto je potrebné nastaviť správne hardvérové hodiny pred tým, ako sa systém vypne.Zhodný systémový čas je dôležitý preto, aby bol systém schopný vytvárať správne záznamy." +msgstr "" +"Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín počítača. " +"Preto je potrebné nastaviť správne hardvérové hodiny pred tým, ako sa systém " +"vypne.Zhodný systémový čas je dôležitý preto, aby bol systém schopný " +"vytvárať správne záznamy." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 #, fuzzy -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "Nefunkčnosti v systéme sa zvyčajne poznajú podľa ich neobvyklého správania. Záznamy systémového logu (syslog) o udalostiach, ktoré sa opakovane stávajú sú dôležité pre nájdenie príčiny problémov a neprítomnosť jediného záznamu môže povedať viac, ako neprítomnosť celého záznamu.Z tohoto hľadiska sú systémové záznamy užitočné iba keď sú prítomné." +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"Nefunkčnosti v systéme sa zvyčajne poznajú podľa ich neobvyklého " +"správania. Záznamy systémového logu (syslog) o udalostiach, ktoré sa " +"opakovane stávajú sú dôležité pre nájdenie príčiny problémov a neprítomnosť " +"jediného záznamu môže povedať viac, ako neprítomnosť celého záznamu.Z " +"tohoto hľadiska sú systémové záznamy užitočné iba keď sú prítomné." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "Akcie prostredia chroot sú používané k obmedzeniu procesu iba na tie súbory, ktoré proces vyžaduje tým, že sú umiestnené v oddelenom podpriečinku a spustením procesu so zmenenými právami roota (chroot) nastavenými iba pre daný priečinok." +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that " +"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process " +"with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"Akcie prostredia chroot sú používané k obmedzeniu procesu iba na tie " +"súbory, ktoré proces vyžaduje tým, že sú umiestnené v oddelenom podpriečinku " +"a spustením procesu so zmenenými právami roota (chroot) nastavenými iba pre " +"daný priečinok." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 #, fuzzy -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "Démon klienta DHCP by mal bežať ako používateľ dhcpd a to z dôvodu minimalizácie možnej hrozby, ak budú nájdené zraniteľné miesta v kóde programu.Prosím všimnite si, že dhcpd nesmie bežať ako root, alebo s možnosťou CAP_SYS_CHROOT" +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a " +"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " +"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective." +msgstr "" +"Démon klienta DHCP by mal bežať ako používateľ dhcpd a to z " +"dôvodu minimalizácie možnej hrozby, ak budú nájdené zraniteľné miesta v kóde " +"programu.Prosím všimnite si, že dhcpd nesmie bežať ako root, " +"alebo s možnosťou CAP_SYS_CHROOT" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "Administrátori by sa mali starať, aby sa neprihlasovali ako root do sedenia X Window, aby minimalizovali použitie práv roota.Táto voľba nepomáha proti ľahostajným správcom, ale bude predchádzať možnosti prihlásenia útočníka ako root prostredníctvom grafického správcu zobrazenia keď sa im podarí získať príslušné heslo." +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "" +"Administrátori by nemali prihlasovať ako root do sedenia X " +"Window, aby minimalizovali použitie práv správcu systému.Táto možnosť " +"nepomáha proti ľahostajným správcom, ale mohla by zabrániť útočníkom, aby " +"mali možnosť prihlásenia ako root prostredníctvom správcu obrazovky, " +"keď sa im podarí získať príslušné heslo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "Klienti X Window, napr. programy, ktoré na Vašej obrazovke otvárajú okno, sa pripojujú k X serveru bežiacom na fyzickom stroji. Programy môžu tiež bežať na inom systéme a môžu zobrazovať svoj obsah na X serveri prostredníctvom sieťového pripojenia.Ak to povolíte, X server bude načúvať na porte 6000 plus číslo displeja. Pokiaľ je sieťový prenos nešifrovaný a teda predmet sieťového odpočúvania a pokiaľ je iný port držaný otvorený programom - tu X serverem - je otvorený priestor pre útoky, bezpečné nastavenie je toto zakázať.Pre zobrazenie klienta X Window prostredníctvom siete je doporučené použitie zabezpečeného príkazového riadku (secure shell, ssh), ktorý dovoľuje klientom X Window, aby se pripojili k X serveru prostredníctvom šifrovaného SSH pripojenia." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (" +"ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "" +"Klienti X Window, napr. programy, ktoré na Vašej obrazovke otvárajú okno, " +"sa pripojujú k X serveru bežiacom na fyzickom stroji. Programy môžu tiež " +"bežať na inom systéme a môžu zobrazovať svoj obsah na X serveri " +"prostredníctvom sieťového pripojenia.Ak to povolíte, X server bude " +"načúvať na porte 6000 plus číslo displeja. Pokiaľ je sieťový prenos " +"nešifrovaný a teda predmet sieťového odpočúvania a pokiaľ je iný port držaný " +"otvorený programom - tu X serverem - je otvorený priestor pre útoky, bezpečné " +"nastavenie je toto zakázať.Pre zobrazenie klienta X Window " +"prostredníctvom siete je doporučené použitie zabezpečeného príkazového riadku " +"(secure shell, ssh), ktorý dovoľuje klientom X Window, aby se " +"pripojili k X serveru prostredníctvom šifrovaného SSH pripojenia." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "Systém pre doručenia pošty vždy štartuje. Hoci štandardne nie je viditeľný mimo systém, pretože nenačúva na SMTP porte 25.Ak nechcete doručovať poštu do systému cez SMTP protokol, zakážte túto voľbu" +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"Systém pre doručenia pošty vždy štartuje. Hoci štandardne nie je viditeľný " +"mimo systém, pretože nenačúva na SMTP porte 25.Ak nechcete doručovať " +"poštu do systému cez SMTP protokol, zakážte túto voľbu" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 #, fuzzy @@ -862,7 +975,13 @@ "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá je aktuálne aktualizovaná, služba je reštartnutá po jeho inštalácii.Vo väčšine prípadov je to zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje binárne, alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby by mali pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody." +msgstr "" +"Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá je aktuálne aktualizovaná, služba je " +"reštartnutá po jeho inštalácii.Vo väčšine prípadov je to zmysluplné a " +"bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje binárne, alebo " +"konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby by mali " +"pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý Toto " +"nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 #, fuzzy @@ -875,16 +994,49 @@ "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá beží a odinštalováva sa, služba je zastavená pred jeho odinštalovaním.Vo väčšine prípadov je to zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje binárne, alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby by mali pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody." +msgstr "" +"Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje službu ktorá beží a odinštalováva sa, služba je " +"zastavená pred jeho odinštalovaním.Vo väčšine prípadov je to " +"zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje svoje " +"binárne, alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov. Tieto služby " +"by mali pokračovať do zastavenia služieb, napr. bežiaci démoni sú zabitý " +"Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené iba keď sú pre to špecifické dôvody.<" +"/P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 #, fuzzy -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "Systém môže byť zahltený množstvom pokusov o spojenie, takže mu dôjde pamäť, čo vedie k ohrozeniu DoS (odoprenie služieb, Denial of Services).Použitie syncookies je metóda pomáhajúca v takých situáciách, ale v nastavení s veľkým množstvom oprávnených snáh o spojenie z jedného zdroja môže voľba Povolené priniesť problémy s TCP pripojením zakázaným pri veľkých záťažiach.Stále pre väčšinu prostredia sú syncookies prvou líniou obrany proti záplave SYN DoS útokov, takže bezpečné nastavenie je Povolené." +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "" +"Systém môže byť zahltený množstvom pokusov o spojenie, takže mu dôjde " +"pamäť, čo vedie k ohrozeniu DoS (odoprenie služieb, Denial of Services).<" +"P>Použitie syncookies je metóda pomáhajúca v takých situáciách, ale v " +"nastavení s veľkým množstvom oprávnených snáh o spojenie z jedného zdroja " +"môže voľba Povolené priniesť problémy s TCP pripojením zakázaným pri " +"veľkých záťažiach.Stále pre väčšinu prostredia sú syncookies prvou " +"líniou obrany proti záplave SYN DoS útokov, takže bezpečné nastavenie je " +"Povolené." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "Preposielanie IP znamená preniesť sieťové pakety, ktoré boli prijaté, ale nie sú určené pre nejaké z nastavených systémových sieťových rozhraní, napr. adresu sieťového rozhrania.Ak systém preposiela sieťový prenos na vrstve ISO/OSI 3, hovorí sa mu router. Ak nepotrebujete túto routovaciu funkciu, vypnite túto voľbu." +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need " +"that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"Preposielanie IP znamená preniesť sieťové pakety, ktoré boli prijaté, ale " +"nie sú určené pre nejaké z nastavených systémových sieťových rozhraní, napr. " +"adresu sieťového rozhrania.Ak systém preposiela sieťový prenos na " +"vrstve ISO/OSI 3, hovorí sa mu router. Ak nepotrebujete túto routovaciu " +"funkciu, vypnite túto voľbu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -895,26 +1047,44 @@ msgstr "Toto nastavenie sa týka iba IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "Magické klávesy SysRq povoľujú niektoré ovládanie v systéme dokonca pri páde systému (napr. počas ladenia jadra), alebo ak systém neodpovedá." +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "" +"Magické klávesy SysRq povoľujú niektoré ovládanie v systéme dokonca pri " +"páde systému (napr. počas ladenia jadra), alebo ak systém neodpovedá." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "V systéme sú preddefinované súbory /etc/permissions.*, v ktorých sú nastavené súborové práva. Najviac obmedzujúce práva sú definované v súboroch s koncovkou 'secure', alebo 'paranoid'." +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "" +"V systéme sú preddefinované súbory /etc/permissions.*, v ktorých sú " +"nastavené súborové práva. Najviac obmedzujúce práva sú definované v súboroch " +"s koncovkou 'secure', alebo 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 #, fuzzy -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." -msgstr "Základné systémové služby musia byť povolené pre poskytnutie systémovej konzistencie a spustenie služby súvisiacej s bezpečnosťou." +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to " +"run the security-related services." +msgstr "" +"Základné systémové služby musia byť povolené pre poskytnutie systémovej " +"konzistencie a spustenie služby súvisiacej s bezpečnosťou." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." -msgstr "Každá spustená služba je potenciálny cieľ bezpečnostného útoku. Preto sa odporúča vypnúť všetky služby, ktoré nie sú systémom použité." +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system." +msgstr "" +"Každá spustená služba je potenciálny cieľ bezpečnostného útoku. Preto sa " +"odporúča vypnúť všetky služby, ktoré nie sú systémom použité." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pracovná stanica" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 @@ -929,12 +1099,12 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Pracovná stanica" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cestujúce zariadenie" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 @@ -1168,9 +1338,8 @@ #. Progress stage 4/4 #: src/modules/Security.rb:669 -#, fuzzy msgid "Update system settings" -msgstr "Uloženie systémových nastavení" +msgstr "Aktualizovať systémové nastavenia" #. Progress step 1/5 #: src/modules/Security.rb:673 @@ -1189,9 +1358,8 @@ #. Progress step 4/5 #: src/modules/Security.rb:679 -#, fuzzy msgid "Updating system settings..." -msgstr "Ukladám systémové nastavenia..." +msgstr "Aktualizácia systémových nastavení..." #. Progress step 5/5 #: src/modules/Security.rb:681 @@ -1207,3 +1375,5 @@ #: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Aktuálna úroveň zabezpečenia: %1" + + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-30 09:15+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento program použite iba ak máte skúsenosti s rozdelením pevných diskov na oddiely.\n" +"Tento program použite iba ak máte skúsenosti s rozdelením pevných diskov na " +"oddiely.\n" "\n" "Nikdy nemeňte ich rozdelenie v prípade, že sa niektorá ich časť používa,\n" "ak úplne neviete, čo presne robíte. Inak nebude nová tabuľka rozdelenia\n" @@ -644,7 +645,10 @@ "the disk is too small. \n" "To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" "remove or select a larger disk." -msgstr "Príliš málo oddielov alebo príliš malých oddielov je označených na odstránenie. Pre inštaláciu systému Linux musíte označiť viac oddielov alebo väčšie." +msgstr "" +"Príliš málo oddielov alebo príliš malých oddielov je označených na " +"odstránenie. Pre inštaláciu systému Linux musíte označiť viac oddielov alebo " +"väčšie." #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) @@ -669,8 +673,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Nebol nájdený žiaden disk. Skúste použiť pre inštaláciu aktualizačné (update) CD, ak ho máte." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Nebol nájdený žiaden disk. Skúste použiť pre inštaláciu aktualizačné (update) " +"CD, ak ho máte." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -1236,7 +1243,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1368,15 +1376,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybraný rozšírený oddiel obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne\n" "pripojené:\n" "%1\n" -"Dôrazne doporučujeme ich odpojenie pred odstránením tohto rozšíreného oddielu.\n" +"Dôrazne doporučujeme ich odpojenie pred odstránením tohto rozšíreného " +"oddielu.\n" "Ak neviete presne, čo robíte, použite Zrušiť.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1564,7 +1575,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1591,9 +1603,8 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 -#, fuzzy msgid "&UUID" -msgstr "ID" +msgstr "&UUID" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 @@ -1641,7 +1652,6 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 -#, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Voľby..." @@ -1806,7 +1816,8 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybrané zariadenie obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne pripojené:\n" @@ -1981,7 +1992,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1994,7 +2006,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2012,7 +2025,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2069,7 +2083,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2206,13 +2221,15 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Systém súborov FAT používaný pre systémový bod pripojenia (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Systém súborov FAT používaný pre systémový bod pripojenia (/, /usr, /opt, " +"/var, /home).\n" "To nie je možné." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text @@ -2596,9 +2613,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 -#, fuzzy msgid "Edit" -msgstr "&Upraviť" +msgstr "Upraviť" #. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry #. disabled, see bnc #832196 @@ -2674,9 +2690,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 -#, fuzzy msgid "Delete..." -msgstr "Odstrániť" +msgstr "Vymazať..." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 @@ -2692,7 +2707,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 @@ -2700,13 +2716,13 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 -#, fuzzy msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" -msgstr "Zariadenie: %1" +msgstr "Btrfs zariadenie: %1" #. push button text #. push button text @@ -2776,7 +2792,8 @@ msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." -msgstr "Najskôr si vyberte typ oddielu a či má sa má naformátovať alebo nie." +msgstr "" +"Najskôr si vyberte typ oddielu a či má sa má naformátovať alebo nie." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 @@ -3036,9 +3053,8 @@ #. label for log view #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 -#, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" -msgstr "Výstup '%1' (v daný moment)" +msgstr "Výstup %1" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 @@ -3123,9 +3139,8 @@ #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID" -msgstr "Pridať RAI&D" +msgstr "Pridať RAID" #. dialog title #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 @@ -3569,9 +3584,8 @@ #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 -#, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disks" -msgstr "Pevný disk" +msgstr "Pevné disky" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 #, fuzzy @@ -3695,7 +3709,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Pozor:</BIG> YaST prehľadal váš disk a našiel starý systém Linux s definovanými\n" +"<BIG>Pozor:</BIG> YaST prehľadal váš disk a našiel starý systém " +"Linux s definovanými\n" "bodmi pripojenia. Vpravo je ich zoznam.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3733,9 +3748,8 @@ #. pushbutton label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 -#, fuzzy msgid "Import" -msgstr "&Importovať" +msgstr "Import" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 @@ -3838,12 +3852,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "No changes to storage settings." -msgstr "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie používateľov." +msgstr "" +"V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " +"používateľov." #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" -msgstr "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie používateľov." +msgstr "" +"V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " +"používateľov." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -3874,7 +3892,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4203,7 +4222,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -4253,7 +4273,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4261,14 +4282,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4330,7 +4353,8 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -4456,7 +4480,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 @@ -4464,7 +4489,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 @@ -4519,7 +4545,7 @@ #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 @@ -4582,7 +4608,9 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." msgstr "Nastavenie bude prístupná v neskoršej fáze inštalácie." #. heading @@ -4619,7 +4647,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Táto úroveň zvyšuje výkon disku.\n" "Neobsahuje ŽIADNU redundanciu dát. Ak sa niektorý z diskov\n" @@ -4629,21 +4658,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Táto úroveň má najlepšiu redundanciu. Dá sa použiť\n" "s dvoma alebo viacerými diskmi. Udržiava presnú kópiu všetkých dát\n" "na všetkých diskoch. Ak funguje aspoň jeden disk, dáta sa nestratia.\n" -"Oddiely použité pre tento typ RAID by mali mať približne rovnakú veľkosť.\n" +"Oddiely použité pre tento typ RAID by mali mať približne rovnakú veľkosť." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Táto úroveň kombinuje správu väčšieho počtu diskov\n" "a stále udržiava redundanciu. Dá sa použiť pre tri a viac diskov.\n" @@ -4663,8 +4697,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Pridanie oddielov do RAID.Podľa typu RAID\n" "je použiteľná veľkosť súčet týchto diskov (RAID 0),\n" @@ -4736,12 +4772,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Chunk veľkosť: Je to najmenší nedeliteľný kus dát,\n" "ktorý je možné zapísať na zariadenie. Rozumná veľkosť pre RAID 5 je 128KB.\n" -"Pre RAID 0 to je 32KB. Pre RAID 1 nemá táto veľkosť veľký vplyv na výkon.\n" +"Pre RAID 0 to je 32KB. Pre RAID 1 nemá táto veľkosť veľký vplyv na výkon." +"\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 #, fuzzy @@ -4753,7 +4792,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritmus parity: Tento algoritmus používa RAID 5.\n" "Vľavo symetrický poskytuje maximálny výkon na normálnych diskoch\n" @@ -5050,9 +5090,11 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5070,7 +5112,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5137,7 +5181,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" -msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "" +"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 @@ -5339,7 +5384,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5347,9 +5393,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -5387,12 +5436,16 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5431,7 +5484,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5452,7 +5506,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Priorita odkladacieho priestoru:\n" -"Zadajte prioritu odkladacieho priestoru. Vyššie číslo znamená vyššiu prioritu.\n" +"Zadajte prioritu odkladacieho priestoru. Vyššie číslo znamená vyššiu " +"prioritu.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5465,11 +5520,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Pripojiť iba pre čítanie:\n" -"Na daný súborový systém nebude možné zapisovať. Štandardne je voľba vypnutá.\n" +"Na daný súborový systém nebude možné zapisovať. Štandardne je voľba vypnutá.<" +"/p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5485,7 +5542,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Bez času prístupu:\n" -"Časy prístupu sa nezaktualizujú pri čítaní súboru. Štandardne nie je povolené." +"Časy prístupu sa nezaktualizujú pri čítaní súboru. Štandardne nie je " +"povolené." #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5500,7 +5558,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Môže pripojiť používateľ\n" -"Systém súborov môže pripojiť normálny používateľ. Štandardne nie je povolené.\n" +"Systém súborov môže pripojiť normálny používateľ. Štandardne nie je " +"povolené.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5514,13 +5573,16 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nepripojiť pri štarte systému:\n" "Systém súborov sa pri štarte systému automaticky nepripojí.\n" "V súbore /etc/fstab je vytvorená položka a súborový systém sa pripojí\n" -"s voľbami nastavenými v /etc/fstab až po zadaní príkazu <tt>mount <bod-pripojenia></tt>\n" +"s voľbami nastavenými v /etc/fstab až po zadaní príkazu <tt>mount " +"<bod-pripojenia></tt>\n" "(<bod-pripojenia> je priečinok, kam sa systém súborov pripojí).\n" "Štandardne je táto voľba vypnutá.\n" @@ -5554,8 +5616,10 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Režim žurnálu dát:\n" "Určuje režim žurnálu pre dátové súbory.\n" @@ -5601,18 +5665,22 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 #, fuzzy -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Doplňujúca vlastná voľba\n" -"Sem zadajte ľubovoľnú platnú voľbu príkazu mount pre štvrtú položku v súbore /etc/fstab.\n" +"Sem zadajte ľubovoľnú platnú voľbu príkazu mount pre štvrtú položku v súbore " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Viaceré voľby oddeľte čiarkami.\n" #. label text @@ -5638,10 +5706,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kódová stránka pre krátke mená FAT:\n" -"Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov FAT.\n" +"Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov " +"FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5652,7 +5722,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Počet FAT:\n" "Zadajte počet tabuliek FAT v systéme súborov. Štandardne je to 2." @@ -5668,10 +5739,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť FAT:\n" -"Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické určenie, YaST sa pokúsi automaticky vybrať najvhodnejšiu hodnotu podľa veľkosti systému súborov.\n" +"Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické " +"určenie, YaST sa pokúsi automaticky vybrať najvhodnejšiu hodnotu podľa " +"veľkosti systému súborov.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5683,7 +5758,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "Minimálna veľkosť pre \"Položky koreňového adresára\" je 112. Prosím, skúste to znovu." +msgstr "" +"Minimálna veľkosť pre \"Položky koreňového adresára\" je 112. Prosím, skúste " +"to znovu." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5706,10 +5783,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash funkcia:\n" -"Určuje meno hashovacej funkcie, ktorá sa používa pre triedenie mien súborov v adresároch." +"Určuje meno hashovacej funkcie, ktorá sa používa pre triedenie mien súborov v " +"adresároch." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5722,10 +5801,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revízia systému súborov:\n" -"Táto voľba definuje použitý formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pre spätnú kompatibilitu s jadrami verzie 2.2.x. '3.6' je novšia, ale je ju možné používať iba s jadrami od verzie 2.4.\n" +"Táto voľba definuje použitý formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pre spätnú " +"kompatibilitu s jadrami verzie 2.2.x. '3.6' je novšia, ale je ju možné " +"používať iba s jadrami od verzie 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5739,10 +5823,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" -"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, použije sa 4096.\n" +"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 " +"bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, použije sa 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5771,10 +5858,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentuálna časť pre inode:\n" -"Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná pre inode.\n" +"Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná " +"pre inode.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5787,7 +5876,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5818,7 +5908,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť záznamu\n" "Nastavuje veľkosť záznamu log (v megabajtoch). Ak nastavené na automatické,\n" @@ -5863,10 +5954,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" -"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, veľkosť bloku sa určí podľa veľkosti systému súborov a očakávaného\n" +"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. " +"Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, veľkosť bloku sa určí podľa veľkosti " +"systému súborov a očakávaného\n" "využitia tohto systému.\n" #. label text @@ -5889,8 +5984,11 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bajtov na inode\n" -"Zadajte pomer bajtov pre inode. YaST vytvorí inode pre každých <bajtov-na-inode> miesta na disku. Väčší pomer znamená menej vytvorených inode uzlov.\n" -"Všeobecne sa dá povedať, že táto hodnota by nemala byť menšia než veľkosť bloku, pretože by sa vytvorilo príliš veľa inode. Po vytvorení\n" +"Zadajte pomer bajtov pre inode. YaST vytvorí inode pre každých " +"<bajtov-na-inode> miesta na disku. Väčší pomer znamená menej " +"vytvorených inode uzlov.\n" +"Všeobecne sa dá povedať, že táto hodnota by nemala byť menšia než veľkosť " +"bloku, pretože by sa vytvorilo príliš veľa inode. Po vytvorení\n" "systému súborov nie je možné zvýšiť počet uzlov inode, takže zadajte\n" "rozumnú hodnotu.\n" @@ -5914,8 +6012,15 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 #, fuzzy -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je štandardne 5%." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť " +"blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je " +"štandardne 5%." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5952,7 +6057,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6019,7 +6125,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Stlačením \"Expert\" môžete v expertom nástroji pre rozdelenie diskuprenastaviť tabuľku oddielov na rozumné hodnoty. Vyberte\n" +"Stlačením \"Expert\" môžete v expertom nástroji pre rozdelenie " +"diskuprenastaviť tabuľku oddielov na rozumné hodnoty. Vyberte\n" "\"Odstrániť tabuľku oddielov a meno disku\", ale tým zničíte\n" "dáta na všetkých oddieloch tohto disku.\n" @@ -6186,7 +6293,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 @@ -6521,7 +6629,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -6897,7 +7006,9 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text @@ -7035,3 +7146,4 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zdroj dát pre ukladanie informácií o používateľoch" + Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-09-29 15:06:16 UTC (rev 92884) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-01 12:15+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pár certifikát/kľúč pre brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" @@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certifikát brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cesta k súbor certifikátu" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 @@ -153,15 +153,15 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brána - Certifikát" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brána - Mobilní klienti" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brána - Windows klienti" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" @@ -238,8 +238,11 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " +"will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. @@ -322,7 +325,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klient" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "The scenario is" @@ -370,7 +373,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 msgid "VPN gateway IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP brány VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" @@ -485,7 +488,8 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" @@ -515,3 +519,4 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92883 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 16:46:31 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92883 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po Log: crowbar.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-09-29 14:32:56 UTC (rev 92882) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-09-29 14:46:31 UTC (rev 92883) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-15 10:22+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.4\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module #: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" -msgstr "Configuració de Crowbar" +msgstr "Configuració del Crowbar" #. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 @@ -48,24 +48,34 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris d'actualització.\n" +"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris " +"d'actualització.\n" "\n" -"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" -" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria tenir un URL:\n" +"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, " +"n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" +" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és " +"possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria " +"tenir un URL:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Per a una descripció detallada, mireu la guia de desplegament.\n" "" @@ -78,7 +88,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar." +msgstr "" +"Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar.</" +"p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -88,11 +100,15 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació rellevant.\n" -"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa bastió com a llista separada per espais." +"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació</" +"b> rellevant.\n" +"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa " +"bastió com a llista separada per espais." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -102,7 +118,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" -msgstr "Interfícies físiques mapant per a xarxa de bastió" +msgstr "Mapatge d'interfícies &físiques per a xarxa de bastió" #. help text for conduit if list #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 @@ -213,7 +229,7 @@ "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" -"El repositori %1 ja existeix.\n" +"El repositori \"%1\" ja existeix.\n" "Trieu un nom diferent." #. text entry label @@ -302,7 +318,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" -msgstr "El format de la interfície '%1' no és vàlid." +msgstr "El format de la interfície \"%1\" no és vàlid." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 @@ -315,7 +331,7 @@ "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"La màscara de subxarxa '%1' no és vàlida.\n" +"La màscara de subxarxa \"%1\" no és vàlida.\n" "%2" #. error popup @@ -325,7 +341,7 @@ "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"L'adreça IP '%1' no és vàlida.\n" +"L'adreça IP \"%\"' no és vàlida.\n" "%2" #. error popup @@ -334,18 +350,18 @@ "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"L'adreça del router '%1' no és vàlida.\n" +"L'adreça del router \"%1\" no és vàlida.\n" "%2" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "L'adreça del router '%1' no és part de la xarxa '%2'." +msgstr "L'adreça del router \"%1\" no és part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "L'adreça IP '%1' no forma part de la xarxa '%2'." +msgstr "L'adreça IP \"%1\" no forma part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. popup message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 @@ -353,7 +369,7 @@ "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" -"Alguns abasts d'adreces no són parts de la xarxa '%1'.\n" +"Alguns abasts d'adreces no són parts de la xarxa \"%1\".\n" "Adapteu-los-hi usant el botó \"Edita l'abast\"." #. inputfield label @@ -368,7 +384,7 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "L'adreça '%1' no és part de la xarxa '%2'." +msgstr "L'adreça \"%1\" no és part de la xarxa \"%2\"." #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 @@ -378,7 +394,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." -msgstr "Els abasts '%1' i '%2' se sobreposen." +msgstr "Els abasts \"%1\" i \"%2\" se sobreposen." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 @@ -387,8 +403,11 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per defecte." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" +"Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per " +"defecte." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 @@ -417,6 +436,10 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" +"El servidor d'administració Crowbar s'ha desplegat. Canviar la xarxa ara\n" +"no és possible.\n" +"\n" +"Podeu consultar l'UI del web de Crowbar a http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 @@ -458,6 +481,10 @@ "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Vegeu la guia de desplegament del producte per als detalls sobre\n" +"la configuració de la xarxa i sobre l'ús d'aquest mòdul del YaST.\n" +"" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 @@ -528,24 +555,30 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" +#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> for SMT server\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris d'actualització.\n" +#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris " +#~ "d'actualització.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Alguns exemples d'URL:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ per al servidor SMT\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> per al servidor SMT\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per a una descripció detallada, consulteu la Guia de desplegament.\n" #~ ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92882 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 16:32:56 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92882 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po Log: bootloader.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-09-29 14:19:23 UTC (rev 92881) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-09-29 14:32:56 UTC (rev 92882) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 18:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -95,13 +95,18 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada \n" -"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" -"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i tot\n" +"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " +"de l'arrencada \n" +"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador " +"d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" +"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i " +"tot\n" "si el carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat a l'MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -122,10 +127,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Temps d'espera en segons \n" -"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" +"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es " +"carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -137,109 +144,156 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Si premeu Defineix com a predeterminat, la secció\n" -"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada mostrarà \n" -"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un altre\n" -"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" -"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les seccions en\n" -"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall.\n" +"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " +"d'arrencada mostrarà \n" +"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un " +"altre\n" +"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el " +"temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" +"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les " +"seccions en\n" +"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" +"b>.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del sistema operatiu que\n" +"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el " +"registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del " +"sistema operatiu que\n" "arrenca la partició activa)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions recomanades, l'altra és\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions " +"recomanades, l'altra és\n" "Arrenca des de la partició arrel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" +"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana " +"si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" "a l'ordinador." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició\n" -"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" -" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que " +"hi hagi una partició\n" +"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de " +"particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi " +"d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" +" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre " +"d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per a iniciar la secció." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la partició d'arrel \n" +"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la " +"partició d'arrel \n" "es troba en una partició lògica i falta la partició /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar la partició des d'on arrencar." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar " +"la partició des d'on arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la taula MD\n" +"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la " +"taula MD\n" "permet escriure el GRUB a l'MBR dels dos discs." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a utilitzar\n" -"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info grub2</code>) per a més detalls." +"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a " +"utilitzar\n" +"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info " +"grub2</code>) per a més detalls." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definició de terminal \n" -"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. e. una consola de sèrie),\n" -"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a l'ordre,\n" +"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. " +"e. una consola de sèrie),\n" +"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" +"code> a l'ordre,\n" "com a <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en què premeu\n" "qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com a terminal GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté una llista de números de secció\n" -"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no arrenqui." +"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté " +"una llista de números de secció\n" +"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no " +"arrenqui." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú " +"d'arrencada." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Protegeix el carregador d'arrencada amb contrasenya \n" -"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya." +"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada " +"requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació " +"de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-" +"ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només " +"acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya</" +"b>." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -262,7 +316,9 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició d'arrencada" +msgstr "" +"Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " +"d'arrencada" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 @@ -275,7 +331,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" -msgstr "Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric al MBR" +msgstr "Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" @@ -428,20 +484,38 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els " +"paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que " +"ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-" +"prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu \"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que " +"només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu " +"\"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -531,7 +605,9 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de manera adient." +msgstr "" +"Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de " +"manera adient." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -543,7 +619,9 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador " +"d'arrencada." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -657,13 +735,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Amb el botó Altres,\n" -"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" -"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de zero o\n" +"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" +"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de " +"zero o\n" "tornar a llegir la configuració desada al disc. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -672,7 +754,8 @@ "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." msgstr "" -"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" "premeu Edita els fitxers de configuració." #. help 1/4 @@ -689,7 +772,9 @@ msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció seleccionada." +msgstr "" +"Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció " +"seleccionada." #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 @@ -701,13 +786,17 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció seleccionada \n" -"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada \n" +"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció " +"seleccionada \n" +"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " +"d'arrencada \n" "mostra un menú d'arrencada i espera que l'usuari \n" "seleccioni el nucli o un altre sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es\n" "prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà el \n" -"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les seccions\n" -"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall." +"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les " +"seccions\n" +"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" +"B>." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 @@ -715,7 +804,8 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" "o bé, Suprimeix per suprimir la secció seleccionada." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -747,16 +837,19 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (arrel) \n" +"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</" +"tt> (arrel) \n" ". És l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició apropiada\n" ". Seleccioneu Activa la partició del carregador d'arrencada i\n" -"Reemplaça l' MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada\n" +"Reemplaça l'MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del " +"carregador d'arrencada\n" "per actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre,\n" "si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per iniciar &product;." @@ -769,7 +862,8 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del sistema\n" +"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del " +"sistema\n" "en seleccionar aquesta opció." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -782,7 +876,8 @@ msgstr "" "Per exemple, la major part dels ordinadors tenen un límit de BIOS\n" "que limita l'arrencada a\n" -"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada utilizat,\n" +"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada " +"utilizat,\n" "podreu o no arrencar des d'una partició lògica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -793,7 +888,8 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" +"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</" +"tt> o\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) al camp d'entrada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -804,8 +900,10 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com ara el mapa\n" -"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada." +"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com " +"ara el mapa\n" +"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador " +"d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 @@ -815,7 +913,8 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Tipus de carregador de l'arrencada \n" -"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu instal·lar,\n" +"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu " +"instal·lar,\n" "feu servir Carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -826,7 +925,8 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, feu clic a\n" +"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, " +"feu clic a\n" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -837,18 +937,21 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configuració manual avançada \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador d'arrencada.\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada.\n" "Nota: el fitxer de configuració final pot tenir un sagnat diferent." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nom de la secció \n" -"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" +"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del " +"carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" "de secció ha de ser únic." #. help text 1/5 @@ -877,7 +980,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres imatges\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres " +"imatges\n" "per carregar i iniciar." #. help text 4/5 @@ -886,7 +990,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una altra imatge,\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una " +"altra imatge,\n" "però que s'iniciï en un entorn XEN." #. help text 5/5 @@ -897,17 +1002,20 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu Un altre sistema (carregador en cadena) per afegir\n" -"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc.\n" +"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del " +"disc.\n" "Serveix per arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu el Menú de secció per afegir una secció que\n" -"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix per\n" +"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix " +"per\n" "arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -960,7 +1068,8 @@ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada " +"sense desar-la?\n" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" #. error popup @@ -982,7 +1091,8 @@ #. sentence. #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" #. error popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 @@ -1018,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avís\n" "\n" -"L'MBR desat a %2 reemplaçarà ll'MBR\n" +"L'MBR desat a %2 reemplaçarà l'MBR\n" "actual de %1.\n" "\n" "Només se sobreescriurà el codi d'arrencada de l'MBR.\n" @@ -1033,8 +1143,11 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les particions." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les " +"particions." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1058,13 +1171,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no està disponible." +msgstr "" +"La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no " +"està disponible." #. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and #. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al dispositiu %{device}." +msgstr "" +"La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al " +"dispositiu %{device}." #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 @@ -1105,45 +1222,78 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible " +"que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #. error in the proposal #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les particions" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les " +"particions" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not " +"install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" +"\">install</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita " +"arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no " +"sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 @@ -1185,36 +1335,60 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador %2" +msgstr "" +"Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador " +"%2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers " +"btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-" +"ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com " +"a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "" +"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra " +"ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." msgstr "" +"La bandera d'activació no l'ha establerta l'instal·lador. Si no n'hi ha cap " +"d'establerta, algunes BIOS podrien refusar l'arrencada." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." msgstr "" +"L'instal·lador no modificarà l'MBR del disc. Si no és que ja contingui un " +"codi d'arrencada, la BIOS no podrà arrencar el disc." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 @@ -1286,36 +1460,52 @@ msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -#~ msgstr "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " +#~ "create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli " +#~ "usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " #~ msgid "D&istributor" #~ msgstr "D&istribuïdor" #~ msgid "" #~ "Terminal Definition \n" -#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " +#~ "a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +#~ "code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#~ "which you\n" #~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definició del terminal \n" -#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" -#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a\n" -#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el qual\n" +#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal " +#~ "sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" +#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" +#~ "code> a\n" +#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en " +#~ "el qual\n" #~ "premeu qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com un terminal GRUB." #~ msgid "" #~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " +#~ "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~ "it in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú del carregador \n" -#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" +#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú " +#~ "d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" #~ "a l'opció Repeteix la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir " +#~ "els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." #~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" #~ msgstr "Paràmetre opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli a prova de &fallades" @@ -1336,7 +1526,9 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1" #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia d'ordres" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia " +#~ "d'ordres" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Cal especificar el nom de la sessió." @@ -1348,17 +1540,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Menú d'arrencada" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" +#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' " +#~ "i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" #~ "És recomanable instal·lar el Grub a l'MBR" -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que " +#~ "s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -#~ msgstr "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals acústics" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals " +#~ "acústics" #~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" #~ msgstr "Usa Grub &fiable" @@ -1473,7 +1673,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Rei&nicia la configuració desada abans de la conversió" #~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" #~ msgid "&Section Management" #~ msgstr "&Gestió de la secció" @@ -1497,7 +1698,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "- A un disquet.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet al\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un " +#~ "mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet " +#~ "al\n" #~ "BIOS de la màquina per poder-la fer servir." #~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." @@ -1521,7 +1724,8 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc i heu editat els fitxers\n" -#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" +#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres " +#~ "del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "No creïs un sistema de fitxers" @@ -1559,50 +1763,91 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Secció d'imatge" -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció Navega." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. " +#~ "Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció " +#~ "Navega." -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al nucli com a dispositiu arrel." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al " +#~ "nucli com a dispositiu arrel." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer\n" +#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el " +#~ "disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom " +#~ "de fitxer\n" #~ "directament o bé escollir-los amb Navega.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per " +#~ "a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es " +#~ "necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes " +#~ "operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per a arrencar-la" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a " +#~ "l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per " +#~ "a arrencar-la" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria dels casos, voleu\n" -#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" +#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes " +#~ "permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria " +#~ "dels casos, voleu\n" +#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de " +#~ "la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o una altra imatge\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o " +#~ "una altra imatge\n" #~ "i iniciar-los en un entorn XEN.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir " +#~ "els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Secció del menú" @@ -1610,17 +1855,27 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partició del fitxer de menú" -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el " +#~ "Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" +#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és " +#~ "possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" #~ "Editar and Esborrar" #~ msgid "" @@ -1634,30 +1889,37 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura \n" +#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura</" +#~ "b> \n" #~ "Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que especifica com\n" -#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu de cinta, o a un\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que " +#~ "especifica com\n" +#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu " +#~ "de cinta, o a un\n" #~ "fitxer d'una partició de disc SCSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la configuració.\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la " +#~ "configuració.\n" #~ "Les seccions de menú representen una llista de tasques agrupades.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris " +#~ "de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" #~ "Si us plau, tingueu en compte que això també desactivarà l'AppArmor." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1797,20 +2059,37 @@ #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Proposa i &fusiona amb els menús existents del GRUB " -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de particions GPT" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de " +#~ "particions GPT" -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del carregador\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs " +#~ "necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, " +#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del " +#~ "carregador\"." #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Paràmetres afegits del nucli: %1" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no arrencar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no " +#~ "arrencar." -#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " +#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de " +#~ "dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader " +#~ "Installation Details\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -1857,37 +2136,61 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Diagnòstic de proveïdor" -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del grub a l'MBR)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està " +#~ "completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS " +#~ "només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del " +#~ "grub a l'MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és fora de l'abast.\n" -#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre a la configuració del carregador)." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és " +#~ "fora de l'abast.\n" +#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu " +#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre " +#~ "a la configuració del carregador)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO ja no té suport." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És " +#~ "possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita partició primària Apple HFS." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita " +#~ "partició primària Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP Boot." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP " +#~ "Boot." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Stay &LILO" @@ -1895,8 +2198,11 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converteix els paràmetres i instal·la el GRUB" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -#~ msgstr "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions globals &ELILO" @@ -1926,54 +2232,72 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la informació de l'ELILO\n" +#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la " +#~ "informació de l'ELILO\n" #~ "en cas de tenir problemes en l'arrencada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " +#~ "nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " +#~ "S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text') \n" -#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes màquines." +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú " +#~ "de text') \n" +#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes " +#~ "màquines." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Evita el mode EDD30 \n" -#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la variable a TRUE.\n" -#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la variable,\n" -#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha una opció per no haver\n" +#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la " +#~ "variable a TRUE.\n" +#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la " +#~ "variable,\n" +#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha " +#~ "una opció per no haver\n" #~ "de forçar la variable.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1983,8 +2307,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació \n" -#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt inicial de càrrega del\n" -#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" +#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt " +#~ "inicial de càrrega del\n" +#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el " +#~ "nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2006,7 +2332,8 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estableix la interfície d'usuari per a ELILO\n" -#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"" +#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2035,8 +2362,10 @@ #~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)\n" -#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador (chooser)\n" +#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</" +#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador " +#~ "(chooser)\n" #~ "ho permet." #~ msgid "" @@ -2053,8 +2382,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació de la imatge d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " +#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Força el mode interactiu" @@ -2078,7 +2411,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " +#~ "text')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Missatge imprès a la pantalla principal (si s'admet)" @@ -2090,7 +2425,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Evita el mode EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació" @@ -2117,16 +2453,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Imposeu el muntatge de rootfs de només lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " +#~ "text')" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " +#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Mostra el contingut d'un fitxer mitjançant les &tecles de funció" #~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" -#~ msgstr "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" #~ msgstr "Establiu el nivell d'informació en &text [0-5] " @@ -2175,30 +2518,41 @@ #~ "caperta tindrà la sort de marcar-ho com a arrencable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " +#~ "nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " +#~ "S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" @@ -2212,48 +2566,61 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partició per a la duplicació del carregador\n" -#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació d'arrencada.\n" +#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació " +#~ "d'arrencada.\n" #~ "Si es dóna aquesta opció, la partició d'arrencada es convertirà a FAT. \n" -#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots " +#~ "els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Canviar el dispositiu d'arrencada NV-RAM\n" -#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" +#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-" +#~ "device\" \n" #~ "amb el camí total OpenFirmware apuntant al dispositiu especificat a\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Si falta aquesta opció, el sistema podria no arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No fer servir OS-chooser\n" -#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el sistema Apple G5 \n" +#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del " +#~ "Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el " +#~ "sistema Apple G5 \n" #~ "s'estavellarà si no té un monitor connectat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Temps d'espera en segons per a MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" +#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no " +#~ "s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" #~ "si no es prem cap tecla per arrencar MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2266,11 +2633,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada fins i tot amb errors\n" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari és\n" -#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una configuració no suportada." +#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari " +#~ "és\n" +#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una " +#~ "configuració no suportada." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació del carregador de l'arrencada PPC" @@ -2303,7 +2673,9 @@ #~ msgstr "No feu servir el selector de SO" #~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " +#~ "errors" #~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" #~ msgstr "Partició PReP o FAT" @@ -2351,7 +2723,9 @@ #~ msgstr "&Arrenca sempre des de la partició FAT" #~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " +#~ "errors" #~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" #~ msgstr "&Camí de la carpeta d'arrencada" @@ -2466,17 +2840,24 @@ #~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per carregar\n" +#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per " +#~ "carregar\n" #~ "el sistema, heu de carregar ELILO per mitjà de la consola EFI." -#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" -#~ msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +#~ "\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" +#~ "\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "El carregador LILO està suportat" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no carregar-se." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no " +#~ "carregar-se." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar la plantilla de configuració del maquinari." @@ -2537,7 +2918,9 @@ #~ "<big>Àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada</big> \n" #~ "Fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada evita\n" #~ "que els fitxers del carregador es desplacin durant\n" -#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es carregui\n" +#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es " +#~ "carregui\n" #~ "el carregador de l'arrencada.\n" -#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" +#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu " +#~ "Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" #~ "."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92881 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 16:19:23 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92881 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po Log: autoinst.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-09-29 12:51:58 UTC (rev 92880) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-09-29 14:19:23 UTC (rev 92881) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:32+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." +msgstr "" +"Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -124,8 +125,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema actual" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema " +"actual" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -153,22 +157,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el camí\n" -"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació especificada." +"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el " +"camí\n" +"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació " +"especificada." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els permisos dels fitxers.\n" -"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos poden ser una\n" -"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que representa\n" +"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els " +"permisos dels fitxers.\n" +"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos " +"poden ser una\n" +"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que " +"representa\n" "el patró de bits dels nous permisos." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -242,13 +254,17 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses aplicacions i serveis\n" +"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses " +"aplicacions i serveis\n" "que s'hagi de copiar íntegrament al sistema instal·lat, per exemple, si\n" -"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració httpd.conf." +"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració " +"httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -273,7 +289,8 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" +msgstr "" +"Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -290,7 +307,8 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la configuració." +"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la " +"configuració." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile @@ -301,13 +319,16 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest sistema:\n" +"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest " +"sistema:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." +"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui " +"tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -517,7 +538,8 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." +msgstr "" +"Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -553,7 +575,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 msgid "Configure users and groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configura els usuaris i els grups" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." @@ -589,7 +611,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Important la configuració d'usuaris i grups..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" @@ -681,10 +703,12 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els missatges d'instal·lació,\n" +"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els " +"missatges d'instal·lació,\n" "a més de registrar-los o mostrar-los (amb temps d'espera). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -693,7 +717,8 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "És recomanable mostrar tots els missatges amb el temps d'espera.\n" -"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han d'ignorar.\n" +"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han " +"d'ignorar.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -708,12 +733,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallat per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " +"Detallat per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "\n" @@ -725,8 +752,11 @@ msgstr "Ubicació de la font d'instal·lació (com http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu aquesta opció)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu " +"aquesta opció)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -741,29 +771,37 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Tipus de declaració a /etc/fstab:\n" "\tNormalment els sistemes de fitxers a muntar es defineixen a /etc/fstab\n" -"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que és més convenient\n" -"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" -"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" +"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que " +"és més convenient\n" +"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de " +"fitxers\n" +"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " +"inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" +"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. " +"En general, només\n" "\t és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "\t L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" "\t" @@ -864,7 +902,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers vàlid\n" +"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers " +"vàlid\n" "Seleccioneu-ne un per continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -933,8 +972,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/" +"boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1001,9 +1043,12 @@ "No s'ha trobat ni obtingut cap perfil per a aquest ordinador.\n" "Comproveu que heu especificat la ubicació correcta a\n" "la línia d'ordres i torneu-ho a provar. A causa d'aquest error, només\n" -"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu utilitzant\n" -"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de reiniciar\n" -"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de control.\n" +"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu " +"utilitzant\n" +"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de " +"reiniciar\n" +"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de " +"control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1039,7 +1084,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi \"&product;.\n" +"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi " +"\"&product;.\n" "" #. force help text width @@ -1112,7 +1158,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de control. \n" +msgstr "" +"Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de " +"control. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1227,7 +1275,8 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de pertànyer\n" +"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de " +"pertànyer\n" "el fitxer de control actual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1404,8 +1453,12 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema " +"actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1419,8 +1472,11 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1559,11 +1615,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "S'ha importat el fitxer Kickstart.\n" -"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i les\n" +"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i " +"les\n" "particions s'han importat correctament." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1693,25 +1751,32 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma predeterminada\n" -"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema durant\n" -"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la pantalla \n" -"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" +"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma " +"predeterminada\n" +"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema " +"durant\n" +"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la " +"pantalla \n" +"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació " +"automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode manual\n" +"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode " +"manual\n" "després de la primera arrencada (després de la instal·lació del paquet).\n" "\n" @@ -1748,7 +1813,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" +msgstr "" +"Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1855,12 +1921,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord amb el DTD i\n" -"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" +"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord " +"amb el DTD i\n" +"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en " +"manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" "es poden ignorar, per exemple, quan es creen classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1881,19 +1950,24 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de configuració.\n" +"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de " +"configuració.\n" "Les dades importades es carregaran al sistema de gestió de la configuració \n" -"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE.\n" +"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "Per a crear un perfil de referència, aquesta eina llegeix\n" -"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de llegir\n" -"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets.\n" +"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de " +"llegir\n" +"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1901,10 +1975,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al sistema de destinació.\n" +"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al " +"sistema de destinació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1942,7 +2018,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no s'ha definit cap partició i el disc indicat també és el \n" @@ -1962,40 +2039,58 @@ msgstr "Opcions avançades" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions " +"noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 " +"creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es " +"pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden configurar\n" -"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de control de forma manual.\n" +"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden " +"configurar\n" +"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de " +"control de forma manual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la configuració\n" -"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear particions LVM i RAID\n" +"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la " +"configuració\n" +"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear " +"particions LVM i RAID\n" "sense formatar.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha " +"retornat el codi %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha " +"retornat el codi %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2075,20 +2170,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts anteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la instal·lació. \n" +"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la " +"instal·lació. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts posteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha acabat\n" +"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha " +"acabat\n" "la instal·lació. Aquests scripts s'executen fora de l'entorn chroot.\n" "" @@ -2100,7 +2198,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2108,8 +2207,10 @@ "<H3>Scripts Chroot</H3>\n" "Per a executar els scripts posteriors a la instal·lació a l'entorn\n" "chroot, seleccioneu les opcions de l'script chroot. Aquests scripts\n" -"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els scripts \n" -"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del sistema \n" +"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els " +"scripts \n" +"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del " +"sistema \n" "instal·lat, utilitzeu sempre el punt de muntatge \"/mnt\" als scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2118,13 +2219,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Podeu executar els scripts chroot en una fase posterior quan\n" -"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana especial \"chrooted\".\n" +"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana " +"especial \"chrooted\".\n" "Aquesta operació permet executar els scripts al sistema instal·lat. \n" "\n" @@ -2154,13 +2257,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intèrpret:</H3>\n" -"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" +"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts " +"d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" " Python per als scripts anteriors a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" @@ -2170,32 +2275,43 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accés a la xarxa:</H3>\n" -"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa s'inhabilita i\n" +"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa " +"s'inhabilita i\n" "requereix l'inici dels scripts per fer que la xarxa estigui disponible. Una\n" -"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" -"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" -"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior a la instal·lació.\n" +"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és " +"utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" +"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. " +"Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" +"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior " +"a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retroacció i depuració:</H3>\n" -"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" -"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que us poden ajudar\n" +"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un " +"quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" +"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que " +"us poden ajudar\n" "a depurar l'script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2283,12 +2399,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar la instal·lació\n" -"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la instal·lació.\n" +"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar " +"la instal·lació\n" +"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la " +"instal·lació.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2308,15 +2427,21 @@ #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" -msgstr "S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML notifica:\n" +msgstr "" +"S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML " +"notifica:\n" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de " +"l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2329,8 +2454,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No s'han pogut recuperar les classes definides en funció de l'usuari.\n" -"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" -"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb el fitxer de control original\n" +"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són " +"disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" +"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb " +"el fitxer de control original\n" "sense utilitzar les classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2395,14 +2522,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics als disponibles\n" -"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el sistema, es recullen les dades\n" +"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics " +"als disponibles\n" +"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el " +"sistema, es recullen les dades\n" "introduïdes i s'exporten al fitxer de control que es pot utilitzar per\n" "a instal·lar un altre sistema mitjançant l'AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2410,11 +2541,13 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "A més dels mòduls existents i coneguts,\n" -"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i complexes, incloses\n" +"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i " +"complexes, incloses\n" "les particions, les opcions generals i el programari.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2533,13 +2666,17 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no existeix." +msgstr "" +"No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no " +"existeix." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, proporcioneu-ne un." +msgstr "" +"El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, " +"proporcioneu-ne un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2628,16 +2765,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. " +"Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creant la imatge - instal·lant els paquets" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu " +"el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2649,14 +2794,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "Ara podeu fer canvis a la imatge a %1/\n" -"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a ser modificada." +"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a " +"ser modificada." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /" +"tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2669,7 +2818,8 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "no s'ha pogut obtenir el fitxer directory.yast a `%1`.\n" -"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no existeix." +"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no " +"existeix." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 @@ -2697,10 +2847,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" +"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un " +"fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" "Si premeu el botó d'acord, es crearà la imatge ISO." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2742,13 +2894,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " +"secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al disc dur. Falten %1 MB" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al " +"disc dur. Falten %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2777,7 +2937,8 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "S'han trobat diverses particions arrel. No s'ha configurat\n" -"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" +"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a " +"terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2795,7 +2956,9 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." -msgstr "Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues vegades." +msgstr "" +"Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues " +"vegades." #. Save sections of current profile to separate files #. @@ -2810,7 +2973,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] #: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." +msgstr "" +"Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2827,7 +2991,8 @@ msgstr "D'&acord" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Configura el nivell d'execució" @@ -2850,18 +3015,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Introduïu la informació de la partició segons les vostres\n" -#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" +#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el " +#~ "número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el " +#~ "recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les " +#~ "particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de " +#~ "la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup " +#~ "de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la documentació en línia.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2915,17 +3090,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu la mida de la partició o el número d'una partició." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en aquelles particions.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, " +#~ "assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició " +#~ "d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en " +#~ "aquelles particions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92880 - trunk/lcn/sk/po
by galko＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: galko Date: 2015-09-29 14:51:58 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92880 Modified: trunk/lcn/sk/po/zypper.sk.po Log: sk merging Modified: trunk/lcn/sk/po/zypper.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sk/po/zypper.sk.po 2015-09-29 11:17:00 UTC (rev 92879) +++ trunk/lcn/sk/po/zypper.sk.po 2015-09-29 12:51:58 UTC (rev 92880) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-24 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-24 20:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 14:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: sk\n" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "Krátky názov" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "Nainštalovaný" @@ -588,36 +588,36 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "Dostupné" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "Celková sťahovaná veľkosť: %1%. Vo vyrovnávacej pamäti je už: %2%." -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "Len stiahnuť." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "Po tejto operácii bude použitých ďalších %s." -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "Miesto obsadené balíkmi sa po tejto operácii nezmení." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "Po tejto operácii sa uvoľní %s." -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "Požadovaný reštart systému." @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Pokračovať?" @@ -1157,8 +1157,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Problém pri sťahovaní súborov z '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Pozrite vyššie vypísanú chybu pre informáciu o jej príčine." @@ -4549,16 +4549,25 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "Chyba pri vytváraní testovacieho prípadu pre riešiteľa závislostí." +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in " +"zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"Kontrola bežiacich procesov pomocou vymazaných knižníc je v zypper.conf " +"zakázaná. Spustite '%s' na ručnú kontrolu." + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "Overujem, či nejaké procesy nepoužívajú práve zmazané súbory..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Overovanie zlyhalo:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -4569,32 +4578,32 @@ "poslednými zvýšeniami verzie. Možno budete chcieť niektoré z nich " "reštartovať. Príkaz '%s' zobrazí zoznam týchto programov." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "Nasledujúce balíky zanechali hlásenia z vykonanej aktualizácie:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Správa z balíka %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "a/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Zobrazovať hlásenia teraz?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Vypočítavam povýšenie distribúcie..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Riešim závislosti balíkov..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -4602,7 +4611,7 @@ "Závislosti niektorých balíkov sú porušené. Pre ich opravu sú potrebné " "nasledujúce akcie:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" "Pre opravu porušených závislostí sú potrebné práva správcu systému (root)." @@ -4617,23 +4626,23 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "a/n/p/v/c/r/m/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "" "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "Áno, prijať návrh a pokračovať v inštalácii/odstraňovaní balíkov." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Nie, zrušiť operáciu." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." @@ -4642,58 +4651,58 @@ "so závislosťami." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "Zapnúť/vypnúť zobrazovanie verzií balíkov." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "Zapnúť/vypnúť zobrazovanie architektúr balíkov." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "" "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" "Zapnúť/vypnúť zobrazovanie repozitárov z ktorých sa majú balíky inštalovať." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "Zapnúť/vypnúť zobrazovanie názvov dodávateľov balíkov." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "" "Prepnúť medzi zobrazovaním všetkých podrobností a stručným zoznamom balíkov." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "Prezrieť zhrnutie v prehliadači." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "odovzdávam" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(beh naprázdno)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Problém pri sťahovaní balíka z repozitára:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Repozitár '%s' je neaktuálny. Skúste spustiť '%s'." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository " "or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -4711,11 +4720,11 @@ "- použite iné inštalačné médium (ak je napr. toto poškodené)\n" "- použite iný repozitár" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "Počas alebo po inštalácii alebo odstraňovaní balíkov nastala chyba:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -4723,7 +4732,7 @@ "Jedna z nainštalovaných opráv vyžaduje reštart vášho počítača. Reštartujte " "čo najskôr." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command " "once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -4732,11 +4741,11 @@ "nainštalovanie prípadných ďalších opráv je potrebné spustiť tento príkaz ešte " "raz." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Závislosti všetkých balíkov sú v poriadku." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Nie je čo vykonať."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92879 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: belphegor Date: 2015-09-29 13:17:00 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92879 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2015-09-29 10:49:04 UTC (rev 92878) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2015-09-29 11:17:00 UTC (rev 92879) @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:11+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -25,8 +25,7 @@ #. progress step title #. progress step title -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." msgstr "インストール環境で自動インストールスクリプトを実行しています..." @@ -36,8 +35,8 @@ msgstr "設定データを読み込んでいます..." #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "しばらくお待ちください" @@ -57,13 +56,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -171,7 +169,8 @@ "new permissions." msgstr "" "コピーしたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定してください。\n" -"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更方法を示した\n" +"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更方法を" +"示した\n" "記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: '755', '777' 等) \n" "を利用することができます。" @@ -306,13 +305,15 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in " +"<software/> section." msgstr "" "AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、このシステムでは処理することができません:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"誤った表記を行なっているか、もしくはお使いのプロファイル内の <software/> セクションで、必要な YaST パッケージが含まれていないものと思われます。" +"誤った表記を行なっているか、もしくはお使いのプロファイル内の <software/> セクションで、必要な " +"YaST パッケージが含まれていないものと思われます。" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -520,92 +521,104 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "システムを自動インストールするための準備を行なっています。しばらくお待ちください。" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "プレインストールユーザスクリプトを実行" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "一般設定 " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "言語を設定する" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "パーティションプランを作成" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "ブートローダの設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "登録" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "ソフトウエア選択の設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "systemd 既定のターゲットの設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "プレインストールユーザスクリプトを実行しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "一般的な設定を行なっています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "言語を設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "パーティションプランを作成しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "ブートローダを設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "システムを登録しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "ソフトウエア選択を設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "systemd 既定のターゲットを設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定をー取り込んでいます..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "自動インストールのためのシステム準備" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "アドオン製品を処理しています..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "言語を設定しています..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -614,7 +627,7 @@ "再度試してください。\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -677,7 +690,8 @@ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" +"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを記録し" +"たり時間切れ設定付きで\n" "表示したりすることができます。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -686,7 +700,8 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "メッセージ のすべてを、タイムアウト付きで表示しておくことをお勧めします。\n" -"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものではありません。\n" +"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものではありま" +"せん。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -751,7 +766,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense " +"only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -830,14 +846,12 @@ msgid "Re&use" msgstr "再利用 (&U)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&Type" msgstr "種類 (&T)" #. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 #: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 msgid "Apply" msgstr "適用" @@ -928,7 +942,9 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ有効です。" +msgstr "" +"サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ有効で" +"す。" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -957,8 +973,7 @@ msgid "Add &Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加 (&V)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除 (&D)" @@ -1069,8 +1084,7 @@ msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "新規 (&W)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" @@ -1094,8 +1108,7 @@ msgid "Descri&ption:" msgstr "説明 (&P):" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 msgid "That name is already used. Select another name." msgstr "その名前はすでに使われています。他の名前を選んでください。" @@ -1161,8 +1174,7 @@ msgid "Merge Classes" msgstr "クラスの統合" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" @@ -1242,20 +1254,17 @@ msgstr "自動インストール - 設定" #. SAVE -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "名前を付けて保存..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "ファイル %1 の保存に成功しました。" #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "ファイルの保存中にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -1466,8 +1475,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" @@ -1507,8 +1515,7 @@ msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." msgstr "Kickstart ファイルをインポートしています..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 #: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化しています..." @@ -1569,13 +1576,11 @@ msgid "OK" msgstr "正常" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" @@ -1591,7 +1596,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "RNG 検証で XML を確認しています..." @@ -1601,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "セクション %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "RNC 検証で XML を確認しています..." @@ -1639,8 +1644,7 @@ msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "第 2 ステージの完了後にマシンを再起動する" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "署名処理" @@ -1704,7 +1708,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインストール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" +"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインストール" +"後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 @@ -1725,8 +1730,7 @@ msgid "Frametitle" msgstr "フレームタイトル" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "Question" msgstr "質問" @@ -1750,18 +1754,15 @@ msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'" msgstr "'シンボル' の種類に対する選択リスト" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Label" msgstr "ラベル" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -1813,8 +1814,7 @@ msgid "Add Question" msgstr "質問の追加" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 msgid "Edit Question" msgstr "質問の編集" @@ -1953,8 +1953,16 @@ msgstr "詳細オプション" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成し、全ての新しいパーティションを拡張パーティション内の論理パーティションとして追加します。なお AutoYaST に対して、特定のパーティションをプライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションとして作成するよう指示することもできます。また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical " +"devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a " +"primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size " +"of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成し、全ての新しいパーティションを拡張" +"パーティション内の論理パーティションとして追加します。なお AutoYaST に対して、特定のパーティ" +"ションをプライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションとして作成するよう指示することもできます。" +"また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -2152,7 +2160,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>インタプリタ:</H3>\n" -"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や Python\n" +"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や " +"Python\n" "などのスクリプトは、プレインストールスクリプトには設定できません。\n" "\n" @@ -2173,7 +2182,8 @@ "ネットワークにアクセスできるようにするには準備処理が必要になります。\n" "ネットワーク機能付きのポストインストールスクリプトの代替としては、実行する際に\n" "システムの設定が完了していることを保証する初期化スクリプトがあります。\n" -"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク オプションを使用することもできます。\n" +"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク オプ" +"ションを使用することもできます。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 @@ -2186,7 +2196,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>フィードバックとデバッグ:</H3>\n" -"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" +"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力をポッ" +"プアップ表示することができます。\n" "デバッグを有効にすると、フィードバック表示にスクリプトをデバッグするための多くの情報が\n" "表示されるようになります。\n" @@ -2279,15 +2290,15 @@ "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマイズしたり、\n" +"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマイズし" +"たり、\n" "インストールの各ステージでインストールを制御したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" msgstr "ユーザスクリプト管理" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Select a script first." msgstr "まずはスクリプトを選択してください。" @@ -2306,7 +2317,7 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルを解析中に XML パーサがエラーを報告しました。エラーメッセージ:\n" @@ -2393,7 +2404,8 @@ "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用するものと\n" +"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用するもの" +"と\n" "同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールする時に利用する\n" "コントロールファイルに出力されます。\n" "\n" @@ -2530,7 +2542,9 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を行なってください。" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を行なっ" +"てください。" #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2690,7 +2704,8 @@ "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうことができます。\n" +"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうことができ" +"ます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すと ISO を作成します。" #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2733,12 +2748,16 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを確認し" +"てください。" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しません。 %1 MB 不足しています" +msgstr "" +"XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しません。 %1 " +"MB 不足しています" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2776,14 +2795,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "設定データを収集しています..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルを暗号化します。パスワードを 2 回入力してください" @@ -2791,14 +2810,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "ファイル %2 にセクション %1 を書き込むことができませんでした。" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルは暗号化されています。正しいパスワードを入力してください。" @@ -2815,3 +2834,4 @@ #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2015-09-29 10:49:04 UTC (rev 92878) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2015-09-29 11:17:00 UTC (rev 92879) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: crowbar\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:08+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -50,24 +50,33 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look " +"like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" "ここでは、 更新リポジトリ の場所を指定します。\n" "\n" -"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE マネージャのサーバ内に用意されている場合、サーバの URL を指定すれば、\n" -"残りは自動的に補完されます。独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" +"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE マネージャのサーバ内に用意されている場合、" +"サーバの URL を指定すれば、\n" +"残りは自動的に補完されます。独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例" +"としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/\n" -"<li>SUSE Manager Server の場合: http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…\n" +"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/" +"sle-11-x86_64/\n" +"<li>SUSE Manager Server の場合: http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/" +"suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/\n" "\n" "詳しい説明については、配置ガイドをお読みください。\n" "" @@ -90,11 +99,15 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー を設定します。\n" -" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインターフェイス名を指定することもできます。 " +" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー</" +"b> を設定します。\n" +" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインター" +"フェイス名を指定することもできます。 " #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -113,9 +126,11 @@ "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" "Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." msgstr "" -"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があります:\n" +"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があり" +"ます:\n" "<tt>[符号類] [速度] [順序]</tt>\n" -"たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。" +"たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。</" +"p>" #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 @@ -390,7 +405,9 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値が使用されます。" +msgstr "" +"何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値" +"が使用されます。" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 @@ -414,12 +431,12 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"SUSE Cloud Admin Server を配置しました。ネットワークの変更は、現時点では\n" +"Crowbar Admin Server を配置しました。ネットワークの変更は、現時点では\n" "未対応です。\n" "\n" "Crowbar Web UI にアクセスするには、 http://%1:3000/ を開いてしてください。" @@ -460,13 +477,13 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"ネットワーク設定とこの YaST モジュールの使い方について、詳しくは\n" -"SUSE クラウド配置ガイドをお読みください。\n" +"ネットワーク設定、および本 YaST モジュールの使い方について、\n" +"詳しくは製品配置ガイドをお読みください。\n" "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -514,3 +531,4 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2015-09-29 10:49:04 UTC (rev 92878) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2015-09-29 11:17:00 UTC (rev 92879) @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:14+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "自動変更" @@ -58,7 +58,9 @@ #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "インストールを続行することもできますが、その場合はシステムが壊れてしまうかもしれないことをご了解ください。" +msgstr "" +"インストールを続行することもできますが、その場合はシステムが壊れてしまうかもしれないことをご了" +"解ください。" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -80,22 +82,19 @@ msgstr "ダウンロードサイズの合計: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "ヘルプ (&H)" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル (&C)" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "了解 (&A)" @@ -121,20 +120,34 @@ msgstr "不要" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "これは便利なパッケージの一覧です。新しくインストールしたパッケージが推奨している場合、追加でインストールされます。" +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a " +"newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"これは便利なパッケージの一覧です。新しくインストールしたパッケージが推奨している場合、追加でイ" +"ンストールされます。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "これらのパッケージは、既にインストールされているパッケージに適合するため、インストールをお勧めしています。実際にインストールするかどうかは、ユーザ側で選択します。" +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The " +"decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"これらのパッケージは、既にインストールされているパッケージに適合するため、インストールをお勧め" +"しています。実際にインストールするかどうかは、ユーザ側で選択します。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "解決器は下記のパッケージについて、リポジトリが設定されていないことを検出しました。これらのパッケージは更新されません。" +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"解決器は下記のパッケージについて、リポジトリが設定されていないことを検出しました。これらのパッ" +"ケージは更新されません。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "下記のパッケージは、従来の依存関係では必要であったものの、現在は不要になったと思われるパッケージです。" +msgstr "" +"下記のパッケージは、従来の依存関係では必要であったものの、現在は不要になったと思われるパッケー" +"ジです。" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -562,8 +575,7 @@ msgstr "修正の名前" #. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" @@ -658,33 +670,84 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "パッケージセレクタへようこそこのツールでは、お使いのシステム内にインストールされているソフトウエアの管理についてお手伝いをします。単一のパッケージをインストール／更新／削除できるほか、パターン(特定の用途を提供するパッケージのセット) や言語についても、インストール／更新／削除を行なうことができます。一般的にはインストールや削除の際にパッケージの依存関係を気にする必要はなく、解決器がそれを解決してくれます。パッケージセレクタは 3 つの主要な部分から成っています: フィルタ, パッケージ一覧, メニュー です。" +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software " +"on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets " +"of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about " +"package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The " +"package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"パッケージセレクタへようこそこのツールでは、お使いのシステム内にインストールさ" +"れているソフトウエアの管理についてお手伝いをします。単一のパッケージをインストール／更新／削除" +"できるほか、パターン(特定の用途を提供するパッケージのセット) や言語についても、インストール／更" +"新／削除を行なうことができます。一般的にはインストールや削除の際にパッケージの依存関係を気にす" +"る必要はなく、解決器がそれを解決してくれます。パッケージセレクタは 3 つの主要な部分から成ってい" +"ます: フィルタ, パッケージ一覧, メニュー です。" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "フィルタ (左のパネル) は、数多くのパッケージの中から必要なものを見つけ出すために用意されています。特定のリポジトリから提供されているものだけを表示することができるほか、選択したパターン (たとえば \"ゲーム\" や \"C/C++ 開発\" のように) に属するもの、特定のキーワードに該当するものなどを抜き出すことができます。フィルタについての詳しい情報は フィルタの使い方 をお読みください。" +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. " +"Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for " +"example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"フィルタ (左のパネル) は、数多くのパッケージの中から必要なものを見つけ出すために用意" +"されています。特定のリポジトリから提供されているものだけを表示することができるほか、選択したパ" +"ターン (たとえば \"ゲーム\" や \"C/C++ 開発\" のように) に属するもの、特定のキーワードに該当す" +"るものなどを抜き出すことができます。フィルタについての詳しい情報は フィルタの使い方 をお" +"読みください。" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "パッケージ一覧 はパッケージセレクタの最も重要な部分です。現在設定されているフィルタ(RPM グループや検索結果など) に該当するものが表示されます。また、パッケージ一覧にはいくつかの列があります:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of " +"packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). " +"Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ一覧 はパッケージセレクタの最も重要な部分です。現在設定されているフィルタ" +"(RPM グループや検索結果など) に該当するものが表示されます。また、パッケージ一覧にはいくつかの列" +"があります:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>パッケージ状態 (詳細は パッケージ状態とシンボル をお読みください)</li><li>パッケージ名</li><li>パッケージの概要</li><li>利用可能なバージョン(リポジトリを複数設定している場合など)</li><li>インストール済みのバージョン(インストールされていない場合は表示されません)</li><li>パッケージサイズ</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> " +"<li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured " +"repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> " +"<li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>パッケージ状態 (詳細は パッケージ状態とシンボル をお読みください)</li><li>パッ" +"ケージ名</li><li>パッケージの概要</li><li>利用可能なバージョン(リポジトリを複数設定している場合" +"など)</li><li>インストール済みのバージョン(インストールされていない場合は表示されません)</" +"li><li>パッケージサイズ</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "一覧の下部に表示されている アクション メニューを利用すると、選択したパッケージ (または一覧内の全てのパッケージ) に対して状態を変更することができます。たとえばパッケージを削除したり、インストールするために選択したりなどです。状態の変更は、メニュー項目に表示されたキーを押すことで直接変更することもできます (詳細な情報については パッケージ状態とシンボル をご覧ください)。 " +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected " +"package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an " +"additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing " +"the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see " +"Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"一覧の下部に表示されている アクション メニューを利用すると、選択したパッケージ (また" +"は一覧内の全てのパッケージ) に対して状態を変更することができます。たとえばパッケージを削除した" +"り、インストールするために選択したりなどです。状態の変更は、メニュー項目に表示されたキーを押す" +"ことで直接変更することもできます (詳細な情報については パッケージ状態とシンボル をご覧く" +"ださい)。 " #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "メニュー ではパッケージの依存関係を処理したり、パッケージの関連情報を表示したり、リポジトリエディタを開いたりなどの便利な機能を提供しています。詳しくは メニュー内の便利な機能 をお読みください。" +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display " +"relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For " +"more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"メニュー ではパッケージの依存関係を処理したり、パッケージの関連情報を表示したり、リポ" +"ジトリエディタを開いたりなどの便利な機能を提供しています。詳しくは メニュー内の便利な機能</" +"i> をお読みください。" #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -693,13 +756,28 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "パッケージの状態は、 アクション メニューまたはメニュー項目に記載されたキーで変更することができます。たとえば '+' を入力すると指定したパッケージをインストールするよう選択が行なわれます。 また、 \"禁止\" 状態はパッケージをインストールしてはならないという意味になります。似たような状態として \"ロック\"がありますが、これはインストール済みの場合にパッケージの更新を許さない意味になります。" +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in " +"the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" " +"status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status " +"means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"パッケージの状態は、 アクション メニューまたはメニュー項目に記載されたキーで変更する" +"ことができます。たとえば '+' を入力すると指定したパッケージをインストールするよう選択が行なわれ" +"ます。 また、 \"禁止\" 状態はパッケージをインストールしてはならないという意味になりま" +"す。似たような状態として \"ロック\"がありますが、これはインストール済みの場合にパッケージの更新" +"を許さない意味になります。" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr " Enter または スペース キーでパッケージの状態を切り替えることもできます。また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、一覧内にある全てのパッケージに対して、状態を変更することもできます ('一覧にある全てのパッケージ' を選択してください)。" +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions</" +"i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed " +"Packages')." +msgstr "" +" Enter または スペース キーでパッケージの状態を切り替えることもできます。ま" +"た、 アクション メニューを利用することで、一覧内にある全てのパッケージに対して、状態を変" +"更することもできます ('一覧にある全てのパッケージ' を選択してください)。" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -708,13 +786,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : このパッケージはインストールするために選択されていますa+ : インストールするために自動的に選択されています > : このパッケージを更新しますa> : このパッケージは自動的に更新されます i : このパッケージはインストール済みです - : パッケージは削除されます---: このパッケージは絶対にインストールしません (禁止)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed " +"automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be " +"automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will " +"be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : このパッケージはインストールするために選択されていますa+ : インス" +"トールするために自動的に選択されています > : このパッケージを更新します</" +"p>a> : このパッケージは自動的に更新されます i : このパッケージはインス" +"トール済みです - : パッケージは削除されます---: このパッケージは絶" +"対にインストールしません (禁止)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: インストール済みのバージョンを維持し、更新したり削除したりしません (パッケージをロック) パターンや言語に対する状態情報::-): このパターンや言語に対する要求は満たされています" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</" +"p>Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this " +"pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: インストール済みのバージョンを維持し、更新したり削除したりしません (パッケージを" +"ロック) パターンや言語に対する状態情報::-): このパターンや言語に対する要求" +"は満たされています" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -723,28 +816,73 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "フィルタ 機能を利用することで、利用可能な全てのパッケージの中から必要なパッケージを見つけ出すことができます。パッケージフィルタはパッケージの属性 (リポジトリ、 RPM グループ) のほか、パッケージの \"コンテナ\" (パターン、言語) や分類、検索結果を基に設定することができます。ドロップダウンメニューから必要なフィルタを選択してください。以下にそれぞれのフィルタについての説明を記します。" +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected " +"criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package " +"\"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the " +"desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"フィルタ 機能を利用することで、利用可能な全てのパッケージの中から必要なパッケージを見" +"つけ出すことができます。パッケージフィルタはパッケージの属性 (リポジトリ、 RPM グループ) のほ" +"か、パッケージの \"コンテナ\" (パターン、言語) や分類、検索結果を基に設定することができます。ド" +"ロップダウンメニューから必要なフィルタを選択してください。以下にそれぞれのフィルタについての説" +"明を記します。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "パターン とは、システムが保持すべき特徴や機能を表現するものです (たとえば \"X サーバ\" や \"コンソールツール\" など)。それぞれのパターンには必須パッケージ (必ずインストールすべきもの) のほか、推奨パッケージ(インストールしたほうがよいもの) 、提案パッケージ (インストールしなくてもかまわないもの)があります。インストールや更新、削除の際にパターンを選択すると、解決器が動作してそれぞれ関連するパッケージの状態が変更されます。" +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X " +"server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), " +"recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, " +"update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" +"パターン とは、システムが保持すべき特徴や機能を表現するものです (たとえば \"X サーバ" +"\" や \"コンソールツール\" など)。それぞれのパターンには必須パッケージ (必ずインストールすべき" +"もの) のほか、推奨パッケージ(インストールしたほうがよいもの) 、提案パッケージ (インストールしな" +"くてもかまわないもの)があります。インストールや更新、削除の際にパターンを選択すると、解決器が" +"動作してそれぞれ関連するパッケージの状態が変更されます。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "言語 はパターンとよく似たパッケージコンテナです。選択した言語に対するパッケージの翻訳や辞書、言語固有のファイルなどのパッケージがあります。 RPM グループ は、インストール可能なパッケージコンテナではありません。その代わり、特定の RPM グループ内の構成がパッケージの属性そのものになっています。それらは階層 (ツリー) 構造になっていて、 リポジトリフィルタでは、指定したリポジトリからのパッケージのみを表示するフィルタとして働きます。 " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with " +"translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM " +"Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain " +"RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The " +"Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "" +"言語 はパターンとよく似たパッケージコンテナです。選択した言語に対するパッケージの翻訳" +"や辞書、言語固有のファイルなどのパッケージがあります。 RPM グループ は、インストール可能" +"なパッケージコンテナではありません。その代わり、特定の RPM グループ内の構成がパッケージの属性そ" +"のものになっています。それらは階層 (ツリー) 構造になっていて、 リポジトリフィルタでは、" +"指定したリポジトリからのパッケージのみを表示するフィルタとして働きます。 " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "検索 フィルタを利用するには、パッケージを検索する語句 (一部でも可) を入力してください。たとえば \"3d\"と入力すると、三次元関係のパッケージを検索することができます。また、パッケージの説明文や提供物などを検索対象に含めたい場合は、それぞれ適切なチェックボックスを選択してから検索語句を入力してください。それぞれを入力したら '検索' ボタンを押してください。 " +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package " +"search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also " +"search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and " +"click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "" +"検索 フィルタを利用するには、パッケージを検索する語句 (一部でも可) を入力してくださ" +"い。たとえば \"3d\"と入力すると、三次元関係のパッケージを検索することができます。また、パッ" +"ケージの説明文や提供物などを検索対象に含めたい場合は、それぞれ適切なチェックボックスを選択して" +"から検索語句を入力してください。それぞれを入力したら '検索' ボタンを押してください。 " #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "インストールの概要 では、このセッション内で状態を変更したパッケージの概要が表示されます(たとえばインストールしたり削除したりなど)。解決器によって自動的に変更されたものも表示されます。 パッケージ分類のフィルタでは、 推奨, 提案, 孤立, 不要 の状態にあるパッケージの情報を表示します。" +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed " +"during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or " +"automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information " +"about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"インストールの概要 では、このセッション内で状態を変更したパッケージの概要が表示されま" +"す(たとえばインストールしたり削除したりなど)。解決器によって自動的に変更されたものも表示されま" +"す。 パッケージ分類のフィルタでは、 推奨, 提案, 孤立, 不要 " +"の状態にあるパッケージの情報を表示します。" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -752,32 +890,109 @@ msgstr "メニュー内の便利な機能" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "依存関係: このメニューでは、パッケージの依存関係に関する様々な処理を行なうことができます。既定では、パッケージの依存関係は状態を変更するたびに確認されます。また、パッケージを選択した際に何らかの矛盾が発生した場合は、その旨を示すダイアログで矛盾の解決方法を提案します。矛盾を取り除くには、提示された解決方法のいずれかを選択して '了解して再試行' を押してください。" +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of " +"package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. " +"You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict " +"resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"依存関係: このメニューでは、パッケージの依存関係に関する様々な処理を行なうことができ" +"ます。既定では、パッケージの依存関係は状態を変更するたびに確認されます。また、パッケージを選択" +"した際に何らかの矛盾が発生した場合は、その旨を示すダイアログで矛盾の解決方法を提案します。矛盾" +"を取り除くには、提示された解決方法のいずれかを選択して '了解して再試行' を押してください。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "それぞれの状態変更で依存関係の確認を行なわないようにするには、 自動的な依存関係確認 をオフにしてください。この場合、 今すぐ依存関係を確認 ボタンを押して手動で確認することができます。 システムの検証では、パッケージの依存関係を確認したのち対話無しで矛盾を解決します。この場合、必要なパッケージは自動的にインストールするようマークされます。また、デバッグ用に 依存関係の解決テストケースを生成を利用することもできます。この機能を利用すると、 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>ディレクトリ内にパッケージの依存関係の出力が行なわれます。 bugzilla で \"解決テストケース\" (\"solver testcase\") について尋ねられた場合にお使いください。" +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency " +"Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. " +"The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and " +"resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " +"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will " +"dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This " +"is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"それぞれの状態変更で依存関係の確認を行なわないようにするには、 自動的な依存関係確認 " +"をオフにしてください。この場合、 今すぐ依存関係を確認 ボタンを押して手動で確認することが" +"できます。 システムの検証では、パッケージの依存関係を確認したのち対話無しで矛盾を解決し" +"ます。この場合、必要なパッケージは自動的にインストールするようマークされます。また、デバッグ用" +"に 依存関係の解決テストケースを生成を利用することもできます。この機能を利用すると、 " +"<tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>ディレクトリ内にパッケージの依存関係の出力が行なわれま" +"す。 bugzilla で \"解決テストケース\" (\"solver testcase\") について尋ねられた場合にお使いくだ" +"さい。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "利用可能な依存関係確認方法は下記のとおりです: 自動依存関係チェック (上記をお読みください), 推奨パッケージをインストールする: 有効に設定すると、すでにインストールされているパッケージが推奨するパッケージについても、インストールを行なうようになります。 システム検証モード: インストール済みのパッケージに対して依存関係の確認を行ない、即時にそれらの矛盾を解決します。注意: 今すぐシステムを検証する を選択してシステムを確認した後は、 システム検証モード がオンになります (不要な場合は選択を外してください) 。これらのオプションは、 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> にある YaST の設定ファイル内に保存されます。" +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see " +"above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, " +"System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve " +"immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " +"System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are " +"saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"利用可能な依存関係確認方法は下記のとおりです: 自動依存関係チェック (上記をお読みく" +"ださい), 推奨パッケージをインストールする: 有効に設定すると、すでにインストールされてい" +"るパッケージが推奨するパッケージについても、インストールを行なうようになります。 システム検" +"証モード: インストール済みのパッケージに対して依存関係の確認を行ない、即時にそれらの矛盾を" +"解決します。注意: 今すぐシステムを検証する を選択してシステムを確認した後は、 システ" +"ム検証モード がオンになります (不要な場合は選択を外してください) 。これらのオプションは、 " +"<tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> にある YaST の設定ファイル内に保存されます。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "高度なオプション: パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう: 依存関係が利用していた不要なパッケージを削除します。 製造元の変更を許可する: インストール済みのパッケージと製造元が異なる場合も、インストールを行ないます。これらのオプションは保存されませんが、パッケージライブラリの設定ファイル (<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>) で設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused " +"packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed " +"package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of " +"the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"高度なオプション: パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう: 依存関係が利用していた不" +"要なパッケージを削除します。 製造元の変更を許可する: インストール済みのパッケージと製造" +"元が異なる場合も、インストールを行ないます。これらのオプションは保存されませんが、パッケージラ" +"イブラリの設定ファイル (<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>) で設定することができます。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "表示: パッケージ一覧の下に表示する情報を選択することができます。表示可能なものパッケージの説明のほか、技術データ (バージョン、サイズ、ライセンスなど)、パッケージバージョン (利用可能なもの全て)、ファイル一覧 (パッケージに含まれている全てのファイル)、依存関係 (提供するもの、必要としているものなど) があります。" +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in " +"the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data " +"(version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included " +"in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"表示: パッケージ一覧の下に表示する情報を選択することができます。表示可能なもの" +"パッケージの説明のほか、技術データ (バージョン、サイズ、ライセンスなど)、パッケージバージョン " +"(利用可能なもの全て)、ファイル一覧 (パッケージに含まれている全てのファイル)、依存関係 (提供する" +"もの、必要としているものなど) があります。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "設定: このメニューはパッケージ選択とパッケージ管理ユーティリティを統合させたものです。ここから リポジトリマネージャの開始 を行なうことができるほか、設定済みのリポジトリを編集したり更新リポジトリを登録したりできるほか、利用可能な更新についてのダウンロード間隔を設定することもできます (オンライン更新の設定を起動). また、パッケージ選択の終了時の動作についても 3 種類から選択することができます (パッケージインストール後の動作 メニューより) 。" +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package " +"management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured " +"repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available " +"updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"設定: このメニューはパッケージ選択とパッケージ管理ユーティリティを統合させたもの" +"です。ここから リポジトリマネージャの開始 を行なうことができるほか、設定済みのリポジトリ" +"を編集したり更新リポジトリを登録したりできるほか、利用可能な更新についてのダウンロード間隔を設" +"定することもできます (オンライン更新の設定を起動). また、パッケージ選択の終了時の動作に" +"ついても 3 種類から選択することができます (パッケージインストール後の動作 メニューよ" +"り) 。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "オプション: ここにはその他の機能が存在します。 パッケージ一覧をファイルにエクスポート ではインストール済みのパッケージやパターン、言語を指定した XML ファイルに出力することができます。このファイルは後から パッケージ一覧をファイルからインポート を押すことで取り込むことができます (たとえば別のコンピュータ上で)。 XML ファイルを利用して複数の目的のコンピュータを同じパッケージ状態にすることができます。 利用可能なディスク領域の表示 を押すと、マウント済みの各パーティションについて使用状況と空き容量が表示されます。 " +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File " +"will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This " +"file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different " +"computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as " +"described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " +"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "" +"オプション: ここにはその他の機能が存在します。 パッケージ一覧をファイルにエク" +"スポート ではインストール済みのパッケージやパターン、言語を指定した XML ファイルに出力する" +"ことができます。このファイルは後から パッケージ一覧をファイルからインポート を押すこと" +"で取り込むことができます (たとえば別のコンピュータ上で)。 XML ファイルを利用して複数の目的のコ" +"ンピュータを同じパッケージ状態にすることができます。 利用可能なディスク領域の表示 を押す" +"と、マウント済みの各パーティションについて使用状況と空き容量が表示されます。 " #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -974,28 +1189,77 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "修正に関する一般的な情報:セキュリティ の種類が設定された修正は、セキュリティ問題を解決するための修正で、必ずインストールしておくことをお勧めします。 推奨 の修正は重要なバグ修正を含むものであり、こちらもインストールをお勧めします。 機能 の修正は、特定の機能に問題がある場合の修正です。" +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving " +"security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended</" +"b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you " +"are interested in the feature." +msgstr "" +"修正に関する一般的な情報:セキュリティ の種類が設定された修正は、セキュリティ問" +"題を解決するための修正で、必ずインストールしておくことをお勧めします。 推奨 の修正は重要" +"なバグ修正を含むものであり、こちらもインストールをお勧めします。 機能 の修正は、特定の機" +"能に問題がある場合の修正です。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr " \"libzypp\" の修正 (パッケージ、修正、パターン、製品管理) は、常に最初にインストールされます。それ以外の修正はソフトウエアを起動し直してインストールしてください。 " +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get " +"installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "" +" \"libzypp\" の修正 (パッケージ、修正、パターン、製品管理) は、常に最初にインストールされま" +"す。それ以外の修正はソフトウエアを起動し直してインストールしてください。 " #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "状態フラグの意味:a+ : お使いのシステムに関係する修正が事前に選択されています。これらはお使いのシステムでダウンロードしてインストールされるものです。特定の修正をインストールしない場合は、 '-' を押して選択を解除してください。 i : この修正に対する必要条件が満たされていることを示します。 + : インストールするよう選択したことを示します。" +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are " +"preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a " +"certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are " +"satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"状態フラグの意味:a+ : お使いのシステムに関係する修正が事前に選択されています。" +"これらはお使いのシステムでダウンロードしてインストールされるものです。特定の修正をインストール" +"しない場合は、 '-' を押して選択を解除してください。 i : この修正に対する必要条件" +"が満たされていることを示します。 + : インストールするよう選択したことを示します。" +"" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "状態に関する詳細: パッケージ (1 つまたは複数) に対して未適用の複数の修正が存在する場合、これらは事前に選択され、 a+ という状態になります。これらの修正のうち、いずれかの選択を '-' で外すと、 i という状態になります。これは、このパッケージを必要とする他のパッケージが選択されていることを示すもので、修正の要件を満たすために新しいパッケージのバージョンをインストールします。修正をインストールしたくない場合は、これらのパッケージの選択も外す必要があります。 " +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of " +"packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+</" +"b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i " +"afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " +"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"状態に関する詳細: パッケージ (1 つまたは複数) に対して未適用の複数の修正が存在する場合、" +"これらは事前に選択され、 a+ という状態になります。これらの修正のうち、いずれかの選択を " +"'-' で外すと、 i という状態になります。これは、このパッケージを必要とする他のパッケージ" +"が選択されていることを示すもので、修正の要件を満たすために新しいパッケージのバージョンをインス" +"トールします。修正をインストールしたくない場合は、これらのパッケージの選択も外す必要がありま" +"す。 " #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "メニュー:フィルタ メニューでは、 'インストール済み' のものや 'セキュリティ' 関連の修正など、修正をフィルタ表示することができます。また、このメニューでは修正を検索することもできます。 また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、修正の状態を変更することができます。 それ以外にも、 ビュー メニューでは修正に関係するパッケージを表示する機能を提供します。注意: フィルタが 'すべての修正' になっている場合でも、修正によってはパッケージ一覧が空になる場合があります。これは、システムに修正パッケージが全くインストールされていないため、影響するパッケージが存在しないために発生します。 依存関係 メニューでは依存関係のチェックを行なうことができるほか、 '依存関係の解決テストケースを生成' を行なうこともできます。" +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the " +"'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use " +"the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the " +"possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is " +"'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The " +"Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +"" +msgstr "" +"メニュー:フィルタ メニューでは、 'インストール済み' のものや 'セキュリティ' 関" +"連の修正など、修正をフィルタ表示することができます。また、このメニューでは修正を検索することも" +"できます。 また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、修正の状態を変更することができ" +"ます。 それ以外にも、 ビュー メニューでは修正に関係するパッケージを表示する機能を提供" +"します。注意: フィルタが 'すべての修正' になっている場合でも、修正によってはパッケージ一覧が空" +"になる場合があります。これは、システムに修正パッケージが全くインストールされていないため、影響" +"するパッケージが存在しないために発生します。 依存関係 メニューでは依存関係のチェック" +"を行なうことができるほか、 '依存関係の解決テストケースを生成' を行なうこともできます。" #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1017,35 +1281,42 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "続行 (&O)" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "はい (&Y)" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "いいえ (&N)" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "了解して再試行 (&O)" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "パッケージや修正、パターンの選択に関する全ての変更が失われます。 終了してよろしいですか？" +msgstr "" +"パッケージや修正、パターンの選択に関する全ての変更が失われます。 終了してよろしいですか？" +"" # カメルーン #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "利用可能な言語" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "利用可能なリポジトリ" @@ -1053,61 +1324,103 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "必要な修正" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "インストール済みの修正" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "オンライン更新／修正" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "更新の問題 -- ヘルプ参照" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "検索結果" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "パッケージの依存関係" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "更新の際の問題 この一覧にあるパッケージは自動的に更新することができません。考えられる原因:これらは他のパッケージで更新されているどのインストールメディアにも更新すべき新しいバージョンが無いこれらはサードパーティ製のパッケージであるこれらのパッケージはどのように対処するのか手動で設定してください。最も安全な選択はこれらを削除することです。" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</" +"p>Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer " +"version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packages</" +"p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "" +"更新の際の問題 この一覧にあるパッケージは自動的に更新することができません。" +"考えられる原因:これらは他のパッケージで更新されているどのインストールメディアにも" +"更新すべき新しいバージョンが無いこれらはサードパーティ製のパッケージであるこれら" +"のパッケージはどのように対処するのか手動で設定してください。最も安全な選択はこれらを削除するこ" +"とです。" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "ソース" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "一覧の更新 (&U)" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "修正: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "使用できる修正はありません" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "スクリプト" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "互換性のないパッケージのバージョン" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of " +"this package at the same time." +msgstr "" +"マルチバージョンに対応しているものと、対応していないものの両方をインストールしようとしていま" +"す。" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and " +"unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep " +"the other one." +msgstr "" +"このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応しています。\"続行\" ボタンを押すと、このバー" +"ジョンをインストールしてマルチバージョン非対応のものをアンインストールします。 \"キャンセル\" " +"を押すと、このバージョンをインストールせずに、現状のまま維持します。" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this " +"version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the " +"other ones." +msgstr "" +"このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応していません。\"続行\" ボタンを押すと、このバー" +"ジョンのみをインストールし、それ以外のものをアンインストールします。 \"キャンセル\" を押すと、" +"このバージョンをインストールせずに、現状のまま維持します。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2015-09-29 10:49:04 UTC (rev 92878) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2015-09-29 11:17:00 UTC (rev 92879) @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -97,8 +97,7 @@ msgstr "パーティション設定の作成 (&C)..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -713,8 +712,7 @@ #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning #. Information what to do, background information #. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクの準備" @@ -924,8 +922,7 @@ #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "インストール先: " @@ -964,8 +961,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "/home パーティションを分離して提案する (&H)" @@ -983,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr "提案種類" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -992,13 +988,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント \"/\" \n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント " +"\"/\" \n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1014,7 +1011,7 @@ "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1029,7 +1026,7 @@ "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1043,8 +1040,24 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告:\n" +"お使いのシステムには、タイプ 0x41 PReP/CHRP の起動用パーティションが必要です。\n" +"パーティションを作成してください。\n" +"\n" +"この設定のまま続行しますか？\n" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1065,7 +1078,7 @@ "この設定を使用してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1080,7 +1093,7 @@ "このままのサイズ設定でよろしいですか？\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1098,26 +1111,25 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "警告: /boot にマウントされるパーティションが設定されていません。\n" -"お使いのハードディスクから起動するには、小さな /boot パーティション (約 %1)\n" -"を作成する必要があります。\n" +"お使いのハードディスクから起動するには、小さな /boot パーティション\n" +"(約 %1) を作成する必要があります。\n" "なお、 /boot に割り当てられたパーティションは、自動的に 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" "の種類になります。\n" "\n" "/boot パーティション無しで設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1137,7 +1149,7 @@ "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1151,7 +1163,7 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1168,7 +1180,7 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1193,7 +1205,7 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1218,12 +1230,12 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "この設定のままでよろしいですか？" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1244,7 +1256,7 @@ "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1259,7 +1271,7 @@ "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1272,18 +1284,19 @@ "- このパーティションにはそもそもファイルシステムが作成されていなかった場合\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" +"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してくださ" +"い。\n" "特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /var の\n" "いずれかである場合は、ご注意ください。\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1294,7 +1307,7 @@ "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1303,7 +1316,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前に RAID アレイから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1312,7 +1325,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前にボリュームグループから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1321,7 +1334,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前にボリュームを削除する必要があります。\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1330,7 +1343,7 @@ "このデバイスを削除する前に RAID アレイから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1338,12 +1351,12 @@ "デバイス (%2) は %1 で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを削除する前に %1 を削除する必要があります。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "マウントされている場合は削除することができません。" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1353,7 +1366,7 @@ "使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1362,11 +1375,12 @@ msgstr "" "選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めしま" +"す。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1381,7 +1395,7 @@ "取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1396,7 +1410,7 @@ "取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1409,30 +1423,28 @@ "削除する前に使用中のパーティションを削除してください。\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "暗号化ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください。" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "パスワードを指定しなくてもかまいません。" #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1 の暗号化ファイルシステムのパスワード" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1441,7 +1453,7 @@ "の暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "暗号化ファイルシステムに対するパスワードの入力" @@ -1449,8 +1461,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください (&E):" @@ -1460,18 +1471,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "確認のため、再度パスワードを入力してください (&V):" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "飛ばす (&S)" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1483,8 +1494,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1494,8 +1504,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1503,17 +1512,17 @@ "パスワードは %1 文字以上必要です。\n" "もう一度入力してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "浮動小数点は指定できません。" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "ファイルシステムオプション:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1522,7 +1531,7 @@ "この文字が含まれないようボリュームラベルを変更してください。\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" @@ -1539,7 +1548,7 @@ "無効になっている場合は、指定することはできません。\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" @@ -1552,44 +1561,44 @@ "ボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "/etc/fstab のマウント方法" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名 (&D)" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "ボリュームラベル (&L)" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID (&U)" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "デバイス ID (&I)" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "デバイスパス (&P)" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "fstab オプション:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1600,62 +1609,62 @@ "%1 です。ボリュームラベルをこのサイズに切りつめました。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "マウントすべきボリュームラベルを指定してください。" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "このボリュームラベルはすでに使用されています。別のラベルを選択してください。" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "ファイルシステム (&S)" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "オプション (&P)..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "デバイスの暗号化 (&E)" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "ファイルシステム ID (&I): " #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "フォーマットする" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "フォーマットしない (&N)" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "フォーマット (&F)" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "fstab オプション (&T)" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント (&M)" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1680,7 +1689,7 @@ "続行しますか？\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1691,7 +1700,7 @@ "YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1702,21 +1711,21 @@ "YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "このパーティションを縮小するとデータを損失してしまう危険があります。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "この論理ボリュームを縮小するとデータを損失してしまう危険があります。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "続行しますか？" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1727,7 +1736,7 @@ "YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1737,20 +1746,20 @@ "YaST2 では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" "YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "サイズ変更を続行しますか？" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1765,7 +1774,7 @@ "今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1774,11 +1783,12 @@ msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強" +"く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1793,7 +1803,7 @@ "取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1807,7 +1817,7 @@ "パーティションを取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1820,55 +1830,55 @@ "ボリュームを削除してください。\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることができます。\n" +msgstr "" +"btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることがで" +"きます。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "snapper を利用して btrfs ファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にします。" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "既存のサブボリューム:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "新しいサブボリューム" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "新規追加" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "削除" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットの有効化" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "サブボリュームの処理" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "サブボリューム名には何らかの名前を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1876,11 +1886,11 @@ "現時点では、サブボリューム名は \"%1\" で始まるもののみが許されます。\n" "サブボリューム名の頭には、自動的に \"%1\" が付けられます。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "サブボリューム名 %1 は既に存在します。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "このダイアログ内での変更点は失われてしまいます。" @@ -1933,7 +1943,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するものです。\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するもので" +"す。\n" "暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" "ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" @@ -1952,7 +1963,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなくなります。\n" +"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなく" +"なります。\n" "パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" "なおパスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、 2 回入力します。\n" "\n" @@ -2065,17 +2077,17 @@ "選択する必要があります。\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "LVM にマウントポイント \"%1\" を使用することはできません。\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "RAID にマウントポイント %1 を使用することはできません。" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2092,7 +2104,7 @@ "この設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2105,7 +2117,7 @@ "ループバックでないファイルシステムをお使いください。\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2125,42 +2137,45 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "マウントポイントを指定する必要があります。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "スワップデバイスのマウントポイントは swap でなければなりません。" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントを swap に設定することができます。" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別のマウントポイントを選択してください。" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定しています。\n" +"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定" +"しています。\n" "この操作は行なうことができません。" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" +msgstr "" +"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでく" +"ださい。" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2171,12 +2186,12 @@ "/var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "マウントポイントは必ず \"/\" で始まる必要があります" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2186,7 +2201,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2195,7 +2210,7 @@ "このファイルシステムを使う場合の最小サイズは %2 です。\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2204,7 +2219,7 @@ "のデバイスに割り当てることはできません。" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2228,12 +2243,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "ファイルシステムは現在、 %1 にマウントされています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2244,12 +2259,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "マウント解除" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2257,17 +2272,19 @@ "今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n" "特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここではキャンセルを押してください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできませ" +"ん。" #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2382,8 +2399,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2454,8 +2470,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "btrfs デバイスを選択していません。" @@ -2471,8 +2486,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "いくつかの物理ボリュームの削除に失敗しました。" @@ -2546,11 +2560,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" @@ -2581,12 +2593,10 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" @@ -2602,11 +2612,9 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "編集..." @@ -2621,11 +2629,9 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "削除..." @@ -2664,11 +2670,9 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概要 (&O)" @@ -2676,9 +2680,8 @@ #. push button text #. tab heading #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "使用済みデバイス (&U)" @@ -2830,7 +2833,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペ" +"ンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "\n" @@ -2898,21 +2902,16 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大サイズ (%1)" @@ -2924,8 +2923,7 @@ #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "カスタムサイズ" @@ -2937,8 +2935,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してください。" @@ -3055,16 +3052,14 @@ msgstr "RAID の追加" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加" #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "デバイスグラフ" @@ -3080,16 +3075,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "グラフファイルの保存が失敗しました。" #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "マウントグラフ" @@ -3214,14 +3207,13 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "ハードディスクが選択されていません。" #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ディスクは現在使用中であるため、変更できません。" @@ -3237,7 +3229,8 @@ "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なうと、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されま" +"す。" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 @@ -3246,8 +3239,7 @@ #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1 を本当に削除してよろしいですか？" @@ -3270,10 +3262,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "パーティションが選択されていません。" @@ -3431,8 +3421,7 @@ msgstr "移動" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "サイズ変更" @@ -3469,8 +3458,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "ハードディスク" @@ -3531,10 +3519,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "追加..." @@ -3723,22 +3709,29 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "<h1>パーティションは何も変更していません。</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "<h1>パーティション設定の変更:</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "ストレージ設定は何も変更していません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "ストレージ設定:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "インストールすべきパッケージ:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "インストールすべきパッケージはありません。" + #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "ログ" @@ -3779,7 +3772,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場" +"合、\n" "そのファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" #. helptext @@ -3883,8 +3877,7 @@ #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "暗号ファイルが選択されていません。" @@ -3899,8 +3892,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "暗号ファイル" @@ -4046,14 +4038,12 @@ msgstr "物理エクステントサイズ (&P)" #. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "利用可能な物理ボリューム:" #. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "選択した物理ボリューム:" @@ -4070,7 +4060,8 @@ "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグルー" +"プの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" #. helptext @@ -4092,8 +4083,7 @@ #. heading for frame #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "ストライプ" @@ -4121,11 +4111,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of " +"Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "論理ボリュームを 通常ボリューム として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" +"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状" +"態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよい" +"でしょう。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 @@ -4141,22 +4134,22 @@ msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" "This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." -msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" +msgstr "" +"さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 " +"Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "論理ボリューム" #. heading for frame #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" @@ -4201,12 +4194,12 @@ "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" "LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブル" +"を適切に変更してください。" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "ボリュームグループが選択されていません。" @@ -4223,10 +4216,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "論理ボリュームが選択されていません。" @@ -4286,8 +4277,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "ボリューム管理" @@ -4358,8 +4348,7 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" @@ -4385,22 +4374,19 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未使用デバイス" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" @@ -4433,7 +4419,9 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してくださ" +"い。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4464,10 +4452,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will " +"not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" -"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" +"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復" +"旧は不可能となります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 @@ -4487,11 +4477,13 @@ msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is " +"lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: この RAID レベルは多数のディスク管理と冗長性の保持の\n" "両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必要です。\n" -" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが失われます。\n" +" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが" +"失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4512,8 +4504,10 @@ "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの" +"合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量" +"に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4526,8 +4520,7 @@ #. heading #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 種類" @@ -4576,11 +4569,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For " +"RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much." +"\n" msgstr "" "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃" +"な設定値と\n" "なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -4591,10 +4587,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating " +"platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォー" +"マンスを提供します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4606,8 +4604,7 @@ "mdadm のマニュアルページ (man mdadm) をお読みください。\n" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "チャンクサイズ" @@ -4684,8 +4681,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "RAID が選択されていません。" @@ -4760,8 +4756,8 @@ #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" @@ -4800,8 +4796,7 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" @@ -4813,16 +4808,16 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "デバイス ID" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "デバイスパス" @@ -4882,10 +4877,12 @@ msgstr "" "規定のマウント方法 では、新しく作成する\n" "パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス は、\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス" +" は、\n" "ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" "永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID と\n" -"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" +"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウ" +"ントする方法です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4900,12 +4897,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at " +"cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "新しく作成するパーティションの配置\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ" +"番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" "Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換があるように割り当てます。\n" @@ -5099,8 +5098,7 @@ #. #. The items must have the `id() as their first element. #. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "分類" @@ -5196,7 +5194,8 @@ "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" "押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" "押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" -"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" +"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設" +"定することもできます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 @@ -5295,7 +5294,8 @@ "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "tmpfs サイズ:\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けること\n" +"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けるこ" +"と\n" "ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定することもできます。" #. label text @@ -5330,7 +5330,8 @@ "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "読み込み専用でマウント:\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの" +"際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5358,7 +5359,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザによるマウントを許可: \n" -"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。" +"\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5372,12 +5374,14 @@ "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default " +"is false.\n" msgstr "" "システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができます。\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができ" +"ます。\n" "(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" @@ -5394,7 +5398,8 @@ "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定しま" +"す。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" #. label text @@ -5481,7 +5486,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" -"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" +"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。</" +"p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5495,7 +5501,8 @@ "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT の短縮ファイル名に使用するコードページ: \n" -"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" +"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用" +"するコードページを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5520,10 +5527,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, " +"YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT サイズ:\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択す" +"ると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5553,7 +5562,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "ハッシュ関数: \n" "ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" @@ -5567,10 +5577,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility " +"with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel " +"versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネ" +"ル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4." +"x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5582,10 +5596,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 " +"bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のい" +"ずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5612,10 +5628,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file " +"system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "inode 領域の割合:\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定しま" +"す。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5657,7 +5675,8 @@ "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "ログサイズ\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% で" +"す。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5695,10 +5714,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes " +"per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the " +"expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれ" +"かです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定し" +"ます。 \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5718,9 +5741,12 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode ごとのバイト数:\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" -" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode " +"1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあ" +"まりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。</" +"p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5739,8 +5765,14 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved " +"for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit " +"for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位" +"で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約" +"上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5768,7 +5800,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。</" +"p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5868,7 +5901,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "サイズ変更できません:" @@ -5881,7 +5914,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5894,7 +5927,7 @@ "入力した暗号化パスワードが正しくない可能性があります。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5905,7 +5938,7 @@ "もう一度入力してください。" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5917,24 +5950,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力 (&E):" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "パスワードの提供" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下記の暗号化ボリュームが既に利用できます。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "暗号化されたボリュームの有効化" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5946,12 +5979,12 @@ "対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュームが\n" "組まれるものであったりした場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "暗号化パスワードを指定しますか？" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5961,58 +5994,71 @@ "パスワードは全てのデバイスで試されます。" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "解錠する暗号化ボリュームがありません。" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "下記のデバイスのいずれかに対するパスワードを入力してください:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "下記のデバイスに対するパスワードを入力してください:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "暗号化ボリュームを解錠しようとしています..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "指定されたパスワードでは、どのボリュームも解錠できませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "エラーを無視して続行しますか？" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができません。" +msgstr "" +"ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができませ" +"ん。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6022,7 +6068,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6032,7 +6078,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6042,7 +6088,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6052,7 +6098,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6063,7 +6109,7 @@ "デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" "ここにはインストール作業に必要なスワップが含まれています。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6074,7 +6120,7 @@ "ここにはインストールを実行するのに必要なデータが含まれています。\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6085,18 +6131,18 @@ "パーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません！" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "インストールは、ほぼ間違いなく致命的なエラーになります！" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "下記の解決方法を追加することができませんでした: %1" @@ -6109,10 +6155,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "システムエラーコード: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "エラーを無視して続行しますか？" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6360,8 +6402,10 @@ "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) " +"はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデ" +"バイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6373,7 +6417,8 @@ msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" "そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" -"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" +"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味し" +"ています。\n" "このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6393,7 +6438,8 @@ "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプ" +"ションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 @@ -6754,7 +6800,9 @@ #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシス" +"テムを検査してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6814,7 +6862,8 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "提案では、ホームディレクトリに対して個別のパーティションを設定することも\n" -"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。" +"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -6884,5 +6933,3 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" -#~ msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." -#~ msgstr "ルートファイルシステムのスナップショットを作成しています..."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92878 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-09-29 12:49:04 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92878 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po Log: zypper zh_TW updated Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-09-29 10:48:59 UTC (rev 92877) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-09-29 10:49:04 UTC (rev 92878) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-25 00:46+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:48+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" @@ -4207,10 +4207,8 @@ msgstr "建立解決測試方案時發生錯誤。" #: src/solve-commit.cc:450 -#, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format -#| msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." -msgstr "正在檢查使用已刪除函式庫的正在運作程序..." +msgstr "檢查使用已刪除函式庫運作程序的功能在 zypper.conf 中已被關閉。請手動執行 '%s' 來做檢查。" #. Here: Table output #: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92877 - trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po
by ramax＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: ramax Date: 2015-09-29 12:48:59 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92877 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po Log: zypper zh_TW merged Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/zypper.zh_TW.po 2015-09-29 10:48:59 UTC (rev 92877) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-24 01:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-25 00:46+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "簡稱" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "已安裝" @@ -561,36 +561,36 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "可用" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "全部下載大小：%1%。已快取：%2%。" -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "僅下載。" #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "完成操作後，將增加 %s 的使用。" -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "完成操作後，不會有額外的空間被使用或釋出。" #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "完成操作後，將釋出 %s。" -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "系統需要重新啟動：" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "要繼續嗎？" @@ -1085,8 +1085,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "從 '%s' 取出檔案出現問題。" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "請檢視上面的錯誤訊息以獲得提示。" @@ -4206,50 +4206,56 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "建立解決測試方案時發生錯誤。" +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." +msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "正在檢查使用已刪除函式庫的正在運作程序..." + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "正在檢查使用已刪除函式庫的正在運作程序..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "檢查失敗的：" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." msgstr "有些正在運作的程序使用了已被最近更新刪除的檔案。您可能會想要檢查並重新啟動這些程序。執行 '%s' 來列出這些程式。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "由下列套件收到了更新提醒：" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "由套件 %s 收到的訊息：" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "y/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "現在檢視提醒嗎？" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "正在計算版本升級..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "正在解決套件相依性..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" msgstr "有些已安裝的套件相依性已被破壞。為了修正此相依性，將採取下列行動：" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "需要有 Root 權限才能修正套件的相依性。" @@ -4263,75 +4269,75 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "是的，接受此摘要並進行套件的安裝/移除(y)。" #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "不，請取消此操作(n)。" #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." msgstr "重新以不強迫解決模式啟動解析者，以顯示相依性問題(p)。" #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "切換顯示套件版本(v)。" #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "切換顯示套件架構(a)。" #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "切換顯示套件將從哪個套件庫安裝(r)。" #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "切換顯示套件供應商名稱(m)。" #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "在顯示所有細節和顯示最少細節間切換(d)。" #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "在呼叫器中檢視摘要。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "提交" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(測試)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "從套件庫取出套件檔案出現問題：" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "套件庫 '%s' 已過期。執行 '%s' 可能會有幫助。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -4347,23 +4353,23 @@ " – 使用另一個安裝媒體 (例如媒體損壞時)\n" " – 使用另一個套件庫" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "安裝或移除套件時(或之後)發生錯誤：" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "其中一個安裝的修補程式需要重新啟動您的機器。請盡快重新啟動電腦。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "其中一個安裝的修補程式會影響套件管理員本身，請再次執行此命令已安裝其他所需的修補程式。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "所有已安裝的套件均滿足相依性。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "無執行動作。"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92876 - in trunk/yast: af af/po am am/po ar ar/po ast ast/po be be/po bg bg/po bn bn/po bs bs/po ca ca/po cs cs/po cy cy/po da da/po de de/po el el/po en_GB en_GB/po en_US en_US/po eo eo/po es es/po et et/po eu eu/po fa fa/po fi fi/po fr fr/po gl gl/po gu gu/po he he/po hi hi/po hr hr/po hu hu/po id id/po it it/po ja ja/po jv jv/po ka ka/po km km/po kn kn/po ko ko/po ku ku/po lo lo/po lt lt/po lv lv/po mk mk/po mr mr/po ms ms/po my my/po nb nb/po nds nds/po ne ne/po nl nl/po n
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-09-29 12:47:28 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92876 Added: trunk/yast/af/COPYING trunk/yast/af/Makefile.am trunk/yast/af/README trunk/yast/af/configure.ac trunk/yast/af/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/am/COPYING trunk/yast/am/Makefile.am trunk/yast/am/README trunk/yast/am/configure.ac trunk/yast/am/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ar/COPYING trunk/yast/ar/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ar/README trunk/yast/ar/configure.ac trunk/yast/ar/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ast/COPYING trunk/yast/ast/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ast/README trunk/yast/ast/configure.ac trunk/yast/ast/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/be/COPYING trunk/yast/be/Makefile.am trunk/yast/be/README trunk/yast/be/configure.ac trunk/yast/be/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/bg/COPYING trunk/yast/bg/Makefile.am trunk/yast/bg/README trunk/yast/bg/configure.ac trunk/yast/bg/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/bn/COPYING trunk/yast/bn/Makefile.am trunk/yast/bn/README trunk/yast/bn/configure.ac trunk/yast/bn/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/bs/COPYING trunk/yast/bs/Makefile.am trunk/yast/bs/README trunk/yast/bs/configure.ac trunk/yast/bs/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ca/COPYING trunk/yast/ca/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ca/README trunk/yast/ca/configure.ac trunk/yast/ca/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/cs/COPYING trunk/yast/cs/Makefile.am trunk/yast/cs/README trunk/yast/cs/configure.ac trunk/yast/cs/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/cy/COPYING trunk/yast/cy/Makefile.am trunk/yast/cy/README trunk/yast/cy/configure.ac trunk/yast/cy/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/da/COPYING trunk/yast/da/Makefile.am trunk/yast/da/README trunk/yast/da/configure.ac trunk/yast/da/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/de/COPYING trunk/yast/de/Makefile.am trunk/yast/de/README trunk/yast/de/configure.ac trunk/yast/de/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/el/COPYING trunk/yast/el/Makefile.am trunk/yast/el/README trunk/yast/el/configure.ac trunk/yast/el/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/en_GB/COPYING trunk/yast/en_GB/Makefile.am trunk/yast/en_GB/README trunk/yast/en_GB/configure.ac trunk/yast/en_GB/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/en_US/COPYING trunk/yast/en_US/Makefile.am trunk/yast/en_US/README trunk/yast/en_US/configure.ac trunk/yast/en_US/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/eo/COPYING trunk/yast/eo/Makefile.am trunk/yast/eo/README trunk/yast/eo/configure.ac trunk/yast/eo/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/es/COPYING trunk/yast/es/Makefile.am trunk/yast/es/README trunk/yast/es/configure.ac trunk/yast/es/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/et/COPYING trunk/yast/et/Makefile.am trunk/yast/et/README trunk/yast/et/configure.ac trunk/yast/et/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/eu/COPYING trunk/yast/eu/Makefile.am trunk/yast/eu/README trunk/yast/eu/configure.ac trunk/yast/eu/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/fa/COPYING trunk/yast/fa/Makefile.am trunk/yast/fa/README trunk/yast/fa/configure.ac trunk/yast/fa/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/fi/COPYING trunk/yast/fi/Makefile.am trunk/yast/fi/README trunk/yast/fi/configure.ac trunk/yast/fi/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/fr/COPYING trunk/yast/fr/Makefile.am trunk/yast/fr/README trunk/yast/fr/configure.ac trunk/yast/fr/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/gl/COPYING trunk/yast/gl/Makefile.am trunk/yast/gl/README trunk/yast/gl/configure.ac trunk/yast/gl/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/gu/COPYING trunk/yast/gu/Makefile.am trunk/yast/gu/README trunk/yast/gu/configure.ac trunk/yast/gu/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/he/COPYING trunk/yast/he/Makefile.am trunk/yast/he/README trunk/yast/he/configure.ac trunk/yast/he/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/hi/COPYING trunk/yast/hi/Makefile.am trunk/yast/hi/README trunk/yast/hi/configure.ac trunk/yast/hi/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/hr/COPYING trunk/yast/hr/Makefile.am trunk/yast/hr/README trunk/yast/hr/configure.ac trunk/yast/hr/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/hu/COPYING trunk/yast/hu/Makefile.am trunk/yast/hu/README trunk/yast/hu/configure.ac trunk/yast/hu/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/id/COPYING trunk/yast/id/Makefile.am trunk/yast/id/README trunk/yast/id/configure.ac trunk/yast/id/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/it/COPYING trunk/yast/it/Makefile.am trunk/yast/it/README trunk/yast/it/configure.ac trunk/yast/it/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ja/COPYING trunk/yast/ja/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ja/README trunk/yast/ja/configure.ac trunk/yast/ja/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/jv/COPYING trunk/yast/jv/Makefile.am trunk/yast/jv/README trunk/yast/jv/configure.ac trunk/yast/jv/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ka/COPYING trunk/yast/ka/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ka/README trunk/yast/ka/configure.ac trunk/yast/ka/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/km/COPYING trunk/yast/km/Makefile.am trunk/yast/km/README trunk/yast/km/configure.ac trunk/yast/km/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/kn/COPYING trunk/yast/kn/Makefile.am trunk/yast/kn/README trunk/yast/kn/configure.ac trunk/yast/kn/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ko/COPYING trunk/yast/ko/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ko/README trunk/yast/ko/configure.ac trunk/yast/ko/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ku/COPYING trunk/yast/ku/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ku/README trunk/yast/ku/configure.ac trunk/yast/ku/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/lo/COPYING trunk/yast/lo/Makefile.am trunk/yast/lo/README trunk/yast/lo/configure.ac trunk/yast/lo/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/lt/COPYING trunk/yast/lt/Makefile.am trunk/yast/lt/README trunk/yast/lt/configure.ac trunk/yast/lt/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/lv/COPYING trunk/yast/lv/Makefile.am trunk/yast/lv/README trunk/yast/lv/configure.ac trunk/yast/lv/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/mk/COPYING trunk/yast/mk/Makefile.am trunk/yast/mk/README trunk/yast/mk/configure.ac trunk/yast/mk/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/mr/COPYING trunk/yast/mr/Makefile.am trunk/yast/mr/README trunk/yast/mr/configure.ac trunk/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ms/COPYING trunk/yast/ms/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ms/README trunk/yast/ms/configure.ac trunk/yast/ms/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/my/COPYING trunk/yast/my/Makefile.am trunk/yast/my/README trunk/yast/my/configure.ac trunk/yast/my/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nb/COPYING trunk/yast/nb/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nb/README trunk/yast/nb/configure.ac trunk/yast/nb/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nds/COPYING trunk/yast/nds/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nds/README trunk/yast/nds/configure.ac trunk/yast/nds/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ne/COPYING trunk/yast/ne/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ne/README trunk/yast/ne/configure.ac trunk/yast/ne/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nl/COPYING trunk/yast/nl/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nl/README trunk/yast/nl/configure.ac trunk/yast/nl/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nn/COPYING trunk/yast/nn/Makefile.am trunk/yast/nn/README trunk/yast/nn/configure.ac trunk/yast/pa/COPYING trunk/yast/pa/Makefile.am trunk/yast/pa/README trunk/yast/pa/configure.ac trunk/yast/pa/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/pl/COPYING trunk/yast/pl/Makefile.am trunk/yast/pl/README trunk/yast/pl/configure.ac trunk/yast/pl/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ps/COPYING trunk/yast/ps/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ps/README trunk/yast/ps/configure.ac trunk/yast/ps/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/pt/COPYING trunk/yast/pt/Makefile.am trunk/yast/pt/README trunk/yast/pt/configure.ac trunk/yast/pt/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/pt_BR/COPYING trunk/yast/pt_BR/Makefile.am trunk/yast/pt_BR/README trunk/yast/pt_BR/configure.ac trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ro/COPYING trunk/yast/ro/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ro/README trunk/yast/ro/configure.ac trunk/yast/ro/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ru/COPYING trunk/yast/ru/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ru/README trunk/yast/ru/configure.ac trunk/yast/ru/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/si/COPYING trunk/yast/si/Makefile.am trunk/yast/si/README trunk/yast/si/configure.ac trunk/yast/si/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sk/COPYING trunk/yast/sk/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sk/README trunk/yast/sk/configure.ac trunk/yast/sk/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sl/COPYING trunk/yast/sl/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sl/README trunk/yast/sl/configure.ac trunk/yast/sl/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sq/COPYING trunk/yast/sq/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sq/README trunk/yast/sq/configure.ac trunk/yast/sq/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sr/COPYING trunk/yast/sr/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sr/README trunk/yast/sr/configure.ac trunk/yast/sr/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sv/COPYING trunk/yast/sv/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sv/README trunk/yast/sv/configure.ac trunk/yast/sv/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sw/COPYING trunk/yast/sw/Makefile.am trunk/yast/sw/README trunk/yast/sw/configure.ac trunk/yast/sw/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ta/COPYING trunk/yast/ta/Makefile.am trunk/yast/ta/README trunk/yast/ta/configure.ac trunk/yast/ta/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/tg/COPYING trunk/yast/tg/Makefile.am trunk/yast/tg/README trunk/yast/tg/configure.ac trunk/yast/tg/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/th/COPYING trunk/yast/th/Makefile.am trunk/yast/th/README trunk/yast/th/configure.ac trunk/yast/th/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/tk/COPYING trunk/yast/tk/Makefile.am trunk/yast/tk/README trunk/yast/tk/configure.ac trunk/yast/tk/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/tr/COPYING trunk/yast/tr/Makefile.am trunk/yast/tr/README trunk/yast/tr/configure.ac trunk/yast/tr/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/uk/COPYING trunk/yast/uk/Makefile.am trunk/yast/uk/README trunk/yast/uk/configure.ac trunk/yast/uk/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/vi/COPYING trunk/yast/vi/Makefile.am trunk/yast/vi/README trunk/yast/vi/configure.ac trunk/yast/vi/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/wa/COPYING trunk/yast/wa/Makefile.am trunk/yast/wa/README trunk/yast/wa/configure.ac trunk/yast/wa/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/xh/COPYING trunk/yast/xh/Makefile.am trunk/yast/xh/README trunk/yast/xh/configure.ac trunk/yast/xh/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/zh_CN/COPYING trunk/yast/zh_CN/Makefile.am trunk/yast/zh_CN/README trunk/yast/zh_CN/configure.ac trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/zh_TW/COPYING trunk/yast/zh_TW/Makefile.am trunk/yast/zh_TW/README trunk/yast/zh_TW/configure.ac trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/Makefile.am trunk/yast/zu/COPYING trunk/yast/zu/Makefile.am trunk/yast/zu/README trunk/yast/zu/configure.ac trunk/yast/zu/po/Makefile.am Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/Makefile.am Log: new Added: trunk/yast/af/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/af/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/af/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/af/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-af +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-af, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-af) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-af" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/af/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/af/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/af/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/am/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/am/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/am/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/am/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/am/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/am/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/am/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/am/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-am +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-am, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-am) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-am" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/am/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/am/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/am/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ar/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ar/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ar/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ar/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ar/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ar/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ar/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ar/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ar +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ar, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ar) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ar" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ar/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ar/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ast/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ast/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ast/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ast/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ast/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ast/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ast/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ast/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ast/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ast/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ast/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ast/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ast +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ast, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ast) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ast" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ast/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ast/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ast/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/be/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/be/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/be/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/be/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/be/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/be/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/be/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/be/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/be/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/be/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/be/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/be/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-be +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-be, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-be) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-be" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/be/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/be/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/be/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/bg/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bg/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bg/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/bg/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bg/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bg/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/bg/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bg/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bg/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/bg/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bg/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bg/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-bg +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-bg, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-bg) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-bg" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/bg/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bg/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bg/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/bn/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bn/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bn/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/bn/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bn/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bn/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/bn/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bn/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bn/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/bn/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bn/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bn/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-bn +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-bn, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-bn) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-bn" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/bn/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bn/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bn/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/bs/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bs/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/bs/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bs/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/bs/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bs/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/bs/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bs/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-bs +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-bs, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-bs) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-bs" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/bs/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/bs/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/bs/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ca/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ca/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ca/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ca/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ca +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ca, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ca) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ca" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ca/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/cs/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cs/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/cs/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cs/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/cs/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cs/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/cs/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cs/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-cs +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-cs, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-cs) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-cs" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/cs/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cs/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cs/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/cy/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cy/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/cy/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cy/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/cy/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cy/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/cy/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cy/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-cy +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-cy, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-cy) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-cy" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/cy/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/cy/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/da/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/da/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/da/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/da/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/da/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/da/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/da/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/da/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-da +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-da, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-da) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-da" +MAINTAINER="Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/da/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/de/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/de/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/de/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/de/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/de/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/de/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/de/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/de/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-de +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-de, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-de) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-de" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/de/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/el/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/el/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/el/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/el/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/el/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/el/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/el/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/el/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-el +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-el, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-el) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-el" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/el/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-en_GB +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-en_GB, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-en_GB) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-en_GB" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/en_US/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/en_US/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/en_US/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/en_US/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-en_US +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-en_US, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-en_US) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-en_US" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/en_US/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/en_US/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/en_US/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/eo/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eo/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eo/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/eo/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eo/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eo/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/eo/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eo/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eo/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/eo/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eo/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eo/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-eo +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-eo, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-eo) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-eo" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/eo/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eo/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eo/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/es/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/es/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/es/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/es/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/es/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/es/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/es/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/es/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-es +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-es, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-es) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-es" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/es/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/es/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/es/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/et/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/et/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/et/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/et/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/et/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/et/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/et/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/et/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-et +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-et, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-et) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-et" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/et/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/eu/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eu/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/eu/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eu/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/eu/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eu/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/eu/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eu/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-eu +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-eu, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-eu) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-eu" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/fa/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fa/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/fa/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fa/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/fa/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fa/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/fa/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fa/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-fa +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-fa, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-fa) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-fa" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/fa/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/fi/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/fi/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/fi/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/fi/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-fi +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-fi, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-fi) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-fi" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fi/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fi/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/fr/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fr/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/fr/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fr/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/fr/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fr/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/fr/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fr/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-fr +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-fr, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-fr) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-fr" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/fr/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/gl/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gl/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/gl/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gl/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/gl/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gl/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/gl/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gl/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-gl +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-gl, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-gl) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-gl" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/gl/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gl/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gl/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/gu/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gu/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/gu/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gu/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/gu/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gu/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/gu/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gu/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-gu +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-gu, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-gu) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-gu" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/gu/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/he/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/he/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/he/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/he/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/he/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/he/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/he/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/he/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-he +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-he, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-he) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-he" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/he/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/hi/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hi/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/hi/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hi/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/hi/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hi/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/hi/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hi/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-hi +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-hi, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-hi) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-hi" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hi/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hi/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/hr/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hr/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/hr/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hr/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/hr/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hr/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/hr/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hr/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-hr +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-hr, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-hr) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-hr" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/hr/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hr/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/hu/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hu/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/hu/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hu/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/hu/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hu/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/hu/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hu/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-hu +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-hu, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-hu) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-hu" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/hu/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hu/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/hu/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/id/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/id/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/id/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/id/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/id/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/id/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/id/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/id/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-id +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-id, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-id) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-id" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/id/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/id/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/id/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/it/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/it/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/it/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/it/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/it/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/it/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/it/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/it/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-it +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-it, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-it) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-it" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/it/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ja/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ja/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ja/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ja/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ja/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ja/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ja/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ja/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ja +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ja, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ja) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ja" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ja/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/jv/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/jv/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/jv/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/jv/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/jv/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/jv/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/jv/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/jv/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-jv +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-jv, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-jv) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-jv" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/jv/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ka/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ka/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ka/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ka/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ka/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ka/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ka/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ka/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ka +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ka, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ka) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ka" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ka/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/km/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/km/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/km/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/km/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/km/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/km/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/km/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/km/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-km +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-km, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-km) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-km" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/km/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/kn/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/kn/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/kn/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/kn/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-kn +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-kn, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-kn) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-kn" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/kn/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ko/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ko/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ko/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ko/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ko +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ko, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ko) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ko" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ko/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ku/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ku/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ku/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ku/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ku +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ku, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ku) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ku" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +ylibdir=${yast2dir}/lib +controldir=${yast2dir}/control +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(ylibdir) +AC_SUBST(controldir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ku/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/lo/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lo/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/lo/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lo/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/lo/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lo/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/lo/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lo/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-lo +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-lo, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-lo) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-lo" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/lo/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/lt/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lt/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/lt/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lt/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/lt/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lt/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/lt/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lt/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-de +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-lt, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-lt) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-lt" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/lt/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/lv/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/lv/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/lv/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/lv/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-lv +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-lv, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-lv) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-lv" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/lv/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/mk/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mk/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mk/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/mk/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mk/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mk/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/mk/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mk/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mk/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/mk/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mk/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mk/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-mk +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-mk, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-mk) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-mk" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/mk/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mk/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mk/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/mr/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mr/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/mr/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mr/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/mr/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mr/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/mr/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mr/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-mr +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-mr, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-mr) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-mr" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ms/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ms/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ms/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ms/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ms/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ms/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ms/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ms/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ms +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ms, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ms) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ms" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ms/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ms/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ms/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/my/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/my/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/my/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/my/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/my/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/my/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/my/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/my/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-my +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-my, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-my) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-my" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/my/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/my/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/my/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/nb/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nb/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nb/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/nb/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nb/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nb/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/nb/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nb/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nb/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/nb/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nb/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nb/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-nb +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-nb, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-nb) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-nb" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/nb/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nb/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nb/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/nds/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nds/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nds/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/nds/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nds/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nds/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/nds/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nds/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nds/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/nds/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nds/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nds/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-nds +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-nds, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-nds) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-nds" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/nds/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nds/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nds/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ne/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ne/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ne/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ne/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ne/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ne/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ne/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ne/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ne +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ne, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ne) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ne" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ne/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/nl/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nl/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/nl/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nl/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/nl/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nl/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/nl/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nl/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-nl +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-nl, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-nl) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-nl" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/nl/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/nn/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nn/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/nn/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nn/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/nn/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nn/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/nn/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nn/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-nn +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-nn, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-nn) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-nn" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ GENERATED = $(MOFILES) CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) -WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) @@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ with_compendium = stat=status.txt -PO_STATS=@ybindir@/po-stats +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ Added: trunk/yast/pa/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pa/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pa/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/pa/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pa/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pa/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/pa/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pa/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pa/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/pa/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pa/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pa/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-pa +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-pa, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-pa) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-pa" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/pa/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pa/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pa/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/pl/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pl/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pl/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/pl/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pl/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pl/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/pl/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pl/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pl/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/pl/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pl/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pl/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-pl +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-pl, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-pl) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-pl" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/pl/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pl/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pl/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ps/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ps/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ps/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ps/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ps/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ps/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ps/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ps/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ps/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ps/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ps/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ps/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ps +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ps, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ps) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ps" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ps/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ps/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ps/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/pt/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/pt/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/pt/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/pt/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-pt +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-pt, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-pt) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-pt" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/pt/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-pt_BR +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-pt_BR, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-pt_BR) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-pt_BR" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ro/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ro/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ro/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ro/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ro/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ro/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ro/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ro/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ro +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ro, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ro) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ro" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ro/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ru/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ru/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ru/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ru/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ru/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ru/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ru/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ru/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ru +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ru, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ru) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ru" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ru/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/si/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/si/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/si/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/si/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/si/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/si/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/si/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/si/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-si +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-si, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-si) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-si" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/si/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/sk/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sk/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/sk/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sk/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/sk/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sk/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/sk/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sk/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-sk +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-sk, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-sk) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-sk" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/sk/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/sl/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sl/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/sl/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sl/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/sl/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sl/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/sl/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sl/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-sl +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-sl, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-sl) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-sl" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/sl/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/sq/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sq/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sq/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/sq/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sq/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sq/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/sq/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sq/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sq/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/sq/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sq/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sq/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-sq +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-sq, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-sq) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-sq" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/sq/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sq/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sq/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/sr/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sr/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sr/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/sr/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sr/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sr/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/sr/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sr/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sr/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/sr/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sr/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sr/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-sr +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-sr, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-sr) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-sr" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/sr/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sr/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sr/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/sv/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sv/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sv/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/sv/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sv/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sv/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/sv/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sv/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sv/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/sv/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sv/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sv/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-sv +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-sv, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-sv) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-sv" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/sv/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sv/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sv/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/sw/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sw/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/sw/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sw/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/sw/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sw/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/sw/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sw/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-sw +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-sw, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-sw) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-sw" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/sw/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/ta/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ta/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ta/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/ta/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ta/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ta/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/ta/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ta/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ta/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/ta/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ta/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ta/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-ta +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-ta, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-ta) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-ta" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/ta/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ta/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ta/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/tg/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tg/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/tg/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tg/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/tg/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tg/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/tg/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tg/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-tg +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-tg, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-tg) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-tg" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/tg/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tg/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tg/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/th/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/th/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/th/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/th/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/th/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/th/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/th/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/th/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-th +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-th, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-th) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-th" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/th/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/th/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/th/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/tk/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tk/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/tk/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tk/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/tk/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tk/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/tk/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tk/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-tk +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-tk, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-tk) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-tk" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/tk/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tk/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tk/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/tr/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/tr/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/tr/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/tr/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-tr +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-tr, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-tr) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-tr" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/tr/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/uk/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/uk/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/uk/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/uk/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/uk/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/uk/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/uk/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/uk/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-uk +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-uk, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-uk) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-uk" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/uk/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/vi/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/vi/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/vi/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/vi/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/vi/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/vi/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/vi/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/vi/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-vi +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-vi, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-vi) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-vi" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/vi/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/vi/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/vi/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/wa/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/wa/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/wa/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/wa/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/wa/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/wa/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/wa/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/wa/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-wa +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-wa, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-wa) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-wa" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/wa/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/wa/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/wa/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/xh/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/xh/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/xh/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/xh/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/xh/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/xh/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/xh/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/xh/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-xh +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-xh, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-xh) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-xh" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/xh/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/xh/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/xh/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/zh_CN/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/zh_CN/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/zh_CN/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/zh_CN/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-zh_CN +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-zh_CN, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-zh_CN) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-zh_CN" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/zh_TW/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/zh_TW/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/zh_TW/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/zh_TW/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-zh_TW +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-zh_TW, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-zh_TW) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-zh_TW" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zh_TW/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: trunk/yast/zu/COPYING =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zu/COPYING (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zu/COPYING 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: trunk/yast/zu/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zu/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zu/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: trunk/yast/zu/README =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zu/README (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zu/README 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: trunk/yast/zu/configure.ac =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zu/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zu/configure.ac 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-zu +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-zu, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-zu) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-zu" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>" + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: trunk/yast/zu/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zu/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/zu/po/Makefile.am 2015-09-29 10:47:28 UTC (rev 92876) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom ---

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92875 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 11:46:54 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92875 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po Log: merged storage.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) vpn.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) registration.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) qt-pkg.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) ncurses-pkg.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) kdump.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) crowbar.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) bootloader.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) autoinst.ca.po: Merged. (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:32+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -24,8 +24,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." +msgstr "Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -34,7 +33,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Aquesta operació pot trigar una mica" @@ -54,12 +53,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -125,11 +124,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema " -"actual" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema actual" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -157,30 +153,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el " -"camí\n" -"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació " -"especificada." +"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el camí\n" +"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació especificada." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els " -"permisos dels fitxers.\n" -"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos " -"poden ser una\n" -"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que " -"representa\n" +"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els permisos dels fitxers.\n" +"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos poden ser una\n" +"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que representa\n" "el patró de bits dels nous permisos." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -254,17 +242,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses " -"aplicacions i serveis\n" +"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses aplicacions i serveis\n" "que s'hagi de copiar íntegrament al sistema instal·lat, per exemple, si\n" -"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració " -"httpd.conf." +"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -289,8 +273,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" +msgstr "Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -307,8 +290,7 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la " -"configuració." +"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la configuració." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile @@ -319,16 +301,13 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " -"YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest " -"sistema:\n" +"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest sistema:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui " -"tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." +"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -536,93 +515,104 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." +msgstr "Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Executa les seqüències anteriors a la instal·lació de l'usuari" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Configura els paràmetres generals" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Configura la llengua" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Crea els plans de les particions" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Configura el carregador de l'arrencada" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registre" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configura les seleccions de programari" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configureu l'objectiu per defecte de Systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Executant scripts d'usuari de preinstal·lació" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configurant els paràmetres generals..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Establint la llengua..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Creant els plans de les particions..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configurant el carregador d'arrencada..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrant el sistema..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configurant les seleccions de programari..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configurant la destinació per defecte de Systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Preparant el sistema per a la instal·lació automàtica" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Manejant els productes complementaris..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configurant la llengua..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -631,7 +621,7 @@ "Torneu-ho a provar.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -691,12 +681,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els " -"missatges d'instal·lació,\n" +"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els missatges d'instal·lació,\n" "a més de registrar-los o mostrar-los (amb temps d'espera). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -705,8 +693,7 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "És recomanable mostrar tots els missatges amb el temps d'espera.\n" -"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han " -"d'ignorar.\n" +"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han d'ignorar.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -721,14 +708,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " -"Detallat per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallat per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "\n" @@ -740,11 +725,8 @@ msgstr "Ubicació de la font d'instal·lació (com http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu " -"aquesta opció)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu aquesta opció)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -759,37 +741,29 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Tipus de declaració a /etc/fstab:\n" "\tNormalment els sistemes de fitxers a muntar es defineixen a /etc/fstab\n" -"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que " -"és més convenient\n" -"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de " -"fitxers\n" -"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " -"inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" +"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que és més convenient\n" +"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" +"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. " -"En general, només\n" +"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" "\t és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "\t L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" "\t" @@ -890,8 +864,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers " -"vàlid\n" +"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers vàlid\n" "Seleccioneu-ne un per continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -960,11 +933,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/" -"boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1031,12 +1001,9 @@ "No s'ha trobat ni obtingut cap perfil per a aquest ordinador.\n" "Comproveu que heu especificat la ubicació correcta a\n" "la línia d'ordres i torneu-ho a provar. A causa d'aquest error, només\n" -"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu " -"utilitzant\n" -"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de " -"reiniciar\n" -"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de " -"control.\n" +"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu utilitzant\n" +"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de reiniciar\n" +"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1072,8 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi " -"\"&product;.\n" +"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi \"&product;.\n" "" #. force help text width @@ -1146,9 +1112,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de " -"control. \n" +msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de control. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1263,8 +1227,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de " -"pertànyer\n" +"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de pertànyer\n" "el fitxer de control actual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1441,12 +1404,8 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema " -"actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1460,11 +1419,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1603,13 +1559,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "S'ha importat el fitxer Kickstart.\n" -"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i " -"les\n" +"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i les\n" "particions s'han importat correctament." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1644,7 +1598,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Comprovant l'XML amb validació del RNG..." @@ -1654,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "Secció %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Comprovant l'XML amb validació del RNC..." @@ -1739,32 +1693,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma " -"predeterminada\n" -"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema " -"durant\n" -"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la " -"pantalla \n" -"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació " -"automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" +"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma predeterminada\n" +"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema durant\n" +"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la pantalla \n" +"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode " -"manual\n" +"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode manual\n" "després de la primera arrencada (després de la instal·lació del paquet).\n" "\n" @@ -1801,8 +1748,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" +msgstr "Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1909,15 +1855,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord " -"amb el DTD i\n" -"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en " -"manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" +"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord amb el DTD i\n" +"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" "es poden ignorar, per exemple, quan es creen classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1938,24 +1881,19 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de " -"configuració.\n" +"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de configuració.\n" "Les dades importades es carregaran al sistema de gestió de la configuració \n" -"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE." -"\n" +"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Per a crear un perfil de referència, aquesta eina llegeix\n" -"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de " -"llegir\n" -"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets." -"\n" +"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de llegir\n" +"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1963,12 +1901,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al " -"sistema de destinació.\n" +"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al sistema de destinació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -2006,8 +1942,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no s'ha definit cap partició i el disc indicat també és el \n" @@ -2027,58 +1962,40 @@ msgstr "Opcions avançades" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions " -"noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 " -"creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es " -"pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden " -"configurar\n" -"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de " -"control de forma manual.\n" +"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden configurar\n" +"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de control de forma manual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la " -"configuració\n" -"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear " -"particions LVM i RAID\n" +"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la configuració\n" +"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear particions LVM i RAID\n" "sense formatar.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha " -"retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha " -"retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2158,23 +2075,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts anteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la " -"instal·lació. \n" +"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la instal·lació. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts posteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha " -"acabat\n" +"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha acabat\n" "la instal·lació. Aquests scripts s'executen fora de l'entorn chroot.\n" "" @@ -2186,8 +2100,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2195,10 +2108,8 @@ "<H3>Scripts Chroot</H3>\n" "Per a executar els scripts posteriors a la instal·lació a l'entorn\n" "chroot, seleccioneu les opcions de l'script chroot. Aquests scripts\n" -"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els " -"scripts \n" -"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del " -"sistema \n" +"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els scripts \n" +"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del sistema \n" "instal·lat, utilitzeu sempre el punt de muntatge \"/mnt\" als scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2207,15 +2118,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Podeu executar els scripts chroot en una fase posterior quan\n" -"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana " -"especial \"chrooted\".\n" +"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana especial \"chrooted\".\n" "Aquesta operació permet executar els scripts al sistema instal·lat. \n" "\n" @@ -2245,15 +2154,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intèrpret:</H3>\n" -"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts " -"d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" +"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" " Python per als scripts anteriors a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" @@ -2263,43 +2170,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accés a la xarxa:</H3>\n" -"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa " -"s'inhabilita i\n" +"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa s'inhabilita i\n" "requereix l'inici dels scripts per fer que la xarxa estigui disponible. Una\n" -"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és " -"utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" -"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. " -"Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" -"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior " -"a la instal·lació.\n" +"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" +"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" +"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retroacció i depuració:</H3>\n" -"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un " -"quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" -"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que " -"us poden ajudar\n" +"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" +"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que us poden ajudar\n" "a depurar l'script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2387,15 +2283,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar " -"la instal·lació\n" -"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la " -"instal·lació.\n" +"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar la instal·lació\n" +"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la instal·lació.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2415,21 +2308,15 @@ #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML " -"notifica:\n" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML notifica:\n" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de " -"l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2442,10 +2329,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No s'han pogut recuperar les classes definides en funció de l'usuari.\n" -"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són " -"disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" -"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb " -"el fitxer de control original\n" +"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" +"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb el fitxer de control original\n" "sense utilitzar les classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2510,18 +2395,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics " -"als disponibles\n" -"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el " -"sistema, es recullen les dades\n" +"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics als disponibles\n" +"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el sistema, es recullen les dades\n" "introduïdes i s'exporten al fitxer de control que es pot utilitzar per\n" "a instal·lar un altre sistema mitjançant l'AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2529,13 +2410,11 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "A més dels mòduls existents i coneguts,\n" -"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i " -"complexes, incloses\n" +"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i complexes, incloses\n" "les particions, les opcions generals i el programari.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2654,17 +2533,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no " -"existeix." +msgstr "No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no existeix." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, " -"proporcioneu-ne un." +msgstr "El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, proporcioneu-ne un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2753,24 +2628,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. " -"Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creant la imatge - instal·lant els paquets" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu " -"el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2782,18 +2649,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Ara podeu fer canvis a la imatge a %1/\n" -"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a " -"ser modificada." +"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a ser modificada." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /" -"tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2806,8 +2669,7 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "no s'ha pogut obtenir el fitxer directory.yast a `%1`.\n" -"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no " -"existeix." +"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no existeix." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 @@ -2835,12 +2697,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un " -"fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" +"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" "Si premeu el botó d'acord, es crearà la imatge ISO." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2882,21 +2742,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " -"secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al " -"disc dur. Falten %1 MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al disc dur. Falten %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2925,8 +2777,7 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "S'han trobat diverses particions arrel. No s'ha configurat\n" -"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a " -"terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" +"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2935,34 +2786,31 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Recollint dades de configuració..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." -msgstr "" -"Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues " -"vegades." +msgstr "Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues vegades." #. Save sections of current profile to separate files #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure la secció %1 al fitxer %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "" -"Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." +msgstr "Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2979,8 +2827,7 @@ msgstr "D'&acord" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Configura el nivell d'execució" @@ -3003,28 +2850,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Introduïu la informació de la partició segons les vostres\n" -#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el " -#~ "número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el " -#~ "recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" +#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les " -#~ "particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de " -#~ "la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup " -#~ "de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la documentació en línia.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3078,23 +2915,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu la mida de la partició o el número d'una partició." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." +#~ msgstr "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, " -#~ "assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició " -#~ "d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en " -#~ "aquelles particions.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en aquelles particions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 18:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" @@ -95,18 +95,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " -"de l'arrencada \n" -"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador " -"d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" -"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i " -"tot\n" +"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada \n" +"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" +"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i tot\n" "si el carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat a l'MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -127,12 +122,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Temps d'espera en segons \n" -"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es " -"carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" +"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -144,156 +137,109 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Si premeu Defineix com a predeterminat, la secció\n" -"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " -"d'arrencada mostrarà \n" -"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un " -"altre\n" -"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el " -"temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" -"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les " -"seccions en\n" -"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" -"b>.\n" +"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada mostrarà \n" +"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un altre\n" +"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" +"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les seccions en\n" +"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el " -"registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del " -"sistema operatiu que\n" +"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del sistema operatiu que\n" "arrenca la partició activa)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions " -"recomanades, l'altra és\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions recomanades, l'altra és\n" "Arrenca des de la partició arrel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana " -"si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" +"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" "a l'ordinador." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que " -"hi hagi una partició\n" -"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de " -"particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi " -"d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" -" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre " -"d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició\n" +"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" +" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per a iniciar la secció." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la " -"partició d'arrel \n" +"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la partició d'arrel \n" "es troba en una partició lògica i falta la partició /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar " -"la partició des d'on arrencar." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar la partició des d'on arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la " -"taula MD\n" +"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la taula MD\n" "permet escriure el GRUB a l'MBR dels dos discs." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a " -"utilitzar\n" -"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info " -"grub2</code>) per a més detalls." +"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a utilitzar\n" +"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info grub2</code>) per a més detalls." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definició de terminal \n" -"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. " -"e. una consola de sèrie),\n" -"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" -"code> a l'ordre,\n" +"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. e. una consola de sèrie),\n" +"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a l'ordre,\n" "com a <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en què premeu\n" "qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com a terminal GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté " -"una llista de números de secció\n" -"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no " -"arrenqui." +"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté una llista de números de secció\n" +"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no arrenqui." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú " -"d'arrencada." +msgstr "Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú d'arrencada." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Protegeix el carregador d'arrencada amb contrasenya \n" -"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada " -"requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació " -"de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-" -"ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només " -"acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya</" -"b>." +"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -316,9 +262,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" -"Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " -"d'arrencada" +msgstr "Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició d'arrencada" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 @@ -432,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "Habilita la red&undància per a MD Array" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada" @@ -484,64 +428,34 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els " -"paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que " -"ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-" -"prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que " -"només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu " -"\"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu \"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat " -"per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Paràmetre &opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "D&istribuïdor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&Mode Vga" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatius" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Bandera MBR protectora" @@ -617,9 +531,7 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de " -"manera adient." +msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de manera adient." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -629,11 +541,9 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador " -"d'arrencada." +msgstr "La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador d'arrencada." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -747,17 +657,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Amb el botó Altres,\n" -"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " -"d'arrencada,\n" -"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de " -"zero o\n" +"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de zero o\n" "tornar a llegir la configuració desada al disc. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -766,8 +672,7 @@ "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." msgstr "" -"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " -"d'arrencada,\n" +"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" "premeu Edita els fitxers de configuració." #. help 1/4 @@ -784,9 +689,7 @@ msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "" -"Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció " -"seleccionada." +msgstr "Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció seleccionada." #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 @@ -798,17 +701,13 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció " -"seleccionada \n" -"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " -"d'arrencada \n" +"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció seleccionada \n" +"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada \n" "mostra un menú d'arrencada i espera que l'usuari \n" "seleccioni el nucli o un altre sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es\n" "prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà el \n" -"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les " -"seccions\n" -"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" -"B>." +"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les seccions\n" +"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 @@ -816,8 +715,7 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador " -"d'arrencada,\n" +"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador d'arrencada,\n" "o bé, Suprimeix per suprimir la secció seleccionada." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -849,19 +747,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</" -"tt> (arrel) \n" +"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (arrel) \n" ". És l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició apropiada\n" ". Seleccioneu Activa la partició del carregador d'arrencada i\n" -"Reemplaça l' MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del " -"carregador d'arrencada\n" +"Reemplaça l' MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada\n" "per actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre,\n" "si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per iniciar &product;." @@ -874,8 +769,7 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del " -"sistema\n" +"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del sistema\n" "en seleccionar aquesta opció." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -888,8 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Per exemple, la major part dels ordinadors tenen un límit de BIOS\n" "que limita l'arrencada a\n" -"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada " -"utilizat,\n" +"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada utilizat,\n" "podreu o no arrencar des d'una partició lògica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -900,8 +793,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</" -"tt> o\n" +"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) al camp d'entrada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -912,10 +804,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com " -"ara el mapa\n" -"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador " -"d'arrencada." +"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com ara el mapa\n" +"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 @@ -925,8 +815,7 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Tipus de carregador de l'arrencada \n" -"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu " -"instal·lar,\n" +"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu instal·lar,\n" "feu servir Carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -937,8 +826,7 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, " -"feu clic a\n" +"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, feu clic a\n" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -949,21 +837,18 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configuració manual avançada \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador " -"d'arrencada.\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador d'arrencada.\n" "Nota: el fitxer de configuració final pot tenir un sagnat diferent." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nom de la secció \n" -"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del " -"carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" +"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" "de secció ha de ser únic." #. help text 1/5 @@ -992,8 +877,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres " -"imatges\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres imatges\n" "per carregar i iniciar." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1002,8 +886,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una " -"altra imatge,\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una altra imatge,\n" "però que s'iniciï en un entorn XEN." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1014,24 +897,21 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu Un altre sistema (carregador en cadena) per afegir\n" -"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del " -"disc.\n" +"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc.\n" "Serveix per arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu el Menú de secció per afegir una secció que\n" -"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix " -"per\n" +"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix per\n" "arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Ordre dels discos durs: %1" @@ -1080,8 +960,7 @@ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada " -"sense desar-la?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" #. error popup @@ -1103,8 +982,7 @@ #. sentence. #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" -"%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" +msgstr "%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" #. error popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 @@ -1155,11 +1033,8 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les " -"particions." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les particions." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1183,17 +1058,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" -"La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no " -"està disponible." +msgstr "La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no està disponible." #. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and #. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" -"La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al " -"dispositiu %{device}." +msgstr "La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al dispositiu %{device}." #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 @@ -1233,82 +1104,49 @@ msgstr "&Arrencada" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible " -"que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les " -"particions" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les particions" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not " -"install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" -"\">install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita " -"arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no " -"sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Canvia'n la ubicació: %s" @@ -1316,22 +1154,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipus de carregador d'arrencada: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (ampliada)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Estat de la ubicació: %1" @@ -1347,150 +1185,137 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador " -"%2" +msgstr "Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador %2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers " -"btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-" -"ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com " -"a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra " -"ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." +msgstr "Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." + +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -"Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Comprova el carregador d'arrencada" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Llegeix el mètode de partició" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Carrega la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Comprovant el carregador d'arrencada..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Llegint les particions..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Carregant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Crea l'initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Desa els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creant l'initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Desant els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Instal·lant el carregador d'arrencada..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" +#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " + +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr "D&istribuïdor" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Terminal Definition \n" -#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " -#~ "a serial console),\n" -#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -#~ "code> to the\n" -#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " -#~ "which you\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" #~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definició del terminal \n" -#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal " -#~ "sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" -#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" -#~ "code> a\n" -#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en " -#~ "el qual\n" +#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" +#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a\n" +#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el qual\n" #~ "premeu qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com un terminal GRUB." #~ msgid "" #~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " -#~ "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~ "it in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú del carregador \n" -#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú " -#~ "d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" +#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" #~ "a l'opció Repeteix la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir " -#~ "els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." +#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." #~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" #~ msgstr "Paràmetre opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli a prova de &fallades" @@ -1511,9 +1336,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1" #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia " -#~ "d'ordres" +#~ msgstr "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia d'ordres" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Cal especificar el nom de la sessió." @@ -1525,25 +1348,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Menú d'arrencada" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' " -#~ "i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" +#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" #~ "És recomanable instal·lar el Grub a l'MBR" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " -#~ "boot menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que " -#~ "s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." +#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals " -#~ "acústics" +#~ msgstr "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals acústics" #~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" #~ msgstr "Usa Grub &fiable" @@ -1658,8 +1473,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Rei&nicia la configuració desada abans de la conversió" #~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" #~ msgid "&Section Management" #~ msgstr "&Gestió de la secció" @@ -1683,9 +1497,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "- A un disquet.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un " -#~ "mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet " -#~ "al\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet al\n" #~ "BIOS de la màquina per poder-la fer servir." #~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." @@ -1709,8 +1521,7 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc i heu editat els fitxers\n" -#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres " -#~ "del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" +#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "No creïs un sistema de fitxers" @@ -1748,91 +1559,50 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Secció d'imatge" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -#~ "directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. " -#~ "Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció " -#~ "Navega." +#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció Navega." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " -#~ "device." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al " -#~ "nucli com a dispositiu arrel." +#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al nucli com a dispositiu arrel." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el " -#~ "disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom " -#~ "de fitxer\n" +#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer\n" #~ "directament o bé escollir-los amb Navega.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per " -#~ "a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." +#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " -#~ "select this section." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es " -#~ "necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" +#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +#~ msgstr "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " -#~ "systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes " -#~ "operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." +#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " -#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a " -#~ "l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per " -#~ "a arrencar-la" +#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per a arrencar-la" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " -#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " -#~ "the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes " -#~ "permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria " -#~ "dels casos, voleu\n" -#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de " -#~ "la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" +#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria dels casos, voleu\n" +#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " -#~ "other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o " -#~ "una altra imatge\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o una altra imatge\n" #~ "i iniciar-los en un entorn XEN.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir " -#~ "els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." +#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Secció del menú" @@ -1840,27 +1610,17 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partició del fitxer de menú" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#~ "is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " -#~ "need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el " -#~ "Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." +#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és " -#~ "possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" +#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" #~ "Editar and Esborrar" #~ msgid "" @@ -1874,37 +1634,30 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura \n" #~ "Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " -#~ "a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que " -#~ "especifica com\n" -#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu " -#~ "de cinta, o a un\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que especifica com\n" +#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu de cinta, o a un\n" #~ "fitxer d'una partició de disc SCSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la " -#~ "configuració.\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la configuració.\n" #~ "Les seccions de menú representen una llista de tasques agrupades.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " -#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris " -#~ "de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" #~ "Si us plau, tingueu en compte que això també desactivarà l'AppArmor." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -2044,37 +1797,20 @@ #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Proposa i &fusiona amb els menús existents del GRUB " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de " -#~ "particions GPT" +#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de particions GPT" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " -#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " -#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs " -#~ "necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, " -#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del " -#~ "carregador\"." +#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del carregador\"." #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Paràmetres afegits del nucli: %1" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no " -#~ "arrencar." +#~ msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no arrencar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de " -#~ "dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader " -#~ "Installation Details\"" +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2121,61 +1857,37 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Diagnòstic de proveïdor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està " -#~ "completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS " -#~ "només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del " -#~ "grub a l'MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del grub a l'MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és " -#~ "fora de l'abast.\n" -#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu " -#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre " -#~ "a la configuració del carregador)." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és fora de l'abast.\n" +#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre a la configuració del carregador)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO ja no té suport." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És " -#~ "possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita " -#~ "partició primària Apple HFS." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita partició primària Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP " -#~ "Boot." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP Boot." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Stay &LILO" @@ -2183,11 +1895,8 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converteix els paràmetres i instal·la el GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgstr "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions globals &ELILO" @@ -2217,72 +1926,54 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la " -#~ "informació de l'ELILO\n" +#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la informació de l'ELILO\n" #~ "en cas de tenir problemes en l'arrencada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " -#~ "nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " -#~ "S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú " -#~ "de text') \n" -#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes " -#~ "màquines." +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text') \n" +#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes màquines." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Evita el mode EDD30 \n" -#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la " -#~ "variable a TRUE.\n" -#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la " -#~ "variable,\n" -#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha " -#~ "una opció per no haver\n" +#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la variable a TRUE.\n" +#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la variable,\n" +#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha una opció per no haver\n" #~ "de forçar la variable.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2292,10 +1983,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació \n" -#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt " -#~ "inicial de càrrega del\n" -#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el " -#~ "nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" +#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt inicial de càrrega del\n" +#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2317,8 +2006,7 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estableix la interfície d'usuari per a ELILO\n" -#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2347,10 +2035,8 @@ #~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador " -#~ "(chooser)\n" +#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)\n" +#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador (chooser)\n" #~ "ho permet." #~ msgid "" @@ -2367,12 +2053,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació de la imatge d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " -#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Força el mode interactiu" @@ -2396,9 +2078,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " -#~ "text')" +#~ msgstr "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Missatge imprès a la pantalla principal (si s'admet)" @@ -2410,8 +2090,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Evita el mode EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació" @@ -2438,23 +2117,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Imposeu el muntatge de rootfs de només lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " -#~ "text')" +#~ msgstr "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " -#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Mostra el contingut d'un fitxer mitjançant les &tecles de funció" #~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" #~ msgstr "Establiu el nivell d'informació en &text [0-5] " @@ -2503,41 +2175,30 @@ #~ "caperta tindrà la sort de marcar-ho com a arrencable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " -#~ "nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " -#~ "S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" @@ -2551,61 +2212,48 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partició per a la duplicació del carregador\n" -#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació " -#~ "d'arrencada.\n" +#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació d'arrencada.\n" #~ "Si es dóna aquesta opció, la partició d'arrencada es convertirà a FAT. \n" -#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots " -#~ "els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Canviar el dispositiu d'arrencada NV-RAM\n" -#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-" -#~ "device\" \n" +#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" #~ "amb el camí total OpenFirmware apuntant al dispositiu especificat a\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Si falta aquesta opció, el sistema podria no arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No fer servir OS-chooser\n" -#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del " -#~ "Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el " -#~ "sistema Apple G5 \n" +#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el sistema Apple G5 \n" #~ "s'estavellarà si no té un monitor connectat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Temps d'espera en segons per a MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no " -#~ "s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" +#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" #~ "si no es prem cap tecla per arrencar MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2618,14 +2266,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada fins i tot amb errors\n" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari " -#~ "és\n" -#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una " -#~ "configuració no suportada." +#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari és\n" +#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una configuració no suportada." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació del carregador de l'arrencada PPC" @@ -2658,9 +2303,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No feu servir el selector de SO" #~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " -#~ "errors" +#~ msgstr "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" #~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" #~ msgstr "Partició PReP o FAT" @@ -2708,9 +2351,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Arrenca sempre des de la partició FAT" #~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " -#~ "errors" +#~ msgstr "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" #~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" #~ msgstr "&Camí de la carpeta d'arrencada" @@ -2825,24 +2466,17 @@ #~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per " -#~ "carregar\n" +#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per carregar\n" #~ "el sistema, heu de carregar ELILO per mitjà de la consola EFI." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -#~ "\">do not install</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" -#~ "\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "El carregador LILO està suportat" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no " -#~ "carregar-se." +#~ msgstr "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no carregar-se." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar la plantilla de configuració del maquinari." @@ -2903,9 +2537,7 @@ #~ "<big>Àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada</big> \n" #~ "Fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada evita\n" #~ "que els fitxers del carregador es desplacin durant\n" -#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es " -#~ "carregui\n" +#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es carregui\n" #~ "el carregador de l'arrencada.\n" -#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu " -#~ "Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" +#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" #~ "." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-15 10:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.4\n" @@ -412,15 +412,11 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"S'ha desplegat el SUSE Cloud Admin Server. Canviar de xarxa no està\n" -"actualment suportat.\n" -"\n" -"Podeu visitar la web de Crowbar a http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 @@ -458,14 +454,10 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Vegeu la guia de desplegament de SUSE Cloud per a més detalls sobre\n" -"la configuració i l'ús d'aquest mòdul del YaST.\n" -"" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 @@ -514,6 +506,28 @@ msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres..." #~ msgid "" +#~ "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +#~ "currently not supported.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'ha desplegat el SUSE Cloud Admin Server. Canviar de xarxa no està\n" +#~ "actualment suportat.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Podeu visitar la web de Crowbar a http://%1:3000/" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +#~ "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Vegeu la guia de desplegament de SUSE Cloud per a més detalls sobre\n" +#~ "la configuració i l'ús d'aquest mòdul del YaST.\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 17:47+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -47,42 +47,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les " -"imatges abocades" +msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les imatges abocades" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només " -"\"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli " -"del kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la " -"línia d'ordres predeterminada." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Reinicieu immediatament després de desar el nucli en el nucli del kdump." +msgstr "Reinicieu immediatament després de desar el nucli en el nucli del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 @@ -92,9 +77,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quants abocaments vells s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es " -"conserven tots." +msgstr "Especifica quants abocaments vells s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es conserven tots." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -108,12 +91,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que " -"inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -148,8 +127,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "" -"El nombre per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" +msgstr "El nombre per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 @@ -158,12 +136,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema " -"de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -202,12 +176,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només " -"significa \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només significa \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -216,12 +186,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. " -"Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -246,8 +212,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 @@ -347,20 +312,18 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Reinicis immediats del kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitat" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitat" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els " -"vells" +msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els vells" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -394,15 +357,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" -"L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Cal reiniciar l'ordinador per aplicar els canvis." @@ -421,42 +386,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "S'han utilitzat opcions incorrectes." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "S'ha establert el nivell d'abocament." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Valor d'opció incorrecte." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "S'ha establert el format d'abocament." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo" -"\"." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El fitxer %1 no existeix." @@ -464,8 +426,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor per a \"dir\"." @@ -473,48 +435,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor per a \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor per a \"share\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Valor incorrecte per a la destinació." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Valor incorrecte per a l'opció \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Valor incorrecte per a l'opció \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Valor incorrecte per a l'opció \"user\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Valor incorrecte per a l'opció \"email\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Abocament de maquinari assistit: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "No s'ha definit cap opció." @@ -534,109 +496,96 @@ msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Habilita/inhabilita el Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Habilita el Kd&ump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Inhabilita el Kdump" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Memòria total del sistema (en MB):" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Memòria utilitzable (en MB):" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "Memòr&ia del Kdump (en MB)" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Inclou a l'abocament" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Pàgines emplenades amb un zero" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Pàgines a la memòria c&au" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Pàgines priva&des a la memòria cau" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Pàgines de dades d'&usuari" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "Pàgines &lliures" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "Format d'a&bocament" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&Sense abocament" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "Format &ELF " -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Format c&omprimit" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "Format &LZO comprimit" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Seleccioneu la destinació" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Directori local" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor &SMTP" @@ -644,7 +593,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nom d'&usuari" @@ -653,128 +602,146 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Contrasenya" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Notificació &a" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Notific&ació CC" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "&Nucli del Kdump personalitzat" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Línia d'o&rdres del Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Addició a la &línia d'ordres del Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "&Habilita el reinici immediat després de desar el nucli" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Habilita copiar el &nucli al directori d'abocament." #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Habilita la &supressió d'imatges d'abocament antigues" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "N&ombre d'abocaments antics" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Memòria del Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Inici del Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inici" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - Filtratge de l'abocament" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Filtratge de l'abocament" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Desant la destinació per a la imatge del Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Destinació de l'abocament" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Adreça electrònia de notificació" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Notificació per correu electrònic" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Nucli personalitzat per al Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Línia d'ordres" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres de l'abocament" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuració avançada del Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuració avançada" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilita/Inhabilita el Kdump \n" -" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre " -"de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" +" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" " Per aplicar els canvis cal reiniciar l'ordinador. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -791,20 +758,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Abocament de maquinari assistit \n" -" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es " -"fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari " -"assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a " -"arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu " -"aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és " -"adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." +" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -825,47 +782,37 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Format d'abocament \n" " Sense abocament - Només desa el registre del nucli. \n" " Forma tELF - Crea un fitxer d'abocament en format ELF. \n" -" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines " -"amb gzip. \n" -" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més " -"ràpid. \n" +" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines amb gzip. \n" +" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més ràpid. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinació del desament de la imatge del Kdump \n" -" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el " -"tipus. " +" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el tipus. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de " -"fitxers local.\n" -" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de " -"desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump " -"mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" +"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de fitxers local.\n" +" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -876,18 +823,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant FTP.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor FTP.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " -"connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" " Habilita l'FTP anònim habilita la connexió anònima al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la " -"connexió ftp. " +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la connexió ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -899,8 +842,7 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la " -"màquina de destinació.\n" +"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la màquina de destinació.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Port - El número de port per a la connexió.\n" " Directori al servidor - El camí per desar les imatges del kdump.\n" @@ -931,8 +873,7 @@ "by default." msgstr "" "La tria entre SSH i SFTP depèn\n" -"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per " -"a ambdós\n" +"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per a ambdós\n" "per defecte." #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 @@ -944,8 +885,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Desa la imatge del kdump a l'NFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -960,12 +900,9 @@ "CIFS - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant CIFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Compartició exportada - El nom de compartició del Windows.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump.\n" -" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al " -"servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la " -"connexió. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al servidor.\n" +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la connexió. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -974,8 +911,7 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli " -"personalitzat.\n" +"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli personalitzat.\n" " L'esquema de denominació és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz]\n" " Introduïu només cadena_nucli. " @@ -997,8 +933,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " -"d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" " \n" @@ -1016,14 +951,11 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " -"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " -"vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -1042,68 +974,48 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després " -"d'un abocament." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després d'un abocament." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor " -"SMTP està\n" -" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, " -"es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor SMTP està\n" +" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el " -"servidor SMTP. Això és\n" -" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà " -"servir SMTP pla.\n" +"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el servidor SMTP. Això és\n" +" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un " -"missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces " -"electròniques\n" -" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un " -"abocament.\n" +"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces electròniques\n" +" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un abocament.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es " -"guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" "d'abocament el supera se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1122,8 +1034,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" -"p>\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1166,8 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un Kdump:</big> \n" "Escolliu un kdump de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1178,8 +1088,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1296,19 +1205,19 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "L'opció del nucli inclou diverses gammes (rages). Resscriure-ho?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" +msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Usa l'a&bocament de maquinari assistit" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1317,129 +1226,129 @@ "Vegeu %{log} per a més detalls." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Llegint el fitxer de configuració..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Ñlegint les opcions d'arrencada del nucli..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Llegint la memòria disponible..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Llegint les particions dels discos..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "" + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el fitxer de configuració /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "No s'han pogut llegir les opcions d'arrencada del nucli." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir la memòria disponible." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Actualitza les opcions d'arrencada" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Actualitzant les opcions d'arrencada..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Acabat" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No s'han pogut escriure els paràmetres." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Ha fallat l'addició del paràmetre crashkernel al gestor d'arrencada." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Estat del Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitat" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitat" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "Valor de l'opció crashkernel: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Format de l'abocament: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Destinació dels abocaments: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha " -"%{available} disponibles." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha %{available} disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1447,13 +1356,30 @@ "No es pot usar l'abocament de maquinari assistit.\n" "No té suport en aquest maquinari." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " -#~ "ssh, nfs, cifs" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer " -#~ "(sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" +#~ msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#~ msgstr "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." +#~ msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" +#~ msgstr "Memòria total del sistema (en MB):" + +#~ msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" +#~ msgstr "Memòria utilitzable (en MB):" + +#~ msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +#~ msgstr "Memòr&ia del Kdump (en MB)" + +#~ msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#~ msgstr "L'opció del nucli inclou diverses gammes (rages). Resscriure-ho?" + +#~ msgid "Reading available memory..." +#~ msgstr "Llegint la memòria disponible..." + +#~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#~ msgstr "Valor de l'opció crashkernel: %1" + +#~ msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +#~ msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" + #~ msgid "SSH (scp)" #~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" @@ -1467,12 +1393,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "SSH - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant SSH.\n" #~ " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" -#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " -#~ "connexió.\n" -#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges " -#~ "del kdump.\n" -#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. " -#~ "Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" +#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" +#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "El paquet de les kexec-tools no està disponible." @@ -1486,10 +1409,8 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format d'abocament \n" -#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de " -#~ "l'abocament individualment.\n" -#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF </" -#~ "p>" +#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de l'abocament individualment.\n" +#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "No s'admet aquesta arquitectura; no s'ha afegit \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1503,14 +1424,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " -#~ "d'ordres predeterminada. \n" -#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump</" -#~ "i>.\n" +#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" #~ " \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:45+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -53,11 +53,8 @@ msgstr "els paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb " -"un sistema malmès." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb un sistema malmès." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -87,14 +84,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancel·la" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepta" @@ -120,36 +117,20 @@ msgstr "No necessaris" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " -"estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets " -"ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és " -"possible actualitzar-los." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és possible actualitzar-los." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors " -"ja no s'apliquen." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors ja no s'apliquen." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -182,12 +163,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al " -"local %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al local %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -396,8 +373,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "" -"&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" +msgstr "&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -427,8 +403,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "" -"majúscula o minúscula de prova del sistema de resolució dependent escrita a" +msgstr "majúscula o minúscula de prova del sistema de resolució dependent escrita a" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 @@ -466,8 +441,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" #. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short #. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: @@ -570,8 +544,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -" Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." +msgstr " Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -682,96 +655,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a " -"gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir " -"paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un " -"propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les " -"dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho " -"farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts " -"principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú.</" -"p>" +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una " -"orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per " -"mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per " -"exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. " -"Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." -"" +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de " -"paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre " -"actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). " -"Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del " -"paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió " -"disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió " -"instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del " -"paquet</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu " -"seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu " -"suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També " -"podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú " -"(consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-" -"ne més informació)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú (consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-ne més informació)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les " -"dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o " -"fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, " -"vegeu Funcions útils al menú." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, vegeu Funcions útils al menú." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -780,29 +690,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o " -"amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu " -"instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir " -"que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat" -"\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del " -"paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els " -"paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -811,30 +705,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -"+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa" -"+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> </" -"b>: actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàtica</" -"p>i : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el " -"paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> : actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàticai : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis " -"mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües:" -" i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua</" -"p>" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües: i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -843,86 +720,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles " -"d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en " -"les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors" -"\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. " -"Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics " -"es descriuen a sota." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics es descriuen a sota." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un " -"sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). " -"Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), " -"recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un " -"patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i " -"canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als " -"patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers " -"específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són " -"contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un " -"grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica " -"(d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un " -"repositori específic. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica (d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un repositori específic. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de " -"Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com " -"ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si " -"cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció " -"corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han " -"canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o " -"suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El " -"filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre " -"paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no " -"necessaris." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no necessaris." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -930,131 +749,32 @@ msgstr "Funcions útils al menú" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions " -"relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es " -"comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de " -"conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. " -"Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu " -"'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu 'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, " -"commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu " -"comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les " -"dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les " -"dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no " -"interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los " -"automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de " -"prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al " -"directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre " -"necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " -"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " -"següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més " -"amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en " -"compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: " -"repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. " -"Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema " -"ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu " -"l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de " -"configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix " -"paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el " -"proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. " -"Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de " -"la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet " -"seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les " -"opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques " -"(versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), " -"llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències " -"(proporciona, requereix, etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques (versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències (proporciona, requereix, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la " -"resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el " -"gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-" -"vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de " -"les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de " -"l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles " -"comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després " -"de la instal·lació de paquets." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després de la instal·lació de paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la " -"llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i " -"llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot " -"llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer</" -"i>, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al " -"segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra " -"l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc " -"i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1241,8 +961,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" +msgstr "Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -1252,90 +971,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de " -"seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt " -"instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, " -"normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de " -"característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i " -"productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han " -"d'instal·lar després." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han d'instal·lar després." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen " -"prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es " -"descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu " -"desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments " -"d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per " -"instal·lar." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per instal·lar." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet " -"(o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es " -"preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es " -"desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així " -"perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara " -"està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o " -"paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els " -"pedaços si no es volen." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet (o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els pedaços si no es volen." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per " -"exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. " -"També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per " -"canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat " -"de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu " -"en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a " -"alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets " -"implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema." -" El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i " -"l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema. El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1357,38 +1014,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "D'&acord" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Sí" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&No" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&D'acord. Torna-ho a intentar" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons." -" Segur que voleu sortir?" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons. Segur que voleu sortir?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Llengües disponibles" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Repositoris disponibles" @@ -1396,127 +1054,96 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Pedaços necessaris" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Pedaços instal·lats" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Pedaços de l'actualització en línia" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Problema d'actualització, vegeu l'ajuda" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Resultats de la cerca" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Dependències dels paquets" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista " -"no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els " -"paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer " -"actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es " -"tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual " -"l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Origen" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "Llista de les &actualitzacions" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pedaç:" #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "No hi ha pedaços disponibles" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " -#~ "set." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " -#~ "són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció " -#~ "Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al " -#~ "menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +#~ msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." + #~ msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" #~ msgstr "&Instal·la els paquets recomanats per a paquets ja instal·lats" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " -#~ "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " -#~ "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " -#~ "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " -#~ "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " -#~ "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " -#~ "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " -#~ "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "yast2</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " -#~ "següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a " -#~ "dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si " -#~ "està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan " -#~ "instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les " -#~ "dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us " -#~ "plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb " -#~ "Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del " -#~ "sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes " -#~ "opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "yast2</tt>." +#~ msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- aquest pedaç està trencat -----" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el " -#~ "pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que " -#~ "l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". " -#~ "Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 17:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "C&erca" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Paraules clau" @@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancel·la" @@ -309,20 +309,12 @@ msgstr "A&nul·la" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel·la el canvi</a> dels " -"paquets del sistema a les versions del repositori %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel·la el canvi</a> dels paquets del sistema a les versions del repositori %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Canvia els paquets del sistema</a> a les " -"versions d'aquest repositori (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Canvia els paquets del sistema</a> a les versions d'aquest repositori (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -352,16 +344,8 @@ msgstr "Error: s'ha esgotat l'espai del disc" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Podeu continuar amb la instal·lació si sabeu què esteu fent; tanmateix us " -"arrisqueu a corrompre el sistema i que llavors calguin reparacions manuals. " -"Si no sabeu exactament com actuar en un cas com aquest, premeu Anul·la</" -"b> i desseleccioneu alguns paquets. " +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Podeu continuar amb la instal·lació si sabeu què esteu fent; tanmateix us arrisqueu a corrompre el sistema i que llavors calguin reparacions manuals. Si no sabeu exactament com actuar en un cas com aquest, premeu Anul·la i desseleccioneu alguns paquets. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -385,15 +369,11 @@ msgstr "Canvis automàtics" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"A més de les seleccions manuals, s'han modificat els paquets següents per a " -"resoldre dependències:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "A més de les seleccions manuals, s'han modificat els paquets següents per a resoldre dependències:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinua" @@ -403,12 +383,8 @@ msgstr "Paquets no suportats" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Si us plau tingueu en compte que aquest programari no està suportat o bé " -"requereix d'un contracte addicional de suport." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Si us plau tingueu en compte que aquest programari no està suportat o bé requereix d'un contracte addicional de suport." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -421,217 +397,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Això només és un resum breu. Trobareu més informació al manual." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Nota: Això només és un resum breu. Trobareu més informació al manual." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"En aquest quadre de diàleg, seleccioneu els pedaços que voleu baixar i " -"instal·lar." +msgstr "En aquest quadre de diàleg, seleccioneu els pedaços que voleu baixar i instal·lar." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"La llista de l'esquerra mostra els pedaços disponibles i el tipus de pedaç " -"(de seguretat, recomanat o opcional), així com el càlcul de la mida " -"(estimada) de baixada." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "La llista de l'esquerra mostra els pedaços disponibles i el tipus de pedaç (de seguretat, recomanat o opcional), així com el càlcul de la mida (estimada) de baixada." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Normalment, aquesta llista només conté els pedaços que encara no s'han " -"instal·lat al sistema. Podeu modificar aquesta opció mitjançant l'activació " -"del quadre de verificació Inclou els pedaços instal·lats situat sota " -"la llista." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Normalment, aquesta llista només conté els pedaços que encara no s'han instal·lat al sistema. Podeu modificar aquesta opció mitjançant l'activació del quadre de verificació Inclou els pedaços instal·lats situat sota la llista." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"La Descripció del pedaç conté una explicació més àmplia del pedaç " -"seleccionat actualment. Seleccioneu un pedaç de la llista per a veure'n la " -"descripció." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "La Descripció del pedaç conté una explicació més àmplia del pedaç seleccionat actualment. Seleccioneu un pedaç de la llista per a veure'n la descripció." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"La llista de paquets de la dreta mostra el contingut del pedaç seleccionat " -"actualment, és a dir, els paquets que conté. No es poden suprimir o " -"instal·lar solament determinats paquets d'un pedaç, sinó que s'ha " -"d'instal·lar per complet per a evitar els errors de coherència al sistema." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "La llista de paquets de la dreta mostra el contingut del pedaç seleccionat actualment, és a dir, els paquets que conté. No es poden suprimir o instal·lar solament determinats paquets d'un pedaç, sinó que s'ha d'instal·lar per complet per a evitar els errors de coherència al sistema." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"A més dels Pedaços, també podeu seleccionar una de les altres " -"visualitzacions de filtre des de Filtre situat a la part superior " -"esquerra:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "A més dels Pedaços, també podeu seleccionar una de les altres visualitzacions de filtre des de Filtre situat a la part superior esquerra:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar els paquets que voleu instal·lar, actualitzar o " -"suprimir. Podeu seleccionar paquets individuals, o bé \"seleccions\" " -"completes de paquets." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar els paquets que voleu instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir. Podeu seleccionar paquets individuals, o bé \"seleccions\" completes de paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Premeu la icona d'estat per a canviar l'estat d'un paquet o d'una selecció, " -"o bé feu clic amb el botó dret del ratolí per a obrir un menú contextual." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Premeu la icona d'estat per a canviar l'estat d'un paquet o d'una selecció, o bé feu clic amb el botó dret del ratolí per a obrir un menú contextual." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir el botó Comprova les dependències per a resoldre les " -"dependències de paquets. Alguns paquets requereixen que se n'instal·lin " -"d'altres. I, al contrari, alguns paquets solament es poden instal·lar si no " -"se n'han instal·lat uns altres. Aquesta comprovació marca automàticament els " -"paquets que s'han d'instal·lar i us avisarà si es produeixen conflictes de " -"dependències." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Feu servir el botó Comprova les dependències per a resoldre les dependències de paquets. Alguns paquets requereixen que se n'instal·lin d'altres. I, al contrari, alguns paquets solament es poden instal·lar si no se n'han instal·lat uns altres. Aquesta comprovació marca automàticament els paquets que s'han d'instal·lar i us avisarà si es produeixen conflictes de dependències." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"La comprovació es farà automàticament si abandoneu aquest diàleg amb " -"Accepta." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "La comprovació es farà automàticament si abandoneu aquest diàleg amb Accepta." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una de les visualitzacions de filtre disponibles al quadre " -"combinat Filtre situat a la part superior esquerra:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Seleccioneu una de les visualitzacions de filtre disponibles al quadre combinat Filtre situat a la part superior esquerra:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Seleccions mostra grups predefinits de paquets relacionats entre si." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Seleccions mostra grups predefinits de paquets relacionats entre si." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Activeu el quadre que hi ha al costat de la selecció per a seleccionar-la " -"com a una unitat. També podeu seleccionar o desseleccionar paquets " -"individuals a la llista de paquets de la dreta." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Activeu el quadre que hi ha al costat de la selecció per a seleccionar-la com a una unitat. També podeu seleccionar o desseleccionar paquets individuals a la llista de paquets de la dreta." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Grups de paquets mostra els paquets classificats per " -"categories. Podeu ampliar o agrupar elements de l'arbre per a restringir o " -"generalitzar una categoria. Premeu una categoria per a mostrar-ne els " -"paquets a la llista de la dreta." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "L'opció Grups de paquets mostra els paquets classificats per categories. Podeu ampliar o agrupar elements de l'arbre per a restringir o generalitzar una categoria. Premeu una categoria per a mostrar-ne els paquets a la llista de la dreta." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" Suggeriment: Al final de la llista es troba l'entrada \"Tots zzz\", " -"que mostra tots els paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar uns segons a les " -"màquines més lentes." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " Suggeriment: Al final de la llista es troba l'entrada \"Tots zzz\", que mostra tots els paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar uns segons a les màquines més lentes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Cerca permet cercar paquets que compleixin diversos requisits. " -"Aquesta és la forma més senzilla de trobar un paquet si se'n sap el nom." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Cerca permet cercar paquets que compleixin diversos requisits. Aquesta és la forma més senzilla de trobar un paquet si se'n sap el nom." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Suggeriment: També podeu fer servir aquesta funció per a saber quin " -"paquet conté una biblioteca determinada. Cerqueu en l'apartat RPM " -"Proporciona." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Suggeriment: També podeu fer servir aquesta funció per a saber quin paquet conté una biblioteca determinada. Cerqueu en l'apartat RPM Proporciona." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Resum de la instal·lació mostra per defecte els canvis que " -"s'han dut a terme al sistema, a més dels paquets que s'instal·laran, se " -"suprimiran o s'actualitzaran." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "L'opció Resum de la instal·lació mostra per defecte els canvis que s'han dut a terme al sistema, a més dels paquets que s'instal·laran, se suprimiran o s'actualitzaran." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"És recomanable fer servir Comprova les dependències i, a continuació, " -"canviar a Resum de la instal·lació abans de prémer Accepta. " -"Així podeu veure tots els canvis que s'efectuaran al sistema." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "És recomanable fer servir Comprova les dependències i, a continuació, canviar a Resum de la instal·lació abans de prémer Accepta. Així podeu veure tots els canvis que s'efectuaran al sistema." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"També podeu seleccionar de forma explícita els paquets i els estats que " -"voleu veure aquí. Feu servir els quadres de verificació de la part esquerra." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "També podeu seleccionar de forma explícita els paquets i els estats que voleu veure aquí. Feu servir els quadres de verificació de la part esquerra." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Suggeriment: També podeu invertir l'efecte d'aquest filtre i veure " -"quins paquets del sistema no s'han modificat. Simplement activeu " -"Conserva i desactiveu la resta." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Suggeriment: També podeu invertir l'efecte d'aquest filtre i veure quins paquets del sistema no s'han modificat. Simplement activeu Conserva i desactiveu la resta." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -681,12 +541,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat. Actualitza'l o torna'l a instal·lar (si " -"les versions coincideixen)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat. Actualitza'l o torna'l a instal·lar (si les versions coincideixen)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -708,22 +564,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet no s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha d'instal·lar de cap manera, " -"especialment a causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o " -"obtenir altres paquets." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Aquest paquet no s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha d'instal·lar de cap manera, especialment a causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Els paquets amb l'estat \"tabú\" es tracten com si no existissin en cap " -"suport d'instal·lació." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Els paquets amb l'estat \"tabú\" es tracten com si no existissin en cap suport d'instal·lació." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -732,21 +578,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha de modificar, especialment a " -"causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres " -"paquets." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat i no s'ha de modificar, especialment a causa de les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir aquest estat per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de " -"sobreescriure amb versions més recents que puguin trobar-se a la distribució." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Feu servir aquest estat per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de sobreescriure amb versions més recents que puguin trobar-se a la distribució." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -756,19 +593,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet s'instal·larà automàticament perquè el necessita un altre " -"paquet." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Aquest paquet s'instal·larà automàticament perquè el necessita un altre paquet." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Suggeriment: És possible que heu de fer servir \"tabú\" per a " -"alliberar-vos d'un paquet d'aquest tipus." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Suggeriment: És possible que heu de fer servir \"tabú\" per a alliberar-vos d'un paquet d'aquest tipus." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -778,12 +608,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però un altre paquet necessita una versió " -"més nova, per la qual cosa s'actualitzarà automàticament." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però un altre paquet necessita una versió més nova, per la qual cosa s'actualitzarà automàticament." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -793,12 +619,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però cal suprimir-lo a causa de les " -"dependències de paquets." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Aquest paquet ja s'ha instal·lat, però cal suprimir-lo a causa de les dependències de paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -822,13 +644,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Aconsegueix aquest paquet i instal·la'l si encara no està instal·lat. " -"Actualitza'l amb l'ultima versió si està instal·lat i existeix una versió " -"més nova." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Aconsegueix aquest paquet i instal·la'l si encara no està instal·lat. Actualitza'l amb l'ultima versió si està instal·lat i existeix una versió més nova." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -837,21 +654,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Suprimeix aquest paquet. Marca'l com a \"no l'instal·lis\" si encara no està " -"instal·lat, i suprimeix-lo si ho està." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Suprimeix aquest paquet. Marca'l com a \"no l'instal·lis\" si encara no està instal·lat, i suprimeix-lo si ho està." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Actualitza aquest paquet si s'ha instal·lat i existeix una versió més nova. " -"Ignora els paquets que no s'han instal·lat." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Actualitza aquest paquet si s'ha instal·lat i existeix una versió més nova. Ignora els paquets que no s'han instal·lat." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -860,23 +669,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Desfés l'efecte de \">\" amunt: canvia el paquet a \"conserva\" si està " -"marcat com a \"actualitza\". Ignora la resta de paquets." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Desfés l'efecte de \">\" amunt: canvia el paquet a \"conserva\" si està marcat com a \"actualitza\". Ignora la resta de paquets." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marca aquest paquet com a \"tabú\" si no està instal·lat i assegureu-vos que " -"no s'instal·la, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que puguin " -"tenir o obtenir altres paquets. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marca aquest paquet com a \"tabú\" si no està instal·lat i assegureu-vos que no s'instal·la, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -885,23 +684,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marca aquest paquet com a \"protegit\" si està instal·lat i assegureu-vos " -"que no es modifica, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que " -"puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marca aquest paquet com a \"protegit\" si està instal·lat i assegureu-vos que no es modifica, especialment per les dependències sense resoldre que puguin tenir o obtenir altres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Feu servir aquesta opció per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de " -"sobreescriure amb versions més noves que puguin estar incloses en la " -"distribució." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Feu servir aquesta opció per als paquets d'altres proveïdors que no s'han de sobreescriure amb versions més noves que puguin estar incloses en la distribució." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -961,13 +749,8 @@ msgstr "Crea un cas de prova de resolució de dependències" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Feu servir això per generar registres extensos per ajudar a rastrejar " -"errors en la resolució de dependències. Els registres s'emmagatzemaran al " -"directori <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Feu servir això per generar registres extensos per ajudar a rastrejar errors en la resolució de dependències. Els registres s'emmagatzemaran al directori <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -975,13 +758,8 @@ msgstr "Cas de prova del sistema de resolució" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Cas de prova de resolució de dependències escrit a <tt>%1</tt></" -"p>Voleu preparar l'arxiu <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> per adjuntar-lo al " -"Bugzilla?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Cas de prova de resolució de dependències escrit a <tt>%1</tt>Voleu preparar l'arxiu <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> per adjuntar-lo al Bugzilla?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -990,13 +768,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error en crear un cas de prova de resolució de " -"dependènciesComproveu l'espai al disc i els permisos de <tt>%1</tt></" -"p>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear un cas de prova de resolució de dependènciesComproveu l'espai al disc i els permisos de <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1525,15 +1298,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Paquets no mantinguts" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Cerca" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resum de la instal·lació" @@ -1547,78 +1316,78 @@ msgstr "Tots zzz" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Cerca" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Cerca a" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "&Nom" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "Res&um" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "Descripc&ió" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "RPM \"P&roporciona\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "RPM \"Re&quereix\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Llista de fitxers" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "Mode de &cerca:" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Conté" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Comença per" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Coincidència exacta" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Fes servir comodins" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Fes servir expressions regulars" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "Dis&tingeix entre majúscules i minúscules" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Cercant ..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "No hi ha cap resultat." @@ -1627,7 +1396,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Error de consulta" @@ -1754,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "%1-%2 del proveïdor %3 (instal·lat)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" @@ -1764,7 +1533,7 @@ "versions capaces i no capaces de multiversió\n" "d'aquest paquet." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1778,7 +1547,7 @@ "i desmarcar la versió no capaç de multiversió,\n" "\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir l'altra." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1793,7 +1562,7 @@ "\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir les altres." #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Versions de paquets incompatibles" @@ -1806,11 +1575,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 des de %3 amb la prioritat %4 i el proveïdor %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Aquesta és la versió instal·lada al sistema." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 16:22+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrant %s ..." @@ -313,24 +313,36 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detalls: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Important el certificat SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Important el certificat '%s'..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Error de connexió segura: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -370,51 +382,59 @@ "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/" -"baseproduct\n" +"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "sigui un symlink que apunti al fitxer del producte de base .prod." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registrant el sistema..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Actualitzant a %s ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "" + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Carregant extensions i mòduls disponibles..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Carregant productes de migració..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registra extensions i mòduls" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Registrant extensions i mòduls." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -423,57 +443,72 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" -msgstr "Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant la instal·lació?\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" -msgstr "Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant l'actualització?\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificat:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Producte desconegut" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Ha fallat desar la configuració del repositori." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Ha fallat actualitzar el servei '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Ha fallat afegir el servei '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Ha fallat desar el servei '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Ha fallat refrescar el servei '%s'." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -528,25 +563,18 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" -"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.</" -"p>\n" -"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no " -"podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les " -"extensions o mòduls respectius." +"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.\n" +"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les extensions o mòduls respectius." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" -"L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." -msgstr[1] "" -"Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[0] "L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[1] "Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -579,21 +607,13 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden " -"necessitar un codi de registre específic." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden necessitar un codi de registre específic." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " -"Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -602,11 +622,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre " -"sistema." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre sistema." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -620,12 +637,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"" -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a " -"registrar." +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a registrar." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -634,12 +647,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran " -"conjuntament amb el producte de base." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran conjuntament amb el producte de base." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -704,30 +713,22 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del " -"SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del SUSE Customer Center,\n" "i així us permet obtenir actualitzacions en línia i suport tècnic.\n" -"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa " -"el registre del producte." +"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa el registre del producte." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, " -"establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" -"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. " -"Referiu-vos\n" +"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" +"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. Referiu-vos\n" "al manual de l'SMT per a més assistència." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -745,9 +746,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris " -"d'actualització" +msgstr "Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris d'actualització" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 @@ -814,12 +813,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el " -"sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 @@ -849,12 +844,9 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest " -"producte i el\n" -"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de " -"sota.\n" -"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un " -"sistema\n" +"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest producte i el\n" +"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de sota.\n" +"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un sistema\n" "registrat." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -896,50 +888,28 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "" -"La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar " -"l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de " -"certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i " -"l'emissor del certificat desconegut." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i l'emissor del certificat desconegut." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat " -"autosignat." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat autosignat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "" -"Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per " -"assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de " -"seguretat important." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de seguretat important." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 @@ -951,36 +921,36 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL &local del servidor de registre " +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "Error intern: %s" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement " -"%s.\n" +"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement %s.\n" "Voleu ometre el registre del sistema de base i del complement?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Repositoris de migració" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran " -"per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió " -"trobada als repositoris seleccionats." +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió trobada als repositoris seleccionats." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Seleccioneu els repositoris de migració" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 @@ -997,94 +967,72 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioritat: %s" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -"Hi ha actualitzacions en línia disponibles per instal·lar.\n" -"És recomanable instal·lar totes les actualitzacions abans de procedir.\n" -"\n" -"Voleu instal·lar les actualitzacions ara?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "Error intern: %s" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap producte instal·lat." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "No s'ha trobat cap producte de migració." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "Registrant els productes de migració..." - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Preparant els repositores de migració..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Seleccioneu l'objectiu de migració" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El " -"servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes " -"nous." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes nous." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "Només es pot seleccionar un objectiu de migració de la llista." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." -msgstr "" -"Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de " -"migració més tard." - -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de migració més tard." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Selecció manual dels repositoris de migració" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Seleccioneu l'objectiu de migració." +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Objectius de migració possibles" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Resum de la migració" @@ -1094,43 +1042,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de " -"registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta " -"migració." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta migració." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s s'instal·larà." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s es manté sense canvis." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} s'actualitzarà a %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} es desactualitzarà a %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1141,8 +1084,7 @@ "La miagració seleccionada conté un producte\n" "que no està disponible al servidor de registre.\n" "\n" -"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els " -"productes\n" +"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els productes\n" "que falten al servidor de registre." #. help text @@ -1151,20 +1093,12 @@ msgstr "El sistema ja està registrat." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls " -"addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " -"Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1202,7 +1136,33 @@ msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Cercant servidors de registre locals..." +#~ msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +#~ msgstr "Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant la instal·lació?\n" + +#~ msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +#~ msgstr "Voleu habilitar aquests repositoris durant l'actualització?\n" + +#~ msgid "Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Repositoris de migració" + +#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu els repositoris de migració" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "Online updates are available for installation.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Would you like to install the updates now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hi ha actualitzacions en línia disponibles per instal·lar.\n" +#~ "És recomanable instal·lar totes les actualitzacions abans de procedir.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Voleu instal·lar les actualitzacions ara?" + +#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +#~ msgstr "Registrant els productes de migració..." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Registration added some update repositories.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Do you want to install the latest available\n" @@ -1314,8 +1274,7 @@ #~ msgstr "S'ha afegit un servidor d'actualització a la vostra configuració." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." @@ -1358,8 +1317,7 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant " -#~ "automàticament \n" +#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant automàticament \n" #~ " la tramesa del perfil del maquinari." #~ msgid "Update Source Issues" @@ -1374,15 +1332,11 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El registre com a usuari normal no inclou la font\n" -#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu " -#~ "i més\n" -#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, " -#~ "haureu\n" +#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu i més\n" +#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, haureu\n" #~ "d'afegir la font manualment. Altres\n" -#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden " -#~ "utilitzar igualment\n" -#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari " -#~ "al YaST \n" +#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden utilitzar igualment\n" +#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari al YaST \n" #~ "perquè les fonts estiguin disponibles per a totes les eines." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1418,199 +1372,146 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " -#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " -#~ "amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " -#~ "incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " -#~ "el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " -#~ "producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " -#~ "instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de " -#~ "registre\n" +#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de registre\n" #~ "i se us demanarà el codi del producte. \n" -#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que " -#~ "inclou el producte.\n" +#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que inclou el producte.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " -#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " -#~ "controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " -#~ "Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " -#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " -#~ "Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " -#~ "estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " -#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " -#~ "amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " -#~ "incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " -#~ "el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " -#~ "producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " -#~ "instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " -#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " -#~ "controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " -#~ "Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " -#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " -#~ "Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " -#~ "estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" @@ -1701,11 +1602,8 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'han pogut instal·lar els paquets següents" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet " -#~ "%1." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1773,70 +1671,29 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La clau no és vàlida." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de " -#~ "Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us " -#~ "voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu " -#~ "Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu " -#~ "la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació " -#~ "opcional." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació opcional." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " -#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " -#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " -#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " -#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" -#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a " -#~ "Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou " -#~ "mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors " -#~ "corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -" -#~ "a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. " -#~ "Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una " -#~ "parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ msgstr "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of " -#~| "the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server " -#~| "Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +#~| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del " -#~ "servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del " -#~ "servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de " -#~ "l'SMT." +#~ msgstr "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de l'SMT." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor SMT" @@ -1929,8 +1786,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." +#~ msgstr "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" @@ -1972,30 +1828,22 @@ #~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si seleccioneu%1, és probable que el procés de registre falli.\n" -#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al sistema\n" #~ "i especificar el camí si trieu %2." #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu " -#~ "especificat." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu especificat." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu " -#~ "especificat." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu especificat." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file" #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del " -#~ "certificat SMT" +#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del certificat SMT" #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Omet" @@ -2031,8 +1879,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip the Registration?" #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" +#~ msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" #~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file" #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer del certificat" @@ -2046,8 +1893,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " -#~| "Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -2132,9 +1978,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori " -#~ "de sortida." +#~ msgstr "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de sortida." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 18:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" @@ -31,12 +31,10 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de " -"partició de discos durs.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n" "\n" "Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n" -"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu " -"fent.\n" +"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n" "En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n" "nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n" "\n" @@ -167,8 +165,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." +msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -272,8 +269,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n" -"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, " -"la \n" +"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n" "partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n" "\n" @@ -321,8 +317,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n" -"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació " -"(un \n" +"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n" "cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n" "\n" @@ -389,8 +384,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de " -"Linux.\n" +"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n" "en funció d'aquest valor.\n" "\n" @@ -406,8 +400,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de " -"Windows.\n" +"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -450,8 +443,7 @@ "la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n" "\n" "Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n" -"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-" -"ne espai.\n" +"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n" "\n" "Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n" "Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n" @@ -528,9 +520,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició " -"personalitzada." +msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -622,8 +612,7 @@ msgstr "" "Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el " -"procés.\n" +"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n" "\n" "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n" @@ -668,11 +657,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la " -"instal·lació, si està disponible." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -688,8 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el " -"&product;.\n" +"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -700,8 +685,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -718,8 +702,7 @@ "\n" "Per als experts existeix l’opció Particionament personalitzat\n" "que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n" -"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de " -"&productes;.\n" +"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -802,8 +785,7 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n" -"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari " -"estiguin ben establerts." +"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -953,10 +935,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No " -"hi ha \n" -"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, " -"o bé,\n" +"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n" +"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, o bé,\n" "encongir la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n" "" @@ -971,8 +951,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es " -"perdran \n" +"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran \n" "de forma irreversible durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n" "partició del Windows, és molt recomanable fer una\n" "còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es realitzarà una\n" @@ -1001,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "Tipus de proposta" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1010,14 +989,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n" -"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a " -"una\n" +"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n" "partició.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1026,15 +1004,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n" -"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això " -"probablement comportarà problemes.\n" -"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts " -"de muntatge.\n" +"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n" +"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1043,14 +1019,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers " -"Linux\n" +"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1059,14 +1034,24 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n" -"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de " -"fitxers Linux \n" +"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1087,7 +1072,7 @@ "Realment ho voleu així?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1102,7 +1087,7 @@ "Voleu realment mantenir aquesta mida per a la partició /boot?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1119,27 +1104,18 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" -"Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /" -"boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" -" Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" -"Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" -"0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" -"\n" -"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1151,16 +1127,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n" -"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició " -"acaba\n" +"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n" "en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n" -"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa " -"que la instal·lació \n" +"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n" "de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1168,13 +1142,12 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n" -"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar " -"problemes.\n" +"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1183,17 +1156,15 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la " -"instal·lació de %1\n" +"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n" "no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n" "els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n" -"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta " -"configuració.\n" +"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1218,7 +1189,7 @@ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1243,27 +1214,25 @@ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Realment voleu fer servir aquests paràmetres?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" "No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n" -"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició " -"d'intercanvi.\n" +"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n" "Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n" "principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n" @@ -1272,7 +1241,7 @@ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració sense partició d'intercanvi?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1280,13 +1249,12 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es " -"formatarà.\n" +"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n" "El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n" "els casos següents:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1299,21 +1267,18 @@ "- si la partició encara no conté un sistema de fitxers\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu " -"aquesta partició\n" -"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de " -"muntatge estàndard\n" +"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n" +"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n" "com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1324,7 +1289,7 @@ "Realment voleu mantenir aquesta partició sense formatar?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1298,7 @@ "Extraieu-lo del RAID abans d'editar-lo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1342,7 +1307,7 @@ "Extraieu-lo del grup de volum abans d'editar-lo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1351,7 +1316,7 @@ "Extraieu-lo del volum abans d'editar-lo.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1360,7 +1325,7 @@ "Extraieu-lo del RAID abans de suprimir-lo.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1368,39 +1333,34 @@ "%1 utilitza el dispositiu (%2).\n" "Suprimiu %1 abans de suprimir el dispositiu.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "No es pot suprimir mentre estigui muntat." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició " -"lògica i \n" +"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n" "ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest " -"moment:\n" +"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la " -"partició ampliada.\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1410,11 +1370,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n" -"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions " -"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1428,7 +1387,7 @@ "dels sistemes RAID respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1441,30 +1400,30 @@ "abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers xifrat." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "No oblideu el que escriviu aquí!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Es permet deixar buida la contrasenya." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers xifrats de %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1473,7 +1432,7 @@ "dispositiu %1 muntat a %2.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers xifrat." @@ -1481,7 +1440,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Introduïu una &contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers:" @@ -1492,18 +1451,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Torneu a introduir la contrasenya per &verificar-la:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Omet" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1515,8 +1474,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1526,8 +1485,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1535,17 +1494,17 @@ "La contrasenya ha de tenir com a mínim %1 caràcters.\n" "Torneu-ho a provar.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Sense número de punt flotant." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opcions del sistema de fitxers:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1554,80 +1513,74 @@ "Canvieu l'etiqueta del volum per tal que no contingui aquest caràcter.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Munta en /etc/fstab per:\n" "normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n" -"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de " -"fitxers que\n" -"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els " -"sistemes de fitxers\n" -"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " -"inhabilitada,\n" +"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n" +"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" +"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n" "això no serà possible.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En " -"general, només\n" +"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" "és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Munta a /etc/fstab per" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nom del &dispositiu" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Etiqueta del volum" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&Identificador del dispositiu" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Camí al dispositiu" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opcions &Fstab:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1638,62 +1591,62 @@ "seleccionat és de %1. L’etiqueta del volum s’ha tallat a aquesta longitud.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Introduïu una etiqueta de volum si voleu muntar per etiquetes." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Aquesta etiqueta de volum ja està en ús. Seleccioneu-ne una altra." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Sistema de &fitxers" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Opcions..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Encripta el dispositiu" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&Identificador del sistema de fitxers:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formata" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&No formatis" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formata" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opcions fs&tab" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punt de &muntatge" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1708,19 +1661,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n" -"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de " -"sistema de fitxers),\n" +"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n" "es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n" -"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu " -"coneixements \n" +"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n" "de com funciona.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1728,11 +1679,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " -"fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1740,25 +1690,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " -"fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Si reduïu aquesta partició, es poden perdre dades." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Si reduïu aquest volum lògic, es poden perdre dades." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Voleu continuar?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1769,7 +1718,7 @@ "Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten ampliar un sistema de fitxers." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1779,20 +1728,20 @@ "El YaST2 no pot ampliar el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic seleccionat.\n" "Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten ampliar un sistema de fitxers." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Voleu continuar?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Heu reduït una partició que té un sistema de fitxers reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Heu reduït un volum lògic que té un sistema de fitxers reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1801,19 +1750,17 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció " -"està\n" +"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n" "poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "\n" "Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n" @@ -1823,7 +1770,7 @@ "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1838,7 +1785,7 @@ "suprimir el dispositiu.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1853,7 +1800,7 @@ "suprimir el dispositiu.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1867,57 +1814,55 @@ "suprimir el dispositiu.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Crea i elimina subvolums d'un sistema de fitxers Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs " -"amb Snapper." +msgstr "Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Subvolums existents:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nou subvolum" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Afegeix-ne un de nou" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Suprimeix" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilita instantànies" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Gestió de subvolum" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "No es permet un nom de subvolum buit." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1925,11 +1870,11 @@ "Només es permeten noms de subvolums que comencin amb \"%1\"!\n" "Establint automàticament com a pendent el nom \"%1\" per al subvolum." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Ja existeix un subvolum amb el nom %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Es perdrean les modificacions fetes fins ara en aquest diàleg." @@ -1975,19 +1920,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " -"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n" -"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu " -"totes\n" +"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n" "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -1997,20 +1939,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" -"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de " -"lletres\n" -"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, " -"l'haureu\n" +"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n" +"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n" "d'escriure dues vegades.\n" "\n" @@ -2020,15 +1958,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha " -"de tenir com a\n" +"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n" "mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n" "(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n" "\n" @@ -2076,16 +2012,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n" -"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest " -"cas,\n" +"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest cas,\n" "no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n" "\n" @@ -2106,8 +2040,7 @@ "\n" "És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" -"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu " -"d'eliminar\n" +"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n" "l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2125,17 +2058,17 @@ "Heu de marcar totes les particions del disc per eliminar.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "No es pot fer servir el punt de muntatge \"%1\" per a LVM.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "No es pot fer servir el punt de muntatge \"%1\" per a RAID." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2145,15 +2078,14 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n" -"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament " -"correcte del sistema.\n" +"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n" "\n" "Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n" " \n" "Realment ho voleu així?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2161,13 +2093,12 @@ "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" "Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n" -"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" -"\",\n" +"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" "/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n" "sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2187,29 +2118,28 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "No es pot deixar el punt de muntatge en blanc." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "El punt de untatge dels dispositius d'intercanvi ha de ser swap." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." +msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "El punt de muntatge ja està en ús. Seleccioneu-ne un altre." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2218,15 +2148,12 @@ "per al sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un " -"punt de muntatge." +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2237,12 +2164,12 @@ "/var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "El punt de muntatge ha de començar amb \"/\"" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2252,7 +2179,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2261,7 +2188,7 @@ "Aquest sistema de fitxers ha d'ocupar com a mínim %2.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2270,7 +2197,7 @@ "a un dispositiu que tingui un sistema de fitxers no existent o desconegut." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2294,12 +2221,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "El sistema de fitxers està muntat actualment a %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2309,12 +2236,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Desmunta" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2322,18 +2249,17 @@ "Podeu provar de desmuntar-ho ara o cancel·lar.\n" "Cliqueu a cancel·lar si no saber exactament què esteu fent." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "No es pot encongir el sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "No es pot engrandir el sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2417,8 +2343,7 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n" -"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el " -"dispositiu." +"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2792,13 +2717,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n" -"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació " -"d'un volum ja existent\n" +"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n" "n'esborrarà totes les dades.\n" #. helptext @@ -2898,10 +2821,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu " -"deixar buida\n" -"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi " -"no es podrà\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n" +"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n" "utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n" "\n" @@ -3012,8 +2933,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." +msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3028,8 +2948,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n" "Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n" -"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina " -"de\n" +"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n" "redimensionar-lo. " #. label for log view @@ -3075,8 +2994,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" "del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n" -"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums " -"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" +"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 @@ -3295,7 +3213,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "El disc s'està utilitzant i no es pot modificar." @@ -3561,8 +3479,7 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n" -"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves " -"particions.\n" +"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3640,8 +3557,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" -"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a " -"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" +"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" "multicamí.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3675,10 +3591,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes " -"Linux\n" -"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han " -"trobat.\n" +"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n" +"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3740,8 +3654,7 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n" -"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de " -"volums\n" +"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n" "i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -3805,18 +3718,26 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Sense canvis de particionament." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Canvis de particionament:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "No hi ha canvis en els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Paràmetres d'emmagatzematge:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "" + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -3844,13 +3765,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al " -"fitxer\n" +"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n" "que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.\n" #. helptext @@ -3862,8 +3781,7 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el " -"fitxer es\n" +"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n" "crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. NOTA: si el fitxer \n" "ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.\n" @@ -3889,10 +3807,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n" -"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no " -"es pot\n" -"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per " -"tant,\n" +"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n" +"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n" "aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.\n" #. input field label @@ -4073,9 +3989,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics " -"que s'hi relacionen?" +msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4083,8 +3997,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física " -"ampliada\n" +"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n" "més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." #. error popup text @@ -4118,14 +4031,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " +msgstr "Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." +msgstr "Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4158,8 +4069,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n" @@ -4177,13 +4087,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Els anomenatsVolums Prims poden ser creats\n" -"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les " -"necessitats \n" -"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida " -"més grossa\n" +"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n" +"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n" "que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n" -"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les " -"necessitats d'espai.\n" +"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n" "Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count." #. heading for frame @@ -4217,36 +4124,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum normal.\n" -"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums " -"abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" +"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" "Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Thin Pool.\n" -"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les " -"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." +"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum Prim.\n" -"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats " -"de Thin Pool." +"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4300,17 +4201,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de " -"volums.\n" +"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n" "\n" -"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus " -"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" -"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons " -"calgui." +"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4520,8 +4417,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests " -"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" +"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" "de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n" "Segur que voleu sortir-ne?" @@ -4542,12 +4438,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4578,26 +4470,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n" -"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és " -"possible si un dels discos falla.\n" +"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n" -"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades " -"d'un disc\n" +"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n" "als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n" "Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.\n" @@ -4605,16 +4492,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de " -"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer " -"servir en tres discos o més.\n" -"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si " -"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" +"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n" +"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4623,8 +4505,7 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom " -"significatiu\n" +"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n" "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n" "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" @@ -4632,16 +4513,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n" -"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID " -"0), la mida\n" -"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n" +"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4704,16 +4581,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Mida elemental: És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n" -"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable " -"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" -"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental " -"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" +"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" +"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4723,12 +4596,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n" -"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics " -"amb plats rotatoris.\n" +"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5009,23 +4880,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Muntatge per defecte us dóna el muntatge per\n" -"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa " -"el nom del \n" -"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i " -"Camí del dispositiu\n" -"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria " -"de ser\n" +"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa el nom del \n" +"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i Camí del dispositiu\n" +"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n" "persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment UUID i\n" -"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers." -"\n" +"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5034,25 +4899,19 @@ "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de fitxers per defecte indica\n" -"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers " -"nous.\n" +"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineació de les noves particions creades\n" -"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és " -"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim " -"alinea les \n" -"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el " -"nucli de Linux \n" +"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim alinea les \n" +"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n" "o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5144,8 +5003,7 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n" -"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-" -"los?" +"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5307,8 +5165,7 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n" "\n" -"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de " -"classe\n" +"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n" "per línia. Exemple:" #. popup text @@ -5318,42 +5175,32 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" +msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n" -"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a " -"molts casos\n" +"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n" "se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret " -"sobre\n" -"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. " -"Prement \n" -"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una " -"classe\n" -"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar " -"els que \n" +"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n" +"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n" +"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n" +"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n" "ja estan seleccionats a la classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5379,15 +5226,11 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el " -"primer de la \n" -"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. " -"Llavors, \n" -"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així " -"successivament." +"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n" +"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n" +"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5396,39 +5239,29 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de " -"dispositius.\n" -"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a " -"odre per al RAID \n" +"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n" +"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n" "que s'ha de crear." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Prement el botó \"%1\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n" -"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A" -"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" -"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió " -"regular es \n" +"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" +"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n" "fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" +"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" "de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del " -"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" +"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" "expressió regular." #. headline text @@ -5453,8 +5286,7 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G " -"o %.\n" +"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n" "El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5465,15 +5297,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Mida de Tmpfs:\n" -"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o " -"Gigabyte o bé\n" -"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el " -"percentatge de la memòria." +"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n" +"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5492,8 +5321,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'intercanvi\n" -"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran " -"serà la prioritat.\n" +"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5504,13 +5332,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Munta només de lectura:\n" -"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant " -"la instal·lació\n" +"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n" "el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura." #. button text @@ -5525,8 +5351,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sense hora d'accés\n" -"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció " -"predeterminada és fals.\n" +"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5540,8 +5365,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pot ser muntat per un usuari\n" -"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és " -"\"als\".\n" +"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5554,17 +5378,13 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No es munta durant l'inici del sistema\n" -"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el " -"sistema.\n" +"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n" "S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n" -"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <" -"punt_muntatge></tt>\n" +"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n" "(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n" "L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" @@ -5597,20 +5417,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Mode de registre de dades:\n" "determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n" "<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n" "al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n" -"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en " -"el rendiment. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el " -"rendiment.\n" +"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5646,24 +5462,18 @@ msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni " -"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor d’opció arbitrari:\n" -"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart " -"camp de /etc/fstab.\n" +"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.\n" #. label text @@ -5678,8 +5488,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers\n" -"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels " -"fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" +"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5690,12 +5499,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts\n" -"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts " -"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" +"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5706,12 +5513,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FATS:\n" -"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de " -"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." +"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5722,14 +5527,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida de FAT\n" -"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza " -"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament " -"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5739,9 +5540,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a " -"provar." +msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5761,12 +5560,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els " -"noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" +"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5777,16 +5574,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisió d'FS\n" -"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El " -"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries " -"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del " -"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" +"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5798,14 +5589,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " -"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la " -"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5821,8 +5608,7 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -5833,12 +5619,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de " -"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5849,16 +5633,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Node alineat\n" -"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes " -"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" -"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes " -"d'identificació\n" +"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" +"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n" "normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.\n" #. label text @@ -5880,12 +5661,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels registres\n" -"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, " -"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" +"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5915,24 +5694,17 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del pas en blocs\n" -"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. " -"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" -"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs " -"en un llistat RAID.\n" +"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" +"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " -"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, " -"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús " -"que se n'espera.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5948,23 +5720,16 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per node d'identificació\n" -"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea " -"un node d'identificació per a cada\n" -"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la " -"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" -" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de " -"ser més petit que la mida\n" -"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran " -"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" -"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació " -"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" -"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor " -"correcte per al paràmetre.\n" +"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n" +"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" +" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n" +"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" +"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5977,23 +5742,14 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és " -"incorrecte.\n" +"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n" "Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: " -"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor " -"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit " -"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -6021,8 +5777,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índex de directori:\n" -"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en " -"directoris grans.\n" +"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6033,13 +5788,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sense historial:\n" -"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan " -"estigueu segurs\n" +"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n" "del que feu.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6124,7 +5877,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "No és possible redimensionar:" @@ -6137,7 +5890,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6150,7 +5903,7 @@ "És possible que la contrasenya d'encriptació introduïda sigui incorrecta.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6161,37 +5914,36 @@ "Torneu-ho a provar." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels " -"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Introduïu la clau de xifratge:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Els següents volums encriptats ja estan disponibles." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activació del volum encriptat" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6203,12 +5955,12 @@ "Cal saber-ne les contrasenyes si es necessiten els volums o bé durant\n" "una actualització o bé si conenten un volum físic LVM encriptat." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Voleu proporcionar contrasenyes d'encriptació?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6219,60 +5971,69 @@ "Es provarà la contrasenya per a tots els dispositius." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya del xifratge" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "No hi ha cap volum encriptat per desbloquejar." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per a qualsevol dels dispositius següents:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per al dispositiu següent:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Provant de desbloquejar els volums encriptats..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "La contrasenya no ha desbloquejat cap volum." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disc IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disc SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disc" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Voleu continuar malgrat l'error?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6282,7 +6043,7 @@ "No es pot modificar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté una partició\n" "d'intercanvi activa necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6292,7 +6053,7 @@ "No es pot modificar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté les dades\n" "necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6302,7 +6063,7 @@ "No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté una partició\n" "d'intercanvi activa necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6312,7 +6073,7 @@ "No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté les dades\n" "necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6324,19 +6085,18 @@ "indirecta el dispositiu %2, que conté una partició d'intercanvi activa \n" "necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera " -"indirecta\n" +"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n" "el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6347,18 +6107,18 @@ "disc %2 en ús.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "No hi ha res assignat com a sistema de fitxers arrel!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Segur que la instal·lació fallarà fatalment!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Ha fallat l'addició dels següents elements: %1" @@ -6371,10 +6131,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "El codi de l'error de sistema era %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Voleu continuar malgrat l'error?" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6472,8 +6228,7 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "L'opció Bus indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n" -"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs " -"multicamí." +"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6620,29 +6375,23 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Muntat per indica com està muntat\n" -"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, " -"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu " -"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" +"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està " -"muntat\n" -"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres " -"d'aquest volum\n" +"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n" +"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n" "el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6658,8 +6407,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n" @@ -6728,8 +6476,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Bandes mostra el nombre de bandes\n" -"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la " -"banda entre parèntesis.\n" +"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6765,8 +6512,7 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Usat per mostra si un dispositiu\n" -"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests " -"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" +"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -7026,12 +6772,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. " -"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -7079,10 +6821,8 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a " -"través\n" -"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la " -"proposta pot\n" +"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n" +"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n" "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n" "la mida de la partició d'arrel." @@ -7093,8 +6833,7 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n" -"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú " -"desplegable." +"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -7102,8 +6841,7 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en " -"suspensió\n" +"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n" "al disc en la majoria de casos." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -7166,14 +6904,30 @@ msgstr "Informació visible dels dispositius d'emmagatzematge:" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#~ "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#~ "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#~ "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#~ "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" +#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" +#~ " Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" +#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" +#~ "0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" #~ "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n" -#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és " -#~ "necessària.\n" +#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -7244,23 +6998,18 @@ #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està " -#~ "disponible" +#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt " -#~ "de muntatge.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export Device Graph..." @@ -7292,8 +7041,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de " -#~ "suprimir-lo.\n" +#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7347,22 +7095,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " -#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us " -#~ "crearà \n" -#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que " -#~ "perdreu totes \n" +#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n" +#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n" #~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7426,20 +7168,15 @@ #~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el " -#~ "botó Sí." +#~ msgstr "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó Sí." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No</" -#~ "B>." +#~ msgstr "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" #~ "for your new installation?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" +#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-09-29 09:46:54 UTC (rev 92875) @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 11:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.10\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" @@ -176,13 +176,20 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client - Certificat" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "El nom de la connexió ja es fa servir." #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -191,7 +198,7 @@ "Ja es fan servir tots els escenaris de passarel·la." #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -200,12 +207,12 @@ "No podeu tenir dues passarel·les operant en un escenari." #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Aquest nom d'usuari ja es fa servir." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "No es pot trobar una connexió de client coincident."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92874 - trunk/yast/ku/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-09-29 10:03:00 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92874 Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 15:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -488,86 +488,100 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving language..." msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Ziman tê tomarkirin..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting the service..." msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring language..." msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Ziman veava dike..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "Nivîsandina veavakirinên bixweber..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Products" msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." @@ -576,19 +590,19 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Ziman veava dike..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1502,7 +1516,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1512,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "Beşa %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -2130,7 +2144,7 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" @@ -2586,14 +2600,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2601,7 +2615,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." @@ -2610,7 +2624,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" @@ -409,29 +409,19 @@ msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Distribution Upgrade" -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "Bilindkirina Dîstribûsyonê" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" @@ -525,7 +515,7 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -816,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" @@ -990,55 +980,55 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" @@ -1047,22 +1037,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" @@ -1099,80 +1089,94 @@ msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Distribution Upgrade" +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr "Bilindkirina Dîstribûsyonê" + #~ msgid "&Up" #~ msgstr "&Jor" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -308,13 +308,13 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "enabled" msgid "Enabled" msgstr "çalak" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "disabled" msgid "Disabled" @@ -357,14 +357,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -383,39 +386,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Pela %1 tune ye. " @@ -423,8 +426,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "" @@ -432,48 +435,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "" @@ -493,111 +496,98 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SSA" msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSA" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "" @@ -605,7 +595,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Navê Bikarhêner:" @@ -614,121 +604,141 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Nasnav" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Notification is disabled" msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Agahdarî neçalak e" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Settings" msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Mîheng" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1094,144 +1104,148 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "" + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "çalak" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "neçalak" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ncurses-pkg.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Betal Bike" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Bipejirîne" @@ -1039,34 +1039,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Baş e" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "B&idomîne" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Erê" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Na" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&Baş e -- Cardin Biceribîne" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Zimanên Heyî" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Çavkaniyên Heyî" @@ -1074,68 +1079,86 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Pîne yên Hewce" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed Packages" msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Pakêtên Sazkirî" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Pîne yên Rojanekirina ji Torê" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Pirsgirêka Rojanekirinê -- alîkariyê binihêre" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Encamên Lêgerînê" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Gerînendeyên Pîne" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Çavkanî" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "Lîsteya &Rojanekirinê" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pîne: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Tu pîne tuneye" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Skrîpt" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Package List" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Lîsteya &Pakêtan" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Pakêt: " Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/qt-pkg.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "Lêgere" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Peyvên mifte" @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Betal Bike" @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "Bi&domîne" @@ -1336,15 +1336,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Lêgere" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Kurtebêja Sazkirinê" @@ -1359,84 +1355,84 @@ msgstr "Hemû" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Lêgere" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name" msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Nav" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides" msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "Peydeker" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Requires" msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "Pêwist" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Werdigire " -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Tevlêbûna Tam" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Lê digere..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "" @@ -1445,7 +1441,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "" @@ -1557,14 +1553,14 @@ msgstr "%1-%2 (sazkirî)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" "package at the same time." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1573,7 +1569,7 @@ "\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1583,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "" @@ -1596,11 +1592,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 #, fuzzy @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -349,24 +349,36 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Kitekit..." +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -404,52 +416,63 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update to %1" msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Rojane bike %1 ê" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "" @@ -458,14 +481,18 @@ msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. indent size used in summary text @@ -473,10 +500,21 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" @@ -484,33 +522,33 @@ #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -941,8 +979,17 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "Tomarkirin" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Internally used class" +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "Beşa hundirî tê bikaranîn" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -950,10 +997,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Online Repositories" -msgid "Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Çavkaniyên ji Torê" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 @@ -963,9 +1008,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Select a repository." -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Çavkanî hilbijêre." +#| msgid "Test the Configuration" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 @@ -988,95 +1033,82 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Pêşanî" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Internally used class" -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "Beşa hundirî tê bikaranîn" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File not found." msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "Pel nehat dîtin." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Register" -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "&Bibe Endam" - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Arşîvan tomar bike..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Test the Configuration" msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Test the Configuration" msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "&Çareseriyên Gengaz" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration summary..." msgid "Migration Summary" @@ -1088,14 +1120,14 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed: " msgid "%s will be installed." @@ -1103,25 +1135,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1186,6 +1218,21 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgid "Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Çavkaniyên ji Torê" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Select a repository." +#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Çavkanî hilbijêre." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Register" +#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +#~ msgstr "&Bibe Endam" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration" #~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" #~ msgstr "Tomarkirin" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 02:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -836,8 +836,19 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -850,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -860,7 +871,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -872,19 +883,18 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -896,7 +906,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -905,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -916,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -931,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -946,13 +956,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila %1 jê bibe?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -965,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -974,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -983,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -991,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -999,53 +1009,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1054,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1064,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1074,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1083,30 +1093,30 @@ msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" @@ -1114,7 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "" @@ -1122,7 +1132,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1134,19 +1144,19 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Derbas be" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1155,8 +1165,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1164,31 +1174,31 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" @@ -1199,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" @@ -1208,12 +1218,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" msgid "&Device Name" @@ -1221,37 +1231,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&Nasnameya Cîhazê" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Riya Cîhazê" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fstab options:" msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Vebijêrkên Fstab:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1259,66 +1269,66 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File System" msgid "File &System" msgstr "Pergala Pelan" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "V&ebijêrk..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Salix" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 #, fuzzy msgid "Format" msgstr "&Teşe" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Teşe" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Xala &Girêdanê" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1343,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1341,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1349,21 +1359,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Bila bidomîne?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1371,27 +1381,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1401,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1410,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1420,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1430,7 +1440,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1439,28 +1449,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New value" msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nirxa nû" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Entry" msgid "Add new" @@ -1468,44 +1478,44 @@ #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Rake" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr " jixwe heye." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr " jixwe heye." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1632,17 +1642,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -1653,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -1662,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -1676,40 +1686,40 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -1717,12 +1727,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -1730,21 +1740,21 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1759,12 +1769,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1772,28 +1782,28 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Girêdan" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2713,7 +2723,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3177,19 +3187,31 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Fonksîyona girêdanên bişkojkan:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Packages:" +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "Pakêt:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These packages need to be installed:" +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "Ew pakêt hewce ne ku bên sazkirin:" + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -5078,7 +5100,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5091,7 +5113,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5100,7 +5122,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5108,7 +5130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5117,28 +5139,28 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Nasnav" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5146,14 +5168,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Dixwazî carek din biceribînî?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5161,92 +5183,105 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 cîhazên jêr dîyar kir" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hard Disk" msgid "Disk" msgstr "Dîska Sabît" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID:" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "Sazkirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5254,7 +5289,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5262,7 +5297,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5270,18 +5305,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5296,10 +5331,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po 2015-09-29 08:03:00 UTC (rev 92874) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -181,34 +181,41 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "" #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." msgstr "" #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Username is required" msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Navê bikarhêner pêwist e" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92873 - trunk/yast/tr/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 10:00:16 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92873 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/crowbar.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/vpn.tr.po Log: vpn.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) crowbar.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) registration.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) kdump.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) bootloader.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) storage.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) autoinst.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) ncurses-pkg.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) qt-pkg.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of iosifidis Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.tr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-16 13:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ömer Kehri <xanathar(a)gmx.com.tr>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <yast-int(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: tr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: tr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Bu işlem uzun sürebilir" @@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -541,87 +541,99 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "Lütfen sistem otomatik kurulum için hazırlanırken bekleyin." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Kurulum öncesi kullanıcı komut dosyalarını çalıştır" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Genel ayarları yap" # clients/inst_language.ycp:116 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Dili ayarla" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Bölümlendirme planı oluştur" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisini yapılandır" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Administration" msgid "Registration" msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Yazılım seçimini yapılandır" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Kurulum öncesi kullanıcı komut dosyaları çalıştırılıyor..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Genel ayarlar yapılıyor..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Bölümlendirme planı oluşturuluyor..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi yapılandırılıyor..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cloning the system..." msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Sistem klonlanıyor..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Yazılım seçimi yapılandırılıyor..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring language..." msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Dil yapılandırılıyor..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Sistem otomatik kurulum için hazırlanıyor" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Products" msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." @@ -630,12 +642,12 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Dil yapılandırılıyor..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -644,7 +656,7 @@ "Yeniden deneyin.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1703,7 +1715,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML, RNG doğrulaması ile kontrol ediliyor..." @@ -1714,7 +1726,7 @@ msgstr "Bölümler: %1" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML, RNC doğrulaması ile kontrol ediliyor..." @@ -2472,7 +2484,7 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "XML inceleyicisi autoyast profilini ayrıştırırken bir hata bildirdi. Hata mesajı:\n" @@ -2981,14 +2993,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Yapılandırma verileri toplanıyor..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2996,7 +3008,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "'%1' dosyasına açıklama yazılamıyor." @@ -3004,7 +3016,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.tr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-06 16:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Arda Saltoglu <ardasaltoglu(a)gmx.net>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <yast-int(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: tr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: tr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi yeri" @@ -442,29 +442,21 @@ msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Servis sağlayıcı parametreleri" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&DMA modu:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" @@ -566,7 +558,7 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -925,7 +917,7 @@ # clients/inst_source.ycp:186 #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Sabit disk sırası: %1" @@ -1127,49 +1119,49 @@ msgstr "&Açılış" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz açılmayabilir." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Yer: %1" @@ -1178,23 +1170,23 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi türü: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Yer: %1" @@ -1232,83 +1224,92 @@ msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisini kontrol et " # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1539 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Bölümledirmeyi oku" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi ayarlarını yükle" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi kontrol ediliyor..." # #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Bölümlendirme okunuyor..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi ayarları yükleniyor..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi yapılandırma aracı başlatılıyor" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd oluşturuluyor..." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Açılış yapılandırma dosyaları kaydediliyor..." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi kuruluyor..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd oluşturuluyor..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Açılış yapılandırma dosyaları kaydediliyor..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi kuruluyor..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi yapılandırması kaydediliyor" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/crowbar.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/crowbar.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/crowbar.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>\n" "Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" # clients/nis.ycp:73 @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>\n" "Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" # clients/nis.ycp:73 @@ -342,13 +342,13 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "enabled" msgid "Enabled" msgstr "açık" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "disabled" msgid "Disabled" @@ -396,14 +396,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -422,25 +425,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Uyarı: şifreleme kullanılmıyor." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Seçeneğin değeri" @@ -448,18 +451,18 @@ # # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:1507 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "&Biçimlendir" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 hizmeti mevcut değil." @@ -468,8 +471,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "" @@ -477,53 +480,53 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "%1 parametresi için bilinmeyen değer." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Seçeneğin değeri" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Seçeneğin değeri" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Seçeneğin değeri" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Seçeneğin değeri" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 #, fuzzy msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Uyarı: şifreleme kullanılmıyor." @@ -547,61 +550,48 @@ # clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:77 #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Etkinleştir ya da Kapat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Etkin" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Kapalı" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Kapsama dosyası" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "" # clients/inst_language.ycp:116 #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Apache Dilleri" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Kullanıcı verisi" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "İl&k sayfa" @@ -609,69 +599,69 @@ # # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:1507 #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Biçimlendir" # sound_db.ycp.noloc:3270 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "MIDI çıkış sayısı." # # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:1507 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "&Biçimlendir" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "&Biçimlendir" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&Biçimlendir" # include/sound/ui.ycp:241 #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Tümünü seç" # clients/inst_source.ycp:192 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Yerel dizin" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" # classnames.ycp:106 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "NTP sunucusu" @@ -680,7 +670,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Kullanıcı adı" @@ -689,137 +679,157 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Parola" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Değiştirilme anı" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Kimlik" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "" # clients/support_registration.ycp:66 #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Komut: " #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Eski paketleri sil" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Maksimum &eski yedek sayısı" # classnames.ycp:44 #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Bellek" # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2930 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Başlangıç" # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2930 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Başlangıç" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Yerel &filtreleme yap" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "E-posta hedefi 1" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "NTP sunucusu" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 #, fuzzy msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Bildirim kapalı" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Kimlik" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "" # clients/support_registration.ycp:66 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Komut: " -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Uzman ayarları" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Uzman ayarları" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Uzman ayarları" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1245,174 +1255,184 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Modem yapılandırması başlatılıyor" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Profiller okunuyor..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kullanını ayarları okunamadı!" -# include/tv/ui.ycp:601 #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reading available memory..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" -"Kullanılabilir çekirdek modüllerinin\n" -"listesi alınıyor..." # #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Bölümlendirme okunuyor..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "" + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kullanını ayarları okunamadı!" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Dosya okunamadı: %1" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Modem yapılandırması kaydediliyor" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Güncelleme seçenekleri" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Ayarlar yazılıyor..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Bölge dosyaları güncelleniyor..." # clients/lan_inetd.ycp:54 clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:792 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:146 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:158 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Sonlandı" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Ayarlar yazılamıyor." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:443 -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "%1 numaralı çalışma düzeyinde" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "açık" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "kapalı" -# include/nfs/routines.ycp:188 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "Seçenek için boş değer: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" +msgstr "" # # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:1507 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&Biçimlendir" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Maksimum &eski yedek sayısı" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Maksimum &eski yedek sayısı" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +# include/tv/ui.ycp:601 #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading available memory..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kullanılabilir çekirdek modüllerinin\n" +#~ "listesi alınıyor..." + +# include/nfs/routines.ycp:188 +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#~ msgstr "Seçenek için boş değer: %1" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "%1 paket bulunamadı." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages.tr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-16 14:59+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ömer Kehri <xanathar(a)gmx.com.tr>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <yast-int(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: tr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: tr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n" @@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Va&zgeç" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "Kabu&l et" @@ -1177,41 +1177,46 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Tamam" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "" + # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27 #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Evet" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:31 #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Hayır" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&Tamam -- Yeniden dene" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:2251 #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 #, fuzzy msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "İptal ile çıkmanız durumunda yaptığınız seçimler kaybolacaktır.Çıkmak istediğinize emin misiniz? " # clients/inst_language.ycp:116 #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Bamileke Dilleri" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:790 #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Mevcut &hizmetler" @@ -1221,7 +1226,7 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Y&eni yamalar" @@ -1229,59 +1234,75 @@ # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Kurulu yamalar" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Çevrimiçi güncelleme yamaları" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Güncelleme sorunu -- Yardım'a bakın" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Arama sonuçları" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Paket bağımlılıkları" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "Güncelleme sorun listesi Bu listedeki paketler otomatik olarak güncellenemez.Olası nedenler:Bu paketler başka paketler tarafından eskileştirilmiş.Kurulum medyalarında güncellenecek yeni bir sürüm mevcut değil.Bu paketler üçüncü kişi paketleridirBu paketlerle ne yapılacağını elle seçin. Yapılacak en güvenli hareket paketleri silmektir." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Kaynak" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Güncelleme listesi" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Yama: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Mevcut yama yok" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Komut dosyası" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + # clients/online_update_select.ycp:140 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt.tr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-16 15:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ömer Kehri <xanathar(a)gmx.com.tr>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <yast-int(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: tr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: tr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "Ara" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Anahtar kelimeler" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&İptal et" @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "De&vam et" @@ -1464,16 +1464,12 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "&Bakımı yapılmayan paketleri sil" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Ara" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Kurulum özeti" @@ -1488,46 +1484,46 @@ msgstr "zzz Tümü" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Ara" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Aranacak yer" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name" msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Ad" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "&Özet" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "&Tanım" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Provides:" msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "Sağladıkları:" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&quires" msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "&Gereksinimleri" # include/ui/file_popups.ycp:96 include/ui/file_popups.ycp:127 include/ui/file_popups.ycp:138 include/ui/file_popups.ycp:180 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 #, fuzzy msgid "File list" msgstr "Dosya listesi" @@ -1535,42 +1531,42 @@ #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "Arama &modu:" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "İçerecek" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Başlayacak" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Birebir uyum" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:285 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Wildcard kullan" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Regular expression kullan" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "Büyük-küçük harfe duyarlı" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Aranıyor..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Arama sonucu yok." @@ -1580,7 +1576,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 #, fuzzy msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Hata" @@ -1705,14 +1701,14 @@ msgstr "Kurulmadı (%1)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" "package at the same time." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1721,7 +1717,7 @@ "\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1731,7 +1727,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "" @@ -1744,11 +1740,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Sisteminizde bu sürüm kurulu." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>\n" "Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -306,24 +306,36 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Ayrıntılar: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -359,58 +371,71 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "" + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. indent size used in summary text @@ -418,42 +443,53 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -845,8 +881,15 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -854,7 +897,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -864,7 +907,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module @@ -882,81 +925,72 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -966,38 +1000,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.tr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-21 02:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Arda Saltoglu <ardasaltoglu(a)gmx.net>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <yast-int(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: tr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: tr\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" #. popup text @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:358 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ "Bir bölüme root bağlama noktası \"/\" atayın.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ "Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ "Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1150,9 +1150,20 @@ "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" "Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:414 #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1175,7 +1186,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:461 #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1191,7 +1202,7 @@ "Bunu gerçekleştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1200,32 +1211,22 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -# include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:483 #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 -#, fuzzy +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" -"Uyarı: /boot olarak bağlanmış bir bölüm mevcut değil.\n" -"Sabit diskinizden açılış yapmak istiyorsanız küçük bir\n" -"/boot bölümüne ihtiyacınız olacak.(4 MB civarında)\n" -"(Bu bölüm tipi otomatik olarak 0x41 PReP/CHRP tipi\n" -"boot bölümüne dönüşecektir.\n" -"\n" -"Ayarlarınızı buna göre değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:500 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1246,7 +1247,7 @@ "\n" "Bunu değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1256,7 +1257,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:513 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1275,7 +1276,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:513 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" @@ -1302,7 +1303,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:513 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1328,14 +1329,14 @@ "Bunu değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Bu grubu silmek istediğinize emin misiniz?" # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:528 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1359,7 +1360,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:547 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1376,7 +1377,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:554 #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1389,7 +1390,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:559 #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1406,7 +1407,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:563 #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1418,7 +1419,7 @@ "Seçiminizi değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1428,7 +1429,7 @@ "Düzenlemek için önce bölümü RAID'den kaldırın." #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" @@ -1438,7 +1439,7 @@ "Düzenlemek için önce bölümü yığın grubundan kaldırın." #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" @@ -1448,7 +1449,7 @@ "Düzenlemek için önce bölümü yığın grubundan kaldırın." #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1458,26 +1459,26 @@ "Silmek için önce bölümü RAID'den kaldırın." #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Aygıt silindi." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1496,7 +1497,7 @@ "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1510,7 +1511,7 @@ "bölümlerini yığın gruplarından çıkarınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1524,7 +1525,7 @@ "bütün bölümlerini RAID sisteminden çıkarınız.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1539,14 +1540,14 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:47 #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi için parolanızı giriniz" # clients/inst_root.ycp:48 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 #, fuzzy @@ -1555,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "Buraya yazdığınız değeri kesinlikle unutmayın." # include/nfs/routines.ycp:162 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." @@ -1563,14 +1564,14 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:47 #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi için parolanızı giriniz" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" @@ -1581,7 +1582,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:47 #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi için parolanızı giriniz" @@ -1591,7 +1592,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" @@ -1605,8 +1606,8 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1614,13 +1615,13 @@ # include/package_utils.ycp:558 include/package_utils.ycp:638 include/package_utils.ycp:646 #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Atla" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:110 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -1634,8 +1635,8 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:115 #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1646,8 +1647,8 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:120 #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1656,7 +1657,7 @@ "Lütfen tekrar deneyin.\n" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Floating point unit" msgid "No floating point number." @@ -1664,19 +1665,19 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:178 #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Dosya sistemi seçenekleri:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" @@ -1700,7 +1701,7 @@ "kullanmak olanaksızdır.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" @@ -1713,54 +1714,54 @@ "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "/etc/fstab içinde bağlama tipi:" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:48 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Aygıt adı" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:108 include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:148 include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:267 include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:294 #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Yığın adı" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 #, fuzzy msgid "&UUID" msgstr "IDE" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:351 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Aygıt " # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:351 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Aygıt " # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:290 #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fs&tab ayarları" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1772,76 +1773,76 @@ "uzunluğu %1 karakterden oluşabilir. Yığın adı bu uzunluğa göre kesilmiştir.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Aygıtı ad ile bağlamak için bir yığın adı sağlayın." # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:91 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Bu yığın adı kullanımda, başka bir tane seçin." # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:288 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File System" msgid "File &System" msgstr "Dosya sistemi" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Seçenekler..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Şifreleme anahtarı" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:324 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Dosya sistemi &tanıtıcısı:" # #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Biçimlendir" # # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:1499 #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "B&içimlendirme" # # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:1507 #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Biçimlendir" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:290 #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab ayarları" # #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Bağlama noktası:" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1877,7 +1878,7 @@ "Devam edecek misiniz?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1889,7 +1890,7 @@ "Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri küçültülmeye izin verir." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1901,24 +1902,24 @@ "Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri küçültülmeye izin verir." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Bu %1 küçültme işleminde veri kaybetme riskiniz var." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 #, fuzzy msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Bu %1 küçültme işleminde veri kaybetme riskiniz var." # clients/online_update.ycp:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Devam edecek misiniz?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1930,7 +1931,7 @@ "Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin verir." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1941,21 +1942,21 @@ "%1 bölümündeki dosya sistemi YaST2 tarafından genişletilemiyor.\n" "Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin verir." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 #, fuzzy msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "%1 boyutu değiştirme işlemine devam edilsin mi?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1972,7 +1973,7 @@ "Dosya sistemi hemen küçültülsün mü?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1991,7 +1992,7 @@ "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2006,7 +2007,7 @@ "bütün bölümlerini yığın gruplarından çıkarınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2021,7 +2022,7 @@ "aygıtın bütün bölümlerini RAID sisteminden çıkarınız.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2035,7 +2036,7 @@ "bütün bölümlerini yığın gruplarından çıkarınız.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 #, fuzzy msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2043,12 +2044,12 @@ "Dosya sistemi şifreleme parolanızı girmeniz gerekecek.\n" "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Existing fstab Lines:" msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" @@ -2056,14 +2057,14 @@ # clients/sound_volume.ycp:58 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Store volume" msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Ses düzeyini kaydet" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add new user" msgid "Add new" @@ -2072,47 +2073,47 @@ # clients/hwinfo.ycp:55 #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Kaldır" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signature Handling" msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "İmza işlemesi" # include/nfs/routines.ycp:162 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty options string not allowed!" msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Seçenekler bölümüne boş girdi yapılamaz!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 bölge adı adı mevcut." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2305,17 +2306,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "\"%1\" bağlama noktasını LVM için kullanamazsınız.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "%1 bağlama noktasını RAID için kullanamazsınız." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" @@ -2333,7 +2334,7 @@ "Bu işlemi yapmak istediğinize emin misiniz?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" @@ -2347,7 +2348,7 @@ "bir dosya sistemi seçin.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" @@ -2368,30 +2369,30 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Telefon numaraları boş bırakılamaz." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "" # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:91 #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Bu bağlama noktası kullanımda, başka bir bağlama noktası seçin." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2400,14 +2401,14 @@ "FAT dosya sistemi kullanılmış. Bu mümkün değildir." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini kullanmayın." # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:98 #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" @@ -2422,12 +2423,12 @@ # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:104 #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Bağlama noktası \"/\" ile başlamalıdır." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2435,21 +2436,21 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2464,12 +2465,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2477,20 +2478,20 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Sisteme bağlama" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to resize partition %1 \n" @@ -2500,7 +2501,7 @@ "%1 bölümünün boyutu değiştirilemiyor\n" "çünkü dosya sistemi sisteme bağlanamıyor.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to resize partition %1 \n" @@ -2510,7 +2511,7 @@ "%1 bölümünün boyutu değiştirilemiyor\n" "çünkü dosya sistemi sisteme bağlanamıyor.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to resize partition %1 \n" @@ -3592,7 +3593,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4139,23 +4140,31 @@ msgstr "Şimdi yeni bölümün sabit diskteki yerini belirtiniz." # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:102 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Şimdi yeni bölümün sabit diskteki yerini belirtiniz." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz." +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "" + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -6516,7 +6525,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Boyut değiştirme mümkün değil:" @@ -6529,7 +6538,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6539,7 +6548,7 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:110 #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6551,7 +6560,7 @@ "Lütfen tekrar deneyin." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6564,7 +6573,7 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" @@ -6572,23 +6581,23 @@ # #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Servis sağlayıcı parolasını girin" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:271 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " Yığın grubu " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6597,14 +6606,14 @@ msgstr "" # -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Key Password" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Anahtar parolası girin" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6612,101 +6621,114 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Şifreleme anahtarını girin" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 aşağıdaki aygıtları algıladı" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 aşağıdaki aygıtları algıladı" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" # classnames.ycp:163 clients/hwinfo.ycp:70 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disk" # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:41 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SCSI devices" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "&SCSI aygıtları" # classnames.ycp:163 clients/hwinfo.ycp:70 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?" +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "%1 boyutu değiştirme işlemine devam edilsin mi?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6714,7 +6736,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6722,7 +6744,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6730,18 +6752,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -6757,12 +6779,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?" -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "%1 boyutu değiştirme işlemine devam edilsin mi?" - # clients/inst_root.ycp:54 #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters @@ -7574,6 +7590,25 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Kullanıcı bilgi kaynakları" +# include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:483 +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#~ "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#~ "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#~ "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#~ "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uyarı: /boot olarak bağlanmış bir bölüm mevcut değil.\n" +#~ "Sabit diskinizden açılış yapmak istiyorsanız küçük bir\n" +#~ "/boot bölümüne ihtiyacınız olacak.(4 MB civarında)\n" +#~ "(Bu bölüm tipi otomatik olarak 0x41 PReP/CHRP tipi\n" +#~ "boot bölümüne dönüşecektir.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Ayarlarınızı buna göre değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" + #~ msgid "Changes:" #~ msgstr "Değişiklikler:" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/vpn.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/vpn.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/vpn.tr.po 2015-09-29 08:00:16 UTC (rev 92873) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>\n" "Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. Manage VPN client secrets. @@ -208,36 +208,43 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "İ&stemci sertifikası" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Seçimini yaptığınız seçenek mevcut." #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." msgstr "" #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Belirtilen kuyruk adı %1 zaten var." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92872 - trunk/yast/el/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 10:00:06 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92872 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/vpn.el.po Log: vpn.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) crowbar.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) storage.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) autoinst.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) ncurses-pkg.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) registration.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) kdump.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) bootloader.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) qt-pkg.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of iosifidis Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 11:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: el\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: el\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Αυτό ίσως απαιτήσει λίγο χρόνο" @@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -523,92 +523,104 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο το σύστημα προετοιμάζεται για αυτόματη εγκατάσταση." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Εκτέλεση των σεναρίων προ-εγκατάστασης του χρήστη" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Διαμόρφωση Γενικών Ρυθμίσεων " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Ορισμός γλώσσας" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Δημιουργία πλάνων κατατμήσεων" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Bootloader" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Εγγραφή" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Ρύθμιση επιλογών λογισμικού" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Προεπιλεγμένου Systemd Στόχου" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Εκτέλεση των σεναρίων προ-εγκατάστασης του χρήστη..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Διαμόρφωση γενικών ρυθμίσεων..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Ρύθμιση γλώσσας..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Δημιουργία πλάνου κατατμήσεων..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Ρύθμιση Bootloader..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Καταγραφή συστήματος..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Ρύθμιση επιλογών λογισμικού..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Ρυθμίζεται Προεπιλεγμένο Systemd Στόχου..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Προετοιμασία του συστήματος για αυτόματη εγκατάσταση" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Χειρισμός Επιπρόσθετων Προϊόντων" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Ρύθμιση γλώσσας..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -617,7 +629,7 @@ "Προσπαθήστε ξανά.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1600,7 +1612,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Έλεγχος XML με επικύρωση RNG..." @@ -1610,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "Τομέας %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Έλεγχος XML με επικύρωση RNC..." @@ -2320,7 +2332,7 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "Ο αναλυτής XML αναφέρει ένα σφάλμα κατά την ανάλυση του προφίλ του autoyast. Το μήνυμα σφάλματος είναι:\n" @@ -2792,14 +2804,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Συλλογή δεδομένων των ρυθμίσεων..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Κρυπτογραφημένο προφίλ AutoYaST. Εισάγετε το συνθηματικό δύο φορές." @@ -2807,14 +2819,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής του τομέα %1 στο αρχείο %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Κρυπτογραφημένο προφίλ AutoYaST. Εισάγετε το σωστό συνθηματικό." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-01 13:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Danae <danae.asderi(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org\n" -"Language: el\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: el\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr "Ενερ&γοποίηση Πλεονάσματος για τον Πίνακα MD" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" @@ -463,27 +463,19 @@ msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "Η προστατευτική MBR σημαία ανήκει στις ρυθμίσεις για προχώρημένους, που χρειάζεται μόνο σε εξωτικό υλικό. Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε Προστατευτικό MBR στους GPT δίσκους. Μην ακουμπάτε αν δεν είστε σίγουροι." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Προαιρετική Παράμετρος Γραμμής Εντολών Πυρήνα" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Κατάσταση &Vga" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Ανίχνευση Άγνωστου Λειτουργικού Συστήματος" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Προστατευτική MBR σημαία" @@ -570,7 +562,7 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Η κατάτμηση εκκίνησης είναι τύπου NFS. Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί." @@ -940,7 +932,7 @@ "χρησιμοποιείται για την εκκίνηση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Σειρά των Σκληρών Δίσκων: %1" @@ -1133,61 +1125,61 @@ msgstr "&Εκκίνηση" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Δεν έχει επιλεγεί διαχειριστής εκκίνησης για εγκατάσταση. Το σύστημα σας μπορεί να μην ξεκινήσει." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Λόγω της κατάτμησης, ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί σωστά" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από το MBR είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από το MBR είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση /boot είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση /boot είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση \"/\" είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση \"/\" είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Αλλαγή Τοποθεσίας: %s" @@ -1195,22 +1187,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Τύπος διαχειριστή εκκίνησης: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (εκτεταμένο)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Τοποθεσία Κατάστασης: %1" @@ -1244,78 +1236,87 @@ msgstr "Ο συσκευή εκκίνησης βρίσκεται σε λογισμικό RAID1. Επιλέξτε άλλη τοποθεσία για το διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, π.χ. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "Έλλειψη εξωτερικής κατάτμησης για εκκίνηση. Δεν είναι δυνατό να εγκατασταθεί ο boot code." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Έλεγχος του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Ανάγνωση κατατμήσεων" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Φόρτωση ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Έλεγχος του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση κατατμήσεων..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση ρύθμισης του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Δημιουργία initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Δημιουργία initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Αποθήκευση ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-23 23:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: el\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: el\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.7.3\n" @@ -402,15 +402,11 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"Ο διακομιστής διαχειριστών Cloud SUSE δημιουργήθηκε. Η αλλαγή δικτύου\n" -"δεν υποστηρίζεται προς το παρόν.\n" -"\n" -"Μπορείτε να επισκεφθείτε το γραφική διεπαφή δικτύου με το Crowbar στην http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 @@ -448,14 +444,10 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Δείτε στο εγχειρίδιο ανάπτυξης του SUSE Cloud για λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με την ρύθμιση\n" -"του δικτύου και την χρήση του αρθρώματος του YaST.\n" -"" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 @@ -505,6 +497,28 @@ msgstr "Γίνεται εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων..." #~ msgid "" +#~ "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +#~ "currently not supported.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ο διακομιστής διαχειριστών Cloud SUSE δημιουργήθηκε. Η αλλαγή δικτύου\n" +#~ "δεν υποστηρίζεται προς το παρόν.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να επισκεφθείτε το γραφική διεπαφή δικτύου με το Crowbar στην http://%1:3000/" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +#~ "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Δείτε στο εγχειρίδιο ανάπτυξης του SUSE Cloud για λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με την ρύθμιση\n" +#~ "του δικτύου και την χρήση του αρθρώματος του YaST.\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 10:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" @@ -323,11 +323,11 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Άμεση επανεκκίνηση του Kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ενεργοποιημένο" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Απενεργοποιημένο" @@ -368,14 +368,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "Η επιλογή πυρήνα \"crashkernel\" περιλαμβάνει διαστήματα. Πρόκειται να επανεγγραφούν." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." +msgstr "" +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Για να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση." @@ -394,39 +397,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήθηκαν εσφαλμένες επιλογές." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Το επίπεδο αποτύπωσης έχει οριστεί." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Εσφαλμένη τιμή για την επιλογή." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Η μορφή αποτύπωσης έχει οριστεί." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "Η επιλογή μπορεί να περιλαμβάνει μόνο την τιμή \"ELF\" ή \"compressed\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Το αρχείο %1 δεν υπάρχει." @@ -434,8 +437,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Λείπει η τιμή για \"dir\"." @@ -443,48 +446,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Λείπει η τιμή για το \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Λείπει η τιμή για το \"share\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Εσφαλμένη τιμή για τον προορισμό." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Εσφαλμένη τιμή των επιλογών \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Εσφαλμένη τιμή για την επιλογή \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Εσφαλμένη τιμή για την επιλογή \"user\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Εσφαλμένη τιμή για την επιλογή \"email\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Υποβοηθούμενη μέσω firmware αποτύπωση: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Δεν καθορίστηκαν επιλογές." @@ -504,109 +507,96 @@ msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση/Απενεργοποίηση Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του Kd&ump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Απενεργοποίηση του Kdump" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Συνολική Μνήμη Συστήματος [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Μνήμη σε Χρήση [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "Μνήμ&η Kdump [MB]" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στην Αποτύπωση" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Σελίδες Γεμάτες με Μηδέν" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Σελίδες Λανθάνου&σας Μνήμης" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Ιδιωτ&ικές Σελίδες Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Σελίδες Δεδομένων &Χρηστών" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Ελεύθερες Σελίδες" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Μορφή Αποτύπωσης" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&Καμία Αποτύπωση" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "Μορφή E&LF" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Συμπιεσμένη Μ&ορφή" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "Συμπιεσμένη Μ&ορφή" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Επιλογή Στόχου" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Τοπικός Κατάλογος" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής &SMTP" @@ -614,7 +604,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Όνομα &Χρήστη" @@ -623,117 +613,137 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Κωδικός &Πρόσβασης" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Ειδοποίηση &Σε" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Ειδοποί&ηση CC" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένος &Πυρήνας Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Γραμμή Εν&τολών Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Προσθήκη &Γραμμής Εντολών του Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "&Ενεργοποίηση Άμεσης Επανεκκίνησης Μετά την Αποθήκευση του Πυρήνα" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Αντιγραφής Πυ&ρύνα στον Κατάλογο Αποτυπώσεων" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση &Διαγραφής των Παλαιών Εικόνων Αποτυπώσεων" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Α&ριθμός των Παλαιών Αποτυπώσεων" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Μνήμη Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Εκκίνηση του Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Εκκίνηση" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - Φιλτράρισμα Αποτύπωσης" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Φιλτράρισμα Αποτύπωσης" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Αποθήκευση Στόχου για την Εικόνα του Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Στόχος Αποτύπωσης" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Ηλεκτρονικές Διευθύνσεις Ειδοποιήσεων" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Ειδοποίηση με Email" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένος Πυρήνας για το Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Γραμμή Εντολών" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Αποτύπωσης" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους του Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1191,19 +1201,19 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "Οι επιλογές πυρήνα περιλαμβάνει αρκετά διαστήματα. Να γίνει επανεγγραφή;" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" +msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Χρήση &Υποβοηθούμενης μέσω Firmware Αποτύπωσης" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1212,125 +1222,129 @@ "Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε στο %{log}." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων του kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση επιλογών εκκίνησης του πυρήνα..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Ανάγνωση της διαθέσιμης μνήμης..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση των κατατμήσεων των δίσκων..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "" + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης των επιλογών εκκίνησης του πυρήνα." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης διαθέσιμης μνήμης." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Ενημέρωση επιλογών εκκίνησης" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Ενημέρωση των επιλογών εκκίνησης..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ολοκληρώθηκε" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής ρυθμίσεων." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Απέτυχε η προσθήκη της παραμέτρου crashkernel στο bootloader." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Κατάσταση Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ενεργοποιημένο" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "απενεργοποιημένο" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "Τιμή για την επιλογή crashkernel: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Μορφή αποτύπωσης: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Προορισμός των αποτυπώσεων: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Αριθμός αποτυπώσεων: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1338,6 +1352,27 @@ "Αδυναμία χρήσης υποβοηθούμενης μέσω Firmware αποτύπωσης.\n" "Δεν υποστηρίζεται σε αυτό το υλικό." +#~ msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#~ msgstr "Η επιλογή πυρήνα \"crashkernel\" περιλαμβάνει διαστήματα. Πρόκειται να επανεγγραφούν." + +#~ msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" +#~ msgstr "Συνολική Μνήμη Συστήματος [MB]:" + +#~ msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" +#~ msgstr "Μνήμη σε Χρήση [MB]:" + +#~ msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +#~ msgstr "Μνήμ&η Kdump [MB]" + +#~ msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#~ msgstr "Οι επιλογές πυρήνα περιλαμβάνει αρκετά διαστήματα. Να γίνει επανεγγραφή;" + +#~ msgid "Reading available memory..." +#~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση της διαθέσιμης μνήμης..." + +#~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#~ msgstr "Τιμή για την επιλογή crashkernel: %1" + #~ msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #~ msgstr "Ο προορισμός αποτύπωσης περιλαμβάνει τον τύπο του προορισμού από: αρχείο (τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 11:46+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" @@ -98,14 +98,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Α&κύρωση" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Αποδοχή" @@ -1029,34 +1029,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Εντάξει" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ναι" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Όχι" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&Εντάξει -- Δοκιμή Ξανά" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "Όλες οι αλλαγές στο πακέτο, την διόρθωση ή την επιλογή του pattern θα χαθούν. Θέλετε να εγκαταλείψετε;" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Διαθέσιμες Γλώσσες" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Διαθέσιμα Αποθετήρια" @@ -1064,65 +1069,81 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Διορθώσεις που χρειάζονται" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Εγκατεστημένες Διορθώσεις" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Διορθώσεις Άμεσης Ενημέρωσης" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Πρόβλημα Ενημέρωσης -- δείτε στη βοήθεια" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Αποτελέσματα Αναζήτησης" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Εξαρτήσεις Πακέτων" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "Ενημέρωση Λίστας Προβλημάτων Τα πακέτα στη λίστα δεν μπορούν να ενημερωθούν αυτόματα.Πιθανοί λόγοι:Έχουν απαρχαιωθεί από άλλα πακέτα.Δεν υπάρχει νεότερη έκδοση για ενημέρωση σε κανένα μέσο εγκατάστασης.Είναι πακέτα κατασκευασμένα από τρίτουςΠαρακαλώ επιλέξτε χειροκίνητα τι θέλετε να κάνετε με αυτά. Η ασφαλέστερη ενέργεια είναι προφανώς να τα διαγράψετε." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Πηγή" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Λίστα Ενημερώσεων" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Διόρθωση: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Δεν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Δέσμη ενεργειών" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." #~ msgstr "Αυτή είναι μια λίστα με χρήσιμα πακέτα. Θα εγκατασταθούν επιπρόσθετα εάν συνίσταται από τα πακέτα που εγκαταστάθηκαν τελευταία. Για να πάρετε τα συνιστώμενα πακέτα από τα ήδη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα, πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένη η επιλογή Εγκατάσταση Συνιστώμενων Πακέτων για τα Ήδη Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα από τις Εξαρτήσεις." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 20:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "&Αναζήτηση" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Λέξεις-κλειδιά" @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Άκυρο" @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "Επιπρόσθετα στις χειροκίνητες επιλογές σας, τα ακόλουθα πακέτα έχουν αλλάξει για να επιλυθούν οι εξαρτήσεις:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "Σ&υνέχεια" @@ -1314,15 +1314,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Πακέτα Χωρίς Συντήρηση" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Αναζήτηση" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Περίληψη Εγκατάστασης" @@ -1336,78 +1332,78 @@ msgstr "zzz Όλα" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Εύρεση" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Αναζήτηση σε" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "&Όνομα" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "Πε&ρίληψη" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "Περ&ιγραφή" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "Το RPM \"&Παρέχει\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "Το RPM \"Α&παιτεί\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Λίστα αρχείων" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "&Κατάσταση Αναζήτησης:" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Περιλαμβάνει" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Ξεκινά με" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Ακριβές Ταίριασμα" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Χρήση Μπαλαντέρ" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Χρήση Κανονικών Εκφράσεων" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "Ευαισθησία Τύπου Χαρακτήρ&ων" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Αναζήτηση..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Κανένα Αποτέλεσμα." @@ -1416,7 +1412,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Σφάλμα Ερωτήματος" @@ -1542,14 +1538,14 @@ msgstr "%1-%2 από τον κατασκευαστή %3 (εγκατεστημένο)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" "package at the same time." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1558,7 +1554,7 @@ "\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1568,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "" @@ -1581,11 +1577,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 από το %3 με προτεραιότητα %4 και κατασκευαστή %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Αυτή η έκδοση είναι εγκατεστημένη στο σύστημα σας." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-23 12:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: el\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: el\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.7.3\n" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Γίνεται Καταχώρηση %s..." @@ -318,24 +318,36 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Λεπτομέρειες: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Εισαγωγή πιστοποιητικού SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Γίνεται εισαγωγή πιστοποιητικού '%s'..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Σφάλμα ασφαλούς σύνδεσης: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -381,58 +393,71 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Καταχώρηση Συστήματος..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Ενημέρωση σε %s ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "" + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Γίνεται φόρτωση διαθέσιμων επεκτάσεων και αρθρωμάτων" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Καταχώρηση Επεκτάσεων και Αρθρωμάτων" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Επεκτάσεις και αρθρώματα καταχωρούνται." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. indent size used in summary text @@ -440,42 +465,53 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Πιστοποιητικό:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Άγνωστο προϊόν" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Αποτυχία αποθήκευσης ρυθμίσεων αποθετηρίου." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Αποτυχία ενημέρωσης υπηρεσίας '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Αποτυχία προσθήκης υπηρεσίας '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Αποτυχία αποθήκευσης υπηρεσίας '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Αποτυχία ανανέωσης υπηρεσίας '%s'." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -886,8 +922,15 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "&Τοπικός διακομιστής καταγραφής URL" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -895,7 +938,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -905,7 +948,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module @@ -923,81 +966,72 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -1007,38 +1041,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-18 16:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" "X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "Τύπος Πρότασης" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1048,8 +1048,19 @@ "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1070,7 +1081,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1085,7 +1096,7 @@ "Θέλετε να κρατήσετε αυτό το μέγεθος στην κατάτμηση εκκίνησης;\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1097,26 +1108,18 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" -"Προσοχή: Δεν υπάρχει κατάτμηση προσαρτημένη στο /boot.\n" -"Για να εκκινήσετε από το σκληρό δίσκο, απαιτείται μια\n" -"μικρή κατάτμηση /boot (περίπου %1). Συνιστάται να δημιουργήσετε μία.\n" -"Κατατμήσεις που ανατίθενται στο /boot θα αλλαχθούν αυτόματα σε\n" -"τύπο 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" -"\n" -"Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ρύθμιση χωρίς κατάτμηση /boot;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1136,7 +1139,7 @@ "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1145,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1162,7 +1165,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1187,7 +1190,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1212,12 +1215,12 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1238,7 +1241,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση χωρίς κατάτμηση swap;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1251,7 +1254,7 @@ "ειδικά σε οποιαδήποτε από τις ακόλουθες περιπτώσεις:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1264,7 +1267,7 @@ "- αν αυτή η κατάτμηση δεν περιέχει ένα σύστημα αρχείων\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1275,7 +1278,7 @@ "όπως /, /boot, /opt, ή /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1286,7 +1289,7 @@ "Θέλετε να κρατήσετε την κατάτμηση χωρίς διαμόρφωση;\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1295,7 +1298,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε τη από το RAID πριν την επεξεργαστείτε.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1304,7 +1307,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την από την ομάδα τόμων πριν την επεξεργαστείτε.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1313,7 +1316,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την από την ομάδα τόμων πριν την επεξεργαστείτε.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1322,7 +1325,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την από το RAID προτού την διαγράψετε.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1330,12 +1333,12 @@ "Η συσκευή (%2) χρησιμοποιείται από τη %1.\n" "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την %1 πριν τη διαγράψετε\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Δεν μπορεί να διαγραφεί ενώ είναι προσαρτημένη." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1344,7 +1347,7 @@ "και μια άλλη λογική κατάτμηση με μεγαλύτερο αριθμό χρησιμοποιείται.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1357,7 +1360,7 @@ "Επιλέξτε Ακύρωση , εκτός αν γνωρίζετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1372,7 +1375,7 @@ "προτού διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1387,7 +1390,7 @@ "διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1400,30 +1403,30 @@ "διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Εισάγετε τον κωδικό για το Κρυπτογραφημένο Σύστημα Αρχείων." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Μην ξεχάσετε τι εισάγατε εδώ!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Δεν επιτρέπεται κενός κωδικός." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Εισάγετε τον κωδικό για το κρυπτογραφημένο σύστημα αρχείων στο %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1432,7 +1435,7 @@ "τη συσκευή %1 που είναι προσαρτημένη στο %2.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Εισάγετε το Συνθηματικό για το Κρυπτογραφημένο Σύστημα Αρχείων." @@ -1440,7 +1443,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Εισάγετε ένα Συνθηματικό για το Σύστημα Αρχείων σας:" @@ -1451,18 +1454,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Εισάγετε ξανά το Συνθηματικό &Επιβεβαίωση:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Παράβλεψη" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1474,8 +1477,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1485,8 +1488,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1494,17 +1497,17 @@ "Ο κωδικός πρέπει να είναι τουλάχιστον %1 χαρακτήρες.\n" "Προσπαθήστε ξανά.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει αριθμός κινητής υποδιαστολής." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Επιλογές συστήματος αρχείων:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1513,7 +1516,7 @@ "Αλλάξτε την ετικέτα του τόμου έτσι ώστε να μην περιέχει αυτόν τον χαρακτήρα.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" @@ -1530,7 +1533,7 @@ "αυτό δεν είναι δυνατόν.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" @@ -1543,47 +1546,47 @@ "Μια ετικέτα τόμου δεν μπορεί να περιέχει τον χαρακτήρα / ή κενά διαστήματα.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Προσάρτηση στο /etc/fstab από" # text entry label #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Όνομα Συσκευής" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Ετικέτα &Τόμου" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID Συσκευής" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Διαδρομή Συσκευής" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Επιλογές Fstab:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1594,62 +1597,62 @@ "αρχείων είναι %1. Η ετικέτα τόμου έχει περικοπεί σε αυτό το μέγεθος.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Δώστε μια ετικέτα τόμου αν θέλετε να προσαρτείτε κατά ετικέτα" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Η ετικέτα τόμου είναι σε χρήση. Επιλέξτε μια άλλη." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Σύστημα Αρχείων" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "Ε&πιλογές..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Κρυπτογράφηση Συσκευής" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID συστήματος αρχείων:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "Να μην γίνει &διαμόρφωση" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "Δια&μόρφωση" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Επιλογές Fs&tab" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Σημείο προσάρτησης" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1674,7 +1677,7 @@ "Συνέχεια;\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1685,7 +1688,7 @@ "Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν συρρίκνωση του συστήματος αρχείων." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1696,21 +1699,21 @@ "Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν συρρίκνωση του συστήματος αρχείων." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Κινδυνεύετε να χάσετε δεδομένα αν συρρικνώσετε αυτήν την κατάτμηση" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Κινδυνεύετε να χάσετε δεδομένα αν συρρικνώσετε αυτό το λογικό τόμο." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Συνέχεια;" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1721,7 +1724,7 @@ "Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν επέκταση του συστήματος αρχείων." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1731,20 +1734,20 @@ "Το σύστημα αρχείων στον επιλεγμένο λογικό τόμο δεν μπορεί να επεκταθεί από το YaST2.\n" "Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν επέκταση του συστήματος αρχείων." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Συνέχεια ανασχηματισμού;" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Μειώσατε μια κατάτμηση με ένα εγκατεστημένο σύστημα αρχείων reiser" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Μειώσατε έναν λογικό τομο με ένα εγκατεστημένο σύστημα αρχείων reiser" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1759,7 +1762,7 @@ "Συρρίκνωση του συστήματος αρχείων τώρα;" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1772,7 +1775,7 @@ "Επιλέξτε Ακύρωση εκτός αν ξέρετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1787,7 +1790,7 @@ "πριν διαγράψετε την συσκευή.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1802,7 +1805,7 @@ "διαγράψετε την συσκευή.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1815,55 +1818,55 @@ "πριν διαγράψετε τη συσκευή.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Δημιουργήσετε και αφαιρέσετε υπο-τόμους από το σύστημα αρχείων Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση λήψης αυτόματων στιγμιοτύπων για συστήματα αρχείων Btrfs με το snapper." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Υπάρχοντες Υπο-τόμοι:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Νέος Υπό-τόμος" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Προσθήκη νέου" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Αφαίρεση" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Στιγμιοτύπων" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Χειρισμός Υπο-τόμου" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Δεν επιτρέπεται κενό όνομα υπο-τόμου." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1871,11 +1874,11 @@ "Επιτρέπονται μόνο ονόματα υπό-τόμων που αρχίζουν με \"%1\"!\n" "Αυτόματα προστίθενται στην αρχή \"%1\" στο όνομα του υπό-τόμου." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Το όνομα Υπο-τόμου %1 υπάρχει ήδη." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Θα χαθούν οι τροποποιήσεις που έγιναν μέχρι τώρα σε αυτό το παράθυρο." @@ -2066,17 +2069,17 @@ "Χρειάζεται να σημειώσετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις στον δίσκο για αφαίρεση.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το σημείο προσάρτησης \"%1\" για το LVM.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το σημείο προσάρτησης %1 για το RAID." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2093,7 +2096,7 @@ "Θέλετε να γίνει αυτό;\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2106,7 +2109,7 @@ "σύστημα αρχείων μη κυκλικής υποστήριξης.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2126,28 +2129,28 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Το σημείο προσάρτησης δεν μπορεί να είναι κενό." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Οι συσκευές swap πρέπει να έχουν σαν σημείο προσάρτησης swap." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Μόνο συσκευές swap πρέπει να έχουν σαν σημείο προσάρτησης swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Το σημείο προσάρτησης είναι ήδη σε χρήση. Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε ένα διαφορετικό." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2156,12 +2159,12 @@ "Αυτό δεν είναι δυνατό." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Μη έγκυρος χαρακτήρας στο σημείο προσάρτησης. Μη χρησιμοποιήτε \"`'!\"%#\" στο σημείο προσάρτησης." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2172,12 +2175,12 @@ "/var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Το σημείο προσάρτησης σας πρέπει να αρχίζει με \"/\" " #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" @@ -2191,7 +2194,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2200,7 +2203,7 @@ "Το ελάχιστο μέγεθος για αυτό το σύστημα αρχείων είναι %2.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2209,7 +2212,7 @@ "σε μια συσκευή που δεν έχει Σ/Α ή το Σ/Α του είναι άγνωστο." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2233,12 +2236,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Η τρέχουσα προσάρτηση του συστήματος αρχείων είναι στο %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2248,12 +2251,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Αποπροσάρτηση" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2261,15 +2264,15 @@ "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε να το αποπροσαρτήσετε τώρα ή να το ακυρώσετε.\n" "Ακυρώστε εκτός εάν γνωρίζετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατό να μειωθεί το μέγεθος του συστήματος αρχείων ενώ έχει προσαρτηθεί." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατή η επέκταση του συστήματος αρχείων όταν είναι προσαρτημένο." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή μεγέθους του συστήματος αρχείων όταν είναι προσαρτημένο." @@ -3227,7 +3230,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Αυτός ο δίσκος είναι σε χρήση και δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί." @@ -3731,18 +3734,26 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Καμία αλλαγή στις κατατμήσεις." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Αλλαγές στις κατατμήσεις:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Καμία αλλαγή στις ρυθμίσεις του αποθηκευτικού χώρου." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις αποθηκευτικού χώρου:" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "" + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -5874,7 +5885,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Αδύνατη Αλλαγή Μεγέθους:" @@ -5887,7 +5898,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5900,7 +5911,7 @@ "Το κρυπτογραφημένο συνθηματικό που δώθηκε μπορεί να είναι λάθος.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5911,7 +5922,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ προσπαθήστε ξανά." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5923,24 +5934,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Εισάγετε Συνθηματικό Κρυπτογράφησης:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Παρέχετε Συνθηματικό" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Οι παρακάτω κρυπτογραφημένοι τόμοι είναι ήδη διαθέσιμοι." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Κρυπτογραφημένου Τόμου" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5952,12 +5963,12 @@ "Το συνθηματικό απαιτείται να είναι γνωστό εάν οι τομείς χρειάζονται είτε\n" "κατά την διάρκεια της ενημέρωσης είτε εάν περιέχουν κρυπτογραφημένο LVM φυσικό τομέα." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Θέλετε να παρέχετε κωδικούς κρυπτογράφησης;" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5968,62 +5979,73 @@ "Το συνθηματικό πρέπει να δοκιμαστεί για όλες τις συσκευές." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Εισάγετε Συνθηματικό Κρυπτογράφησης" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Δέν υπάρχει κρυπτογραφημένος τόμος για ξεκλείδωμα" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Παρέχετε συνθηματικό για οποιαδήποτε από τις παρακάτω συσκευές:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Παρέχετε συνθηματικό για την παρακάτω συσκευή:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Προσπάθεια ξεκλειδώματος κρυπτογραφημένων τόμων..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Ο κωδικός δεν ξεκλείδωσε κανένα τόμο." # this is a heading -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Δίσκος IDE" # this is a heading -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Δίσκος SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Δίσκος" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Συνέχεια παρά το σφάλμα;" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "Η κατάτμηση %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί διότι οι άλλες κατατμήσεις στον\n" "δίσκο %2 χρησιμοποιούνται." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6033,7 +6055,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί λόγω του ότι περιέχει μια ενεργή μνήμη ανταλλαγής\n" "που χρειάζεται για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6043,7 +6065,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί επειδή περιέχει τα\n" "δεδομένα που χρειάζονται για την εγκατάσταση.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6053,7 +6075,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί επειδή περιέχει μια ενεργή μνήμη ανταλλαγής\n" "που χρειάζεται για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6063,7 +6085,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορει να αφαιρεθεί επειδή περιέχει δεδομένα\n" "που χρειάζονται για την εγκατάσταση.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6075,7 +6097,7 @@ "συσκευή %2 η οποία περιέχει ενεργή μνήμη swap που χρειάζεται\n" "για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6086,7 +6108,7 @@ "τη συσκευή %2, η οποία περιέχει δεδομένα που απαιτούνται για εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6097,18 +6119,18 @@ "δίσκο %2 χρησιμοποιούνται.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Δεν ορίστηκε τίποτα σαν σύστημα αρχείων root!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Η εγκατάσταση είναι σχεδόν βέβαια ότι μοιραία θα αποτύχει!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Αποτυχία προσθήκης ακόλουθων επιλύσιμων: %1" @@ -6121,10 +6143,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Ο κωδικός σφάλματος συστήματος ήταν: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Συνέχεια παρά το σφάλμα;" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 @@ -6903,6 +6921,23 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Ορατή Πληροφορία στις Συκευές Αποθήκευσης:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#~ "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#~ "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#~ "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#~ "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Προσοχή: Δεν υπάρχει κατάτμηση προσαρτημένη στο /boot.\n" +#~ "Για να εκκινήσετε από το σκληρό δίσκο, απαιτείται μια\n" +#~ "μικρή κατάτμηση /boot (περίπου %1). Συνιστάται να δημιουργήσετε μία.\n" +#~ "Κατατμήσεις που ανατίθενται στο /boot θα αλλαχθούν αυτόματα σε\n" +#~ "τύπο 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ρύθμιση χωρίς κατάτμηση /boot;\n" + #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr "Δεν υπάρχουν μη αποθυκευμένες αλλαγές." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/vpn.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/vpn.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/vpn.el.po 2015-09-29 08:00:06 UTC (rev 92872) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: el\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: el\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. Manage VPN client secrets. @@ -209,36 +209,43 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Πιστοποιητικό Π&ελάτη" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Η επιλογή που έχετε διαλέξει είναι ήδη παρούσα." #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." msgstr "" #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Το όνομα της ουράς %1 είναι ήδη σε χρήση." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92871 - trunk/lcn/tr/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 09:59:57 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92871 Modified: trunk/lcn/tr/po/zypper.tr.po Log: zypper.tr.po: Merged. (iosifidis) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of iosifidis Modified: trunk/lcn/tr/po/zypper.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/tr/po/zypper.tr.po 2015-09-29 07:59:53 UTC (rev 92870) +++ trunk/lcn/tr/po/zypper.tr.po 2015-09-29 07:59:57 UTC (rev 92871) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-24 01:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-24 16:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mert çetin <alirizanazli95(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: turkish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "Ad: " #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "Kuruldu" @@ -585,38 +585,38 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:380 -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 #, fuzzy msgid "Download only." msgstr "İndirme işlemi başarısız oldu:" #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "İşlemden sonra , ek '%s' kullanılacak" -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "İşlemden sonra kullanılacak ek alan oluşmayacak yada kurtarılmayacak." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "İşlemden sonra '%s' kurtarılacak." -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "" @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 #, fuzzy msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Devam et" @@ -1109,8 +1109,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "'%s' den dosyalar alınırken problem ortaya çıktı. " -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Lütfen ipucu için yukarıdaki hata mesajına bakınız." @@ -3638,53 +3638,58 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "" +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 #, fuzzy msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "_Kilit dosyası:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "y/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Şimdi uyarılara bakmak istiyor musunuz?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Dağıtım güncelleştirmeleri hesaplanıyor." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:742 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Bağımlılıklar çözümleniyor..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" @@ -3698,64 +3703,64 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Hayır, işlem iptal edildi." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "Teslim etme" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 #, fuzzy msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Sadece yüklenmiş pakatleri göster " @@ -3763,12 +3768,12 @@ # clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:253 #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, fuzzy, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Bir geri dönüşüm noktası bulunamadı." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -3778,23 +3783,23 @@ "- use another repository" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Yüklenecek bir şey yok."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92870 - trunk/lcn/el/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-29 09:59:53 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92870 Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po Log: zypper.el.po: Merged. (iosifidis) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of iosifidis Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) +++ trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po 2015-09-29 07:59:53 UTC (rev 92870) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-24 01:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-06 01:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Danae <danae.asderi(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org\n" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "Σύντομη Ονομασία:" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "Εγκατεστημένο" @@ -554,36 +554,36 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "Διαθέσιμο" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "" -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "Μόνο λήψη." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "Μετά τη λειτουργία, επιπλέον %s θα χρησιμοποιηθούν." -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "Δε θα χρησιμοποιηθεί ή ελευθερωθεί επιπλέον χώρος μετά τη λειτουργία." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "Μετά τη λειτουργία, %s θα ελευθερωθούν." -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "" @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Συνέχεια;" @@ -1086,8 +1086,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Πρόβλημα κατά τη λήψη αρχείων από το %s." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε το παραπάνω μήνυμα σφάλματος για κάποια υπόδειξη." @@ -4127,50 +4127,55 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά τη δημιουργία δοκιμαστικής επίλυσης." +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "Έλεγχος για διαδικασίες που εκτελούνται και χρησιμοποιούν διαγραμμένες βιβλιοθήκες..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Ο έλεγχος απέτυχε:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." msgstr "Υπάρχουν ορισμένα προγράμματα που εκτελούνται και που πιθανόν να χρησιμοποιούν διαγραμμένα αρχεία από την πρόσφατη αναβάθμιση. Μπορεί να θέλετε να επανεκκινήσετε κάποια από αυτά. Εκτελέστε '%s' για να δημιουργήσετε μια λίστα με αυτά τα προγράμματα." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "Οι ειδοποιήσεις ενημερώσεων ελήφθησαν από τα ακόλουθα πακέτα:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Μήνυμα από το πακέτο %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "y/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Εμφάνιση ειδοποιήσεων τώρα;" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Υπολογισμός αναβάθμισης διανομής..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Επίλυση εξαρτήσεων πακέτων..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" msgstr "Κάποιες από τις εξαρτήσεις των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων είναι κατεστραμμένες. Για να διορθωθούν αυτές τις εξαρτήσεις, οι ακόλουθες ενέργειες πρέπει να γίνουν:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "Απαιτούνται δικαιώματα root για τη διόρθωση κατεστραμμένων εξαρτήσεων πακέτων." @@ -4184,75 +4189,75 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "Ναι, αποδοχή της περίληψης και συνέχεια με την εγκατάσταση/αφαίρεση των πακέτων." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Όχι, ακύρωση της λειτουργίας." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση του λύτη σε κατάσταση μη-επιβολής-επίλυσης ώστε να εμφανιστούν προβλήματα εξαρτήσεων." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "Εναλλαγή εμφάνισης των εκδόσεων των πακέτων." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "Εναλλαγή εμφάνισης των αρχιτεκτονικών των πακέτων." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "Εναλλαγή εμφάνισης των αποθετηρίων από τα οποία θα εγκατασταθούν τα πακέτα." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "Εναλλαγή εμφάνισης των ονομάτων των προμηθευτών." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "Εναλλαγή μεταξύ εμφάνισης όλων των λεπτομερειών και των λιγότερο δυνατόν λεπτομερειών." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "Εμφάνιση της περίληψης στο σελιδοδείκτη." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "υποβολή" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(στεγνή εκτέλεση)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Πρόβλημα κατά τη λήψη του πακέτου από το αποθετήριο:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Το αποθετήριο '%s' δεν είναι ενημερωμένο. Η εκτέλεση του '%s' μπορεί να βοηθήσει." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -4268,23 +4273,23 @@ "- χρησιμοποιήστε άλλο μέσο εγκατάστασης (εαν π.χ. είναι κατεστραμμένο)\n" "- χρησιμοποιήστε άλλο αποθετήριο" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε πρόβλημα κατά ή μετά την εγκατάσταση ή την αφαίρεση των πακέτων:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "Μία από τις εγκατεστημένες διορθώσεις απαιτεί επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας. Επανεκκινήστε το συντομότερο δυνατόν." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "Μια από τις εγκατεστημένες διορθώσεις επηρεάζει τον διαχειριστή πακέτων. Εκτελέστε αυτή την εντολή ακόμη μια φορά για να εγκαταστήσετε όποιες άλλες διορθώσεις απαιτούνται." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Οι εξαρτήσεις όλων των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων είναι εντάξει." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει τίποτα να γίνει."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92869 - trunk/yast/it/po
by orion＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Sep '15

29 Sep '15

Author: orion Date: 2015-09-29 03:52:18 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92869 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/ncurses-pkg.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/qt-pkg.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po Log: Updated Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 10:42+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:31+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Esecuzione degli script di installazione automatica nell'ambiente di installazione..." +msgstr "" +"Esecuzione degli script di installazione automatica nell'ambiente di " +"installazione..." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:752 @@ -47,7 +49,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Questo processo può durare a lungo" @@ -59,7 +61,8 @@ #. $Id$ #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 msgid "Error while reading configuration data." -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante la lettura dei dati di configurazione." +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore durante la lettura dei dati di configurazione." # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1196 #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 @@ -68,12 +71,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -141,8 +144,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client per la creazione di un profilo AutoYaST basato sul sistema correntemente in uso" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client per la creazione di un profilo AutoYaST basato sul sistema " +"correntemente in uso" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -172,22 +178,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Usando questa finestra di dialogo, si copia il contenuto del file e si specifica\n" -"il percorso finale sul sistema installato. YaST copierà questo file nella posizione indicata." +"Usando questa finestra di dialogo, si copia il contenuto del file e si " +"specifica\n" +"il percorso finale sul sistema installato. YaST copierà questo file nella " +"posizione indicata." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Per proteggere i file copiati, impostare il proprietario ed i permessi dei file.\n" -"Impostare il proprietario usando la sintassi userid:groupid. I permessi possono essere\n" -"una rappresentazione simbolica delle modifiche da effettuare o una cifra in base otto\n" +"Per proteggere i file copiati, impostare il proprietario ed i permessi " +"dei file.\n" +"Impostare il proprietario usando la sintassi userid:groupid. I " +"permessi possono essere\n" +"una rappresentazione simbolica delle modifiche da effettuare o una cifra in " +"base otto\n" "che rappresenta il modello dei bit per i nuovi permessi." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -263,12 +277,15 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Per molti servizi e applicazioni potrebbe essere già\n" -"pronto un file di configurazione da copiare per intero sul sistema installato.\n" +"pronto un file di configurazione da copiare per intero sul sistema " +"installato.\n" "Ad esempio quando si installa un server web e il file di configurazione \n" "httpd.conf è già pronto." @@ -295,7 +312,9 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Configurazione del sistema in base alle impostazioni dell'installazione automatica" +msgstr "" +"Configurazione del sistema in base alle impostazioni dell'installazione " +"automatica" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -323,13 +342,16 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Queste sezioni del profilo AutoYaST non possono essere elaborate su questo sistema:\n" +"Queste sezioni del profilo AutoYaST non possono essere elaborate su questo " +"sistema:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"È possibile che siano scritte in modo sbagliato o che il profilo non contenga nella sezione <software/> tutti i pacchetti YaST richiesti." +"È possibile che siano scritte in modo sbagliato o che il profilo non " +"contenga nella sezione <software/> tutti i pacchetti YaST richiesti." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:142 @@ -547,94 +569,107 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Preparazione del sistema per l'installazione automatica, attendere." +msgstr "" +"Preparazione del sistema per l'installazione automatica, attendere." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Esegui gli script di pre-installazione dell'utente" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:207 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Configura le impostazioni globali" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_language.ycp:93 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Imposta la lingua" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1838 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Crea schemi delle partizioni" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Configura bootloader" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrazione " # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:207 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configura le selezioni dei programmi" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configurazione dell'obiettivo predefinito di systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Configura utenti e gruppi" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Esecuzione degli script di pre-installazione dell'utente in corso..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configurazione delle impostazioni globali in corso..." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_language.ycp:93 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Impostazione della lingua in corso..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Creazione schemi delle partizioni in corso..." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:121 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configurazione del bootloader in corso..." # #-#-#-#-# repair.it.po (repair) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:69 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrazione del sistema in corso..." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:207 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configurazione delle selezioni dei programmi in corso..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configurazione dell'obiettivo predefinito di systemd in corso..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "Importazione della configurazione degli utenti e gruppi in corso..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Preparazione del sistema per l'installazione automatica in corso" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Gestione dei prodotti aggiuntivi in corso..." @@ -643,12 +678,12 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configurazione della lingua di corso..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -657,12 +692,13 @@ "Riprovare.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"Si è verificato un errore durante la configurazione della selezione dei programmi.\n" +"Si è verificato un errore durante la configurazione della selezione dei " +"programmi.\n" "Riprovare.\n" #. ReportingDialog() @@ -717,10 +753,12 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"In base all'esperienza si può saltare, registrare o visualizzare (con tempo massimo)\n" +"In base all'esperienza si può saltare, registrare o visualizzare (con " +"tempo massimo)\n" "i messaggi di installazione. \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -728,8 +766,10 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Si raccomanda di visualizzare tutti i messaggi con un tempo massimo.\n" -"A volte si possono saltare gli avvertimenti ma non li si dovrebbe ignorare.\n" +"Si raccomanda di visualizzare tutti i messaggi con un tempo " +"massimo.\n" +"A volte si possono saltare gli avvertimenti ma non li si dovrebbe ignorare.</" +"p>\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -746,12 +786,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selezionare una delle seguenti selezioni di base e fare clic su Dettagliato per aggiungere\n" +"Selezionare una delle seguenti selezioni di base e fare clic su " +"Dettagliato per aggiungere\n" "ulteriori selezioni e pacchetti aggiuntivi.\n" "\n" @@ -760,11 +802,15 @@ #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -msgstr "Ubicazione della sorgente di installazione (come http://miohost/11.3/DVD1/)" +msgstr "" +"Ubicazione della sorgente di installazione (come http://miohost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "La sorgente di installazione di questo sistema (non si possono creare immagini se la si seleziona)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"La sorgente di installazione di questo sistema (non si possono creare " +"immagini se la si seleziona)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -779,30 +825,39 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Monta in /etc/fstab con:\n" "\tUn file system da montare viene generalmente identificato in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tin base al nome del dispositivo. È possibile modificare questa identificazione in modo che il file system da montare\n" -"\tvenga individuato mediante la ricerca di un'etichetta di volume o un UUID. Non tutti i file system possono essere\n" -"\tmontati mediante UUID o etichetta di volume. Se l'opzione è disabilitata, non è possibile effettuare questa operazione.\n" +"\tin base al nome del dispositivo. È possibile modificare questa " +"identificazione in modo che il file system da montare\n" +"\tvenga individuato mediante la ricerca di un'etichetta di volume o un UUID. " +"Non tutti i file system possono essere\n" +"\tmontati mediante UUID o etichetta di volume. Se l'opzione è disabilitata, " +"non è possibile effettuare questa operazione.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etichetta del volume:\n" -"\t Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. Questa funzione è utile\n" -"\t quando viene attivata l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del volume.\n" +"\t Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. " +"Questa funzione è utile\n" +"\t quando viene attivata l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta " +"del volume.\n" "\t Un'etichetta di volume non può contenere il carattere / o spazi.\n" "\t " @@ -908,7 +963,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"È stata selezionata la creazione di una nuova partizione ma non un file system valido.\n" +"È stata selezionata la creazione di una nuova partizione ma non un file " +"system valido.\n" "Selezionare un file system valido per continuare.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -981,8 +1037,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "La dimensione \"auto\" è valida solo se è selezionato il punto di montaggio \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"La dimensione \"auto\" è valida solo se è selezionato il punto di montaggio " +"\"/boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1051,9 +1110,11 @@ "Impossibile trovare o recuperare un profilo per questa macchina.\n" "Accertarsi di aver immesso la corretta ubicazione\n" "sulla riga di comando e riprovare. A causa di questo errore, si può\n" -"immettere solamente un URL di un profilo e non di una directory. Se si usano\n" +"immettere solamente un URL di un profilo e non di una directory. Se si " +"usano\n" "delle regole o file di controllo basati su nome di host, riavviare il\n" -"processo di installazione e assicurarsi che i file di controllo siano accessibili.\n" +"processo di installazione e assicurarsi che i file di controllo siano " +"accessibili.\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_lilo_info.ycp:314 @@ -1172,7 +1233,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Utilizzare questa interfaccia per definire le classi dei file di controllo.\n" +msgstr "" +"Utilizzare questa interfaccia per definire le classi dei file di " +"controllo.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1258,7 +1321,8 @@ msgstr "" "Se sono state definite e create delle \n" "classi, si potranno unire usando questa interfaccia per creare\n" -"un nuovo profilo che conterrà informazioni provenienti da ogni classe\n" +"un nuovo profilo che conterrà informazioni provenienti da ogni " +"classe\n" "a seconda della priorità (ordine) impostato durante\n" "la creazione delle classi.\n" @@ -1289,7 +1353,8 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Selezionare una o più delle classi elencate a cui dovrà appartenere il file di controllo\n" +"Selezionare una o più delle classi elencate a cui dovrà appartenere il " +"file di controllo\n" "attuale.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1466,13 +1531,17 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Applicare veramente le impostazioni del modulo '%1' al sistema attuale?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Applicare veramente le impostazioni del modulo '%1' al sistema attuale?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante l'apertura e/o l'analisi del file XML." +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore durante l'apertura e/o l'analisi del file XML." #. NEW #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 @@ -1481,7 +1550,9 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" msgstr "Applicare veramente le impostazioni del profilo al sistema attuale?" #. EXIT @@ -1518,7 +1589,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Indicare la directory in cui devono essere memorizzati tutti i file di controllo nel\n" +"Indicare la directory in cui devono essere memorizzati tutti i file di " +"controllo nel\n" "campo Repository." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1551,7 +1623,8 @@ "127 characters long or less.\n" msgstr "" "Nome file non valido.\n" -"I nomi possono contenere soltanto lettere, cifre e caratteri di sottolineatura,\n" +"I nomi possono contenere soltanto lettere, cifre e caratteri di " +"sottolineatura,\n" "devono iniziare con una lettera e possono essere lunghi\n" "127 caratteri al massimo.\n" @@ -1621,11 +1694,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Il file Kickstart è stato importato.\n" -"Controllare la sintassi importata e assicurarsi che la selezione dei pacchetti e il partizionamento\n" +"Controllare la sintassi importata e assicurarsi che la selezione dei " +"pacchetti e il partizionamento\n" "siano stati importati correttamente." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1660,7 +1735,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Verifica XML con validazione RNG in corso..." @@ -1670,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "Sezione %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Verifica XML con validazione RNC in corso..." @@ -1745,7 +1820,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le opzioni in questa finestra di dialogo influiscono sul comportamento di AutoYaST\n" +"Le opzioni in questa finestra di dialogo influiscono sul comportamento di " +"AutoYaST\n" "durante l'installazione automatica.\n" "\n" @@ -1755,25 +1831,31 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opzione per confermare l'installazione è selezionata in modo predefinito per evitare un'installazione indesiderata.\n" -"Questa opzione ferma il sistema in fase di installazione e mostra un sommario delle operazioni richieste nella solita\n" -"schermata delle proposte. Deselezionare questa opzione per eseguire l'installazione\n" +"L'opzione per confermare l'installazione è selezionata in modo predefinito " +"per evitare un'installazione indesiderata.\n" +"Questa opzione ferma il sistema in fase di installazione e mostra un " +"sommario delle operazioni richieste nella solita\n" +"schermata delle proposte. Deselezionare questa opzione per eseguire " +"l'installazione\n" "automaticamente senza interruzioni.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se si disattiva la seconda fase di autoyast, l'installazione continua in modalità manuale\n" +"Se si disattiva la seconda fase di autoyast, l'installazione continua in " +"modalità manuale\n" "dopo il primo riavvio (dopo l'installazione dei pacchetti).\n" "\n" @@ -1784,7 +1866,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per informazioni sulla gestione delle firme, leggere la documentazione di AutoYaST.\n" +"Per informazioni sulla gestione delle firme, leggere la documentazione di " +"AutoYaST.\n" "\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# @@ -1814,7 +1897,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Elenco dei percorsi per le risposte (percorsi multipli sono separati da spazi)" +msgstr "" +"Elenco dei percorsi per le risposte (percorsi multipli sono separati da " +"spazi)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1931,13 +2016,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Questo strumento utilizza xmllint per validare il profilo nei confronti del\n" -"DTD e verifica che non manchino dati. In alcuni casi la mancanza di dati può essere voluta\n" -"e l'errore riportato può essere ignorato, ad es. quando si creano delle classi.\n" +"Questo strumento utilizza xmllint per validare il profilo nei " +"confronti del\n" +"DTD e verifica che non manchino dati. In alcuni casi la mancanza di dati può " +"essere voluta\n" +"e l'errore riportato può essere ignorato, ad es. quando si creano delle " +"classi.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1957,19 +2046,25 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per importare un file Kickstart basta fornire il percorso del file di configurazione.\n" -"I dati importati verranno caricati nel sistema di gestione delle configurazioni \n" -"per aggiungere ulteriori opzioni di configurazione disponibili con SUSE.\n" +"Per importare un file Kickstart basta fornire il percorso del file di " +"configurazione.\n" +"I dati importati verranno caricati nel sistema di gestione delle " +"configurazioni \n" +"per aggiungere ulteriori opzioni di configurazione disponibili con SUSE.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "Questo strumento crea un profilo di riferimento leggendo le\n" -"informazioni dal sistema corrente. Selezionare le risorse da caricare per questo sistema\n" -"in aggiunta alle risorse predefinite, come partizionamento e selezione dei pacchetti.\n" +"informazioni dal sistema corrente. Selezionare le risorse da caricare per " +"questo sistema\n" +"in aggiunta alle risorse predefinite, come partizionamento e selezione dei " +"pacchetti.\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2196 @@ -1979,10 +2074,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La tabella a destra mostra le partizioni da creare sul sistema destinazione.\n" +"La tabella a destra mostra le partizioni da creare sul sistema " +"destinazione.\n" "\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# @@ -2022,7 +2119,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Se non vengono definite delle partizioni ed il disco specificato\n" @@ -2042,40 +2140,59 @@ msgstr "Opzioni per esperti" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "In modo predefinito, AutoYaST creerà una partizione estesa e aggiungerà tutte le nuove partizioni come dispositivi logici. Comunque è anche possibile impostare AutoYaST in modo da creare una determinata partizione come partizione primaria o estesa. Inoltre è possibile specificare la dimensione di una partizione usando i settori al posto della dimensione in MegaByte." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"In modo predefinito, AutoYaST creerà una partizione estesa e aggiungerà " +"tutte le nuove partizioni come dispositivi logici. Comunque è anche " +"possibile impostare AutoYaST in modo da creare una determinata partizione " +"come partizione primaria o estesa. Inoltre è possibile specificare la " +"dimensione di una partizione usando i settori al posto della dimensione in " +"MegaByte." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Queste opzioni e altre opzioni per esperti non possono essere configurate usando\n" +"Queste opzioni e altre opzioni per esperti non possono essere configurate " +"usando\n" "questa interfaccia. Esse vanno aggiunte manualmente al file di controllo.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per la configurazione di LVM e RAID consultare la documentazione ed aggiungere la configurazione\n" -"ad un file di controllo esistente. Si possono creare solo delle partizioni LVM e RAID non formattate\n" +"Per la configurazione di LVM e RAID consultare la documentazione ed " +"aggiungere la configurazione\n" +"ad un file di controllo esistente. Si possono creare solo delle partizioni " +"LVM e RAID non formattate\n" "come preparazione.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo HTTP(S). Il server ha ritornato il codice %2." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo HTTP(S). Il server ha " +"ritornato il codice %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo FTP. Il server ha ritornato il codice %2." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo FTP. Il server ha " +"ritornato il codice %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2155,14 +2272,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Script di pre-installazione</h3>\n" -"Si possono aggiungere dei comandi da eseguire prima che si avvii l'installazione. \n" +"Si possono aggiungere dei comandi da eseguire prima che si avvii " +"l'installazione. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2180,7 +2299,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2188,8 +2308,10 @@ "<H3>Script chroot</H3>\n" "Affinché lo script di post-installazione venga eseguito all'interno\n" "dell'ambiente chroot, selezionare le opzioni script chroot. Questi\n" -"script vengono eseguiti prima che il sistema esegua il primo riavvio. Gli script chroot vengono eseguiti\n" -"in modo predefinito nel sistema di installazione. Per accedere ai file nel sistema installato\n" +"script vengono eseguiti prima che il sistema esegua il primo riavvio. Gli " +"script chroot vengono eseguiti\n" +"in modo predefinito nel sistema di installazione. Per accedere ai file nel " +"sistema installato\n" "usare sempre il punto di montaggio \"/mnt\" negli script.\n" "\n" @@ -2198,13 +2320,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "È possibile eseguire gli script chroot in un secondo momento dopo che\n" -"il bootloader è stato configurato ricorrendo al particolare tag booleano \"chrooted\"\n" +"il bootloader è stato configurato ricorrendo al particolare tag booleano " +"\"chrooted\"\n" "con l'effetto che gli script verranno eseguiti nel sistema installato.\n" "\n" @@ -2222,10 +2346,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Script di inizializzazione</H3>\n" -"Questi script vengono eseguiti durante il processo di avvio iniziale e dopo\n" -"che YaST abbia concluso la configurazione del sistema. Gli script finali vengono\n" +"Questi script vengono eseguiti durante il processo di avvio iniziale e " +"dopo\n" +"che YaST abbia concluso la configurazione del sistema. Gli script finali " +"vengono\n" "eseguiti ricorrendo a un particolare script rc che viene eseguito\n" -"solo una volta. Gli script finali vengono eseguiti verso la fine del processo di avvio\n" +"solo una volta. Gli script finali vengono eseguiti verso la fine del " +"processo di avvio\n" "e dopo l'inizializzazione della rete.\n" "\n" @@ -2234,13 +2361,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interprete:</H3>\n" -"Gli script di pre-installazione possono essere solo degli script di shell. Non utilizzare Perl o \n" +"Gli script di pre-installazione possono essere solo degli script di " +"shell. Non utilizzare Perl o \n" "Python per script di pre-installazione.\n" "\n" @@ -2250,32 +2379,44 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accesso alla rete:</H3>\n" -"durante l'esecuzione degli script di post-installazione, la rete è disabilitata.\n" -"Per renderla accessibile, è necessario effettuare l'inizializzazione negli script. Un'alternativa\n" -"per gli script di post-installazione con la rete è costituita dagli script di inizializzazione che garantiscono\n" -"un sistema completamente configurato durante l'esecuzione degli script. Se è stata effettuata un'installazione\n" -"tramite rete, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Rete anche per lo script post-installazione.\n" +"durante l'esecuzione degli script di post-installazione, la rete è " +"disabilitata.\n" +"Per renderla accessibile, è necessario effettuare l'inizializzazione negli " +"script. Un'alternativa\n" +"per gli script di post-installazione con la rete è costituita dagli script " +"di inizializzazione che garantiscono\n" +"un sistema completamente configurato durante l'esecuzione degli script. Se è " +"stata effettuata un'installazione\n" +"tramite rete, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Rete anche per lo " +"script post-installazione.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback e debug:</H3>\n" -"Tutti gli script, ad eccezione degli script di inizializzazione, possono mostrare STDOUT+STDERR in una finestra a comparsa come feedback.\n" -"Se si attiva il debug, verranno visualizzati ulteriori dati nella finestra di dialogo di feedback che potrebbero semplificare\n" +"Tutti gli script, ad eccezione degli script di inizializzazione, possono " +"mostrare STDOUT+STDERR in una finestra a comparsa come feedback.\n" +"Se si attiva il debug, verranno visualizzati ulteriori dati nella finestra " +"di dialogo di feedback che potrebbero semplificare\n" "il debug dello script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2364,12 +2505,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aggiungendo degli script al processo di installazione automatica, si può personalizzare\n" -"l'installazione in base alle proprie esigenze e controllare le diverse fasi dell'installazione.\n" +"Aggiungendo degli script al processo di installazione automatica, si può " +"personalizzare\n" +"l'installazione in base alle proprie esigenze e controllare le diverse fasi " +"dell'installazione.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2395,9 +2539,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "Il parser XML ha riportato un errore durante l'analisi del profilo autoyast. Il messaggio di errore è:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"Il parser XML ha riportato un errore durante l'analisi del profilo autoyast. " +"Il messaggio di errore è:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2409,9 +2557,11 @@ "file without using classes.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Impossibile recuperare classi definite dall'utente. Verificare che tutte le classi\n" +"Impossibile recuperare classi definite dall'utente. Verificare che tutte le " +"classi\n" "siano state definite correttamente e che siano disponibili per\n" -"questo sistema via rete o localmente. Il sistema non può essere installato con il\n" +"questo sistema via rete o localmente. Il sistema non può essere installato " +"con il\n" "file di controllo originale senza usare le classi.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2476,26 +2626,32 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Molti moduli utilizzati per generare la configurazione sono\n" -"uguali a quelli disponibili tramite il Centro di controllo di YaST. Invece di configurare il\n" -"sistema, i dati immessi vengono raccolti ed esportati nel file di controllo che\n" +"uguali a quelli disponibili tramite il Centro di controllo di YaST. Invece " +"di configurare il\n" +"sistema, i dati immessi vengono raccolti ed esportati nel file di controllo " +"che\n" "può essere utilizzato per installare un altro sistema tramite AutoYaST.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Oltre ai moduli noti esistenti sono state aggiunte\n" -"delle nuove interfacce per delle configurazioni particolari e complesse, ad esempio\n" +"delle nuove interfacce per delle configurazioni particolari e complesse, ad " +"esempio\n" "per il partizionamento, opzioni generali e programmi.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2614,13 +2770,16 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "Impossibile riutilizzare il gruppo di volumi %1. Il gruppo di volumi non esiste." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile riutilizzare il gruppo di volumi %1. Il gruppo di volumi non " +"esiste." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Il gruppo di volumi '%1' deve avere almeno un volume fisico. Indicarne uno." +msgstr "" +"Il gruppo di volumi '%1' deve avere almeno un volume fisico. Indicarne uno." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2715,8 +2874,12 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei modelli. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei modelli. " +"Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:115 #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 @@ -2724,8 +2887,12 @@ msgstr "Creazione immagine - Installazione dei pacchetti" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei pacchetti. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei pacchetti. " +"Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2737,14 +2904,17 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "Si possono applicare le modifiche all'immagine ora in %1/\n" -"Se si preme il pulsante OK, l'immagine verrà compressa e non sarà più possibile modificarla." +"Se si preme il pulsante OK, l'immagine verrà compressa e non sarà più " +"possibile modificarla." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Compressione dell'immagine fallita in '%1'. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Compressione dell'immagine fallita in '%1'. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2757,7 +2927,8 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "impossibile ottenere il file directory.yast in `%1`.\n" -"Si può creare tale file tramite il comando 'ls -F > directory.yast' se è mancante." +"Si può creare tale file tramite il comando 'ls -F > directory.yast' se è " +"mancante." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 @@ -2787,10 +2958,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Si può modificare ora l'immagine ISO in %1, come aggiungere un file XML di AutoYaST completamente diverso.\n" +"Si può modificare ora l'immagine ISO in %1, come aggiungere un file XML di " +"AutoYaST completamente diverso.\n" "Se si preme il pulsante Ok, l'immagine verrà creata." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2838,13 +3011,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "È fallita l'esecuzione del risolutore dei pacchetti. Controllare la sezione dei programmi nel profilo autoyast." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"È fallita l'esecuzione del risolutore dei pacchetti. Controllare la sezione " +"dei programmi nel profilo autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "Lo schema delle partizioni configurato nel profilo XML non è adatto al disco fisso. Mancano %1MB" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"Lo schema delle partizioni configurato nel profilo XML non è adatto al disco " +"fisso. Mancano %1MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2874,26 +3055,28 @@ "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Sono state rilevate varie partizioni radice, senza che però sia stato configurato\n" +"Sono state rilevate varie partizioni radice, senza che però sia stato " +"configurato\n" "quale utilizzare. Impossibile eseguire l'installazione automatica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" -msgstr "il dispositivo '%1' non è stato trovato dal back end della memorizzazione" +msgstr "" +"il dispositivo '%1' non è stato trovato dal back end della memorizzazione" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:752 #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Raccolta dei dati di configurazione ..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Profilo AutoYaST cifrato. Inserire la password due volte." @@ -2903,14 +3086,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Impossibile scrivere la sezione %1 nel file %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Profilo AutoYaST cifrato. Inserire la password corretta." @@ -2954,7 +3137,9 @@ #~| "Error while parsing the control file.\n" #~| "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" #~| "control file and try again.\n" -#~ msgid "Error while parsing the control file.\\nCheck the log files for more details or fix the\\ncontrol file and try again.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error while parsing the control file.\\nCheck the log files for more " +#~ "details or fix the\\ncontrol file and try again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è verificato un errore durante l'analisi del file di controllo.\n" #~ "Controllare il file di log per maggiori dettagli o correggere il\n" @@ -2962,24 +3147,42 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -#~| "path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." -#~ msgid "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\\npath on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +#~| "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the " +#~| "final\n" +#~| "path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +#~| "location." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final" +#~ "\\npath on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the " +#~ "specified location." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usando questa finestra di dialogo, si copia il contenuto del file e si specifica\n" -#~ "il percorso finale sul sistema installato. YaST copierà questo file nella posizione indicata." +#~ "Usando questa finestra di dialogo, si copia il contenuto del file e si " +#~ "specifica\n" +#~ "il percorso finale sul sistema installato. YaST copierà questo file nella " +#~ "posizione indicata." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -#~| "Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -#~| "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +#~| "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the " +#~| "files.\n" +#~| "Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can " +#~| "be a symbolic\n" +#~| "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the " +#~| "bit pattern for the\n" #~| "new permissions." -#~ msgid "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\\nSet the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\\nrepresentation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\\nnew permissions." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the " +#~ "files.\\nSet the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. " +#~ "Permissions can be a symbolic\\nrepresentation of changes to make or an " +#~ "octal number representing the bit pattern for the\\nnew permissions.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per proteggere i file copiati, impostare il proprietario ed i permessi dei file.\n" -#~ "Impostare il proprietario usando la sintassi userid:groupid. I permessi possono essere\n" -#~ "una rappresentazione simbolica delle modifiche da effettuare o una cifra in base otto\n" +#~ "Per proteggere i file copiati, impostare il proprietario ed i permessi " +#~ "dei file.\n" +#~ "Impostare il proprietario usando la sintassi userid:groupid. I " +#~ "permessi possono essere\n" +#~ "una rappresentazione simbolica delle modifiche da effettuare o una cifra " +#~ "in base otto\n" #~ "che rappresenta il modello dei bit per i nuovi permessi." #, fuzzy @@ -2994,13 +3197,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -#~| "a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -#~| "installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +#~| "a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a " +#~| "location in the\n" +#~| "installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a " +#~| "web server\n" #~| "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." -#~ msgid "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\\na configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\\ninstalled system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\\nand have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\\na " +#~ "configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +#~ "in the\\ninstalled system. For example, this is the case if you are " +#~ "installing a web server\\nand have an httpd.conf configuration file " +#~ "prepared." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per molti servizi e applicazioni potrebbe essere già\n" -#~ "pronto un file di configurazione da copiare per intero sul sistema installato.\n" +#~ "pronto un file di configurazione da copiare per intero sul sistema " +#~ "installato.\n" #~ "Ad esempio quando si installa un server web e il file di configurazione \n" #~ "httpd.conf è già pronto." @@ -3040,7 +3251,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nPlease wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nPlease wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Preparazione del sistema per l'installazione automatica, attendere.\n" @@ -3064,37 +3277,52 @@ #~| "Try again.\n" #~ msgid "Error while configuring software selections.\\nTry again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si è verificato un errore durante la configurazione della selezione dei programmi.\n" +#~ "Si è verificato un errore durante la configurazione della selezione dei " +#~ "programmi.\n" #~ "Riprovare.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +#~| "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +#~| "out)\n" #~| "installation messages. \n" -#~ msgid "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\\ninstallation messages. \\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +#~ "out)\\ninstallation messages. \\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "In base all'esperienza si può saltare, registrare o visualizzare (con tempo massimo)\n" +#~ "In base all'esperienza si può saltare, registrare o visualizzare (con " +#~ "tempo massimo)\n" #~ "i messaggi di installazione. \n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" #~| "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" -#~ msgid "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\\nWarnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out." +#~ "\\nWarnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si raccomanda di visualizzare tutti i messaggi con un tempo massimo.\n" -#~ "A volte si possono saltare gli avvertimenti ma non li si dovrebbe ignorare.\n" +#~ "Si raccomanda di visualizzare tutti i messaggi con un tempo " +#~ "massimo.\n" +#~ "A volte si possono saltare gli avvertimenti ma non li si dovrebbe " +#~ "ignorare.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +#~| "Select one of the following base selections and click " +#~| "Detailed to add\n" #~| "more add-on selections and packages.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nSelect one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\\nmore add-on selections and packages.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nSelect one of the following base selections and click " +#~ "Detailed to add\\nmore add-on selections and packages.\\n" +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Selezionate una delle seguenti selezione di base e fate clic su Dettagli\n" +#~ "Selezionate una delle seguenti selezione di base e fate clic su " +#~ "Dettagli\n" #~ "per aggiungere ulteriori selezioni e pacchetti add-on\n" #~ "" @@ -3102,41 +3330,64 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~| "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~| "\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -#~| "\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -#~| "\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +#~| "\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file " +#~| "system to mount\n" +#~| "\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file " +#~| "systems can be\n" +#~| "\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +#~| "possible.\n" #~| "\t" -#~ msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\\n\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\\n\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\\n\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\\n\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\\n\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\\n\tNormally, a file system to mount is " +#~ "identified in /etc/fstab\\n\tby the device name. This identification can " +#~ "be changed so the file system to mount\\n\tis found by searching for a " +#~ "UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\\n\tmounted by UUID " +#~ "or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\\n\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Monta in /etc/fstab con:\n" -#~ "\tUn file system da montare viene generalmente identificato in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "\tin base al nome del dispositivo. È possibile modificare questa identificazione in modo che il file system da montare\n" -#~ "\tvenga individuato mediante la ricerca di un'etichetta di volume o un UUID. Non tutti i file system possono essere\n" -#~ "\tmontati mediante UUID o etichetta di volume. Se l'opzione è disabilitata, non è possibile effettuare questa operazione.\n" +#~ "\tUn file system da montare viene generalmente identificato in /etc/" +#~ "fstab\n" +#~ "\tin base al nome del dispositivo. È possibile modificare questa " +#~ "identificazione in modo che il file system da montare\n" +#~ "\tvenga individuato mediante la ricerca di un'etichetta di volume o un " +#~ "UUID. Non tutti i file system possono essere\n" +#~ "\tmontati mediante UUID o etichetta di volume. Se l'opzione è " +#~ "disabilitata, non è possibile effettuare questa operazione.\n" #~ "\t" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Volume Label:\n" -#~| "\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +#~| "\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This " +#~| "usually makes sense only \n" #~| "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" #~| "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" #~| "\t " -#~ msgid "Volume Label:\\n\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \\n\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\\n\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\\n\t " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Volume Label:\\n\t The name entered in this field is used as " +#~ "the volume label. This usually makes sense only \\n\t when you activate " +#~ "the option for mounting by volume label.\\n\t A volume label cannot " +#~ "contain the / character or spaces.\\n\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Etichetta del volume:\n" -#~ "\t Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. Questa funzione è utile\n" -#~ "\t quando viene attivata l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del volume.\n" +#~ "\t Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del " +#~ "volume. Questa funzione è utile\n" +#~ "\t quando viene attivata l'opzione per il montaggio in base " +#~ "all'etichetta del volume.\n" #~ "\t Un'etichetta di volume non può contenere il carattere / o spazi.\n" #~ "\t " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" +#~| "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid " +#~| "file\n" #~| "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" -#~ msgid "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\\nsystem. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file" +#~ "\\nsystem. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "È stata selezionata la creazione di una nuova partizione ma non un file system valido.\n" +#~ "È stata selezionata la creazione di una nuova partizione ma non un file " +#~ "system valido.\n" #~ "Selezionare un file system valido per continuare.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3147,16 +3398,25 @@ #~| "on the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\n" #~| "can only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\n" #~| "are using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\n" -#~| "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nA profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\\nCheck that you entered the correct location\\non the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\\ncan only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\\nare using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\\ninstallation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\\n" +#~| "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</" +#~| "p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nA profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\\nCheck " +#~ "that you entered the correct location\\non the command line and try " +#~ "again. Because of this error, you\\ncan only enter a URL to a profile and " +#~ "not to a directory. If you\\nare using rules or host name-based control " +#~ "files, restart the\\ninstallation process and make sure the control files " +#~ "are accessible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Impossibile trovare o recuperare un profilo per questa macchina.\n" #~ "Accertarsi di aver immesso la corretta ubicazione\n" #~ "sulla riga di comando e riprovare. A causa di questo errore, si può\n" -#~ "immettere solamente un URL di un profilo e non di una directory. Se si usano\n" +#~ "immettere solamente un URL di un profilo e non di una directory. Se si " +#~ "usano\n" #~ "delle regole o file di controllo basati su nome di host, riavviare il\n" -#~ "processo di installazione e assicurarsi che i file di controllo siano accessibili.\n" +#~ "processo di installazione e assicurarsi che i file di controllo siano " +#~ "accessibili.\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_target_selection.ycp:155 @@ -3166,7 +3426,9 @@ #~| "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" #~| "are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown " +#~ "here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Tutti i dischi fissi rilevati automaticamente nel sistema vengono\n" @@ -3176,13 +3438,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" #~ msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \\n" -#~ msgstr "Utilizzare questa interfaccia per definire le classi dei file di controllo.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilizzare questa interfaccia per definire le classi dei file di " +#~ "controllo.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" #~| "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" -#~ msgid "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\\na specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\\na " +#~ "specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per esempio, si può definire una classe di configurazioni per\n" #~ "un dipartimento, gruppo o sito della propria azienda.\n" @@ -3192,7 +3458,9 @@ #~| "The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" #~| "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\\nand when it is merged when creating a control file.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\\nand when it is " +#~ "merged when creating a control file.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'ordine (priorità) definisce la gerarchia di una classe\n" #~ "e quando viene inclusa durante la creazione del file di controllo.\n" @@ -3228,15 +3496,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If you have defined and created \n" -#~| "classes, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n" +#~| "classes, you will be able to merge them using this interface to " +#~| "create\n" #~| "a new Profile, which will contain information from every class\n" #~| "depending on the priority (order) set when\n" #~| "creating the classes.\n" -#~ msgid "If you have defined and created \\nclasses, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\\na new Profile, which will contain information from every class\\ndepending on the priority (order) set when\\ncreating the classes.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have defined and created \\nclasses, you will be able to " +#~ "merge them using this interface to create\\na new Profile, which " +#~ "will contain information from every class\\ndepending on the priority " +#~ "(order) set when\\ncreating the classes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se sono state definite e create delle \n" #~ "classi, si potranno unire usando questa interfaccia per creare\n" -#~ "un nuovo profilo che conterrà informazioni provenienti da ogni classe\n" +#~ "un nuovo profilo che conterrà informazioni provenienti da ogni " +#~ "classe\n" #~ "a seconda della priorità (ordine) impostato durante\n" #~ "la creazione delle classi.\n" @@ -3260,11 +3534,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" +#~| "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current " +#~| "control\n" #~| "file should belong.\n" -#~ msgid "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\\nfile should belong.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control" +#~ "\\nfile should belong.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare una o più delle classi elencate a cui dovrà appartenere il file di controllo\n" +#~ "Selezionare una o più delle classi elencate a cui dovrà appartenere il " +#~ "file di controllo\n" #~ "attuale.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3275,12 +3553,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Enter the directory where all control files should be stored in\n" +#~| "Enter the directory where all control files should be stored " +#~| "in\n" #~| "the Repository field." -#~ msgid "\\nEnter the directory where all control files should be stored in\\nthe Repository field." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nEnter the directory where all control files should be " +#~ "stored in\\nthe Repository field." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Indicare la directory in cui devono essere memorizzati tutti i file di controllo nel\n" +#~ "Indicare la directory in cui devono essere memorizzati tutti i file " +#~ "di controllo nel\n" #~ "campo Repository." #, fuzzy @@ -3288,10 +3570,13 @@ #~| "If you are using the classes feature\n" #~| "of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" #~| "all class files are stored.\n" -#~ msgid "If you are using the classes feature\\nof Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\\nall class files are stored.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using the classes feature\\nof Autoyast, also enter the " +#~ "class directory. This is where\\nall class files are stored.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se si sta usando la funzionalità delle classi\n" -#~ "di Autoyast, inserire anche la directory delle classi. È la directory dove\n" +#~ "di Autoyast, inserire anche la directory delle classi. È la directory " +#~ "dove\n" #~ "sono memorizzati tutti i file delle classi.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3300,10 +3585,14 @@ #~| "Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n" #~| "must begin with letter, and must be\n" #~| "127 characters long or less.\n" -#~ msgid "Invalid file name.\\nNames can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\\nmust begin with letter, and must be\\n127 characters long or less.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid file name.\\nNames can only contain letters, numbers, and " +#~ "underscore,\\nmust begin with letter, and must be\\n127 characters long " +#~ "or less.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nome file non valido.\n" -#~ "I nomi possono contenere soltanto lettere, cifre e caratteri di sottolineatura,\n" +#~ "I nomi possono contenere soltanto lettere, cifre e caratteri di " +#~ "sottolineatura,\n" #~ "devono iniziare con una lettera e possono essere lunghi\n" #~ "127 caratteri al massimo.\n" @@ -3311,7 +3600,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" #~| "file and try again." -#~ msgid "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\\nfile and try again." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\\nfile and try " +#~ "again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è verificato un errore il caricamento del file Kickstart. Controllare\n" #~ "la sintassi del file e riprovare." @@ -3319,12 +3610,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -#~| "Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +#~| "Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +#~| "partitioning\n" #~| "were imported correctly." -#~ msgid "Kickstart file was imported.\\nCheck the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\\nwere imported correctly." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kickstart file was imported.\\nCheck the imported syntax and make sure " +#~ "the package selection and partitioning\\nwere imported correctly." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il file Kickstart è stato importato.\n" -#~ "Controllare la sintassi importata e assicurarsi che la selezione dei pacchetti e il partizionamento\n" +#~ "Controllare la sintassi importata e assicurarsi che la selezione dei " +#~ "pacchetti e il partizionamento\n" #~ "siano stati importati correttamente." #, fuzzy @@ -3333,10 +3628,13 @@ #~| "The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n" #~| "automatic installation.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\\nautomatic installation.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST " +#~ "during\\nautomatic installation.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le opzioni in questa finestra di dialogo influiscono sul comportamento di AutoYaST\n" +#~ "Le opzioni in questa finestra di dialogo influiscono sul comportamento di " +#~ "AutoYaST\n" #~ "durante l'installazione automatica.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3346,27 +3644,41 @@ #~| "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" #~| "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" #~| "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -#~| "usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +#~| "usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically " +#~| "without interruption.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe installation confirmation option is selected by default\\nto avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\\nduring installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\\nusual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe installation confirmation option is selected by default\\nto " +#~ "avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\\nduring installation " +#~ "and shows a summary of requested operations in the\\nusual proposal " +#~ "screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +#~ "interruption.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "L'opzione per confermare l'installazione è selezionata in modo predefinito per evitare un'installazione indesiderata.\n" -#~ "Questa opzione ferma il sistema in fase di installazione e mostra un sommario delle operazioni richieste nella solita\n" -#~ "schermata delle proposte. Deselezionare questa opzione per eseguire l'installazione\n" +#~ "L'opzione per confermare l'installazione è selezionata in modo " +#~ "predefinito per evitare un'installazione indesiderata.\n" +#~ "Questa opzione ferma il sistema in fase di installazione e mostra un " +#~ "sommario delle operazioni richieste nella solita\n" +#~ "schermata delle proposte. Deselezionare questa opzione per eseguire " +#~ "l'installazione\n" #~ "automaticamente senza interruzioni.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +#~| "If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues " +#~| "in manual mode\n" #~| "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nIf you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\\nafter the first reboot (after package installation).\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIf you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation " +#~ "continues in manual mode\\nafter the first reboot (after package " +#~ "installation).\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Se si disattiva la seconda fase di autoyast, l'installazione continua in modalità manuale\n" +#~ "Se si disattiva la seconda fase di autoyast, l'installazione continua in " +#~ "modalità manuale\n" #~ "dopo il primo riavvio (dopo l'installazione dei pacchetti).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3375,63 +3687,93 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nFor signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nFor signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per informazioni sulla gestione delle firme, leggere la documentazione di AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Per informazioni sulla gestione delle firme, leggere la documentazione di " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" -#~| "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" +#~| "This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the " +#~| "DTD and\n" +#~| "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and " +#~| "any\n" #~| "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" -#~ msgid "This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\\nit checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\\nreported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the " +#~ "DTD and\\nit checks for missing data. Some missing data might be " +#~ "intentional and any\\nreported errors can be ignored, for example, when " +#~ "creating classes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Questo strumento utilizza xmllint per validare il profilo nei confronti del\n" -#~ "DTD e verifica che non manchino dati. In alcuni casi la mancanza di dati può essere voluta\n" -#~ "e l'errore riportato può essere ignorato, ad es. quando si creano delle classi.\n" +#~ "Questo strumento utilizza xmllint per validare il profilo nei " +#~ "confronti del\n" +#~ "DTD e verifica che non manchino dati. In alcuni casi la mancanza di dati " +#~ "può essere voluta\n" +#~ "e l'errore riportato può essere ignorato, ad es. quando si creano delle " +#~ "classi.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" #~| "is validated.\n" -#~ msgid "Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\\nis validated.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\\nis validated.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Prima si deve caricare il profilo, altrimenti si validerà un file\n" #~ "vuoto.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" +#~| "To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration " +#~| "file. \n" #~| "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" #~| "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" -#~ msgid "To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \\nThe imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \\nto add more configuration options available with SUSE.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. " +#~ "\\nThe imported data is loaded into the configuration management system " +#~ "\\nto add more configuration options available with SUSE.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per importare un file Kickstart basta fornire il percorso del file di configurazione.\n" -#~ "I dati importati verranno caricati nel sistema di gestione delle configurazioni \n" -#~ "per aggiungere ulteriori opzioni di configurazione disponibili con SUSE.\n" +#~ "Per importare un file Kickstart basta fornire il percorso del file di " +#~ "configurazione.\n" +#~ "I dati importati verranno caricati nel sistema di gestione delle " +#~ "configurazioni \n" +#~ "per aggiungere ulteriori opzioni di configurazione disponibili con SUSE.</" +#~ "p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" -#~| "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -#~| "in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" -#~ msgid "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\\ninformation from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\\nin addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\\n" +#~| "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this " +#~| "system\n" +#~| "in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +#~| "selections.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\\ninformation from " +#~ "this system. Select the resources to read from this system\\nin addition " +#~ "to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questo strumento crea un profilo di riferimento leggendo le\n" -#~ "informazioni dal sistema corrente. Selezionare le risorse da caricare per questo sistema\n" -#~ "in aggiunta alle risorse predefinite, come partizionamento e selezione dei pacchetti.\n" +#~ "informazioni dal sistema corrente. Selezionare le risorse da caricare per " +#~ "questo sistema\n" +#~ "in aggiunta alle risorse predefinite, come partizionamento e selezione " +#~ "dei pacchetti.\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2212 #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +#~| "The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +#~| "system.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +#~ "system.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La tabella a destra mostra le partizioni da creare sul sistema destinazione.\n" +#~ "La tabella a destra mostra le partizioni da creare sul sistema " +#~ "destinazione.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3439,7 +3781,9 @@ #~| "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" -#~ msgid "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\\n<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\\n<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\\n<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\\n<tt>/" +#~ "dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1° disco EIDE\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2° disco EIDE\n" @@ -3450,7 +3794,9 @@ #~| "<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk" -#~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\\n<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\\n<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\\n<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk" +#~ "\\n<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1° disco SCSI\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2° disco SCSI\n" @@ -3459,9 +3805,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -#~| "the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +#~| "the drive where the root partition should reside, the following " +#~| "partitions are\n" #~| "created automatically:" -#~ msgid "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\\nthe drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\\ncreated automatically:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\\nthe drive " +#~ "where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are" +#~ "\\ncreated automatically:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se non vengono definite delle partizioni ed il disco specificato\n" #~ "dovrà contenere anche la partizione root,\n" @@ -3471,32 +3821,46 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" #~| "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" -#~ msgid " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\\nSizes are calculated automatically.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\\nSizes " +#~ "are calculated automatically.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> e una partizione radice <tt>/</tt>.\n" #~ "Le dimensioni vengono calcolate automaticamente.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" +#~| "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using " +#~| "this\n" #~| "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" -#~ msgid "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\\ninterface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this" +#~ "\\ninterface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Queste opzioni e altre opzioni per esperti non possono essere configurate usando\n" -#~ "questa interfaccia. Esse vanno aggiunte manualmente al file di controllo.\n" +#~ "Queste opzioni e altre opzioni per esperti non possono essere configurate " +#~ "usando\n" +#~ "questa interfaccia. Esse vanno aggiunte manualmente al file di " +#~ "controllo.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -#~| "to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +#~| "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the " +#~| "configuration\n" +#~| "to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and " +#~| "RAID partitions as\n" #~| "a preparation.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nFor LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\\nto an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\\na preparation.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nFor LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the " +#~ "configuration\\nto an existing control file. You can only create " +#~ "unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\\na preparation.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per la configurazione di LVM e RAID consultare la documentazione ed aggiungere la configurazione\n" -#~ "ad un file di controllo esistente. Si possono creare solo delle partizioni LVM e RAID non formattate\n" +#~ "Per la configurazione di LVM e RAID consultare la documentazione ed " +#~ "aggiungere la configurazione\n" +#~ "ad un file di controllo esistente. Si possono creare solo delle " +#~ "partizioni LVM e RAID non formattate\n" #~ "come preparazione.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3514,21 +3878,29 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -#~| "Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. \n" -#~ msgid "\\n<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\\nAdd commands to run on the system before the installation begins. \\n" +#~| "Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </" +#~| "P>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\\nAdd commands to run on the " +#~ "system before the installation begins. \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Script di pre-installazione</h3>\n" -#~ "Si possono aggiungere dei comandi da eseguire prima che si avvii l'installazione. \n" +#~ "Si possono aggiungere dei comandi da eseguire prima che si avvii " +#~ "l'installazione. \n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -#~| "You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +#~| "You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +#~| "installation\n" #~| "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\n<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\\nYou can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\\nis completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\\nYou can also add commands to " +#~ "execute on the system after the installation\\nis completed. These " +#~ "scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<h3>Script di post-installazione</h3>\n" @@ -3541,19 +3913,31 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n" #~| "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" -#~| "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" -#~| "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -#~| "scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +#~| "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts " +#~| "are\n" +#~| "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the " +#~| "chroot \n" +#~| "scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +#~| "installed \n" #~| "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\\nFor your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\\nenvironment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\\nrun before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \\nscripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \\nsystem, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\\nFor your postinstallation script to run " +#~ "inside the chroot\\nenvironment, choose the chroot scripts " +#~ "options. Those scripts are\\nrun before the system reboots for the first " +#~ "time. By default, the chroot \\nscripts are run in the installation " +#~ "system. To access files in the installed \\nsystem, always use the mount " +#~ "point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<H3>Script chroot</H3>\n" #~ "Affinché lo script di post-installazione venga eseguito all'interno\n" -#~ "dell'ambiente chroot, selezionare le opzioni script chroot. Questi\n" -#~ "script vengono eseguiti prima che il sistema esegua il primo riavvio. Gli script chroot vengono eseguiti\n" -#~ "in modo predefinito nel sistema di installazione. Per accedere ai file nel sistema installato\n" +#~ "dell'ambiente chroot, selezionare le opzioni script chroot. " +#~ "Questi\n" +#~ "script vengono eseguiti prima che il sistema esegua il primo riavvio. Gli " +#~ "script chroot vengono eseguiti\n" +#~ "in modo predefinito nel sistema di installazione. Per accedere ai file " +#~ "nel sistema installato\n" #~ "usare sempre il punto di montaggio \"/mnt\" negli script.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3561,14 +3945,19 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -#~| "the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +#~| "the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " +#~| "\"chrooted\".\n" #~| "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nIt is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\\nthe boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\\nThis runs the scripts in the installed system. \\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIt is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\\nthe " +#~ "boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +#~ "\".\\nThis runs the scripts in the installed system. \\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "È possibile eseguire gli script chroot in un secondo momento dopo che\n" -#~ "il bootloader è stato configurato ricorrendo al particolare tag booleano \"chrooted\"\n" +#~ "il bootloader è stato configurato ricorrendo al particolare tag booleano " +#~ "\"chrooted\"\n" #~ "con l'effetto che gli script verranno eseguiti nel sistema installato.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3577,19 +3966,29 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" #~| "These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\n" -#~| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \n" +#~| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are " +#~| "executed \n" #~| "using a special rc script that is executed only once. \n" #~| "The final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\n" #~| "process and after network has been initialized.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\\nThese scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\\nYaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \\nusing a special rc script that is executed only once. \\nThe final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\\nprocess and after network has been initialized.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\\nThese scripts are executed during the " +#~ "initial boot process and after\\nYaST has finished configuring the " +#~ "system. The final scripts are executed \\nusing a special rc " +#~ "script that is executed only once. \\nThe final scripts are executed " +#~ "toward the end of the boot\\nprocess and after network has been " +#~ "initialized.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<H3>Script di inizializzazione</H3>\n" -#~ "Questi script vengono eseguiti durante il processo di avvio iniziale e dopo\n" -#~ "che YaST abbia concluso la configurazione del sistema. Gli script finali vengono\n" +#~ "Questi script vengono eseguiti durante il processo di avvio iniziale e " +#~ "dopo\n" +#~ "che YaST abbia concluso la configurazione del sistema. Gli script finali " +#~ "vengono\n" #~ "eseguiti ricorrendo a un particolare script rc che viene eseguito\n" -#~ "solo una volta. Gli script finali vengono eseguiti verso la fine del processo di avvio\n" +#~ "solo una volta. Gli script finali vengono eseguiti verso la fine del " +#~ "processo di avvio\n" #~ "e dopo l'inizializzazione della rete.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3597,14 +3996,19 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -#~| "Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +#~| "Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use " +#~| "Perl or \n" #~| "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\\nPreinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \\nPython for preinstallation scripts.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\\nPreinstallation scripts can only be shell " +#~ "scripts. Do not use Perl or \\nPython for preinstallation " +#~ "scripts.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<H3>Interprete:</H3>\n" -#~ "Gli script di pre-installazione possono essere solo degli script di shell. Non utilizzare Perl o \n" +#~ "Gli script di pre-installazione possono essere solo degli script di " +#~ "shell. Non utilizzare Perl o \n" #~ "Python per script di pre-installazione.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3612,43 +4016,70 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" -#~| "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" -#~| "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -#~| "alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -#~| "guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -#~| "over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +#~| "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled " +#~| "and\n" +#~| "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. " +#~| "An\n" +#~| "alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init " +#~| "scripts, which\n" +#~| "guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did " +#~| "an installation\n" +#~| "over a network, you can use the Network option for the " +#~| "postscript, too.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Network Access:</H3>\\nWhile executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\\nrequires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\\nalternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\\nguarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\\nover a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n<H3>Network Access:</H3>\\nWhile executing postinstallation " +#~ "scripts, the network is disabled and\\nrequires initialization in the " +#~ "scripts to make the network accessible. An\\nalternative for " +#~ "postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which" +#~ "\\nguarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you " +#~ "did an installation\\nover a network, you can use the Network " +#~ "option for the postscript, too.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<H3>Accesso alla rete:</H3>\n" -#~ "durante l'esecuzione degli script di post-installazione, la rete è disabilitata.\n" -#~ "Per renderla accessibile, è necessario effettuare l'inizializzazione negli script. Un'alternativa\n" -#~ "per gli script di post-installazione con la rete è costituita dagli script di inizializzazione che garantiscono\n" -#~ "un sistema completamente configurato durante l'esecuzione degli script. Se è stata effettuata un'installazione\n" -#~ "tramite rete, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Rete anche per lo script post-installazione.\n" +#~ "durante l'esecuzione degli script di post-installazione, la rete è " +#~ "disabilitata.\n" +#~ "Per renderla accessibile, è necessario effettuare l'inizializzazione " +#~ "negli script. Un'alternativa\n" +#~ "per gli script di post-installazione con la rete è costituita dagli " +#~ "script di inizializzazione che garantiscono\n" +#~ "un sistema completamente configurato durante l'esecuzione degli script. " +#~ "Se è stata effettuata un'installazione\n" +#~ "tramite rete, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Rete anche per lo " +#~ "script post-installazione.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -#~| "All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -#~| "If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +#~| "All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-" +#~| "up box as feedback.\n" +#~| "If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog " +#~| "that might help\n" #~| "you to debug your script.\n" -#~ msgid "\\n<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\\nAll scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\\nIf you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\\nyou to debug your script.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\\nAll scripts except the init scripts " +#~ "can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\\nIf you turn on " +#~ "debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help" +#~ "\\nyou to debug your script.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<H3>Feedback e debug:</H3>\n" -#~ "Tutti gli script, ad eccezione degli script di inizializzazione, possono mostrare STDOUT+STDERR in una finestra a comparsa come feedback.\n" -#~ "Se si attiva il debug, verranno visualizzati ulteriori dati nella finestra di dialogo di feedback che potrebbero semplificare\n" +#~ "Tutti gli script, ad eccezione degli script di inizializzazione, " +#~ "possono mostrare STDOUT+STDERR in una finestra a comparsa come feedback.\n" +#~ "Se si attiva il debug, verranno visualizzati ulteriori dati nella " +#~ "finestra di dialogo di feedback che potrebbero semplificare\n" #~ "il debug dello script.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Provide at least the script\n" #~| "name and the location or content of the script.\n" -#~ msgid "Provide at least the script\\nname and the location or content of the script.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Provide at least the script\\nname and the location or content of the " +#~ "script.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Indicare almeno il nome dello script\n" #~ "e l'ubicazione o il suo contenuto.\n" @@ -3656,13 +4087,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" -#~| "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nBy adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\\nyour needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\\n" +#~| "By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +#~| "installation for\n" +#~| "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</" +#~| "p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nBy adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +#~ "installation for\\nyour needs and take control in different stages of the " +#~ "installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aggiungendo degli script al processo di installazione automatica, si può personalizzare\n" -#~ "l'installazione in base alle proprie esigenze e controllare le diverse fasi dell'installazione.\n" +#~ "Aggiungendo degli script al processo di installazione automatica, si può " +#~ "personalizzare\n" +#~ "l'installazione in base alle proprie esigenze e controllare le diverse " +#~ "fasi dell'installazione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" @@ -3670,9 +4108,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Analisi file delle regole non riuscita. Il parser XML indica:\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -#~ msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\\n" -#~ msgstr "Il parser XML ha riportato un errore durante l'analisi del profilo autoyast. Il messaggio di errore è:\n" +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +#~| "error message is:\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +#~ "error message is:\\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il parser XML ha riportato un errore durante l'analisi del profilo " +#~ "autoyast. Il messaggio di errore è:\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3681,12 +4125,18 @@ #~| "are defined correctly and available for this system via the network\n" #~| "or locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control \n" #~| "file without using classes.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nUser-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \\nare defined correctly and available for this system via the network\\nor locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control \\nfile without using classes.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nUser-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes " +#~ "\\nare defined correctly and available for this system via the network" +#~ "\\nor locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control " +#~ "\\nfile without using classes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Impossibile recuperare classi definite dall'utente. Verificare che tutte le classi\n" +#~ "Impossibile recuperare classi definite dall'utente. Verificare che tutte " +#~ "le classi\n" #~ "siano state definite correttamente e che siano disponibili per\n" -#~ "questo sistema via rete o localmente. Il sistema non può essere installato con il\n" +#~ "questo sistema via rete o localmente. Il sistema non può essere " +#~ "installato con il\n" #~ "file di controllo originale senza usare le classi.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3694,7 +4144,10 @@ #~| "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" #~| "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" #~| "configured using the configuration management system.\n" -#~ msgid "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\\nAlmost all resources of the control file can be\\nconfigured using the configuration management system.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\\nAlmost all " +#~ "resources of the control file can be\\nconfigured using the configuration " +#~ "management system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h3>Sistema di gestione configurazioni di AutoYaST</h3>\n" #~ "Quasi tutte le risorse del file di controllo possono\n" @@ -3702,28 +4155,43 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -#~| "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" -#~| "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" +#~| "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +#~| "those available\n" +#~| "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +#~| "data\n" +#~| "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used " +#~| "to\n" #~| "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\\nthrough the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\\nentered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\\ninstall another system using AutoYaST.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +#~ "those available\\nthrough the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring " +#~ "this system, the data\\nentered is collected and exported to the control " +#~ "file that can be used to\\ninstall another system using AutoYaST.\\n" +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Molti moduli utilizzati per generare la configurazione sono\n" -#~ "uguali a quelli disponibili tramite il Centro di controllo di YaST. Invece di configurare il\n" -#~ "sistema, i dati immessi vengono raccolti ed esportati nel file di controllo che\n" +#~ "uguali a quelli disponibili tramite il Centro di controllo di YaST. " +#~ "Invece di configurare il\n" +#~ "sistema, i dati immessi vengono raccolti ed esportati nel file di " +#~ "controllo che\n" #~ "può essere utilizzato per installare un altro sistema tramite AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -#~| "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +#~| "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +#~| "including\n" #~| "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" -#~ msgid "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\\nnew interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\\npartitioning, general options, and software.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\\nnew interfaces " +#~ "were created for special and complex configurations, including" +#~ "\\npartitioning, general options, and software.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Oltre ai moduli noti esistenti sono state aggiunte\n" -#~ "delle nuove interfacce per delle configurazioni particolari e complesse, ad esempio\n" +#~ "delle nuove interfacce per delle configurazioni particolari e complesse, " +#~ "ad esempio\n" #~ "per il partizionamento, opzioni generali e programmi.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3738,37 +4206,52 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -#~| "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." -#~ msgid "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\\nIf you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +#~| "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +#~| "changed anymore." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\\nIf you press the ok-button, " +#~ "the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si possono applicare le modifiche all'immagine ora in %1/\n" -#~ "Se si preme il pulsante OK, l'immagine verrà compressa e non sarà più possibile modificarla." +#~ "Se si preme il pulsante OK, l'immagine verrà compressa e non sarà più " +#~ "possibile modificarla." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" #~| "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." -#~ msgid "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\\nYou can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\\nYou can create that file " +#~ "with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "impossibile ottenere il file directory.yast in `%1`.\n" -#~ "Si può creare tale file tramite il comando 'ls -F > directory.yast' se è mancante." +#~ "Si può creare tale file tramite il comando 'ls -F > directory.yast' se è " +#~ "mancante." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +#~| "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete " +#~| "different AutoYaST XML file.\n" #~| "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." -#~ msgid "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\\nIf you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +#~ "AutoYaST XML file.\\nIf you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si può modificare ora l'immagine ISO in %1, come aggiungere un file XML di AutoYaST completamente diverso.\n" +#~ "Si può modificare ora l'immagine ISO in %1, come aggiungere un file XML " +#~ "di AutoYaST completamente diverso.\n" #~ "Se si preme il pulsante Ok, l'immagine verrà creata." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" -#~| "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" -#~ msgid "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\\nwhich root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\\n" +#~| "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not " +#~| "possible.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\\nwhich root " +#~ "partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sono state rilevate varie partizioni radice, senza che però sia stato configurato\n" +#~ "Sono state rilevate varie partizioni radice, senza che però sia stato " +#~ "configurato\n" #~ "quale utilizzare. Impossibile eseguire l'installazione automatica.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3779,20 +4262,32 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Immettere le informazioni sulla partizione in base alle\n" -#~ "proprie esigenze. Per riutilizzare una partizione esistente, inserire il numero della partizione esistente che si desidera riutilizzare (la numerazione inizia con il numero di partizione 1) senza specificare la dimensione.\n" +#~ "proprie esigenze. Per riutilizzare una partizione esistente, inserire il " +#~ "numero della partizione esistente che si desidera riutilizzare (la " +#~ "numerazione inizia con il numero di partizione 1) senza specificare la " +#~ "dimensione.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per le partizioni che fanno parte di un gruppo di volumi, escluse quelle logiche incluse in un gruppo di volumi, impostarne l'ID come 0x8e, quindi scegliere il gruppo di volumi. Quest'ultimo deve già essere configurato con AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Per le partizioni che fanno parte di un gruppo di volumi, escluse quelle " +#~ "logiche incluse in un gruppo di volumi, impostarne l'ID come 0x8e, quindi " +#~ "scegliere il gruppo di volumi. Quest'ultimo deve già essere configurato " +#~ "con AutoYaST.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Per ulteriori informazioni, fare riferimento alla documentazione online.\n" +#~ " Per ulteriori informazioni, fare riferimento alla documentazione " +#~ "online.\n" #~ " \n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# @@ -3847,25 +4342,30 @@ #~ "a causa dell'uso dell'opzione \"max\".\n" #~ msgid "Enter the partition size or a partition number." -#~ msgstr "Inserire la dimensione della partizione oppure un numero di partizione." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Inserire la dimensione della partizione oppure un numero di partizione." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "Per riutilizzare una partizione, è necessario richiesto il numero della partizione." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per riutilizzare una partizione, è necessario richiesto il numero della " +#~ "partizione." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Qui è possibile creare e modificare i gruppi di volumi. Al termine, è necessario assegnare una o più partizioni fisiche a questo gruppo di volumi nella finestra di dialogo delle partizioni di un disco fisso fisico. Impostare l'ID come 0x8e per tali partizioni.\n" +#~ "Qui è possibile creare e modificare i gruppi di volumi. Al termine, è " +#~ "necessario assegnare una o più partizioni fisiche a questo gruppo di " +#~ "volumi nella finestra di dialogo delle partizioni di un disco fisso " +#~ "fisico. Impostare l'ID come 0x8e per tali partizioni.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" -#~ msgstr "Configura gruppi di volumi" - #~ msgid "&Volume Group" #~ msgstr "G&ruppo di volumi" Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 10:50+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:51+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -122,13 +122,18 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot \n" -"Per attivare la partizione che contiene il boot loader. Il codice MBR generico avvierà\n" -"la partizione attiva. Per i BIOS più vecchi è necessario attivare una partizione \n" +"Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione " +"di boot \n" +"Per attivare la partizione che contiene il boot loader. Il codice MBR " +"generico avvierà\n" +"la partizione attiva. Per i BIOS più vecchi è necessario attivare una " +"partizione \n" "anche se il boot loader è installato nell'MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -149,10 +154,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Timeout in secondi \n" -"Specifica il tempo di attesa del boot loader prima che il kernel predefinito venga caricato.\n" +"Specifica il tempo di attesa del boot loader prima che il kernel predefinito " +"venga caricato.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -163,110 +170,157 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Selezionare Imposta come predefinita per contrassegnare la sezione\n" -"selezionata come predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader visualizzerà un\n" -"menu di boot e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o il sistema operativo da avviare. Se non\n" +" Selezionare Imposta come predefinita per contrassegnare la " +"sezione\n" +"selezionata come predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader visualizzerà " +"un\n" +"menu di boot e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o il sistema " +"operativo da avviare. Se non\n" "viene premuto alcun tasto prima del timeout,\n" -"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle sezioni del menu del\n" -"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù.\n" +"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle " +"sezioni del menu del\n" +"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù</" +"b>.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Scrivi codice di boot generico su MBR</big> sostituisce il record di boot principale del disco con il codice generico (codice indipendente dal sistema operativo che\n" +"<big>Scrivi codice di boot generico su MBR</big> sostituisce " +"il record di boot principale del disco con il codice generico (codice " +"indipendente dal sistema operativo che\n" "avvia la partizione attiva)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Avvia da partizione di boot rappresenta una delle opzioni consigliate, l'altra è\n" +"Avvia da partizione di boot rappresenta una delle opzioni " +"consigliate, l'altra è\n" "Avvia da partizione radice." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Avvia dal record di boot principale è un'opzione sconsigliata se nel computer in uso è installato\n" +"Avvia dal record di boot principale è un'opzione sconsigliata se " +"nel computer in uso è installato\n" "un altro sistema operativo" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Avvia da partizione radice è un'opzione consigliata se esiste una partizione\n" -"appropriata. Selezionare Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot e Scrivi codice di boot generico su MBR\n" -"in Opzioni boot loader per aggiornare il record di boot principale se è necessario oppure configurare un altro gestore di boot\n" +"Avvia da partizione radice è un'opzione consigliata se esiste una " +"partizione\n" +"appropriata. Selezionare Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle " +"partizioni per la partizione di boot e Scrivi codice di boot generico " +"su MBR\n" +"in Opzioni boot loader per aggiornare il record di boot principale se " +"è necessario oppure configurare un altro gestore di boot\n" "per avviare questa sezione." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Boot da partizione estesa deve essere scelto nel caso la propria partizione radice risieda\n" +"Boot da partizione estesa deve essere scelto nel caso la propria " +"partizione radice risieda\n" "su una partizione logica e manchi la partizione /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Partizione di boot personalizzata consente di scegliere la partizione di boot desiderata." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Partizione di boot personalizzata consente di scegliere la " +"partizione di boot desiderata." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"L'array MD è costituito da due dischi. Abilita ridondanza per array MD\n" +"L'array MD è costituito da due dischi. Abilita ridondanza per array " +"MD\n" "abilita la scrittura di GRUB nell'MBR di entrambi i dischi." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Usa console seriale consente di definire i parametri da utilizzare\n" -"per una console seriale. Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere la documentazione di grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." +"Usa console seriale consente di definire i parametri da " +"utilizzare\n" +"per una console seriale. Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere la " +"documentazione di grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definizione terminale \n" -"Definisce il tipo di terminale che si desidera utilizzare. Nel caso di un terminale seriale, ad esempio una console seriale,\n" -"è necessario specificare <code>serial</code>. È inoltre possibile passare <code>console</code> al \n" -"comando, come <code>serial console</code>. In questo caso, il terminale in cui si\n" +"Definisce il tipo di terminale che si desidera utilizzare. Nel caso di un " +"terminale seriale, ad esempio una console seriale,\n" +"è necessario specificare <code>serial</code>. È inoltre possibile passare " +"<code>console</code> al \n" +"comando, come <code>serial console</code>. In questo caso, il terminale in " +"cui si\n" "preme un tasto verrà utilizzato come terminale GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sezioni di ricaduta in caso di errore in quello predefinito contiene un elenco di numeri di sezione \n" -"che verrà utilizzato per l'avvio qualora la sezione predefinita non fosse avviabile." +"Sezioni di ricaduta in caso di errore in quello predefinito " +"contiene un elenco di numeri di sezione \n" +"che verrà utilizzato per l'avvio qualora la sezione predefinita non fosse " +"avviabile." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selezionare Nascondi menu all'avvio per nascondere il menu di boot." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare Nascondi menu all'avvio per nascondere il menu di boot." +"" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Proteggi il boot loader con password \n" -"Al boot, modificare o perfino avviare una voce richiederà una password. Se Proteggi solo la modifica delle voci è spuntata, non viene ristretto l'avvio di nessuna voce ma la modifica delle voci richiede la password (questo è quanto accadeva con GRUB 1). YaST accetterà la password solo se viene ripetuta in Conferma password." +"Al boot, modificare o perfino avviare una voce richiederà una password. Se " +"Proteggi solo la modifica delle voci è spuntata, non viene ristretto " +"l'avvio di nessuna voce ma la modifica delle voci richiede la password " +"(questo è quanto accadeva con GRUB 1). YaST accetterà la password solo se " +"viene ripetuta in Conferma password." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -278,7 +332,8 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Ordine dischi</big> \n" -"Per specificare l'ordine dei dischi in accordo con quello del BIOS, utilizzare i pulsanti\n" +"Per specificare l'ordine dei dischi in accordo con quello del BIOS, " +"utilizzare i pulsanti\n" "Su e Giù per riordinare i dischi.\n" "Per aggiungere un disco, premere Aggiungi.\n" "Per rimuovere un disco, premere Rimuovi." @@ -289,7 +344,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Imposta flag &attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot" +msgstr "" +"Imposta flag &attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 @@ -409,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "A&bilita ridondanza per array MD" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Opzioni del codice di boot" @@ -462,42 +518,52 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parametro facoltativo della riga di comando del kernel consente di definire parametri aggiuntivi da passare al kernel." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Parametro facoltativo della riga di comando del kernel consente di " +"definire parametri aggiuntivi da passare al kernel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "Modalità Vgadefinisce la modalità VGA per la console che il kernel deve impostare all'avvio." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"Modalità Vgadefinisce la modalità VGA per la console che il " +"kernel deve impostare all'avvio." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Rileva altro OS per mezzo di os-prober per il boot multiplo con altra distribuzione " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Rileva altro OS per mezzo di os-prober per il boot multiplo con " +"altra distribuzione " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Flag MBR protettivo è un'impostazione solo per esperti, in quanto è necessaria solamente per hardware particolare. Per maggiori dettagli si veda l'MBR protettivo nei dischi GPT. Non toccare se non si è sicuri." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Flag MBR protettivo è un'impostazione solo per esperti, in quanto " +"è necessaria solamente per hardware particolare. Per maggiori dettagli si " +"veda l'MBR protettivo nei dischi GPT. Non toccare se non si è sicuri." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributore specifica il nome del distributore del kernel usato per creare il nome della voce di boot." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Parametro facoltativo della riga di comando del kernel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "&Distributore" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "Modalità &Vga" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Rileva altro OS" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Flag MBR protettivo" @@ -575,7 +641,9 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Boot loader '%s' non supportato. Adattare opportunamente il proprio profilo AutoYaST." +msgstr "" +"Boot loader '%s' non supportato. Adattare opportunamente il proprio profilo " +"AutoYaST." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -585,9 +653,10 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "La partizione di boot è di tipo NFS. Impossibile installare il boot loader." +msgstr "" +"La partizione di boot è di tipo NFS. Impossibile installare il boot loader." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:578 @@ -709,12 +778,15 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Da Altro,\n" -"è possibile modificare manualmente i file di configurazione del boot loader, cancellare la configurazione \n" +"è possibile modificare manualmente i file di configurazione del boot loader, " +"cancellare la configurazione \n" "corrente e proporre una nuova configurazione, ripartire da zero o rileggere\n" "la configurazione salvata sul disco. %1" @@ -756,11 +828,15 @@ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" " Premendo Imposta come predefinita, la sezione \n" -"selezionata diventa quella predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader presenterà un \n" +"selezionata diventa quella predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader " +"presenterà un \n" "menu di boot e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o un altro \n" -"sistema operativo da avviare. Se non viene premuto alcun tasto prima del timeout, \n" -"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle sezioni nel menu del \n" -"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù." +"sistema operativo da avviare. Se non viene premuto alcun tasto prima del " +"timeout, \n" +"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle " +"sezioni nel menu del \n" +"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù</" +"B>." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 @@ -800,16 +876,19 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Nel Settore di boot della partizione <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (radice).\n" +"- Nel Settore di boot della partizione <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</tt> " +"(radice).\n" "È l'opzione consigliata qualora sia presente una partizione\n" "adatta. Impostare Attiva partizione Boot Loader e\n" -"Sostituisci MBR con codice generico in Dettagli installazione boot loader\n" +"Sostituisci MBR con codice generico in Dettagli installazione boot " +"loader\n" "per aggiornare il record di boot principale\n" "se necessario o configurare un altro gestore di boot\n" "per avviare &product;." @@ -835,7 +914,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ad esempio, la maggior parte dei PC \n" "presenta un limite del BIOS che \n" -"impedisce l'avvio da cilindri del disco fisso inferiori a 1024. In base al gestore di boot \n" +"impedisce l'avvio da cilindri del disco fisso inferiori a 1024. In base al " +"gestore di boot \n" "utilizzato, il sistema si potrà o meno avviare da una partizione logica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -846,7 +926,8 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Immettere il nome del dispositivo della partizione (ad esempio, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" +"Immettere il nome del dispositivo della partizione (ad esempio, <tt>/dev/" +"hda3</tt> o\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) nel campo di input." #. help text 1/1 @@ -857,7 +938,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Dettagli installazione boot loader \n" -"Per adattare le opzioni di installazione avanzate (ad esempio, la mappatura dei \n" +"Per adattare le opzioni di installazione avanzate (ad esempio, la mappatura " +"dei \n" "dispositivi), premere Dettagli installazione boot loader." #. help text 1/1 @@ -890,18 +972,22 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configurazione manuale per esperti \n" -"Qui è possibile modificare manualmente la configurazione del boot loader.\n" -"Nota: il file di configurazione finale potrebbe presentare un'indentazione differente." +"Qui è possibile modificare manualmente la configurazione del boot loader.</" +"P>\n" +"Nota: il file di configurazione finale potrebbe presentare " +"un'indentazione differente." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nome sezione \n" -"Utilizzare Nome sezione per specificare il nome della sezione del boot loader. Il nome della sezione\n" +"Utilizzare Nome sezione per specificare il nome della sezione del " +"boot loader. Il nome della sezione\n" "deve essere univoco." #. help text 1/5 @@ -920,8 +1006,10 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Clona sezione selezionata per clonare la sezione correntemente\n" -"selezionata. Modificare quindi le opzioni che si desidera siano differenti dalla \n" +"Selezionare Clona sezione selezionata per clonare la sezione " +"correntemente\n" +"selezionata. Modificare quindi le opzioni che si desidera siano differenti " +"dalla \n" "sezione selezionata." #. help text 3/5 @@ -930,7 +1018,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Sezione immagine per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine \n" +"Selezionare Sezione immagine per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux " +"o un'altra immagine \n" "da caricare e avviare." #. help text 4/5 @@ -939,7 +1028,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine, \n" +"Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o " +"un'altra immagine, \n" "ma avviandolo in ambiente Xen." #. help text 5/5 @@ -949,22 +1039,26 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Altro sistema (Chainloader) per aggiungere una sezione che \n" -"carica e avvia un settore di boot di una partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" +"Selezionare Altro sistema (Chainloader) per aggiungere una sezione " +"che \n" +"carica e avvia un settore di boot di una partizione del disco. Questa " +"opzione si utilizza per\n" "avviare altri sistemi operativi." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selezionare Sezione menu per aggiungere una sezione che \n" -"carica un file di configurazione (la lista delle sezioni di boot) da una partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" +"carica un file di configurazione (la lista delle sezioni di boot) da una " +"partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" "avviare altri sistemi operativi." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Sequenza dei dischi fissi: %1" @@ -1086,8 +1180,11 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il boot loader." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il " +"boot loader." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1111,7 +1208,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "La partizione del boot loader persona&lizzata %s scelta non è più disponibile." +msgstr "" +"La partizione del boot loader persona&lizzata %s scelta non è più " +"disponibile." #. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and #. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't @@ -1159,50 +1258,83 @@ msgstr "&Avvio" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Nessun boot loader è stato selezionato per l'installazione. Potrebbe essere impossibile avviare il sistema." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Nessun boot loader è stato selezionato per l'installazione. Potrebbe essere " +"impossibile avviare il sistema." #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il boot loader" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il " +"boot loader" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installa codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">non installare</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installa codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">non " +"installare</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Non installare codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installa</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Non installare codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" +"\">installa</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installa codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">non installare</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installa codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">non installare</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Non installare codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installa</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Non installare codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_boot\">installa</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installa codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">non installare</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installa codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" +"\">non installare</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Non installare codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installa</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Non installare codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_root\">installa</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Attenzione: non è stata scelta l'ubicazione per il stage1 del boot loader. A meno che non si sappia cosa si sta facendo, selezionare l'ubicazione." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Attenzione: non è stata scelta l'ubicazione per il stage1 del boot loader. A " +"meno che non si sappia cosa si sta facendo, selezionare l'ubicazione." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1834 #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Cambia ubicazione: %s" @@ -1212,24 +1344,24 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo di boot loader: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (estesa)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1834 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Stato ubicazione: %1" @@ -1245,109 +1377,156 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Combinazione non supportata di piattaforma hardware %1 e boot loader %2" +msgstr "" +"Combinazione non supportata di piattaforma hardware %1 e boot loader %2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Il boot da MBR non funziona con il file system btrfs e l'etichetta del disco GPT senza una partizione bios_grub. Per correggere questo problema, creare la partizione bios_grub oppure usare un file system ext per la partizione di boot o non installare il stage 1 nell'MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Il boot da MBR non funziona con il file system btrfs e l'etichetta del disco " +"GPT senza una partizione bios_grub. Per correggere questo problema, creare " +"la partizione bios_grub oppure usare un file system ext per la partizione di " +"boot o non installare il stage 1 nell'MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Il dispositivo di boot è su un raid di tipo: %1. Il sistema non si avvierà." +msgstr "" +"Il dispositivo di boot è su un raid di tipo: %1. Il sistema non si avvierà." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Il dispositivo di boot è su un RAID1 software. Selezionare un'altra ubicazione per il boot loader, ad esempio l'MBR" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Il dispositivo di boot è su un RAID1 software. Selezionare un'altra " +"ubicazione per il boot loader, ad esempio l'MBR" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Manca una partizione ext per fare il boot. Impossibile installare il codice di boot." +msgstr "" +"Manca una partizione ext per fare il boot. Impossibile installare il codice " +"di boot." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"Il flag di attivazione non è impostato dall'installatore. Se non è impostato " +"in nessun modo, alcuni BIOS potrebbero rifiutarsi di fare il boot." + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" +"L'installatore non modificherà l'MBR del disto. A meno che non contenga già " +"del codice di boot, il BIOS non sarà in grado di fare il boot dal disco." + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Verifica del boot loader" # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2291 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Lettura partizionamento" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Caricamento delle impostazioni del boot loader" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Verifica del boot loader in corso ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Lettura delle partizioni in corso..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Caricamento delle impostazioni del boot loader in corso..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inizializzazione configurazione boot loader" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Creazione di initrd" # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:921 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Salvataggio dei file di configurazione del boot loader" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Installazione del boot loader" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creazione di initrd in corso..." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:921 #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Salvataggio dei file di configurazione del boot loader in corso..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Installazione del boot loader in corso..." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:914 #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Salvataggio configurazione boot loader" -#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "Parametro failsafe della riga di comando del kernel consente di definire parametri per il failsafe da passare al kernel." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " +#~ "create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Distributore specifica il nome del distributore del kernel " +#~ "usato per creare il nome della voce di boot." +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr "&Distributore" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parametro failsafe della riga di comando del kernel consente di " +#~ "definire parametri per il failsafe da passare al kernel." + #~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" #~ msgstr "&Parametro failsafe della riga di comando del kernel" @@ -1367,7 +1546,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Impossibile trovare la sezione %1." #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "Aggiungi opzione è disponibile sono nella modalità interattiva a riga di comando" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aggiungi opzione è disponibile sono nella modalità interattiva a riga di " +#~ "comando" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Va specificato il nome della sezione." @@ -1379,17 +1560,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Menu di boot" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utilizza grub fidato significa installare un grub fidato e utilizzarlo. L'opzione File menu grafico verrà ignorata.\n" +#~ "Utilizza grub fidato significa installare un grub fidato e " +#~ "utilizzarlo. L'opzione File menu grafico verrà ignorata.\n" #~ "È consigliabile installare il grub nell'MBR" -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "File menu grafico definisce il file da utilizzare per il menu di boot grafico." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "File menu grafico definisce il file da utilizzare per il menu " +#~ "di boot grafico." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -#~ msgstr "Abilita segnali acustici abilita/disabilita i segnali acustici." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abilita segnali acustici abilita/disabilita i segnali acustici." +#~ "" #~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" #~ msgstr "Utilizza Grub &fidato" @@ -1534,7 +1723,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "- Su un Dischetto.\n" -#~ "Utilizzare questa posizione per evitare il rischio di interferenze con un \n" +#~ "Utilizzare questa posizione per evitare il rischio di interferenze con " +#~ "un \n" #~ "sistema di boot già presente. Per utilizzare questa opzione attivare \n" #~ "l'avvio da dischetto nel BIOS del computer." @@ -1562,8 +1752,10 @@ #~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le impostazioni del disco sono cambiate e si sono modificati i file di configurazione\n" -#~ "del boot loader manualmente. Controllare le impostazioni del boot loader.\n" +#~ "Le impostazioni del disco sono cambiate e si sono modificati i file di " +#~ "configurazione\n" +#~ "del boot loader manualmente. Controllare le impostazioni del boot " +#~ "loader.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "Non creare alcun file system" @@ -1605,50 +1797,87 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Sezione immagine" -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "Immagine kernel definisce il kernel da avviare. Immettere direttamente il nome oppure selezionarlo con Sfoglia." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Immagine kernel definisce il kernel da avviare. Immettere " +#~ "direttamente il nome oppure selezionarlo con Sfoglia." -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "Dispositivo radice consente di impostare il dispositivo da passare al kernel come radice." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dispositivo radice consente di impostare il dispositivo da " +#~ "passare al kernel come radice." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se non è vuoto, Disco RAM iniziale definisce il disco RAM iniziale da usare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il\n" +#~ "Se non è vuoto, Disco RAM iniziale definisce il disco RAM " +#~ "iniziale da usare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il\n" #~ "nome file oppure selezionarlo utilizzando Sfoglia.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Selezionare Sezione chainloader per definire una sezione da utilizzare per l'avvio di un sistema operativo diverso da Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione chainloader per definire una sezione da " +#~ "utilizzare per l'avvio di un sistema operativo diverso da Linux." -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Impostare Usa protezione password per richiedere una password per la selezione di questa sezione." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impostare Usa protezione password per richiedere una password " +#~ "per la selezione di questa sezione." -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "Altro sistema consente di scegliere uno dei sistemi operativi non Linux disponibili sul computer." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Altro sistema consente di scegliere uno dei sistemi operativi " +#~ "non Linux disponibili sul computer." -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Selezionare Attiva questa partizione quando selezionata per l'avvio se il BIOS necessita dell'impostazione di questo flag per avviare il sistema" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare Attiva questa partizione quando selezionata per " +#~ "l'avvio se il BIOS necessita dell'impostazione di questo flag per " +#~ "avviare il sistema" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Offset blocco per chainload consente di specificare l'elenco di blocchi da avviare. Nella maggior parte dei casi è consigliabile\n" -#~ "specificare <code>+1</code>. Per le specifiche sulla notazione di un elenco di blocchi, vedere la documentazione di grub.\n" +#~ "Offset blocco per chainload consente di specificare l'elenco di " +#~ "blocchi da avviare. Nella maggior parte dei casi è consigliabile\n" +#~ "specificare <code>+1</code>. Per le specifiche sulla notazione di un " +#~ "elenco di blocchi, vedere la documentazione di grub.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine \n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o " +#~ "un'altra immagine \n" #~ "e avviarlo in ambiente Xen.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." #~ msgstr "Hypervisor specifica l'Hypervisor da utilizzare." -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Parametri aggiuntivi di Xen Hypervisor consente di definire parametri aggiuntivi da passare a xen hypervisor." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parametri aggiuntivi di Xen Hypervisor consente di definire " +#~ "parametri aggiuntivi da passare a xen hypervisor." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:510-1 @@ -1660,17 +1889,27 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partizione del file di menu" -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "File di descrizione del menu specifica il percorso sul dispositivo radice da cui viene letto il file menu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "File di descrizione del menu specifica il percorso sul " +#~ "dispositivo radice da cui viene letto il file menu." -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Mappa sezione nel primo disco dalla mappa dei dispositivi Di solito Windows deve trovarsi sul primo disco." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mappa sezione nel primo disco dalla mappa dei dispositivi Di " +#~ "solito Windows deve trovarsi sul primo disco." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Misure include i file misurati con PCR. È possibile modificare la tabella attraverso i pulsanti: Aggiungi, \n" +#~ "Misure include i file misurati con PCR. È possibile modificare " +#~ "la tabella attraverso i pulsanti: Aggiungi, \n" #~ "Modifica e Elimina" #~ msgid "" @@ -1689,25 +1928,33 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione di dump per aggiungere una sezione che specifichi la modalità di\n" -#~ "creazione di un dump di sistema in una partizione del disco DASD, un dispositivo a nastro oppure in un\n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione di dump per aggiungere una sezione che " +#~ "specifichi la modalità di\n" +#~ "creazione di un dump di sistema in una partizione del disco DASD, un " +#~ "dispositivo a nastro oppure in un\n" #~ " file di una partizione del disco SCSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione menu per aggiungere un nuovo menu alla configurazione.\n" -#~ "Le sezioni menu rappresentano un elenco di attività raggruppate insieme.\n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione menu per aggiungere un nuovo menu alla " +#~ "configurazione.\n" +#~ "Le sezioni menu rappresentano un elenco di attività raggruppate insieme.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Abilita SELinux per aggiungere i parametri di boot del kernel necessari per abilitare l'infrastruttura di sicurezza SELinux.\n" +#~ "Selezionare Abilita SELinux per aggiungere i parametri di boot " +#~ "del kernel necessari per abilitare l'infrastruttura di sicurezza " +#~ "SELinux.\n" #~ "Notare che questo disabiliterà AppArmor." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1854,22 +2101,37 @@ #~ msgstr "Sezioni: %1" #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -#~ msgstr "Non installare il boot loader; crea solamente i file di configurazione" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Non installare il boot loader; crea solamente i file di configurazione" #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Proponi e &unisci con menu di GRUB esistenti" -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "Il numero di partizione > 3 è in uso per l'avvio con la tabella delle partizioni GPT" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il numero di partizione > 3 è in uso per l'avvio con la tabella delle " +#~ "partizioni GPT" -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "YaST non può determinare l'esatto ordine di boot dei dischi richiesti per la mappa dei dispositivi. Controllare e possibilmente adattare ordine di boot dei dischi in \"Dettagli installazione boot loader\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST non può determinare l'esatto ordine di boot dei dischi richiesti per " +#~ "la mappa dei dispositivi. Controllare e possibilmente adattare ordine di " +#~ "boot dei dischi in \"Dettagli installazione boot loader\"" #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Parametri aggiunti al kernel: %1" -#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "Non è stato possibile determinare l'esatto ordine di dischi per la mappa dei dispositivi. L'ordine dei dischi può essere modificato in \"Dettagli installazione boot loader\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " +#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Non è stato possibile determinare l'esatto ordine di dischi per la mappa " +#~ "dei dispositivi. L'ordine dei dischi può essere modificato in \"Dettagli " +#~ "installazione boot loader\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -1917,39 +2179,65 @@ #~ msgstr "Diagnostica _produttore" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "Il dispositivo di boot è su un disco iSCSI: %1. Il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il dispositivo di boot è su un disco iSCSI: %1. Il sistema potrebbe non " +#~ "avviarsi." -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "Il boot loader è installato in una partizione che non è completamente contenuta in %1 GB. Il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi se il BIOS supporta solamente lba24 (il risultato è un errore 18 durante l'installazione dell'MBR di grub)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il boot loader è installato in una partizione che non è completamente " +#~ "contenuta in %1 GB. Il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi se il BIOS supporta " +#~ "solamente lba24 (il risultato è un errore 18 durante l'installazione " +#~ "dell'MBR di grub)" #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare. \n" -#~ "La mappa dei dispositivi include più di 8 dispositivi e il dispositivo di boot è fuori dal limite.\n" -#~ "L'intervallo è limitato dal BIOS ai primi 8 dispositivi. Adattare l'ordine di boot nel BIOS (o se già impostato, sistemare l'ordine nella configurazione del boot loader)" +#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare." +#~ " \n" +#~ "La mappa dei dispositivi include più di 8 dispositivi e il dispositivo di " +#~ "boot è fuori dal limite.\n" +#~ "L'intervallo è limitato dal BIOS ai primi 8 dispositivi. Adattare " +#~ "l'ordine di boot nel BIOS (o se già impostato, sistemare l'ordine nella " +#~ "configurazione del boot loader)" #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO non è supportato." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "Il percorso di boot selezionato non verrà attivato per l'installazione. Il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il percorso di boot selezionato non verrà attivato per l'installazione. " +#~ "Il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare. \n" -#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere necessario creare una piccola partizione primaria Apple HFS." +#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare." +#~ " \n" +#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere " +#~ "necessario creare una piccola partizione primaria Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare. \n" -#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere necessario creare una partizione di boot PReP." +#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare." +#~ " \n" +#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere " +#~ "necessario creare una partizione di boot PReP." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Tieni &LILO" @@ -1957,7 +2245,9 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converti impostazioni e installa &GRUB" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" #~ msgstr "LILO non è supportato. Si consiglia di convertire LILO in GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" @@ -1992,54 +2282,72 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposta il livello di dettaglio [0-5] Aumenta il dettaglio di ELILO\n" +#~ "Imposta il livello di dettaglio [0-5] Aumenta il dettaglio " +#~ "di ELILO\n" #~ "in caso di problemi durante l'avvio." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di comando del kernel \n" -#~ "Consente di definire i parametri globali aggiuntivi da passare al kernel. Questi vengono utilizzati\n" +#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di " +#~ "comando del kernel \n" +#~ "Consente di definire i parametri globali aggiuntivi da passare al kernel. " +#~ "Questi vengono utilizzati\n" #~ "se non è presente 'append' in una sezione specificata.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il disco ram\n" -#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" +#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "disco ram\n" +#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del " +#~ "file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" #~ "Sfoglia\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il file immagine\n" -#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file direttamente oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" +#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "file immagine\n" +#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file direttamente " +#~ "oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" #~ "Sfoglia" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Specifica l'interfaccia utente per ELILO ('simple' o 'textmenu') \n" -#~ "Attenzione: 'textmenu' ha provocato a volte problemi in alcuni computer." +#~ "Specifica l'interfaccia utente per ELILO ('simple' o 'textmenu')</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Attenzione: 'textmenu' ha provocato a volte problemi in alcuni computer.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Previeni modalità EDD30 \n" -#~ "Di norma, se EDD30 è disattivato, ELILO proverà a impostare la variabile a TRUE.\n" -#~ "Tuttavia, alcuni controller non supportano EDD30 e l'utilizzo forzato della variabile\n" -#~ "può causare problemi. Pertanto, come per elilo-3.2, è presente un'opzione per \n" +#~ "Di norma, se EDD30 è disattivato, ELILO proverà a impostare la variabile " +#~ "a TRUE.\n" +#~ "Tuttavia, alcuni controller non supportano EDD30 e l'utilizzo forzato " +#~ "della variabile\n" +#~ "può causare problemi. Pertanto, come per elilo-3.2, è presente un'opzione " +#~ "per \n" #~ "evitare di forzare la variabile.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2049,8 +2357,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Consenti tentativo di riposizionamento \n" -#~ "In caso di errore di allocazione della memoria nel punto di caricamento iniziale del\n" -#~ "kernel, consente di provare a riposizionare (purché il kernel sia riposizionabile).\n" +#~ "In caso di errore di allocazione della memoria nel punto di caricamento " +#~ "iniziale del\n" +#~ "kernel, consente di provare a riposizionare (purché il kernel sia " +#~ "riposizionabile).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2101,8 +2411,10 @@ #~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Messaggio visualizzato nella schermata principale (se supportato)\n" -#~ "un messaggio che viene visualizzato nella schermata principale se questo è\n" +#~ "Messaggio visualizzato nella schermata principale (se supportato)</" +#~ "b>\n" +#~ "un messaggio che viene visualizzato nella schermata principale se questo " +#~ "è\n" #~ "supportato dal selettore." #~ msgid "" @@ -2119,8 +2431,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicazione immagine di boot" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Ritardo di attesa, in secondi, prima dell'avvio automatico (utilizzato se non in modalità interattiva)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ritardo di attesa, in secondi, prima dell'avvio automatico (utilizzato se " +#~ "non in modalità interattiva)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Forza modalità interattiva" @@ -2187,10 +2503,15 @@ #~ msgstr "&Forza il montaggio del file system radice in sola lettura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "Specifica l'interfaccia utente per &ELILO (\"simple\" o \"textmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Specifica l'interfaccia utente per &ELILO (\"simple\" o \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Ritardo di attesa, in secondi, prima dell'avvio automatico (utilizzato se non in modalità interattiva)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Ritardo di attesa, in secondi, prima dell'avvio automatico (utilizzato " +#~ "se non in modalità interattiva)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Visualizza il contenuto di un file tramite tasti &funzione" @@ -2232,7 +2553,8 @@ #~ "Ubicazione avvio\n" #~ "Questa è il numero di partizione della partizione di boot. Su un\n" #~ "PowerMac deve essere nel formato HFS in quanto viene usato hfsutils\n" -#~ "per copiare i file in tale partizione. Su CHRP si necessita di una partizione\n" +#~ "per copiare i file in tale partizione. Su CHRP si necessita di una " +#~ "partizione\n" #~ "di boot PReP 41, /boot/second del pacchetto quik viene memorizzato lì" #~ msgid "" @@ -2245,30 +2567,41 @@ #~ "questa cartella sarà contrassegnata come avviabile." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di comando del kernel \n" -#~ "Consente di definire i parametri aggiuntivi globali da passare al kernel. Questi vengono utilizzati\n" +#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di " +#~ "comando del kernel \n" +#~ "Consente di definire i parametri aggiuntivi globali da passare al kernel. " +#~ "Questi vengono utilizzati\n" #~ "se non è presente 'append' in una sezione specificata.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il disco ram\n" -#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" +#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "disco ram\n" +#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del " +#~ "file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" #~ "Sfoglia\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il file immagine\n" -#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file direttamente oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" +#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "file immagine\n" +#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file direttamente " +#~ "oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" #~ "Sfoglia" #~ msgid "" @@ -2282,65 +2615,84 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partizione per duplicazione del boot loader\n" -#~ "specifica gli altri nodi dei dispositivi Linux dove l'informazione di boot deve essere memorizzata.\n" -#~ "Se viene fornita questa opzione, la partizione di boot verrà convertita in FAT.\n" -#~ "Lo scopo di questa opzione è di scrivere i file di boot in tutti i membri di un sistema RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "specifica gli altri nodi dei dispositivi Linux dove l'informazione di " +#~ "boot deve essere memorizzata.\n" +#~ "Se viene fornita questa opzione, la partizione di boot verrà convertita " +#~ "in FAT.\n" +#~ "Lo scopo di questa opzione è di scrivere i file di boot in tutti i membri " +#~ "di un sistema RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modifica dispositivo di boot in NV-RAM\n" -#~ "questa opzione informerà lilo di aggiornare la variabile \"boot-device\" di\n" -#~ "OpenFirmware con il percorso completo OpenFirmware che punta al dispositivo specificato in\n" +#~ "questa opzione informerà lilo di aggiornare la variabile \"boot-device\" " +#~ "di\n" +#~ "OpenFirmware con il percorso completo OpenFirmware che punta al " +#~ "dispositivo specificato in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Se questa opzione manca, il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non utilizzare OS-chooser\n" -#~ "informerà lilo di usare yaboot come file di boot invece di uno script Forth chiamato \"os-chooser\".\n" -#~ "Il driver OpenFirmware nelle schede grafiche nVidia come distribuite con i sistemi Apple G5\n" +#~ "informerà lilo di usare yaboot come file di boot invece di uno script " +#~ "Forth chiamato \"os-chooser\".\n" +#~ "Il driver OpenFirmware nelle schede grafiche nVidia come distribuite con " +#~ "i sistemi Apple G5\n" #~ "andrà in crash se non è collegato un monitor." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Timeout in secondi per MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Contiene il timeout in secondi tra MacOS/Linux fino all'avvio automatico di Linux\n" +#~ "Contiene il timeout in secondi tra MacOS/Linux fino all'avvio automatico " +#~ "di Linux\n" #~ "se non viene premuto un tasto per avviare MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avvia sempre da partizione FAT\n" -#~ "Di solito lo script lilo dovrebbe selezionare automaticamente il formato della partizione di boot\n" -#~ "in modo che sia una partizione di boot PReP oppure un file system formattato FAT per configurazioni\n" +#~ "Di solito lo script lilo dovrebbe selezionare automaticamente il formato " +#~ "della partizione di boot\n" +#~ "in modo che sia una partizione di boot PReP oppure un file system " +#~ "formattato FAT per configurazioni\n" #~ "più complesse. Questa opzione forza lo script lilo a usare\n" #~ "il file system formattato FAT" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Installa il boot loader anche in caso di errori\n" #~ "Installa il boot loader anche se non si è sicuri se il firmware contiene\n" -#~ "bug così che il prossimo avvio fallirà. Il risultato è una configurazione non supportata." +#~ "bug così che il prossimo avvio fallirà. Il risultato è una configurazione " +#~ "non supportata." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicazione boot loader PPC" @@ -2467,7 +2819,8 @@ #~ "booting, your computer will not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il boot loader che si è selezionato non supporta l'architettura di boot EFI.\n" +#~ "Il boot loader che si è selezionato non supporta l'architettura di boot " +#~ "EFI.\n" #~ "Se il firmware non supporta il boot \n" #~ "obsoleto, il computer non verrà avviato." @@ -2516,7 +2869,8 @@ #~ "opzioni da impostare." #~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive. The system will now be rebooted." -#~ msgstr "Lasciare il dischetto nel lettore. Il sistema verrà riavviato adesso." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lasciare il dischetto nel lettore. Il sistema verrà riavviato adesso." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1093 @@ -2559,14 +2913,17 @@ #~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il sistema non è stato avviato attraverso il firmware EFI. Per avviare il\n" +#~ "Il sistema non è stato avviato attraverso il firmware EFI. Per avviare " +#~ "il\n" #~ "computer è necessario caricare ELILO attraverso la shell EFI." #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "Il boot loader LILO non è supportato" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "La directory /boot è su un file system XFS. Il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La directory /boot è su un file system XFS. Il sistema potrebbe non " +#~ "avviarsi." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:921 @@ -2607,7 +2964,9 @@ #~| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" #~| "For details, read the related chapter \n" #~| "in the documentation. \n" -#~ msgid "\\nYour system will now shut down.%1%2\\nFor details, read the related chapter \\nin the documentation. \\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYour system will now shut down.%1%2\\nFor details, read the related " +#~ "chapter \\nin the documentation. \\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il sistema verrà arrestato.%1%2\n" @@ -2619,7 +2978,9 @@ #~| "The system will reboot now.\n" #~| "After reboot, reconnect and run the following:\n" #~| "%1" -#~ msgid "The system will reboot now.\\nAfter reboot, reconnect and run the following:\\n%1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The system will reboot now.\\nAfter reboot, reconnect and run the " +#~ "following:\\n%1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il sistema verrà ora riavviato.\n" #~ "Dopo il riavvio, riconnettersi ed eseguire:\n" @@ -2628,96 +2989,157 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~| "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~| "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" -#~ msgid "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \\nThe device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\\nThe range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~| "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out " +#~| "of range.\n" +#~| "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~| "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~| "configuration)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \\nThe " +#~ "device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\\nThe range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS " +#~ "boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare. \n" -#~ "La mappa dei dispositivi include più di 8 dispositivi e il dispositivo di avvio è fuori dal limite.\n" -#~ "L'intervallo è limitato dal BIOS ai primi 8 dispositivi. Adattare l'ordine di boot nel BIOS (o se già impostato, sistemare l'ordine nella configurazione del boot loader)" +#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare." +#~ " \n" +#~ "La mappa dei dispositivi include più di 8 dispositivi e il dispositivo di " +#~ "avvio è fuori dal limite.\n" +#~ "L'intervallo è limitato dal BIOS ai primi 8 dispositivi. Adattare " +#~ "l'ordine di boot nel BIOS (o se già impostato, sistemare l'ordine nella " +#~ "configurazione del boot loader)" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." -#~ msgid "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \\nIn case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~| "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \\nIn case " +#~ "that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small " +#~ "primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare. \n" -#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere necessario creare una piccola partizione primaria Apple HFS." +#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare." +#~ " \n" +#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere " +#~ "necessario creare una piccola partizione primaria Apple HFS." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." -#~ msgid "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \\nIn case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~| "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~| "PReP Boot partition." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \\nIn case " +#~ "that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot " +#~ "partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare. \n" -#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere necessario creare una partizione di avvio PReP." +#~ "Configurare un'ubicazione valida per il boot loader prima di continuare." +#~ " \n" +#~ "In caso non fosse possibile eseguire una selezione, potrebbe essere " +#~ "necessario creare una partizione di avvio PReP." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~| "in case of boot problems." -#~ msgid "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\\nin case of boot problems." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO" +#~ "\\nin case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposta il livello di dettaglio [0-5] Aumenta il dettaglio di ELILO\n" +#~ "Imposta il livello di dettaglio [0-5] Aumenta il dettaglio " +#~ "di ELILO\n" #~ "in caso di problemi di avvio." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~| "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~| "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~| "b> \n" +#~| "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. " +#~| "These are\n" #~| "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" -#~ msgid "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the " +#~ "kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di comando del kernel \n" -#~ "Consente di definire i parametri globali aggiuntivi da passare al kernel. Questi vengono utilizzati\n" +#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di " +#~ "comando del kernel \n" +#~ "Consente di definire i parametri globali aggiuntivi da passare al kernel. " +#~ "Questi vengono utilizzati\n" #~ "se non è presente 'append' in una sezione specificata.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~| "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~| "initial\n" +#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose " +#~| "by using\n" #~| "Browse\n" -#~ msgid "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\nBrowse\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or " +#~ "choose by using\\nBrowse\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il disco ram\n" -#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" +#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "disco ram\n" +#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del " +#~ "file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" #~ "Sfoglia\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~| "using\n" #~| "Browse" -#~ msgid "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\nBrowse" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image" +#~ "\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\\nBrowse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il file immagine\n" -#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del file oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" +#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "file immagine\n" +#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del file " +#~ "oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" #~ "Sfoglia" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~| "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." -#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \\nBeware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') " +#~ "\\nBeware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Specifica l'interfaccia utente per ELILO ('simple' o 'textmenu') \n" -#~ "Attenzione: 'textmenu' ha provocato a volte problemi in alcuni computer." +#~ "Specifica l'interfaccia utente per ELILO ('simple' o 'textmenu')</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Attenzione: 'textmenu' ha provocato a volte problemi in alcuni computer.</" +#~ "p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~| "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~| "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~| "TRUE.\n" #~| "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~| "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~| "avoid forcing the variable.\n" -#~ msgid "Prevent EDD30 mode \\nBy default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\\nHowever, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\\nmay cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \\navoid forcing the variable.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \\nBy default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO " +#~ "will try and set the variable to TRUE.\\nHowever, some controllers do not " +#~ "support EDD30 and forcing the variable\\nmay cause problems. Therefore, " +#~ "as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \\navoid forcing the variable." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Previeni modalità EDD30 \n" -#~ "Di norma, se EDD30 è disattivato, ELILO proverà a impostare la variabile a TRUE.\n" -#~ "Tuttavia, alcuni controller non supportano EDD30 e l'utilizzo forzato della variabile\n" -#~ "può causare problemi. Pertanto, come per elilo-3.2, è presente un'opzione per \n" +#~ "Di norma, se EDD30 è disattivato, ELILO proverà a impostare la variabile " +#~ "a TRUE.\n" +#~ "Tuttavia, alcuni controller non supportano EDD30 e l'utilizzo forzato " +#~ "della variabile\n" +#~ "può causare problemi. Pertanto, come per elilo-3.2, è presente un'opzione " +#~ "per \n" #~ "evitare di forzare la variabile.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2726,18 +3148,25 @@ #~| "In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n" #~| "kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate \\nIn case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\\nkernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Allow attempt to relocate \\nIn case of memory allocation " +#~ "error at initial load point of\\nkernel, allow attempt to relocate " +#~ "(assume this kernel is relocatable).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Consenti tentativo di riposizionamento \n" -#~ "In caso di errore di allocazione della memoria nel punto di caricamento iniziale del\n" -#~ "kernel, consente di provare a riposizionare (purché il kernel sia riposizionabile).\n" +#~ "In caso di errore di allocazione della memoria nel punto di caricamento " +#~ "iniziale del\n" +#~ "kernel, consente di provare a riposizionare (purché il kernel sia " +#~ "riposizionabile).\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Force Interactive Mode\n" #~| "Force interactive mode during booting" -#~ msgid "Force Interactive Mode\\nForce interactive mode during booting" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Force Interactive Mode\\nForce interactive mode during booting</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Forza modalità interattiva\n" #~ "Forza la modalità interattiva durante l'avvio" @@ -2746,7 +3175,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Set Default Root Filesystem\n" #~| "Set global root filesystem for Linux/ia64" -#~ msgid "Set Default Root Filesystem\\nSet global root filesystem for Linux/ia64" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set Default Root Filesystem\\nSet global root filesystem for " +#~ "Linux/ia64" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Imposta file system radice predefinito\n" #~ "Imposta il file system radice globale per Linux/ia64" @@ -2755,7 +3186,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Set the User Interface for ELILO\n" #~| "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" -#~ msgid "Set the User Interface for ELILO\\nSpecify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the User Interface for ELILO\\nSpecify kernel chooser to " +#~ "use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Imposta l'interfaccia utente per ELILO\n" #~ "Specifica il selettore del kernel da usare: \"simple\" o \"textmenu\"" @@ -2767,7 +3200,11 @@ #~| "display the content of a file when a certain function\n" #~| "key X is pressed. X can vary from 1-12 to cover\n" #~| "function keys F1 to F12" -#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\\nSome choosers may take advantage of this option to\\ndisplay the content of a file when a certain function\\nkey X is pressed. X can vary from 1-12 to cover\\nfunction keys F1 to F12" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\\nSome choosers " +#~ "may take advantage of this option to\\ndisplay the content of a file when " +#~ "a certain function\\nkey X is pressed. X can vary from 1-12 to cover" +#~ "\\nfunction keys F1 to F12" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Visualizza il contenuto di un file tramite tasti funzione\n" #~ "Alcuni selettori possono avere dei vantaggi da questa opzione\n" @@ -2780,7 +3217,10 @@ #~| "Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load\n" #~| "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load.\n" #~| "If this option is used then no other file will be tried." -#~ msgid "Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load\\nSpecify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load.\\nIf this option is used then no other file will be tried." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load\\nSpecify the " +#~ "filename for a specific FPSWA to load.\\nIf this option is used then no " +#~ "other file will be tried." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Specifica il nome del file per un FPSWA specifico da caricare\n" #~ "Specifica il nome del file per un FPSWA specifico da caricare.\n" @@ -2791,10 +3231,14 @@ #~| "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\n" #~| "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~| "the chooser." -#~ msgid "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\\nA message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\\nthe chooser." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\\nA message that " +#~ "is printed on the main screen if supported by\\nthe chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Messaggio visualizzato nella schermata principale (se supportato)\n" -#~ "un messaggio che viene visualizzato nella schermata principale se questo è\n" +#~ "Messaggio visualizzato nella schermata principale (se supportato)</" +#~ "b>\n" +#~ "un messaggio che viene visualizzato nella schermata principale se questo " +#~ "è\n" #~ "supportato dal selettore." #, fuzzy @@ -2803,7 +3247,10 @@ #~| "The number of 10th of seconds to wait before\n" #~| "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~| "Default is 0" -#~ msgid "Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds\\nThe number of 10th of seconds to wait before\\nauto booting when not in interactive mode.\\nDefault is 0" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds\\nThe number of " +#~ "10th of seconds to wait before\\nauto booting when not in interactive " +#~ "mode.\\nDefault is 0" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ritardo di attesa, in secondi, prima dell'avvio automatico\n" #~ "Il numero di decimi di secondi da aspettare prima\n" @@ -2813,24 +3260,38 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -#~| "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -#~| "boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +#~| "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic " +#~| "MBR code will then\n" +#~| "boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be " +#~| "active even\n" #~| "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." -#~ msgid "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \\nTo activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\\nboot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\\nif the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \\nTo " +#~ "activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +#~ "code will then\\nboot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one " +#~ "partition to be active even\\nif the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di avvio \n" -#~ "Per attivare la partizione che contiene il boot loader. Il codice MBR generico avvierà\n" -#~ "la partizione attiva. Per i BIOS più vecchi è necessario attivare una partizione \n" +#~ "Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la " +#~ "partizione di avvio \n" +#~ "Per attivare la partizione che contiene il boot loader. Il codice MBR " +#~ "generico avvierà\n" +#~ "la partizione attiva. Per i BIOS più vecchi è necessario attivare una " +#~ "partizione \n" #~ "anche se il boot loader è installato nell'MBR." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Timeout in Seconds \n" -#~| "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" -#~ msgid "Timeout in Seconds \\nSpecifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\\n" +#~| "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +#~| "loaded.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Timeout in Seconds \\nSpecifies the time the bootloader will " +#~ "wait until the default kernel is loaded.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Timeout in secondi \n" -#~ "Specifica il tempo di attesa del boot loader prima che il kernel predefinito venga caricato.\n" +#~ "Specifica il tempo di attesa del boot loader prima che il kernel " +#~ "predefinito venga caricato.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2840,117 +3301,193 @@ #~| "key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" #~| "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" #~| "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" -#~ msgid " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\\nthe default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\\nwait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\\nkey is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\\nboot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\\nusing the Up and Down buttons.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as" +#~ "\\nthe default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and" +#~ "\\nwait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\\nkey is " +#~ "pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\\nboot. The " +#~ "order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\\nusing the " +#~ "Up and Down buttons.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " Selezionare Imposta come predefinita per contrassegnare la sezione\n" -#~ "selezionata come predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader visualizzerà un\n" -#~ "menu di avvio e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o il sistema operativo da avviare. Se non\n" +#~ " Selezionare Imposta come predefinita per contrassegnare la " +#~ "sezione\n" +#~ "selezionata come predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader visualizzerà " +#~ "un\n" +#~ "menu di avvio e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o il sistema " +#~ "operativo da avviare. Se non\n" #~ "viene premuto alcun tasto prima del timeout,\n" -#~ "verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle sezioni del menu del\n" -#~ "boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù.\n" +#~ "verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine " +#~ "delle sezioni del menu del\n" +#~ "boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e " +#~ "Giù.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +#~| "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record " +#~| "of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" #~| "boots the active partition)." -#~ msgid "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\\nboots the active partition)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record " +#~ "of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\\nboots the " +#~ "active partition)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Scrivi codice di avvio generico su MBR</big> sostituisce il record di avvio principale del disco con il codice generico (codice indipendente dal sistema operativo che\n" +#~ "<big>Scrivi codice di avvio generico su MBR</big> " +#~ "sostituisce il record di avvio principale del disco con il codice " +#~ "generico (codice indipendente dal sistema operativo che\n" #~ "avvia la partizione attiva)." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +#~| "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, " +#~| "the other is\n" #~| "Boot from Root Partition." -#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\\nBoot from Root Partition." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +#~ "other is\\nBoot from Root Partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avvia da partizione di avvio rappresenta una delle opzioni consigliate, l'altra è\n" +#~ "Avvia da partizione di avvio rappresenta una delle opzioni " +#~ "consigliate, l'altra è\n" #~ "Avvia da partizione radice." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # fuzzy #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~| "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~| "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~| "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" -#~ msgid "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\\nIt is recommended to install grub to MBR" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\\nIt is recommended to " +#~ "install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utilizza grub fidato significa installare un grub fidato e utilizzarlo. L'opzione File menu grafico verrà ignorata.\n" +#~ "Utilizza grub fidato significa installare un grub fidato e " +#~ "utilizzarlo. L'opzione File menu grafico verrà ignorata.\n" #~ "È consigliabile installare il grub nell'MBR" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +#~| "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +#~| "another operating system\n" #~| "installed on your computer" -#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\\ninstalled on your computer" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +#~ "another operating system\\ninstalled on your computer" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avvia dal record di avvio principale è un'opzione sconsigliata se nel computer in uso è installato\n" +#~ "Avvia dal record di avvio principale è un'opzione sconsigliata " +#~ "se nel computer in uso è installato\n" #~ "un altro sistema operativo" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -#~| "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -#~| "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~| "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever " +#~| "there is a suitable\n" +#~| "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +#~| "Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +#~| "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that " +#~| "is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" #~| "to start this section." -#~ msgid "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\\npartition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\\nin Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\\nto start this section." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever " +#~ "there is a suitable\\npartition. Either select Set active Flag in " +#~ "Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to " +#~ "MBR\\nin Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record " +#~ "if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\\nto start this " +#~ "section." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avvia da partizione radice è un'opzione consigliata se esiste una partizione\n" -#~ "appropriata. Selezionare Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di avvio e Scrivi codice di avvio generico su MBR\n" -#~ "in Opzioni boot loader per aggiornare il record di avvio principale se [ necessario oppure configurare un altro gestore di avvio\n" +#~ "Avvia da partizione radice è un'opzione consigliata se esiste " +#~ "una partizione\n" +#~ "appropriata. Selezionare Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle " +#~ "partizioni per la partizione di avvio e Scrivi codice di avvio " +#~ "generico su MBR\n" +#~ "in Opzioni boot loader per aggiornare il record di avvio " +#~ "principale se [ necessario oppure configurare un altro gestore di avvio\n" #~ "per avviare questa sezione." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" +#~| "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array</" +#~| "b>\n" #~| "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." -#~ msgid "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\\nenable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array" +#~ "\\nenable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'array MD è costituito da due dischi. Abilita ridondanza per array MD\n" +#~ "L'array MD è costituito da due dischi. Abilita ridondanza per array " +#~ "MD\n" #~ "abilita la scrittura di GRUB nell'MBR di entrambi i dischi." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." -#~ msgid "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\\nfor a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." +#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info " +#~| "grub</code>) for details." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\\nfor " +#~ "a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" +#~ "code>) for details." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usa console seriale consente di definire i parametri da utilizzare\n" -#~ "per una console seriale. Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere la documentazione di grub (<code>info grub</code>)." +#~ "Usa console seriale consente di definire i parametri da " +#~ "utilizzare\n" +#~ "per una console seriale. Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere la " +#~ "documentazione di grub (<code>info grub</code>)." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Terminal Definition \n" -#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " +#~| "a serial console),\n" +#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass " +#~| "<code>console</code> to the\n" +#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#~| "which you\n" #~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -#~ msgid "Terminal Definition \\nDefines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\\nyou have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\\ncommand, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\\npress any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Terminal Definition \\nDefines the type of terminal you " +#~ "want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\\nyou have to " +#~ "specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the" +#~ "\\ncommand, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#~ "which you\\npress any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definizione terminale \n" -#~ "Definisce il tipo di terminale che si desidera utilizzare. Nel caso di un terminale seriale, ad esempio una console seriale,\n" -#~ "è necessario specificare <code>serial</code>. È inoltre possibile passare <code>console</code> al \n" -#~ "comando, come <code>serial console</code>. In questo caso, il terminale in cui si\n" +#~ "Definisce il tipo di terminale che si desidera utilizzare. Nel caso di un " +#~ "terminale seriale, ad esempio una console seriale,\n" +#~ "è necessario specificare <code>serial</code>. È inoltre possibile passare " +#~ "<code>console</code> al \n" +#~ "comando, come <code>serial console</code>. In questo caso, il terminale " +#~ "in cui si\n" #~ "preme un tasto verrà utilizzato come terminale GRUB." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -#~| "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." -#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\\nthat will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#~| "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +#~| "numbers\n" +#~| "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +#~ "numbers\\nthat will be used for booting in case the default section is " +#~ "unbootable." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sezioni di ricaduta in caso di errore in quello predefinito contiene un elenco di numeri di sezione \n" -#~ "che verrà utilizzato per l'avvio qualora la sezione predefinita non fosse avviabile." +#~ "Sezioni di ricaduta in caso di errore in quello predefinito " +#~ "contiene un elenco di numeri di sezione \n" +#~ "che verrà utilizzato per l'avvio qualora la sezione predefinita non fosse " +#~ "avviabile." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " +#~| "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~| "it in Retype Password." -#~ msgid "Protect Boot Loader with Password \\nDefine the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\\nit in Retype Password." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \\nDefine the password " +#~ "that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the " +#~ "password if you repeat\\nit in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Proteggi il boot loader con password \n" -#~ "Definisce la password che è necessario specificare per accedere al menu di avvio. In YaST la password viene accettata solo se viene ripetuta\n" +#~ "Definisce la password che è necessario specificare per accedere al menu " +#~ "di avvio. In YaST la password viene accettata solo se viene ripetuta\n" #~ "in Conferma password." #, fuzzy @@ -2960,10 +3497,15 @@ #~| "the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" #~| "To add a disk, push Add.\n" #~| "To remove a disk, push Remove." -#~ msgid "<big>Disks Order</big> \\nTo specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\\nthe Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\\nTo add a disk, push Add.\\nTo remove a disk, push Remove." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Disks Order</big> \\nTo specify the order of the disks " +#~ "according to the order in BIOS, use\\nthe Up and Down " +#~ "buttons to reorder the disks.\\nTo add a disk, push Add.\\nTo " +#~ "remove a disk, push Remove." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ordine dischi</big> \n" -#~ "Per specificare l'ordine dei dischi in accordo con quello del BIOS, utilizzare i pulsanti\n" +#~ "Per specificare l'ordine dei dischi in accordo con quello del BIOS, " +#~ "utilizzare i pulsanti\n" #~ "Su e Giù per riordinare i dischi.\n" #~ "Per aggiungere un disco, premere Aggiungi.\n" #~ "Per rimuovere un disco, premere Rimuovi." @@ -2975,12 +3517,17 @@ #~| "PowerMac it must be in HFS format because we use the hfsutils to\n" #~| "copy the files to that partition. On CHRP you need a 41 PReP\n" #~| "boot partition, /boot/second from the quik package is stored there " -#~ msgid "Boot Location\\nThis is the partition number of your boot partition. On a\\nPowerMac it must be in HFS format because we use the hfsutils to\\ncopy the files to that partition. On CHRP you need a 41 PReP\\nboot partition, /boot/second from the quik package is stored there " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Location\\nThis is the partition number of your boot " +#~ "partition. On a\\nPowerMac it must be in HFS format because we use the " +#~ "hfsutils to\\ncopy the files to that partition. On CHRP you need a 41 PReP" +#~ "\\nboot partition, /boot/second from the quik package is stored there " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ubicazione avvio\n" #~ "Questa è il numero di partizione della partizione di avvio. Su un\n" #~ "PowerMac deve essere nel formato HFS in quanto viene usato hfsutils\n" -#~ "per copiare i file in tale partizione. Su CHRP si necessita di una partizione\n" +#~ "per copiare i file in tale partizione. Su CHRP si necessita di una " +#~ "partizione\n" #~ "di avvio PReP 41, /boot/second del pacchetto quik viene memorizzato lì" #, fuzzy @@ -2988,7 +3535,9 @@ #~| "Boot Folder Path\n" #~| "Only for Pmac. Folder that contains your boot stuff, this\n" #~| "folder will be blessed to mark it bootable." -#~ msgid "Boot Folder Path\\nOnly for Pmac. Folder that contains your boot stuff, this\\nfolder will be blessed to mark it bootable." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Folder Path\\nOnly for Pmac. Folder that contains your " +#~ "boot stuff, this\\nfolder will be blessed to mark it bootable." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Percorso cartella di avvio\n" #~ "Solo per Pmac. Cartella che contiene il materiale di boot,\n" @@ -2996,42 +3545,64 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~| "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~| "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~| "b> \n" +#~| "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. " +#~| "These are\n" #~| "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" -#~ msgid "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \\nLets you define additional global parameters to pass to the " +#~ "kernel. These are\\nused if no 'append' appears in a given section.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di comando del kernel \n" -#~ "Consente di definire i parametri aggiuntivi globali da passare al kernel. Questi vengono utilizzati\n" +#~ "Aggiungi stringa per opzioni globali da passare alla riga di " +#~ "comando del kernel \n" +#~ "Consente di definire i parametri aggiuntivi globali da passare al kernel. " +#~ "Questi vengono utilizzati\n" #~ "se non è presente 'append' in una sezione specificata.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~| "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~| "initial\n" +#~| "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose " +#~| "by using\n" #~| "Browse\n" -#~ msgid "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\nBrowse\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\\nramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or " +#~ "choose by using\\nBrowse\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il disco ram\n" -#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" +#~ "Nome del file initrd predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "disco ram\n" +#~ "iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il nome del " +#~ "file oppure sceglierlo utilizzando\n" #~ "Sfoglia\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~| "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~| "using\n" #~| "Browse" -#~ msgid "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\\nBrowse" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image" +#~ "\\nfile to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\\nBrowse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il file immagine\n" -#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file direttamente oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" +#~ "Nome del file immagine predefinito, se non vuoto, definisce il " +#~ "file immagine\n" +#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file direttamente " +#~ "oppure sceglierlo mediante\n" #~ "Sfoglia" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Set Default Root Filesystem\n" #~| "Set global root filesystem for Linux" -#~ msgid "Set Default Root Filesystem\\nSet global root filesystem for Linux" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set Default Root Filesystem\\nSet global root filesystem for " +#~ "Linux" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Imposta file system radice predefinito\n" #~ "Imposta il file system radice globale per Linux" @@ -3041,63 +3612,100 @@ #~| "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~| "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~| "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~| "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." -#~ msgid "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\\nspecifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\\nIf this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \\nThe intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~| "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~| "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\\nspecifies other Linux " +#~ "device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\\nIf this option is " +#~ "given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \\nThe intend of this " +#~ "option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 " +#~ "system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partizione per duplicazione del boot loader\n" -#~ "specifica gli altri nodi dei dispositivi Linux dove l'informazione di boot deve essere memorizzata.\n" -#~ "Se viene fornita questa opzione, la partizione di avvio verrà convertita in FAT.\n" -#~ "Lo scopo di questa opzione è di scrivere i file di boot in tutti i membri di un sistema RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "specifica gli altri nodi dei dispositivi Linux dove l'informazione di " +#~ "boot deve essere memorizzata.\n" +#~ "Se viene fornita questa opzione, la partizione di avvio verrà convertita " +#~ "in FAT.\n" +#~ "Lo scopo di questa opzione è di scrivere i file di boot in tutti i membri " +#~ "di un sistema RAID1 o RAID5." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~| "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~| "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~| "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device " +#~| "specified in\n" #~| "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." -#~ msgid "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\\nthis option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \\nvariable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\\n\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\\nthis option will tell lilo to " +#~ "update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \\nvariable with the full " +#~ "OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\\n\"boot=\". If " +#~ "this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modifica dispositivo di avvio in NV-RAM\n" -#~ "questa opzione informerà lilo di aggiornare la variabile \"boot-device\" di\n" -#~ "OpenFirmware con il percorso completo OpenFirmware che punta al dispositivo specificato in\n" +#~ "questa opzione informerà lilo di aggiornare la variabile \"boot-device\" " +#~ "di\n" +#~ "OpenFirmware con il percorso completo OpenFirmware che punta al " +#~ "dispositivo specificato in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Se questa opzione manca, il sistema potrebbe non avviarsi." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~| " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~| "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~| " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~| "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~| "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with " +#~| "Apple G5 systems \n" #~| "will crash if there is no monitor attached." -#~ msgid "Do not Use OS-chooser\\n will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \\nThe OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \\nwill crash if there is no monitor attached." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\\n will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot " +#~ "file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \\nThe OpenFirmware " +#~ "driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems " +#~ "\\nwill crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non utilizzare OS-chooser\n" -#~ "informerà lilo di usare yaboot come file di avvio invece di uno script Forth chiamato \"os-chooser\".\n" -#~ "Il driver OpenFirmware nelle schede grafiche nVidia come distribuite con i sistemi Apple G5\n" +#~ "informerà lilo di usare yaboot come file di avvio invece di uno script " +#~ "Forth chiamato \"os-chooser\".\n" +#~ "Il driver OpenFirmware nelle schede grafiche nVidia come distribuite con " +#~ "i sistemi Apple G5\n" #~ "andrà in crash se non è collegato un monitor." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~| "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~| "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~| "automatically \n" #~| "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" -#~ msgid "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\\nIt contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \\nif no key is pressed to boot MacOS" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\\nIt contains the timeout " +#~ "between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \\nif no " +#~ "key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Timeout in secondi per MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Contiene il timeout in secondi tra MacOS/Linux fino all'avvio automatico di Linux\n" +#~ "Contiene il timeout in secondi tra MacOS/Linux fino all'avvio automatico " +#~ "di Linux\n" #~ "se non viene premuto un tasto per avviare MacOS" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~| "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~| "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~| "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~| "format\n" +#~| "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~| "more\n" #~| "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~| "the FAT formatted file system" -#~ msgid "Always Boot from FAT Partition\\nNormally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\\nto either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\\ncomplex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\\nthe FAT formatted file system" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\\nNormally the lilo script would " +#~ "automatically select the boot partition format\\nto either be a PReP boot " +#~ "partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\\ncomplex setups. This " +#~ "option forces the lilo script to use\\nthe FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avvia sempre da partizione FAT\n" -#~ "Di solito lo script lilo dovrebbe selezionare automaticamente il formato della partizione di avvio\n" -#~ "in modo che sia una partizione di boot PReP oppure un file system formattato FAT per configurazioni\n" +#~ "Di solito lo script lilo dovrebbe selezionare automaticamente il formato " +#~ "della partizione di avvio\n" +#~ "in modo che sia una partizione di boot PReP oppure un file system " +#~ "formattato FAT per configurazioni\n" #~ "più complesse. Questa opzione forza lo script lilo a usare\n" #~ "il file system formattato FAT" @@ -3105,12 +3713,17 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~| "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~| "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." -#~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\\nInstall the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\\nbuggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~| "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\\nInstall the bootloader " +#~ "even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\\nbuggy so that next boot " +#~ "will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Installa il boot loader anche in caso di errori\n" #~ "Installa il boot loader anche se non si è sicuri se il firmware contiene\n" -#~ "bug così che il prossimo avvio fallirà. Il risultato è una configurazione non supportata." +#~ "bug così che il prossimo avvio fallirà. Il risultato è una configurazione " +#~ "non supportata." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3119,7 +3732,9 @@ #~| "might not start.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Proceed?\n" -#~ msgid "\\nIf you do not install any boot loader, the system\\nmight not start.\\n\\nProceed?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIf you do not install any boot loader, the system\\nmight not start.\\n" +#~ "\\nProceed?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Se non si installa un boot loader, il sistema \n" @@ -3133,7 +3748,9 @@ #~| "ELILO supports only the EFI boot architecture. If yor\n" #~| "firmware does not support it, your computer will not\n" #~| "boot." -#~ msgid "\\nELILO supports only the EFI boot architecture. If yor\\nfirmware does not support it, your computer will not\\nboot." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nELILO supports only the EFI boot architecture. If yor\\nfirmware does " +#~ "not support it, your computer will not\\nboot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "ELILO supporta solamente l'architettura di avvio EFI. Se il firmware\n" @@ -3146,10 +3763,14 @@ #~| "Bootloader you selected does not support the EFI boot\n" #~| "architecture. If your firmware does not support legacy\n" #~| "booting, your computer will not boot." -#~ msgid "\\nBootloader you selected does not support the EFI boot\\narchitecture. If your firmware does not support legacy\\nbooting, your computer will not boot." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nBootloader you selected does not support the EFI boot\\narchitecture. " +#~ "If your firmware does not support legacy\\nbooting, your computer will " +#~ "not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il boot loader che si è selezionato non supporta l'architettura di avvio EFI.\n" +#~ "Il boot loader che si è selezionato non supporta l'architettura di avvio " +#~ "EFI.\n" #~ "Se il firmware non supporta il boot \n" #~ "obsoleto, il computer non verrà avviato." @@ -3163,7 +3784,11 @@ #~| "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Select a course of action:\n" -#~ msgid "\\nYou chose to change your boot loader. When converting \\nthe configuration, some settings might be lost.\\n\\nThe current configuration will be saved and you can\\nrestore it if you return to the current boot loader.\\n\\nSelect a course of action:\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYou chose to change your boot loader. When converting \\nthe " +#~ "configuration, some settings might be lost.\\n\\nThe current " +#~ "configuration will be saved and you can\\nrestore it if you return to the " +#~ "current boot loader.\\n\\nSelect a course of action:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Si è scelto di modificare il boot loader. Quando si converte \n" @@ -3178,7 +3803,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" #~| "Change the settings of your boot loader." -#~ msgid "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \\nChange the settings of your boot loader." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \\nChange the " +#~ "settings of your boot loader." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Strumento di configurazione boot loader</BIG> \n" #~ "Modifica le impostazioni del boot loader." @@ -3187,7 +3814,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" #~| "Please wait... " -#~ msgid "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \\nPlease wait... " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \\nPlease wait..." +#~ " " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Salvataggio configurazione boot loader</BIG> \n" #~ "Attendere... " @@ -3196,7 +3825,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" #~| "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -#~ msgid "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\\nYaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\\nYaST can try to find them " +#~ "and merge their menus." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se vi sono più sistemi Linux installati,\n" #~ "YaST può tentare di trovarli e unire i loro menu." @@ -3204,21 +3835,31 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "From Other,\n" -#~| "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -#~| "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +#~| "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +#~| "current \n" +#~| "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +#~| "reread\n" #~| "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" -#~ msgid "From Other,\\nyou can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \\nconfiguration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\\nthe configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From Other,\\nyou can manually edit the boot loader " +#~ "configuration files, clear the current \\nconfiguration and propose a new " +#~ "configuration, start from scratch, or reread\\nthe configuration saved on " +#~ "your disk. %1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Da Altro,\n" -#~ "è possibile modificare manualmente i file di configurazione del boot loader, cancellare la configurazione \n" -#~ "corrente e proporre una nuova configurazione, ripartire da zero o rileggere\n" +#~ "è possibile modificare manualmente i file di configurazione del boot " +#~ "loader, cancellare la configurazione \n" +#~ "corrente e proporre una nuova configurazione, ripartire da zero o " +#~ "rileggere\n" #~ "la configurazione salvata sul disco. %1" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" #~| "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." -#~ msgid "To edit boot loader configuration files\\nmanually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To edit boot loader configuration files\\nmanually, click Edit " +#~ "Configuration Files." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per modificare manualmente i file di configurazione del boot loader\n" #~ "premere Modifica file di configurazione." @@ -3227,7 +3868,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| " In the table, each section represents one item\n" #~| "in the boot menu." -#~ msgid " In the table, each section represents one item\\nin the boot menu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ " In the table, each section represents one item\\nin the boot menu." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nella tabella ogni sezione rappresenta una voce\n" #~ "nel menu di avvio." @@ -3236,7 +3878,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" #~| "selected section." -#~ msgid " Press Edit to display the properties of the\\nselected section." +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Press Edit to display the properties of the\\nselected section." +#~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Premere Modifica per vedere le proprietà della sezione\n" #~ "selezionata." @@ -3249,20 +3893,32 @@ #~| "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" #~| "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" #~| "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." -#~ msgid " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \\nsection as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \\na boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \\nOS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \\nkernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\\nmenu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#~ msgid "" +#~ " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \\nsection as " +#~ "default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \\na boot menu and " +#~ "wait for the user to select the kernel or other \\nOS to boot. If no key " +#~ "is pressed before the time-out, the default \\nkernel or OS will be " +#~ "booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\\nmenu can be changed " +#~ "using the Up and Down buttons." #~ msgstr "" #~ " Premendo Imposta come predefinita, la sezione \n" -#~ "selezionata diventa quella predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader presenterà un \n" +#~ "selezionata diventa quella predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader " +#~ "presenterà un \n" #~ "menu di avvio e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o un altro \n" -#~ "sistema operativo da avviare. Se non viene premuto alcun tasto prima del timeout, \n" -#~ "verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle sezioni nel menu del \n" -#~ "boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù." +#~ "sistema operativo da avviare. Se non viene premuto alcun tasto prima del " +#~ "timeout, \n" +#~ "verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine " +#~ "delle sezioni nel menu del \n" +#~ "boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e " +#~ "Giù." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" #~| "or Delete to delete the selected section." -#~ msgid "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\\nor Delete to delete the selected section." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\\nor Delete</" +#~ "B> to delete the selected section." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Premere Aggiungi per creare una nuova sezione \n" #~ "del boot loader o Elimina per rimuovere la sezione selezionata." @@ -3271,7 +3927,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" #~| "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" -#~ msgid "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \\nThe boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \\nThe boot manager (%1) can " +#~ "be installed in the following ways:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ubicazione boot loader</big> \n" #~ "Il gestore di avvio (%1) può essere installato come segue:" @@ -3281,7 +3939,9 @@ #~| "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" #~| "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" #~| "on the computer." -#~ msgid "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\\nThis is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\\non the computer." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\\nThis is not recommended if " +#~ "there is another operating system installed\\non the computer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "- Nel Record di avvio principale (MBR).\n" #~ "Non consigliato se nel computer è installato un altro sistema\n" @@ -3293,17 +3953,26 @@ #~| "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" #~| "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" #~| "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -#~| "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +#~| "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation " +#~| "Details\n" #~| "to update the master boot record\n" #~| "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" #~| "to start &product;." -#~ msgid "\\n- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \\npartition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\\npartition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\\nReplace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\\nto update the master boot record\\nif it is needed or configure your other boot manager\\nto start &product;." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> " +#~ "(root) \\npartition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a " +#~ "suitable\\npartition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and" +#~ "\\nReplace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation " +#~ "Details\\nto update the master boot record\\nif it is needed or " +#~ "configure your other boot manager\\nto start &product;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "- Nel Settore di avvio della partizione <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (radice).\n" +#~ "- Nel Settore di avvio della partizione <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</" +#~ "tt> (radice).\n" #~ "È l'opzione consigliata qualora sia presente una partizione\n" #~ "adatta. Impostare Attiva partizione Boot Loader e\n" -#~ "Sostituisci MBR con codice generico in Dettagli installazione boot loader\n" +#~ "Sostituisci MBR con codice generico in Dettagli installazione " +#~ "boot loader\n" #~ "per aggiornare il record di avvio principale\n" #~ "se necessario o configurare un altro gestore di boot\n" #~ "per avviare &product;." @@ -3315,11 +3984,15 @@ #~| "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" #~| "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" #~| "the BIOS of your machine to use this option." -#~ msgid "\\n- On a Floppy Disk.\\nUse this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\\nboot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\\nthe BIOS of your machine to use this option." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n- On a Floppy Disk.\\nUse this to avoid the risk of " +#~ "interfering with an already existing\\nboot mechanism. Enable booting " +#~ "from floppy disk in\\nthe BIOS of your machine to use this option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "- Su un Dischetto.\n" -#~ "Utilizzare questa posizione per evitare il rischio di interferenze con un \n" +#~ "Utilizzare questa posizione per evitare il rischio di interferenze con " +#~ "un \n" #~ "sistema di avvio già presente. Per utilizzare questa opzione attivare \n" #~ "l'avvio da dischetto nel BIOS del computer." @@ -3328,7 +4001,9 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" #~| "when selecting this option." -#~ msgid "\\n- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\\nwhen selecting this option." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n- In some Other partition. Consider your system's " +#~ "restrictions\\nwhen selecting this option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "- In un'Altra partizione. Quando si seleziona questa opzione, \n" @@ -3338,24 +4013,34 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" #~| "limit that restricts booting to\n" -#~| "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +#~| "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager " +#~| "used,\n" #~| "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." -#~ msgid "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\\nlimit that restricts booting to\\nhard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\\nyou may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\\nlimit that restricts booting to" +#~ "\\nhard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager " +#~ "used,\\nyou may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ad esempio, la maggior parte dei PC \n" #~ "presenta un limite del BIOS che \n" -#~ "impedisce l'avvio da cilindri del disco fisso inferiori a 1024. In base al gestore di avvio \n" -#~ "utilizzato, il sistema si potrà o meno avviare da una partizione logica." +#~ "impedisce l'avvio da cilindri del disco fisso inferiori a 1024. In base " +#~ "al gestore di avvio \n" +#~ "utilizzato, il sistema si potrà o meno avviare da una partizione logica.</" +#~ "p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +#~| "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> " +#~| "or\n" #~| "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." -#~ msgid "\\nEnter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\\n<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nEnter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</" +#~ "tt> or\\n<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Immettere il nome del dispositivo della partizione (ad esempio, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" +#~ "Immettere il nome del dispositivo della partizione (ad esempio, <tt>/dev/" +#~ "hda3</tt> o\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) nel campo di input." #, fuzzy @@ -3363,18 +4048,25 @@ #~| "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" #~| "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" #~| "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." -#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation Details \\nTo adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\\nmapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Installation Details \\nTo adjust advanced boot " +#~ "loader installation options (such as the device\\nmapping), click Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dettagli installazione boot loader \n" -#~ "Per adattare le opzioni di installazione avanzate (ad esempio, la mappatura dei \n" +#~ "Per adattare le opzioni di installazione avanzate (ad esempio, la " +#~ "mappatura dei \n" #~ "dispositivi), premere Dettagli installazione boot loader." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Boot Loader Type \n" -#~| "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +#~| "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to " +#~| "install,\n" #~| "use Boot Loader." -#~ msgid "Boot Loader Type \\nTo select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\\nuse Boot Loader." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Type \\nTo select whether to install a boot " +#~ "loader and which bootloader to install,\\nuse Boot Loader." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tipo di boot loader \n" #~ "Per selezionare se installare il boot loader e quale installare,\n" @@ -3385,7 +4077,9 @@ #~| "Boot Loader Options \n" #~| "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" #~| "Boot Loader Options." -#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options \\nTo adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\\nBoot Loader Options." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Options \\nTo adjust options of the boot loader, " +#~ "such as the time-out, click\\nBoot Loader Options." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opzioni boot loader \n" #~ "Per adattare le opzioni del boot loader, quali il timeout, premere\n" @@ -3396,28 +4090,39 @@ #~| "Expert Manual Configuration \n" #~| "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" #~| "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." -#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration \\nHere, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\\nNote: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Expert Manual Configuration \\nHere, manually edit the boot " +#~ "loader configuration.\\nNote: The final configuration file may " +#~ "have different indenting." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configurazione manuale per esperti \n" -#~ "Qui è possibile modificare manualmente la configurazione del boot loader.\n" -#~ "Nota: il file di configurazione finale potrebbe presentare un'indentazione differente." +#~ "Qui è possibile modificare manualmente la configurazione del boot loader." +#~ "\n" +#~ "Nota: il file di configurazione finale potrebbe presentare " +#~ "un'indentazione differente." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Section Name \n" -#~| "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +#~| "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +#~| "section\n" #~| "name must be unique." -#~ msgid "Section Name \\nUse Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\\nname must be unique." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Section Name \\nUse Section Name to specify the boot " +#~ "loader section name. The section\\nname must be unique." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nome sezione \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Nome sezione per specificare il nome della sezione del boot loader. Il nome della sezione\n" +#~ "Utilizzare Nome sezione per specificare il nome della sezione del " +#~ "boot loader. Il nome della sezione\n" #~ "deve essere univoco." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" #~| "Select the type of the new section to create." -#~ msgid "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \\nSelect the type of the new section to create." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \\nSelect the type of the " +#~ "new section to create." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Tipo nuova sezione</big> \n" #~ "Selezionare il tipo della nuova sezione da creare." @@ -3427,57 +4132,80 @@ #~| "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" #~| "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" #~| "selected section." -#~ msgid "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\\nsection. Then modify the options that should differ from the\\nselected section." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected" +#~ "\\nsection. Then modify the options that should differ from the" +#~ "\\nselected section." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Clona sezione selezionata per clonare la sezione correntemente\n" -#~ "selezionata. Modificare quindi le opzioni che si desidera siano differenti dalla \n" +#~ "Selezionare Clona sezione selezionata per clonare la sezione " +#~ "correntemente\n" +#~ "selezionata. Modificare quindi le opzioni che si desidera siano " +#~ "differenti dalla \n" #~ "sezione selezionata." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" #~| "to load and start." -#~ msgid "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\\nto load and start." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image" +#~ "\\nto load and start." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione immagine per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine \n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione immagine per aggiungere un nuovo kernel " +#~ "Linux o un'altra immagine \n" #~ "da caricare e avviare." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~| "but to start it in a Xen environment." -#~ msgid "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\\nbut to start it in a Xen environment." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image," +#~ "\\nbut to start it in a Xen environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine, \n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o " +#~ "un'altra immagine, \n" #~ "ma avviandolo in ambiente Xen." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -#~| "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~| "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used " +#~| "for\n" #~| "booting other operating systems." -#~ msgid "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \\nloads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\\nbooting other operating systems." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that " +#~ "\\nloads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is " +#~ "used for\\nbooting other operating systems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Altro sistema (Chainloader) per aggiungere una sezione che \n" -#~ "carica e avvia un settore di avvio di una partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" +#~ "Selezionare Altro sistema (Chainloader) per aggiungere una " +#~ "sezione che \n" +#~ "carica e avvia un settore di avvio di una partizione del disco. Questa " +#~ "opzione si utilizza per\n" #~ "avviare altri sistemi operativi." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -#~| "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~| "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of " +#~| "the disk. This is used for\n" #~| "booting other operating systems." -#~ msgid "Select Menu Section to add a section that \\nloads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\\nbooting other operating systems." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Menu Section to add a section that \\nloads " +#~ "configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +#~ "disk. This is used for\\nbooting other operating systems." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selezionare Sezione menu per aggiungere una sezione che \n" -#~ "carica un file di configurazione (la lista delle sezioni di avvio) da una partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" +#~ "carica un file di configurazione (la lista delle sezioni di avvio) da una " +#~ "partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" #~ "avviare altri sistemi operativi." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This function is not available if the boot\n" #~| "loader is not specified." -#~ msgid "This function is not available if the boot\\nloader is not specified." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This function is not available if the boot\\nloader is not specified." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se non viene specificato un boot loader, \n" #~ "questa funzione non è disponibile." @@ -3486,7 +4214,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\n" #~| "of creating a new empty section?\n" -#~ msgid "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\\nof creating a new empty section?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\\nof creating a new empty section?" +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Clonare la sezione selezionata '%1', invece\n" #~ "di creare una sezione vuota?\n" @@ -3495,16 +4225,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" #~| "All changes will be lost.\n" -#~ msgid "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\\nAll changes will be lost.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\\nAll changes " +#~ "will be lost.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vuole davvero concludere la configurazione senza salvare le modifiche?\n" +#~ "Si vuole davvero concludere la configurazione senza salvare le " +#~ "modifiche?\n" #~ "Tutte le modifiche andranno perse.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Really reset your settings for sections?\n" #~| "All your changes made in section management will be lost.\n" -#~ msgid "Really reset your settings for sections?\\nAll your changes made in section management will be lost.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really reset your settings for sections?\\nAll your changes made in " +#~ "section management will be lost.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si vuole davvero azzerare le impostazioni per le sezioni?\n" #~ "Tutte le modifiche fatte nella gestione delle sezioni andranno perse.\n" @@ -3522,7 +4257,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" #~| "do not match. Retype the password." -#~ msgid "'Password' and 'Retype password'\\ndo not match. Retype the password." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "'Password' and 'Retype password'\\ndo not match. Retype the password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "'Password' ed 'Conferma password' non corrispondono.\n" #~ "Immettere nuovamente la password." @@ -3540,10 +4276,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" #~| "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -#~ msgid "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\\nconfiguration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\\nconfiguration " +#~ "files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le impostazioni del disco sono cambiate e si sono modificati i file di configurazione\n" -#~ "del boot loader manualmente. Controllare le impostazioni del boot loader.\n" +#~ "Le impostazioni del disco sono cambiate e si sono modificati i file di " +#~ "configurazione\n" +#~ "del boot loader manualmente. Controllare le impostazioni del boot " +#~ "loader.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" @@ -3557,7 +4297,9 @@ #~| "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" #~| "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" #~| "and confirm with OK.\n" -#~ msgid "The boot loader boot sector will be written\\nto a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\\nand confirm with OK.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\\nto a floppy disk. Insert a " +#~ "floppy disk\\nand confirm with OK.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il settore di avvio del boot loader verrà scritto\n" #~ "su dischetto. Inserite un dischetto e \n" @@ -3578,7 +4320,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "An error occurred during boot loader\n" #~| "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -#~ msgid "An error occurred during boot loader\\ninstallation. Retry boot loader configuration?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\\ninstallation. Retry boot loader " +#~ "configuration?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è verificato un errore durante l'installazione\n" #~ "del boot loader. Ritentare la configurazione del boot loader?\n" @@ -3612,7 +4356,10 @@ #~| "The partition table remains unchanged.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning!\\n\\nCurrent MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\\nsaved at %2.\\n\\nOnly the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\\nThe partition table remains unchanged.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning!\\n\\nCurrent MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\\nsaved at " +#~ "%2.\\n\\nOnly the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\\nThe " +#~ "partition table remains unchanged.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione!\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3626,45 +4373,67 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~| "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~| "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~| "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" -#~ msgid "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\\ndirectly or choose by using Browse.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\\ndirectly or choose by using " +#~ "Browse.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se non è vuoto, Disco RAM iniziale definisce il disco RAM iniziale da usare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il\n" +#~ "Se non è vuoto, Disco RAM iniziale definisce il disco RAM " +#~ "iniziale da usare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il\n" #~ "nome file oppure selezionarlo utilizzando Sfoglia.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~| "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" -#~ msgid "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\\nto specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\\n" +#~| "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~| "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~| "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~| "the grub documentation.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\\nto specify <code>+1</code> here. " +#~ "For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Offset blocco per chainload consente di specificare l'elenco di blocchi da avviare. Nella maggior parte dei casi è consigliabile\n" -#~ "specificare <code>+1</code>. Per le specifiche sulla notazione di un elenco di blocchi, vedere la documentazione di grub.\n" +#~ "Offset blocco per chainload consente di specificare l'elenco di " +#~ "blocchi da avviare. Nella maggior parte dei casi è consigliabile\n" +#~ "specificare <code>+1</code>. Per le specifiche sulla notazione di un " +#~ "elenco di blocchi, vedere la documentazione di grub.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~| "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~| "other image \n" #~| "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \\nand start it in a Xen environment.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \\nand start it in a Xen environment.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine \n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o " +#~ "un'altra immagine \n" #~ "e avviarlo in ambiente Xen.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~| "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~| "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~| "Edit and Delete" -#~ msgid "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \\nEdit and Delete" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \\nEdit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Misure include i file misurati con PCR. È possibile modificare la tabella attraverso i pulsanti: Aggiungi, \n" +#~ "Misure include i file misurati con PCR. È possibile modificare " +#~ "la tabella attraverso i pulsanti: Aggiungi, \n" #~ "Modifica e Elimina" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Allow attempt to relocate\n" #~| "Usually specified in global section" -#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate\\nUsually specified in global section" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Allow attempt to relocate\\nUsually specified in global " +#~ "section" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Consenti tentativo di riposizionamento\n" #~ "Generalmente specificato nella sezione globale" @@ -3673,7 +4442,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~| "Usually specified in global section" -#~ msgid "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \\nUsually specified in global section" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \\nUsually " +#~ "specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Forza montaggio del file system radice in sola lettura \n" #~ "Specificato generalmente nella sezione globale" @@ -3681,44 +4452,65 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~| "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~| "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or " +#~| "to a\n" #~| "file on a SCSI disk partition." -#~ msgid "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\\ncreate a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\\nfile on a SCSI disk partition." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to" +#~ "\\ncreate a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or " +#~ "to a\\nfile on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione di dump per aggiungere una sezione che specifichi la modalità di\n" -#~ "creazione di un dump di sistema in una partizione del disco DASD, un dispositivo a nastro oppure in un\n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione di dump per aggiungere una sezione che " +#~ "specifichi la modalità di\n" +#~ "creazione di un dump di sistema in una partizione del disco DASD, un " +#~ "dispositivo a nastro oppure in un\n" #~ " file di una partizione del disco SCSI." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~| "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\\nMenu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration." +#~ "\\nMenu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione menu per aggiungere un nuovo menu alla configurazione.\n" -#~ "Le sezioni menu rappresentano un elenco di attività raggruppate insieme.\n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione menu per aggiungere un nuovo menu alla " +#~ "configurazione.\n" +#~ "Le sezioni menu rappresentano un elenco di attività raggruppate insieme.</" +#~ "p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~| "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~| "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~| "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." -#~ msgid "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \\nPlease note that this will also disable AppArmor." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \\nPlease note that this will " +#~ "also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Abilita SELinux per aggiungere i parametri di avvio del kernel necessari per abilitare l'infrastruttura di sicurezza SELinux.\n" +#~ "Selezionare Abilita SELinux per aggiungere i parametri di avvio " +#~ "del kernel necessari per abilitare l'infrastruttura di sicurezza " +#~ "SELinux.\n" #~ "Notare che questo disabiliterà AppArmor." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create \\nconfiguration files" -#~ msgstr "Non installare il boot loader; crea solamente i file di configurazione" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Non installare il boot loader; crea solamente i file di configurazione" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~| "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." -#~ msgid "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\\ncomputer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\\ncomputer, you need " +#~ "to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il sistema non è stato avviato attraverso il firmware EFI. Per avviare il\n" +#~ "Il sistema non è stato avviato attraverso il firmware EFI. Per avviare " +#~ "il\n" #~ "computer è necessario caricare ELILO attraverso la shell EFI." #~ msgid "" @@ -3768,7 +4560,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " +#~ "disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è installato il boot loader sul disco fisso.\n" @@ -3834,18 +4627,24 @@ #~ "Select XEN Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~ "but to start it in a XEN environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Sezione XEN per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine \n" +#~ "Selezionare Sezione XEN per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o " +#~ "un'altra immagine \n" #~ "e avviarla in ambiente XEN." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem" -#~ msgstr "La directory /boot si trova su un filesystem XFS. Il sistema non si avvierà." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot " +#~ "partition with ext2 filesytem" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La directory /boot si trova su un filesystem XFS. Il sistema non si " +#~ "avvierà." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Kernel via XEN to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~ "but to start it in a XEN environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare Kernel tramite XEN per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine \n" +#~ "Selezionare Kernel tramite XEN per aggiungere un nuovo kernel " +#~ "Linux o un'altra immagine \n" #~ "e avviarla in ambiente XEN." #~ msgid "Add a new section" @@ -3864,11 +4663,13 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Timeout in decimi di secondo Specifica il tempo\n" -#~ " di attesa del boot loader in modalità interattiva prima che la voce predefinita venga\n" +#~ " di attesa del boot loader in modalità interattiva prima che la voce " +#~ "predefinita venga\n" #~ " avviata.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Timeout tra dieci secondi Specifica il tempo\n" -#~ " di attesa del bootloader in modalità interattiva prima che la voce predefinita venga\n" +#~ " di attesa del bootloader in modalità interattiva prima che la voce " +#~ "predefinita venga\n" #~ " avviata.\n" #~ msgid "Name of default image file" @@ -3942,14 +4743,16 @@ #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<big>Menu di avvio</big> \n" #~ "Per visualizzare il menu del boot loader all'avvio, impostare\n" -#~ " Mostra menu di avvio. In caso contrario questo non verrà visualizzato.\n" +#~ " Mostra menu di avvio. In caso contrario questo non verrà " +#~ "visualizzato.\n" #~ " Per specificare il timeout dopo il quale verrà caricato\n" #~ "il kernel predefinito, impostare Continua avvio dopo timeout e\n" #~ "Timeout menu di avvio.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<big>Menu di avvio</big> \n" #~ "Per visualizzare il menu del boot loader all'avvio, impostare\n" -#~ " Mostra menu di avvio. In caso contrario questo non verrà visualizzato.\n" +#~ " Mostra menu di avvio. In caso contrario questo non verrà " +#~ "visualizzato.\n" #~ " Per specificare il timeout dopo il quale verrà caricato\n" #~ "il kernel di default, impostare Continua avvio dopo timeout e\n" #~ "Timeout menu di avvio." @@ -3980,52 +4783,74 @@ #~ msgid "Section Editor" #~ msgstr "Editor sezioni" -#~ msgid "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all file system checks." -#~ msgstr "Selezionare Non verificare file system prima dell'avvio per ignorare tutti i controlli del file system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all " +#~ "file system checks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare Non verificare file system prima dell'avvio per " +#~ "ignorare tutti i controlli del file system." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Disco RAM iniziale. Se non è vuoto, definisce il disco RAM iniziale da usare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il\n" +#~ "Disco RAM iniziale. Se non è vuoto, definisce il disco RAM " +#~ "iniziale da usare. Immettere direttamente il percorso e il\n" #~ "nome file o selezionare utilizzando Sfoglia.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Disco RAM iniziale, se non vuoto, definisce il ramdisk iniziale da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file \n" +#~ "Disco RAM iniziale, se non vuoto, definisce il ramdisk iniziale " +#~ "da utilizzare. Immettere il percorso e il nome del file \n" #~ "direttamente oppure sceglierlo mediante Sfoglia.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "PCR Index of Kernel is Platform Configuration Register for kernel" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCR Index of Kernel is Platform Configuration Register for " +#~ "kernel" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Indice PCR del Kernel è il registro di configurazione della piattaforma per il kernel\n" +#~ "Indice PCR del Kernel è il registro di configurazione della " +#~ "piattaforma per il kernel\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Indice PCR del Kernel è il registro di Configurarione della piattaforma per il kernel" +#~ "Indice PCR del Kernel è il registro di Configurarione della " +#~ "piattaforma per il kernel" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "PCR Index of Initrd is Platform Configuration Register for initrd" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCR Index of Initrd is Platform Configuration Register for " +#~ "initrd" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Indice PCR di initrd è il registro di configurazione della piattaforma per initrd\n" +#~ "Indice PCR di initrd è il registro di configurazione della " +#~ "piattaforma per initrd\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ " Indice PCR di Inird è il registro di configurazione della piattaforma per initrd" +#~ " Indice PCR di Inird è il registro di configurazione della " +#~ "piattaforma per initrd" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "PCR Index of Chainloader is Platform Configuration Register for chainloader" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCR Index of Chainloader is Platform Configuration Register for " +#~ "chainloader" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Indice PCR del Chainloader è il registro di configurazione della piattaforma per il chainloader\n" +#~ "Indice PCR del Chainloader è il registro di configurazione " +#~ "della piattaforma per il chainloader\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Indice PCR del Chainloader è il registro di Configurazione della piattaforma per il chainloader" +#~ "Indice PCR del Chainloader è il registro di Configurazione " +#~ "della piattaforma per il chainloader" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "PCR Index of XEN is Platform Configuration Register for XEN" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCR Index of XEN is Platform Configuration Register for XEN" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Indice PCR di XEN è il registro di configurazione della piattaforma per XEN\n" +#~ "Indice PCR di XEN è il registro di configurazione della " +#~ "piattaforma per XEN\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Indice PCR di XEN è il registro di Configurarione della piattaforma per XEN" +#~ "Indice PCR di XEN è il registro di Configurarione della " +#~ "piattaforma per XEN" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Former default Image Flavor" @@ -4104,9 +4929,12 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il settore di boot della partizione selezionata per l'installazione del boot\n" -#~ "loader non offre sufficente spazio libero per contenere il boot loader, a\n" -#~ "causa del file system. Se utilizzate questa partizione per il boot loader,\n" +#~ "Il settore di boot della partizione selezionata per l'installazione del " +#~ "boot\n" +#~ "loader non offre sufficente spazio libero per contenere il boot loader, " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "causa del file system. Se utilizzate questa partizione per il boot " +#~ "loader,\n" #~ "ciò potrebbe causare la corruzione dei dati residenti sulla partizione.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continuo?" @@ -4116,33 +4944,41 @@ #~ "Use Kernel to specify the kernel image to load." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Kernel</big> \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Kernel per specificare l'immagine del kernel da caricare." +#~ "Utilizzare Kernel per specificare l'immagine del kernel da " +#~ "caricare." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initial RAM Disk</big> \n" -#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to load. If it is\n" +#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to " +#~ "load. If it is\n" #~ "left empty, no initial RAM disk is loaded during boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Disco RAM iniziale</big> \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Disco RAM iniziale per specificare il disco RAM iniziale (initrd) da caricare. Se \n" -#~ "lasciato vuoto, non verrà caricato alcun disco RAM iniziale durante l'avvio." +#~ "Utilizzare Disco RAM iniziale per specificare il disco RAM " +#~ "iniziale (initrd) da caricare. Se \n" +#~ "lasciato vuoto, non verrà caricato alcun disco RAM iniziale durante " +#~ "l'avvio." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Root Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the kernel is\n" +#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the " +#~ "kernel is\n" #~ "loaded.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Dispositivo root</big> \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Dispositivo root per specificare il file system root da montare dopo aver caricato il\n" +#~ "Utilizzare Dispositivo root per specificare il file system root da " +#~ "montare dopo aver caricato il\n" #~ " kernel.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>VGA Mode</big> \n" -#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set after\n" +#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set " +#~ "after\n" #~ "the kernel has booted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Modo VGA</big> \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Modo VGA per specificare la risoluzione e la profondità di colore da impostare dopo\n" +#~ "Utilizzare Modo VGA per specificare la risoluzione e la profondità " +#~ "di colore da impostare dopo\n" #~ "l'avvio del kernel." #, fuzzy @@ -4153,34 +4989,42 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<big>Altri parametri del kernel</big> \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Altri parametri del kernel per impostare gli altri parametri da accodare alla\n" +#~ "Utilizzare Altri parametri del kernel per impostare gli altri " +#~ "parametri da accodare alla\n" #~ "riga di comando del kernel.\n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "<big>Altri parametri del kernel</big> \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Altri parametri del kernel per impostare gli altri parametri da aggiungere alla\n" +#~ "Utilizzare Altri parametri del kernel per impostare gli altri " +#~ "parametri da aggiungere alla\n" #~ "riga di comando del kernel." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating system.\n" +#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating " +#~ "system.\n" #~ "In most cases, it is the disk partition in which \n" #~ "the other system is installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Dispositivo</big> \n" -#~ "Utilizzare Dispositivo per impostare il dispositivo da cui caricare il sistema operativo.\n" -#~ " Nella maggior parte dei casi, si tratta della partizione del disco in cui \n" +#~ "Utilizzare Dispositivo per impostare il dispositivo da cui " +#~ "caricare il sistema operativo.\n" +#~ " Nella maggior parte dei casi, si tratta della partizione del disco in " +#~ "cui \n" #~ " è installato l'altro sistema." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Trusted GRUB Details \n" -#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for kernel, initrd or chainloader" +#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for " +#~ "kernel, initrd or chainloader" #~ msgstr "" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" #~ "Dettagli Grub attendibili \n" -#~ "consente ad aggiungere file misurati extra e anche a definire PCR per il Kernel, initrd o chainloader \n" +#~ "consente ad aggiungere file misurati extra e anche a definire PCR per il " +#~ "Kernel, initrd o chainloader \n" #~ "#-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-#\n" -#~ "Dettagli Grub sicuro limita ad aggiungere file misurati extra e anche a definire PCR per il Kernel, initrd o chainloader " +#~ "Dettagli Grub sicuro limita ad aggiungere file misurati " +#~ "extra e anche a definire PCR per il Kernel, initrd o chainloader " #~ msgid "" #~ "To add a disk, push Add.\n" @@ -4196,7 +5040,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Sostituzione MBR con codice generico</big> \n" #~ "Per sostituire il master book record del disco con codice generico (che\n" -#~ "avvia la partizione attiva), selezionare Sostituisci MBR con codice generico." +#~ "avvia la partizione attiva), selezionare Sostituisci MBR con codice " +#~ "generico." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Activating Bootloader Partition</big> \n" @@ -4223,9 +5068,11 @@ #~ "<big>Area boot loader dedicata</big> \n" #~ "L'utilizzo dell'area boot loader dedicata\n" #~ "impedisce che i file del boot loader vengano spostati durante\n" -#~ "la deframmentazione automatica del disco. Lo spostamento potrebbe impedire il \n" +#~ "la deframmentazione automatica del disco. Lo spostamento potrebbe " +#~ "impedire il \n" #~ "caricamento del boot loader.\n" -#~ "Per utilizzaare un'area dedicata per il boot loader, selezionare Usa area boot loader \n" +#~ "Per utilizzaare un'area dedicata per il boot loader, selezionare Usa " +#~ "area boot loader \n" #~ "dedicata." #~ msgid "" @@ -4236,5 +5083,6 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Protezione con password</big> \n" #~ "Per proteggere il boot loader con una password, \n" -#~ "selezionare Proteggi bootloader con password e inserire la password nei campi Password\n" +#~ "selezionare Proteggi bootloader con password e inserire la " +#~ "password nei campi Password\n" #~ "e Conferma password.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 11:49+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -50,24 +50,33 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Qui è possibile modificare l'ubicazione dei propri Repository degli aggiornamenti.\n" +"Qui è possibile modificare l'ubicazione dei propri Repository degli " +"aggiornamenti.\n" "\n" -"Se i repository sono memorizzati presso il server SMT o il server SUSE Manager, è sufficiente inserire l'URL del server;\n" -"i percorsi ai repository verranno inseriti automaticamente.È anche possibile usare percorsi personalizzati. Possibili esempi di URL sono:\n" +"Se i repository sono memorizzati presso il server SMT o il server SUSE " +"Manager, è sufficiente inserire l'URL del server;\n" +"i percorsi ai repository verranno inseriti automaticamente.È anche " +"possibile usare percorsi personalizzati. Possibili esempi di URL sono:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ per server SMT\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… per il server SUSE Manager.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"per server SMT\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ per il server SUSE Manager.\n" "\n" "Per una descrizione dettagliata, si veda la Guida d'installazione.\n" "" @@ -81,7 +90,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "Gestire nomi utenti e password per gli amministratori di Crowbar." +msgstr "" +"Gestire nomi utenti e password per gli amministratori di Crowbar." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -91,11 +101,15 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Definire qui una Modalità rete con l'importante Politica di associazione.\n" -"Si possono altresì specificare i nomi delle interfacce per i condotti della rete bastione come elenco separato da spazi." +"Definire qui una Modalità rete con l'importante Politica di " +"associazione.\n" +"Si possono altresì specificare i nomi delle interfacce per i condotti " +"della rete bastione come elenco separato da spazi." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -401,8 +415,11 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "Se non è presenta alcun utente, verrà usato l'utente 'crowbar' con la password predefinita." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" +"Se non è presenta alcun utente, verrà usato l'utente 'crowbar' con la " +"password predefinita." # #-#-#-#-# network.it.po (network) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1187 #. tab header @@ -427,12 +444,12 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"Il SUSE Cloud Admin Server è stato installato. Il cambio della rete\n" +"Il Crowbar Admin Server è stato installato. Il cambio della rete\n" "non è attualmente supportato.\n" "\n" "Si può visitare l'interfaccia web di Crowbar su http://%1:3000/" @@ -474,12 +491,12 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si veda la guida di installazione di SUSE Cloud per i dettagli\n" +"Si veda la guida di installazione del prodotto per i dettagli\n" "sulla configurazione di rete e sull'uso di questo modulo YaST.\n" "" Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 11:28+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:36+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it_IT\n" @@ -57,27 +57,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "La destinazione dei dump include la destinazione per il salvataggio delle immagini di dump" +msgstr "" +"La destinazione dei dump include la destinazione per il salvataggio delle " +"immagini di dump" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Lo schema di denominazione è: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<stringa_kernel>[.gz]. Immettere solo \"stringa_kernel\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Lo schema di denominazione è: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<stringa_kernel>[.gz]. " +"Immettere solo \"stringa_kernel\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "La commandline di kdump è la riga di comando da passare al kernel di kdump." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"La commandline di kdump è la riga di comando da passare al kernel di kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Impostare questa variabile solo se si desidera _appendere_ valori alla stringa predefinita della riga di comando." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Impostare questa variabile solo se si desidera _appendere_ valori alla " +"stringa predefinita della riga di comando." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "Riavvia immediatamente il sistema dopo il salvataggio del core nel kernel di kdump." +msgstr "" +"Riavvia immediatamente il sistema dopo il salvataggio del core nel kernel di " +"kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 @@ -87,7 +102,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Specifica quanti dump precedenti sono conservati. Inserire 0 per conservarli tutti." +msgstr "" +"Specifica quanti dump precedenti sono conservati. Inserire 0 per conservarli " +"tutti." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -101,8 +118,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "Password SMTP per spedire i messaggi di notifica. Percorso del file che include la password (file di testo in chiaro)" +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"Password SMTP per spedire i messaggi di notifica. Percorso del file che " +"include la password (file di testo in chiaro)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -112,7 +133,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" -msgstr "Indirizzo di posta elettronica per spedire copia dei messaggi di notifica" +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo di posta elettronica per spedire copia dei messaggi di notifica" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 @@ -146,8 +168,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "La destinazione dei dump comprende i tipi di destinazione quali: file (file system locale), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"La destinazione dei dump comprende i tipi di destinazione quali: file (file " +"system locale), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -192,8 +218,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Lo schema di denominazione è: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<stringa_kernel>[.gz]. Per kernel si intende solo \"stringa_kernel\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Lo schema di denominazione è: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<stringa_kernel>[.gz]. Per " +"kernel si intende solo \"stringa_kernel\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -202,8 +232,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "L'opzione indica il runlevel per avviare il kernel di kdump. Sono consentiti solo i valori 1, 2, 3, 5 o s" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"L'opzione indica il runlevel per avviare il kernel di kdump. Sono consentiti " +"solo i valori 1, 2, 3, 5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -229,7 +263,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "Kdump è abilitato (è stata aggiunta l'opzione di avvio \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "" +"Kdump è abilitato (è stata aggiunta l'opzione di avvio \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 @@ -334,18 +369,20 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Riavvii immediati di kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Abilitato" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Disabilitato" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Numero di dump precedenti: tutti i dump vengono salvati senza cancellare quelli precedenti" +msgstr "" +"Numero di dump precedenti: tutti i dump vengono salvati senza cancellare " +"quelli precedenti" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -381,14 +418,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "L'opzione del kernel \"crashkernel\" include intervalli. Questi saranno riscritti." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." +msgstr "" +"L'opzione del kernel \"crashkernel\" include intervalli e/o valori " +"ridondanti.\n" +"Questi saranno riscritti." +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Riavviare per applicare le modifiche." @@ -407,40 +450,43 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Sono state usate opzioni errate." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Il livello di dump è stato impostato." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Valore dell'opzione errato." # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1200 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Il formato di dump è stato impostato." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "L'opzione può includere solo i valori \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo\"." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"L'opzione può includere solo i valori \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o " +"\"lzo\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Il file %1 non esiste." @@ -448,8 +494,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Valore per \"dir\" mancante." @@ -457,48 +503,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Valore per \"server\" mancante." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Valore per \"share\" mancante." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Valore per destinazione errato." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Valore delle opzioni \"no\" errato." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Il valore per l'opzione \"server\" non è corretto." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Il valore per l'opzione \"user\" non è corretto." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Il valore per l'opzione \"email\" non è corretto." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Dump assistito dal firmware: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Nessuna opzione è stata definita." @@ -519,115 +565,102 @@ msgstr "&Kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Abilita/disabilita kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Abilita &kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Disabilita kdump" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Memoria totale di sistema [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "Memoria utilizzabile [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "&Memoria di kdump [MB]" - # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_filter.ycp:75 #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Includi nel dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "Pagine riempite con &zero" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Pagine &cache" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Pagine cache &privata" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1377 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Pagine dati &utente" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "Pagine &libere" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1200 #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "Formato &dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "%Nessun dump" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1200 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "Formato &ELF" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Formato c&ompresso" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "Formato &LZO" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_sw_details.ycp:208 #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Seleziona destinazione" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Directory locale" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "Server &SMTP" @@ -637,7 +670,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nome &utente" @@ -646,131 +679,153 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Password" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "No&tifica a" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "No&tifica CC" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "&Kernel personalizzato di kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "&Riga di comando di kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "A&ppendi a riga di comando di kdump" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "&Abilita riavvio immediato dopo salvataggio del core" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Abilita la copia del ke&rnel nella directory di dump" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Abilita &cancellazione immagini di dump precedenti" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "N&umero di dump precedenti" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Memoria di kdump" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2170 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Avvio di Kdump" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2170 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Avvio" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - Filtraggio del dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Filtraggio del dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Destinazione del salvataggio per l'immagine di kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Destinazione del dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "Server SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Indirizzi e-mail per la notifica" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_mouse.ycp:111 -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Notifica via e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kernel personalizzato per kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Riga di comando" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni dei dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate di kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Memoria &bassa di kdump [MiB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "&Memoria di kdump [MiB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Memoria totale di sistema [MiB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "Memoria usabile [MiB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Memoria &alta di kdump [MiB]" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Abilita/disabilita kdump \n" -" Abilita o disabilita kdump. Il parametro crashkernel dell'opzione di avvio viene aggiunto/rimosso. \n" +" Abilita o disabilita kdump. Il parametro crashkernel dell'opzione di " +"avvio viene aggiunto/rimosso. \n" " Riavviare per applicare le modifiche. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -787,10 +842,21 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Dump assistito dal firmware \n" -"I dump non sono generati prima che la partizione sia reinizializzata ma avvengono quando la partizione viene riavviata. Quando si esegue un dump assistito dal firmware, la memoria di sistema viene congelata e la partizione riavviata, cosa che permette ad una nuova istanza del sistema operativo di fare il dump dei dati dal precedente crash del kernel. Questa funzionalità è adatta solamente quanto il sistema ha più di 1.5GB di memoria." +"I dump non sono generati prima che la partizione sia reinizializzata ma " +"avvengono quando la partizione viene riavviata. Quando si esegue un dump " +"assistito dal firmware, la memoria di sistema viene congelata e la " +"partizione riavviata, cosa che permette ad una nuova istanza del sistema " +"operativo di fare il dump dei dati dal precedente crash del kernel. Questa " +"funzionalità è adatta solamente quanto il sistema ha più di 1.5GB di memoria." +"" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -803,7 +869,8 @@ "Livello di dump \n" " Specifica il tipo di pagina necessaria per l'analisi.\n" " Le pagine del tipo specificato sono copiate nel file di dump. \n" -" Il tipo di pagine contrassegnato nella tabella seguente è incluso. " +" Il tipo di pagine contrassegnato nella tabella seguente è incluso. </" +"p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 @@ -811,37 +878,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Formato di dump \n" " Nessun dump - Salva solamente il log del kernel. \n" " Formato ELF - Crea un file di dump nel formato ELF. \n" -" Formato compresso - Comprime i dati di dump di ogni pagina con gzip. \n" -" Formato compresso LZO - File leggermente più grandi ma molto più veloce. \n" +" Formato compresso - Comprime i dati di dump di ogni pagina con " +"gzip. \n" +" Formato compresso LZO - File leggermente più grandi ma molto più " +"veloce. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinazione del salvataggio per l'immagine di kdump \n" -" La destinazione nella quale salvare le immagini di kdump. Selezionare il tipo di destinazione per salvare i dump. " +" La destinazione nella quale salvare le immagini di kdump. Selezionare il " +"tipo di destinazione per salvare i dump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"File system locale - Salva l'immagine di kdump nel file system locale.\n" -" Directory per il salvataggio dei dump - Il percorso per il salvataggio delle immagini di kdump.\n" -" Selezionare la directory in cui salvare le immagini di kdump mediante la finestra di dialogo, premendo Sfoglia\n" +"File system locale - Salva l'immagine di kdump nel file system " +"locale.\n" +" Directory per il salvataggio dei dump - Il percorso per il " +"salvataggio delle immagini di kdump.\n" +" Selezionare la directory in cui salvare le immagini di kdump mediante la " +"finestra di dialogo, premendo Sfoglia\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -852,14 +929,17 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Salva l'immagine di kdump tramite FTP.\n" " Nome server - Il nome del server FTP.\n" " Porta - Il numero della porta per la connessione.\n" -" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di kdump.\n" +" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di " +"kdump.\n" " Abilita FTP anonimo abilita le connessioni anonime al server.\n" -" Nome utente per la connessione FTP. Password per la connessione FTP. " +" Nome utente per la connessione FTP. Password per la " +"connessione FTP. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -871,10 +951,12 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SSH - Salva l'immagine di kdump tramite SSH e 'dd' sulla macchina obiettivo.\n" +"SSH - Salva l'immagine di kdump tramite SSH e 'dd' sulla macchina " +"obiettivo.\n" " Nome server - Il nome del server.\n" " Porta - Il numero della porta per la connessione.\n" -" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di kdump.\n" +" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di " +"kdump.\n" " Nome utente per la connessione ssh.\n" " Password per la connessione ssh. \n" @@ -891,7 +973,8 @@ "SFTP - Salva l'immagine di kdump tramite SFTP.\n" " Nome server - Il nome del server.\n" " Porta - Il numero della porta per la connessione.\n" -" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di kdump.\n" +" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di " +"kdump.\n" " Nome utente per la connessione ssh.\n" " Password per la connessione ssh. \n" @@ -914,7 +997,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Salva le immagini di kdump tramite NFS.\n" " Nome server - Il nome del server NFS.\n" -" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di kdump. " +" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di " +"kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -929,9 +1013,12 @@ "CIFS - Salva l'immagine di kdump tramite CIFS.\n" " Nome server - Il nome del server.\n" " Condivisione esportata - Il nome della condivisione Windows.\n" -" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di kdump.\n" -" Usa autenticazione abilita la connessione al server con autenticazione.\n" -" Nome utente per la connessione. Password per la connessione. " +" Directory sul server - Il percorso dove salvare le immagini di " +"kdump.\n" +" Usa autenticazione abilita la connessione al server con " +"autenticazione.\n" +" Nome utente per la connessione. Password per la " +"connessione. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -940,8 +1027,10 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Kernel di kdump personalizzato L'utente può specificare il kernel personalizzato.\n" -" Lo schema di denominazione è: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<stringa_kernel>[.gz]\n" +"Kernel di kdump personalizzato L'utente può specificare il kernel " +"personalizzato.\n" +" Lo schema di denominazione è: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<stringa_kernel>[.gz]</" +"i>\n" " Immettere solo stringa_kernel. " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 @@ -962,7 +1051,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Appendi alla riga di comando kdump\n" -" Impostare questa opzione significa _appendere_ i valori alla riga di comando predefinita. \n" +" Impostare questa opzione significa _appendere_ i valori alla riga di " +"comando predefinita. \n" " La stringa sarà appesa se è impostata la\n" " Riga di comando kdump. \n" @@ -973,18 +1063,22 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Abilita riavvio immediato dopo salvataggio del core - \n" -" Abilita il riavvio immediato del sistema dopo il salvataggio del core in kdump. " +" Abilita il riavvio immediato del sistema dopo il salvataggio del core in " +"kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Abilita cancellazione immagini di dump precedenti - \n" -" Abilita la cancellazione delle immagini di dump precedenti. Se il numero dei file di dump in \n" -" Numero di dump precedenti supera questo limite, i dump più vecchi vengono rimossi. " +" Abilita la cancellazione delle immagini di dump precedenti. Se il numero " +"dei file di dump in \n" +" Numero di dump precedenti supera questo limite, i dump più vecchi " +"vengono rimossi. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -999,52 +1093,72 @@ " Se questa opzione è selezionata, il kernel e le\n" " informazioni di debug (se installate) vengono copiati nella directory\n" " dump. Il valore predefinito è \"off\". Risulta utile avere\n" -" tutti i dati necessari disponibili per le operazioni di debug. \n" +" tutti i dati necessari disponibili per le operazioni di debug. </" +"p>\n" #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "Server SMTP usato per inviare una e-mail di notifica dopo un dump." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"Server SMTP usato per inviare una e-mail di notifica dopo un dump." +"" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Nome utente per l'autenticazione SMTP quando è impostato il Server SMTP . Questo parametro è facoltativo.\n" -"Se non si specifica nome utente/password, verrà utilizzato l'SMTP semplice.\n" +"Nome utente per l'autenticazione SMTP quando è impostato il " +"Server SMTP . Questo parametro è facoltativo.\n" +"Se non si specifica nome utente/password, verrà utilizzato l'SMTP semplice.</" +"p>\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Password per l'autenticazione SMTP quando è impostato il Server SMTP . Questo parametro è facoltativo.\n" -"Se non si specifica nome utente/password, verrà utilizzato l'SMTP semplice.\n" +"Password per l'autenticazione SMTP quando è impostato il Server " +"SMTP . Questo parametro è facoltativo.\n" +"Se non si specifica nome utente/password, verrà utilizzato l'SMTP semplice.</" +"p>\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Notifica a specifica l'indirizzo e-mail a cui verrà inviata una notifica via e-mail in seguito al salvataggio di un dump.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Notifica a specifica l'indirizzo e-mail a cui verrà inviata una " +"notifica via e-mail in seguito al salvataggio di un dump.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Notifica CC Specifica un elenco separato da spazi di indirizzi e-mail ai quali verranno inviate le e-mail di notifica\n" +"Notifica CC Specifica un elenco separato da spazi di indirizzi e-" +"mail ai quali verranno inviate le e-mail di notifica\n" " tramite CC in seguito al salvataggio di un dump.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Numero di dump precedenti specifica quanti dump precedenti sono mantenuti. Se il numeri dei file di dump \n" +"Numero di dump precedenti specifica quanti dump precedenti sono " +"mantenuti. Se il numeri dei file di dump \n" "eccede tale valore, i dump più vecchi vengono cancellati." #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1063,7 +1177,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruzione dell'inizializzazione:</big> \n" -"È possibile interrompere in sicurezza il programma di configurazione premendo Interrompi adesso.\n" +"È possibile interrompere in sicurezza il programma di configurazione " +"premendo Interrompi adesso.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1083,8 +1198,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruzione del salvataggio:</big> \n" -"È possibile interrompere la procedura di salvataggio premendo Interrompi.\n" -"Si aprirà una finestra di dialogo aggiuntiva che indicherà se è sicuro farlo.\n" +"È possibile interrompere la procedura di salvataggio premendo Interrompi</" +"b>.\n" +"Si aprirà una finestra di dialogo aggiuntiva che indicherà se è sicuro " +"farlo.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -1106,7 +1223,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Aggiunta di kdump:</big> \n" "Selezionare un kdump dall'elenco dei kdump rilevati.\n" -"Se il proprio kdump non è stato rilevato, selezionare Altro (non rilevato),\n" +"Se il proprio kdump non è stato rilevato, selezionare Altro (non " +"rilevato),\n" "quindi premere Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1117,7 +1235,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Modifica o eliminazione:</big> \n" -"facendo clic su Modifica, viene visualizzata un'ulteriore finestra di dialogo\n" +"facendo clic su Modifica, viene visualizzata un'ulteriore finestra di " +"dialogo\n" "in cui è possibile modificare la configurazione.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1235,19 +1354,21 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "L'opzione del kernel include molti intervalli. Riscriverla?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" +msgstr "" +"L'opzione del kernel include molti intervalli e/o valori ridondanti. " +"Riscriverla?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Usa dump assistito dal &firmware" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1258,129 +1379,137 @@ # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:914 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inizializzazione della configurazione di kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lettura del file di configurazione in corso..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Lettura delle opzioni di avvio del kernel in corso..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "Lettura della memoria disponibile in corso..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "Calcolo dei limiti di memoria in corso..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Lettura delle partizioni dei dischi in corso..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "Lettura della memoria disponibile e calibrazione dell'uso in corso..." + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Impossibile leggere il file di configurazione /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Impossibile leggere le opzioni di avvio del kernel." # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:620 #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Impossibile leggere la memoria disponibile." # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:914 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione di kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrittura delle impostazioni" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Aggiornamento delle opzioni di avvio" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scrittura delle impostazioni in corso..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Aggiornamento delle opzioni di avvio in corso..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finito" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Impossibile scrivere le impostazioni." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Aggiunta del parametro crashkernel al boot loader fallita." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Stato di kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "abilitato" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "disabilitato" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" -msgstr "Valore dell'opzione crashkernel: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" +msgstr "Valore/i dell'opzione crashkernel: %1" # #-#-#-#-# kdump.it.po (kdump) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1200 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Formato di dump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Destinazione del dump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Numero di dump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "Attenzione! Potrebbe non esserci spazio libero a sufficienza. Sono richiesti %{required}, ma solo %{available} sono disponibili." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"Attenzione! Potrebbe non esserci spazio libero a sufficienza. Sono richiesti " +"%{required}, ma solo %{available} sono disponibili." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1403,7 +1532,8 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Formato di dump \n" -#~ " Formato compresso - Comprime i dati di dump per ciascuna pagina.\n" +#~ " Formato compresso - Comprime i dati di dump per ciascuna " +#~ "pagina.\n" #~ " Formato ELF - Crea il file di dump in formato ELF. " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/ncurses-pkg.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/ncurses-pkg.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/ncurses-pkg.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 11:24+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:39+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -72,8 +72,11 @@ msgstr "pacchetti sono stati modificati per risolvere le dipendenze:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "Si può scegliere di installare comunque, ma si rischia di ottenere un sistema corrotto." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"Si può scegliere di installare comunque, ma si rischia di ottenere un " +"sistema corrotto." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -103,14 +106,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annulla" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "A&ccetta" @@ -136,20 +139,36 @@ msgstr "Non necessario" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "Questo è un elenco dei pacchetti utili. Verranno installati anche loro se raccomandati da un nuovo pacchetto installato." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"Questo è un elenco dei pacchetti utili. Verranno installati anche loro se " +"raccomandati da un nuovo pacchetto installato." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Si suggerisce di installare questi pacchetti in quanto complementari ai pacchetti già installati. La decisione sull'installazione è dell'utente." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Si suggerisce di installare questi pacchetti in quanto complementari ai " +"pacchetti già installati. La decisione sull'installazione è dell'utente." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "Il risolutore ha rilevato che questi pacchetti sono senza un repository, ossia gli aggiornamenti non sono possibili." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"Il risolutore ha rilevato che questi pacchetti sono senza un repository, " +"ossia gli aggiornamenti non sono possibili." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Questi pacchetti potrebbero essere non necessari in quanto le precedenti dipendenze non sono più richieste." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Questi pacchetti potrebbero essere non necessari in quanto le precedenti " +"dipendenze non sono più richieste." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -186,8 +205,12 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Traduzioni, dizionari e altri file relativi alla lingua per la localizzazione %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Traduzioni, dizionari e altri file relativi alla lingua per la " +"localizzazione %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -591,7 +614,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "Questa informazione è disponibile solo per i pacchetti installati." +msgstr "" +"Questa informazione è disponibile solo per i pacchetti installati." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -709,33 +733,98 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Benvenuti nel selettore dei pacchettiQuesto strumento consente di gestire i programmi sul proprio sistema. È possibile installare, aggiornare o rimuovere singoli pacchetti così come modelli (insiemi di pacchetti utili ad un certo scopo) o lingue. In genere non è necessario occuparsi delle dipendenze dei pacchetti quando si installa o rimuove qualcosa, in quanto se ne occuperà il risolutore. Il selettore dei pacchetti consiste di tre parti principali: filtri, tabella dei pacchetti e menu." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Benvenuti nel selettore dei pacchettiQuesto strumento " +"consente di gestire i programmi sul proprio sistema. È possibile installare, " +"aggiornare o rimuovere singoli pacchetti così come modelli (insiemi di " +"pacchetti utili ad un certo scopo) o lingue. In genere non è necessario " +"occuparsi delle dipendenze dei pacchetti quando si installa o rimuove " +"qualcosa, in quanto se ne occuperà il risolutore. Il selettore dei pacchetti " +"consiste di tre parti principali: filtri, tabella dei pacchetti</" +"b> e menu." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Il Filtro (pannello sinistro) è progettato per orientarsi in modo semplice tra il gran numero di pacchetti. Usare i filtri per visualizzare solo i pacchetti di un certo repository o di un modello selezionato (ad esempio, Giochi o Sviluppo C/C++), o per cercare particolari parole chiave. Ulteriori informazioni sui filtri si trovano in Come usare i filtri." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Il Filtro (pannello sinistro) è progettato per orientarsi in modo " +"semplice tra il gran numero di pacchetti. Usare i filtri per visualizzare " +"solo i pacchetti di un certo repository o di un modello selezionato (ad " +"esempio, Giochi o Sviluppo C/C++), o per cercare particolari parole chiave. " +"Ulteriori informazioni sui filtri si trovano in Come usare i filtri.</" +"p>" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "La tabella dei pacchetti è il componente principale del selettore dei pacchetti. Presenta un elenco di pacchetti che combaciano con il filtro corrente (ad esempio, il gruppo di RPM selezionato o il risultato della ricerca). Ogni riga della tabella dei pacchetti è composta da diverse colonne:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"La tabella dei pacchetti è il componente principale del selettore " +"dei pacchetti. Presenta un elenco di pacchetti che combaciano con il filtro " +"corrente (ad esempio, il gruppo di RPM selezionato o il risultato della " +"ricerca). Ogni riga della tabella dei pacchetti è composta da diverse " +"colonne:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Stato del pacchetto (per ulteriori informazioni vedere Stato del pacchetto e simboli)</li> <li>Nome del pacchetto</li><li>Sommario pacchetto</li> <li>Versione disponibile (in alcuni dei repository configurati)</li> <li>Versione installata (vuoto per i pacchetti non ancora installati)</li><li>Dimensione pacchetto</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Stato del pacchetto (per ulteriori informazioni vedere Stato del " +"pacchetto e simboli)</li> <li>Nome del pacchetto</li><li>Sommario " +"pacchetto</li> <li>Versione disponibile (in alcuni dei repository " +"configurati)</li> <li>Versione installata (vuoto per i pacchetti non ancora " +"installati)</li><li>Dimensione pacchetto</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Il menu Azioni sotto la tabella permette di modificare lo stato dei pacchetti selezionati (o di tutti i pacchetti nell'elenco), per esempio, di rimuovere un pacchetto o di selezionare un pacchetto aggiuntivo da installare. La modifica dello stato può anche essere fatta direttamente premendo il tasto specificato nella voce del menu (per informazioni dettagliate circa lo stato del pacchetto, vedere Stato dei pacchetti e simboli)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Il menu Azioni sotto la tabella permette di modificare lo stato " +"dei pacchetti selezionati (o di tutti i pacchetti nell'elenco), per esempio, " +"di rimuovere un pacchetto o di selezionare un pacchetto aggiuntivo da " +"installare. La modifica dello stato può anche essere fatta direttamente " +"premendo il tasto specificato nella voce del menu (per informazioni " +"dettagliate circa lo stato del pacchetto, vedere Stato dei pacchetti e " +"simboli)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Il menu fornisce funzioni correlate alla gestione delle dipendenze dei pacchetti. Visualizza informazioni rilevanti sui pacchetti ed esegue azioni come l'apertura dell'editor dei repository. Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere Funzioni utili nel menu." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Il menu fornisce funzioni correlate alla gestione delle dipendenze " +"dei pacchetti. Visualizza informazioni rilevanti sui pacchetti ed esegue " +"azioni come l'apertura dell'editor dei repository. Per ulteriori " +"informazioni, vedere Funzioni utili nel menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -744,13 +833,31 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "Lo stato del pacchetto può essere cambiato utilizzando il menu Azioni o i tasti specificati nelle voci del menu. Ad esempio, usare '+' per installare un pacchetto aggiuntivo.Lo stato \"Tabù\" indica che il pacchetto non deve mai essere installato. Al contrario, lo stato \"Vincolato\" indica che la versione installata di un pacchetto non deve essere mai cambiata." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"Lo stato del pacchetto può essere cambiato utilizzando il menu Azioni</" +"i> o i tasti specificati nelle voci del menu. Ad esempio, usare '+' per " +"installare un pacchetto aggiuntivo.Lo stato \"Tabù\" indica che il " +"pacchetto non deve mai essere installato. Al contrario, lo stato \"Vincolato" +"\" indica che la versione installata di un pacchetto non deve essere mai " +"cambiata." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "È anche possibile usare INVIO o SPAZIO per scambiare lo stato di un pacchetto. Il menu Azioni permette di modificare lo stato di tutti i pacchetti nell'elenco (selezionare 'Tutti i pacchetti elencati')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"È anche possibile usare INVIO o SPAZIO per scambiare lo " +"stato di un pacchetto. Il menu Azioni permette di modificare lo stato " +"di tutti i pacchetti nell'elenco (selezionare 'Tutti i pacchetti elencati')." +"" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -759,13 +866,31 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : il pacchetto verrà installatoa+ : il pacchetto verrà installato automaticamente > : il pacchetto verrà aggiornatoa> : il pacchetto verrà aggiornato automaticamente i : il pacchetto è installato - : il pacchetto verrà rimosso---: non installare mai questo pacchetto (tabù)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : il pacchetto verrà installatoa+ : il pacchetto " +"verrà installato automaticamente > : il pacchetto verrà " +"aggiornatoa> : il pacchetto verrà aggiornato automaticamente</" +"p> i : il pacchetto è installato - : il pacchetto " +"verrà rimosso---: non installare mai questo pacchetto (tabù)</" +"p>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: mantenere la versione installata e non aggiornare o rimuovere mai il pacchetto (pacchetto vincolato)Informazione di stato per modelli e lingue: i : tutti i requisiti di questo modello/lingua sono soddisfatti" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: mantenere la versione installata e non aggiornare o " +"rimuovere mai il pacchetto (pacchetto vincolato)Informazione di " +"stato per modelli e lingue: i : tutti i requisiti di questo " +"modello/lingua sono soddisfatti" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -774,28 +899,89 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Il filtro consente di filtrare tutti i possibili pacchetti disponibili in base al criterio selezionato. I filtri dei pacchetti sono basati sulle proprietà dei pacchetti (repository, gruppo RPM), sui \"contenitori\" dei pacchetti (modelli, lingue), sulla classificazione dei pacchetti o sui risultati di ricerca. Selezionare il filtro desiderato dal menu a tendina. I filtri specifici sono descritti di seguito." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Il filtro consente di filtrare tutti i possibili pacchetti " +"disponibili in base al criterio selezionato. I filtri dei pacchetti sono " +"basati sulle proprietà dei pacchetti (repository, gruppo RPM), sui " +"\"contenitori\" dei pacchetti (modelli, lingue), sulla classificazione dei " +"pacchetti o sui risultati di ricerca. Selezionare il filtro desiderato dal " +"menu a tendina. I filtri specifici sono descritti di seguito." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "I Modelli descrivono le funzionalità che un sistema deve avere (per esempio, il server X o gli strumenti per il terminale). Ogni modello contiene un insieme di pacchetti richiesti (devono essere installati), raccomandati (dovrebbero essere installati) e suggeriti (potrebbero essere installati). Se si seleziona un modello per l'installazione, aggiornamento o rimozione, sarà eseguito il risolutore delle dipendenze e lo stato dei pacchetti subordinati sarà modificato di conseguenza." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"I Modelli descrivono le funzionalità che un sistema deve avere " +"(per esempio, il server X o gli strumenti per il terminale). Ogni modello " +"contiene un insieme di pacchetti richiesti (devono essere installati), " +"raccomandati (dovrebbero essere installati) e suggeriti (potrebbero essere " +"installati). Se si seleziona un modello per l'installazione, aggiornamento o " +"rimozione, sarà eseguito il risolutore delle dipendenze e lo stato dei " +"pacchetti subordinati sarà modificato di conseguenza." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Le lingue sono contenitori di pacchetti molto simili ai modelli. Esse contengono i pacchetti con le traduzioni, i dizionari e altri file specifici per la lingua selezionata.I gruppi RPM non sono contenitori di pacchetti che possono essere installati.Piuttosto, l'appartenenza di un pacchetto a un certo gruppo RPM è una proprietà del pacchetto stesso.I gruppi RPM hanno una struttura gerarchica (ad albero).Il filtro Repository mostra i pacchetti disponibili da un repository specifico. " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Le lingue sono contenitori di pacchetti molto simili ai modelli. " +"Esse contengono i pacchetti con le traduzioni, i dizionari e altri file " +"specifici per la lingua selezionata.I gruppi RPM non sono contenitori " +"di pacchetti che possono essere installati.Piuttosto, l'appartenenza di un " +"pacchetto a un certo gruppo RPM è una proprietà del pacchetto stesso.I " +"gruppi RPM hanno una struttura gerarchica (ad albero).Il filtro " +"Repository mostra i pacchetti disponibili da un repository specifico. " +"" #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Per usare il filtro Cerca, introdurre una parola chiave (o parte di una parola chiave) per la ricerca del pacchetto. Ad esempio, cercare tutti i pacchetti riguardanti il 3D usando l'espressione \"3d\". È anche possibile cercare nelle descrizioni dei pacchetti, in ciò che gli RPM forniscono o richiedono. Selezionare la casella appropriata e premere il pulsante 'Cerca'." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Per usare il filtro Cerca, introdurre una parola chiave (o parte " +"di una parola chiave) per la ricerca del pacchetto. Ad esempio, cercare " +"tutti i pacchetti riguardanti il 3D usando l'espressione \"3d\". È anche " +"possibile cercare nelle descrizioni dei pacchetti, in ciò che gli RPM " +"forniscono o richiedono. Selezionare la casella appropriata e premere il " +"pulsante 'Cerca'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "Il Sommario installazione presenta una panoramica dei pacchetti il cui stato è stato cambiato durante questa sessione (ad esempio, marcati per l'installazione o la rimozione) dall'utente o automaticamente dal risolutore delle dipendenze. Classificazione dei pacchetti fornisce le informazioni sui pacchetti Raccomandati, Suggeriti, Orfani e Non necessari." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"Il Sommario installazione presenta una panoramica dei pacchetti il " +"cui stato è stato cambiato durante questa sessione (ad esempio, marcati per " +"l'installazione o la rimozione) dall'utente o automaticamente dal risolutore " +"delle dipendenze. Classificazione dei pacchetti fornisce le " +"informazioni sui pacchetti Raccomandati, Suggeriti, Orfani</" +"i> e Non necessari." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -803,32 +989,134 @@ msgstr "Funzioni utili nel menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Dipendenze: Questo menu offre varie azioni correlate alla gestione delle dipendenze dei pacchetti. In modo predefinito le dipendenze sono verificate ad ogni cambiamento di stato. Si verrà informati dei conflitti tra pacchetti in una finestra di dialogo che propone le possibili soluzioni. Per risolvere il conflitto, selezionare una delle soluzioni proposte e premere 'OK -- Prova nuovamente'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Dipendenze: Questo menu offre varie azioni correlate alla " +"gestione delle dipendenze dei pacchetti. In modo predefinito le dipendenze " +"sono verificate ad ogni cambiamento di stato. Si verrà informati dei " +"conflitti tra pacchetti in una finestra di dialogo che propone le possibili " +"soluzioni. Per risolvere il conflitto, selezionare una delle soluzioni " +"proposte e premere 'OK -- Prova nuovamente'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Per disabilitare il controllo delle dipendenze ad ogni modifica dello stato deselezionare Controllo automatico delle dipendenze. È possibile verificare manualmente le dipendenze selezionando Controlla le dipendenze ora. La voce Verifica sistema verificherà le dipendenze dei pacchetti già installati e risolverà i conflitti in modo non interattivo, contrassegnando i pacchetti mancanti per l'installazione automatica, se necessario. Per effettuare il debug usare Genera test per risolutore delle dipendenze. Questo salverà i dati delle dipendenze dei pacchetti nella directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>.Questo è in genere quanto è necessario se nel Bugzilla viene richiesto un \"solver testcase\"." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Per disabilitare il controllo delle dipendenze ad ogni modifica dello " +"stato deselezionare Controllo automatico delle dipendenze. È " +"possibile verificare manualmente le dipendenze selezionando Controlla le " +"dipendenze ora. La voce Verifica sistema verificherà le " +"dipendenze dei pacchetti già installati e risolverà i conflitti in modo non " +"interattivo, contrassegnando i pacchetti mancanti per l'installazione " +"automatica, se necessario. Per effettuare il debug usare Genera test per " +"risolutore delle dipendenze. Questo salverà i dati delle dipendenze dei " +"pacchetti nella directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>.Questo è in " +"genere quanto è necessario se nel Bugzilla viene richiesto un \"solver " +"testcase\"." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Le opzioni disponibili per il controllo delle dipendenze sono: Verifica automatica delle dipendenze (vedi sopra), Installa i pacchetti raccomandati: se attiva, le dipendenze deboli verranno onorate, Modalità verifica del sistema: ripara le dipendenze dei pacchetti installati e le risolve immediatamente. Si noti che dopo aver controllato il sistema con Verifica sistema ora l'opzione Modalità verifica del sistema è abilitata (se lo si desidera, si deselezioni l'opzione). Queste opzioni sono salvate nel file di configurazione di YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Le opzioni disponibili per il controllo delle dipendenze sono: " +" Verifica automatica delle dipendenze (vedi sopra), Installa i " +"pacchetti raccomandati: se attiva, le dipendenze deboli verranno " +"onorate, Modalità verifica del sistema: ripara le dipendenze dei " +"pacchetti installati e le risolve immediatamente. Si noti che dopo aver " +"controllato il sistema con Verifica sistema ora l'opzione Modalità " +"verifica del sistema è abilitata (se lo si desidera, si deselezioni " +"l'opzione). Queste opzioni sono salvate nel file di configurazione di YaST " +"<tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Opzioni avanzate: Pulitura quando si eliminano pacchetti: rimuove i pacchetti dipendenti non usati. Permetti cambio di fornitore: il fornitore del pacchetto può essere diverso dal fornitore del pacchetto installato. Queste opzioni non verranno salvate; possono essere impostate solamente nel file di configurazione della libreria dei pacchetti <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Opzioni avanzate: Pulitura quando si eliminano pacchetti: " +"rimuove i pacchetti dipendenti non usati. Permetti cambio di fornitore</" +"i>: il fornitore del pacchetto può essere diverso dal fornitore del " +"pacchetto installato. Queste opzioni non verranno salvate; possono essere " +"impostate solamente nel file di configurazione della libreria dei pacchetti " +"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Visualizza: Scegliere quali informazioni riguardanti il pacchetto selezionato verranno mostrate nella finestra sottostante la tabella dei pacchetti. Le opzioni disponibili sono: descrizione del pacchetto, dati tecnici (versione, dimensione, licenza, ecc.), versioni del pacchetto (tutte quelle disponibili), elenco file (tutti i file inclusi nel pacchetto) e dipendenze (fornisce, richiede, ecc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Visualizza: Scegliere quali informazioni riguardanti il " +"pacchetto selezionato verranno mostrate nella finestra sottostante la " +"tabella dei pacchetti. Le opzioni disponibili sono: descrizione del " +"pacchetto, dati tecnici (versione, dimensione, licenza, ecc.), versioni del " +"pacchetto (tutte quelle disponibili), elenco file (tutti i file inclusi nel " +"pacchetto) e dipendenze (fornisce, richiede, ecc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configurazione: Questo menu integra il selettore dei pacchetti con i rimanenti strumenti di gestione dei pacchetti. Da qui si può Avviare il gestore dei repository e modificare i repository configurati o registrare un repository da aggiornare e configurare lo scaricamento periodico degli aggiornamenti disponibili (Avvia la configurazione degli aggiornamenti in linea). Inoltre si può scegliere uno dei tre comportamenti del selettore dei pacchetti all'uscita, nel menu Azione dopo l'installazione dei pacchetti." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configurazione: Questo menu integra il selettore dei pacchetti " +"con i rimanenti strumenti di gestione dei pacchetti. Da qui si può " +"Avviare il gestore dei repository e modificare i repository " +"configurati o registrare un repository da aggiornare e configurare lo " +"scaricamento periodico degli aggiornamenti disponibili (Avvia la " +"configurazione degli aggiornamenti in linea). Inoltre si può scegliere " +"uno dei tre comportamenti del selettore dei pacchetti all'uscita, nel menu " +"Azione dopo l'installazione dei pacchetti." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra: Qui risiedono varie funzioni. Esporta elenco pacchetti su file salva i dati su pacchetti, modelli e lingue installati nel file XML specificato. Questo file potrà essere letto in seguito tramite l'opzione Importa elenco pacchetti da file, ad esempio su un diverso computer. Ciò porterà l'insieme dei pacchetti sul computer di destinazione nello stesso stato descritto nel file XML fornito. Mostra spazio disponibile su disco mostra una finestra a comparsa che illustra l'uso dello spazio su disco e dello spazio libero sulla partizione attualmente montata." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra: Qui risiedono varie funzioni. Esporta elenco " +"pacchetti su file salva i dati su pacchetti, modelli e lingue installati " +"nel file XML specificato. Questo file potrà essere letto in seguito tramite " +"l'opzione Importa elenco pacchetti da file, ad esempio su un diverso " +"computer. Ciò porterà l'insieme dei pacchetti sul computer di destinazione " +"nello stesso stato descritto nel file XML fornito. Mostra spazio " +"disponibile su disco mostra una finestra a comparsa che illustra l'uso " +"dello spazio su disco e dello spazio libero sulla partizione attualmente " +"montata." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1041,28 +1329,91 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Informazioni generali sulle patch:Le patch di tipo sicurezza risolvono i problemi di sicurezza ed è caldamente consigliato installarle. Si dovrebbero installare anche le patch raccomandate in quanto di solito contengono importanti correzioni dei bug. Installare le patch di funzionalità se si è interessati alla funzionalità offerta." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Informazioni generali sulle patch:Le patch di tipo sicurezza</" +"b> risolvono i problemi di sicurezza ed è caldamente consigliato " +"installarle. Si dovrebbero installare anche le patch raccomandate in " +"quanto di solito contengono importanti correzioni dei bug. Installare le " +"patch di funzionalità se si è interessati alla funzionalità offerta.</" +"p>" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Le patch per \"libzypp\" (Gestione di Pacchetti, Patch, Modelli e Prodotti) saranno sempre installate per prime. Le altre patch devono essere installate in un secondo tempo." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Le patch per \"libzypp\" (Gestione di Pacchetti, Patch, Modelli e " +"Prodotti) saranno sempre installate per prime. Le altre patch devono essere " +"installate in un secondo tempo." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Significato delle indicazioni di stato:a+ : vengono preselezionate le patch relative all'installazione. Verranno scaricate e installate nel sistema. Se non si desidera una determinata patch, deselezionarla mediante '-'. i : tutti i requisiti di questa patch sono soddisfatti. + : questa patch è stata scelta volontariamente per l'installazione." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Significato delle indicazioni di stato:a+ : vengono " +"preselezionate le patch relative all'installazione. Verranno scaricate e " +"installate nel sistema. Se non si desidera una determinata patch, " +"deselezionarla mediante '-'. i : tutti i requisiti di questa " +"patch sono soddisfatti. + : questa patch è stata scelta " +"volontariamente per l'installazione." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Maggiori dettagli sullo stato: Se ci sono varie patch per un pacchetto (o un insieme di pacchetti) che non sono ancora applicate al sistema, esse vengono tutte preselezionate e hanno stato a+. Se una delle patch viene deselezionata tramite '-', essa potrebbe mostrare in seguito lo stato i. Questo è dovuto al fatto che qualcuna delle altre patch relative allo stesso pacchetto è ancora selezionata e le nuove versioni dei pacchetti verranno installate e con esse questa patch è soddisfatta. Se le patch non sono desiderate, bisogna deselezionare tutte le patch." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Maggiori dettagli sullo stato: Se ci sono varie patch per un pacchetto " +"(o un insieme di pacchetti) che non sono ancora applicate al sistema, esse " +"vengono tutte preselezionate e hanno stato a+. Se una delle patch " +"viene deselezionata tramite '-', essa potrebbe mostrare in seguito lo stato " +"i. Questo è dovuto al fatto che qualcuna delle altre patch relative " +"allo stesso pacchetto è ancora selezionata e le nuove versioni dei pacchetti " +"verranno installate e con esse questa patch è soddisfatta. Se le patch non " +"sono desiderate, bisogna deselezionare tutte le patch." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "I menu:Il menu Filtro permette di filtrare le patch, ad esempio mostrare le patch 'Installate' o l'elenco di quelle di 'Sicurezza'. Fornisce altresì la possibilità di cercare le patch. Usare il menu Azioni per cambiare lo stato di una patch. Il menu Vista offre la possibilità di vedere quali pacchetti sono oggetto della patch. Si noti che se il filtro è 'Tutte le patch', l'elenco dei pacchetti per alcune patch potrebbe essere vuoto. Questo significa che nessun pacchetto è oggetto della patch in quanto nessuno dei pacchetti della patch è installato nel sistema. Il menu Dipendenze contiene le verifiche delle dipendenze e la voce 'Genera test per risolutore delle dipendenze'." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"I menu:Il menu Filtro permette di filtrare le patch, ad " +"esempio mostrare le patch 'Installate' o l'elenco di quelle di 'Sicurezza'. " +"Fornisce altresì la possibilità di cercare le patch. Usare il menu " +"Azioni per cambiare lo stato di una patch. Il menu Vista " +"offre la possibilità di vedere quali pacchetti sono oggetto della patch. Si " +"noti che se il filtro è 'Tutte le patch', l'elenco dei pacchetti per alcune " +"patch potrebbe essere vuoto. Questo significa che nessun pacchetto è oggetto " +"della patch in quanto nessuno dei pacchetti della patch è installato nel " +"sistema. Il menu Dipendenze contiene le verifiche delle " +"dipendenze e la voce 'Genera test per risolutore delle dipendenze'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1084,36 +1435,45 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "&Continua" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Sì" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&No" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- Prova nuovamente" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Tutte le modifiche nella selezione di pacchetti, patch e modelli verranno perse. Uscire veramente?" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Tutte le modifiche nella selezione di pacchetti, patch e modelli verranno " +"perse. Uscire veramente?" # #-#-#-#-# ncurses-pkg.it.po (packages) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:142 #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Lingue disponibili" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Repository disponibili" @@ -1123,76 +1483,138 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Patch necessarie" # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:115 #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Patch installate" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Patch di YOU" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Prob. aggiorn. vedi guida" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Risultati della ricerca" # #-#-#-#-# ncurses-pkg.it.po (packages) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_rpmcopy.ycp:57 #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Dipendenze dei pacchetti" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Elenco problemi aggiornamenti I pacchetti nell'elenco non possono essere aggiornati automaticamente.Cause possibili:Sono stati resi obsoleti da altri pacchetti.Non vi è una versione più recente a cui aggiornare sui supporti di installazione.Sono pacchetti di terze partiSelezionare manualmente come comportarsi con questi pacchetti. L'azione più sicura è eliminarli." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Elenco problemi aggiornamenti I pacchetti nell'elenco non " +"possono essere aggiornati automaticamente.Cause possibili:Sono " +"stati resi obsoleti da altri pacchetti.Non vi è una versione più " +"recente a cui aggiornare sui supporti di installazione.Sono pacchetti " +"di terze partiSelezionare manualmente come comportarsi con questi " +"pacchetti. L'azione più sicura è eliminarli." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Origine" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Aggiorna elenco" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch:" #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Nessuna patch disponibile" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" -#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -#~ msgstr "Questo è un elenco dei pacchetti utili. Verranno installati anche loro se raccomandati da un nuovo pacchetto installato. Per ottenere i pacchetti raccomandati dai pacchetti già installati, si deve impostare l'opzione Installa pacchetti raccomandati per i pacchetti già installati nel menu Dipendenze." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Versioni del pacchetto incompatibili" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Si sta provando ad installare contemporaneamente delle versioni di questo " +"pacchetto che supportano versioni multiple e che non supportano versioni " +"multiple." + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" +"Questa versione supporta le versioni multiple.Premere \"Continua\" " +"per installare questa versione e deselezionare la versione che non supporta " +"le versioni multiple, \"Annulla\" per deselezionare questa versione e " +"mantenere l'altra." + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" +"Questa versione non supporta le versioni multiple.Premere " +"\"Continua\" per installare solo questa versione e deselezionare tutte le " +"altre versioni, \"Annulla\" per deselezionare questa versione e mantenere le " +"altre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Questo è un elenco dei pacchetti utili. Verranno installati anche loro se " +#~ "raccomandati da un nuovo pacchetto installato. Per ottenere i pacchetti " +#~ "raccomandati dai pacchetti già installati, si deve impostare l'opzione " +#~ "Installa pacchetti raccomandati per i pacchetti già installati nel " +#~ "menu Dipendenze." + #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- questa patch è rotta !!! -----" -#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "Il tipo \"recommended\" indica che si dovrebbe installare la patch. \"security\" indica una patch di sicurezza e se ne raccomanda caldamente l'installazione." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " +#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il tipo \"recommended\" indica che si dovrebbe installare la patch. " +#~ "\"security\" indica una patch di sicurezza e se ne raccomanda caldamente " +#~ "l'installazione." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Cerca i &pacchetti in rete" @@ -1295,8 +1717,12 @@ #~ msgid "Technical data" #~ msgstr "Dati tecnici" -#~ msgid "i: This patch is already installed.>: The patch will be reinstalled." -#~ msgstr "i: Questa patch è già installata.>: La patch sarà installata nuovamente." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "i: This patch is already installed.>: The patch " +#~ "will be reinstalled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "i: Questa patch è già installata.>: La patch sarà " +#~ "installata nuovamente." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Toggle [SPACE]" @@ -1529,29 +1955,79 @@ #~ msgid "S&elections" #~ msgstr "S&elezione" -#~ msgid "The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For example, select additional categories for installation (see menu Filter) or deselect unwanted packages." -#~ msgstr "La finestra per l'installazione dei pacchetti offre feature per adattare l'installazione di SuSE Linux alle Vostre esigenze. Potete fare le vostre scelte riguardo all'installazione o eliminazione di certi pacchetti, p. es. potete selezionare categorie supplementari per l'installazione (vedi menu Filtro) o deselezionare pacchetti indesiderati." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your " +#~ "SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own " +#~ "decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For " +#~ "example, select additional categories for installation (see menu " +#~ "Filter) or deselect unwanted packages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La finestra per l'installazione dei pacchetti offre feature per " +#~ "adattare l'installazione di SuSE Linux alle Vostre esigenze. Potete fare " +#~ "le vostre scelte riguardo all'installazione o eliminazione di certi " +#~ "pacchetti, p. es. potete selezionare categorie supplementari per " +#~ "l'installazione (vedi menu Filtro) o deselezionare pacchetti " +#~ "indesiderati." -#~ msgid "The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with status information in the first column. To change the package status, see Actions." -#~ msgstr "La lista mostra i pacchetti appartenenti al filtro attuale e delle informazioni sullo stato riportati nella prima colonna. Per modificare lo stato dei pacchetti vedi menu Azioni." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with " +#~ "status information in the first column. To change the package status, see " +#~ "Actions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La lista mostra i pacchetti appartenenti al filtro attuale e delle " +#~ "informazioni sullo stato riportati nella prima colonna. Per modificare lo " +#~ "stato dei pacchetti vedi menu Azioni." -#~ msgid "Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to Warning pop-ups." -#~ msgstr "Fate attenzione quando cancellate i pacchetti e particolarmente agli Avvertimenti." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to " +#~ "Warning pop-ups." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fate attenzione quando cancellate i pacchetti e particolarmente agli " +#~ "Avvertimenti." -#~ msgid "Description of the menus: Filter: the packages shown in the package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, or a category of packages (like Development or Games)." -#~ msgstr "Descrizione dei menu: Filtro: il pacchetto indicato nella lista dei pacchetti corrisponde al filtro selezionato, p. es. un gruppo RPM, una parola chiave o una categoria di pacchetti (come sviluppo o giochi)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Description of the menus: Filter: the packages shown in the " +#~ "package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, " +#~ "or a category of packages (like Development or Games)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Descrizione dei menu: Filtro: il pacchetto indicato nella " +#~ "lista dei pacchetti corrisponde al filtro selezionato, p. es. un gruppo " +#~ "RPM, una parola chiave o una categoria di pacchetti (come sviluppo o " +#~ "giochi)." -#~ msgid "Information: you have the possibility to view different information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the package, or the file list." -#~ msgstr "Informazione: nella finestra inferiore nel dialogo avete la possibilità di visualizzare delle informazioni sui pacchetti selezionati, p. es. la descrizione dettagliata, le versioni del pacchetto disponibili o la lista file." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Information: you have the possibility to view different " +#~ "information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the " +#~ "dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the " +#~ "package, or the file list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Informazione: nella finestra inferiore nel dialogo avete la " +#~ "possibilità di visualizzare delle informazioni sui pacchetti selezionati, " +#~ "p. es. la descrizione dettagliata, le versioni del pacchetto disponibili " +#~ "o la lista file." -#~ msgid "Etc.: The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled or whether conflicts occurred." -#~ msgstr "Etc: offre diverse opzioni per controllare le dipendenze, p. e. controllo dipendenze automatico, significa: controlla dopo ogni modifica dello stato del pacchetto se tutte le richieste sono state soddisfatte o se vi sono dei conflitti." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Etc.: The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings " +#~ "for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after " +#~ "every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled " +#~ "or whether conflicts occurred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Etc: offre diverse opzioni per controllare le dipendenze, p. e. " +#~ "controllo dipendenze automatico, significa: controlla dopo ogni modifica " +#~ "dello stato del pacchetto se tutte le richieste sono state soddisfatte o " +#~ "se vi sono dei conflitti." #~ msgid "To save or load a package selection, choose 'Selections'." -#~ msgstr "Per salvare o caricare una selezione di pacchetti, clicca su 'Selezioni'." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per salvare o caricare una selezione di pacchetti, clicca su " +#~ "'Selezioni'." -#~ msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status." -#~ msgstr "Potete usare Inv. o Spazio per scorrere gli stati dei pacchetti." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package " +#~ "status." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Potete usare Inv. o Spazio per scorrere gli stati dei " +#~ "pacchetti." # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:745 #~ msgid "Package/Library" @@ -1566,56 +2042,125 @@ #~ msgid "Additional Information" #~ msgstr "Informazioni dettagliate " -#~ msgid "Special keys: Function keys provide a quick access to the main functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below to get the bindings." -#~ msgstr "Tasti speciali: I tasti funzione permettono di accedere direttamente alle funzionalità principali (i bottoni utilizzati frequentemente) della finestra. Vedi la lista riportata sotto per avere le impostazioni.." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Special keys: Function keys provide a quick access to the main " +#~ "functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below " +#~ "to get the bindings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tasti speciali: I tasti funzione permettono di accedere " +#~ "direttamente alle funzionalità principali (i bottoni utilizzati " +#~ "frequentemente) della finestra. Vedi la lista riportata sotto per avere " +#~ "le impostazioni.." -#~ msgid "Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the Alt key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, check box, radio button, or other item.If the Alt key combinations are captured by the X server, use ESC instead." -#~ msgstr "Scorciatoie sono combinazioni del tasto Alt seguito dal tasto evidenziato per eseguire determinate azioni del relativo bottone, casella, radio bottone o altre voci.Se le combinazioni con il tasto Alt sono già mappati in per la superficie grafica (X server), usate ESC al posto di Alt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the " +#~ "Alt key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, " +#~ "check box, radio button, or other item.If the Alt key " +#~ "combinations are captured by the X server, use ESC instead." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Scorciatoie sono combinazioni del tasto Alt seguito dal tasto " +#~ "evidenziato per eseguire determinate azioni del relativo bottone, " +#~ "casella, radio bottone o altre voci.Se le combinazioni con il tasto " +#~ "Alt sono già mappati in per la superficie grafica (X server), " +#~ "usate ESC al posto di Alt." #~ msgid "General keyboard navigation:" #~ msgstr "Navigare con i tasti:" -#~ msgid "To move inside a dialog, use Tab to go forward and Alt or Shift + Tab to go back. If the Alt and Shift key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the terminal, Ctrl + F (forward) and Ctrl + B (back) can be used instead.." -#~ msgstr "All'interno di un dialogo si ci sposta con Tab per andare avanti e Alt o Shift Tab per andare indietro. Se le combinazioni dei tasti con Alt e Shift sono già mappati dal manager delle finestre o dal terminale, potete usare Ctrl F (forward) per spostarvi in avanti e Ctrl B (back) per spostarvi indietro.." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move inside a dialog, use Tab to go forward and Alt " +#~ "or Shift + Tab to go back. If the Alt and " +#~ "Shift key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the " +#~ "terminal, Ctrl + F (forward) and Ctrl + B " +#~ "(back) can be used instead.." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "All'interno di un dialogo si ci sposta con Tab per andare " +#~ "avanti e Alt o Shift Tab per andare indietro. Se " +#~ "le combinazioni dei tasti con Alt e Shift sono già mappati " +#~ "dal manager delle finestre o dal terminale, potete usare Ctrl " +#~ "F (forward) per spostarvi in avanti e Ctrl B (back) " +#~ "per spostarvi indietro.." -#~ msgid "The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is executed if the Enter key is pressed. Radio buttons or check boxes are switched on or off with Enter or Space. " -#~ msgstr "Il comando specificato dal bottone abilitato (p.es. Avanti, Aggiungi) viene eseguito quando date Invio. I radio bottoni o le caselle vengono attivati o disattivati con rispettivamente Invio e Spazio. " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is " +#~ "executed if the Enter key is pressed. Radio buttons or " +#~ "check boxes are switched on or off with Enter or Space. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il comando specificato dal bottone abilitato (p.es. Avanti, Aggiungi) " +#~ "viene eseguito quando date Invio. I radio bottoni o le " +#~ "caselle vengono attivati o disattivati con rispettivamente Invio e " +#~ "Spazio. " -#~ msgid "Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the arrow keys." -#~ msgstr "Potete scorrere nelle liste o nel testo (p.es. testo di aiuto) con i tasti freccia." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the arrow " +#~ "keys." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Potete scorrere nelle liste o nel testo (p.es. testo di aiuto) con i " +#~ "tasti freccia." #~ msgid "Save Package List" #~ msgstr "Salva lista dei pacchetti" -#~ msgid "The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a formatted floppy) or on the hard disk. Select the medium and specify the file name in the input field below." -#~ msgstr "La selezione attuale dei pacchetti sarà salvata su un dischetto o sul disco fisso. Inserite un dischetto formattato. Selezionate il mezzo e specificate il nome del file nel campo di immissione in basso" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a " +#~ "formatted floppy) or on the hard disk. Select the medium and specify " +#~ "the file name in the input field below." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La selezione attuale dei pacchetti sarà salvata su un dischetto o sul " +#~ "disco fisso. Inserite un dischetto formattato. Selezionate il mezzo e " +#~ "specificate il nome del file nel campo di immissione in basso" -#~ msgid "Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified floppy is inserted in the drive." -#~ msgstr "Impossibile trovare un dischetto formattato. Controllate che un dischetto formattato sia ineserito nel lettore." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified " +#~ "floppy is inserted in the drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossibile trovare un dischetto formattato. Controllate che un " +#~ "dischetto formattato sia ineserito nel lettore." -#~ msgid "Could not write to file. Check that the path name is correct and the directory is accessible." -#~ msgstr "Impossibile scrivere su file. Verificate la correttezza del percorso e i permessi di accesso della directory." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not write to file. Check that the path name is correct and " +#~ "the directory is accessible." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossibile scrivere su file. Verificate la correttezza del " +#~ "percorso e i permessi di accesso della directory." #~ msgid "Your settings have been saved to the floppy disk." #~ msgstr "Le Vostre impostazioni sono state salvate sul dischetto." #~ msgid "Your package selection has been written to the hard disk." -#~ msgstr "Le vostre selezioni dei pacchetti sono state scritte sul disco fisso." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le vostre selezioni dei pacchetti sono state scritte sul disco fisso.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Load Package List" #~ msgstr "Carica lista dei pacchetti" #~ msgid "Really overwrite your package selection?" -#~ msgstr "Volete davvero sovrascrivere la vostra selezione dei pacchetti?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Volete davvero sovrascrivere la vostra selezione dei pacchetti?" -#~ msgid "Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-defined package selection to install. If required, insert the floppy." -#~ msgstr "Specificare il supporto e il nome del file con le selezioni definite dall'utente da installare. Se necessario, inserite il dischetto." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-" +#~ "defined package selection to install. If required, insert the floppy.</" +#~ "p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Specificare il supporto e il nome del file con le selezioni definite " +#~ "dall'utente da installare. Se necessario, inserite il dischetto." -#~ msgid "Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the drive." -#~ msgstr "Impossibile montare il dischetto. Controllate che un dischetto sia inserito nel drive." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the " +#~ "drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossibile montare il dischetto. Controllate che un dischetto sia " +#~ "inserito nel drive." -#~ msgid "Could not load the settings. Check that the path name is correct and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly." -#~ msgstr "Impossibile caricare le impostazioni. Verificate la correttezza del percorso e, che il dischetto, se necessario, è stato inserito correttamente./p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not load the settings. Check that the path name is correct " +#~ "and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossibile caricare le impostazioni. Verificate la correttezza del " +#~ "percorso e, che il dischetto, se necessario, è stato inserito " +#~ "correttamente./p>" #~ msgid "The package selection is loaded succesfully." #~ msgstr "La selezione dei pacchetti è stata installata correttamente." @@ -1668,8 +2213,12 @@ #~ msgid "Filter:" #~ msgstr "Filtro:" -#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "Premete F1 di nuovo per ottenere ulteriore assistenza o ESC per chiudere la finestra." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Premete F1 di nuovo per ottenere ulteriore assistenza o ESC</" +#~ "b> per chiudere la finestra." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." #~ msgstr "Premete F1 o ESC per chiudere questo dialogo." Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/qt-pkg.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/qt-pkg.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/qt-pkg.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 11:10+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "C&erca" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Parole chiave" @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "A&nnulla" @@ -348,12 +348,20 @@ msgstr "&Annulla" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancella passaggio</a> dei pacchetti di sistema alla versione nel repository %2" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancella passaggio</a> dei " +"pacchetti di sistema alla versione nel repository %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Passa i pacchetti di sistema</a> alla versione di questo repository (%2)" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Passa i pacchetti di sistema</a> alla " +"versione di questo repository (%2)" # #-#-#-#-# qt-pkg.it.po (qt-pkg) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_rpmcopy.ycp:28-1 @@ -392,8 +400,17 @@ msgstr "Errore: spazio su disco esaurito!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." -msgstr "Si può scegliere di installare comunque se si sa quello che si sta facendo, però si corre il rischio di ottenere un sistema corrotto che quindi necessiterà di una riparazione manuale. Se non si è assolutamente sicuri riguardo a ciò che si sta facendo, premere Annulla e deselezionare alcuni pacchetti." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " +"deselect some packages." +msgstr "" +"Si può scegliere di installare comunque se si sa quello che si sta " +"facendo, però si corre il rischio di ottenere un sistema corrotto che quindi " +"necessiterà di una riparazione manuale. Se non si è assolutamente sicuri " +"riguardo a ciò che si sta facendo, premere Annulla e deselezionare " +"alcuni pacchetti." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -421,11 +438,15 @@ msgstr "Modifiche automatiche" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "Per risolvere le dipendenze, oltre alle selezioni manuali sono stati modificati i seguenti pacchetti:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Per risolvere le dipendenze, oltre alle selezioni manuali sono stati " +"modificati i seguenti pacchetti:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinua" @@ -437,8 +458,12 @@ msgstr "Pacchetti non supportati" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "Il seguente programma selezionato non è supportato oppure richiede un contratto aggiuntivo con il cliente per il supporto." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"Il seguente programma selezionato non è supportato oppure richiede un " +"contratto aggiuntivo con il cliente per il supporto." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -451,101 +476,218 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." -msgstr "Nota: questa è solo una breve panoramica. Per ulteriori dettagli fare riferimento al manuale." +msgid "" +"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Nota: questa è solo una breve panoramica. Per ulteriori dettagli fare " +"riferimento al manuale." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "In questa finestra di dialogo selezionare le patch da scaricare e installare." +msgstr "" +"In questa finestra di dialogo selezionare le patch da scaricare e installare." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "L'elenco sulla sinistra contiene le patch disponibili con il rispettivo tipo di patch (di sicurezza, raccomandata o facoltativa) e la dimensione da scaricare (stimata)." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"L'elenco sulla sinistra contiene le patch disponibili con il rispettivo tipo " +"di patch (di sicurezza, raccomandata o facoltativa) e la dimensione da " +"scaricare (stimata)." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "Questo elenco di solito contiene solo le patch non ancora installate sul sistema. È possibile modificare questa impostazione con la casella di controllo Includi patch installate sotto l'elenco." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " +"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" +"b> check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"Questo elenco di solito contiene solo le patch non ancora installate sul " +"sistema. È possibile modificare questa impostazione con la casella di " +"controllo Includi patch installate sotto l'elenco." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "Il campo Descrizione patch contiene una descrizione più estesa della patch attualmente selezionata. Selezionare una patch nell'elenco per visualizzare qui la sua descrizione." +msgid "" +"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Il campo Descrizione patch contiene una descrizione più estesa della " +"patch attualmente selezionata. Selezionare una patch nell'elenco per " +"visualizzare qui la sua descrizione." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "L'elenco di pacchetti sulla destra mostra il contenuto della patch attualmente selezionata, ad esempio i pacchetti in essa contenuti. Non è possibile installare o rimuovere singoli pacchetti da una patch, ma solo la patch nel suo complesso. Ciò è voluto per evitare inconsistenze nel sistema." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"L'elenco di pacchetti sulla destra mostra il contenuto della patch " +"attualmente selezionata, ad esempio i pacchetti in essa contenuti. Non è " +"possibile installare o rimuovere singoli pacchetti da una patch, ma solo la " +"patch nel suo complesso. Ciò è voluto per evitare inconsistenze nel sistema." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "Oltre a Patch, è possibile selezionare un altro filtro di visualizzazione dalla voce Filtro in alto a sinistra:" +msgid "" +"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Oltre a Patch, è possibile selezionare un altro filtro di " +"visualizzazione dalla voce Filtro in alto a sinistra:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "In questa finestra di dialogo selezionare i pacchetti da installare, aggiornare o rimuovere. È possibile selezionare singoli pacchetti o intere \"selezioni\" di pacchetti." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"In questa finestra di dialogo selezionare i pacchetti da installare, " +"aggiornare o rimuovere. È possibile selezionare singoli pacchetti o intere " +"\"selezioni\" di pacchetti." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "Per modificare lo stato di un pacchetto o di una selezione fare clic sull'icona dello stato oppure fare clic sugli oggetti con il tasto destro del mouse per visualizzare un menu contestuale." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"Per modificare lo stato di un pacchetto o di una selezione fare clic " +"sull'icona dello stato oppure fare clic sugli oggetti con il tasto destro " +"del mouse per visualizzare un menu contestuale." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "Fare clic sul pulsante Verifica dipendenze per risolvere le dipendenze dei pacchetti. Alcuni pacchetti ne richiedono altri per essere installati, mentre altri possono essere installati solo se non lo sono determinati altri pacchetti. Questa verifica marcherà i pacchetti da installare e avviserà nel caso in cui fossero stati individuati dei conflitti di dipendenze." +msgid "" +"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Fare clic sul pulsante Verifica dipendenze per risolvere le " +"dipendenze dei pacchetti. Alcuni pacchetti ne richiedono altri per essere " +"installati, mentre altri possono essere installati solo se non lo sono " +"determinati altri pacchetti. Questa verifica marcherà i pacchetti da " +"installare e avviserà nel caso in cui fossero stati individuati dei " +"conflitti di dipendenze." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." -msgstr "Uscendo da questa finestra facendo clic su Accetta la verifica verrà effettuata automaticamente." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " +"be performed." +msgstr "" +"Uscendo da questa finestra facendo clic su Accetta la verifica verrà " +"effettuata automaticamente." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -msgstr "Selezionare un filtro di visualizzazione tra quelli disponibili utilizzando la casella combinata Filtro in alto a sinistra:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " +"the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Selezionare un filtro di visualizzazione tra quelli disponibili utilizzando " +"la casella combinata Filtro in alto a sinistra:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "Selezioni consente di visualizzare alcuni insiemi predefiniti di pacchetti associati logicamente tra loro." +msgid "" +"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." +msgstr "" +"Selezioni consente di visualizzare alcuni insiemi predefiniti di " +"pacchetti associati logicamente tra loro." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "Usare la casella di controllo accanto alla selezione per selezionarla per intero. È inoltre possibile selezionare o deselezionare singoli pacchetti nell'elenco dei pacchetti a destra." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " +"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"Usare la casella di controllo accanto alla selezione per selezionarla per " +"intero. È inoltre possibile selezionare o deselezionare singoli pacchetti " +"nell'elenco dei pacchetti a destra." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "Gruppi pacchetto mostra i pacchetti ordinati in base alla categoria. È possibile espandere o ridurre le singole voci riportate per raffinare o generalizzare la categoria. Fare clic su una categoria per visualizzare i pacchetti contenuti in essa nell'elenco di pacchetti a destra." +msgid "" +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " +"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " +"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " +"side." +msgstr "" +"Gruppi pacchetto mostra i pacchetti ordinati in base alla categoria. " +"È possibile espandere o ridurre le singole voci riportate per raffinare o " +"generalizzare la categoria. Fare clic su una categoria per visualizzare i " +"pacchetti contenuti in essa nell'elenco di pacchetti a destra." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr " Suggerimento: alla fine dell'elenco è presente una voce \"zzz tutti\" che consente di visualizzare tutti i pacchetti. Questo può far aspettare qualche secondo su computer lenti." +msgid "" +" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +" Suggerimento: alla fine dell'elenco è presente una voce \"zzz tutti" +"\" che consente di visualizzare tutti i pacchetti. Questo può far aspettare " +"qualche secondo su computer lenti." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "Con Cerca è possibile ricercare i pacchetti che soddisfano vari criteri. Questo è generalmente il modo più semplice per trovare un pacchetto se se ne conosce il nome." +msgid "" +"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"Con Cerca è possibile ricercare i pacchetti che soddisfano vari " +"criteri. Questo è generalmente il modo più semplice per trovare un pacchetto " +"se se ne conosce il nome." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "Suggerimento: è inoltre possibile usare questa funzionalità per trovare quale pacchetto contenga una determinata libreria. Effettuare la ricerca nel campo RPM Fornisce." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "" +"Suggerimento: è inoltre possibile usare questa funzionalità per " +"trovare quale pacchetto contenga una determinata libreria. Effettuare la " +"ricerca nel campo RPM Fornisce." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "Il Sommario installazione mostra le modifiche che verranno applicate al sistema: quali pacchetti saranno installati, rimossi o aggiornati." +msgid "" +"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"Il Sommario installazione mostra le modifiche che verranno applicate " +"al sistema: quali pacchetti saranno installati, rimossi o aggiornati." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "È consigliabile usare Verifica dipendenze e passare poi a Sommario installazione prima di fare clic su Accetta. In questo modo è possibile vedere tutte le modifiche che verranno apportate al sistema." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " +"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"È consigliabile usare Verifica dipendenze e passare poi a Sommario " +"installazione prima di fare clic su Accetta. In questo modo è " +"possibile vedere tutte le modifiche che verranno apportate al sistema." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "È inoltre possibile selezionare esplicitamente quale pacchetto vedere con quale stato: usare le caselle di controllo a sinistra." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"È inoltre possibile selezionare esplicitamente quale pacchetto vedere con " +"quale stato: usare le caselle di controllo a sinistra." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "Suggerimento: è inoltre possibile invertire l'effetto di questo filtro e vedere quindi quali pacchetti resteranno invariati nel sistema. Selezionare semplicemente Mantieni e deselezionare tutte le altre voci." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " +"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " +"uncheck everything else." +msgstr "" +"Suggerimento: è inoltre possibile invertire l'effetto di questo " +"filtro e vedere quindi quali pacchetti resteranno invariati nel sistema. " +"Selezionare semplicemente Mantieni e deselezionare tutte le altre " +"voci." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -599,8 +741,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "Questo pacchetto è già installato. Aggiornalo o reinstallalo (se si tratta della stessa versione)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " +"versions are the same)." +msgstr "" +"Questo pacchetto è già installato. Aggiornalo o reinstallalo (se si tratta " +"della stessa versione)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -622,12 +768,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Questo pacchetto non è installato e non deve essere installato in nessun caso, soprattutto non a causa di dipendenze non soddisfatte che altri pacchetti potrebbero avere." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Questo pacchetto non è installato e non deve essere installato in nessun " +"caso, soprattutto non a causa di dipendenze non soddisfatte che altri " +"pacchetti potrebbero avere." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "I pacchetti impostati su \"tabù\" vengono trattati come se non esistessero su alcun supporto di installazione." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." +msgstr "" +"I pacchetti impostati su \"tabù\" vengono trattati come se non esistessero " +"su alcun supporto di installazione." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -636,12 +792,20 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Questo pacchetto è installato e non deve essere modificato, soprattutto non a causa di dipendenze non soddisfatte che altri pacchetti potrebbero avere." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " +"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Questo pacchetto è installato e non deve essere modificato, soprattutto non " +"a causa di dipendenze non soddisfatte che altri pacchetti potrebbero avere." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Usare questo stato per pacchetti di terze parte che non devono essere sovrascritti da nuove versioni incluse nella distribuzione." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Usare questo stato per pacchetti di terze parte che non devono essere " +"sovrascritti da nuove versioni incluse nella distribuzione." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -651,12 +815,19 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." -msgstr "Questo pacchetto verrà installato automaticamente in quanto è richiesto da altri pacchetti." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " +"needs it." +msgstr "" +"Questo pacchetto verrà installato automaticamente in quanto è richiesto da " +"altri pacchetti." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "Suggerimento: è possibile utilizzare la funzione \"tabù\" per ignorare il pacchetto." +msgid "" +"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "" +"Suggerimento: è possibile utilizzare la funzione \"tabù\" per " +"ignorare il pacchetto." # #-#-#-#-# qt-pkg.it.po (qt-pkg) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1196 @@ -668,8 +839,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "Questo pacchetto è già installato, ma alcuni altri pacchetti ne richiedono una versione aggiornata, quindi verrà aggiornato automaticamente." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"Questo pacchetto è già installato, ma alcuni altri pacchetti ne richiedono " +"una versione aggiornata, quindi verrà aggiornato automaticamente." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -679,8 +854,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "Il pacchetto è già installato, ma le dipendenze di pacchetti richiedono che sia eliminato." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." +msgstr "" +"Il pacchetto è già installato, ma le dipendenze di pacchetti richiedono che " +"sia eliminato." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -704,8 +883,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "Prendi questo pacchetto, installalo se non è già installato. Nel caso in cui fosse già installato, aggiornalo all'ultima versione, se disponibile." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"Prendi questo pacchetto, installalo se non è già installato. Nel caso in cui " +"fosse già installato, aggiornalo all'ultima versione, se disponibile." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -714,13 +897,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "Rimuovi questo pacchetto. Contrassegnalo come da \"non installare\" se non è ancora installato. Se è installato, rimuovilo." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " +"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"Rimuovi questo pacchetto. Contrassegnalo come da \"non installare\" se non è " +"ancora installato. Se è installato, rimuovilo." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "Aggiorna questo pacchetto, se è installato ed è disponibile una nuova versione. Ignoralo se non è installato." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." +msgstr "" +"Aggiorna questo pacchetto, se è installato ed è disponibile una nuova " +"versione. Ignoralo se non è installato." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -729,13 +920,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "Annulla l'effetto di \">\" sopra: imposta il pacchetto su \"mantieni\" se l'impostazione attuale è \"aggiorna\". Ignora tutti gli altri pacchetti." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"Annulla l'effetto di \">\" sopra: imposta il pacchetto su \"mantieni\" se " +"l'impostazione attuale è \"aggiorna\". Ignora tutti gli altri pacchetti." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Imposta il pacchetto su \"tabù\" se non è installato: assicurati che questo pacchetto non venga installato, soprattutto non a causa di dipendenze non soddisfatte che altri pacchetti potrebbero avere. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Imposta il pacchetto su \"tabù\" se non è installato: assicurati che questo " +"pacchetto non venga installato, soprattutto non a causa di dipendenze non " +"soddisfatte che altri pacchetti potrebbero avere. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -744,12 +945,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Imposta questo pacchetto su \"protetto\" se è installato: assicurati che il pacchetto non venga modificato, soprattutto non a causa di dipendenze non soddisfatte che altri pacchetti potrebbero avere. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Imposta questo pacchetto su \"protetto\" se è installato: assicurati che il " +"pacchetto non venga modificato, soprattutto non a causa di dipendenze non " +"soddisfatte che altri pacchetti potrebbero avere. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Usare questa opzione per pacchetti di terze parti che non dovrebbero essere sovrascritti da versioni più recenti incluse nella distribuzione." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Usare questa opzione per pacchetti di terze parti che non dovrebbero essere " +"sovrascritti da versioni più recenti incluse nella distribuzione." # #-#-#-#-# qt-pkg.it.po (qt-pkg) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:266 @@ -811,8 +1022,13 @@ msgstr "Crea test per il risolutore delle dipendenze" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Usare questa opzione per generare i log dettagliati che consentano di rilevare i bug nel risolutore delle dipendenze. Questi log verranno archiviati nella directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Usare questa opzione per generare i log dettagliati che consentano di " +"rilevare i bug nel risolutore delle dipendenze. Questi log verranno " +"archiviati nella directory <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -820,8 +1036,12 @@ msgstr "Test per il risolutore" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "Test per il risolutore delle dipendenze scritto in <tt>%1</tt>Preparare l'archivio <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> da allegare a Bugzilla?" +msgid "" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " +"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "" +"Test per il risolutore delle dipendenze scritto in <tt>%1</tt></" +"p>Preparare l'archivio <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> da allegare a Bugzilla?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -830,8 +1050,13 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Errore durante la creazione del test per il risolutore delle dipendenzeControllare lo spazio disponibile sul disco e i permessi di <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Errore durante la creazione del test per il risolutore delle " +"dipendenzeControllare lo spazio disponibile sul disco e i permessi di " +"<tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1403,15 +1628,11 @@ # #-#-#-#-# qt-pkg.it.po (qt-pkg) #-#-#-#-# # "c" as a keyboard accel is already taken. -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Cerca" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Sommario installazione" @@ -1427,80 +1648,80 @@ # #-#-#-#-# qt-pkg.it.po (qt-pkg) #-#-#-#-# # "c" as a keyboard accel is already taken. #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Cerca" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Cerca in" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "&Nome" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "&Sommario" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "Descri&zione" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "RPM \"&Fornisce\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "RPM \"&Richiede\"" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Elenco file" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "&Modalità di ricerca:" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Contiene" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Inizia con" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Corrispondenza esatta" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Usa caratteri jolly" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Usa espressione regolare" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "Disting&ui tra maiuscole e minuscole" # #-#-#-#-# qt-pkg.it.po (qt-pkg) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1772 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Ricerca in corso..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Nessun risultato." @@ -1509,7 +1730,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Errore nella richiesta" @@ -1633,7 +1854,8 @@ "Motivi possibili:\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Sono resi obsoleti da altri pacchetti\n" -"<li>Non vi è una versione più recente da aggiornare sui supporti di installazione\n" +"<li>Non vi è una versione più recente da aggiornare sui supporti di " +"installazione\n" "<li>Si tratta di pacchetti di terze parti\n" "</ul>\n" "\n" @@ -1647,7 +1869,7 @@ msgstr "%1-%2 dal fornitore %3 (installato)" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" @@ -1657,7 +1879,7 @@ "versioni di questo pacchetto che supportano\n" "il multiversion e che non supportano il multiversion." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1671,7 +1893,7 @@ "e deselezionare la versione che non supporta il multiversion,\n" "\"Annulla\" per deselezionare questa versione e mantenere l'altra." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1686,7 +1908,7 @@ "\"Annulla\" per deselezionare questa versione e mantenere le altre." #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Versioni dei pacchetti incompatibili" @@ -1699,11 +1921,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 da %3 con priorità %4 e fornitore %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Questa versione è installata sul sistema." Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-10 12:20+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:45+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrazione di %s in corso..." @@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ "conosca il precedente NCC di registrazione. La sincronizzazione da NCC\n" "a SCC può richiedere veramente tanto tempo.\n" "\n" -"Se il sistema SLE11 è stato installato recentemente, è possibile autenticarsi " -"in\n" +"Se il sistema SLE11 è stato installato recentemente, è possibile " +"autenticarsi in\n" "%s per accelerare il processo di sincronizzazione.\n" "Attendere parecchi minuti dopo essersi autenticati e quindi provare\n" "l'aggiornamento di nuovo." @@ -332,24 +332,42 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Dettagli: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" +"È stato importato un certificato ma la connessione\n" +"al server non può ancora essere considerata fidata.\n" +"\n" +"Risolvere manualmente il problema con il certificato, assicurarsi che sia " +"possibile\n" +"connettersi in modo fidato al server e avviare nuovamente il modulo YaST." + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importazione del certificato SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importazione del certificato '%s' in corso..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Errore nella connessione sicura: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -390,50 +408,60 @@ "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi che un prodotto sia installato e che /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"Assicurarsi che un prodotto sia installato e che /etc/products.d/" +"baseproduct\n" "sia un collegamento simbolico puntante al file .proc del prodotto di base." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registrazione del sistema in corso..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Aggiornamento a %s in corso..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "Sincronizzazione dei prodotti in corso..." + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Lettura dei moduli ed estensioni disponibili in corso..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Lettura dei prodotti di migrazione in corso..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registrazione estensioni e moduli" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Estensioni e moduli stanno per essere registrati." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -442,58 +470,81 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" -msgstr "Si vuole abilitare questi repository durante l'installazione\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" +"Si vuole abilitare questi repository durante l'installazione\n" +"al fine di ricevere gli ultimi aggiornamenti?" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" -msgstr "Si vuole abilitare questi repository durante l'aggiornamento\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" +"Si vuole abilitare questi repository durante l'aggiornamento\n" +"al fine di ricevere gli ultimi aggiornamenti?" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificato:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" +"Il repository '%s'\n" +"non può essere caricato.\n" +"\n" +"Ignorare il repository o abortire?" + # #-#-#-#-# registration.it.po (registration) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:731 #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Prodotto sconosciuto" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione dei repository fallita." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Aggiornamento del servizio '%s' fallito." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Aggiunta del servizio '%s' fallita." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Salvataggio del servizio '%s' fallito." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Aggiornamento del servizio '%s' fallito." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -548,12 +599,12 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " "extension or module." msgstr "" -"Immettere i codici di registrazione per i moduli o estensioni richiesti.<" -"/p>\n" +"Immettere i codici di registrazione per i moduli o estensioni richiesti.</" +"p>\n" "I codici di registrazione sono necessari per il successo della " "registrazione. Se non si può fornire un codice di registrazione, tornare " "indietro e deselezionare il corrispondente modulo o estensione." @@ -609,8 +660,8 @@ #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove them manually there." +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" "Se si vuole rimuovere un modulo od estensione ci si deve autenticare nel " "Centro clienti di SUSE e da lì rimuoverli manualmente." @@ -641,8 +692,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered " -"again." +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" msgstr "" "Qui si possono selezionare quali estensioni o moduli verranno registrati " "nuovamente." @@ -655,8 +706,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " -"with the base product." +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." msgstr "" "Qui si possono selezionare quali estensioni o moduli verranno registrati " "insieme al prodotto di base." @@ -732,8 +783,8 @@ msgstr "" "La registrazione del prodotto include il prodotto nel database del " "Servizio clienti di Novell\n" -"e consente di ricevere gli aggiornamenti in linea e di usufruire del supporto " -"tecnico.\n" +"e consente di ricevere gli aggiornamenti in linea e di usufruire del " +"supporto tecnico.\n" "Per effettuare la registrazione automaticamente durante l'installazione, " "selezionare Esegui registrazione prodotto." @@ -741,12 +792,14 @@ msgid "" "If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " "of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" "Se la rete fornisce un server di registrazione personalizzato, impostare " "l'URL corretto del\n" -"server e l'ubicazione del certificato SMT in Impostazioni server SMT.\n" +"server e l'ubicazione del certificato SMT in Impostazioni server SMT</" +"b>.\n" "Per ulteriore assistenza, consultare il proprio manuale di SMT." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -954,8 +1007,8 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " -"risk." +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." msgstr "" "Importare un certificato sconosciuto senza verificarlo è un enorme " "rischio per la sicurezza." @@ -970,8 +1023,15 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL del server di registrazione &locale" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "Errore interno: %s" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -982,8 +1042,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Repository di migrazione" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "Repository usati per la migrazione" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 @@ -998,8 +1058,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" -msgstr "Selezionare i repository di migrazione" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "Selezionare i repository usati per la migrazione." #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 @@ -1017,54 +1077,41 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Priorità: %s" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -"Sono disponibili degli aggiornamenti in linea per l'installazione.\n" -"Si raccomanda di installare tutti gli aggiornamenti prima di procedere.\n" -"\n" -"Installare gli aggiornamenti ora?" +"Il sistema non è registrato,\n" +"per eseguire la migrazione in linea bisogna\n" +"prima registrare il sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "Errore interno: %s" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "Impossibile trovare alcun prodotto installato." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "Impossibile trovare alcun prodotto di migrazione." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "Registrazione dei prodotti di migrazione in corso..." - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Preparazione dei repository di migrazione in corso..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Selezionare la destinazione di migrazione" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " "may offer several possible migration to new products." @@ -1074,13 +1121,13 @@ "prodotti nuovi." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" "Può essere scelta dall'elenco un'unica destinazione di migrazione." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "" "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " "later." @@ -1088,24 +1135,27 @@ "Usare la casella %s per selezionare in un secondo tempo i " "repository di migrazione manualmente." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Seleziona manualmente i repository di migrazione" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Selezionare la migrazione di destinazione." +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "Adattare manualmente i repository per la migrazione" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Destinazioni di migrazione possibili" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Sommario della migrazione" @@ -1115,7 +1165,7 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "" "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " "(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." @@ -1127,31 +1177,31 @@ #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s verrà installato." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s rimane inalterato." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} verrà aggiornato a %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} verrà arretrato a %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1175,8 +1225,9 @@ "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " "modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" -"Lo si può ri-registrare nuovamente oppure si possono registrare estensioni " -"o moduli aggiuntivi per migliorare la funzionalità del sistema. " +"Lo si può ri-registrare nuovamente oppure si possono registrare " +"estensioni o moduli aggiuntivi per migliorare la funzionalità del sistema.</" +"p> " #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 msgid "" @@ -1222,6 +1273,26 @@ msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Ricerca dei server di registrazione locale in corso..." +#~ msgid "Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Repository di migrazione" + +#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Selezionare i repository di migrazione" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Online updates are available for installation.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Would you like to install the updates now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sono disponibili degli aggiornamenti in linea per l'installazione.\n" +#~ "Si raccomanda di installare tutti gli aggiornamenti prima di procedere.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Installare gli aggiornamenti ora?" + +#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +#~ msgstr "Registrazione dei prodotti di migrazione in corso..." + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Do you want to install the latest available\n" @@ -1315,20 +1386,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +#~ "select\n" #~ "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" -#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s site." +#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s " +#~ "site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per installare prodotti aggiuntivi da supporti separati insieme con &product;, selezionare\n" +#~ "Per installare prodotti aggiuntivi da supporti separati insieme con " +#~ "&product;, selezionare\n" #~ "Includi prodotti aggiuntivi da supporti separati.\n" -#~ "Se si necessita di driver specifici per l'hardware durante l'installazione, si veda il sito %s." +#~ "Se si necessita di driver specifici per l'hardware durante " +#~ "l'installazione, si veda il sito %s." #~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" #~ msgstr "Registrazione dei prodotti aggiuntivi ed estensioni selezionati" #~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" -#~ msgstr "Immettere le chiavi di registrazione per i prodotti aggiuntivi ed estensioni selezionati" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Immettere le chiavi di registrazione per i prodotti aggiuntivi ed " +#~ "estensioni selezionati" #~ msgid "Registration &Key" #~ msgstr "&Codice di registrazione" @@ -1346,7 +1423,8 @@ #~ "Get technical support and product updates and\n" #~ "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il Centro clienti di Novell consente di ricevere supporto tecnico e aggiornamenti per il prodotto\n" +#~ "Il Centro clienti di Novell consente di ricevere supporto tecnico e " +#~ "aggiornamenti per il prodotto\n" #~ "e di gestire le sottoscrizioni." #~ msgid "" @@ -1390,13 +1468,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Un server degli aggiornamenti è stato aggiunto alla configurazione." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "Non è stato possibile aggiungere un server degli aggiornamenti alla configurazione." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Non è stato possibile aggiungere un server degli aggiornamenti alla " +#~ "configurazione." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Nessun repository dei programmi richiede di essere cambiato." #~ msgid "Software repositories did not need to be changed." -#~ msgstr "I repository dei programmi non hanno avuto bisogno di essere cambiati." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I repository dei programmi non hanno avuto bisogno di essere cambiati." #~ msgid "New Update Server" #~ msgstr "Nuovo server degli aggiornamenti" @@ -1443,11 +1524,16 @@ #~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La registrazione come utente normale non include la sorgente degli aggiornamenti nel\n" -#~ "modulo degli aggiornamenti in linea di YaST. Se si continua e, successivamente, si desidera \n" -#~ "eseguire l'aggiornamento con gli aggiornamenti in linea, la sorgente deve essere aggiunta manualmente.\n" -#~ "Sarà comunque possibile usare gli altri strumenti, come l'aggiornatore dei programmi\n" -#~ "nel pannello. In alternativa, annullare e quindi registrarsi tramite YaST come utente root, \n" +#~ "La registrazione come utente normale non include la sorgente degli " +#~ "aggiornamenti nel\n" +#~ "modulo degli aggiornamenti in linea di YaST. Se si continua e, " +#~ "successivamente, si desidera \n" +#~ "eseguire l'aggiornamento con gli aggiornamenti in linea, la sorgente deve " +#~ "essere aggiunta manualmente.\n" +#~ "Sarà comunque possibile usare gli altri strumenti, come l'aggiornatore " +#~ "dei programmi\n" +#~ "nel pannello. In alternativa, annullare e quindi registrarsi tramite YaST " +#~ "come utente root, \n" #~ "in modo che le sorgenti siano disponibili a tutti gli strumenti." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1480,174 +1566,230 @@ #~ "run the suse_register command manually." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La registrazione richiede un input interattivo \n" -#~ "non supportato in modalità testo. Eseguire YaST2 in modalità grafica oppure \n" +#~ "non supportato in modalità testo. Eseguire YaST2 in modalità grafica " +#~ "oppure \n" #~ "eseguire il comando suse_register manualmente." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea registrandolo con Novell.\n" -#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la registrazione con\n" +#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea " +#~ "registrandolo con Novell.\n" +#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la " +#~ "registrazione con\n" #~ "Configura in seguito.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni di sistema\n" +#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni " +#~ "di sistema\n" #~ "mediante Informazioni facoltative e Profilo hardware. \n" -#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere parte\n" -#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al server Novell\n" +#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere " +#~ "parte\n" +#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al " +#~ "server Novell\n" #~ "quali sono le informazioni necessarie per il proprio prodotto.\n" -#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto installato.\n" +#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto " +#~ "installato.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Se è stata acquistata la copia del prodotto, abilitare Codice di registrazione.\n" +#~ "Se è stata acquistata la copia del prodotto, abilitare Codice di " +#~ "registrazione.\n" #~ "Verrà chiesto di immettere il codice del prodotto. \n" -#~ "In questo modo si viene registrati per il supporto all'installazione incluso nel prodotto.\n" +#~ "In questo modo si viene registrati per il supporto all'installazione " +#~ "incluso nel prodotto.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a nessuno all'infuori di Novell. I dati vengono usati per scopi\n" -#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei driver e l'account web.\n" -#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" +#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a nessuno all'infuori di Novell. I " +#~ "dati vengono usati per scopi\n" +#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei " +#~ "driver e l'account web.\n" +#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica " +#~ "sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" #~ "trasmesse sono contenute nel file di log <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le sorgenti di \n" -#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente disponibili.\n" -#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Novell, ad esempio\n" +#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le " +#~ "sorgenti di \n" +#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente " +#~ "disponibili.\n" +#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Novell, ad " +#~ "esempio\n" #~ "le informazioni hardware se Informazioni hardware è attivo.\n" #~ "Questa opzione non rimuove le sorgenti aggiunte manualmente.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Novell (oppure un server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" +#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Novell (oppure un " +#~ "server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" #~ "Assicurarsi che le impostazioni di rete e del proxy siano corrette.\n" -#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o modificare le impostazioni.\n" +#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o " +#~ "modificare le impostazioni.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea registrandolo con Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la registrazione con\n" +#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea " +#~ "registrandolo con Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la " +#~ "registrazione con\n" #~ "Configura in seguito.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni di sistema\n" +#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni " +#~ "di sistema\n" #~ "mediante Informazioni facoltative e Profilo hardware. \n" -#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere parte\n" -#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al server Open-SLX\n" +#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere " +#~ "parte\n" +#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al " +#~ "server Open-SLX\n" #~ "quali sono le informazioni necessarie per il proprio prodotto.\n" -#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto installato.\n" +#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto " +#~ "installato.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a nessuno all'infuori di Open-SLX. I dati vengono usati per scopi\n" -#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei driver e l'account web.\n" -#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" +#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a nessuno all'infuori di Open-SLX. I " +#~ "dati vengono usati per scopi\n" +#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei " +#~ "driver e l'account web.\n" +#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica " +#~ "sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" #~ "trasmesse sono contenute nel file di log <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le sorgenti di \n" -#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente disponibili.\n" -#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Open-SLX, ad esempio\n" +#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le " +#~ "sorgenti di \n" +#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente " +#~ "disponibili.\n" +#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Open-SLX, ad " +#~ "esempio\n" #~ "le informazioni hardware se Informazioni hardware è attivo.\n" #~ "Questa opzione non rimuove le sorgenti aggiunte manualmente.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Open-SLX (oppure un server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" +#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Open-SLX (oppure un " +#~ "server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" #~ "Assicurarsi che le impostazioni di rete e del proxy siano corrette.\n" -#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o modificare le impostazioni.\n" +#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o " +#~ "modificare le impostazioni.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1730,8 +1872,11 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "I seguenti pacchetti devono essere installati." -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Per considerare questa installazione corretta, è necessario installare il pacchetto %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per considerare questa installazione corretta, è necessario installare il " +#~ "pacchetto %1." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Quindi il seguente pacchetto deve essere prima rimosso." @@ -1739,8 +1884,12 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Il pacchetto %1 deve essere installato e %2 rimosso." -#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "La registrazione continuerà adesso, sebbene il server di registrazione potrebbe conteggiare erroneamente questa installazione." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " +#~ "miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La registrazione continuerà adesso, sebbene il server di registrazione " +#~ "potrebbe conteggiare erroneamente questa installazione." #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." #~ msgstr "Impostazione dell'origine degli aggiornamenti in linea in corso..." @@ -1772,21 +1921,34 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La chiave non è valida." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Per ottenere ulteriori informazioni sul processo di registrazione, usare <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per ottenere ulteriori informazioni sul processo di registrazione, " +#~ "usare <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Altre informazioni usate per la registrazione sono mostrate in Dati registrazione.\n" -#~ " Per aggiungere una nuova coppia chiave-valore, premere Aggiungi e quindi immettere\n" -#~ "i valori appropriati. Questi parametri sono quelli che possono essere forniti con <tt>suse_register -a</tt>.\n" -#~ " Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili tramite <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Rimuovere una\n" -#~ "coppia con Elimina o modificare una coppia esistente con Modifica." +#~ "Altre informazioni usate per la registrazione sono mostrate in Dati " +#~ "registrazione.\n" +#~ " Per aggiungere una nuova coppia chiave-valore, premere Aggiungi</" +#~ "b> e quindi immettere\n" +#~ "i valori appropriati. Questi parametri sono quelli che possono essere " +#~ "forniti con <tt>suse_register -a</tt>.\n" +#~ " Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili tramite <tt>suse_register -p</" +#~ "tt>. Rimuovere una\n" +#~ "coppia con Elimina o modificare una coppia esistente con " +#~ "Modifica." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Server SMT" @@ -1841,13 +2003,16 @@ #~ "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "" #~ "I repository dei programmi sono stati aggiornati.\n" -#~ "Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nel modulo Repository dei programmi." +#~ "Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nel modulo Repository dei " +#~ "programmi." #~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." #~ msgstr "I repository dei programmi sono stati aggiornati." #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." -#~ msgstr "Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nel modulo Repository dei programmi." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nel modulo Repository dei " +#~ "programmi." #~ msgid "No software repositories have been updated." #~ msgstr "Nessun repository dei programmi è stato aggiornato." @@ -1899,11 +2064,30 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni consultare la guida." -#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "Per registrare questa installazione presso un server di registrazione locale, configurare l'URL e, facoltativamente, il certificato CA del server per mezzo del menu Avanzato." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " +#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " +#~ "Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per registrare questa installazione presso un server di registrazione " +#~ "locale, configurare l'URL e, facoltativamente, il certificato CA del " +#~ "server per mezzo del menu Avanzato." -#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "L'URL del server di registrazione deve iniziare con https:// mentre l'ubicazione del relativo certificato CA può essere un URL con formato http://, https:// o ftp://. Ulteriori ubicazioni valide sono /percorso/su/disco/locale, floppy/percorso/su/dischetto e la parola chiave done. Quest'ultima indica che per fidarsi del server di registrazione non è necessaria alcuna gestione del certificato CA." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " +#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" +#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" +#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " +#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " +#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'URL del server di registrazione deve iniziare con https:// " +#~ "mentre l'ubicazione del relativo certificato CA può essere un URL con " +#~ "formato http://, https:// o ftp://. Ulteriori " +#~ "ubicazioni valide sono /percorso/su/disco/locale, floppy/" +#~ "percorso/su/dischetto e la parola chiave done. Quest'ultima " +#~ "indica che per fidarsi del server di registrazione non è necessaria " +#~ "alcuna gestione del certificato CA." #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Ignorare la registrazione?" @@ -1921,10 +2105,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Impossibile leggere il file del certificato SMT dal dischetto." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "Impossibile trovare il file del certificato SMT nel percorso specificato." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossibile trovare il file del certificato SMT nel percorso specificato." #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "Errore sconosciuto durante il recupero del file del certificato SMT." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Errore sconosciuto durante il recupero del file del certificato SMT." #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Ignora" @@ -1972,7 +2158,8 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questo certificato verrà usato per connettersi al server SMT.\n" -#~ "È necessario fidarsi di questo certificato per proseguire con la registrazione.\n" +#~ "È necessario fidarsi di questo certificato per proseguire con la " +#~ "registrazione.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Rilasciato per:" @@ -2025,16 +2212,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Get technical support and product updates and\n" #~| "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." -#~ msgid "Get technical support and product updates and\\nmanage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get technical support and product updates and\\nmanage subscriptions with " +#~ "Novell Customer Center." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il Centro clienti di Novell consente di ricevere supporto tecnico e aggiornamenti per il prodotto\n" +#~ "Il Centro clienti di Novell consente di ricevere supporto tecnico e " +#~ "aggiornamenti per il prodotto\n" #~ "e di gestire le sottoscrizioni." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Get technical support and product updates\n" #~| "by registering this installation." -#~ msgid "Get technical support and product updates\\nby registering this installation." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get technical support and product updates\\nby registering this " +#~ "installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "È possibile ottenere supporto tecnico e aggiornamenti per il prodotto\n" #~ "registrando questa installazione." @@ -2043,7 +2235,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A Web browser will start in which to complete\n" #~| "the configuration on the opened Web site." -#~ msgid "A Web browser will start in which to complete\\nthe configuration on the opened Web site." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A Web browser will start in which to complete\\nthe configuration on the " +#~ "opened Web site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Verrà aperto un browser web in cui completare\n" #~ "la configurazione nel sito web aperto." @@ -2052,7 +2246,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~| "submission of the hardware profile automatically." -#~ msgid "The server requires additional system information. Activating \\nsubmission of the hardware profile automatically." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating " +#~ "\\nsubmission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il server necessita di informazioni di sistema aggiuntive. Attivazione \n" #~ "automatica della sottomissione del profilo hardware." @@ -2065,13 +2261,24 @@ #~| "Other tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \n" #~| "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" #~| "so the sources are available to all tools." -#~ msgid "Registering as a regular user does not include the update source\\nin the Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \\nto update with Online Update, the source must be added manually.\\nOther tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \\nused. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \\nso the sources are available to all tools." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registering as a regular user does not include the update source\\nin the " +#~ "Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \\nto update " +#~ "with Online Update, the source must be added manually.\\nOther tools, " +#~ "such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \\nused. " +#~ "Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \\nso the " +#~ "sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La registrazione come utente normale non include la sorgente degli aggiornamenti nel\n" -#~ "modulo degli aggiornamenti in linea di YaST. Se si continua e, successivamente, si desidera \n" -#~ "eseguire l'aggiornamento con gli aggiornamenti in linea, la sorgente deve essere aggiunta manualmente.\n" -#~ "Sarà comunque possibile usare gli altri strumenti, come l'aggiornatore dei programmi\n" -#~ "nel pannello. In alternativa, annullare e quindi registrarsi tramite YaST come utente root, \n" +#~ "La registrazione come utente normale non include la sorgente degli " +#~ "aggiornamenti nel\n" +#~ "modulo degli aggiornamenti in linea di YaST. Se si continua e, " +#~ "successivamente, si desidera \n" +#~ "eseguire l'aggiornamento con gli aggiornamenti in linea, la sorgente deve " +#~ "essere aggiunta manualmente.\n" +#~ "Sarà comunque possibile usare gli altri strumenti, come l'aggiornatore " +#~ "dei programmi\n" +#~ "nel pannello. In alternativa, annullare e quindi registrarsi tramite YaST " +#~ "come utente root, \n" #~ "in modo che le sorgenti siano disponibili a tutti gli strumenti." #, fuzzy @@ -2088,7 +2295,9 @@ #~| "No product found to be registered.\n" #~| "You do not need to register this installation.\n" #~| "Please add update sources yourself." -#~ msgid "No product found to be registered.\\nYou do not need to register this installation.\\nPlease add update sources yourself." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No product found to be registered.\\nYou do not need to register this " +#~ "installation.\\nPlease add update sources yourself." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nessun prodotto trovato da registrare.\n" #~ "Non è necessario registrare questa installazione.\n" @@ -2099,95 +2308,150 @@ #~| "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\n" #~| "supported in text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\n" #~| "run the suse_register command manually." -#~ msgid "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\\nsupported in text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\\nrun the suse_register command manually." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\\nsupported in " +#~ "text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\\nrun the suse_register " +#~ "command manually." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La registrazione richiede un input interattivo \n" -#~ "non supportato in modalità testo. Eseguire YaST2 in modalità grafica oppure \n" +#~ "non supportato in modalità testo. Eseguire YaST2 in modalità grafica " +#~ "oppure \n" #~ "eseguire il comando suse_register manualmente." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" -#~| "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" +#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~| "Novell.\n" +#~| "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration " +#~| "with\n" #~| "Configure Later.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\\nTo do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\\nConfigure Later.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it " +#~ "with Novell.\\nTo do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the " +#~ "registration with\\nConfigure Later.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea registrandolo con Novell.\n" -#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la registrazione con\n" +#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea " +#~ "registrandolo con Novell.\n" +#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la " +#~ "registrazione con\n" #~ "Configura in seguito.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~| "system\n" #~| "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~| "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~| "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~| "involved\n" +#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~| "Novell\n" +#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~| "identity\n" #~| "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your system\\nwith Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \\nDetails shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\\nserver to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\\nwith Optional Information and Hardware Profile. " +#~ "\\nDetails shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts " +#~ "the Novell\\nserver to query what information is needed for your product. " +#~ "Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this initial " +#~ "exchange.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni di sistema\n" +#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni " +#~ "di sistema\n" #~ "mediante Informazioni facoltative e Profilo hardware. \n" -#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere parte\n" -#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al server Novell\n" +#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere " +#~ "parte\n" +#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al " +#~ "server Novell\n" #~ "quali sono le informazioni necessarie per il proprio prodotto.\n" -#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto installato.\n" +#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto " +#~ "installato.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~| "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~| "b>\n" #~| "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~| "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~| "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~| "product.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nIf you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\\nso you are prompted for your product code. \\nThis registers you for the installation support included with your product.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIf you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration " +#~ "Code\\nso you are prompted for your product code. \\nThis registers " +#~ "you for the installation support included with your product.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Se è stata acquistata la copia del prodotto, abilitare Codice di registrazione.\n" +#~ "Se è stata acquistata la copia del prodotto, abilitare Codice di " +#~ "registrazione.\n" #~ "Verrà chiesto di immettere il codice del prodotto. \n" -#~ "In questo modo si viene registrati per il supporto all'installazione incluso nel prodotto.\n" +#~ "In questo modo si viene registrati per il supporto all'installazione " +#~ "incluso nel prodotto.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~| "support\n" +#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~| "View\n" +#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~| "tt>.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used " +#~ "for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding " +#~ "driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in " +#~ "Details. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/." +#~ "suse_register.log</tt>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a qualcuno all'esterno di Novell. I dati vengono usati per scopi\n" -#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei driver e l'account web.\n" -#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" +#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a qualcuno all'esterno di Novell. I " +#~ "dati vengono usati per scopi\n" +#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei " +#~ "driver e l'account web.\n" +#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica " +#~ "sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" #~ "trasmesse sono contenute nel file di log <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~| "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~| "update \n" #~| "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~| "such \n" #~| "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~| "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nRegularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \\nas hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources added manually.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nRegularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that " +#~ "your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be " +#~ "available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included " +#~ "data to Novell, such \\nas hardware information if Hardware " +#~ "Information is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources " +#~ "added manually.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le sorgenti di \n" -#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente disponibili.\n" -#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Novell, ad esempio\n" +#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le " +#~ "sorgenti di \n" +#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente " +#~ "disponibili.\n" +#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Novell, ad " +#~ "esempio\n" #~ "le informazioni hardware se Informazioni hardware è attivo.\n" #~ "Questa opzione non rimuove le sorgenti aggiunte manualmente.\n" #~ "" @@ -2195,86 +2459,138 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~| "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~| "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~| "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~| "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\\nMake sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\\nMake sure that the " +#~ "network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can go back to the network " +#~ "setup to check or change the settings.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Novell (oppure un server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" +#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Novell (oppure un " +#~ "server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" #~ "Assicurarsi che le impostazioni di rete e del proxy siano corrette.\n" -#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o modificare le impostazioni.\n" +#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o " +#~ "modificare le impostazioni.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" -#~| "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" +#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~| "Open-SLX.\n" +#~| "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration " +#~| "with\n" #~| "Configure Later.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\\nTo do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\\nConfigure Later.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nConfigure your system to enable online updates by registering it " +#~ "with Open-SLX.\\nTo do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the " +#~ "registration with\\nConfigure Later.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea registrandolo con Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la registrazione con\n" +#~ "Configurare il sistema per abilitare gli aggiornamenti in linea " +#~ "registrandolo con Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Per fare ciò, selezionare Configura ora. Ritardare la " +#~ "registrazione con\n" #~ "Configura in seguito.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~| "system\n" #~| "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~| "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~| "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~| "involved\n" +#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~| "SLX\n" +#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~| "identity\n" #~| "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your system\\nwith Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \\nDetails shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\\nserver to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nTo simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\\nwith Optional Information and Hardware Profile. " +#~ "\\nDetails shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\\n in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts " +#~ "the Open-SLX\\nserver to query what information is needed for your " +#~ "product. Only the identity\\nof the installed product is sent in this " +#~ "initial exchange.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni di sistema\n" +#~ "Per semplificare il processo di registrazione, includere le informazioni " +#~ "di sistema\n" #~ "mediante Informazioni facoltative e Profilo hardware. \n" -#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere parte\n" -#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al server Open-SLX\n" +#~ "Dettagli mostra la quantità massima di informazioni che può essere " +#~ "parte\n" +#~ "della registrazione. Per ottenere queste informazioni, viene chiesto al " +#~ "server Open-SLX\n" #~ "quali sono le informazioni necessarie per il proprio prodotto.\n" -#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto installato.\n" +#~ "In questo scambio iniziale viene inviata solo l'identità del prodotto " +#~ "installato.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~| "for\n" +#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~| "support\n" +#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~| "View\n" +#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~| "tt>.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nNo information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is " +#~ "used for\\nstatistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding " +#~ "driver support\\nand your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in " +#~ "Details. View\\nthe transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/." +#~ "suse_register.log</tt>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a qualcuno all'esterno di Open-SLX. I dati vengono usati per scopi\n" -#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei driver e l'account web.\n" -#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" +#~ "Nessuna informazione viene divulgata a qualcuno all'esterno di Open-SLX. " +#~ "I dati vengono usati per scopi\n" +#~ "statistici e per migliorare il proprio rapporto con il supporto dei " +#~ "driver e l'account web.\n" +#~ "Nella sezione Dettagli è disponibile una dettagliata politica " +#~ "sulla privacy. Le informazioni\n" #~ "trasmesse sono contenute nel file di log <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~| "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~| "update \n" #~| "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~| "SLX, such \n" #~| "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~| "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nRegularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \\nas hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources added manually.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nRegularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that " +#~ "your update \\nsources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be " +#~ "available.\\nIt additionally sends any modifications to your included " +#~ "data to Open-SLX, such \\nas hardware information if Hardware " +#~ "Information is activated.\\nThis option does not remove any sources " +#~ "added manually.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le sorgenti di \n" -#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente disponibili.\n" -#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Open-SLX, ad esempio\n" +#~ "Sincronizza regolarmente con il Centro clienti verifica che le " +#~ "sorgenti di \n" +#~ "aggiornamento siano ancora valide e aggiunge quelle nuove eventualmente " +#~ "disponibili.\n" +#~ "Invia inoltre tutte le modifiche apportate ai dati inclusi a Open-SLX, ad " +#~ "esempio\n" #~ "le informazioni hardware se Informazioni hardware è attivo.\n" #~ "Questa opzione non rimuove le sorgenti aggiunte manualmente.\n" #~ "" @@ -2282,16 +2598,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~| "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " +#~| "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~| "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~| "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nThe registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\\nPlease make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a " +#~ "local registration server if your company provides one).\\nPlease make " +#~ "sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\\nYou can step back " +#~ "to the network setup to check or change the settings.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Open-SLX (oppure un server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" +#~ "Il processo di registrazione contatterà un server Open-SLX (oppure un " +#~ "server locale di registrazione se la propria azienda ne fornisce uno).\n" #~ "Assicurarsi che le impostazioni di rete e del proxy siano corrette.\n" -#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o modificare le impostazioni.\n" +#~ "Si può tornare indietro alle impostazioni di rete per controllare o " +#~ "modificare le impostazioni.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy @@ -2307,7 +2630,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "In order to register properly the system\n" #~| "needs to install the following packages." -#~ msgid "In order to register properly the system\\nneeds to install the following packages." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to register properly the system\\nneeds to install the following " +#~ "packages." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per registrare correttamente il sistema\n" #~ "si devono installare i seguenti pacchetti." @@ -2315,34 +2640,56 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~| "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~| "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~| "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." -#~ msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\\nData. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\\nappropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\\n-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\\nkey-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then " +#~| "enter the\n" +#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed " +#~| "with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~| "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~| "a\n" +#~| "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~| "Edit." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration" +#~ "\\nData. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then " +#~ "enter the\\nappropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be " +#~ "passed with <tt>suse_register\\n-a</tt>. Get more information with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\\nkey-value pair with Delete " +#~ "or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Altre informazioni usate per la registrazione sono mostrate in Dati registrazione.\n" -#~ " Per aggiungere una nuova coppia chiave-valore, premere Aggiungi e quindi immettere\n" -#~ "i valori appropriati. Questi parametri sono quelli che possono essere forniti con <tt>suse_register -a</tt>.\n" -#~ " Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili tramite <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Rimuovere una\n" -#~ "coppia con Elimina o modificare una coppia esistente con Modifica." +#~ "Altre informazioni usate per la registrazione sono mostrate in Dati " +#~ "registrazione.\n" +#~ " Per aggiungere una nuova coppia chiave-valore, premere Aggiungi</" +#~ "b> e quindi immettere\n" +#~ "i valori appropriati. Questi parametri sono quelli che possono essere " +#~ "forniti con <tt>suse_register -a</tt>.\n" +#~ " Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili tramite <tt>suse_register -p</" +#~ "tt>. Rimuovere una\n" +#~ "coppia con Elimina o modificare una coppia esistente con " +#~ "Modifica." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" -#~| "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " +#~| "Server\n" +#~| "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +#~| "Refer\n" #~| "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\\nand the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\\nto your SMT manual for further assistance." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " +#~ "Server\\nand the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server " +#~ "Settings. Refer\\nto your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se la rete fornisce un server SMT personalizzato, impostare l'URL del\n" -#~ "server SMT e l'ubicazione del certificato SMT in Impostazioni server SMT.\n" +#~ "server SMT e l'ubicazione del certificato SMT in Impostazioni server " +#~ "SMT.\n" #~ "Per ulteriore assistenza, consultare il proprio manuale di SMT." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\n" #~| "See your SMT documentation.\n" -#~ msgid "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\\nSee your SMT documentation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\\nSee your SMT documentation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ubicazione del certificato SMT non valida.\n" #~ "Consultare la documentazione di SMT.\n" @@ -2351,16 +2698,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The software repositories have been updated.\n" #~| "Find details in the Software Repositories module." -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated.\\nFind details in the Software Repositories module." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The software repositories have been updated.\\nFind details in the " +#~ "Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "" #~ "I repository dei programmi sono stati aggiornati.\n" -#~ "Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nel modulo Repository dei programmi." +#~ "Ulteriori informazioni sono disponibili nel modulo Repository dei " +#~ "programmi." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "To add the default update repository,\n" #~| "you have to register this product.\n" -#~ msgid "To add the default update repository,\\nyou have to register this product.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the default update repository,\\nyou have to register this product." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per aggiungere il repository degli aggiornamenti predefinito\n" #~ "si deve registrare questo prodotto.\n" @@ -2369,7 +2721,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\n" #~| "For details, see the help text.\n" -#~ msgid "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\\nFor details, see the help text.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\\nFor details, see the help " +#~ "text.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ubicazione del certificato CA del server non valida.\n" #~ "Per ulteriori dettagli consultare la guida.\n" @@ -2379,7 +2733,10 @@ #~| "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\n" #~| "You can copy the certificate file to the system manually\n" #~| "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" -#~ msgid "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\\nYou can copy the certificate file to the system manually\\nand then specify its path by choosing %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\\nYou can copy the " +#~ "certificate file to the system manually\\nand then specify its path by " +#~ "choosing %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se si seleziona %1, molto probabilmente la registrazione fallirà.\n" #~ "È possibile copiare manualmente sul sistema il file del certificato\n" @@ -2398,16 +2755,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~| "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" -#~ msgid "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\\nYou have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\\nYou have to " +#~ "trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questo certificato verrà usato per connettersi al server SMT.\n" -#~ "È necessario fidarsi di questo certificato per proseguire con la registrazione.\n" +#~ "È necessario fidarsi di questo certificato per proseguire con la " +#~ "registrazione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\n" #~| "See the logs for further information.\n" -#~ msgid "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\\nSee the logs for further information.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\\nSee the logs for further " +#~ "information.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Installazione dei certificati SMT fallita.\n" #~ "Consultare i log per ulteriori informazioni.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 11:03+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:48+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -125,7 +125,8 @@ "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "Nessuna proposta automatica possibile.\n" -"Specificare i punti di montaggio manualmente della finestra del 'partizionatore'." +"Specificare i punti di montaggio manualmente della finestra del " +"'partizionatore'." #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -191,7 +192,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Spazio disco insufficiente per proporre le istantanee per il volume radice." +msgstr "" +"Spazio disco insufficiente per proporre le istantanee per il volume radice." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -296,8 +298,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Il ridimensionamento vero e proprio non verrà eseguito fino alla conferma di\n" -"tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel momento\n" +"Il ridimensionamento vero e proprio non verrà eseguito fino alla conferma " +"di\n" +"tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel " +"momento\n" "tutte le partizioni Windows rimarranno inalterate.\n" "\n" @@ -430,7 +434,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla partizione Windows.\n" +"Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla " +"partizione Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -469,7 +474,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si è verificato un errore.\n" "\n" -"Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per contenere\n" +"Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per " +"contenere\n" "l'installazione minima di Linux.\n" "\n" "Per installare Linux, avviare innanzitutto Windows e disinstallare alcune\n" @@ -550,7 +556,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Il sistema può essere configurato solo con l'opzione partizionamento personalizzato." +msgstr "" +"Il sistema può essere configurato solo con l'opzione partizionamento " +"personalizzato." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -693,8 +701,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Non è stato trovato alcun disco. Provare a usare il CD di aggiornamento, se disponibile, per l'installazione." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Non è stato trovato alcun disco. Provare a usare il CD di aggiornamento, se " +"disponibile, per l'installazione." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_target_selection.ycp:155 @@ -740,7 +751,8 @@ "\n" "L'opzione avanzata Partizionamento personalizzato permette di avere\n" "un controllo completo sulla partizione dei dischi fissi e sull'assegnazione\n" -"delle partizioni ai punti di montaggio durante l'installazione di &product;.\n" +"delle partizioni ai punti di montaggio durante l'installazione di " +"&product;.\n" "\n" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -955,7 +967,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Nota: se si sceglie una zona che non è mostrata come libera\n" -"si corre il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul disco fisso. Questo può riguardare\n" +"si corre il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul disco fisso. Questo " +"può riguardare\n" "anche altri sistemi operativi.\n" "" @@ -993,7 +1006,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il disco fisso selezionato è probabilmente usato da Windows. Non c'è \n" -"abbastanza spazio per &product;. Si può o eliminare Windows completamente o\n" +"abbastanza spazio per &product;. Si può o eliminare Windows " +"completamente o\n" "ridurlo per ottenere abbastanza spazio libero.\n" "" @@ -1008,9 +1022,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se si elimina Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno irrimediabilmente\n" -"persi durante l'installazione. Quando si riduce Windows, si raccomanda\n" -"caldamente di fare una copia di ripristino dei dati, poiché i dati devono essere riorganizzati.\n" +"Se si elimina Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno " +"irrimediabilmente\n" +"persi durante l'installazione. Quando si riduce Windows, si " +"raccomanda\n" +"caldamente di fare una copia di ripristino dei dati, poiché i dati " +"devono essere riorganizzati.\n" "In rari casi questa operazione può fallire.\n" "\n" @@ -1035,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "Tipo di proposta" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1050,7 +1067,7 @@ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1058,14 +1075,17 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Si è cercato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di montaggio:\n" -"/, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi.\n" -"Usare un file system Linux, come ext3 o ext4, per questi punti di montaggio.\n" +"Si è cercato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di " +"montaggio:\n" +"/, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei " +"problemi.\n" +"Usare un file system Linux, come ext3 o ext4, per questi punti di " +"montaggio.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1080,7 +1100,7 @@ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1094,8 +1114,24 @@ "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"Attenzione:\n" +"Il sistema richiede una partizione di boot con tipo 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"È raccomandato crearne una.\n" +"\n" +"Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1116,7 +1152,7 @@ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1125,13 +1161,13 @@ "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "Attenzione:\n" -"La partizione di avvio è più piccola di %1.\n" +"La partizione di boot è più piccola di %1.\n" "Si raccomanda di aumentare la dimensione di /boot.\n" "\n" "Mantenere veramente questa dimensione per la partizione di avvio?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1140,7 +1176,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Attenzione: non è presente alcuna partizione di tipo bios_grub.\n" -"Una partizione di tale tipo è raccomandata (necessaria con Btrfs) quando Grub2\n" +"Una partizione di tale tipo è raccomandata (necessaria con Btrfs) quando " +"Grub2\n" "è installato nell'MBR di un disco GPT.\n" "Deve essere non formattata e larga circa 1MB.\n" "Usare veramente questa configurazione?\n" @@ -1148,25 +1185,25 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" -"Attenzione: non c'è alcuna partizione montata come /boot. Per avviare dal disco fisso è richiesta una piccola partizione /boot (circa %1).\n" -"Conviene considerare l'ipotesi di crearne una.\n" -"Le partizioni assegnate a /boot vengono automaticamente\n" -"modificate impostando il tipo a 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Attenzione: non c'è alcuna partizione montata come /boot. Per fare il boot " +"dal " +"disco fisso è richiesta una piccola partizione /boot (circa %1).\n" +"Conviene considerare l'ipotesi di crearne una\n" +"con tipo a 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente l'impostazione senza la partizione /boot?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1180,13 +1217,13 @@ "Attenzione: secondo l'impostazione effettuata si\n" "vuole avviare il computer dalla partizione radice (/)\n" "che sfortunatamente ha un cilindro finale oltre %1.\n" -"Il BIOS non sembra essere in grado di avviare partizioni\n" +"Il BIOS non sembra essere in grado di fare il boot da partizioni\n" "oltre il cilindro %1, il che significa che l'installazione %2\n" "non sarà avviabile direttamente.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1194,12 +1231,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Attenzione: alcuni sottovolumi del file system radice sono nascosti dai\n" -"dai punti di montaggio di altri file system. Questo può portare a dei problemi.\n" +"dai punti di montaggio di altri file system. Questo può portare a dei " +"problemi.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa configurazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1216,7 +1254,7 @@ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1241,7 +1279,7 @@ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1266,18 +1304,19 @@ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Usare veramente questa impostazione?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1285,14 +1324,16 @@ "\n" "Non è stata assegnata una partizione di swap. In molti casi\n" "è altamente consigliato creare e attivare una partizione di swap.\n" -"Le partizioni di swap del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale come\n" -"\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di swap assegnata ha come punto di montaggio \"swap\".\n" +"Le partizioni di swap del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale " +"come\n" +"\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di swap assegnata ha come punto di montaggio " +"\"swap\".\n" "Si possono assegnare più partizioni di swap se lo si desidera.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione senza una partizione di swap?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1305,7 +1346,7 @@ "installazione, in particolare in ognuno dei seguenti casi:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1318,10 +1359,11 @@ "- se questa partizione non contiene ancora un file system\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "In caso di dubbi, meglio tornare indietro e segnare questa partizione\n" @@ -1329,7 +1371,7 @@ "punto di montaggio standard come /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1340,7 +1382,7 @@ "Mantenere veramente la partizione non formattata?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1349,7 +1391,7 @@ "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di modificarlo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1358,7 +1400,7 @@ "Rimuoverlo dal gruppo di volumi prima di modificarlo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1367,7 +1409,7 @@ "Rimuovere il volume prima di modificarlo.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1376,7 +1418,7 @@ "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di eliminarlo.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1384,34 +1426,39 @@ "Il dispositivo (%2) è usato da %1.\n" "Rimuovere %1 prima di eliminarlo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Non può essere cancellato mentre è montato." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione logica e\n" +"Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione logica " +"e\n" "un'altra partizione logica con un numero superiore è in uso.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" +"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente " +"montate:\n" "%1\n" -"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la partizione estesa.\n" +"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la " +"partizione estesa.\n" "Scegliere Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1426,7 +1473,7 @@ "prima di eliminare la partizione estesa.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1441,7 +1488,7 @@ "la partizione estesa.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1454,32 +1501,32 @@ "eliminare la partizione estesa.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Immettere la password per il file system cifrato." # #-#-#-#-# users.it.po (users) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_root.ycp:42w password #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Non dimenticarsi di quello che si inserisce qui!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Ammessa password vuota." #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Password per il file system cifrato in %1" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1488,7 +1535,7 @@ "dispositivo %1 montato su %2.\n" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Immettere la password per il file system cifrato" @@ -1496,7 +1543,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Immettere una password per il file system:" @@ -1507,18 +1554,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Ripetere la password per &verifica:" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignora" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1530,8 +1577,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1541,8 +1588,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1550,173 +1597,183 @@ "La password deve avere almeno %1 caratteri.\n" "Provare di nuovo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Numero non in virgola mobile." #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opzioni del file system:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" "Non è più consentito l'uso del carattere ''/' in un'etichetta di volume.\n" -"Modificare l'etichetta del volume in modo che non contenga questo carattere.\n" +"Modificare l'etichetta del volume in modo che non contenga questo " +"carattere.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Monta in /etc/fstab con:\n" "Di solito, un file system da montare è identificato in /etc/fstab\n" -"dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di identificazione in\n" -"modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID oppure di\n" -"un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system possono essere montati in base\n" -"all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se un'opzione è disabilitata, ciò non è possibile.\n" +"dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di " +"identificazione in\n" +"modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID " +"oppure di\n" +"un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system possono essere montati in " +"base\n" +"all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se un'opzione è disabilitata, ciò non è " +"possibile.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etichetta del volume:\n" -"Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. Questo di solito\n" -"ha senso solo quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del volume.\n" +"Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. " +"Questo di solito\n" +"ha senso solo quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base " +"all'etichetta del volume.\n" "Un'etichetta di volume non può contenere il carattere / o spazi.\n" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Monta in /etc/fstab con" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nome &dispositivo " #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Etichetta volume" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2168 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "ID di&spositivo" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2168 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Pe&rcorso dispositivo" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opzioni di fstab:" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" "is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system selezionato\n" +"La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system " +"selezionato\n" "è %1. L'etichetta di volume è stata troncata a questa dimensione.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Fornire un'etichetta di volume per montare in base all'etichetta." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1101 #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Questo etichetta di volume è già in uso. Sceglierne un'altra." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "File &system" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Opzioni..." #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Cifra dispositivo" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID del file system:" # #-#-#-#-# s390.it.po (s390) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1200 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatta" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1198 #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Non formattare" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1200 #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatta" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opzioni di fs&tab" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1206 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto di &montaggio" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1731,7 +1788,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partizione selezionata (%1) è attualmente montata su %2.\n" -"Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di file system),\n" +"Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di file " +"system),\n" "l'installazione di Linux potrebbe venire danneggiata.\n" "\n" "Smontare la partizione se possibile. Se non si è sicuri,\n" @@ -1741,7 +1799,7 @@ "Continuare?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1749,37 +1807,39 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il file system sulla partizione non può essere ridotto con YaST2.\n" -"Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permettono la riduzione del file system." +"Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permettono la riduzione del file " +"system." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto con YaST2.\n" +"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto con " +"YaST2.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3 e reiser consentono di ridurre il file system." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Si rischia di perdere dei dati se si riduce questa partizione." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Si rischia di perdere dei dati se si riduce questo volume logico." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:207 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Continuare?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1787,35 +1847,38 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il file system sulla partizione selezionata non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file system." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file " +"system." #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permettono l'estensione del file system." +"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere esteso da " +"YaST2.\n" +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permettono l'estensione del file " +"system." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Continuare il ridimensionamento?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "È stata ridotta una partizione con un file system reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "È stato ridotto un volume logico con un file system reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1825,25 +1888,29 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "È possibile ridurre un file system reiser, ma questa funzionalità non è\n" -"ancora ben collaudata. Si consiglia di effettuare una copia di ripristino dei dati.\n" +"ancora ben collaudata. Si consiglia di effettuare una copia di ripristino " +"dei dati.\n" "\n" "Ridurre il file system ora?" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" +"I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente " +"montate:\n" "%1\n" -"Si raccomanda *fortemente* di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la tabella delle partizioni.\n" +"Si raccomanda *fortemente* di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare " +"la tabella delle partizioni.\n" "Scegliete Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1858,7 +1925,7 @@ "prima di cancellare il dispositivo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1873,7 +1940,7 @@ "eliminare il dispositivo.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1886,69 +1953,71 @@ "prima di eliminare il dispositivo.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Creare e rimuovere sotto-volumi da un file system Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Abilita istantanee automatiche per un file system Btrfs con snapper." +msgstr "" +"Abilita istantanee automatiche per un file system Btrfs con snapper." # #-#-#-#-# sudo.it.po (sudo) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_mode.ycp:39 #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Sotto-volumi esistenti:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nuovo sotto-volume" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Aggiungi nuovo" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Rimuovi" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Abilita istantanee" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Gestione sotto-volumi" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Non è consentito un nome di sotto-volume vuoto." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Sono attualmente permessi solo i nomi dei sotto-volumi che iniziano con \"%1\"!\n" +"Sono attualmente permessi solo i nomi dei sotto-volumi che iniziano con " +"\"%1\"!\n" "Aggiunta automatica di \"%1\" al nome del sotto-volume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Il nome di sotto-volume %1 esiste già." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Le modifiche fatte fino ad ora in questa finestra andranno perse." @@ -1994,16 +2063,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /tmp " +"o /var/tmp.\n" "Se si lascia la password di cifratura vuota, il sistema creerà una password\n" -"casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti i dati\n" +"casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti i " +"dati\n" "in questi file system all'arresto del sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -2013,15 +2085,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se si dimentica la password non si potrà più accedere ai dati sul file system.\n" -"Scegliere attentamente la password. Si raccomanda una combinazione di lettere\n" +"Se si dimentica la password non si potrà più accedere ai dati sul file " +"system.\n" +"Scegliere attentamente la password. Si raccomanda una combinazione di " +"lettere\n" "e numeri. Per assicurarsi che la password sia inserita correttamente,\n" "immetterla due volte.\n" "\n" @@ -2032,7 +2107,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2086,14 +2162,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se il file system cifrato non contiene alcun file di sistema e non è quindi necessario\n" -"per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In questo caso, il file\n" +"Se il file system cifrato non contiene alcun file di sistema e non è quindi " +"necessario\n" +"per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In questo caso, " +"il file\n" "system non viene considerato durante l'aggiornamento.\n" "\n" @@ -2132,17 +2211,17 @@ "Si devono marcare tutte le partizioni su tale disco per la rimozione.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Non si può usare il punto di montaggio \"%1\" per LVM.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Non si può usare il punto di montaggio %1 per RAID." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2152,14 +2231,15 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Si è scelto di non montare automaticamente all'avvio un file system\n" -"che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del sistema.\n" +"che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del " +"sistema.\n" "\n" "Ciò può causare dei problemi.\n" "\n" "Continuare veramente?\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2172,7 +2252,7 @@ "oppure usare un file system senza loopback.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2192,17 +2272,17 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Il punto di montaggio non può essere vuoto." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "I dispositivi di swap devono avere swap come punto di montaggio." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Solo i dispositivi di swap possono avere swap come punto di montaggio." @@ -2210,26 +2290,30 @@ # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1101 #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Questo punto di montaggio è già in uso. Sceglierne un altro." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Il file system FAT ù usato per un punto di montaggio di sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Il file system FAT ù usato per un punto di montaggio di sistema (/, /usr, /" +"opt, /var, /home).\n" "Ciò non è possibile." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Carattere non valido nel punto di montaggio. Non usare \"`'!\"%#\" in un punto di montaggio." +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Carattere non valido nel punto di montaggio. Non usare \"`'!\"%#\" in un " +"punto di montaggio." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2242,12 +2326,12 @@ # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1114 #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Il punto di montaggio deve cominciare con \"/\" " #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2257,7 +2341,7 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2266,7 +2350,7 @@ "La dimensione minima per questo file system è %2.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2275,7 +2359,7 @@ "a un dispositivo con un file system inesistente o sconosciuto." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2299,12 +2383,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Il file system è attualmente montato su %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2314,12 +2398,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Smontaggio" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2327,15 +2411,15 @@ "Si può provare a smontarlo ora o annullare.\n" "Premere Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Non è possibile restringere il file system mentre è montato." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Non è possibile allargare il file system mentre è montato." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Non è possibile ridimensionare il file system mentre è montato." @@ -2465,7 +2549,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Usando la configurazione multipath si cancellano tutte le modifiche attuali.\n" +"Usando la configurazione multipath si cancellano tutte le modifiche " +"attuali.\n" "Usare veramente la configurazione multipath?\n" #. popup text @@ -2808,11 +2893,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Se si seleziona di cifrare tutti i dati sul\n" -"volume selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Cambiando la cifratura di un volume\n" +"volume selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Cambiando la cifratura di un " +"volume\n" "esiste tutti i dati in esso contenuti verranno cancellati.\n" #. helptext @@ -2924,8 +3011,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system usato per questo volume è swap. Si può lasciare la password di cifratura\n" -"vuota ma poi il dispositivo di swap non potrà essere usato per l'ibernazione (sospensione sul\n" +"Il file system usato per questo volume è swap. Si può lasciare la password " +"di cifratura\n" +"vuota ma poi il dispositivo di swap non potrà essere usato per l'ibernazione " +"(sospensione sul\n" "disco).\n" "\n" @@ -3039,7 +3128,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "La dimensione inserita non è valida. Inserire una dimensione tra %1 e %2." +msgstr "" +"La dimensione inserita non è valida. Inserire una dimensione tra %1 e %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3354,7 +3444,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Il disco è in uso e non può essere modificato." @@ -3371,7 +3461,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Creare veramente una nuova tavola delle partizioni su %1? Questo cancellerà tutti i dati\n" +"Creare veramente una nuova tavola delle partizioni su %1? Questo cancellerà " +"tutti i dati\n" "su %1 e tutti i RAID ed i gruppi di volumi che usano le partizioni su %1." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -3704,7 +3795,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Questa vista mostra tutte le partizioni del disco fisso\n" -"selezionato. Se il disco fisso è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o da un multipath, nessuna\n" +"selezionato. Se il disco fisso è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o da " +"un multipath, nessuna\n" "partizione verrà mostrata qui.\n" #. helptext @@ -3766,7 +3858,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si può scegliere se i volumi di sistema esistenti,\n" "come / e /usr, verranno formattati durante\n" -"l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno formattati." +"l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno formattati." +"" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3889,18 +3982,26 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Nessuna modifica al partizionamento." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Modifiche al partizionamento:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Nessuna modifica alle impostazioni di memorizzazione." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Impostazioni di memorizzazione." +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "Pacchetti da installare:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "Nessun pacchetto da installare." + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -3930,11 +4031,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Percorso del file di loop: Questo deve essere un percorso assoluto\n" +"Percorso del file di loop: Questo deve essere un percorso " +"assoluto\n" "al file contenente i dati del dispositivo di loop cifrato da impostare.\n" #. helptext @@ -3948,7 +4051,8 @@ "\n" "Crea file di loop: Se questa opzione è selezionata,\n" "il file verrà creato con la dimensione specificata nel campo successivo.\n" -"NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti andranno persi.\n" +"NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti andranno " +"persi.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3959,7 +4063,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dimensione: Questa è la dimensione del file di loop.\n" -"Il file system creato nel dispositivo di loop cifrato avrà questa dimensione.\n" +"Il file system creato nel dispositivo di loop cifrato avrà questa dimensione." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 @@ -3972,8 +4077,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA:Durante l'installazione YaST non può eseguire\n" -"verifiche di consistenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in quanto il file\n" -"system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. Prestare\n" +"verifiche di consistenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in quanto " +"il file\n" +"system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. " +"Prestare\n" "attenzione quando si fornisce la dimensione e il percorso.\n" #. input field label @@ -4003,7 +4110,8 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "La dimensione inserita non è valida. Immettere una dimensione di almeno %1." +msgstr "" +"La dimensione inserita non è valida. Immettere una dimensione di almeno %1." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -4162,7 +4270,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Eliminare veramente il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" e tutti gli annessi volumi logici?" +msgstr "" +"Eliminare veramente il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" e tutti gli annessi volumi " +"logici?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4170,7 +4280,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Il dato immesso non è valido. Inserire una dimensione fisica per l'extent maggiore di %1\n" +"Il dato immesso non è valido. Inserire una dimensione fisica per l'extent " +"maggiore di %1\n" "in potenze di 2, ad esempio \"%2\" or \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4204,12 +4315,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Inserire il nome e la dimensione fisica dell'extent del nuovo gruppo di volumi." +msgstr "" +"Inserire il nome e la dimensione fisica dell'extent del nuovo gruppo di " +"volumi." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selezionare i volumi fisici che il gruppo di volumi deve contenere." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare i volumi fisici che il gruppo di volumi deve contenere." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4242,10 +4356,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" -"Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume logico.\n" +"Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume " +"logico.\n" "Il numero di segmenti non può essere più alto\n" "del numero di volumi fisici del gruppo di volumi." @@ -4260,10 +4376,14 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "I cosiddetti Volumi leggeri possono essere creati\n" -"con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie. Lo spazio richiesto viene preso quando serve dal\n" -"Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume legger di dimensione\n" -"maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente quando ci sono realmente dati scritti nel volume leggero\n" -"il pool leggero assegnato deve essere in grado di far fronte a questa richiesta di spazio.\n" +"con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie. Lo spazio richiesto viene preso quando " +"serve dal\n" +"Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume legger di " +"dimensione\n" +"maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente quando ci sono realmente dati scritti " +"nel volume leggero\n" +"il pool leggero assegnato deve essere in grado di far fronte a questa " +"richiesta di spazio.\n" "I volumi leggeri non possono avere un conto dei segmenti." #. heading for frame @@ -4297,30 +4417,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume normale.\n" -"Questo è il predefinito e rappresenta i volumi LVM piani come erano tutti volumi prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Fornitura leggera.\n" +"Questo è il predefinito e rappresenta i volumi LVM piani come erano tutti " +"volumi prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Fornitura leggera.\n" "Se in dubbio questa è probabilmente la scelta corretta." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Pool leggero.\n" -"Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio necessario su richiesta da tale pool." +"Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio necessario " +"su richiesta da tale pool." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume leggero.\n" -"Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta da un Pool leggero." +"Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta da " +"un Pool leggero." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4376,13 +4502,17 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un gruppo di volumi.\n" +"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un gruppo di " +"volumi.\n" "\n" -"Per usare LVM è richiesta almeno una partizione non usata di tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) oppure\n" -"un dispositivo RAID non utilizzato. Cambiare di conseguenza la tabella delle partizioni." +"Per usare LVM è richiesta almeno una partizione non usata di tipo 0x8e (o " +"0x83) oppure\n" +"un dispositivo RAID non utilizzato. Cambiare di conseguenza la tabella delle " +"partizioni." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1384 @@ -4621,8 +4751,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "La configurazione NFS non è disponibile. Controllare l'installazione del pacchetto yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"La configurazione NFS non è disponibile. Controllare l'installazione del " +"pacchetto yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4653,34 +4787,46 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: questo livello aumenta le prestazioni del disco.\n" -"In questa modalità non è presente alcuna ridondanza. Se un dispositivo va in crash, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" +"In questa modalità non è presente alcuna ridondanza. Se un " +"dispositivo va in crash, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Questa modalità ha la ridondanza migliore. Può essere usato con\n" -"due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i dati su tutti i dischi.\n" -"Fintanto che almeno un disco funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le partizioni\n" +"RAID 1: Questa modalità ha la ridondanza migliore. Può essere " +"usato con\n" +"due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i dati " +"su tutti i dischi.\n" +"Fintanto che almeno un disco funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le " +"partizioni\n" "usate per questo tipo di RAID devono avere circa la stessa dimensione.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Questa modalità combina la gestione di un maggior numero di dischi pur mantenendo\n" -"un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere usata con tre o più dischi. Se un disco ha problemi tutti i dati\n" -"sono ancora intatti, se due dischi falliscono simultaneamente tutti i dati vengono persi.\n" +"RAID 5: Questa modalità combina la gestione di un maggior " +"numero di dischi pur mantenendo\n" +"un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere usata con tre o più dischi. " +"Se un disco ha problemi tutti i dati\n" +"sono ancora intatti, se due dischi falliscono simultaneamente tutti i dati " +"vengono persi.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4697,12 +4843,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Aggiunta di partizioni al RAID. A seconda del tipo di RAID, la dimensione di disco\n" -"usabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID0), la dimensione della più piccola\n" -"partizione (RAID1) o (N-1) volte la dimensione della più piccola partizione (RAID5)\n" +"Aggiunta di partizioni al RAID. A seconda del tipo di RAID, la dimensione " +"di disco\n" +"usabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID0), la dimensione " +"della più piccola\n" +"partizione (RAID1) o (N-1) volte la dimensione della più piccola partizione " +"(RAID5)\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4767,12 +4918,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Dimensione del blocco: È la minima massa \"atomica\" di dati che può essere\n" -"scritta sui dispositivi. Una dimensione del blocco ragionevole per RAID 5 è 128 KByte. Per RAID 0, 32 KByte \n" -"è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione del blocco non ha molta influenza sull'array.\n" +"Dimensione del blocco: È la minima massa \"atomica\" di dati " +"che può essere\n" +"scritta sui dispositivi. Una dimensione del blocco ragionevole per RAID 5 è " +"128 KByte. Per RAID 0, 32 KByte \n" +"è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione del blocco non ha " +"molta influenza sull'array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4782,10 +4938,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "L'algoritmo di parità da usare con RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni sui tipici dischi con piatti rotanti.\n" +"Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni sui tipici dischi " +"con piatti rotanti.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4872,7 +5030,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un RAID." +msgstr "" +"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un RAID." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1384 @@ -5082,15 +5241,20 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Monta in modo predefinito in base a fornisce il metodo di montaggio\n" -"per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome kernel del dispositivo\n" +"Monta in modo predefinito in base a fornisce il metodo di " +"montaggio\n" +"per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome kernel " +"del dispositivo\n" "che non è persistente. ID dispositivo e Percorso dispositivo\n" -"usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware. Queste devono essere\n" +"usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware. Queste devono " +"essere\n" "persistenti ma sfortunatamente ciò non è sempre vero. Infine UUID e\n" "Etichetta volume usano l'UUID e l'etichetta dei file system.\n" @@ -5107,13 +5271,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Allineamento delle nuove partizioni create\n" -"determina come le partizioni create sono allineate. cilindro è l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. ottimale allinea le\n" -"partizioni per la migliore prestazione in accordo con i suggerimenti forniti dal kernel linux\n" +"determina come le partizioni create sono allineate. cilindro è " +"l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. ottimale</" +"b> allinea le\n" +"partizioni per la migliore prestazione in accordo con i suggerimenti forniti " +"dal kernel linux\n" "oppure prova ad essere compatibile con Windows Vista e Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5132,7 +5301,8 @@ "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "Informazioni visibili sui dispositivi di\n" -"memorizzazione consente di nascondere informazioni nelle tabelle e nella panoramica." +"memorizzazione consente di nascondere informazioni nelle tabelle e nella " +"panoramica." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 @@ -5197,7 +5367,8 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Questa vista mostra i dispositivi che non hanno un punto di\n" -"montaggio loro assegnato, i dischi che non sono partizionati e i gruppi di volumi che\n" +"montaggio loro assegnato, i dischi che non sono partizionati e i gruppi di " +"volumi che\n" "non hanno volumi logici." #. popup message @@ -5206,7 +5377,8 @@ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" -"Il riesame dei dispositivi inutilizzati elimina tutte le modifiche correnti.\n" +"Il riesame dei dispositivi inutilizzati elimina tutte le modifiche " +"correnti.\n" "Riesaminare veramente i dispositivi non utilizzati?" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -5374,7 +5546,8 @@ msgstr "" "Il file di modello ha un formato non valido!\n" "\n" -"Il file deve contenere righe con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe\n" +"Il file deve contenere righe con un'espressione regolare e un nome di " +"classe\n" "per linea. Ad esempio:" #. popup text @@ -5384,32 +5557,42 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "È corretto combaciare i dispositivi con le classi secondo questi modelli?" +msgstr "" +"È corretto combaciare i dispositivi con le classi secondo questi modelli?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Questa finestra server per definire le classi per i dispositivi raid\n" -"contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D e E ma in molti casi\n" +"contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D e E ma in molti " +"casi\n" "sono richieste meno classi (come solamente A e B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Si può mettere un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto destro sul\n" -"dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. Premendo il\n" -"tasto Ctrl o Shift si possono selezionare dispositivi multipli e metterli in una classe\n" -"con una singola operazione. Si possono anche usare i pulsanti etichettati da \"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" +"Si può mettere un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto destro " +"sul\n" +"dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. " +"Premendo il\n" +"tasto Ctrl o Shift si possono selezionare dispositivi multipli e metterli in " +"una classe\n" +"con una singola operazione. Si possono anche usare i pulsanti etichettati da " +"\"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" "per mettere i dispositivi attualmente selezionati in questa classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5435,10 +5618,13 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo di classe B\n" -"poi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo dispositivo di classe A,\n" +"Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo di " +"classe B\n" +"poi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo " +"dispositivo di classe A,\n" "il secondo di classe B, e così via." #. dialog help text @@ -5448,29 +5634,41 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco dei dispositivi.\n" -"Quando si chiude la finestra l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene usato come l'ordine nel RAID\n" +"Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco dei " +"dispositivi.\n" +"Quando si chiude la finestra l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene usato " +"come l'ordine nel RAID\n" "da creare." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" si può scegliere un file che contiene le righe\n" -"con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). Tutti i dispositivi che combaciano\n" -"con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella riga. L'espressione regolare viene\n" +"Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" si può scegliere un file che contiene le " +"righe\n" +"con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). Tutti i " +"dispositivi che combaciano\n" +"con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella riga. " +"L'espressione regolare viene\n" "confrontata con il nome kernel (come /dev/sda1), \n" -"il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e\n" -"l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"Il primo confronto soddisfatto infine determina la classe, nel caso che il nome del dispositivo combacia con\n" +"il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" +"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e\n" +"l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" +"part1). \n" +"Il primo confronto soddisfatto infine determina la classe, nel caso che il " +"nome del dispositivo combacia con\n" "più di una espressione regolare." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -5512,12 +5710,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Dimensione tmpfs:\n" -"la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" -"come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la percentuale di memoria." +"la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per " +"Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" +"come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la percentuale " +"di memoria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5538,7 +5739,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Priorità swap:\n" -"Immettere la priorità swap. Un numero maggiore significa una priorità maggiore.\n" +"Immettere la priorità swap. Un numero maggiore significa una priorità " +"maggiore.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5549,11 +5751,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Monta in sola lettura:\n" -"non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'. Durante l'installazione\n" +"non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'. " +"Durante l'installazione\n" "il file system è sempre montato in lettura-scrittura." #. button text @@ -5568,7 +5772,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niente tempo di accesso:\n" -"i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +"i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Il valore " +"predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5582,7 +5787,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Montabile dall'utente:\n" -"il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +"il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore " +"predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5595,14 +5801,18 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Non montare all'avvio del sistema:\n" "il file system non è montato automaticamente all'avvio del sistema.\n" "Viene creata una voce in /etc/fstab e il file system viene montato con\n" -"le opzioni appropriate quando viene viene dato il comando <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +"le opzioni appropriate quando viene viene dato il comando <tt>mount <" +"mount point></tt>\n" +"(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Il " +"valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 @@ -5633,16 +5843,22 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Modalità dati journaling:\n" "Specifica la modalità di journaling per i dati del file.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di essere\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di " +"essere\n" "scritti nel file system principale. Massimo impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file system principale\n" -"prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio sulle prestazioni. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file system " +"principale\n" +"prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio " +"sulle prestazioni. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun " +"impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5680,18 +5896,24 @@ msgstr "&Valore opzioni arbitrarie" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Caratteri non validi nel valore arbitrario dell'opzione. Non usare spazi o tabulazioni; riprovare." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Caratteri non validi nel valore arbitrario dell'opzione. Non usare spazi o " +"tabulazioni; riprovare." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valore opzione arbitrario:\n" -"immettere in questo campo qualsiasi opzione di montaggio valida permessa nel quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" +"immettere in questo campo qualsiasi opzione di montaggio valida permessa nel " +"quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" "Usare le virgole per separare più opzioni.\n" #. label text @@ -5706,7 +5928,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Set di caratteri per nomi di file:\n" -"Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per mostrare i nomi di file nelle partizioni Windows.\n" +"Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per mostrare i nomi di file nelle " +"partizioni Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5717,10 +5940,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pagina codice per nomi FAT brevi:\n" -"Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su file system FAT.\n" +"Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su " +"file system FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5731,10 +5956,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Numero di FAT:\n" -"Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel file system. Il valore predefinito è 2." +"Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel file system. Il " +"valore predefinito è 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5745,10 +5972,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione FAT:\n" -"Specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 bit). Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore migliore data la dimensione del file system.\n" +"Specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 bit). " +"Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore migliore " +"data la dimensione del file system.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5778,10 +6009,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funzione hash:\n" -"Questo specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi dei file nelle directory.\n" +"Questo specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi " +"dei file nelle directory.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5792,10 +6025,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisione file system:\n" -"Questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. \"3.5\" è per la compatibilità all'indietro con i kernel della serie 2.2.x. \"3.6\" è più recente, ma può essere usato solo con versioni del kernel maggiori o uguali a 2.4.\n" +"Questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. \"3.5\" " +"è per la compatibilità all'indietro con i kernel della serie 2.2.x. \"3.6\" " +"è più recente, ma può essere usato solo con versioni del kernel maggiori o " +"uguali a 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5807,10 +6046,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si è selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è 4096.\n" +"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " +"dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si è " +"selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è 4096." +"\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5837,10 +6081,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentuale di spazio inode\n" -"L'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale massima di spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.\n" +"L'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale massima " +"di spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5851,12 +6097,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode allineato:\n" -"L'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se l'allocazione degli inode è \n" +"L'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se l'allocazione " +"degli inode è \n" "allineata o meno. In modo predefinito gli inode sono allineati, cosa che\n" "è di solito più efficiente rispetto all'accesso non allineato.\n" @@ -5879,10 +6127,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione log\n" -"Imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il valore predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" +"Imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il valore " +"predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5920,10 +6170,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla dimensione del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" +"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " +"dimensione dei blocchi sono1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è " +"selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla dimensione " +"del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5939,16 +6194,20 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Byte per inode:\n" "Specifica il rapporto byte/inode. YaST crea un inode per ogni\n" "<byte-per-inode> byte di spazio sul disco. Maggiore è il\n" "rapporto byte per inode, minore è il numero di inode creati.\n" -"Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei blocchi del file system\n" -"poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile aumentare il numero\n" -"di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di immettere un valore\n" +"Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei " +"blocchi del file system\n" +"poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile " +"aumentare il numero\n" +"di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di immettere " +"un valore\n" "ragionevole per questo parametro.\n" #. label text @@ -5968,8 +6227,16 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentuale di blocchi riservati a root Specifica la percentuale di blocchi riservati al super utente root. Il valore predefinito è calcolato in modo tale che sia di solito riservato un giga. Il limite superiore per lo spazio riservato predefinito è 5.0, quello inferiore 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentuale di blocchi riservati a root Specifica la percentuale " +"di blocchi riservati al super utente root. Il valore predefinito è calcolato " +"in modo tale che sia di solito riservato un giga. Il limite superiore per lo " +"spazio riservato predefinito è 5.0, quello inferiore 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5997,7 +6264,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Indice di directory:\n" -"abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in grandi directory.\n" +"abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in grandi " +"directory.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6008,11 +6276,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Nessun journal:\n" -"sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione solamente quando\n" +"sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione " +"solamente quando\n" "si sa esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6037,8 +6307,10 @@ "dallo strumento di partizionamento 'parted' usato per modificare\n" "la tabella delle partizioni.\n" "\n" -"Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure formattarle o\n" -"assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, modificare,\n" +"Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure " +"formattarle o\n" +"assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, " +"modificare,\n" "ridimensionare o rimuovere partizioni da tale disco.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda @@ -6073,9 +6345,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro nel partizionatore\n" -"avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni\",\n" -"ma così si distruggeranno tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo disco.\n" +"Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro " +"nel partizionatore\n" +"avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni" +"\",\n" +"ma così si distruggeranno tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo " +"disco.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -6096,7 +6371,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Ridimensionamento non possibile:" @@ -6109,7 +6384,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6122,7 +6397,7 @@ "È possibile che la password di cifratura fornita sia errata.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6133,37 +6408,38 @@ "Riprovare." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "La password può contenere solo i seguenti caratteri:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z, e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z, e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>" +"\".\n" "Riprovare." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Immettere password di cifratura:" # TLABEL modules/inst_user.ycp:27 #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Fornire la password" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "I seguenti volumi cifrati sono già disponibili." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Attivazione volumi cifrati" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6176,12 +6452,12 @@ "un aggiornamento o se contengono un volume fisico LVM cifrato." # TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_write_printer.ycp:30 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Si vogliono fornire le password di cifratura?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6192,59 +6468,74 @@ "La password verrà provata per tutti i dispositivi." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Immettere la chiave di cifratura" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Non ci sono volumi cifrati da sbloccare." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Fornire la password per ognuno dei seguenti dispositivi:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Fornire la password per il seguente dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Tentativo di sbloccare i volumi cifrati in corso..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "La password non ha sbloccato nessun volume." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Le partizioni non possono essere create in quanto le altre partizioni sul disco sono usate." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "Installazione dei pacchetti richiesti fallita." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +# TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:142 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "Continuare nonostante l'errore?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Le partizioni non possono essere create in quanto le altre partizioni sul " +"disco sono usate." + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" @@ -6253,7 +6544,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato in quanto contiene\n" "una partizione di swap attiva che è richiesta per eseguire l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6263,7 +6554,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato in quanto contiene i dati di\n" "installazione necessari per eseguire l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6273,7 +6564,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto contiene\n" "una partizione di swap attiva che è richiesta per eseguire l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6283,7 +6574,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere in quanto perché contiene i dati di\n" "installazione necessari per effettuare l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6291,22 +6582,26 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" -"il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di swap attiva che è necessaria\n" +"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " +"indirettamente\n" +"il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di swap attiva che è " +"necessaria\n" "per eseguire l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" -"il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire l'installazione.\n" +"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " +"indirettamente\n" +"il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire " +"l'installazione.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6317,18 +6612,18 @@ "sul disco %2 sono usate.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nulla è assegnato come file system radice!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "L'installazione quasi certamente fallirà fatalmente!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "L'aggiunta del seguenti risolvibili è fallita: %1" @@ -6341,11 +6636,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Il codice di errore di sistema era: %1" -# TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:142 -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "Continuare nonostante l'errore?" - # TLABEL modules/inst_root.ycp:44 #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters @@ -6601,19 +6891,23 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Monta in base a indica la modalità di montaggio del file system:\n" -"(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del file system, (UUID) in base\n" -"all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e (Percorso) in base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" +"(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del file " +"system, (UUID) in base\n" +"all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e (Percorso) " +"in base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un punto interrogativo (?) indica che il file system non è elencato\n" @@ -6634,7 +6928,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) dopo il punto di montaggio indica un file system\n" @@ -6720,7 +7015,8 @@ "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" -"ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del dispositivo.\n" +"ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del " +"dispositivo.\n" "Il campo può essere vuoto.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6729,7 +7025,8 @@ "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." msgstr "" -"Percorso del dispositivo mostra il percorso persistente del dispositivo.\n" +"Percorso del dispositivo mostra il percorso persistente del " +"dispositivo.\n" "Il campo può essere vuoto." #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -7010,7 +7307,8 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato da un'applicazione sconosciuta.\n" +"Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato da un'applicazione " +"sconosciuta.\n" "Si deve terminare tale applicazione prima di continuare." #. error popup @@ -7025,8 +7323,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Impossibile ridimensionare a causa di un file system inconsistente. Provare a controllare il file system in Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile ridimensionare a causa di un file system inconsistente. Provare " +"a controllare il file system in Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -7063,7 +7365,8 @@ "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" -"Per creare una proposta basata su LVM, scegliere il pulsante corrispondente.\n" +"Per creare una proposta basata su LVM, scegliere il pulsante " +"corrispondente.\n" "La proposta basata su LVN può essere cifrata.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -7075,8 +7378,10 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Il file system per la partizione radice può essere selezionato con la\n" -"corrispondente casella combinata. Nel caso del file system Btrfs la proposta può\n" -"abilitare automaticamente le istantanee con snapper. Questo causerà l'incremento\n" +"corrispondente casella combinata. Nel caso del file system Btrfs la proposta " +"può\n" +"abilitare automaticamente le istantanee con snapper. Questo causerà " +"l'incremento\n" "dello spazio per la partizione radice." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -7085,8 +7390,10 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"La proposta può creare una partizione separata per le home. Il file system\n" -"per la partizione delle home può essere selezionata con la corrispondente casella combinata." +"La proposta può creare una partizione separata per le home. Il file " +"system\n" +"per la partizione delle home può essere selezionata con la corrispondente " +"casella combinata." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -7094,7 +7401,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partizione di swap può essere fatta larga abbastanza per essere usata per sospendere\n" +"La partizione di swap può essere fatta larga abbastanza per essere usata " +"per sospendere\n" "il sistema su disco nella maggior parte dei casi." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -7229,7 +7537,13 @@ #~| "kernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" -#~ msgid "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\\n\\nNever partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\\n(mounted, swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\\ndoing. Otherwise, the partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\\nkernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\\n\\nTo continue despite this warning, click Yes.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\\n" +#~ "\\nNever partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\\n(mounted, " +#~ "swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\\ndoing. Otherwise, the " +#~ "partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\\nkernel, which will most " +#~ "likely lead to data loss.\\n\\nTo continue despite this warning, click " +#~ "Yes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Usare questo programma solo se si è esperti nella partizione di dischi.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7248,17 +7562,22 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "No automatic proposal possible.\n" #~| "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." -#~ msgid "No automatic proposal possible.\\nSpecify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No automatic proposal possible.\\nSpecify mount points manually in the " +#~ "'Partitioner' dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nessuna proposta automatica possibile.\n" -#~ "Specificare i punti di montaggio manualmente della finestra del 'partizionatore'." +#~ "Specificare i punti di montaggio manualmente della finestra del " +#~ "'partizionatore'." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" #~| "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." -#~ msgid "\\nYour hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\\ndisplayed is proposed for your hard drive." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYour hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\\ndisplayed " +#~ "is proposed for your hard drive." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "I dischi fissi sono stati controllati. L'impostazione delle partizioni\n" @@ -7271,7 +7590,10 @@ #~| "setup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n" #~| "%1 and modify the settings in the expert\n" #~| "partitioner dialog.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nTo make only small adjustments to the proposed\\nsetup (like changing filesystem types), choose\\n%1 and modify the settings in the expert\\npartitioner dialog.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nTo make only small adjustments to the proposed\\nsetup (like " +#~ "changing filesystem types), choose\\n%1 and modify the settings in " +#~ "the expert\\npartitioner dialog.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Per apportare solo modifiche secondarie alla configurazione\n" @@ -7285,7 +7607,10 @@ #~| "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n" #~| "system choose %1. You can still make modification\n" #~| "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nTo import the mount points from an existing Linux\\nsystem choose %1. You can still make modification\\nafterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nTo import the mount points from an existing Linux\\nsystem choose " +#~ "%1. You can still make modification\\nafterwards in the expert " +#~ "partitioner dialog.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Per importare i punti di montaggio da un sistema Linux\n" @@ -7301,7 +7626,11 @@ #~| "%1.\n" #~| "This is also the option to choose for\n" #~| "advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nIf the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\\nyour own partition setup starting with the partitions \\ncurrently present on the disks. Select\\n%1.\\nThis is also the option to choose for\\nadvanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIf the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\\nyour own " +#~ "partition setup starting with the partitions \\ncurrently present on the " +#~ "disks. Select\\n%1.\\nThis is also the option to choose for" +#~ "\\nadvanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Se la proposta non è soddisfacente, creare \n" @@ -7315,16 +7644,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nTo create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nTo create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</" +#~ "p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per creare una proposta basata su LVM, scegliere il pulsante corrispondente.\n" +#~ "Per creare una proposta basata su LVM, scegliere il pulsante " +#~ "corrispondente.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" #~| "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" -#~ msgid "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \\ndone so far. Continue with computing proposal?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \\ndone so far. " +#~ "Continue with computing proposal?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'elaborazione di questa proposta sovrascriverà le modifiche manuali \n" #~ "fatte fino ad ora. Continuare con l'elaborazione della proposta?" @@ -7377,16 +7711,22 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\n" +#~| "The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all " +#~| "your\n" #~| "settings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\n" #~| "partition will remain untouched.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nThe actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\\nsettings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\\npartition will remain untouched.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nThe actual resizing will not be performed until after you " +#~ "confirm all your\\nsettings in the last installation dialog. Until then " +#~ "your Windows\\npartition will remain untouched.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il ridimensionamento vero e proprio non verrà eseguito fino alla conferma di\n" -#~ "tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel momento\n" +#~ "Il ridimensionamento vero e proprio non verrà eseguito fino alla conferma " +#~ "di\n" +#~ "tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel " +#~ "momento\n" #~ "tutte le partizioni Windows rimarranno inalterate.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7397,7 +7737,9 @@ #~| "To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n" #~| "Back.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nTo skip resizing your Windows partition, press\\nBack.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nTo skip resizing your Windows partition, press\\nBack." +#~ "\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7410,15 +7752,20 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" -#~| "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n" +#~| "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation " +#~| "(after\n" #~| "the partition resize).\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nThe upper bar graph displays the current situation.\\nThe lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\\nthe partition resize).\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nThe upper bar graph displays the current situation.\\nThe lower " +#~ "bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\\nthe " +#~ "partition resize).\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Il grafico a barre in alto visualizza la situazione corrente.\n" -#~ "Il grafico a barre in basso visualizza la situazione dopo l'installazione (dopo il ridimensionamento\n" +#~ "Il grafico a barre in basso visualizza la situazione dopo l'installazione " +#~ "(dopo il ridimensionamento\n" #~ "della partizione).\n" #~ "" @@ -7429,7 +7776,9 @@ #~| "Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n" #~| "input field to adjust the suggested values.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nDrag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\\ninput field to adjust the suggested values.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nDrag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\\ninput field " +#~ "to adjust the suggested values.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7441,10 +7790,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\n" +#~| "Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically " +#~| "be\n" #~| "created as necessary.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nWithin the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\\ncreated as necessary.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nWithin the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will " +#~ "automatically be\\ncreated as necessary.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7459,11 +7811,16 @@ #~| "The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n" #~| "as required for &product;.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nEnter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\\nThe partitions will automatically be created within this range\\nas required for &product;.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nEnter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\\nThe " +#~ "partitions will automatically be created within this range\\nas required " +#~ "for &product;.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Inserire un valore per la dimensione dell'installazione di Linux.\n" -#~ "All'interno di questo spazio verranno create automaticamente le partizioni\n" +#~ "Inserire un valore per la dimensione dell'installazione di Linux</" +#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "All'interno di questo spazio verranno create automaticamente le " +#~ "partizioni\n" #~ "necessarie a &product;.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7471,13 +7828,17 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "Windows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n" +#~| "Windows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition " +#~| "uses.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nWindows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nWindows Used is the size of the space your Windows " +#~ "partition uses.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla partizione Windows.\n" +#~ "Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla " +#~ "partizione Windows.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7486,7 +7847,9 @@ #~| "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" #~| "installation) on the partition.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nFree indicates the current free space (before the Linux\\ninstallation) on the partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nFree indicates the current free space (before the Linux" +#~ "\\ninstallation) on the partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Libero indica lo spazio attualmente libero (prima che sia\n" @@ -7506,14 +7869,21 @@ #~| "You need at least %1 MB of free space on the\n" #~| "Windows device, including Windows workspace and\n" #~| "space for %2.\n" -#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe space available on the Windows partition is not sufficient for\\nthe minimum Linux installation.\\n\\nTo install Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \\napplications or delete data to free space.\\n\\nYou need at least %1 MB of free space on the\\nWindows device, including Windows workspace and\\nspace for %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe space available on the Windows partition " +#~ "is not sufficient for\\nthe minimum Linux installation.\\n\\nTo install " +#~ "Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \\napplications or delete " +#~ "data to free space.\\n\\nYou need at least %1 MB of free space on the" +#~ "\\nWindows device, including Windows workspace and\\nspace for %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è verificato un errore.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per contenere\n" +#~ "Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per " +#~ "contenere\n" #~ "l'installazione minima di Linux.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per installare Linux, avviare innanzitutto Windows e disinstallare alcune\n" +#~ "Per installare Linux, avviare innanzitutto Windows e disinstallare " +#~ "alcune\n" #~ "applicazioni o eliminare alcuni dati per liberare spazio.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Sono necessari almeno %1 MB di spazio libero sul dispositivo\n" @@ -7528,7 +7898,10 @@ #~| "Depending on the size of your Windows partition\n" #~| "and the amount of space used, this may take a while.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\\nfor consistency.\\n\\nDepending on the size of your Windows partition\\nand the amount of space used, this may take a while.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\\nfor consistency.\\n" +#~ "\\nDepending on the size of your Windows partition\\nand the amount of " +#~ "space used, this may take a while.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Verifica della consistenza del file system della\n" #~ "partizione Windows.\n" @@ -7548,7 +7921,11 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If the problem occurs again next time, resize your\n" #~| "Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nYour Windows partition has errors in the file system.\\n\\nBoot Windows and clear those errors by running\\nscandisk and defrag.\\n\\nIf the problem occurs again next time, resize your\\nWindows partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nYour Windows partition has errors in the file " +#~ "system.\\n\\nBoot Windows and clear those errors by running\\nscandisk " +#~ "and defrag.\\n\\nIf the problem occurs again next time, resize your" +#~ "\\nWindows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è verificato un errore.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7570,7 +7947,11 @@ #~| "\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\n" #~| "\t Windows partition by other means.\n" #~| "\t " -#~ msgid "An internal error has occurred.\\n\\n\t You cannot shrink your Windows partition during\\n\t installation. Your hard disk has not been altered.\\n\\n\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\\n\t Windows partition by other means.\\n\t " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An internal error has occurred.\\n\\n\t You cannot shrink your " +#~ "Windows partition during\\n\t installation. Your hard disk has not " +#~ "been altered.\\n\\n\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\\n" +#~ "\t Windows partition by other means.\\n\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è verificato un errore interno.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7591,7 +7972,11 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" #~| "shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe Windows version on your system is \\nnot compatible with the resizing tool.\\nShrinking your Windows partition is not possible.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error has occurred.\\n\\nThe Windows version on your system is \\nnot " +#~ "compatible with the resizing tool.\\nShrinking your Windows partition is " +#~ "not possible.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and" +#~ "\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è verificato un errore.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7610,7 +7995,11 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" #~| "shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -#~ msgid "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\\n\\nIt is therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\\n\\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\\n\\nIt is " +#~ "therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\\n\\nChoose a " +#~ "different disk or abort the installation and\\nshrink your Windows " +#~ "partition by other means.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Impossibile individuare la versione di Windows installata nel sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7633,7 +8022,13 @@ #~| "the Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really shrink your Windows partition?\n" -#~ msgid "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\\nIn the next dialog, specify the amount of\\nWindows space that should be freed for %1.\\n\\nA data backup is strongly recommended\\nbecause data must be reorganized. \\nUnder rare circumstances, this could fail.\\n\\nOnly continue if you have successfully run\\nthe Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\\n\\nReally shrink your Windows partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\\nIn the next dialog, " +#~ "specify the amount of\\nWindows space that should be freed for %1.\\n\\nA " +#~ "data backup is strongly recommended\\nbecause data must be reorganized. " +#~ "\\nUnder rare circumstances, this could fail.\\n\\nOnly continue if you " +#~ "have successfully run\\nthe Windows system applications scandisk and " +#~ "defrag.\\n\\nReally shrink your Windows partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è scelto di ridurre la partizione Windows.\n" #~ "Nella finestra di dialogo successiva specificare la\n" @@ -7655,7 +8050,10 @@ #~| "All data on this partition will be lost in the process.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really delete your Windows partition?\n" -#~ msgid "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\\n\\nAll data on this partition will be lost in the process.\\n\\nReally delete your Windows partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\\n\\nAll data " +#~ "on this partition will be lost in the process.\\n\\nReally delete your " +#~ "Windows partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è scelto di eliminare completamente la partizione Windows.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7664,9 +8062,17 @@ #~ "Eliminare veramente la partizione Windows?\n" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal or the disk is too small. To install Linux, select more partitions to remove or select a larger disk." -#~ msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \\nthe disk is too small. \\nTo install Linux, select more partitions to \\nremove or select a larger disk." -#~ msgstr "Sono state scelte troppe poche partizioni da rimuovere o il disco è troppo piccolo. Per installare Linux selezionate un maggior numero di partizioni da rimuovere o un disco più grande." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Too few partitions are marked for removal or the disk is too small. To " +#~| "install Linux, select more partitions to remove or select a larger disk." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \\nthe disk is too small. " +#~ "\\nTo install Linux, select more partitions to \\nremove or select a " +#~ "larger disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sono state scelte troppe poche partizioni da rimuovere o il disco è " +#~ "troppo piccolo. Per installare Linux selezionate un maggior numero di " +#~ "partizioni da rimuovere o un disco più grande." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_target_selection.ycp:155 @@ -7676,10 +8082,13 @@ #~| "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" #~| "are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\\nare shown " +#~ "here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Tutti i dischi rigidi rilevati automaticamente del vostro sistema vengono\n" +#~ "Tutti i dischi rigidi rilevati automaticamente del vostro sistema " +#~ "vengono\n" #~ "mostrati qui. Selezionate il disco su cui installare &product;.\n" #~ "" @@ -7690,7 +8099,9 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nYou may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYou may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;." +#~ "\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Si può scegliere in seguito quale parte del disco è usata per &product;.\n" @@ -7706,22 +8117,31 @@ #~| "control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n" #~| "partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nThe Custom Partitioning option for experts allows full\\ncontrol over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\\npartitions to mount points when installing &product;.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nThe Custom Partitioning option for experts allows full" +#~ "\\ncontrol over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\\npartitions to " +#~ "mount points when installing &product;.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "L'opzione avanzata Partizionamento personalizzato permette di avere\n" -#~ "un controllo completo sulla partizione dei dischi fissi e sull'assegnazione\n" -#~ "delle partizioni ai punti di montaggio durante l'installazione di &product;.\n" +#~ "L'opzione avanzata Partizionamento personalizzato permette di " +#~ "avere\n" +#~ "un controllo completo sulla partizione dei dischi fissi e " +#~ "sull'assegnazione\n" +#~ "delle partizioni ai punti di montaggio durante l'installazione di " +#~ "&product;.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" #~| "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." -#~ msgid "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\\nensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\\nensure " +#~ "that ownerships of home directories are set properly." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La partizione /home non verrà formattata. Dopo l'installazione assicurarsi\n" +#~ "La partizione /home non verrà formattata. Dopo l'installazione " +#~ "assicurarsi\n" #~ "che i proprietari delle directory home siano impostati correttamente." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -7752,7 +8172,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" #~| "The entire disk will be used for %1." -#~ msgid "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\\nThe entire disk will be used for %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\\nThe entire disk will be used " +#~ "for %1." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non ci sono ancora partizioni su questo disco.\n" #~ "L'intero disco verrà usato per %1." @@ -7761,7 +8183,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" #~| "There is not enough space to install Linux." -#~ msgid "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\\nThere is not enough space to install Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\\nThere is not enough space to " +#~ "install Linux." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questo disco sembra essere usto da Windows.\n" #~ "Non c'è abbastanza spazio per installare Linux." @@ -7787,7 +8211,9 @@ #~| "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" #~| "partitions or free regions shown.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nUse either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\\npartitions or free regions shown.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nUse either the entire hard disk or one or more of the" +#~ "\\npartitions or free regions shown.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Usare l'intero disco fisso oppure una o più delle\n" @@ -7803,11 +8229,15 @@ #~| "might loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\n" #~| "other operating systems.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nNotice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\\nmight loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\\nother operating systems.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nNotice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you" +#~ "\\nmight loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect" +#~ "\\nother operating systems.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Nota: se si sceglie una zona che non è mostrata come libera\n" -#~ "si corre il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul disco fisso. Questo può riguardare\n" +#~ "si corre il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul disco fisso. Questo " +#~ "può riguardare\n" #~ "anche altri sistemi operativi.\n" #~ "" @@ -7819,11 +8249,14 @@ #~| "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" #~| "lost. There will be no way to recover this data.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\\nlost. There will be no way to recover this data.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be" +#~ "\\nlost. There will be no way to recover this data.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Le zone contrassegnate saranno cancellate. Tutti i dati\n" -#~ "contenuti andranno persi. Non si potrà più recuperare questi dati.\n" +#~ "contenuti andranno persi. Non si potrà più recuperare questi " +#~ "dati.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7833,28 +8266,40 @@ #~| "space for &product;. You can either delete Windows completely or\n" #~| "shrink it to get enough free space.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\\nspace for &product;. You can either delete Windows completely or\\nshrink it to get enough free space.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not " +#~ "enough\\nspace for &product;. You can either delete Windows " +#~ "completely or\\nshrink it to get enough free space.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il disco fisso selezionato è probabilmente usato da Windows. Non c'è \n" -#~ "abbastanza spazio per &product;. Si può o eliminare Windows completamente o\n" +#~ "abbastanza spazio per &product;. Si può o eliminare Windows " +#~ "completamente o\n" #~ "ridurlo per ottenere abbastanza spazio libero.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" +#~| "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be " +#~| "irreversibly\n" #~| "lost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we strongly\n" #~| "recommend a data backup, because the data must be reorganized.\n" #~| "This may fail under rare circumstances.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nIf you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\\nlost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we strongly\\nrecommend a data backup, because the data must be reorganized.\\nThis may fail under rare circumstances.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIf you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be " +#~ "irreversibly\\nlost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, " +#~ "we strongly\\nrecommend a data backup, because the data must be " +#~ "reorganized.\\nThis may fail under rare circumstances.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Se si elimina Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno irrimediabilmente\n" -#~ "persi durante l'installazione. Quando si riduce Windows, si raccomanda\n" -#~ "caldamente di fare una copia di ripristino dei dati, poiché i dati devono essere riorganizzati.\n" +#~ "Se si elimina Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno " +#~ "irrimediabilmente\n" +#~ "persi durante l'installazione. Quando si riduce Windows, si " +#~ "raccomanda\n" +#~ "caldamente di fare una copia di ripristino dei dati, poiché i dati " +#~ "devono essere riorganizzati.\n" #~ "In rari casi questa operazione può fallire.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7863,11 +8308,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" -#~| "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" +#~| "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to " +#~| "a\n" #~| "partition.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "You have not assigned a root partition for\\ninstallation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\\npartition.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have not assigned a root partition for\\ninstallation. This does not " +#~ "work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\\npartition.\\n\\nReally use " +#~ "this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non è stata assegnata una partizione radice per l'installazione.\n" #~ "Ciò non può funzionare. Assegnare il punto di montaggio radice\n" @@ -7878,29 +8327,42 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" -#~| "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" +#~| "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause " +#~| "problems.\n" #~| "Use a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\\npoints: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\\nUse a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount" +#~ "\\npoints: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause " +#~ "problems.\\nUse a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these " +#~ "mount points.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si è cercato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di montaggio:\n" -#~ "/, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi.\n" -#~ "Usare un file system Linux, come ext3 o ext4, per questi punti di montaggio.\n" +#~ "Si è cercato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di " +#~ "montaggio:\n" +#~ "/, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei " +#~ "problemi.\n" +#~ "Usare un file system Linux, come ext3 o ext4, per questi punti di " +#~ "montaggio.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " +#~| "file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\\nmount point /boot. This will " +#~ "very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or " +#~ "ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è cercato di montare una partizione FAT nel punto di montaggio /boot.\n" -#~ "Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi. Usare un file system Linux\n" +#~ "Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi. Usare un file system " +#~ "Linux\n" #~ "come ext3 o ext4 per questo punto di montaggio.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" @@ -7908,14 +8370,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " +#~| "file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\\nmount point /boot. This " +#~ "will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\\nsystem, such as ext3 " +#~ "or ext4, for this mount point.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è montata una partizione con Brtfs sul punto di montaggio /boot.\n" -#~ "Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi. Usare un file system Linux\n" +#~ "Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi. Usare un file system " +#~ "Linux\n" #~ "come ext3 o ext4 per questo punto di montaggio.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" @@ -7930,7 +8397,11 @@ #~| "installation might not be directly bootable.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning:\\nYour boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\\nYour BIOS does not seem able to boot\\npartitions above cylinder %1.\\nWith the current setup, your %2\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning:\\nYour boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\\nYour BIOS does " +#~ "not seem able to boot\\npartitions above cylinder %1.\\nWith the current " +#~ "setup, your %2\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable.\\n\\nReally " +#~ "use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione:\n" #~ "La partizione di boot termina sopra il cilindro %1.\n" @@ -7948,7 +8419,10 @@ #~| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning:\\nYour boot partition is smaller than %1.\\nWe recommend to increase the size of /boot.\\n\\nReally keep this size of boot partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning:\\nYour boot partition is smaller than %1.\\nWe recommend to " +#~ "increase the size of /boot.\\n\\nReally keep this size of boot partition?" +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione:\n" #~ "La partizione di avvio è più piccola di %1.\n" @@ -7965,9 +8439,15 @@ #~| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\\nTo boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\\n(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\\nPartitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\\ntype 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\\n\\nReally use the setup without /boot partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\\nTo boot from your hard " +#~ "disk, a small /boot partition\\n(approx. %1) is required. Consider " +#~ "creating one.\\nPartitions assigned to /boot will automatically be " +#~ "changed to\\ntype 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\\n\\nReally use the setup without /boot " +#~ "partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Attenzione: non c'è alcuna partizione montata come /boot. Per avviare dal disco fisso è richiesta una piccola partizione /boot (circa %1).\n" +#~ "Attenzione: non c'è alcuna partizione montata come /boot. Per avviare dal " +#~ "disco fisso è richiesta una piccola partizione /boot (circa %1).\n" #~ "Conviene considerare l'ipotesi di crearne una.\n" #~ "Le partizioni assegnate a /boot vengono automaticamente\n" #~ "modificate impostando il tipo a 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -7984,7 +8464,12 @@ #~| "directly bootable.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\\nboot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\\nhas an end cylinder above %1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\\nof booting partitions beyond the %1 cylinder boundary,\\nwhich means your %2 installation will not be\\ndirectly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\\nboot your machine from " +#~ "the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\\nhas an end cylinder above " +#~ "%1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\\nof booting partitions beyond the %1 " +#~ "cylinder boundary,\\nwhich means your %2 installation will not be" +#~ "\\ndirectly bootable.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione: secondo l'impostazione effettuata si\n" #~ "vuole avviare il computer dalla partizione radice (/)\n" @@ -8005,7 +8490,11 @@ #~| "The boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\\ninstallation might not be directly bootable, because\\nyour files below \"/boot\" are on a software RAID device.\\nThe boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\\ninstallation might not be " +#~ "directly bootable, because\\nyour files below \"/boot\" are on a software " +#~ "RAID device.\\nThe boot loader setup sometimes fails in this " +#~ "configuration.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione: con l'impostazione attuale l'installazione\n" #~ "%1 potrebbe non essere avviabile direttamente in quanto\n" @@ -8027,7 +8516,12 @@ #~| "partition for your files below /boot.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\\npartition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\\nThis does not work.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\npartition for your files below /boot.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\\nwill encounter " +#~ "problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\\npartition and your " +#~ "\"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\\nThis does not work.\\n" +#~ "\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal" +#~ "\\npartition for your files below /boot.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione: con l'impostazione attuale l'installazione %1\n" #~ "avrà problemi all'avvio in quanto non si ha una\n" @@ -8053,7 +8547,12 @@ #~| "FAT partition for your files below %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because you have no\\nFAT partition mounted on %1.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\nFAT partition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\\nwill encounter " +#~ "problems when booting, because you have no\\nFAT partition mounted on %1." +#~ "\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf " +#~ "you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\nFAT partition " +#~ "for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione: con l'impostazione attuale l'installazione %2\n" #~ "avrà problemi all'avvio in quanto non si ha una partizione\n" @@ -8078,7 +8577,12 @@ #~| "partition for your files below %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\\nencounter problems when booting, because you have no \\nseparate %1 partition on your RAID disk.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\\npartition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\\nencounter " +#~ "problems when booting, because you have no \\nseparate %1 partition on " +#~ "your RAID disk.\\n\\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot " +#~ "setup.\\n\\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal" +#~ "\\npartition for your files below %1.\\n\\nReally use this setup?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione: con l'impostazione attuale l'installazione %2\n" #~ "avrà problemi all'avvio in quanto non è presente una\n" @@ -8096,20 +8600,30 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" +#~| "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly " +#~| "recommend \n" #~| "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" #~| "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -#~| "type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +#~| "type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +#~| "\"swap\".\n" #~| "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" -#~ msgid "\\nYou have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \\nto create and assign a swap partition.\\nSwap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\\ntype \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\\nYou can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\\n\\nReally use the setup without swap partition?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYou have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly " +#~ "recommend \\nto create and assign a swap partition.\\nSwap partitions on " +#~ "your system are listed in the main window with the\\ntype \"Linux Swap\". " +#~ "An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\\nYou can assign " +#~ "more than one swap partition, if desired.\\n\\nReally use the setup " +#~ "without swap partition?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Non è stata assegnata una partizione di swap. In molti casi\n" #~ "è altamente consigliato creare e attivare una partizione di swap.\n" -#~ "Le partizioni di swap del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale come\n" -#~ "\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di swap assegnata ha come punto di montaggio \"swap\".\n" +#~ "Le partizioni di swap del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale " +#~ "come\n" +#~ "\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di swap assegnata ha come punto di " +#~ "montaggio \"swap\".\n" #~ "Si possono assegnare più partizioni di swap se lo si desidera.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Usare veramente questa impostazione senza una partizione di swap?\n" @@ -8120,7 +8634,10 @@ #~| "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" #~| "formatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\n" #~| "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" -#~ msgid "\\nYou chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\\nformatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\\nparticularly in any of the following cases:\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYou chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be" +#~ "\\nformatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed," +#~ "\\nparticularly in any of the following cases:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Si è scelto di installare in una partizione già esistente che\n" @@ -8133,7 +8650,10 @@ #~| "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" #~| "overwritten\n" #~| "- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" -#~ msgid "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\\n- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\\noverwritten\\n- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\\n- if this partition already " +#~ "contains a Linux distribution that will be\\noverwritten\\n- if this " +#~ "partition does not yet contain a file system\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "- se questa è una partizione preesistente ReiserFS\n" #~ "- se questa partizione contiene già una distribuzione Linux\n" @@ -8143,9 +8663,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -#~| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +#~| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +#~| "points\n" #~| "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" -#~ msgid "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\\nformatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\\nlike /, /boot, /opt or /var.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\\nformatting, " +#~ "especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points" +#~ "\\nlike /, /boot, /opt or /var.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "In caso di dubbi, meglio tornare indietro e segnare questa partizione\n" #~ "affinché venga formattata, specialmente se è assegnata ad un\n" @@ -8156,7 +8680,9 @@ #~| "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" -#~ msgid "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\\n\\nReally keep the partition unformatted?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\\n" +#~ "\\nReally keep the partition unformatted?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se si decide di formattare la partizione tutti i dati verranno persi.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8166,7 +8692,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID before editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID " +#~ "before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il dispositivo selezionato appartiene al RAID (%1).\n" #~ "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di modificarlo.\n" @@ -8175,7 +8703,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\\nRemove it from the volume group before editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\\nRemove it from the " +#~ "volume group before editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il dispositivo selezionato appartiene a un gruppo di volumi (%1).\n" #~ "Rimuoverlo dal gruppo di volumi prima di modificarlo.\n" @@ -8184,7 +8714,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" #~| "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" -#~ msgid "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\\nRemove the volume before editing it.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\\nRemove the volume before " +#~ "editing it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il dispositivo selezionato è usato dal volume (%1).\n" #~ "Rimuovere il volume prima di modificarlo.\n" @@ -8193,7 +8725,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" #~| "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" -#~ msgid "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID before deleting it.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\\nRemove it from the RAID " +#~ "before deleting it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il dispositivo (%2) appartiene al RAID (%1).\n" #~ "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di eliminarlo.\n" @@ -8211,23 +8745,35 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" #~| "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" -#~ msgid "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \\nanother logical partition with a higher number is in use.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and " +#~ "\\nanother logical partition with a higher number is in use.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione logica e\n" +#~ "Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione " +#~ "logica e\n" #~ "un'altra partizione logica con un numero superiore è in uso.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +#~| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +#~| "mounted:\n" #~| "%1\n" -#~| "We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +#~| "We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete " +#~| "the extended partition.\n" #~| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +#~ "mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions " +#~ "before you delete the extended partition.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know " +#~ "exactly what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" +#~ "La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente " +#~ "montate:\n" #~ "%1\n" -#~ "Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la partizione estesa.\n" -#~ "Scegliere Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" +#~ "Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare " +#~ "la partizione estesa.\n" +#~ "Scegliere Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta " +#~ "facendo.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -8236,7 +8782,10 @@ #~| "assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" #~| "partitions from their respective volume groups\n" #~| "before deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the extended partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition" +#~ "\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their " +#~ "respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "La partizione estesa selezionata contiene almeno una partizione LVM\n" @@ -8251,7 +8800,10 @@ #~| "that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" #~| "partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" #~| "deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat " +#~ "is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective " +#~ "RAID systems before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "La partizione estesa selezionata contiene almeno una partizione\n" @@ -8265,7 +8817,10 @@ #~| "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" #~| "that is in use. Remove the used volume before\n" #~| "deleting the extended partition.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat is in use. Remove the used volume before\\ndeleting the extended partition.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\\nthat " +#~ "is in use. Remove the used volume before\\ndeleting the extended " +#~ "partition.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "La partizione estesa selezionata contiene almeno una partizione\n" @@ -8286,7 +8841,9 @@ #~| "The first and the second version\n" #~| "of the password do not match!\n" #~| "Try again.\n" -#~ msgid "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match!\\nTry again.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match!\\nTry " +#~ "again.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "La prima e la seconda versione della\n" #~ "password non corrispondono!\n" @@ -8314,39 +8871,61 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" #~| "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" -#~ msgid "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\\nChange your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\\nChange your " +#~ "volume label so that it does not contain this character.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non è più consentito l'uso del carattere ''/' in un'etichetta di volume.\n" -#~ "Modificare l'etichetta del volume in modo che non contenga questo carattere.\n" +#~ "Modificare l'etichetta del volume in modo che non contenga questo " +#~ "carattere.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" #~| "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" -#~| "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -#~| "systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +#~| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file " +#~| "system \n" +#~| "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all " +#~| "file \n" +#~| "systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +#~| "disabled, \n" #~| "this is not possible.\n" -#~ msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\\nNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\\nby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \\nto mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \\nsystems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \\nthis is not possible.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\\nNormally, a file system to mount is " +#~ "identified in /etc/fstab\\nby the device name. This identification can be " +#~ "changed so the file system \\nto mount is found by searching for a UUID " +#~ "or a volume label. Not all file \\nsystems can be mounted by UUID or a " +#~ "volume label. If an option is disabled, \\nthis is not possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Monta in /etc/fstab con:\n" #~ "Di solito, un file system da montare è identificato in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di identificazione in\n" -#~ "modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID oppure di\n" -#~ "un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system possono essere montati in base\n" -#~ "all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se un'opzione è disabilitata, ciò non è possibile.\n" +#~ "dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di " +#~ "identificazione in\n" +#~ "modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID " +#~ "oppure di\n" +#~ "un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system possono essere montati in " +#~ "base\n" +#~ "all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se un'opzione è disabilitata, ciò non " +#~ "è possibile.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Volume Label:\n" -#~| "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +#~| "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +#~| "makes sense only \n" #~| "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" #~| "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" -#~ msgid "Volume Label:\\nThe name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \\nwhen you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\\nA volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Volume Label:\\nThe name entered in this field is used as the " +#~ "volume label. This usually makes sense only \\nwhen you activate the " +#~ "option for mounting by volume label.\\nA volume label cannot contain " +#~ "the / character or spaces.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Etichetta del volume:\n" -#~ "Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. Questo di solito\n" -#~ "ha senso solo quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del volume.\n" +#~ "Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. " +#~ "Questo di solito\n" +#~ "ha senso solo quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base " +#~ "all'etichetta del volume.\n" #~ "Un'etichetta di volume non può contenere il carattere / o spazi.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -8354,17 +8933,21 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" #~| "is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nMaximum volume label length for the selected file system\\nis %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nMaximum volume label length for the selected file system\\nis %1. Your " +#~ "volume label has been truncated to this size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system selezionato\n" +#~ "La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system " +#~ "selezionato\n" #~ "è %1. L'etichetta di volume è stata troncata a questa dimensione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" -#~| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" +#~| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system " +#~| "type),\n" #~| "your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" @@ -8372,11 +8955,17 @@ #~| "exactly what you are doing.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Continue?\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\\nIf you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\\nyour Linux installation might be damaged.\\n\\nUnmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\\nwe recommend to abort. Do not proceed unless you know\\nexactly what you are doing.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\\nIf you " +#~ "change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type)," +#~ "\\nyour Linux installation might be damaged.\\n\\nUnmount the partition " +#~ "if possible. If you are unsure,\\nwe recommend to abort. Do not proceed " +#~ "unless you know\\nexactly what you are doing.\\n\\nContinue?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "La partizione selezionata (%1) è attualmente montata su %2.\n" -#~ "Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di file system),\n" +#~ "Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di " +#~ "file system),\n" #~ "l'installazione di Linux potrebbe venire danneggiata.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Smontare la partizione se possibile. Se non si è sicuri,\n" @@ -8390,44 +8979,64 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" #~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly " +#~ "fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il file system sulla partizione non può essere ridotto con YaST2.\n" -#~ "Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permettono la riduzione del file system." +#~ "Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permettono la riduzione del file " +#~ "system." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" #~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2." +#~ "\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file " +#~ "system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto con YaST2.\n" +#~ "Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto con " +#~ "YaST2.\n" #~ "Solo fat, ext2, ext3 e reiser consentono di ridurre il file system." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" -#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." -#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " +#~| "system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2." +#~ "\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " +#~ "system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il file system sulla partizione selezionata non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" -#~ "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file system." +#~ "Il file system sulla partizione selezionata non può essere esteso da " +#~ "YaST2.\n" +#~ "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file " +#~ "system." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" -#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." -#~ msgid "\\nThe file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +#~| "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by " +#~| "YaST2.\n" +#~| "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file " +#~| "system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by " +#~ "YaST2.\\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a " +#~ "file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" -#~ "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permettono l'estensione del file system." +#~ "Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere esteso da " +#~ "YaST2.\n" +#~ "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permettono l'estensione del file " +#~ "system." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -8436,11 +9045,15 @@ #~| "very thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Shrink the file system now?" -#~ msgid "\\nIt is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\\nvery thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\\n\\nShrink the file system now?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIt is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not" +#~ "\\nvery thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\\n" +#~ "\\nShrink the file system now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "È possibile ridurre un file system reiser, ma questa funzionalità non è\n" -#~ "ancora ben collaudata. Si consiglia di effettuare una copia di ripristino dei dati.\n" +#~ "ancora ben collaudata. Si consiglia di effettuare una copia di ripristino " +#~ "dei dati.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ridurre il file system ora?" @@ -8448,14 +9061,22 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" #~| "%1\n" -#~| "We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +#~| "We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting " +#~| "the partition table.\n" #~| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\\n%1\\nWe *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\\n" +#~ "%1\\nWe *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before " +#~ "deleting the partition table.\\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly " +#~ "what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" +#~ "I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente " +#~ "montate:\n" #~ "%1\n" -#~ "Si raccomanda *fortemente* di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la tabella delle partizioni.\n" -#~ "Scegliete Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" +#~ "Si raccomanda *fortemente* di smontare queste partizioni prima di " +#~ "eliminare la tabella delle partizioni.\n" +#~ "Scegliete Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta " +#~ "facendo.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -8464,7 +9085,10 @@ #~| "assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" #~| "partitions from their respective volume groups\n" #~| "before deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume groups\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one LVM partition\\nassigned to " +#~ "a volume group. Remove all\\npartitions from their respective volume " +#~ "groups\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il dispositivo selezionato contiene almeno una partizione LVM\n" @@ -8479,7 +9103,10 @@ #~| "that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" #~| "partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" #~| "deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\\ndeleting the device.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is part of " +#~ "a RAID system. Unassign the\\npartitions from their respective RAID " +#~ "systems before\\ndeleting the device.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il dispositivo selezionato contiene almeno una partizione\n" @@ -8493,7 +9120,10 @@ #~| "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" #~| "that is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\n" #~| "before deleting the device.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\\nbefore deleting the device.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\\nthat is used by " +#~ "another volume. Delete the volume using it\\nbefore deleting the device." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il dispositivo selezionato contiene almeno una partizione\n" @@ -8505,7 +9135,8 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Create and remove subvolumes \n" #~| "from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nCreate and remove subvolumes \\nfrom a Btrfs filesystem.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nCreate and remove subvolumes \\nfrom a Btrfs filesystem.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Creare e rimuovere sotto-volumi \n" @@ -8515,9 +9146,12 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" #~| "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." -#~ msgid "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\\nAutomatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!" +#~ "\\nAutomatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sono attualmente permessi solo i nomi dei sotto-volumi che iniziano con \"%1\"!\n" +#~ "Sono attualmente permessi solo i nomi dei sotto-volumi che iniziano con " +#~ "\"%1\"!\n" #~ "Aggiunta automatica di \"%1\" al nome del sotto-volume." #, fuzzy @@ -8549,7 +9183,10 @@ #~| "mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" #~| "Linux file system.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux file system.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not" +#~ "\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux " +#~ "file system.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Ricordare che questo file system è protetto solo quando non\n" @@ -8560,33 +9197,50 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~| "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~| "tmp.\n" #~| "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" -#~| "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" +#~| "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~| "all\n" #~| "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThis mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\\nIf you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\\na random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\\ndata on these filesystems at system shutdown.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThis mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp " +#~ "or /var/tmp.\\nIf you leave the encryption password empty, the system " +#~ "will create\\na random password at system startup for you. This means, " +#~ "you will lose all\\ndata on these filesystems at system shutdown.\\n" +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Se si lascia la password di cifratura vuota, il sistema creerà una password\n" -#~ "casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti i dati\n" +#~ "Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /" +#~ "tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Se si lascia la password di cifratura vuota, il sistema creerà una " +#~ "password\n" +#~ "casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti " +#~ "i dati\n" #~ "in questi file system all'arresto del sistema.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +#~| "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your " +#~| "file system.\n" #~| "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" #~| "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" #~| "enter it twice.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nIf you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\\nChoose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\\nenter it twice.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIf you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on " +#~ "your file system.\\nChoose your password carefully. A combination of " +#~ "letters and numbers\\nis recommended. To ensure the password was entered " +#~ "correctly,\\nenter it twice.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Se si dimentica la password non si potrà più accedere ai dati sul file system.\n" -#~ "Scegliere attentamente la password. Si raccomanda una combinazione di lettere\n" +#~ "Se si dimentica la password non si potrà più accedere ai dati sul file " +#~ "system.\n" +#~ "Scegliere attentamente la password. Si raccomanda una combinazione di " +#~ "lettere\n" #~ "e numeri. Per assicurarsi che la password sia inserita correttamente,\n" #~ "immetterla due volte.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8594,15 +9248,20 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +#~| "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should " +#~| "have at\n" #~| "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" #~| "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nYou must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\\nleast %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\\n(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYou must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password " +#~ "should have at\\nleast %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any " +#~ "special characters\\n(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Si deve distinguere fra maiuscole e minuscole; una password deve avere\n" -#~ "almeno %1 caratteri e, come regola, non deve contenere caratteri speciali\n" +#~ "almeno %1 caratteri e, come regola, non deve contenere caratteri " +#~ "speciali\n" #~ "come lettere accentate o dieresi.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8613,7 +9272,10 @@ #~| "<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n" #~| "letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nPossible characters are\\n<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\\nletters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nPossible characters are\\n<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and " +#~ "lowercase\\nletters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</" +#~ "tt>.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "I possibili caratteri sono\n" @@ -8646,15 +9308,22 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" -#~| "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" +#~| "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " +#~| "therefore is\n" +#~| "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, " +#~| "the\n" #~| "file system is not accessed during update.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nIf the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\\nnot needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\\nfile system is not accessed during update.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nIf the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " +#~ "therefore is\\nnot needed for the update, you may select Skip. In " +#~ "this case, the\\nfile system is not accessed during update.\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Se il file system cifrato non contiene alcun file di sistema e non è quindi necessario\n" -#~ "per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In questo caso, il file\n" +#~ "Se il file system cifrato non contiene alcun file di sistema e non è " +#~ "quindi necessario\n" +#~ "per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In questo " +#~ "caso, il file\n" #~ "system non viene considerato durante l'aggiornamento.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8670,7 +9339,13 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" #~| "the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\\nwill encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \\nyour /boot partition is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\\n\\nIt will probably not be possible to boot such a setup.\\n\\nIf you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \\nthe disk label in the expert partitioner.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\\nwill encounter " +#~ "problems when booting, because the disk on which \\nyour /boot partition " +#~ "is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\\n\\nIt will probably not " +#~ "be possible to boot such a setup.\\n\\nIf you need to use this disk for " +#~ "installation, you should destroy \\nthe disk label in the expert " +#~ "partitioner.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione: con l'impostazione corrente ci saranno problemi\n" #~ "all'avvio in quanto il disco su cui risiede la partizione /boot\n" @@ -8688,7 +9363,11 @@ #~| "GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" -#~ msgid "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \\nboot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \\nGPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\\n\\nYou need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \\nboot setup. Since " +#~ "the selected disk does not contain a \\nGPT disk label YaST will create a " +#~ "GPT label on this disk.\\n\\nYou need to mark all partitions on this disk " +#~ "for removal.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attenzione: il sistema dichiara che richiede un'impostazione\n" #~ "di avvio EFI. Dato che il disco selezionato non contiene\n" @@ -8709,10 +9388,14 @@ #~| "This may cause problems.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really do this?\n" -#~ msgid "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\\nthat may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\\n\\nThis may cause problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system" +#~ "\\nthat may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\\n" +#~ "\\nThis may cause problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è scelto di non montare automaticamente all'avvio un file system\n" -#~ "che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del sistema.\n" +#~ "che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del " +#~ "sistema.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ciò può causare dei problemi.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8724,7 +9407,11 @@ #~| "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" #~| "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n" #~| "nonloopbacked file system.\n" -#~ msgid "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\\nwith one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\\n/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\\nnonloopbacked file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\\nwith one of " +#~ "the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\\n/var\". This " +#~ "is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\\nnonloopbacked file " +#~ "system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è assegnato un file system cifrato a una partizione con uno\n" #~ "dei seguenti punti di montaggio: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\", \"/var\".\n" @@ -8739,9 +9426,13 @@ #~| "This usually causes problems.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really do this?\n" -#~ msgid "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\\nmay contain files that need to be executable.\\n\\nThis usually causes problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\\nmay " +#~ "contain files that need to be executable.\\n\\nThis usually causes " +#~ "problems.\\n\\nReally do this?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si è impostato un file system come montabile dagli utenti. Il file system\n" +#~ "Si è impostato un file system come montabile dagli utenti. Il file " +#~ "system\n" #~ "può contenere dei file che devono essere eseguibili.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Questo di solito causa dei problemi.\n" @@ -8750,11 +9441,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +#~| "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /" +#~| "home).\n" #~| "This is not possible." -#~ msgid "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\\nThis is not possible." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." +#~ "\\nThis is not possible." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il file system FAT ù usato per un punto di montaggio di sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +#~ "Il file system FAT ù usato per un punto di montaggio di sistema (/, /" +#~ "usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" #~ "Ciò non è possibile." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -8764,7 +9459,9 @@ #~| "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" #~| "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" #~| "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#~ msgid "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\\n/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\\n/var/adm/mnt\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\\n/bin, /dev, /etc, /" +#~ "lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\\n/var/adm/mnt\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non si può usare nessuno dei seguenti punti di montaggio:\n" #~ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -8774,7 +9471,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" #~| "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" -#~ msgid "Your partition is too small to use %1.\\nThe minimum size for this file system is %2.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your partition is too small to use %1.\\nThe minimum size for this file " +#~ "system is %2.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "La partizione è troppo piccola per usare %1.\n" #~ "La dimensione minima per questo file system è %2.\n" @@ -8783,7 +9482,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" #~| "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." -#~ msgid "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\\nto a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\\nto a device with nonexistent " +#~ "or unknown file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non è consentito assegnare un punto di montaggio\n" #~ "a un dispositivo con un file system inesistente o sconosciuto." @@ -8799,7 +9500,11 @@ #~| "if it does not work properly or at all.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this file system?\n" -#~ msgid "\\nWARNING:\\n\\nThis file system is not supported in %1;.\\nIt is completely untested and might not be well-integrated \\nin the system. Do not report bugs against this file system \\nif it does not work properly or at all.\\n\\nReally use this file system?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nWARNING:\\n\\nThis file system is not supported in %1;.\\nIt is " +#~ "completely untested and might not be well-integrated \\nin the system. " +#~ "Do not report bugs against this file system \\nif it does not work " +#~ "properly or at all.\\n\\nReally use this file system?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "ATTENZIONE:\n" @@ -8815,7 +9520,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" #~| "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." -#~ msgid "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel." +#~ "\\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si può provare a smontarlo ora, continuare senza smontare o annullare.\n" #~ "Premere Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo." @@ -8824,7 +9531,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" #~| "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." -#~ msgid "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\\nClick Cancel unless you know " +#~ "exactly what you are doing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si può provare a smontarlo ora o annullare.\n" #~ "Premere Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo." @@ -8843,7 +9552,9 @@ #~| "By double clicking a table entry,\n" #~| "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" #~| "device.\n" -#~ msgid "By double clicking a table entry,\\nyou navigate to the view with detailed information about the\\ndevice.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By double clicking a table entry,\\nyou navigate to the view with " +#~ "detailed information about the\\ndevice.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Facendo doppio clic su una voce della tabella\n" #~ "è possibile consultare le informazioni dettagliate circa il\n" @@ -8853,7 +9564,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "By selecting a table entry you can\n" #~| "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." -#~ msgid "By selecting a table entry you can\\nnavigate to the view with detailed information about the device." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By selecting a table entry you can\\nnavigate to the view with " +#~ "detailed information about the device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selezionando una voce della tabella si possono\n" #~ "esplorare le informazioni dettagliate relative al dispositivo." @@ -8871,7 +9584,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call iSCSI configuration?" -#~ msgid "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call iSCSI configuration?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " +#~ "iSCSI configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Usando la configurazione iSCSI si cancellano tutte le modifiche attuali.\n" #~ "Usare veramente la configurazione iSCSI?" @@ -8880,16 +9595,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call multipath configuration?\n" -#~ msgid "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call multipath configuration?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally " +#~ "call multipath configuration?\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usando la configurazione multipath si cancellano tutte le modifiche attuali.\n" +#~ "Usando la configurazione multipath si cancellano tutte le modifiche " +#~ "attuali.\n" #~ "Usare veramente la configurazione multipath?\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call DASD configuration?" -#~ msgid "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call DASD configuration?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " +#~ "DASD configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Usando la configurazione DASD si cancellano tutte le modifiche attuali.\n" #~ "Usare veramente la configurazione DASD?" @@ -8898,7 +9618,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call zFCP configuration?" -#~ msgid "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call zFCP configuration?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " +#~ "zFCP configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Usando la configurazione zFCP si cancellano tutte le modifiche attuali.\n" #~ "Usare veramente la configurazione zFCP?" @@ -8907,7 +9629,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~| "Really call XPRAM configuration?" -#~ msgid "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call XPRAM configuration?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\\nReally call " +#~ "XPRAM configuration?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Usando la configurazione XPRAM si cancellano tutte le modifiche attuali.\n" #~ "Usare veramente la configurazione XPRAM?" @@ -8916,7 +9640,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it " +#~ "is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il btrfs %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -8925,7 +9651,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Btrfs volume.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Btrfs volume." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra le informazioni dettagliate riguardo il\n" #~ "volume Btrfs selezionato.\n" @@ -8934,7 +9662,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all devices used by the\n" #~| "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -#~ msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Btrfs volume.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Btrfs volume.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi usati dal\n" #~ "volume Btrfs selezionato.\n" @@ -8945,7 +9674,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" #~| "formatted and the desired file system type." -#~ msgid "First, choose whether the partition should be\\nformatted and the desired file system type." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, choose whether the partition should be\\nformatted and the " +#~ "desired file system type." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Prima scegliere se la partizione debba essere formattata\n" #~ "ed il tipo di file system desiderato." @@ -8953,12 +9684,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -#~| "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +#~| "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +#~| "existing\n" #~| "volume will delete all data on it.\n" -#~ msgid "If you want to encrypt all data on the\\nvolume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\\nvolume will delete all data on it.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to encrypt all data on the\\nvolume, select Encrypt " +#~ "Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\\nvolume will delete " +#~ "all data on it.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se si seleziona di cifrare tutti i dati sul\n" -#~ "volume selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Cambiando la cifratura di un volume\n" +#~ "volume selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Cambiando la cifratura di un " +#~ "volume\n" #~ "esiste tutti i dati in esso contenuti verranno cancellati.\n" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -8967,7 +9703,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" #~| "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -#~ msgid "Then, choose whether the partition should\\nbe mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Then, choose whether the partition should\\nbe mounted and enter the " +#~ "mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Poi scegliere se la partizione debba essere montata\n" #~ "e immettere il punto di mount (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc. )." @@ -8978,7 +9716,10 @@ #~| "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Also check the format option.\n" -#~ msgid "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\\nthat it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\\n\\nAlso check the format option.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\\nthat it should " +#~ "be formatted. This does not make sense.\\n\\nAlso check the format option." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è deciso di creare un file cifrato senza aver specificato\n" #~ "che debba essere formattato. Questo non ha senso.\n" @@ -8992,7 +9733,10 @@ #~| "mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" #~| "Linux file system.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not" +#~ "\\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\\nLinux " +#~ "file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Ricordare che questo file system è protetto solo quando non\n" @@ -9003,15 +9747,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" +#~| "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the " +#~| "encryption \n" #~| "password empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n" #~| "(suspend to disk).\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \\npassword empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\\n(suspend to disk).\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the " +#~ "encryption \\npassword empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for " +#~ "hibernating\\n(suspend to disk).\\n\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il file system usato per questo volume è swap. Si può lasciare la password di cifratura\n" -#~ "vuota ma poi il dispositivo di swap non potrà essere usato per l'ibernazione (sospensione sul\n" +#~ "Il file system usato per questo volume è swap. Si può lasciare la " +#~ "password di cifratura\n" +#~ "vuota ma poi il dispositivo di swap non potrà essere usato per " +#~ "l'ibernazione (sospensione sul\n" #~ "disco).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9020,10 +9770,13 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" #~| "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nYou cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\\non this partition does not support resizing.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nYou cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\\non " +#~ "this partition does not support resizing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Impossibile ridimensionare la partizione selezionata quanto il file system\n" +#~ "Impossibile ridimensionare la partizione selezionata quanto il file " +#~ "system\n" #~ "sulla partizione non supporta il ridimensionamento.\n" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -9032,7 +9785,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" #~| "can be resized while it is mounted." -#~ msgid "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\\ncan be resized while it is mounted." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\\ncan be resized while it is " +#~ "mounted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non è possibile controllare se un NTFS\n" #~ "può essere ridimensionato mentre è montato." @@ -9041,7 +9796,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" #~| "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" -#~ msgid "Partition %1 cannot be resized\\nbecause the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition %1 cannot be resized\\nbecause the filesystem seems to be " +#~ "inconsistent.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Impossibile ridimensionare la partizione %1\n" #~ "in quanto il file system sembra non essere consistente.\n" @@ -9052,18 +9809,26 @@ #~| "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" #~| "to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" #~| "resize task a lot." -#~ msgid "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \\nThis may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \\nto consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \\nresize task a lot." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \\nThis may be " +#~ "quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \\nto consider " +#~ "umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \\nresize task a " +#~ "lot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si sta estendendo un file system montato di %1 Gigabyte.\n" -#~ "Questo può essere abbastanza lento e richiedere ore. Probabilmente si può\n" -#~ "considerare di smontare il file system, cosa che incrementerà alquanto la\n" +#~ "Questo può essere abbastanza lento e richiedere ore. Probabilmente si " +#~ "può\n" +#~ "considerare di smontare il file system, cosa che incrementerà alquanto " +#~ "la\n" #~ "velocità del ridimensionamento." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is " +#~ "not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il DM %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -9073,7 +9838,10 @@ #~| "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" #~| "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" #~| "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" -#~ msgid "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \\nincluded in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\\nBIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already " +#~ "\\nincluded in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\\nBIOS RAIDs " +#~ "and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi Device Mapper\n" #~ "eccetto quelli già compresi in altre viste. Pertanto dischi multipath,\n" @@ -9083,7 +9851,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected Device Mapper device." -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Device Mapper device." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected Device " +#~ "Mapper device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate riguardo il\n" #~ "dispositivo Device Mapper selezionato." @@ -9092,7 +9862,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all devices used by the\n" #~| "selected Device Mapper device." -#~ msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Device Mapper device." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected Device Mapper " +#~ "device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi usati dal\n" #~ "dispositivo Device Mapper selezionato." @@ -9101,7 +9873,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" #~| "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" -#~ msgid "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\\nIf you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\\nIf you proceed, the " +#~ "following partitions will be deleted:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il disco \"%1\" contiene almeno una partizione.\n" #~ "Continuando le seguenti partizioni verranno eliminate:" @@ -9110,16 +9884,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" #~| "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." -#~ msgid "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\\non %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\\non " +#~ "%1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Creare veramente una nuova tavola delle partizioni su %1? Questo cancellerà tutti i dati\n" +#~ "Creare veramente una nuova tavola delle partizioni su %1? Questo " +#~ "cancellerà tutti i dati\n" #~ "su %1 e tutti i RAID ed i gruppi di volumi che usano le partizioni su %1." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure " +#~ "it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La partizione %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "modificata. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -9137,7 +9916,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make " +#~ "sure it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La partizione %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "ridimensionata. Per ridimensionare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -9150,7 +9931,11 @@ #~| "Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\n" #~| "more partitions. After cloning, these\n" #~| "partitions will be deleted.\n" -#~ msgid "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\\nthat will have the same partition layout as\\nthis disk.\\nDisks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\\nmore partitions. After cloning, these\\npartitions will be deleted.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\\nthat will have the same " +#~ "partition layout as\\nthis disk.\\nDisks marked with the sign '*' " +#~ "contain one or\\nmore partitions. After cloning, these\\npartitions will " +#~ "be deleted.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selezionare uno o più dischi fissi (se disponibili)\n" #~ "che avranno la stessa struttura delle partizioni\n" @@ -9163,7 +9948,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The following partitions will be deleted\n" #~| "and all data on them will be lost:" -#~ msgid "The following partitions will be deleted\\nand all data on them will be lost:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The following partitions will be deleted\\nand all data on them will be " +#~ "lost:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le seguenti partizioni saranno cancellate\n" #~ "e tutti i dati in esse contenuti andranno persi:" @@ -9173,7 +9960,9 @@ #~| "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" #~| "disk must have at least one partition.\n" #~| "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" -#~ msgid "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\\ndisk must have at least one partition.\\nCreate partitions before cloning the disk.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\\ndisk must have at " +#~ "least one partition.\\nCreate partitions before cloning the disk.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non ci sono partizioni in questo disco ma un disco\n" #~ "clonabile deve avere almeno una partizione.\n" @@ -9183,7 +9972,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" #~| "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." -#~ msgid "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\\ndisks that could have the same partitioning layout." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\\ndisks that could have " +#~ "the same partitioning layout." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questo disco non può essere clonato. Non ci sono dischi\n" #~ "adatti che possano avere la stessa struttura delle partizioni." @@ -9192,7 +9983,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" #~| "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" -#~ msgid "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\\nReally execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\\nReally execute dasdfmt on " +#~ "disk %1?\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'esecuzione di dasdfmt elimina tutti i dati sul disco.\n" #~ "Eseguire veramente dasdfmt sul disco %1?\n" @@ -9203,7 +9996,9 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Partitions currently present on this disk are again\n" #~| "displayed.\n" -#~ msgid "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\\n\\nPartitions currently present on this disk are again\\ndisplayed.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\\n\\nPartitions currently " +#~ "present on this disk are again\\ndisplayed.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il disco non è più contrassegnato per dasdfmt.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9232,7 +10027,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all hard disks including\n" #~| "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" -#~ msgid "This view shows all hard disks including\\niSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all hard disks including\\niSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and " +#~ "multipath disks and their partitions.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dischi fissi inclusi\n" #~ "dischi iSCSI, RAID BIOS, dischi multipath e le loro partizioni.\n" @@ -9241,7 +10038,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected hard disk." -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected hard disk." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected hard disk.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate riguardo il\n" #~ "disco fisso selezionato." @@ -9251,18 +10050,26 @@ #~| "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" #~| "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" #~| "partitions are shown here.\n" -#~ msgid "This view shows all partitions of the selected\\nhard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\\npartitions are shown here.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all partitions of the selected\\nhard disk. If the " +#~ "hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\\npartitions are " +#~ "shown here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutte le partizioni del disco fisso\n" -#~ "selezionato. Se il disco fisso è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o da un multipath, nessuna\n" +#~ "selezionato. Se il disco fisso è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o " +#~ "da un multipath, nessuna\n" #~ "partizione verrà mostrata qui.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all devices used by the\n" -#~| "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" +#~| "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, " +#~| "partitioned\n" #~| "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" -#~ msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\\nsoftware RAIDs and multipath disks.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all devices used by the\\nselected hard disk. The view " +#~ "is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\\nsoftware RAIDs and " +#~ "multipath disks.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi usati dal\n" #~ "disco fisso selezionato. La vista è disponibile solo per i RAID BIOS, \n" @@ -9272,7 +10079,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected partition." -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected partition." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected partition.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra le informazioni dettagliate riguardo la\n" #~ "partizione selezionata." @@ -9282,7 +10091,10 @@ #~| "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" #~| "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" #~| "the table.\n" -#~ msgid "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \\nLinux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \\nthe table.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing " +#~ "\\nLinux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in " +#~ "\\nthe table.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST ha esaminato i dischi fissi e ha trovato uno o più sistemi Linux\n" #~ "esistenti con dei punti di montaggio. I vecchi punti di montaggio\n" @@ -9293,18 +10105,25 @@ #~| "You can choose whether the existing system\n" #~| "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" #~| "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." -#~ msgid "You can choose whether the existing system\\nvolumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\\ninstallation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can choose whether the existing system\\nvolumes, e.g. / and /usr, " +#~ "will be formatted during the\\ninstallation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /" +#~ "home, will not be formatted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si può scegliere se i volumi di sistema esistenti,\n" #~ "come / e /usr, verranno formattati durante\n" -#~ "l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno formattati." +#~ "l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno " +#~ "formattati." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" #~| "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" #~| "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" -#~ msgid "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\\nand its logical volumes will be deleted:\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\\nTo keep the " +#~ "system in a consistent state, the following volume group\\nand its " +#~ "logical volumes will be deleted:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "La partizione selezionata è usata dal gruppo di volumi \"%1\".\n" #~ "Per mantenere il sistema in uno stato consistente, il seguente\n" @@ -9315,7 +10134,9 @@ #~| "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" #~| "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" #~| "RAID device will be deleted:\n" -#~ msgid "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following\\nRAID device will be deleted:\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\\nTo keep the system in a " +#~ "consistent state, the following\\nRAID device will be deleted:\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "La partizione selezionata appartiene al RAID \"%1\".\n" #~ "Per mantenere il sistema in uno stato consistente\n" @@ -9333,37 +10154,51 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +#~| "Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to " +#~| "the file\n" #~| "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nPath Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\\ncontaining the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nPath Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to " +#~ "the file\\ncontaining the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</" +#~ "p>\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Percorso del file di loop: Questo deve essere un percorso assoluto\n" -#~ "al file contenente i dati del dispositivo di loop cifrato da impostare.\n" +#~ "Percorso del file di loop: Questo deve essere un percorso " +#~ "assoluto\n" +#~ "al file contenente i dati del dispositivo di loop cifrato da impostare.</" +#~ "p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" +#~| "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be " +#~| "created\n" #~| "with the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file already\n" #~| "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nCreate Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\\nwith the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file already\\nexists, all data in it is lost.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nCreate Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be " +#~ "created\\nwith the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file " +#~ "already\\nexists, all data in it is lost.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Crea file di loop: Se questa opzione è selezionata,\n" #~ "il file verrà creato con la dimensione specificata nel campo successivo.\n" -#~ "NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti andranno persi.\n" +#~ "NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti " +#~ "andranno persi.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" #~| "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nSize: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\\ncreated in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nSize: This is the size of the loop file. The file system" +#~ "\\ncreated in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Dimensione: Questa è la dimensione del file di loop.\n" -#~ "Il file system creato nel dispositivo di loop cifrato avrà questa dimensione.\n" +#~ "Il file system creato nel dispositivo di loop cifrato avrà questa " +#~ "dimensione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -9372,12 +10207,18 @@ #~| "checks of file size and path names because the file system is not\n" #~| "accessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\n" #~| "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nNOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\\nchecks of file size and path names because the file system is not\\naccessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\\ncareful when providing the size and path name.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nNOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency" +#~ "\\nchecks of file size and path names because the file system is not" +#~ "\\naccessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be" +#~ "\\ncareful when providing the size and path name.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "NOTA:Durante l'installazione YaST non può eseguire\n" -#~ "verifiche di consistenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in quanto il file\n" -#~ "system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. Prestare\n" +#~ "verifiche di consistenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in " +#~ "quanto il file\n" +#~ "system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. " +#~ "Prestare\n" #~ "attenzione quando si fornisce la dimensione e il percorso.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -9394,7 +10235,9 @@ #~| "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" #~| "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" #~| "the create flag." -#~ msgid "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\\nand the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\\nthe create flag." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\\nand the flag for create is off. " +#~ "Either use an existing file or activate\\nthe create flag." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il nome file \"%1\" non esiste e la sua creazione non è\n" #~ "spuntata. Usare un file esistente o spuntarne\n" @@ -9404,7 +10247,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure " +#~ "it is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il file cifrato %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -9413,7 +10258,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information of the\n" #~| "selected crypt file." -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information of the\\nselected crypt file." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information of the\\nselected crypt file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate sul\n" #~ "file cifrato selezionato." @@ -9422,16 +10268,21 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" #~| "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -#~ msgid "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare " +#~ "alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il nome del gruppo di volumi contiene caratteri illegali. Sono consentiti\n" +#~ "Il nome del gruppo di volumi contiene caratteri illegali. Sono " +#~ "consentiti\n" #~ "i caratteri alfanumerici, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" #~| "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" -#~ msgid "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\\nwith another entry in the /dev directory.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\\nwith another entry in the /dev " +#~ "directory.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il nome del gruppo di volumi \"%1\" è in conflitto\n" #~ "con un'altra voce nella directory /dev.\n" @@ -9441,7 +10292,10 @@ #~| "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" #~| "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" #~| "and deleted:" -#~ msgid "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\\nIf you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\\nand deleted:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\\nIf you " +#~ "proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\\nand " +#~ "deleted:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" contiene almeno un volume logico. \n" #~ "Se si procede, i seguenti volumi verrano smontati (se montati)\n" @@ -9449,18 +10303,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" +#~| "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than " +#~| "%1\n" #~| "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" -#~ msgid "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\\nin powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than " +#~ "%1\\nin powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il dato immesso non è valido. Inserire una dimensione fisica per l'extent maggiore di %1\n" +#~ "Il dato immesso non è valido. Inserire una dimensione fisica per l'extent " +#~ "maggiore di %1\n" #~ "in potenze di 2, ad esempio \"%2\" or \"%3\"" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" #~| "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -#~ msgid "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed" +#~ "\\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il nome del volume logico contiene caratteri illegali. Sono consentiti\n" #~ "i caratteri alfanumerici, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." @@ -9469,7 +10329,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" #~| "in volume group \"%2\"." -#~ msgid "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\\nin volume group \"%2\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\\nin volume group \"%2\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esiste già un volume logico chiamato \"%1\" \n" #~ "nel gruppo di volumi \"%2\"." @@ -9477,72 +10338,115 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -#~| "of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +#~| "of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +#~| "higher\n" #~| "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." -#~ msgid "Enter the size as well as the number and size\\nof stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\\nthan the number of physical volumes of the volume group." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter the size as well as the number and size\\nof stripes for the new " +#~ "logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\\nthan the number " +#~ "of physical volumes of the volume group." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume logico.\n" +#~ "Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume " +#~ "logico.\n" #~ "Il numero di segmenti non può essere più alto\n" #~ "del numero di volumi fisici del gruppo di volumi." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" -#~| "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" -#~| "assigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\n" -#~| "than the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\n" -#~| "Volume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\n" +#~| "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from " +#~| "the \n" +#~| "assigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size " +#~| "larger\n" +#~| "than the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a " +#~| "Thin\n" +#~| "Volume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space " +#~| "requirement.\n" #~| "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." -#~ msgid "So called Thin Volumes can created\\nwith arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \\nassigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\\nthan the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\\nVolume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\\nThin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "So called Thin Volumes can created\\nwith arbitrary volume " +#~ "size. The space required is taken on demand from the \\nassigned Thin " +#~ "Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\\nthan the Thin " +#~ "Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\\nVolume, the " +#~ "assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\\nThin " +#~ "Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." #~ msgstr "" #~ "I cosiddetti Volumi leggeri possono essere creati\n" -#~ "con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie. Lo spazio richiesto viene preso quando serve dal\n" -#~ "Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume legger di dimensione\n" -#~ "maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente quando ci sono realmente dati scritti nel volume leggero\n" -#~ "il pool leggero assegnato deve essere in grado di far fronte a questa richiesta di spazio.\n" +#~ "con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie. Lo spazio richiesto viene preso " +#~ "quando serve dal\n" +#~ "Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume legger di " +#~ "dimensione\n" +#~ "maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente quando ci sono realmente dati " +#~ "scritti nel volume leggero\n" +#~ "il pool leggero assegnato deve essere in grado di far fronte a questa " +#~ "richiesta di spazio.\n" #~ "I volumi leggeri non possono avere un conto dei segmenti." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -#~| "This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +#~| "This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were " +#~| "before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" #~| "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" -#~ msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\\nThis is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\\nIf in doubt this is most probably the right choice" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\\nThis " +#~ "is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +#~ "the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\\nIf in doubt this is " +#~ "most probably the right choice" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume normale.\n" -#~ "Questo è il predefinito e rappresenta i volumi LVM piani come erano tutti volumi prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Fornitura leggera.\n" +#~ "Questo è il predefinito e rappresenta i volumi LVM piani come erano tutti " +#~ "volumi prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Fornitura leggera.\n" #~ "Se in dubbio questa è probabilmente la scelta corretta." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -#~| "This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." -#~ msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\\nThis means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +#~| "This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand " +#~| "from such a pool." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\\nThis means " +#~ "Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a " +#~ "pool." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Pool leggero.\n" -#~ "Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio necessario su richiesta da tale pool." +#~ "Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio " +#~ "necessario su richiesta da tale pool." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -#~| "This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." -#~ msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\\nThis means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +#~| "This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin " +#~| "Pool." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\\nThis " +#~ "means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +#~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume leggero.\n" -#~ "Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta da un Pool leggero." +#~ "Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta " +#~ "da un Pool leggero." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +#~| "To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +#~| "unused\n" #~| "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." -#~ msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\\n\\nTo use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\\nRAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\\n" +#~ "\\nTo use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or " +#~ "one unused\\nRAID device is required. Change your partition table " +#~ "accordingly." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un gruppo di volumi.\n" +#~ "Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un gruppo " +#~ "di volumi.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per usare LVM è richiesta almeno una partizione non usata di tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) oppure\n" -#~ "un dispositivo RAID non utilizzato. Cambiare di conseguenza la tabella delle partizioni." +#~ "Per usare LVM è richiesta almeno una partizione non usata di tipo 0x8e (o " +#~ "0x83) oppure\n" +#~ "un dispositivo RAID non utilizzato. Cambiare di conseguenza la tabella " +#~ "delle partizioni." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -9557,7 +10461,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it " +#~ "is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il volume %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -9566,7 +10472,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" #~| "their logical volumes." -#~ msgid "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\\ntheir logical volumes." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\\ntheir logical volumes." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i gruppi di volumi LVM\n" #~ "ed i loro volumi logici." @@ -9575,7 +10482,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected volume group." -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected volume group." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected volume group." +#~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate riguardo il\n" #~ "gruppo di volumi selezionato." @@ -9584,7 +10493,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" #~| "selected volume group." -#~ msgid "This view shows all logical volumes of the\\nselected volume group." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all logical volumes of the\\nselected volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i volumi logici\n" #~ "nel gruppo di volumi selezionato." @@ -9593,7 +10503,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" #~| "the selected volume group." -#~ msgid "This view shows all physical volumes used by\\nthe selected volume group." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows all physical volumes used by\\nthe selected volume " +#~ "group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra tutti i volumi fisici usati dal\n" #~ "gruppo di volumi selezionato." @@ -9602,7 +10514,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected logical volume." -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected logical volume." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected logical " +#~ "volume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate riguardo il\n" #~ "volume logico selezionato." @@ -9612,10 +10526,14 @@ #~| "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" #~| "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" #~| "Really exit?" -#~ msgid "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\\nwill be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\\nReally exit?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes" +#~ "\\nwill be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\\nReally exit?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "È stato modificato il partizionamento o le impostazioni di memorizzazione.\n" -#~ "Queste modifiche saranno perse se si esce dal partizionatore premendo %1.\n" +#~ "È stato modificato il partizionamento o le impostazioni di " +#~ "memorizzazione.\n" +#~ "Queste modifiche saranno perse se si esce dal partizionatore premendo " +#~ "%1.\n" #~ "Uscire veramente?" #, fuzzy @@ -9630,52 +10548,87 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -#~| "There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" -#~ msgid "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\\nThere is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\\n" +#~| "There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives " +#~| "crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\\nThere is " +#~ "NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data " +#~ "recovery will not be possible.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "RAID 0: questo livello aumenta le prestazioni del disco.\n" -#~ "In questa modalità non è presente alcuna ridondanza. Se un dispositivo va in crash, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" +#~ "In questa modalità non è presente alcuna ridondanza. Se un " +#~ "dispositivo va in crash, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -#~| "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -#~| "disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +#~| "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all " +#~| "data on all\n" +#~| "disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. " +#~| "The partitions\n" #~| "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" -#~ msgid "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\\nused with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\\ndisks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\\nused for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\\nused " +#~ "with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +#~ "all\\ndisks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is " +#~ "lost. The partitions\\nused for this type of RAID should have " +#~ "approximately the same size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "RAID 1: Questa modalità ha la ridondanza migliore. Può essere usato con\n" -#~ "due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i dati su tutti i dischi.\n" -#~ "Fintanto che almeno un disco funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le partizioni\n" -#~ "usate per questo tipo di RAID devono avere circa la stessa dimensione.\n" +#~ "RAID 1: Questa modalità ha la ridondanza migliore. Può " +#~ "essere usato con\n" +#~ "due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i " +#~ "dati su tutti i dischi.\n" +#~ "Fintanto che almeno un disco funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le " +#~ "partizioni\n" +#~ "usate per questo tipo di RAID devono avere circa la stessa dimensione.</" +#~ "p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -#~| "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -#~| "If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" -#~ msgid "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\\nof disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\\nIf one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\\n" +#~| "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on " +#~| "three disks or more.\n" +#~| "If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +#~| "simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number" +#~ "\\nof disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on " +#~ "three disks or more.\\nIf one disk fails, all data is still intact. If " +#~ "two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "RAID 5: Questa modalità combina la gestione di un maggior numero di dischi pur mantenendo\n" -#~ "un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere usata con tre o più dischi. Se un disco ha problemi tutti i dati\n" -#~ "sono ancora intatti, se due dischi falliscono simultaneamente tutti i dati vengono persi.\n" +#~ "RAID 5: Questa modalità combina la gestione di un maggior " +#~ "numero di dischi pur mantenendo\n" +#~ "un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere usata con tre o più " +#~ "dischi. Se un disco ha problemi tutti i dati\n" +#~ "sono ancora intatti, se due dischi falliscono simultaneamente tutti i " +#~ "dati vengono persi.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -#~| "the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -#~| "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" -#~ msgid "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\\nthe RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\\nof the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\\n" +#~| "the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions " +#~| "(RAID0), the size\n" +#~| "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +#~| "\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\\nthe RAID type, the usable " +#~ "disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\\nof the " +#~ "smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aggiunta di partizioni al RAID. A seconda del tipo di RAID, la dimensione di disco\n" -#~ "usabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID0), la dimensione della più piccola\n" -#~ "partizione (RAID1) o (N-1) volte la dimensione della più piccola partizione (RAID5)\n" +#~ "Aggiunta di partizioni al RAID. A seconda del tipo di RAID, la " +#~ "dimensione di disco\n" +#~ "usabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID0), la dimensione " +#~ "della più piccola\n" +#~ "partizione (RAID1) o (N-1) volte la dimensione della più piccola " +#~ "partizione (RAID5)\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" #~| "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" -#~ msgid "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\\nto get the redundancy and performance you want.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\\nto get the " +#~ "redundancy and performance you want.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Generalmente le partizioni si devono trovare su dischi diversi\n" #~ "per avere le prestazioni e la ridondanza desiderata.\n" @@ -9683,28 +10636,44 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -#~| "of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -#~| "32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" -#~ msgid "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\\nof data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\\n32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\\n" +#~| "of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for " +#~| "RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +#~| "32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not " +#~| "affect the array very much.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\\nof data " +#~ "that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is " +#~ "128 kB. For RAID 0,\\n32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the " +#~ "chunk size does not affect the array very much.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dimensione del blocco: È la minima massa \"atomica\" di dati che può essere\n" -#~ "scritta sui dispositivi. Una dimensione del blocco ragionevole per RAID 5 è 128 KByte. Per RAID 0, 32 KByte \n" -#~ "è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione del blocco non ha molta influenza sull'array.\n" +#~ "Dimensione del blocco: È la minima massa \"atomica\" di dati " +#~ "che può essere\n" +#~ "scritta sui dispositivi. Una dimensione del blocco ragionevole per RAID 5 " +#~ "è 128 KByte. Per RAID 0, 32 KByte \n" +#~ "è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione del blocco non ha " +#~ "molta influenza sull'array.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -#~| "Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" -#~ msgid "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\\nLeft-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\\n" +#~| "Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical " +#~| "disks with rotating platters.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\\nLeft-symmetric is the one " +#~ "that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'algoritmo di parità da usare con RAID5/6.\n" -#~ "Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni sui tipici dischi con piatti rotanti.\n" +#~ "Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni sui tipici " +#~ "dischi con piatti rotanti.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "For further details regarding the parity \n" #~| "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#~ msgid "For further details regarding the parity \\nalgorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For further details regarding the parity \\nalgorithm please look at the " +#~ "man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per maggiori dettagli circa l'algoritmo di parità \n" #~ "si veda la pagina di manuale di mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -9713,7 +10682,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is " +#~ "not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il RAID %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -9722,7 +10693,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." -#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize " +#~ "%1, remove it and create it again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il RAID %1 è già creato su disco. Non può essere\n" #~ "ridimensionato. Per ridimensionare %1, rimuoverlo e crearlo di nuovo." @@ -9731,7 +10704,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" #~| "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -#~ msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it " +#~ "is not used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il RAID %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" #~ "ridimensionato. Per ridimensionare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." @@ -9740,7 +10715,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected RAID." -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected RAID." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected RAID." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate riguardo il\n" #~ "RAID selezionato." @@ -9766,25 +10742,41 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" -#~| "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -#~| "device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +#~| "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the " +#~| "kernel\n" +#~| "device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device " +#~| "Path\n" #~| "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -#~| "persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +#~| "persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID</" +#~| "i> and\n" #~| "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" -#~ msgid "Default Mount by gives the mount by\\nmethod for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\\ndevice name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\\nuse names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\\npersistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\\nVolume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Default Mount by gives the mount by\\nmethod for newly created " +#~ "file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\\ndevice name, which is " +#~ "not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\\nuse names " +#~ "generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\\npersistent " +#~ "but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and" +#~ "\\nVolume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Monta in modo predefinito in base a fornisce il metodo di montaggio\n" -#~ "per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome kernel del dispositivo\n" -#~ "che non è persistente. ID dispositivo e Percorso dispositivo\n" -#~ "usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware. Queste devono essere\n" -#~ "persistenti ma sfortunatamente ciò non è sempre vero. Infine UUID e\n" +#~ "Monta in modo predefinito in base a fornisce il metodo di " +#~ "montaggio\n" +#~ "per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome " +#~ "kernel del dispositivo\n" +#~ "che non è persistente. ID dispositivo e Percorso dispositivo</" +#~ "i>\n" +#~ "usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware. Queste devono " +#~ "essere\n" +#~ "persistenti ma sfortunatamente ciò non è sempre vero. Infine UUID " +#~ "e\n" #~ "Etichetta volume usano l'UUID e l'etichetta dei file system.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Default File System gives the file\n" #~| "system type for newly created file systems.\n" -#~ msgid "Default File System gives the file\\nsystem type for newly created file systems.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Default File System gives the file\\nsystem type for newly " +#~ "created file systems.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "File system predefinito indica il tipo di file\n" #~ "system per i nuovi file system creati.\n" @@ -9792,21 +10784,34 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -#~| "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" -#~| "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" +#~| "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +#~| "traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +#~| "aligns the \n" +#~| "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the " +#~| "Linux \n" #~| "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" -#~ msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\\ndetermines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \\npartitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \\nkernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\\ndetermines how created " +#~ "partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at " +#~ "cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \\npartitions " +#~ "for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \\nkernel " +#~ "or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Allineamento delle nuove partizioni create\n" -#~ "determina come le partizioni create sono allineate. cilindro è l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. ottimale allinea le\n" -#~ "partizioni per la migliore prestazione in accordo con i suggerimenti forniti dal kernel linux\n" +#~ "determina come le partizioni create sono allineate. cilindro è " +#~ "l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. " +#~ "ottimale allinea le\n" +#~ "partizioni per la migliore prestazione in accordo con i suggerimenti " +#~ "forniti dal kernel linux\n" #~ "oppure prova ad essere compatibile con Windows Vista e Win 7.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" #~| "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." -#~ msgid "Show Storage Devices by controls\\nthe name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Show Storage Devices by controls\\nthe name displayed for hard " +#~ "disks in the navigation tree." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mostra dispositivi di memorizzazione come controlla\n" #~ "il nome visualizzato per i dischi fissi nell'albero di esplorazione." @@ -9815,10 +10820,13 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Visible Information On Storage\n" #~| "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." -#~ msgid "Visible Information On Storage\\nDevices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Visible Information On Storage\\nDevices allows to hide " +#~ "information in the tables and overview." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Informazioni visibili sui dispositivi di\n" -#~ "memorizzazione consente di nascondere informazioni nelle tabelle e nella panoramica." +#~ "memorizzazione consente di nascondere informazioni nelle tabelle e " +#~ "nella panoramica." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1787 @@ -9835,7 +10843,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~| "selected tmpfs volume.\n" -#~ msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected tmpfs volume.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows detailed information about the\\nselected tmpfs volume." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra le informazioni dettagliate riguardo il\n" #~ "volume tmpfs selezionato.\n" @@ -9843,21 +10853,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" -#~| "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" +#~| "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups " +#~| "that\n" #~| "have no logical volumes." -#~ msgid "This view shows devices that have no mount\\npoint assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\\nhave no logical volumes." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This view shows devices that have no mount\\npoint assigned to them, " +#~ "disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\\nhave no logical " +#~ "volumes." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa vista mostra i dispositivi che non hanno un punto di\n" -#~ "montaggio loro assegnato, i dischi che non sono partizionati e i gruppi di volumi che\n" +#~ "montaggio loro assegnato, i dischi che non sono partizionati e i gruppi " +#~ "di volumi che\n" #~ "non hanno volumi logici." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" #~| "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" -#~ msgid "Rescanning unused devices cancels\\nall current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\\nall current changes. Really rescan " +#~ "unused devices?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il riesame dei dispositivi inutilizzati elimina tutte le modifiche correnti.\n" +#~ "Il riesame dei dispositivi inutilizzati elimina tutte le modifiche " +#~ "correnti.\n" #~ "Riesaminare veramente i dispositivi non utilizzati?" #, fuzzy @@ -9873,7 +10891,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" #~| "Remove the snapshot first." -#~ msgid "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\\nRemove the snapshot first." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\\nRemove the " +#~ "snapshot first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esiste almeno un'istantanea attiva per questo volume.\n" #~ "Prima rimuovere l'istantanea." @@ -9882,7 +10902,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" #~| "Remove the thin volume first." -#~ msgid "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\\nRemove the thin volume first." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\\nRemove the thin " +#~ "volume first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esiste almeno un volume leggero che sta usando questo pool.\n" #~ "Prima rimuovere il volume leggero." @@ -9891,46 +10913,69 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "The file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class name\n" +#~| "The file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class " +#~| "name\n" #~| "per line. Example:" -#~ msgid "Pattern file has invalid format!\\n\\nThe file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class name\\nper line. Example:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pattern file has invalid format!\\n\\nThe file needs to contain lines " +#~ "with a regular expression and a class name\\nper line. Example:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il file di modello ha un formato non valido!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il file deve contenere righe con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe\n" +#~ "Il file deve contenere righe con un'espressione regolare e un nome di " +#~ "classe\n" #~ "per linea. Ad esempio:" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -#~| "contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +#~| "contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for " +#~| "many cases\n" #~| "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " -#~ msgid "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\\ncontained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\\nfewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\\ncontained " +#~ "in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases" +#~ "\\nfewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Questa finestra server per definire le classi per i dispositivi raid\n" -#~ "contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D e E ma in molti casi\n" +#~ "contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D e E ma in molti " +#~ "casi\n" #~ "sono richieste meno classi (come solamente A e B). " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -#~| "device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -#~| "Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -#~| "one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +#~| "device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +#~| "the \n" +#~| "Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a " +#~| "class in\n" +#~| "one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +#~| "currently \n" #~| "selected devices into this class." -#~ msgid "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\\ndevice and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \\nCtrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\\none step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \\nselected devices into this class." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\\ndevice " +#~ "and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +#~ "\\nCtrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a " +#~ "class in\\none step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to " +#~ "\"%2\" to put currently \\nselected devices into this class." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si può mettere un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto destro sul\n" -#~ "dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. Premendo il\n" -#~ "tasto Ctrl o Shift si possono selezionare dispositivi multipli e metterli in una classe\n" -#~ "con una singola operazione. Si possono anche usare i pulsanti etichettati da \"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" +#~ "Si può mettere un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto " +#~ "destro sul\n" +#~ "dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. " +#~ "Premendo il\n" +#~ "tasto Ctrl o Shift si possono selezionare dispositivi multipli e metterli " +#~ "in una classe\n" +#~ "con una singola operazione. Si possono anche usare i pulsanti etichettati " +#~ "da \"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" #~ "per mettere i dispositivi attualmente selezionati in questa classe." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" #~| "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -#~ msgid "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \\ndevices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \\ndevices by " +#~ "pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dopo aver scelto le classi per i dispositivi, si possono ordinare\n" #~ "i dispositivi premendo uno dei pulsanti etichettati \"%1\" o \"%2\"." @@ -9939,7 +10984,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" #~| "of class B and so on." -#~ msgid "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\\nof class B and so on." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\\nof class B " +#~ "and so on." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ordinato mette tutti i dispositivi di classe A prima di tutti\n" #~ "i dispositivi di classe B e così via." @@ -9947,44 +10994,77 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" -#~| "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -#~| "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." -#~ msgid "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \\nclass B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \\nsecond device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +#~| "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then " +#~| "the \n" +#~| "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +#~| "follow." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of " +#~ "\\nclass B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then " +#~ "the \\nsecond device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on " +#~ "will follow." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo di classe B\n" -#~ "poi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo dispositivo di classe A,\n" +#~ "Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo " +#~ "di classe B\n" +#~ "poi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo " +#~ "dispositivo di classe A,\n" #~ "il secondo di classe B, e così via." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" -#~| "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" +#~| "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as " +#~| "the \n" #~| "order in the RAID to be created." -#~ msgid "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\\nWhen you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \\norder in the RAID to be created." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\\nWhen " +#~ "you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the " +#~ "\\norder in the RAID to be created." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco dei dispositivi.\n" -#~ "Quando si chiude la finestra l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene usato come l'ordine nel RAID\n" +#~ "Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco " +#~ "dei dispositivi.\n" +#~ "Quando si chiude la finestra l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene usato " +#~ "come l'ordine nel RAID\n" #~ "da creare." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -#~| "lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -#~| "the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +#~| "lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). " +#~| "All devices that match \n" +#~| "the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The " +#~| "regular expression is \n" #~| "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -#~| "the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +#~| "the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +#~| "part1) and the\n" #~| "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -#~| "The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +#~| "The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches " +#~| "more then one\n" #~| "regular expression." -#~ msgid "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\\nlines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \\nthe regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \\nmatched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \\nthe udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\\nthe udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \\nThe first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\\nregular expression." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains" +#~ "\\nlines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). " +#~ "All devices that match \\nthe regular expression will be put into the " +#~ "class on this line. The regular expression is \\nmatched against the " +#~ "kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \\nthe udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-" +#~ "path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\\nthe udev id (e.g. /" +#~ "dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \\nThe first match " +#~ "finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one" +#~ "\\nregular expression." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" si può scegliere un file che contiene le righe\n" -#~ "con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). Tutti i dispositivi che combaciano\n" -#~ "con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella riga. L'espressione regolare viene\n" +#~ "Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" si può scegliere un file che contiene " +#~ "le righe\n" +#~ "con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). " +#~ "Tutti i dispositivi che combaciano\n" +#~ "con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella " +#~ "riga. L'espressione regolare viene\n" #~ "confrontata con il nome kernel (come /dev/sda1), \n" -#~ "il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e\n" -#~ "l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -#~ "Il primo confronto soddisfatto infine determina la classe, nel caso che il nome del dispositivo combacia con\n" +#~ "il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" +#~ "scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e\n" +#~ "l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" +#~ "part1). \n" +#~ "Il primo confronto soddisfatto infine determina la classe, nel caso che " +#~ "il nome del dispositivo combacia con\n" #~ "più di una espressione regolare." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -9993,81 +11073,117 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" #~| "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." -#~ msgid "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\\nValue must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\\nValue must " +#~ "be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dimensione specificata non valida. Usare un numero seguito da K, M, G o %.\n" +#~ "Dimensione specificata non valida. Usare un numero seguito da K, M, G o " +#~ "%.\n" #~ "Il valore deve essere maggiore di 100k o tra 1% e 200%. Riprovare." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Tmpfs Size:\n" -#~| "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +#~| "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, " +#~| "Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" #~| "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." -#~ msgid "Tmpfs Size:\\nSize may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\\nas a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Tmpfs Size:\\nSize may be either entered as a number followed " +#~ "by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\\nas a number followed by a " +#~ "percent sign meaning percentage of memory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione tmpfs:\n" -#~ "la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" -#~ "come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la percentuale di memoria." +#~ "la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per " +#~ "Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" +#~ "come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la " +#~ "percentuale di memoria." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Swap Priority:\n" #~| "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" -#~ msgid "Swap Priority:\\nEnter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Swap Priority:\\nEnter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean " +#~ "higher priority.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Priorità swap:\n" -#~ "Immettere la priorità swap. Un numero maggiore significa una priorità maggiore.\n" +#~ "Immettere la priorità swap. Un numero maggiore significa una priorità " +#~ "maggiore.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mount Read-Only:\n" -#~| "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +#~| "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +#~| "installation\n" #~| "the file system is always mounted read-write." -#~ msgid "Mount Read-Only:\\nWriting to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\\nthe file system is always mounted read-write." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Mount Read-Only:\\nWriting to the file system is not possible. " +#~ "Default is false. During installation\\nthe file system is always mounted " +#~ "read-write." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Monta in sola lettura:\n" -#~ "non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'. Durante l'installazione\n" +#~ "non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore predefinito è " +#~ "'falso'. Durante l'installazione\n" #~ "il file system è sempre montato in lettura-scrittura." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "No Access Time:\n" #~| "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" -#~ msgid "No Access Time:\\nAccess times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No Access Time:\\nAccess times are not updated when a file is " +#~ "read. Default is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Niente tempo di accesso:\n" -#~ "i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +#~ "i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Il " +#~ "valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mountable by User:\n" -#~| "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" -#~ msgid "Mountable by User:\\nThe file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\\n" +#~| "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</" +#~| "p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Mountable by User:\\nThe file system may be mounted by an " +#~ "ordinary user. Default is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Montabile dall'utente:\n" -#~ "il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +#~ "il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore " +#~ "predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" #~| "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" #~| "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -#~| "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -#~| "is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" -#~ msgid "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\\nThe file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\\nAn entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\\nwith the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\\nis entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\\n" +#~| "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount " +#~| "point></tt>\n" +#~| "is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file " +#~| "system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\\nThe file system is not " +#~ "automatically mounted when the system starts.\\nAn entry in /etc/fstab is " +#~ "created and the file system is mounted\\nwith the appropriate options " +#~ "when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\\nis entered (<" +#~ "mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). " +#~ "Default is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Non montare all'avvio del sistema:\n" #~ "il file system non è montato automaticamente all'avvio del sistema.\n" #~ "Viene creata una voce in /etc/fstab e il file system viene montato con\n" -#~ "le opzioni appropriate quando viene viene dato il comando <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -#~ "(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +#~ "le opzioni appropriate quando viene viene dato il comando <tt>mount <" +#~ "mount point></tt>\n" +#~ "(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Il " +#~ "valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Enable Quota Support:\n" #~| "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" #~| "Default is false.\n" -#~ msgid "Enable Quota Support:\\nThe file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\\nDefault is false.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable Quota Support:\\nThe file system is mounted with user " +#~ "quotas enabled.\\nDefault is false.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Abilita supporto quota:\n" #~ "Il file system è montato con le quote utente attivate.\n" @@ -10079,24 +11195,40 @@ #~| "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" #~| "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" #~| "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" -#~| "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -#~| "prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -#~| "<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" -#~ msgid "Data Journaling Mode:\\nSpecifies the journaling mode for file data.\\n<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\\nwritten into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \\n<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\\nprior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \\n<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\\n" +#~| "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file " +#~| "system\n" +#~| "prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +#~| "impact. \n" +#~| "<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance " +#~| "impact.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Data Journaling Mode:\\nSpecifies the journaling mode for file " +#~ "data.\\n<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to " +#~ "being\\nwritten into the main file system. Highest performance impact. " +#~ "\\n<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file " +#~ "system\\nprior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium " +#~ "performance impact. \\n<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not " +#~ "preserved. No performance impact.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modalità dati journaling:\n" #~ "Specifica la modalità di journaling per i dati del file.\n" -#~ "<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di essere\n" +#~ "<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di " +#~ "essere\n" #~ "scritti nel file system principale. Massimo impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" -#~ "<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file system principale\n" -#~ "prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio sulle prestazioni. \n" -#~ "<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" +#~ "<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file " +#~ "system principale\n" +#~ "prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio " +#~ "sulle prestazioni. \n" +#~ "<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun " +#~ "impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" #~| "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" -#~ msgid "Access Control Lists (ACL):\\nEnable access control lists on the file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Access Control Lists (ACL):\\nEnable access control lists on " +#~ "the file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lista controllo accessi (ACL):\n" #~ "Abilita le liste di controllo degli accessi sul file system.\n" @@ -10105,7 +11237,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Extended User Attributes:\n" #~| "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" -#~ msgid "Extended User Attributes:\\nAllow extended user attributes on the file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Extended User Attributes:\\nAllow extended user attributes on " +#~ "the file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attributi estesi dell'utente:\n" #~ "Permette gli attributi estesi dell'utente sul file system.\n" @@ -10113,55 +11247,81 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -#~| "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +#~| "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field " +#~| "of /etc/fstab.\n" #~| "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" -#~ msgid "Arbitrary Option Value:\\nIn this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\\nMultiple options are separated by commas.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Arbitrary Option Value:\\nIn this field, type any legal mount " +#~ "option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\\nMultiple options are " +#~ "separated by commas.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Valore opzione arbitrario:\n" -#~ "immettere in questo campo qualsiasi opzione di montaggio valida permessa nel quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "immettere in questo campo qualsiasi opzione di montaggio valida permessa " +#~ "nel quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" #~ "Usare le virgole per separare più opzioni.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Charset for File Names:\n" -#~| "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" -#~ msgid "Charset for File Names:\\nSet the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\\n" +#~| "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</" +#~| "p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Charset for File Names:\\nSet the charset used for display of " +#~ "file names in Windows partitions.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Set di caratteri per nomi di file:\n" -#~ "Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per mostrare i nomi di file nelle partizioni Windows.\n" +#~ "Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per mostrare i nomi di file " +#~ "nelle partizioni Windows.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -#~| "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" -#~ msgid "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\\nThis codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\\n" +#~| "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +#~| "systems.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\\nThis codepage is used for " +#~ "converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pagina codice per nomi FAT brevi:\n" -#~ "Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su file system FAT.\n" +#~ "Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su " +#~ "file system FAT.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Number of FATs:\n" -#~| "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." -#~ msgid "Number of FATs:\\nSpecify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +#~| "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The " +#~| "default is 2." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Number of FATs:\\nSpecify the number of file allocation tables " +#~ "in the file system. The default is 2." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Numero di FAT:\n" -#~ "Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel file system. Il valore predefinito è 2." +#~ "Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel file system. " +#~ "Il valore predefinito è 2." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "FAT Size:\n" -#~| "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" -#~ msgid "FAT Size:\\nSpecifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\\n" +#~| "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). " +#~| "If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most " +#~| "suitable for the file system size.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "FAT Size:\\nSpecifies the type of file allocation tables used " +#~ "(12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select " +#~ "the value most suitable for the file system size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione FAT:\n" -#~ "Specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 bit). Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore migliore data la dimensione del file system.\n" +#~ "Specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 " +#~ "bit). Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore " +#~ "migliore data la dimensione del file system.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Root Dir Entries:\n" #~| "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" -#~ msgid "Root Dir Entries:\\nSelect the number of entries available in the root directory.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Dir Entries:\\nSelect the number of entries available in " +#~ "the root directory.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voci directory root:\n" #~ "Selezionare il numero di voci disponibili nella directory radice.\n" @@ -10169,35 +11329,59 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Hash Function:\n" -#~| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" -#~ msgid "Hash Function:\\nThis specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\\n" +#~| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file " +#~| "names in directories.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Hash Function:\\nThis specifies the name of the hash function " +#~ "to use to sort the file names in directories.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Funzione hash:\n" -#~ "Questo specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi dei file nelle directory.\n" +#~ "Questo specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi " +#~ "dei file nelle directory.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "FS Revision:\n" -#~| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" -#~ msgid "FS Revision:\\nThis option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\\n" +#~| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +#~| "backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +#~| "recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal " +#~| "to 2.4.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "FS Revision:\\nThis option defines the reiserfs format revision " +#~ "to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x " +#~ "series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions " +#~ "greater than or equal to 2.4.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Revisione file system:\n" -#~ "Questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. \"3.5\" è per la compatibilità all'indietro con i kernel della serie 2.2.x. \"3.6\" è più recente, ma può essere usato solo con versioni del kernel maggiori o uguali a 2.4.\n" +#~ "Questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. " +#~ "\"3.5\" è per la compatibilità all'indietro con i kernel della serie 2.2." +#~ "x. \"3.6\" è più recente, ma può essere usato solo con versioni del " +#~ "kernel maggiori o uguali a 2.4.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Block Size:\n" -#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" -#~ msgid "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\\n" +#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, " +#~| "1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard " +#~| "block size of 4096 is used.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block " +#~ "size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is " +#~ "selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -#~ "Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si è selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è 4096.\n" +#~ "Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " +#~ "dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si " +#~ "è selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è " +#~ "4096.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Inode Size:\n" #~| "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" -#~ msgid "Inode Size:\\nThis option specifies the inode size of the file system.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Inode Size:\\nThis option specifies the inode size of the file " +#~ "system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione inode:\n" #~ "Questa opzione specifica la dimensione degli inode del file system.\n" @@ -10205,22 +11389,35 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -#~| "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" -#~ msgid "Percentage of Inode Space:\\nThe option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\\n" +#~| "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum " +#~| "percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</" +#~| "p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Percentage of Inode Space:\\nThe option \"Percentage of Inode " +#~ "Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that " +#~ "can be allocated to inodes.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Percentuale di spazio inode\n" -#~ "L'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale massima di spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.\n" +#~ "L'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale " +#~ "massima di spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.</" +#~ "p>\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Inode Aligned:\n" -#~| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +#~| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation " +#~| "is or\n" #~| "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" #~| "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" -#~ msgid "Inode Aligned:\\nThe option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\\nis not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\\nis usually more efficient than unaligned access.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Inode Aligned:\\nThe option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to " +#~ "specify whether inode allocation is or\\nis not aligned. By default " +#~ "inodes are aligned, which\\nis usually more efficient than unaligned " +#~ "access.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inode allineato:\n" -#~ "L'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se l'allocazione degli inode è \n" +#~ "L'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se " +#~ "l'allocazione degli inode è \n" #~ "allineata o meno. In modo predefinito gli inode sono allineati, cosa che\n" #~ "è di solito più efficiente rispetto all'accesso non allineato.\n" @@ -10228,7 +11425,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" #~| "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" -#~ msgid "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\\nEnter a value greater than zero.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\\nEnter a value greater than zero.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il valore \"Dimensione log\" non è corretto.\n" #~ "Inserire un numero maggiore di zero.\n" @@ -10236,17 +11434,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Log Size\n" -#~| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" -#~ msgid "Log Size\\nSet the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\\n" +#~| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +#~| "aggregate size.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Log Size\\nSet the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the " +#~ "default is 40% of the aggregate size.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione log\n" -#~ "Imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il valore predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" +#~ "Imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il " +#~ "valore predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" #~| "Select a value greater than 1.\n" -#~ msgid "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\\nSelect a value greater than 1.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\\nSelect a value " +#~ "greater than 1.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il valore di \"Lunghezza stride in blocchi\" non è valido.\n" #~ "Specificare un numero maggiore di 1.\n" @@ -10254,51 +11458,83 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" -#~| "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" +#~| "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only " +#~| "supported\n" #~| "argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n" #~| "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" -#~ msgid "Stride Length in Blocks:\\nSet RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\\nargument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\\nRAID stripe as its argument.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Stride Length in Blocks:\\nSet RAID-related options for the " +#~ "file system. Currently, the only supported\\nargument is 'stride', which " +#~ "takes the number of blocks in a\\nRAID stripe as its argument.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lunghezza stride in blocchi:\n" #~ "Imposta le opzioni RAID per il file system. Attualmente la sola opzione \n" -#~ "supportata è 'stride' che prende come argomento il numero di blocchi in un\n" +#~ "supportata è 'stride' che prende come argomento il numero di blocchi in " +#~ "un\n" #~ "segmento RAID.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Block Size:\n" -#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" -#~ msgid "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\\n" +#~| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, " +#~| "2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is " +#~| "determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file " +#~| "system.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Block Size:\\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block " +#~ "size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is " +#~ "selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the " +#~ "expected use of the file system.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -#~ "Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla dimensione del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" +#~ "Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " +#~ "dimensione dei blocchi sono1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è " +#~ "selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla " +#~ "dimensione del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Bytes per Inode: \n" #~| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" #~| "<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\n" -#~| "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" -#~| "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" -#~| "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -#~| "inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +#~| "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, " +#~| "this\n" +#~| "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or " +#~| "else\n" +#~| "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number " +#~| "of\n" +#~| "inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +#~| "reasonable\n" #~| "value for this parameter.\n" -#~ msgid "Bytes per Inode: \\nSpecify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\\n<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\\nbytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\\nvalue should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\\ntoo many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\\ninodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\\nvalue for this parameter.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Bytes per Inode: \\nSpecify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST " +#~ "creates an inode for every\\n<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on " +#~ "the disk. The larger the\\nbytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will " +#~ "be created. Generally, this\\nvalue should not be smaller than the block " +#~ "size of the file system, or else\\ntoo many inodes will be created. It is " +#~ "not possible to expand the number of\\ninodes on a file system after its " +#~ "creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\\nvalue for this parameter." +#~ "\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Byte per inode:\n" #~ "Specifica il rapporto byte/inode. YaST crea un inode per ogni\n" #~ "<byte-per-inode> byte di spazio sul disco. Maggiore è il\n" #~ "rapporto byte per inode, minore è il numero di inode creati.\n" -#~ "Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei blocchi del file system\n" -#~ "poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile aumentare il numero\n" -#~ "di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di immettere un valore\n" +#~ "Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei " +#~ "blocchi del file system\n" +#~ "poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile " +#~ "aumentare il numero\n" +#~ "di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di " +#~ "immettere un valore\n" #~ "ragionevole per questo parametro.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" #~| "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" -#~ msgid "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\\nAllowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect." +#~ "\\nAllowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il valore di \"Percentuale di blocchi riservati a root\" non è corretto.\n" #~ "Sono ammessi numeri decimali non superiori a 99 (ad esempio, 0.5).\n" @@ -10307,7 +11543,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Disable Regular Checks:\n" #~| "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" -#~ msgid "Disable Regular Checks:\\nDisable regular file system check at booting.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Disable Regular Checks:\\nDisable regular file system check at " +#~ "booting.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Disabilita controlli regolari:\n" #~ "Disabilita i regolari controlli al file system all'avvio.\n" @@ -10315,21 +11553,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Directory Index:\n" -#~| "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" -#~ msgid "Directory Index:\\nEnables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\\n" +#~| "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</" +#~| "p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Directory Index:\\nEnables use of hashed b-trees to speed up " +#~ "lookups in large directories.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Indice di directory:\n" -#~ "abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in grandi directory.\n" +#~ "abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in " +#~ "grandi directory.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "No Journal:\n" -#~| "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +#~| "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +#~| "really\n" #~| "know what you are doing.\n" -#~ msgid "No Journal:\\nSuppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\\nknow what you are doing.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No Journal:\\nSuppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only " +#~ "activate this when you really\\nknow what you are doing.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nessun journal:\n" -#~ "sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione solamente quando\n" +#~ "sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione " +#~ "solamente quando\n" #~ "si sa esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10342,15 +11588,22 @@ #~| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" #~| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" #~| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \\nsupported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\\npartition table.\\n\\nYou can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\\nformat them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \\nresize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not " +#~ "\\nsupported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the" +#~ "\\npartition table.\\n\\nYou can use the partitions on disk %1 as they " +#~ "are or\\nformat them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, " +#~ "\\nresize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il partizionamento del disco %1 non è leggibile o non è supportato\n" #~ "dallo strumento di partizionamento 'parted' usato per modificare\n" #~ "la tabella delle partizioni.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure formattarle o\n" -#~ "assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, modificare,\n" +#~ "Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure " +#~ "formattarle o\n" +#~ "assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, " +#~ "modificare,\n" #~ "ridimensionare o rimuovere partizioni da tale disco.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10363,31 +11616,45 @@ #~| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" #~| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" #~| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nThe disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\\ncompatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\\npartition spanning almost the entire disk.\\n\\nYou can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\\nformat it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\\nor remove the partition from that disk here.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nThe disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\\ncompatibility " +#~ "the kernel has automatically generated a\\npartition spanning almost the " +#~ "entire disk.\\n\\nYou can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or" +#~ "\\nformat it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\\nor remove " +#~ "the partition from that disk here.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il partizionamento del disco %1 non è leggibile o non è supportato\n" #~ "dallo strumento di partizionamento 'parted' usato per modificare\n" #~ "la tabella delle partizioni.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure formattarle o\n" -#~ "assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, modificare,\n" +#~ "Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure " +#~ "formattarle o\n" +#~ "assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, " +#~ "modificare,\n" #~ "ridimensionare o rimuovere partizioni da tale disco.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "\n" -#~| "You can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\n" +#~| "You can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the " +#~| "Expert\n" #~| "Partitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table\", \n" #~| "but this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\n" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nYou can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\\nPartitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table\", \\nbut this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nYou can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the " +#~ "Expert\\nPartitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table" +#~ "\", \\nbut this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro nel partizionatore\n" -#~ "avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni\",\n" -#~ "ma così si distruggeranno tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo disco.\n" +#~ "Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro " +#~ "nel partizionatore\n" +#~ "avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni" +#~ "\",\n" +#~ "ma così si distruggeranno tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo " +#~ "disco.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -10395,7 +11662,9 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Safely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \n" #~| "this disk during installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\n\\nSafely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \\nthis disk during installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\n\\nSafely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \\nthis disk " +#~ "during installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" @@ -10408,7 +11677,9 @@ #~| "System error code is %1.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "The encryption password provided could be incorrect.\n" -#~ msgid "Could not set encryption.\\nSystem error code is %1.\\n\\nThe encryption password provided could be incorrect.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Could not set encryption.\\nSystem error code is %1.\\n\\nThe encryption " +#~ "password provided could be incorrect.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Impossibile impostare la cifratura.\n" #~ "Il codice di errore di sistema è %1.\n" @@ -10420,7 +11691,9 @@ #~| "The first and the second version\n" #~| "of the password do not match.\n" #~| "Try again." -#~ msgid "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match.\\nTry again." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The first and the second version\\nof the password do not match.\\nTry " +#~ "again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La prima e la seconda versione della\n" #~ "password non corrispondono.\n" @@ -10433,10 +11706,13 @@ #~| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" #~| "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" #~| "Try again." -#~ msgid "The password may only contain the following characters:\\n0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\\nTry again." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The password may only contain the following characters:\\n0..9, a..z, A.." +#~ "Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\\nTry again." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La password può contenere solo i seguenti caratteri:\n" -#~ "0..9, a..z, A..Z, e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +#~ "0..9, a..z, A..Z, e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^" +#~ "\\<>\".\n" #~ "Riprovare." #, fuzzy @@ -10445,7 +11721,11 @@ #~| "passwords are not yet known.\n" #~| "The passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \n" #~| "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." -#~ msgid "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \\npasswords are not yet known.\\nThe passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \\nduring an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the " +#~ "\\npasswords are not yet known.\\nThe passwords need to be known if the " +#~ "volumes are needed either \\nduring an update or if they contain an " +#~ "encrypted LVM physical volume." #~ msgstr "" #~ "I seguenti volumi contengono una firma di cifratura ma le password\n" #~ "non sono ancora note.\n" @@ -10457,7 +11737,9 @@ #~| "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" #~| "devices in the locked devices list.\n" #~| "Password will be tried for all devices." -#~ msgid "Enter encryption password for any of the\\ndevices in the locked devices list.\\nPassword will be tried for all devices." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter encryption password for any of the\\ndevices in the locked devices " +#~ "list.\\nPassword will be tried for all devices." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inserire la password di cifratura per ognuno dei\n" #~ "dispositivi nell'elenco dei dispositivi bloccati.\n" @@ -10468,18 +11750,23 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" #~| "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\\nthat is needed to run the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\\nthat " +#~ "is needed to run the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato in quanto contiene\n" -#~ "una partizione di swap attiva che è richiesta per eseguire l'installazione.\n" +#~ "una partizione di swap attiva che è richiesta per eseguire " +#~ "l'installazione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" #~| "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation" +#~ "\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato in quanto contiene i dati di\n" @@ -10490,18 +11777,23 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" #~| "that is needed to run the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\\nthat is needed to run the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\\nthat " +#~ "is needed to run the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto contiene\n" -#~ "una partizione di swap attiva che è richiesta per eseguire l'installazione.\n" +#~ "una partizione di swap attiva che è richiesta per eseguire " +#~ "l'installazione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" #~| "data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation" +#~ "\\ndata needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere in quanto perché contiene i dati di\n" @@ -10513,11 +11805,16 @@ #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" #~| "device %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \n" #~| "the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\\ndevice %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \\nthe installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change" +#~ "\\ndevice %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \\nthe " +#~ "installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" -#~ "il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di swap attiva che è necessaria\n" +#~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " +#~ "indirettamente\n" +#~ "il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di swap attiva che è " +#~ "necessaria\n" #~ "per eseguire l'installazione.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10525,18 +11822,24 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" #~| "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\\ndevice %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change" +#~ "\\ndevice %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" -#~ "il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire l'installazione.\n" +#~ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " +#~ "indirettamente\n" +#~ "il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire " +#~ "l'installazione.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #~| "disk %2 are used.\n" -#~ msgid "\\nPartition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\\ndisk %2 are used.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\\nPartition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\\ndisk %2 " +#~ "are used.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "La partizione %1 non può essere rimossa in quanto le altre partizioni\n" @@ -10546,7 +11849,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" #~| "disk. This field can be empty." -#~ msgid "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\\ndisk. This field can be empty." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\\ndisk. This field can be " +#~ "empty." #~ msgstr "" #~ "ID BIOS mostra l'identificativo BIOS del disco\n" #~ "fisso. Questo campo può essere vuoto." @@ -10555,7 +11860,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" #~| "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." -#~ msgid "Bus shows how the device is connected to\\nthe system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Bus shows how the device is connected to\\nthe system. This field " +#~ "can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bus mostra come il dispositivo è connesso al sistema.\n" #~ "Questo campo può essere vuoto, ad esempio per dischi multipath." @@ -10573,7 +11880,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" #~| "cylinders of the hard disk." -#~ msgid "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\\ncylinders of the hard disk." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\\ncylinders of the hard disk." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione dei cilindri mostra la dimensione dei\n" #~ "cilindri del disco fisso." @@ -10600,7 +11908,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" #~| "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." -#~ msgid "Disk Label shows the partition table\\ntype of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Disk Label shows the partition table\\ntype of the disk, e.g " +#~ "<tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Etichetta del disco mostra il tipo della tabella delle\n" #~ "partizioni del disco, ad esempio <tt>MSDOS</tt> o <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -10645,7 +11955,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" #~| "Fibre Channel disks." -#~ msgid "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\\nFibre Channel disks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\\nFibre Channel disks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "WWPN mostra il World Wide Port Name per\n" #~ "i dischi Fibre channel." @@ -10654,7 +11965,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" #~| "an encrypted loop device." -#~ msgid "File Path shows the path of the file for\\nan encrypted loop device." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "File Path shows the path of the file for\\nan encrypted loop " +#~ "device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Percorso del file mostra il percorso del file per\n" #~ "un dispositivo di loop cifrato." @@ -10663,7 +11976,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" #~| "means the device is selected to be formatted." -#~ msgid "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\\nmeans the device is selected to be formatted." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\\nmeans the device is selected " +#~ "to be formatted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Formato mostra alcuni marcatori: <tt>F</tt>\n" #~ "significa che il dispositivo è selezionato per essere formattato." @@ -10689,21 +12004,33 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -#~| "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +#~| "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, " +#~| "(UUID) by\n" #~| "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" -#~ msgid "Mount by indicates how the file system\\nis mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\\nfile system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Mount by indicates how the file system\\nis mounted: (Kernel) by " +#~ "kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\\nfile system UUID, " +#~ "(ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Monta in base a indica la modalità di montaggio del file system:\n" -#~ "(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del file system, (UUID) in base\n" -#~ "all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e (Percorso) in base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" +#~ "(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del " +#~ "file system, (UUID) in base\n" +#~ "all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e " +#~ "(Percorso) in base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" -#~| "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -#~| "manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +#~| "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either " +#~| "mounted\n" +#~| "manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +#~| "volume\n" #~| "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#~ msgid "A question mark (?) indicates that\\nthe file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\\nmanually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\\nYaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A question mark (?) indicates that\\nthe file system is not listed in " +#~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\\nmanually or by some automount " +#~ "system. When changing settings for this volume\\nYaST will not update " +#~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un punto interrogativo (?) indica che il file system non è elencato\n" #~ "in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Esso è montato manualmente o da qualche\n" @@ -10722,9 +12049,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -#~| "indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +#~| "indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, " +#~| "because it\n" #~| "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#~ msgid "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\\nindicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\\nhas the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\\nindicates a file system that is " +#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it\\nhas the <tt>noauto</tt> " +#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Un asterisco (*) dopo il punto di montaggio indica un file system\n" #~ "che attualmente non è montato, (ad esempio in quanto presenta\n" @@ -10734,7 +12065,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" #~| "cylinders the hard disk has." -#~ msgid "Number of Cylinders shows how many\\ncylinders the hard disk has." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Number of Cylinders shows how many\\ncylinders the hard disk has." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Numero di cilindri mostra quanti cilindri\n" #~ "compongono il disco fisso." @@ -10743,7 +12075,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" #~| "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." -#~ msgid "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\\nalgorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\\nalgorithm for RAID devices " +#~ "with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Algoritmo di parità mostra l'algoritmo\n" #~ "di parità per dispositivi RAID con RAID di tipo 5, 6 o 10." @@ -10752,7 +12086,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" #~| "for LVM volume groups." -#~ msgid "PE Size shows the physical extent size\\nfor LVM volume groups." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PE Size shows the physical extent size\\nfor LVM volume groups." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dimensione PE mostra la dimensione fisica\n" #~ "dell'extent per i gruppi di volumi LVM." @@ -10761,7 +12096,9 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" #~| "called RAID level, for RAID devices." -#~ msgid "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\\ncalled RAID level, for RAID devices." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\\ncalled RAID level, for RAID " +#~ "devices." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Tipo RAID mostra il tipo di RAID, chiamato\n" #~ "anche livello RAID, per dispositivi RAID." @@ -10780,8 +12117,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" -#~| "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" -#~ msgid "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\\nlogical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\\n" +#~| "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in " +#~| "parenthesis.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\\nlogical volumes and, if " +#~ "greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Segmenti mostra il numero di segmenti per i volumi logici LVM e,\n" #~ "se è maggiore di uno, mostra tra parentesi la dimensione dei segmenti.\n" @@ -10799,25 +12139,33 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" #~| "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" -#~ msgid "Device ID shows the persistent device\\nIDs. This field can be empty.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Device ID shows the persistent device\\nIDs. This field can be " +#~ "empty.\\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del dispositivo.\n" +#~ "ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del " +#~ "dispositivo.\n" #~ "Il campo può essere vuoto.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" #~| "path. This field can be empty." -#~ msgid "Device Path shows the persistent device\\npath. This field can be empty." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Device Path shows the persistent device\\npath. This field can be " +#~ "empty." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Percorso del dispositivo mostra il percorso persistente del dispositivo.\n" +#~ "Percorso del dispositivo mostra il percorso persistente del " +#~ "dispositivo.\n" #~ "Il campo può essere vuoto." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" #~| "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" -#~ msgid "Used By shows if a device is used by\\ne.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Used By shows if a device is used by\\ne.g. RAID or LVM. If not, " +#~ "this column is empty.\\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Usato da indica se un dispositivo è usato da\n" #~ "RAID o LVM, ad esempio. In caso contrario questa colonna è vuota.\n" @@ -10826,7 +12174,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" #~| "Identifier of the file system." -#~ msgid "UUID shows the Universally Unique\\nIdentifier of the file system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "UUID shows the Universally Unique\\nIdentifier of the file system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "UUID mostra l'Universally Unique Identifier\n" #~ "del file system." @@ -10835,18 +12184,24 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" #~| "You must quit that application before you can continue." -#~ msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\\nYou must " +#~ "quit that application before you can continue." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato da un'applicazione sconosciuta.\n" +#~ "Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato da un'applicazione " +#~ "sconosciuta.\n" #~ "Si deve terminare tale applicazione prima di continuare." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" #~| "You must quit that application before you can continue." -#~ msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\\nYou " +#~ "must quit that application before you can continue." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato dall'applicazione \"%1\" (%2).\n" +#~ "Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato dall'applicazione " +#~ "\"%1\" (%2).\n" #~ "Si deve terminare tale applicazione prima di continuare." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -10856,19 +12211,24 @@ #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'interfaccia a riga di comando per il modulo di riparazione del sistema non\n" +#~ "L'interfaccia a riga di comando per il modulo di riparazione del sistema " +#~ "non\n" #~ "è disponibile." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si è montata una partizione con Brtfs sul punto di montaggio /boot.\n" -#~ "Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi. Usare un file system Linux come\n" -#~ "ext3 o ext4 per questo punto di montaggio oppure usare una partizione extra per /boot.\n" +#~ "Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi. Usare un file system " +#~ "Linux come\n" +#~ "ext3 o ext4 per questo punto di montaggio oppure usare una partizione " +#~ "extra per /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po 2015-09-29 01:52:18 UTC (rev 92869) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-10 13:41+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:49+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -180,13 +180,23 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client - Certificato" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" +"ipsec.conf e ipsec.secrets sono stati modificati esternamente da questo " +"modulo.\n" +"Nel continuare ad usare il modulo si rimuoveranno le personalizzazioni." + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Il nome della connessione è già in uso." #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -195,7 +205,7 @@ "Sono già usati tutti gli scenari gateway." #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -204,12 +214,12 @@ "Non si possono avere due gateway attivi nello stesso scenario." #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Il nome utente è già in uso." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Impossibile trovare una connessione client combaciante." @@ -254,11 +264,11 @@ "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " "that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " "discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " -"will be reduced by about 10%." +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Se i client VPN riscontrano problemi nell'accedere ad alcuni siti internet, è " -"possibile che gli host in questione prevengano il rilevamento automatico " +"Se i client VPN riscontrano problemi nell'accedere ad alcuni siti internet, " +"è possibile che gli host in questione prevengano il rilevamento automatico " "dell'MTU (unità massima di trasmissione) a causa di una configurazione del " "firewall sbagliata.\n" "Si può ovviare al problema riducendo il TCP-MSS ma la banda disponibile " @@ -522,8 +532,8 @@ "configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Entrambi i client e il gateway VNP richiedono una configurazione speciale del " -"firewall SuSE.\n" +"Entrambi i client e il gateway VNP richiedono una configurazione speciale " +"del firewall SuSE.\n" "Il firewall SuSE non è abilitato, pertanto si deve eseguire manualmente lo " "script di configurazione ad ogni boot di sistema. Lo script verrà eseguito " "ora.\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92868 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: belphegor Date: 2015-09-29 01:22:30 +0200 (Tue, 29 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92868 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2015-09-28 19:03:02 UTC (rev 92867) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 08:15+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -99,15 +99,21 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" -"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定します。汎用の\n" -"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これを選択する\n" -"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブートローダを\n" -"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。 " +"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定しま" +"す。汎用の\n" +"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これ" +"を選択する\n" +"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブート" +"ローダを\n" +"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要" +"があります。 " #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: @@ -127,7 +133,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "タイムアウト (秒) \n" "ブートローダが既定のカーネルを読み込む前に待機する時間を指定します。\n" @@ -142,7 +149,8 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" "既定に設定 を押すと、選択したセクションが既定に設定されます。\n" -"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n" +"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択す" +"る\n" "よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行なわれないと既定に設定したカーネル\n" "または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n" "また、ブートローダのメニュー内でのセクション順序については、 上へ と\n" @@ -150,52 +158,70 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" " MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む \n" -"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブに設定したパーティションを\n" -"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択してください。" +"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブ" +"に設定したパーティションを\n" +"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 MBR に汎用ブー" +"トコードを書き込む を選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"ブートパーティションから起動 または ルートパーティションから起動 \n" +"ブートパーティションから起動 または ルートパーティションから起動" +" \n" "のいずれかを選択することをお勧めします。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 は、お使いのコンピュータに他の OS をインストールしている\n" +"マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 は、お使いのコンピュータに他" +"の OS をインストールしている\n" "場合にはお勧めできません。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションから起動 は適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n" -"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダオプション にある ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" -"と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、もしくはこのセクションを開始するために他のブートマネージャを\n" +"ルートパーティションから起動 は適切なパーティションが存在する場合に" +"お勧めのオプションです。\n" +"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために " +"ブートローダオプション にある ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定</" +"b> \n" +"と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、もしくはこのセクショ" +"ンを開始するために他のブートマネージャを\n" "設定してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot パーティションが存在しない場合は、\n" +"ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot パーティ" +"ションが存在しない場合は、\n" "拡張パーティションから起動 を選択する必要があります。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション を選択すると、起動するパーティションを選択することができます。" +msgstr "" +"カスタムブートパーティション を選択すると、起動するパーティションを" +"選択することができます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -203,49 +229,71 @@ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" "MD アレイは 2 つのディスクから構成されます。それぞれのディスクの MBR に\n" -"GRUB を書き込むには、 MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする を選択してください。" +"GRUB を書き込むには、 MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする を選択してくださ" +"い。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" "シリアルコンソールを使用する を指定すると、シリアルコンソールで\n" -"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーション (<code>info grub2</code>) をご覧ください。" +"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーショ" +"ン (<code>info grub2</code>) をご覧ください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "端末定義 \n" -"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどのシリアル端末の場合は、\n" -"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて <code>serial console</code> \n" -"のように設定することもできます。この場合は、何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端末を選択することが\n" +"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどの" +"シリアル端末の場合は、\n" +"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて " +"<code>serial console</code> \n" +"のように設定することもできます。この場合は、何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端" +"末を選択することが\n" "できるようになります。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション には、既定のセクションで\n" -"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で指定します。" +"既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション には、既定のセク" +"ションで\n" +"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で" +"指定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "起動時にメニューを隠す を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなります。" +msgstr "" +"起動時にメニューを隠す を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなりま" +"す。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "ブートローダをパスワードで保護する \n" -"システムの起動時、項目の修正や項目の選択時にパスワードの入力を求めるようになります。なお、 項目修正のみ保護 にチェックを入れると、項目の選択に対してはパスワードの入力を求めず、項目の修正時にのみ求めるようになります (GRUB 1 の動作と同じになります) 。 YaST は パスワードの再入力 に同じものを入力した場合にのみパスワードを受け入れます。" +"システムの起動時、項目の修正や項目の選択時にパスワードの入力を求めるようにな" +"ります。なお、 項目修正のみ保護 にチェックを入れると、項目の選択に対し" +"てはパスワードの入力を求めず、項目の修正時にのみ求めるようになります (GRUB 1 " +"の動作と同じになります) 。 YaST は パスワードの再入力 に同じものを" +"入力した場合にのみパスワードを受け入れます。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -258,7 +306,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>ディスクの順序</big> \n" "BIOS での順序に合わせてディスクの順序を設定するには、\n" -"上へ と 下へ のボタンを押してディスクの順序を入れ替えてください。\n" +"上へ と 下へ のボタンを押してディスクの順序を入れ替えてくださ" +"い。\n" "また、ディスクを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、\n" "ディスクを削除するには 削除 ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。" @@ -382,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする (&U)" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "ブートコードのオプション" @@ -434,42 +483,53 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ にはカーネルに渡す他のパラメータを設定します。" +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ にはカーネルに渡す他の" +"パラメータを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA モード では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき コンソール の VGA モードを設定します。" +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA モード では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき コンソール の " +"VGA モードを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "その他の OS の検知 を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動するために os-prober を実行します。" +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"その他の OS の検知 を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動す" +"るために os-prober を実行します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "プロテクティブ MBR フラグ は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊なハードウエア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテクティブ MBR に関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更しないでください。 " +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"プロテクティブ MBR フラグ は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊な" +"ハードウエア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテク" +"ティブ MBR に関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更" +"しないでください。 " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "ディストリビュータ には、起動用の項目を作成する際に使用する、カーネルの配布者名 (ディストリビュータ) を指定します。 " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ (&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "ディストリビュータ (&I)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "VGA モード (&V)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "その他の OS の検知" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "プロテクティブ MBR フラグ" @@ -555,9 +615,11 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることができません。" +msgstr "" +"起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることが" +"できません。" #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -671,13 +733,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "その他 を押すと\n" -"ブートローダの設定ファイルを手動で編集したり、現在の設定を消去して新しい設定を\n" -"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存されている\n" +"ブートローダの設定ファイルを手動で編集したり、現在の設定を消去して新しい設定" +"を\n" +"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存され" +"ている\n" "設定ファイルから再読み込みしたりすることができます。 %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -718,7 +784,8 @@ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" "既定に設定 を押すと選択したセクションが既定に設定されます。\n" -"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n" +"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択す" +"る\n" "よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行なわれないと既定に設定したカーネル\n" "または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n" "なお、ブートローダメニューでのセクション順序については、 上へ と\n" @@ -752,7 +819,8 @@ "on the computer." msgstr "" "- マスターブートレコード (MBR) 内\n" -"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている場合には\n" +"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている" +"場合には\n" "お勧めできません。" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 @@ -762,16 +830,20 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの ブートセクタ 内\n" +"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの ブートセクタ" +" 内\n" "これはそれぞれ適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n" -"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダのインストール詳細 内で\n" -" ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、\n" +"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダのインス" +"トール詳細 内で\n" +" ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする と MBR に汎用ブート" +"コードを書き込む を選択するか、\n" "もしくは &product; を開始するために他のブートマネージャを設定してください。\n" "" @@ -807,7 +879,8 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/hda3</tt>, \n" +"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/" +"hda3</tt>, \n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt> など) 。" #. help text 1/1 @@ -818,7 +891,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "ブートローダのインストール詳細 \n" -"デバイスマッピングなど詳細なブートローダのインストールオプションを調整するには、\n" +"デバイスマッピングなど詳細なブートローダのインストールオプションを調整するに" +"は、\n" " ブートローダのインストール詳細 を押してください。" #. help text 1/1 @@ -829,7 +903,8 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "<big>ブートローダの種類</big> \n" -"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選択するには、\n" +"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールする" +"かを選択するには、\n" "ブートローダ をご利用ください。" #. help text 1/1 @@ -852,17 +927,20 @@ msgstr "" "熟練者向け手動設定 \n" "ここではブートローダの設定を手動で編集することができます。\n" -"注意: 最終的な設定ファイルではインデント (字下げ) が異なる場合があります。" +"注意: 最終的な設定ファイルではインデント (字下げ) が異なる場合があります。" +"" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "セクション名 \n" -"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには セクション名 を使用してください。セクション名は\n" +"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには セクション名 を使用してくださ" +"い。セクション名は\n" "一意である必要があります。" #. help text 1/5 @@ -881,7 +959,8 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"現在選択しているセクションを複製するには、 選択したセクションの複製 を\n" +"現在選択しているセクションを複製するには、 選択したセクションの複製</" +"b> を\n" "選択してください。そのあと必要な項目を編集してください。\n" "" @@ -900,7 +979,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始するには、\n" +"新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始" +"するには、\n" " Xen セクション を選択してください。" #. help text 5/5 @@ -911,21 +991,24 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "それぞれのディスク内のパーティション内にあるブートセクタを読み込んで\n" -"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 その他のシステム (チェインローダ) を選択してください。\n" +"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 その他のシステム (チェインロー" +"ダ) を選択してください。\n" "これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"ディスク内のパーティションから設定ファイル (起動セクションの一覧) を読み込む\n" +"ディスク内のパーティションから設定ファイル (起動セクションの一覧) を読み込" +"む\n" "セクションを追加するには、 メニューセクション を選択してください。\n" "これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "ハードディスクの順序: %1" @@ -1118,49 +1201,79 @@ msgstr "起動 (&B)" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することができません。" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することがで" +"きません。" #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができません" +msgstr "" +"パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができませ" +"ん" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インストールしない</a>)" +msgstr "" +"MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インス" +"トールしない</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インストールする</a>)" +msgstr "" +"MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インス" +"トールする</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">インストールしない</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_boot\">インストールしない</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">インストールしない</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_root\">インストールしない</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合を除き、上記の場所を選択してください。" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合" +"を除き、上記の場所を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "変更先: %s" @@ -1168,22 +1281,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "ブートローダの種類: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (拡張)" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "インストール先: %1" @@ -1203,90 +1316,125 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 bios_grub パーティションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作しません。この問題を解決するには、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、任意の ext ファイルシステムのパーティションを起動用のパーティションとして設定するか、もしくは MBR 以外にステージ 1 をインストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。" +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 bios_grub " +"パーティションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作しません。この問題" +"を解決するには、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、任意の ext ファイルシ" +"ステムのパーティションを起動用のパーティションとして設定するか、もしくは MBR " +"以外にステージ 1 をインストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。" #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができないものと思われます。" +msgstr "" +"起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができない" +"ものと思われます。" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他のブートローダの場所を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他" +"のブートローダの場所を選択してください。" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "起動用の ext パーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできません。" +msgstr "" +"起動用の ext パーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできま" +"せん。" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"インストーラでアクティブフラグを設定していません。全く設定しない場合、 BIOS に" +"よっては起動が拒否される場合があります。" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" +"インストーラはディスクの MBR を変更しません。既に起動用のコードが" +"含まれている場合を除き、 BIOS からディスクを利用して起動することができなくなるものと思われます。" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "ブートローダの検査" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "パーティションの読み込み" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "ブートローダ設定の読み込み" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "ブートローダを検査しています..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "パーティションを読み込んでいます..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "ブートローダ設定を読み込んでいます..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダの設定を準備しています" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd の作成" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "ブートローダ設定ファイルの保存" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "ブートローダのインストール" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd を作成しています..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "ブートローダ設定ファイルを保存しています..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしています..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダ設定を保存しています" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2015-09-28 19:03:02 UTC (rev 92867) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -53,17 +53,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれ" +"ば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定します。" +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定しま" +"す。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." msgstr "既定のコマンドライン文字列に加えてさらに追加したい文字列を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -93,8 +103,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含むファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含む" +"ファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -138,8 +152,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), " +"ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -178,8 +196,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場" +"合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -188,8 +210,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s のいずれかで指定します。" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s の" +"いずれかで指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -314,11 +340,11 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump 後の即時再起動: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" @@ -359,14 +385,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲を指定します。これらの値は書き直されます。" +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." +msgstr "" +"カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲または冗長値、もしくはその両方を指定します。\n" +"これらの値は書き直されます。" +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "この変更を適用するにはシステムの再起動が必要です。" @@ -385,39 +416,41 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "誤ったオプションが指定されています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "ダンプレベルが設定されました。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "オプションの値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "ダンプ形式が設定されました。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" +msgstr "" +"\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧" +"縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル %1 が存在しません。" @@ -425,8 +458,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "\"dir\" (ディレクトリ) の値が設定されていません。" @@ -434,48 +467,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "\"server\" (サーバ名) の値が設定されていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "\"share\" (共有名) の値が設定されていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "保存先に指定する値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "\"no\" に指定した値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "\"server\" (サーバ) に指定した値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "\"user\" (ユーザ) に指定した値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "\"email\" (電子メール) に指定した値が誤っています。" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "ファームウエア支援型ダンプ: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "オプションが設定されていません。" @@ -495,109 +528,96 @@ msgstr "Kdump (&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump の有効化／無効化" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Kdump の有効化 (&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdump の無効化 (&D)" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "システムメモリの合計 [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "利用可能なメモリ [MB]:" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "Kdump メモリ (&Y) [MB]" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "ダンプに含める" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "ゼロで埋められたページ (&P)" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "ページのキャッシュ (&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "プライベートページのキャッシュ (&T)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "ユーザデータページ (&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "使われていないページ (&F)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "ダンプ形式 (&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "ダンプ無し (&N)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "ELF 形式 (&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "圧縮形式 (&O)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "LZO 圧縮形式 (&L)" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "保存先の選択 (&S)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ローカルディレクトリ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP サーバ (&S)" @@ -605,7 +625,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" @@ -614,126 +634,148 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "通知先 (To) (&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "通知先 (Cc) (&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "カスタムな Kdump カーネル (&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump コマンドライン (&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump コマンドライン追加文字列 (&L)" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "コア部分を保存後すぐに再起動 (&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "ダンプディレクトリ内にカーネルをコピーする (&R)" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "古いダンプイメージを削除 (&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "保存する古いダンプイメージの数 (&U)" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump メモリ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump 起動" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - ダンプフィルタ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "ダンプフィルタ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Kdump イメージの保存先" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "ダンプ先" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP サーバ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "電子メールアドレスでの通知" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "電子メール通知" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kdump のカスタムカーネル" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "コマンドライン" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "ダンプの設定" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Kdump 熟練者向け設定" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "熟練者向け設定" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump 低メモリ (&L) [MiB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump メモリ (&Y) [MiB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "システムメモリの合計 [MiB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "利用可能なメモリ [MiB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "Kdump 高メモリ (&H) [MiB]" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump の有効化／無効化 \n" -" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである \"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" +" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである " +"\"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" " 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。 \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -750,10 +792,20 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプ \n" -" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施する場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これにより以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡すことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にのみ適切な方法です。" +" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、" +"パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施す" +"る場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これによ" +"り以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡す" +"ことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にの" +"み適切な方法です。" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -774,37 +826,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump Format \n" " ダンプ無し - カーネルのログのみを保存します。 \n" " ELF 形式 - ELF 形式でダンプファイルを作成します。 \n" -" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。 \n" -" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で作成します。 \n" +" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。" +" \n" +" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で" +"作成します。 \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Kdump イメージの保存先 \n" -" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種類を選択してください。 " +" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種" +"類を選択してください。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n" -" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n" -" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" +"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステム" +"に保存します。\n" +" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定" +"します。\n" +" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することがで" +"きます。\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -815,14 +877,17 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - ダンプイメージを FTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - FTP サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " 匿名 FTP サーバに対して匿名 FTP で接続するかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名と" +"パスワードを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -834,12 +899,15 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルと 'dd' を利用して保存します。\n" +"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルと 'dd' を利用して保存しま" +"す。\n" " サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" +"p>\n" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -854,9 +922,11 @@ "SFTP - ダンプイメージを SFTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" +"p>\n" #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" @@ -877,7 +947,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - ダンプイメージを NFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - NFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。 " +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -892,9 +963,11 @@ "CIFS - ダンプイメージを CIFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - CIFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " 共有名 - Windows 共有名を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " 認証利用 サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ" +"名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -903,7 +976,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができます。\n" +"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができま" +"す。\n" " たとえば /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] のうちの\n" " kernel_string の部分だけを入力してください。 " @@ -925,7 +999,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump コマンドライン追加文字列\n" -" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を指定します。\n" +" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を" +"指定します。\n" " Kdump コマンドライン を指定した場合にのみ追加されます。 \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -942,10 +1017,12 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "古いダンプイメージを削除 - \n" -" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダンプファイル\n" +" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダ" +"ンプファイル\n" " が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。 " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -958,7 +1035,8 @@ " everything in place for debugging. \n" msgstr "" "ダンプディレクトリ内にカーネルをコピーする - \n" -" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている場合) \n" +" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている" +"場合) \n" " をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n" " 既定値は \"オフ\" になっています。マシン自身でデバッグを行なう際に\n" " 有用な設定です。 \n" @@ -966,47 +1044,65 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを指定します。 " +msgstr "" +"SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを" +"指定します。 " #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" +"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用する" +"ユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの " +"SMTP を使用します。\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" +"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用す" +"るパスワードを指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの " +"SMTP を使用します。\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレスを指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレ" +"スを指定します。\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先のメールアドレスを\n" +"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先の" +"メールアドレスを\n" " スペース区切りで指定します。\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを指定します。\n" +"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを" +"指定します。\n" "ダンプファイルが指定した数を見えると、古いダンプは削除されます。" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1195,19 +1291,19 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "カーネルオプションに範囲設定が書かれています。書き直しますか？" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" +msgstr "カーネルオプションに複数の範囲または冗長値が書かれています。書き直しますか？" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "ファームウエア支援型ダンプを使用する (&F)" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1216,128 +1312,137 @@ "詳しくは %{log} をお読みください。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "カーネル起動オプションを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." -msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込んでいます..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "メモリ制限を計算しています..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "ディスク内のパーティションを読み込んでいます..." +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込んで使用率を測定しています..." + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "設定ファイル /etc/sysconfig/kdump を読み込むことができません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "カーネルの起動オプションを読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込むことができません。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "起動オプションの更新" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "起動オプションを更新しています..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "ブートローダに crashkernel パラメータを追加しています。" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump の状態: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel オプションの値: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ対象: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "保存するダンプ数: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "警告: 十分な空き領域が無い可能性があります。 %{required} が必要ですが、 %{available} だけが利用可能です。" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"警告: 十分な空き領域が無い可能性があります。 %{required} が必要ですが、 " +"%{available} だけが利用可能です。" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプを利用することができません。\n" "このハードウエアには対応していません。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2015-09-28 19:03:02 UTC (rev 92867) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:46+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "%s を登録しています..." @@ -242,7 +242,8 @@ "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができません。\n" +"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができませ" +"ん。\n" "今すぐネットワークを設定しますか？" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 @@ -314,24 +315,41 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "詳細: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" +"証明書は既に取り込んでありますが、\n" +"サーバ側との接続ではその証明書を信頼していません。\n" +"\n" +"証明書の問題を手作業で解決し、サーバ側との機密接続ができるようにしてから、\n" +"再度 YaST モジュールを起動してください。" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書を取り込んでいます" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s' の証明書を取り込んでいます..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "機密保持接続のエラーです: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -372,49 +390,59 @@ "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" "製品がインストールされていること、および /etc/products.d/baseproduct が\n" -"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご確認ください。" +"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご" +"確認ください。" #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "システムを登録しています..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "%s に更新しています..." +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "製品を同期しています..." + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "利用可能な拡張とモジュールを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "移行製品を読み込んでいます..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "拡張とモジュールの登録" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "拡張とモジュールを登録しようとしています。" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -423,57 +451,80 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" -msgstr "これらのリポジトリをインストール中に有効化しますか\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" +"最新の更新を受け取るため、\n" +"インストール時にこれらのリポジトリを有効化しますか？" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" -msgstr "これらのリポジトリをアップグレード中に有効化しますか\n" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" +"最新の更新を受け取るため、\n" +"アップグレード時にこれらのリポジトリを有効化しますか？" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "証明書:" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ '%s'\n" +"を読み込むことができません。\n" +"\n" +"このリポジトリを飛ばしますか？それとも中止しますか？" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "リポジトリ設定の保存に失敗しました。" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の更新に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の追加に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の保存に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の更新に失敗しました。" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -527,10 +578,13 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" "要求されている拡張やモジュール向けの登録コードを入力してください。\n" -"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" +"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない" +"場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition @@ -569,13 +623,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますので、ご注意ください。" +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますの" +"で、ご注意ください。" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインして" +"から、手作業で削除してください。" #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -585,7 +647,9 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができ" +"ます。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -599,7 +663,9 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" msgstr "ここでは、再登録を実施する拡張やモジュールを選択します。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -609,7 +675,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." msgstr "ここでは、基本製品とともに登録を行なう拡張やモジュールを選択します。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -675,20 +743,29 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行なわれます。\n" +"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行な" +"われます。\n" "これにより、オンライン更新と技術サポートを受けられるようになります。\n" -"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してください。" +"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してく" +"ださい。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しくは SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設" +"定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しく" +"は SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -772,8 +849,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンターの資格情報を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンター" +"の資格情報を入力してください。" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 @@ -803,7 +884,8 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセンター\n" +"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセン" +"ター\n" "のユーザ名と電子メールアドレスを入力してください。\n" "セキュリティ更新や一般的な更新は、登録済みのシステムに対してのみ\n" "提供されます。" @@ -845,28 +927,49 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを" +"暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知" +"の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可することになります。" +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可するこ" +"とになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されていることを必ず確認してください。 " +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されてい" +"ることを必ず確認してください。 " #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなりえます。" +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなり" +"えます。" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 @@ -878,8 +981,15 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバの URL (&L)" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "内部エラー: %s" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -889,18 +999,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" -msgstr "移行リポジトリ" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "移行に使用するリポジトリ" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "このダイアログでは、オンライン移行時に使用するリポジトリを手動で選択することができます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内にある最新のバージョンにアップグレードされます。" +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログでは、オンライン移行時に使用するリポジトリを手動で選択するこ" +"とができます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内にある最新のバージョンにアッ" +"プグレードされます。" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" -msgstr "移行リポジトリの選択" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "移行に使用するリポジトリの選択" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 @@ -917,85 +1033,83 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "優先順位: %s" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -"インストールにあたってオンライン更新を利用することができます。\n" -"先に進む前に、全ての更新をインストールしておくことをお勧めします。\n" -"\n" -"今すぐ更新をインストールしますか？" +"システムは登録されていません。\n" +"オンライン移行を実行するには、\n" +"まずシステムを登録する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "内部エラー: %s" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "インストールされている製品が見つかりません。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "移行製品が見つかりません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "移行製品を登録しています..." - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "移行リポジトリを準備しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "移行ターゲットの選択" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "ここでは、移行先の製品を選択します。登録サーバでは、新しい製品への移行に複数の方法を用意している場合があります。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、移行先の製品を選択します。登録サーバでは、新しい製品への移行に複" +"数の方法を用意している場合があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "移行先のターゲットは一覧内で 1 つだけ選択することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "移行リポジトリを後から手作業で選択するには、 %s のチェックボックスをお使いください。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" +"移行リポジトリを後から手作業で選択するには、 %s のチェックボックス" +"をお使いください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "移行リポジトリの手動選択" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "移行先を選択してください。" +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "移行のため、手作業でリポジトリを調整する" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "利用可能な移行ターゲット" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "移行の概要" @@ -1005,38 +1119,46 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "エラー: 製品 %{product} は登録サーバ (%{url}) 内で提供されていません。この移行処理を許可するため、製品を利用可能な状態にしてください。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"エラー: 製品 %{product} は登録サーバ (%{url}) 内で提供されていません。" +"この移行処理を許可するため、製品を利用可能な状態にしてください。" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s をインストールします 。" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s を変更しません 。" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に アップグレードしようとしています 。" +msgstr "" +"%{old_product} を %{new_product} に アップグレードしようとしています</" +"b> 。" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に ダウングレードしようとしています 。" +msgstr "" +"%{old_product} を %{new_product} に ダウングレードしようとしています</" +"b> 。" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1056,12 +1178,20 @@ msgstr "システムは既に登録されています。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュールを登録したりすることができます。" +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュール" +"を登録したりすることができます。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログイ" +"ンしてから、手作業で削除してください。" #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1098,3 +1228,4 @@ #: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバを検索しています..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2015-09-28 19:03:02 UTC (rev 92867) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2015-09-28 23:22:30 UTC (rev 92868) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vpn\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 08:08+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -179,13 +179,22 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "クライアント - 証明書" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" +"このモジュールを使用せずに ipsec.conf および ipsec.secrets が編集されています。\n" +"このモジュールを使用すると、編集した内容を失うことになります。" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "指定した接続名は既に使用されています。" #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -194,7 +203,7 @@ "全てのゲートウエイのシナリオが使用されています。" #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -203,12 +212,12 @@ "1 つのシナリオに 2 つのゲートウエイを指定する必要はありません。" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "指定したユーザ名は既に使用されています。" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "該当するクライアント接続が見つかりません。" @@ -250,11 +259,17 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"VPN クライアントからのインターネット接続で、特定のサイトに接続する際に問題が発生する場合、ホスト側のファイアウオール設定の誤りによって、自動 MTU (最大転送単位) 検出が阻害されていることが考えられます。\n" -"この場合、 TCP-MSS を縮小することでこの問題を修正することができますが、利用可能な帯域は 10% ほど小さくなります。" +"VPN クライアントからのインターネット接続で、特定のサイトに接続する際に問題が" +"発生する場合、ホスト側のファイアウオール設定の誤りによって、自動 MTU (最大転" +"送単位) 検出が阻害されていることが考えられます。\n" +"この場合、 TCP-MSS を縮小することでこの問題を修正することができますが、利用可" +"能な帯域は 10% ほど小さくなります。" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 @@ -510,11 +525,14 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"VPN ゲートウエイとクライアントの両方で、特別な SuSEfirewall の設定を行なう必要があります。\n" -"SuSEfirewall が有効化されていないため、再起動を行なうごとに設定スクリプトを実行しなければならなくなっています。スクリプトは今すぐ実行されます。\n" +"VPN ゲートウエイとクライアントの両方で、特別な SuSEfirewall の設定を行なう必" +"要があります。\n" +"SuSEfirewall が有効化されていないため、再起動を行なうごとに設定スクリプトを実" +"行しなければならなくなっています。スクリプトは今すぐ実行されます。\n" "スクリプトは %s にあります。" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. @@ -543,3 +561,4 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "クライアントは下記に接続しています: " +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92867 - trunk/lcn/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2015-09-28 21:03:02 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92867 Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation of zypper Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) +++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2015-09-28 19:03:02 UTC (rev 92867) @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-24 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-25 13:47+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 22:02+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgstr "Коротка назва" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "Встановлені" @@ -593,37 +593,37 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "Доступний" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "Загальний розмір завантаження: %1%. Уже кешовано: %2%." -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "Тільки завантажити." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "Після дії, буде додатково використано %s." -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "" "Після операції не буде додатково зайнято або вивільнено дискового простору." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "Після дії, %s буде вивільнено." -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "Потрібне перезавантаження системи." @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Продовжити?" @@ -1167,8 +1167,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Проблема зі звантаженням файлів з «%s»." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" "Будь ласка, прочитайте повідомлення про помилку, розміщене вище, щоб краще " @@ -3959,10 +3959,8 @@ "list the associated system service names only." msgstr "" "Створює коротку таблицю без показу вилучених файлів. Якщо вказати двічі, то " -"показує " -"лише процеси, пов'язані із системними службами. Якщо вказати тричі, то " -"перераховує лише назви " -" пов'язаних системних служб." +"показує лише процеси, пов'язані із системними службами. Якщо вказати тричі, " +"то перераховує лише назви пов'язаних системних служб." #. translators: --print <format> #: src/Zypper.cc:2772 @@ -4593,16 +4591,26 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "Помилка створення тесту." +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"Перевірка запущених процесів за допомогою вилучених бібліотек відімкнена у " +"zypper.conf. " +"Запустіть '%s' для ручної перевірки." + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "Перевірка запущених процесів за допомогою вилучених бібліотек..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Перевірка зазнала невдачі:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -4613,32 +4621,32 @@ "оновленням. Можливо, бажаєте перезапустити деякі з низ. Запустіть «%s», щоб " "отримати список цих програм." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "Сповіщення про оновлення було отримано з таких пакунків:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Повідомлення від пакунка %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "т/н" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Переглянути сповіщення?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Підрахування оновлення дистрибутиву..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Розв'язання залежностей пакунків..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -4646,7 +4654,7 @@ "Деякі з залежностей встановлених пакунків порушено. З метою виправити ці " "залежності слід виконати такі дії:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" "Для виправлення порушених залежностей пакунків потрібні привілеї " @@ -4662,24 +4670,24 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "т/н/п/в/а/с/м/д/з" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "" "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" "Так, взяти до уваги резюме і продовжити встановлення або вилучення пакунків." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Ні, скасувати дію." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." @@ -4688,56 +4696,56 @@ "подивитися на проблеми у залежностях." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "Перемкнути показ версій пакунків." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "Перемкнути показ архітектур пакунків." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "" "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "Перемкнути показ сховищ, з яких буде встановлено пакунки." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "Перемкнути показ назв постачальників пакунків." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "Перемкнути показ всіх подробиць або мало подробиць." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "Перегляд зведення в пейджері." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "передається" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(пробний прогін)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Проблема зі звантаженням файла пакунка зі сховища:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Дані сховища «%s» застаріли. Запуск «%s» має допомогти." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " "repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -4755,11 +4763,11 @@ "- замініть носій встановлення (якщо пошкоджений)\n" "- скористайтесь іншим сховищем" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "Під час або після встановлення або вилучення пакунків сталася помилка:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -4767,7 +4775,7 @@ "Одна з встановлених латок потребує перезапуску вашого комп'ютера. Будь " "ласка, зробіть це якомога швидше." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " "command once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -4775,11 +4783,11 @@ "Одна з встановлених латок стосується самого менеджера пакунків. Знову " "запустіть цю команду, щоб встановити інші потрібні пакунки." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Залежності всіх встановлених пакунків задоволено." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Нема що робити."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92866 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot
by ancor＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: ancor Date: 2015-09-28 19:11:21 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92866 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/registration.pot branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/storage.pot Log: Several pot updates for YaST Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -484,99 +484,111 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1493,7 +1505,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1503,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -2130,7 +2142,7 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "" "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error" " message is:\n" @@ -2589,14 +2601,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2604,14 +2616,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" @@ -427,29 +427,19 @@ "you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create b" -"oot entry name. " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" @@ -535,7 +525,7 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -828,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" @@ -999,61 +989,61 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 msgid "" "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable" "." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 msgid "" "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not inst" "all</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">insta" "ll</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 msgid "" "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not instal" "l</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install" "</a>)" msgstr "" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 msgid "" "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a" "re doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1061,22 +1051,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1115,76 +1105,89 @@ msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co" +"uld refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " +"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" @@ -369,14 +369,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -395,39 +398,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "" @@ -435,8 +438,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "" @@ -444,48 +447,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "" @@ -505,109 +508,96 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "" @@ -615,7 +605,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -624,117 +614,137 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1117,146 +1127,150 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "" + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "" "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " "%{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -83,14 +83,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" @@ -1013,34 +1013,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "" @@ -1048,61 +1053,77 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "" @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "" @@ -1295,15 +1295,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" @@ -1317,78 +1313,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "" @@ -1397,7 +1393,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "" @@ -1507,14 +1503,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" "package at the same time." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1523,7 +1519,7 @@ "\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1533,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "" @@ -1546,11 +1542,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/registration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-14 10:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 10:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:273 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -297,24 +297,36 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -350,51 +362,60 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "" + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -402,7 +423,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -413,42 +434,53 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:180 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:253 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:217 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:228 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:447 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -863,10 +895,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_finish_workflow.rb:50 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "" @@ -910,35 +940,28 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:173 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:202 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:249 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:275 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/storage.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2015-09-28 17:11:21 UTC (rev 92866) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -817,8 +817,19 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -831,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -841,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -853,19 +864,18 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -877,7 +887,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -886,7 +896,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -897,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -912,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -927,12 +937,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -945,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -954,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -963,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -971,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -979,53 +989,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte" "d:\n" @@ -1036,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1046,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1056,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1065,37 +1075,37 @@ msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "" @@ -1103,7 +1113,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1114,18 +1124,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1134,8 +1144,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1143,31 +1153,31 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" @@ -1178,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes" @@ -1188,44 +1198,44 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1233,62 +1243,62 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1303,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1311,7 +1321,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1319,21 +1329,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1341,27 +1351,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1371,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1381,7 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1391,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1401,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1410,66 +1420,66 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "" "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1599,18 +1609,18 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "" "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -1621,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -1630,7 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -1644,40 +1654,40 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -1685,12 +1695,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -1698,21 +1708,21 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1727,12 +1737,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1740,26 +1750,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2640,7 +2650,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3085,18 +3095,26 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "" + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -4994,7 +5012,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5007,7 +5025,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5016,7 +5034,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5024,7 +5042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5033,24 +5051,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5058,12 +5076,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5071,86 +5089,97 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5158,7 +5187,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5166,7 +5195,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5174,18 +5203,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5198,10 +5227,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92865 - trunk/yast/50-pot
by ancor＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: ancor Date: 2015-09-28 19:08:25 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92865 Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot Log: Several YaST pot updates Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" @@ -484,99 +484,111 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1493,7 +1505,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1503,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -2130,7 +2142,7 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 msgid "" "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error" " message is:\n" @@ -2589,14 +2601,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2604,14 +2616,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" @@ -427,29 +427,19 @@ "you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create b" -"oot entry name. " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" @@ -535,7 +525,7 @@ #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -828,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" @@ -999,61 +989,61 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 msgid "" "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable" "." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 msgid "" "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not inst" "all</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">insta" "ll</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 msgid "" "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not instal" "l</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install" "</a>)" msgstr "" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 msgid "" "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a" "re doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1061,22 +1051,22 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1115,76 +1105,89 @@ msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co" +"uld refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " +"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" -"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" @@ -369,14 +369,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." msgstr "" +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. Popup::Message(crash_value); -#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -395,39 +398,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "" @@ -435,8 +438,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "" @@ -444,48 +447,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "" @@ -505,109 +508,96 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "" -#. "handle" : HandleEnableDisalbeKdump, -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" -msgstr "" - #. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "" #. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "" @@ -615,7 +605,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -624,117 +614,137 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "" + #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1117,146 +1127,150 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 -msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 -msgid "Reading available memory..." +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "" + #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 -msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 msgid "" "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " "%{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -83,14 +83,14 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" @@ -1013,34 +1013,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "" +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "" + #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "" @@ -1048,61 +1053,77 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "" @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "" @@ -1295,15 +1295,11 @@ msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:180 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "" -#. horizontal -#. vertical -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" @@ -1317,78 +1313,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. #. Where to search #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:105 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:111 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:117 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:122 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:124 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:127 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "" #. #. Search mode #. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "" #. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:166 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:244 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:330 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "" @@ -1397,7 +1393,7 @@ #. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or #. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return #. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:345 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "" @@ -1507,14 +1503,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" "package at the same time." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1523,7 +1519,7 @@ "\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1533,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "" @@ -1546,11 +1542,11 @@ #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE #. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ #. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -297,24 +297,36 @@ msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -350,60 +362,71 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "" + #. load available addons from SCC server #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" msgstr "" #. indent size used in summary text @@ -411,42 +434,53 @@ msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -859,8 +893,15 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + #. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -868,7 +909,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -881,7 +922,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module @@ -899,85 +940,76 @@ msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" -#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it -#. before the translation deadline... -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available -#. updates now -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" -"Online updates are available for installation.\n" -"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to install the updates now?" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86 -msgid "Internal error: %s" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246 -msgid "Registering Migration Products..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver m" "ay offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 msgid "" "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories l" "ater." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -987,7 +1019,7 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 msgid "" "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (" "%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." @@ -996,31 +1028,31 @@ #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -817,8 +817,19 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -831,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -841,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -853,19 +864,18 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -"Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -"type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -877,7 +887,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -886,7 +896,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -897,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -912,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -927,12 +937,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -945,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -954,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -963,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -971,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -979,53 +989,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte" "d:\n" @@ -1036,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1046,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1056,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1065,37 +1075,37 @@ msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" #. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "" #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "" @@ -1103,7 +1113,7 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1114,18 +1124,18 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" #. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1134,8 +1144,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1143,31 +1153,31 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" @@ -1178,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes" @@ -1188,44 +1198,44 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "" #. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1233,62 +1243,62 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1303,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1311,7 +1321,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1319,21 +1329,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1341,27 +1351,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1371,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1381,7 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1391,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1401,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1410,66 +1420,66 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "" "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1599,18 +1609,18 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "" "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:108 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -1621,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -1630,7 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -1644,40 +1654,40 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap #. @param mount mount point #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -1685,12 +1695,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -1698,21 +1708,21 @@ #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1727,12 +1737,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1740,26 +1750,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2640,7 +2650,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3085,18 +3095,26 @@ msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:485 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "" +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +msgid "Packages to install:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "No packages need to be installed." +msgstr "" + #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 @@ -4994,7 +5012,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5007,7 +5025,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5016,7 +5034,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5024,7 +5042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5033,24 +5051,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5058,12 +5076,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5071,86 +5089,97 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5158,7 +5187,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5166,7 +5195,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5174,18 +5203,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5198,10 +5227,6 @@ msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 -msgid "Continue despite the error?" -msgstr "" - #. Label: get password for device #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) +++ trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2015-09-28 17:08:25 UTC (rev 92865) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -171,32 +171,39 @@ msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "" +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "" #. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." msgstr "" #. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92864 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nn/po trunk/lcn/nn/po
by huftis＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: huftis Date: 2015-09-28 18:57:53 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92864 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po trunk/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po Log: Remerged Norwegian Nynorsk translation. Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po 2015-09-28 15:40:33 UTC (rev 92863) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-10 01:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-20 19:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -76,14 +76,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1023 src/repos.cc:1163 -#: src/repos.cc:2595 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 +#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 #: src/Zypper.cc:5331 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ msgstr "Namn" #. translators: type (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1063 src/repos.cc:1174 -#: src/repos.cc:2604 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:674 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:683 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Vil du halda fram?" @@ -1613,8 +1613,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3442 src/solve-commit.cc:792 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:824 src/solve-commit.cc:858 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:810 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:842 src/solve-commit.cc:876 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1382 +#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1381 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" @@ -1737,613 +1737,613 @@ msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:935 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. status #. rug's status (active, pending => active, disabled <= enabled, disabled) #. this is probably the closest possible compatibility arrangement -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Active" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5331 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5331 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1031 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1776 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktivert" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1035 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:1780 src/repos.cc:2597 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "GPG-kontroll" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1043 src/repos.cc:2599 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Oppdater" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1053 src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2603 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1070 src/repos.cc:1164 src/repos.cc:1782 src/repos.cc:2606 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 msgid "URI" msgstr "Adresse" #. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed) -#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/utils/misc.cc:509 +#: src/repos.cc:1079 src/utils/misc.cc:509 msgid "Service" msgstr "Teneste" -#: src/repos.cc:1133 +#: src/repos.cc:1132 msgid "No repositories defined." msgstr "Ingen pakkebrønnar definert." -#: src/repos.cc:1134 +#: src/repos.cc:1133 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 msgid "Auto-refresh" msgstr "Oppdater automatisk" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "On" msgstr "På" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Off" msgstr "Av" -#: src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Keep Packages" msgstr "Behald pakker" -#: src/repos.cc:1175 +#: src/repos.cc:1174 msgid "GPG Key URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1176 +#: src/repos.cc:1175 msgid "Path Prefix" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1177 +#: src/repos.cc:1176 msgid "Parent Service" msgstr "Overordna teneste" -#: src/repos.cc:1178 +#: src/repos.cc:1177 msgid "Repo Info Path" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1179 +#: src/repos.cc:1178 msgid "MD Cache Path" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1233 src/repos.cc:1310 src/repos.cc:1469 +#: src/repos.cc:1232 src/repos.cc:1309 src/repos.cc:1468 msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1261 src/repos.cc:2745 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1263 src/repos.cc:2747 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1270 src/repos.cc:2754 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1328 src/repos.cc:1487 +#: src/repos.cc:1327 src/repos.cc:1486 msgid "Specified repositories: " msgstr "Valde pakkebrønnar: " -#: src/repos.cc:1367 +#: src/repos.cc:1366 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1396 +#: src/repos.cc:1395 msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1398 +#: src/repos.cc:1397 msgid "There are no enabled repositories defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1399 +#: src/repos.cc:1398 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1404 +#: src/repos.cc:1403 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1410 +#: src/repos.cc:1409 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1415 +#: src/repos.cc:1414 msgid "Specified repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1417 +#: src/repos.cc:1416 msgid "All repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1544 +#: src/repos.cc:1543 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1554 +#: src/repos.cc:1553 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning raw metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1561 +#: src/repos.cc:1560 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Keeping raw metadata cache for %s '%s'." msgstr "" #. translators: meaning the cached rpm files -#: src/repos.cc:1569 +#: src/repos.cc:1568 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning packages for '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1577 +#: src/repos.cc:1576 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot clean repository '%s' because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1590 +#: src/repos.cc:1589 msgid "Cleaning installed packages cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1598 +#: src/repos.cc:1597 msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1619 +#: src/repos.cc:1618 msgid "Could not clean the repositories because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1626 +#: src/repos.cc:1625 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been cleaned up because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1631 +#: src/repos.cc:1630 msgid "Specified repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1633 +#: src/repos.cc:1632 msgid "All repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1676 +#: src/repos.cc:1675 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1698 +#: src/repos.cc:1697 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2007 +#: src/repos.cc:1705 src/repos.cc:2006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1717 +#: src/repos.cc:1716 msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3284 +#: src/repos.cc:1726 src/Zypper.cc:3284 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1736 +#: src/repos.cc:1735 msgid "Problem transferring repository data from specified URI:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1737 +#: src/repos.cc:1736 msgid "Please check whether the specified URI is accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1745 +#: src/repos.cc:1744 msgid "Unknown problem when adding repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: BOOST STYLE POSITIONAL DIRECTIVES ( %N% ) #. translators: %1% - a repository name -#: src/repos.cc:1756 +#: src/repos.cc:1755 #, boost-format msgid "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and origin of packages cannot be verified." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1762 +#: src/repos.cc:1761 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' successfully added" msgstr "" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1778 +#: src/repos.cc:1777 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1796 +#: src/repos.cc:1795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1803 +#: src/repos.cc:1802 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1804 +#: src/repos.cc:1803 msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1811 +#: src/repos.cc:1810 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1878 +#: src/repos.cc:1877 msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1879 +#: src/repos.cc:1878 msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1887 +#: src/repos.cc:1886 msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. -#: src/repos.cc:1890 +#: src/repos.cc:1889 msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1898 +#: src/repos.cc:1897 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1912 +#: src/repos.cc:1911 msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1919 +#: src/repos.cc:1918 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1964 +#: src/repos.cc:1963 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1990 +#: src/repos.cc:1989 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2001 +#: src/repos.cc:2000 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2013 src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2014 +#: src/repos.cc:2013 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2163 +#: src/repos.cc:2162 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2171 +#: src/repos.cc:2170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2205 +#: src/repos.cc:2204 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2208 +#: src/repos.cc:2207 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2216 +#: src/repos.cc:2215 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2219 +#: src/repos.cc:2218 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2227 +#: src/repos.cc:2226 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2230 +#: src/repos.cc:2229 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2238 +#: src/repos.cc:2237 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2241 +#: src/repos.cc:2240 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2248 +#: src/repos.cc:2247 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2255 +#: src/repos.cc:2254 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2266 +#: src/repos.cc:2265 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2274 +#: src/repos.cc:2273 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2312 +#: src/repos.cc:2311 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2407 +#: src/repos.cc:2406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2411 +#: src/repos.cc:2410 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2659 +#: src/repos.cc:2658 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2781 +#: src/repos.cc:2780 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2791 +#: src/repos.cc:2790 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2797 +#: src/repos.cc:2796 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2836 +#: src/repos.cc:2835 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2839 +#: src/repos.cc:2838 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2855 +#: src/repos.cc:2854 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2868 src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2870 src/repos.cc:2983 src/repos.cc:3043 +#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2879 +#: src/repos.cc:2878 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2937 +#: src/repos.cc:2936 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:2997 +#: src/repos.cc:2996 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3000 +#: src/repos.cc:2999 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3002 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3006 +#: src/repos.cc:3005 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3012 +#: src/repos.cc:3011 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3017 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3019 +#: src/repos.cc:3018 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3168 +#: src/repos.cc:3167 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3171 +#: src/repos.cc:3170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3178 +#: src/repos.cc:3177 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3181 +#: src/repos.cc:3180 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3187 +#: src/repos.cc:3186 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3193 +#: src/repos.cc:3192 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3201 +#: src/repos.cc:3200 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3209 +#: src/repos.cc:3208 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3217 +#: src/repos.cc:3216 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/repos.cc:3226 +#: src/repos.cc:3225 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3232 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3234 +#: src/repos.cc:3233 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3342 +#: src/repos.cc:3341 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "Lastar pakkebrønndata …" -#: src/repos.cc:3364 +#: src/repos.cc:3363 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "Hentar data for pakkebrønnen «%s» …" -#: src/repos.cc:3371 +#: src/repos.cc:3370 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3378 src/repos.cc:3416 +#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3383 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3388 src/repos.cc:3421 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3407 +#: src/repos.cc:3406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3418 +#: src/repos.cc:3417 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3430 +#: src/repos.cc:3429 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "Les installerte pakkar …" -#: src/repos.cc:3441 +#: src/repos.cc:3440 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "" @@ -4070,66 +4070,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Here: compute the full upgrade -#: src/solve-commit.cc:390 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:393 msgid "Computing upgrade..." msgstr "Bereknar oppgradering …" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:406 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 msgid "Generating solver test case..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Solver test case generated successfully at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:413 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:416 msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:446 src/utils/misc.cc:483 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/utils/misc.cc:483 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:455 src/utils/misc.cc:491 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/utils/misc.cc:491 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:462 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:473 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:485 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:493 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "j/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:494 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:539 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Bereknar distribusjonsoppgradering …" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:544 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:614 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:622 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" @@ -4143,75 +4148,75 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:649 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "j/n/p/v/a/b/l/d/v" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:654 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:656 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:660 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:662 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:675 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:677 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:679 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:768 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:786 msgid "committing" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:770 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:788 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:791 src/solve-commit.cc:834 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:809 src/solve-commit.cc:852 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:830 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:848 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:843 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:861 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -4221,23 +4226,23 @@ "- use another repository" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:857 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:875 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:873 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:891 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:882 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:900 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:902 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:920 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:904 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:922 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po 2015-09-28 15:40:33 UTC (rev 92863) +++ trunk/lcn/nn/po/zypper.nn.po 2015-09-28 16:57:53 UTC (rev 92864) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-10 01:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-20 19:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,6 @@ msgid "Description: " msgstr "Skildring: " -#: src/info.cc:144 -#, boost-format -msgid "There would be %1% match for '%2%'." -msgid_plural "There would be %1% matches for '%2%'." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #. TranslatorExplanation E.g. "package 'zypper' not found." #: src/info.cc:175 #, c-format, boost-format @@ -171,7 +164,7 @@ #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:414 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1023 src/repos.cc:1163 #: src/repos.cc:2595 src/update.cc:314 src/update.cc:549 src/update.cc:686 -#: src/Zypper.cc:5303 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5346 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 msgid "Name" @@ -204,7 +197,7 @@ msgstr "Kortnamn" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:144 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "Installert" @@ -552,571 +545,39 @@ msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'." msgstr "Legg til konflikt: «%s»." -#: src/Summary.cc:504 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne NYE pakken vert installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE pakkane vert installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:509 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne NYE programfiksen vert installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE programfiksane vert installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:514 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette NYE mønsteret vert installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE mønstera vert installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:519 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette NYE produktet vert installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE produkta vert installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:524 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne kjeldepakken vert installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d kjeldepakkane vert installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:529 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is going to be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:550 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert FJERNA:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert FJERNA:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:555 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert FJERNA:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert FJERNA:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:560 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert FJERNA:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert FJERNA:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:565 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert FJERNA:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vert FJERNA:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:570 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert FJERNA:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert FJERNA:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:589 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert oppgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert oppgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:594 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert oppgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert oppgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:599 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert oppgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert oppgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:604 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert oppgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vert oppgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:609 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert oppgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert oppgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:628 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert nedgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert nedgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:633 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert nedgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert nedgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:638 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert nedgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert nedgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:643 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert nedgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert nedgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:648 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert nedgradert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert nedgraderte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:667 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert installert på nytt:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert installerte på nytt:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:672 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert installert på nytt:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert installerte på nytt:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:677 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert installert på nytt:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert installerte på nytt:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:682 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert installert på nytt:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vert installerte på nytt:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:694 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert installert på nytt;" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert installerte på nytt:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:833 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "Denne anbefalte pakken vart automatisk vald:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte pakkane vart automatisk valde:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:838 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "Denne anbefalte programfiksen vart automatisk vald:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte programfiksane vart automatisk valde:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:843 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "Dette anbefalte mønstert vart automatisk vald:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte mønstera vart automatisk valde:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:848 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "Dette anbefalte produktet vart automatisk valt:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte produkta vart automatisk valde:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:853 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "Denne anbefalte kjeldepakken vart automatisk vald:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte kjeldepakkane vart automatisk valde:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:858 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "Dette anbefalte programmet vart automatisk valt:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte programma vert automatisk valde:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:902 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert (berre obligatoriske pakkar vert installerte):" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte (berre obligatoriske pakkar vert installerte):" - -#: src/Summary.cc:914 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert, sidan han er uønskt (han har blitt manuelt avinstallert før):" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte, sidan dei er uønskte (dei har blitt manuelt avinstallerte før):" - -#: src/Summary.cc:924 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert, på grunn av konfliktar eller avhengnadsproblem:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte, på grunn av konfliktar eller avhengnadsproblem:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:937 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:941 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:945 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:949 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:989 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette pakken er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:994 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:999 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1004 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1009 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1030 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vil endra arkitektur:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vil endra arkitektur:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1035 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vil endra arkitektur:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vil endra arkitektur:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1040 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vil endra arkitektur:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vil endra arkitektur:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1045 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vil endra arkitektur:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vil endra arkitektur:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1050 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vil endra arkitektur:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vil endra arkitektur:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1071 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vil endra leverandør:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vil endra leverandør:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1076 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vil endra leverandør:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vil endra leverandør:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1081 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:" -msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vil endra leverandør:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vil endra leverandør:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1086 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:" -msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:" -msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vil endra leverandør:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vil endra leverandør:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1091 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:" -msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:" -msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vil endra leverandør:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vil endra leverandør:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1111 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er ikkje støtta av leverandøren:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er ikkje støtta av leverandøren:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1131 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:" -msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken treng ei ekstra kundekontrakt for å vera støtta:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane treng ei ekstra kundekontrakt for å vera støtta:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1149 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakkeoppdateringa vert IKKJE installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkeoppdateringane vert IKKJE installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1154 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne produktoppdateringa vert IKKJE installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d produktoppdateringane vert IKKJE installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1159 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:" -msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programoppdateringa vert IKKJE installert:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programoppdateringane vert IKKJE installerte:" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1189 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following item is locked and will not be changed by any action:" -msgid_plural "The following %d items are locked and will not be changed by any action:" -msgstr[0] "Dette elementet er låst, og vert ikkje endra av nokon handlingar:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d elementa er låste, og vert ikkje endra av nokon handlingar:" - #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "Tilgjengeleg" -#: src/Summary.cc:1218 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "The following patch requires a system reboot:" -msgid_plural "The following %d patches require a system reboot:" -msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen krev omstart av systemet:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane krev omstart av systemet:" - # Bevisst bruk av punktum i staden for mellomrom på slutten. -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "Samla storleik på nedlasting: %1%. Alt nedlasta: %2%." -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "Berre nedlasting." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "Etter handlinga vert det brukt %s meir diskplass." -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "Ingen ledig plass vert teken i bruk eller frigjord etter handlinga." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "Handlinga vil frigjera %s diskplass." -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1278 -msgid "package to upgrade" -msgid_plural "packages to upgrade" -msgstr[0] "pakke som skal oppgraderast" -msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal oppgraderast" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1289 -msgid "to downgrade" -msgid_plural "to downgrade" -msgstr[0] "skal nedgraderast" -msgstr[1] "skal nedgraderast" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1292 -msgid "package to downgrade" -msgid_plural "packages to downgrade" -msgstr[0] "pakke som skal nedgraderast" -msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal nedgraderast" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new" -#: src/Summary.cc:1303 -msgid "new" -msgid_plural "new" -msgstr[0] "ny" -msgstr[1] "nye" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install" -#: src/Summary.cc:1306 -msgid "new package to install" -msgid_plural "new packages to install" -msgstr[0] "ny pakke som skal installerast" -msgstr[1] "nye pakker som skal installerast" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1317 -msgid "to reinstall" -msgid_plural "to reinstall" -msgstr[0] "skal installerast på nytt" -msgstr[1] "skal installerast på nytt" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1320 -msgid "package to reinstall" -msgid_plural "packages to reinstall" -msgstr[0] "pakke som skal installerast på nytt" -msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal installerast på nytt" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1331 -msgid "to remove" -msgid_plural "to remove" -msgstr[0] "som skal fjernast" -msgstr[1] "som skal fjernast" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1334 -msgid "package to remove" -msgid_plural "packages to remove" -msgstr[0] "pakke som skal fjernast" -msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal fjernast" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1345 -msgid "to change vendor" -msgid_plural " to change vendor" -msgstr[0] "med endra leverandør" -msgstr[1] " med endra leverandør" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1348 -msgid "package will change vendor" -msgid_plural "packages will change vendor" -msgstr[0] "pakke vil få endra leverandør" -msgstr[1] "pakkar vil få endra leverandør" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1359 -msgid "to change arch" -msgid_plural "to change arch" -msgstr[0] "med endra arkitektur" -msgstr[1] "med endra arkitektur" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..." -#: src/Summary.cc:1362 -msgid "package will change arch" -msgid_plural "packages will change arch" -msgstr[0] "pakke vil få endra arkitektur" -msgstr[1] "pakkar vil få endra arkitektur" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new" -#: src/Summary.cc:1373 -msgid "source package" -msgid_plural "source packages" -msgstr[0] "kjeldekodepakke" -msgstr[1] "kjeldekodepakkar" - -#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install" -#: src/Summary.cc:1376 -msgid "source package to install" -msgid_plural "source packages to install" -msgstr[0] "kjeldekodepakke som skal installerast" -msgstr[1] "kjeldekodepakkar som skal installerast" - -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "Krev systemomstart." @@ -1149,13 +610,6 @@ msgid "The gpg key signing file '%1%' has expired." msgstr "GPG-nøkkelsigneringsfila «%1%» er utgått på dato." -#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:75 -#, boost-format -msgid "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% day." -msgid_plural "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% days." -msgstr[0] "GPG-nøkkelsigneringsfila «%1%» utgår på data om %2% dag." -msgstr[1] "GPG-nøkkelsigneringsfila «%1%» utgår på data om %2% dagar." - #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:98 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Accepting an unsigned file '%s'." @@ -1286,7 +740,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Vil du halda fram?" @@ -1385,22 +839,6 @@ msgid "Checking for file conflicts requires not installed packages to be downloaded in advance in order to access their file lists. See option '%1%' in the zypper manual page for details." msgstr "" -#. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of packages); detailed list follows -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:379 -#, boost-format -msgid "The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because it is not yet downloaded:" -msgid_plural "The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check because they are not yet downloaded:" -msgstr[0] "Denne pakken kunne ikkje takast med i kontrollen for filkonfliktar, sidan han ikkje er nedlasta enno:" -msgstr[1] "Desse %1% pakkane kunne ikkje takast med i kontrollen for filkonfliktar, sidan dei ikkje er nedlasta enno:" - -#. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of conflicts); detailed list follows -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:390 -#, boost-format -msgid "Detected %1% file conflict:" -msgid_plural "Detected %1% file conflicts:" -msgstr[0] "Fann %1% filkonflikt:" -msgstr[1] "Fann %1% filkonfliktar:" - #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:398 msgid "Conflicting files will be replaced." msgstr "Filer med konfliktar vert bytte ut." @@ -1636,8 +1074,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "" @@ -1756,7 +1194,7 @@ msgid "Target initialization failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:915 src/Zypper.cc:4409 +#: src/repos.cc:915 src/Zypper.cc:4441 msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" @@ -1775,7 +1213,7 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5303 +#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5346 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" @@ -1809,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "Adresse" #. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed) -#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/utils/misc.cc:509 +#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/ps.cc:125 msgid "Service" msgstr "Teneste" @@ -1981,7 +1419,7 @@ msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3285 +#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3317 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "" @@ -2281,34 +1719,6 @@ msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:3195 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/repos.cc:3203 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/repos.cc:3211 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/repos.cc:3219 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #: src/repos.cc:3228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." @@ -2378,22 +1788,6 @@ msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified." msgstr "" -#. translators: %d is the number of needed patches -#: src/update.cc:173 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "%d patch needed" -msgid_plural "%d patches needed" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#. translators: %d is the number of security patches -#: src/update.cc:177 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "%d security patch" -msgid_plural "%d security patches" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #. translators: package's repository (header) #. translators: package's repository (header) #: src/update.cc:313 src/update.cc:543 src/search.cc:53 src/search.cc:77 @@ -2523,25 +1917,29 @@ msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:101 +#: src/Zypper.cc:102 #, boost-format msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use global option %2% instead." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:102 +#: src/Zypper.cc:103 #, boost-format msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:164 +#: src/Zypper.cc:183 msgid "Command options:" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:167 src/Zypper.cc:2190 +#: src/Zypper.cc:186 src/Zypper.cc:2212 msgid "Expert options:" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:280 +#: src/Zypper.cc:189 +msgid "This command has no additional options." +msgstr "" + +#: src/Zypper.cc:302 msgid "" " Global Options:\n" "\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n" @@ -2564,7 +1962,7 @@ "\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnore unknown packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:302 +#: src/Zypper.cc:324 msgid "" "\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n" "\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n" @@ -2574,7 +1972,7 @@ "\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:310 +#: src/Zypper.cc:332 msgid "" " Repository Options:\n" "\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n" @@ -2590,7 +1988,7 @@ "\t--releasever\t\tSet the value of $releasever in all .repo files (default: distribution version)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:324 +#: src/Zypper.cc:346 msgid "" " Target Options:\n" "\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n" @@ -2598,14 +1996,14 @@ "\t\t\t\tDo not read installed packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:331 +#: src/Zypper.cc:353 msgid "" " Commands:\n" "\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n" "\tshell, sh\t\tAccept multiple commands at once.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:336 +#: src/Zypper.cc:358 msgid "" " Repository Management:\n" "\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n" @@ -2617,7 +2015,7 @@ "\tclean\t\t\tClean local caches.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:346 +#: src/Zypper.cc:368 msgid "" " Service Management:\n" "\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n" @@ -2627,7 +2025,7 @@ "\trefresh-services, refs\tRefresh all services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:354 +#: src/Zypper.cc:376 msgid "" " Software Management:\n" "\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n" @@ -2640,7 +2038,7 @@ "\t\t\t\tby installed packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:365 +#: src/Zypper.cc:387 msgid "" " Update Management:\n" "\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n" @@ -2651,7 +2049,7 @@ "\tpatch-check, pchk\tCheck for patches.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:374 +#: src/Zypper.cc:396 msgid "" " Querying:\n" "\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n" @@ -2666,7 +2064,7 @@ "\twhat-provides, wp\tList packages providing specified capability.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:389 +#: src/Zypper.cc:411 msgid "" " Package Locks:\n" "\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n" @@ -2675,7 +2073,7 @@ "\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tRemove unused locks.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:396 +#: src/Zypper.cc:418 msgid "" " Other Commands:\n" "\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n" @@ -2687,13 +2085,13 @@ "\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:406 +#: src/Zypper.cc:428 msgid "" " Subcommands:\n" "\tsubcommand\t\tLists available subcommands.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:411 +#: src/Zypper.cc:433 msgid "" " Usage:\n" "\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n" @@ -2702,119 +2100,119 @@ #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:439 +#: src/Zypper.cc:461 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:448 +#: src/Zypper.cc:470 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:624 +#: src/Zypper.cc:646 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Verbosity: %d" msgstr "Detaljnivå: %d" -#: src/Zypper.cc:638 +#: src/Zypper.cc:660 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid table style %d." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:639 +#: src/Zypper.cc:661 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d" msgstr "" #. translators: %1% - is the name of a subcommand -#: src/Zypper.cc:751 +#: src/Zypper.cc:773 #, boost-format msgid "Subcommand %1% does not support zypper global options." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:773 +#: src/Zypper.cc:795 msgid "Enforced setting" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:783 +#: src/Zypper.cc:805 msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:806 src/Zypper.cc:3019 +#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:3051 msgid "Entering non-interactive mode." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:812 +#: src/Zypper.cc:834 msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:818 +#: src/Zypper.cc:840 msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:825 +#: src/Zypper.cc:847 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:838 +#: src/Zypper.cc:860 msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:854 +#: src/Zypper.cc:876 msgid "" "The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n" "The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:893 +#: src/Zypper.cc:915 msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:905 +#: src/Zypper.cc:927 msgid "Autorefresh disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:912 +#: src/Zypper.cc:934 msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:919 +#: src/Zypper.cc:941 msgid "Remote repositories disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:926 +#: src/Zypper.cc:948 msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables." msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo" #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name" -#: src/Zypper.cc:954 src/Zypper.cc:1004 +#: src/Zypper.cc:976 src/Zypper.cc:1026 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1164 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1186 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1166 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1188 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "See '%s' for all available options." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1191 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1213 msgid "Unexpected exception." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. second %s = "package", #. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1298 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1320 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n" @@ -2859,7 +2257,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "package" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1369 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1391 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n" @@ -2885,7 +2283,7 @@ " --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1406 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1428 msgid "" "source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n" "\n" @@ -2898,7 +2296,7 @@ " --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1443 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1465 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "verify (ve) [options]\n" @@ -2918,7 +2316,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1483 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1505 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n" @@ -2936,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported) -#: src/Zypper.cc:1513 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1535 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" @@ -2950,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1536 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1558 msgid "" "removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -2962,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1572 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1594 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n" @@ -2991,7 +2389,7 @@ "-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to services of specified type.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1620 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1642 msgid "" "services (ls) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3008,7 +2406,7 @@ "-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1648 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1670 msgid "" "refresh-services (refs) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3021,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1680 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1702 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" @@ -3044,14 +2442,14 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:1735 src/Zypper.cc:2876 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1757 src/Zypper.cc:2908 msgid "" "list-resolvables (lr)\n" "\n" "List available resolvable types.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1743 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1765 msgid "" "repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3073,7 +2471,7 @@ "-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1775 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1797 msgid "" "removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -3084,7 +2482,7 @@ " --loose-query Ignore query string in the URI.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1794 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1816 msgid "" "renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n" "\n" @@ -3095,7 +2493,7 @@ #. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type" #. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1827 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1849 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n" @@ -3122,7 +2520,7 @@ "-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to repositories of specified type.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1869 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1891 msgid "" "refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3138,7 +2536,7 @@ "-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1898 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1920 msgid "" "clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3153,7 +2551,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "patch" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1927 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1949 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "list-updates (lu) [options]\n" @@ -3175,7 +2573,7 @@ #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. the second %s = "patch", #. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1984 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n" @@ -3214,7 +2612,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2057 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2079 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "patch [options]\n" @@ -3249,11 +2647,11 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2088 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2110 msgid "Install only patches which affect the package management itself." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2110 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2132 msgid "" "list-patches (lp) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3270,7 +2668,7 @@ " --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List only patches issued up to, but not including, the specified date\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2165 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2187 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n" @@ -3299,23 +2697,23 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2191 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2213 msgid "Whether to allow downgrading installed resolvables." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2192 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2214 msgid "Whether to allow changing the names of installed resolvables." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2193 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2215 msgid "Whether to allow changing the architecture of installed resolvables." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2194 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2216 msgid "Whether to allow changing the vendor of installed resolvables." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2232 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2254 msgid "" "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3351,7 +2749,7 @@ "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2281 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2303 msgid "" "patch-check (pchk) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3362,11 +2760,11 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2289 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2311 msgid "Check only for patches which affect the package management itself." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2305 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2327 msgid "" "patches (pch) [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3377,7 +2775,7 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2336 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2358 msgid "" "packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3396,7 +2794,7 @@ "-R, --sort-by-repo Sort the list by repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2368 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2390 msgid "" "patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3409,7 +2807,7 @@ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only patterns which are not installed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2394 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2416 msgid "" "products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3422,7 +2820,7 @@ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only products which are not installed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2426 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2448 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "info (if) [options] <name> ...\n" @@ -3445,7 +2843,7 @@ " --suggests Show suggests.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2459 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2481 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "patch-info <patchname> ...\n" @@ -3455,7 +2853,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2478 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2500 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n" @@ -3465,7 +2863,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2497 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2519 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "product-info <product_name> ...\n" @@ -3475,7 +2873,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2514 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2536 msgid "" "what-provides (wp) <capability>\n" "\n" @@ -3484,7 +2882,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2565 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2587 msgid "" "moo\n" "\n" @@ -3493,7 +2891,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2587 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2609 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n" @@ -3506,7 +2904,7 @@ " Default: %s.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2614 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2636 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n" @@ -3519,7 +2917,7 @@ " Default: %s.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2636 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2658 msgid "" "locks (ll)\n" "\n" @@ -3528,7 +2926,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2656 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2678 msgid "" "cleanlocks (cl)\n" "\n" @@ -3539,7 +2937,7 @@ "-e, --only-empty Clean only locks which doesn't lock anything.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2677 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2699 msgid "" "targetos (tos) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3550,7 +2948,7 @@ "-l, --label Show the operating system label.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2698 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2720 msgid "" "versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n" "\n" @@ -3560,7 +2958,7 @@ "-m, --match Takes missing release number as any release.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2717 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2739 msgid "" "licenses\n" "\n" @@ -3569,16 +2967,28 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2736 -msgid "" -"ps\n" -"\n" -"List running processes which might use files deleted by recent upgrades.\n" -"\n" -"This command has no additional options.\n" +#. translators: command synopsis; do not translate the command 'name (abbreviations)' or '-option' names +#: src/Zypper.cc:2763 +msgid "ps [options]" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2759 +#. translators: command description +#: src/Zypper.cc:2766 +msgid "List running processes which might still use files and libraries deleted by recent upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: -s, --short +#: src/Zypper.cc:2770 +msgid "Create a short table not showing the deleted files. Given twice, show only processes which are associated with a system service. Given three times, list the associated system service names only." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: --print <format> +#: src/Zypper.cc:2772 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "For each associated system service print <format> on the standard output, followed by a newline. Any '%s' directive in <format> is replaced by the the system service name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/Zypper.cc:2791 msgid "" "download [options] <packages>...\n" "\n" @@ -3599,7 +3009,7 @@ " would be done.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2798 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2830 msgid "" "source-download\n" "\n" @@ -3615,7 +3025,7 @@ " but show which source rpms are missing or extraneous.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2825 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2857 msgid "" "quit (exit, ^D)\n" "\n" @@ -3624,7 +3034,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2842 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2874 msgid "" "shell (sh)\n" "\n" @@ -3634,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2860 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2892 msgid "" "service-types (st)\n" "\n" @@ -3644,7 +3054,7 @@ #. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of #. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations #. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt. -#: src/Zypper.cc:2898 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2930 msgid "" "mount\n" "\n" @@ -3656,7 +3066,7 @@ "-r, --recurse Dive into subdirectories.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2927 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2959 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n" @@ -3665,62 +3075,62 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2944 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2976 msgid "" "ping [options]\n" "\n" "This command has dummy implementation which always returns 0.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2987 src/Zypper.cc:5289 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3019 src/Zypper.cc:5332 msgid "Unexpected program flow." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3036 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3068 msgid "Non-option program arguments: " msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3092 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3124 msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3098 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3130 msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3107 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3139 msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3109 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3141 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want -#: src/Zypper.cc:3162 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3194 msgid "" " \\\\\\\\\\\n \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n" "__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3190 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3222 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3217 src/Zypper.cc:3335 src/Zypper.cc:3566 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3249 src/Zypper.cc:3367 src/Zypper.cc:3598 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3286 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3318 msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3316 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3348 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3318 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3350 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types." msgstr "" @@ -3729,296 +3139,289 @@ #. followed by ms command help text which will explain it #. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be #. followed by mr command help text which will explain it -#: src/Zypper.cc:3347 src/Zypper.cc:3717 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3379 src/Zypper.cc:3749 msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3381 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3413 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found." msgstr "Fann ikkje tenesta «%s»." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3413 src/Zypper.cc:3565 src/Zypper.cc:3649 src/Zypper.cc:3704 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3445 src/Zypper.cc:3597 src/Zypper.cc:3681 src/Zypper.cc:3736 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3468 src/Zypper.cc:3834 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3500 src/Zypper.cc:3866 msgid "Too few arguments." msgstr "For få argument." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3492 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3524 msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3522 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3554 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3543 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3575 msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3545 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3577 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3573 src/Zypper.cc:4877 src/utils/messages.cc:48 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3605 src/Zypper.cc:4909 src/utils/messages.cc:48 msgid "Required argument missing." msgstr "Manglar obligatorisk argument." #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no repository counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3599 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3631 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no service counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3622 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3654 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3656 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3688 msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3680 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3712 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3750 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3782 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository %s not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3770 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3802 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3777 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3809 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3786 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3818 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3814 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3846 msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3835 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3867 msgid "At least one package name is required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3845 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3877 msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages." msgstr "" #. translators: rug related message, shown if #. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified -#: src/Zypper.cc:3857 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3889 msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3867 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3899 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Unknown package type: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3878 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3910 msgid "Cannot uninstall patches." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3879 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3911 msgid "" "Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n" "Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n" "or similar." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3890 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3922 msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3911 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3943 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3924 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3956 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3949 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3981 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3974 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4006 msgid "Plain RPM files cache" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3991 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4023 msgid "No valid arguments specified." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4005 src/Zypper.cc:4143 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4037 src/Zypper.cc:4175 msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name -#: src/Zypper.cc:4043 src/Zypper.cc:4665 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4075 src/Zypper.cc:4697 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%s contradicts %s" msgstr "" #. translators: meaning --force with --capability -#: src/Zypper.cc:4052 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4084 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4096 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4128 msgid "Source package name is a required argument." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4186 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4218 msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4210 src/Zypper.cc:4570 src/Zypper.cc:4686 src/Zypper.cc:4905 -#: src/Zypper.cc:4973 src/Zypper.cc:5018 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4242 src/Zypper.cc:4602 src/Zypper.cc:4718 src/Zypper.cc:4937 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5005 src/Zypper.cc:5050 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Unknown package type '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4233 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4265 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4364 src/search.cc:594 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4396 src/search.cc:594 msgid "No packages found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4407 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4439 msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4408 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4440 msgid "See the above message for a hint." msgstr "" #. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option. -#: src/Zypper.cc:4591 src/Zypper.cc:4732 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4623 src/Zypper.cc:4764 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4599 src/Zypper.cc:4651 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4631 src/Zypper.cc:4683 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4632 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4664 msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4693 src/Zypper.cc:4701 src/Zypper.cc:4789 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4725 src/Zypper.cc:4733 src/Zypper.cc:4821 msgid "Operation not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4694 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "To update installed products use '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4703 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4735 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4721 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4753 msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4829 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4861 msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4850 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4882 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command." msgstr "Du er i ferd med å oppgradera distribusjonen med alle aktiverte pakkebrønnar. Kontroller at alle pakkebrønnane er kompatible før du held fram. Køyr «%s» for meir informasjon om denne kommandoen." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4880 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4912 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 #: src/utils/messages.cc:68 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4935 src/Zypper.cc:4996 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4967 src/Zypper.cc:5028 msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5064 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5123 #, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Removed %lu lock." -msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/Zypper.cc:5091 -#, c-format, boost-format msgid "Distribution Label: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5093 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5125 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Short Label: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5139 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5171 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%s matches %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5141 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5173 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%s is newer than %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5143 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5175 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "%s is older than %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5216 src/source-download.cc:217 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5259 src/source-download.cc:217 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5274 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5317 msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5286 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5329 msgid "You already are running zypper's shell." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5303 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5346 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5372 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5415 msgid "Resolvable Type" msgstr "" @@ -4033,20 +3436,6 @@ msgid " Solution %d: " msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:79 -msgid "Choose the above solution using '1' or skip, retry or cancel" -msgid_plural "Choose from above solutions by number or skip, retry or cancel" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#. translators: translate 'c' to whatever you translated the 'c' in -#. "c" and "s/r/c" strings -#: src/solve-commit.cc:86 -msgid "Choose the above solution using '1' or cancel using 'c'" -msgid_plural "Choose from above solutions by number or cancel" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #. translators: answers for dependency problem solution input prompt: #. "Choose from above solutions by number or skip, retry or cancel" #. Translate the letters to whatever is suitable for your language. @@ -4074,13 +3463,6 @@ msgid "Applying solution %s" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:163 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "%d Problem:" -msgid_plural "%d Problems:" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #. should not happen! If solve() failed at least one problem must be set! #: src/solve-commit.cc:167 msgid "Specified capability not found" @@ -4127,49 +3509,55 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/utils/misc.cc:483 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" + +#. Here: Table output +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/utils/misc.cc:491 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "j/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Bereknar distribusjonsoppgradering …" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" @@ -4183,75 +3571,75 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "j/n/p/v/a/b/l/d/v" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "" #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" @@ -4261,26 +3649,77 @@ "- use another repository" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "" +#. process ID +#: src/ps.cc:115 +msgid "PID" +msgstr "" + +#. parent process ID +#: src/ps.cc:117 +msgid "PPID" +msgstr "" + +#. process user ID +#: src/ps.cc:119 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. process login name +#: src/ps.cc:121 +msgid "User" +msgstr "" + +#. process command name +#: src/ps.cc:123 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "" + +#. "list of deleted files or libraries accessed" +#: src/ps.cc:129 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ps.cc:160 +msgid "No processes using deleted files found." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ps.cc:164 +msgid "The following running processes use deleted files:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ps.cc:167 +msgid "You may wish to restart these processes." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ps.cc:168 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ps.cc:175 +msgid "Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be incomplete." +msgstr "" + #: src/source-download.cc:208 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'." @@ -4598,12 +4037,6 @@ msgid "Error reading the locks file:" msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:163 -msgid "Specified lock has been successfully added." -msgid_plural "Specified locks have been successfully added." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #: src/locks.cc:170 msgid "Problem adding the package lock:" msgstr "" @@ -4616,13 +4049,6 @@ msgid "No lock has been removed." msgstr "" -#: src/locks.cc:243 -#, c-format -msgid "%zu lock has been successfully removed." -msgid_plural "%zu locks have been successfully removed." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #: src/locks.cc:250 msgid "Problem removing the package lock:" msgstr "" @@ -4745,13 +4171,6 @@ msgid "a/r/i" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second." -msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - #: src/utils/prompt.cc:238 msgid "Trying again..." msgstr "" @@ -4774,170 +4193,471 @@ "option to make zypper use default answers to prompts." msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:118 -msgid "package" -msgid_plural "packages" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/utils/misc.cc:120 -msgid "pattern" -msgid_plural "patterns" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/utils/misc.cc:122 -msgid "product" -msgid_plural "product" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/utils/misc.cc:124 -msgid "patch" -msgid_plural "patches" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/utils/misc.cc:126 -msgid "srcpackage" -msgid_plural "srcpackages" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/utils/misc.cc:128 -msgid "application" -msgid_plural "applications" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#. default -#: src/utils/misc.cc:130 -msgid "resolvable" -msgid_plural "resolvables" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#: src/utils/misc.cc:139 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:137 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:146 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:144 msgid "Needed" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:151 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:149 msgid "Not Needed" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:202 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:200 msgid "Specified local path does not exist or is not accessible." msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:214 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:212 msgid "Given URI is invalid" msgstr "" #. Guess failed: #. translators: don't translate '<platform>' -#: src/utils/misc.cc:305 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:303 msgid "Unable to guess a value for <platform>." msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:306 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:304 msgid "Please use obs://<project>/<platform>" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:307 src/utils/misc.cc:336 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:305 src/utils/misc.cc:334 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Example: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:335 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:333 msgid "Invalid OBS URI." msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:335 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:333 msgid "Correct form is obs://<project>/[platform]" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:386 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:384 msgid "Problem copying the specified RPM file to the cache directory." msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:387 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:385 msgid "Perhaps you are running out of disk space." msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:395 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:393 msgid "Problem retrieving the specified RPM file" msgstr "" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:396 +#: src/utils/misc.cc:394 msgid "Please check whether the file is accessible." msgstr "" -#. process ID -#: src/utils/misc.cc:499 -msgid "PID" +#: src/utils/misc.cc:511 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "Unknown download mode '%s'." msgstr "" -#. parent process ID -#: src/utils/misc.cc:501 -msgid "PPID" +#: src/utils/misc.cc:512 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "Available download modes: %s" msgstr "" -#. process user ID -#: src/utils/misc.cc:503 -msgid "UID" +#: src/utils/misc.cc:526 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'." msgstr "" -#. process login name -#: src/utils/misc.cc:505 -msgid "User" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne NYE pakken vert installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE pakkane vert installerte:" -#. process command name -#: src/utils/misc.cc:507 -msgid "Command" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne NYE programfiksen vert installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE programfiksane vert installerte:" -#. "list of deleted files or libraries accessed" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:511 -msgid "Files" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette NYE mønsteret vert installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE mønstera vert installerte:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:531 -msgid "No processes using deleted files found." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette NYE produktet vert installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d NYE produkta vert installerte:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:535 -msgid "The following running processes use deleted files:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne kjeldepakken vert installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d kjeldepakkane vert installerte:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:538 -msgid "You may wish to restart these processes." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following application is going to be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert installerte:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:540 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert FJERNA:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert FJERNA:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:548 -msgid "Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be incomplete." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert FJERNA:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert FJERNA:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:589 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Unknown download mode '%s'." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert FJERNA:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert FJERNA:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:590 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Available download modes: %s" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert FJERNA:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vert FJERNA:" -#: src/utils/misc.cc:604 -#, c-format, boost-format -msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert FJERNA:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert FJERNA:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert oppgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert oppgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert oppgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert oppgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert oppgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert oppgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert oppgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vert oppgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert oppgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert oppgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert nedgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert nedgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert nedgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert nedgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert nedgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert nedgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert nedgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert nedgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert nedgradert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert nedgraderte:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vert installert på nytt:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vert installerte på nytt:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vert installert på nytt:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vert installerte på nytt:" + +#~ msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vert installert på nytt:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vert installerte på nytt:" + +#~ msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vert installert på nytt:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vert installerte på nytt:" + +#~ msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vert installert på nytt;" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vert installerte på nytt:" + +#~ msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne anbefalte pakken vart automatisk vald:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte pakkane vart automatisk valde:" + +#~ msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne anbefalte programfiksen vart automatisk vald:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte programfiksane vart automatisk valde:" + +#~ msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette anbefalte mønstert vart automatisk vald:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte mønstera vart automatisk valde:" + +#~ msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette anbefalte produktet vart automatisk valt:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte produkta vart automatisk valde:" + +#~ msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne anbefalte kjeldepakken vart automatisk vald:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte kjeldepakkane vart automatisk valde:" + +#~ msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette anbefalte programmet vart automatisk valt:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d anbefalte programma vert automatisk valde:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert (berre obligatoriske pakkar vert installerte):" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte (berre obligatoriske pakkar vert installerte):" + +#~ msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert, sidan han er uønskt (han har blitt manuelt avinstallert før):" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte, sidan dei er uønskte (dei har blitt manuelt avinstallerte før):" + +#~ msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert, på grunn av konfliktar eller avhengnadsproblem:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte, på grunn av konfliktar eller avhengnadsproblem:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet er anbefalt, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma er anbefalte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette pakken er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet er foreslått, men vert ikkje installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma er foreslåtte, men vert ikkje installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vil endra arkitektur:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vil endra arkitektur:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vil endra arkitektur:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vil endra arkitektur:" + +#~ msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vil endra arkitektur:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vil endra arkitektur:" + +#~ msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vil endra arkitektur:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vil endra arkitektur:" + +#~ msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vil endra arkitektur:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vil endra arkitektur:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken vil endra leverandør:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane vil endra leverandør:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen vil endra leverandør:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane vil endra leverandør:" + +#~ msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette mønsteret vil endra leverandør:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d mønstera vil endra leverandør:" + +#~ msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette produktet vil endra leverandør:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produkta vil endra leverandør:" + +#~ msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette programmet vil endra leverandør:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programma vil endra leverandør:" + +#~ msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken er ikkje støtta av leverandøren:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane er ikkje støtta av leverandøren:" + +#~ msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken treng ei ekstra kundekontrakt for å vera støtta:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkane treng ei ekstra kundekontrakt for å vera støtta:" + +#~ msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakkeoppdateringa vert IKKJE installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d pakkeoppdateringane vert IKKJE installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne produktoppdateringa vert IKKJE installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d produktoppdateringane vert IKKJE installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programoppdateringa vert IKKJE installert:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programoppdateringane vert IKKJE installerte:" + +#~ msgid "The following item is locked and will not be changed by any action:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d items are locked and will not be changed by any action:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Dette elementet er låst, og vert ikkje endra av nokon handlingar:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d elementa er låste, og vert ikkje endra av nokon handlingar:" + +#~ msgid "The following patch requires a system reboot:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %d patches require a system reboot:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne programfiksen krev omstart av systemet:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %d programfiksane krev omstart av systemet:" + +#~ msgid "package to upgrade" +#~ msgid_plural "packages to upgrade" +#~ msgstr[0] "pakke som skal oppgraderast" +#~ msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal oppgraderast" + +#~ msgid "to downgrade" +#~ msgid_plural "to downgrade" +#~ msgstr[0] "skal nedgraderast" +#~ msgstr[1] "skal nedgraderast" + +#~ msgid "package to downgrade" +#~ msgid_plural "packages to downgrade" +#~ msgstr[0] "pakke som skal nedgraderast" +#~ msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal nedgraderast" + +#~ msgid "new" +#~ msgid_plural "new" +#~ msgstr[0] "ny" +#~ msgstr[1] "nye" + +#~ msgid "new package to install" +#~ msgid_plural "new packages to install" +#~ msgstr[0] "ny pakke som skal installerast" +#~ msgstr[1] "nye pakker som skal installerast" + +#~ msgid "to reinstall" +#~ msgid_plural "to reinstall" +#~ msgstr[0] "skal installerast på nytt" +#~ msgstr[1] "skal installerast på nytt" + +#~ msgid "package to reinstall" +#~ msgid_plural "packages to reinstall" +#~ msgstr[0] "pakke som skal installerast på nytt" +#~ msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal installerast på nytt" + +#~ msgid "to remove" +#~ msgid_plural "to remove" +#~ msgstr[0] "som skal fjernast" +#~ msgstr[1] "som skal fjernast" + +#~ msgid "package to remove" +#~ msgid_plural "packages to remove" +#~ msgstr[0] "pakke som skal fjernast" +#~ msgstr[1] "pakkar som skal fjernast" + +#~ msgid "to change vendor" +#~ msgid_plural " to change vendor" +#~ msgstr[0] "med endra leverandør" +#~ msgstr[1] " med endra leverandør" + +#~ msgid "package will change vendor" +#~ msgid_plural "packages will change vendor" +#~ msgstr[0] "pakke vil få endra leverandør" +#~ msgstr[1] "pakkar vil få endra leverandør" + +#~ msgid "to change arch" +#~ msgid_plural "to change arch" +#~ msgstr[0] "med endra arkitektur" +#~ msgstr[1] "med endra arkitektur" + +#~ msgid "package will change arch" +#~ msgid_plural "packages will change arch" +#~ msgstr[0] "pakke vil få endra arkitektur" +#~ msgstr[1] "pakkar vil få endra arkitektur" + +#~ msgid "source package" +#~ msgid_plural "source packages" +#~ msgstr[0] "kjeldekodepakke" +#~ msgstr[1] "kjeldekodepakkar" + +#~ msgid "source package to install" +#~ msgid_plural "source packages to install" +#~ msgstr[0] "kjeldekodepakke som skal installerast" +#~ msgstr[1] "kjeldekodepakkar som skal installerast" + +#~ msgid "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% day." +#~ msgid_plural "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% days." +#~ msgstr[0] "GPG-nøkkelsigneringsfila «%1%» utgår på data om %2% dag." +#~ msgstr[1] "GPG-nøkkelsigneringsfila «%1%» utgår på data om %2% dagar." + +#~ msgid "The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because it is not yet downloaded:" +#~ msgid_plural "The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check because they are not yet downloaded:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Denne pakken kunne ikkje takast med i kontrollen for filkonfliktar, sidan han ikkje er nedlasta enno:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Desse %1% pakkane kunne ikkje takast med i kontrollen for filkonfliktar, sidan dei ikkje er nedlasta enno:" + +#~ msgid "Detected %1% file conflict:" +#~ msgid_plural "Detected %1% file conflicts:" +#~ msgstr[0] "Fann %1% filkonflikt:" +#~ msgstr[1] "Fann %1% filkonfliktar:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92863 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-09-28 17:40:33 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92863 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/smt.pot Log: new Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/smt.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/smt.pot (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/50-pot/smt.pot 2015-09-28 15:40:33 UTC (rev 92863) @@ -0,0 +1,1391 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "" +"Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enab" +"led in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "" +"Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "" +"Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "" +"Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authenticati" +"on.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and downloa" +"d of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database." +"\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selectio" +"n box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Pr" +"oduction." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre></p" +">\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre></p" +">" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support S" +"SL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92862 - trunk/lcn/de/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-28 13:26:44 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92862 Modified: trunk/lcn/de/po/opensuse-landing-page.de.po Log: opensuse-landing-page.de.po: Komplett berarbeitet; Rechtschreib- und Grammatikfehler korrigiert; Textpassagen umformuliert (Meta3) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of mirrakor Modified: trunk/lcn/de/po/opensuse-landing-page.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/de/po/opensuse-landing-page.de.po 2015-09-28 11:26:40 UTC (rev 92861) +++ trunk/lcn/de/po/opensuse-landing-page.de.po 2015-09-28 11:26:44 UTC (rev 92862) @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ +#. extracted from en.json # Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>, 2015. -#. extracted from en.json +# Stefan Schlesinger <translate75(a)web.de>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-07-23 10:20+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-21 17:32+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 17:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75(a)web.de>\n" +"Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org >\n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,23 +34,24 @@ "stable platform closest to bleeding edge Linux, Tumbleweed is the best " "choice for you." msgstr "" -"Tumbleweed ist für alle Benutzer welche gerne die neuste Software nutzen " -"möchten. Dies betrifft unter anderem den Linux-Kernel, SAMBA, git, " -"Arbeitsflächen, Office-Anwendungen und viele weitere Pakete. Tumbleweed " -"richtet sich an Power User, Softwareentwickler und an Leute die zur " -"Weiterentwicklung von openSUSE beitragen. Wenn Sie aktuelleSoftware und eine " -"unabhängige Entwicklungsumgebung auf einer stabilen Plattform brauchen, die " -"möglichst nah an den allerneusten Linuxentwicklungen ist, dann ist " -"Tumbleweed die beste Wahl für Sie." +"Tumbleweed ist für alle Benutzer, die gerne die neuste Software, wie z.B. " +"den Linux-Kernel, SAMBA, git, Arbeitsumgebungen, Office-Anwendungen und " +"viele weitere Pakete nutzen möchten. Tumbleweed richtet sich an Power User, " +"Softwareentwickler und an Leute, die zur Weiterentwicklung von openSUSE " +"beitragen. " +"Wenn Sie die aktuellste Software und eine unabhängige Entwicklungsumgebung " +"auf " +"einer stabilen Plattform brauchen, die möglichst nah an den allerneusten " +"Linuxentwicklungen ist, dann ist Tumbleweed die beste Wahl für Sie." #: .token.Automated+testing+for+%2Aany%2A+operating+system%2C+that+can+read+the+screen+and+control+the+test+host+the+same+way+a+user+does. msgid "" "Automated testing for *any* operating system, that can read the screen and " "control the test host the same way a user does." msgstr "" -"Automatisierte Tests für *jedes* Betriebssystem, welches den Bildschirm " +"Automatisierte Tests für *jedes* Betriebssystem, die den Bildschirm " "lesen und den Test-Host auf dieselbe Weise wie ein Benutzer kontrollieren " -"kann." +"können." #: .token.Change+language msgid "Change language" @@ -84,19 +86,21 @@ "Hardware helps Linux development. To learn how you can donate hardware to " "the openSUSE project, email" msgstr "" -"Spenden, die das openSUSE-Projekt zu unterstützten, sind immer willkommen. " -"Tatsächlich ist es so, dass der Open Build Service, welcher auch von einigen " +"Spenden für das openSUSE-Projekt sind immer willkommen. " +"Tatsächlich ist es so, dass der Open Build Service, der auch von einigen " "anderen Open-Source-Projekten genutzt wird, durch eine großzügige " -"Serverspende von AMD für die Projektgemeinschaft verfügbar gemacht wurde. Es " -"ist diese Art von Spenden die es Menschen und Projekten erlaubt zu wachsen " -"und gedeihen. Das Projekt fragt nicht nach Geld, sondern nach " -"Hardwarespenden um die Expertise der Open-Source-Gemeinschaft zu nutzen und " -"die Linuxentwicklung zu stärken, indem es openSUSE-Werkzeuge dem freien und " -"offenen Open-Source-Ökosystem zur Verfügung stellt und somit etwas an die " -"Entwickler, Systemadministratoren und Packer zurück gibt. Hardware hilft der " -"openSUSE-Gemeinschaft! Hardware hilft der Open-Source-Gemeinschaft! Und " -"Hardware hilft der Linuxentwicklung. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie Hardware an das " -"openSUSE-Projekt spenden können, schreiben Sie eine E-Mail an:" +"Serverspende von AMD für die Projektgemeinschaft verfügbar gemacht wurde. " +"Diese Art von Spenden ermöglicht es den Menschen und Projekten zu wachsen " +"und sich weiterzuentwickeln. Das Projekt bittet nicht um Geld, sondern um " +"Hardwarespenden. Unser Ziel ist es, die Fachkenntnisse der " +"Open-Source-Gemeinschaft zu nutzen um die Entwicklung von Linux zu stärken, " +"openSUSE-Werkzeuge dem freien und offenen Open-Source-Ökosystem zur Verfügung " +"zu stellen und somit etwas an die Entwickler, Systemadministratoren und " +"Paketierer " +"zurückzugeben. Hardware hilft der openSUSE-Gemeinschaft! Hardware hilft der " +"Open-Source-Gemeinschaft! Und Hardware hilft der Entwicklung von Linux. " +"Um zu erfahren, wie Sie Hardware an das openSUSE-Projekt spenden können, " +"schreiben Sie eine E-Mail an:" #: .token.Install+Tumbleweed msgid "Install Tumbleweed" @@ -111,16 +115,18 @@ "desktop, configure your system and enjoy the platform of choice for Linux " "developers, administrators and software vendors." msgstr "" -"Neue und erfahrene Linux-Benutzer erhalten die am besten Nutzbare Linux-" -"Distribution und das stabilste Betriebssystem mit der regulären " -"Veröffentlichung von openSUSE. Erhalten Sie Aktualisierungen und härten Sie " -"Ihr Betriebssystem mit openSUSEs neuster großer Distribution. Wählen Sie " +"Mit der regulären Veröffentlichung von openSUSE erhalten neue und erfahrene " +"Linux-Benutzer die am einfachsten nutzbare Linux-Distribution und das " +"stabilste Betriebssystem. " +"Erhalten Sie Aktualisierungen und härten Sie " +"Ihr Betriebssystem mit openSUSEs neuster Hauptdistribution. Wählen Sie " "Ihren Desktop, Konfigurieren Sie Ihr System und genießen Sie die Plattform " "der Wahl für Linux-Entwickler, Administratoren und Softwarehersteller." #: .token.Be+part+of+our+comunity+contributing+with+any+of+the+followings%3A msgid "Be part of our comunity contributing with any of the followings:" -msgstr "Sei Teil unserer Gemeinschaft indem du zu folgenden Dingen beiträgst:" +msgstr "" +"Seien Sie Teil unserer Gemeinschaft indem Sie zu folgenden Dingen beitragen:" #: .token.Social+Network msgid "Social Network" @@ -145,12 +151,12 @@ "Get the newest Linux packages with our rolling release. Fast! Integrated! " "Stabilized! Tested!" msgstr "" -"Holen Sie sich neusten Linuxpakete mit unserem rolling release. Schnell! " -"Integriert!Stabil! Getestet!" +"Holen Sie sich die neusten Linuxpakete mit unserem Rolling Release. Schnell! " +"Integriert! Stabil! Getestet!" #: .token.View+upcoming+conferences msgid "View upcoming conferences" -msgstr "Bevorstehende Konferenzen ansehen" +msgstr "Demnächst stattfindende Konferenzen ansehen" #: .token.Press msgid "Press" @@ -170,7 +176,7 @@ #: .token.Meet+up+with+openSUSE+at+conferences. msgid "Meet up with openSUSE at conferences." -msgstr "Triff dich, mit openSUSE auf Konferenzen." +msgstr "Treffen Sie die openSUSE-Gemeinschaft auf Konferenzen." #: .token.Go+to+link msgid "Go to link" @@ -186,15 +192,16 @@ "Enterprise, Arch, Debian, Fedora, Scientific Linux, RHEL, CentOS, Ubuntu, " "and more." msgstr "" -"Unser Build-Werkzeug baut all unsere Pakete und darüber hinaus auch welche " -"für SUSE Linux Enterprise, Arch, Debian, Fedora, Scientific Linux, RHEL, " +"Unser Build-Werkzeug erstellt alle unsere Pakete und darüber hinaus auch " +"welche für SUSE Linux Enterprise, Arch, Debian, Fedora, Scientific Linux, " +"RHEL, " "CentOS, Ubuntu und weitere." #: .token.The+makers%27+choice+for+sysadmins%2C+developers+and+desktop+users. msgid "The makers' choice for sysadmins, developers and desktop users." msgstr "" "Die Wahl der Macher für Systemadministratoren, Entwickler und " -"Desktopanwendern." +"Desktopanwender." #: .token.Blogs msgid "Blogs" @@ -203,7 +210,7 @@ # Does this reference to downloading software or getting software in general? (e.g. buying a disc, etc.) #: .token.Get+software msgid "Get software" -msgstr "Software besorgen" +msgstr "Software herunterladen" #: .token.openSUSE+TOOLS msgid "openSUSE TOOLS" @@ -214,12 +221,13 @@ "Get the most complete Linux distribution with openSUSE’s latest regular-" "release version!" msgstr "" -"Holen Sie sich die vollständigste Linux-Distribution mit openSUSEs letzter " -"regulär veröffentlichten Version!" +"Holen Sie sich die umfangreichste Linux-Distribution mit der neuesten " +"von OpenSUSE veröffentlichten regulären Version!" #: .token.Find+out+more+about+how+to+participate. msgid "Find out more about how to participate." -msgstr "Finde mehr darüber heraus, wie du beitragen kannst." +msgstr "" +"Erhalten Sie weitere Informationen, wie Sie sich am Projekt beteiligen können." #: .token.Build+Service msgid "Build Service" @@ -244,19 +252,19 @@ "become an advocate for openSUSE by attending events and becoming an " "ambassador." msgstr "" -"openSUSE glaubt das die besten Resultate von Leuten kommen die " -"zusammenarbeiten und Spaß haben. Anders zu sein als andere Open-Source-" +"openSUSE ist davon überzeugt, das die besten Resultate von Leuten kommen, die " +"zusammenarbeiten und Spaß haben. Anders zu sein als andere Open-Source- " "Gemeinschaften macht openSUSE begehrenswert. Wir sind keine konventionelle " -"Gemeinschaft und die Anstrengungen unser Gemeinschaft bestimmt den Weg des " -"Projekts. Die Anstrengungen unserer Gemeinschaft haben einige große " -"Werkzeuge für Linux und eine großartige Distribution geschaffen. Mit " +"Gemeinschaft und die Leistungen unser Gemeinschaft bestimmen den Weg des " +"Projekts. Unsere Gemeinschaft hat einige hervorragende " +"Werkzeuge für Linux und eine großartige Distribution geschaffen. Bei " "openSUSE haben Sie eine Stimme und können leicht zum Projekt beitragen. Wenn " -"Sie sich am openSUSE-Projekt beteiligen ist es egal, ob Sie ein erfahrener " +"Sie sich am openSUSE-Projekt beteiligen, ist es egal, ob Sie ein erfahrener " "Linuxentwickler oder ein Endanwender sind. Treten Sie einem Forum bei, " -"verwalten und aktualisieren Sie unseren Wiki, finden und melden Sie Fehler, " +"verwalten und aktualisieren Sie unser Wiki, finden und melden Sie Fehler, " "überprüfen Sie die Dokumentation, senden Sie Ihre Wunschliste für neue " "Pakete und Funktionen, erstellen und schicken Sie Patches ein oder werden " -"Sie ein Befürworter von openSUSE indem Sie an Veranstaltungen Teilnehmen und " +"Sie ein Befürworter von openSUSE indem Sie an Veranstaltungen teilnehmen und " "Botschafter werden." #: .token.Code @@ -271,8 +279,8 @@ msgid "" "The best/only comprehensive Linux system configuration & installation tool." msgstr "" -"Das beste und umfassendste Werkzeug zur Linux-Systemkonfiguration & " -"Installation." +"Das beste/einzigartige und umfassendste Werkzeug zur " +"Linux-Systemkonfiguration und Installation." #: .token.Conferences msgid "Conferences" @@ -309,8 +317,8 @@ "Machinery is made for the system administrator of the data center. Read more " "about the philosophy behind it." msgstr "" -"Machinery ist gemacht für den Systemadministrator eines Datencenters. Lesen " -"Sie mehr über die Philosophie, die dahinter steht." +"Machinery ist für den Systemadministrator eines Datencenters gedacht. Lesen " +"Sie mehr über die Philosophie, die dahinter steckt." #: .token.CONTRIBUTE+TO+OPENSUSE msgid "CONTRIBUTE TO OPENSUSE" @@ -326,7 +334,7 @@ "even container systems like Docker. Kiwi is the engine that powers SUSE " "Studio." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie Linux-Abbilder für den Einsatz auf realer Hardware, " +"Erstellen Sie Linux-Images für den Einsatz auf realer Hardware, " "Virtualisierung und jetzt sogar auf Container-Systemen wie Docker. Kiwi ist " "der Motor, welcher SUSE Studio antreibt." @@ -337,3 +345,5 @@ #: .token.Tools msgid "Tools" msgstr "Werkzeuge" + +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92861 - trunk/yast/de/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-28 13:26:40 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92861 Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po Log: docker.de.po: Korrektur (Sarah) sysconfig.de.po: berarbeitet (Sarah) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of mirrakor Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2015-09-28 08:13:27 UTC (rev 92860) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2015-09-28 11:26:40 UTC (rev 92861) @@ -2,122 +2,120 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005-2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Antje Faber <afaber(a)suse.de>, 2000-2003. # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999-2003. # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. -# +# Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace(a)gmx.de>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-26 13:52+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace(a)gmx.de>\n" +"Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." msgstr "" +"Der Dienst docker läuft nicht. Soll YaST docker starten? Sonst wird YaST " +"beendet." #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " +"manually." msgstr "" +"Der Dienst docker läuft nicht. Lassen Sie dieses Modul als root laufen oder " +"starten Sie docker manuell." #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Communication with fingerprint reader failed." msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." -msgstr "Kommunikation mit Fingerabdruckleser fehlgeschlagen." +msgstr "" +"Kommunikation mit docker fehlgeschlagen mit Fehlermeldung: %s. Bitte erneut " +"versuchen." #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want\n" #| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "" -"Wollen Sie die Installation\n" -"wirklich beenden?" +"Wollen Sie den laufenden Container\n" +"wirklich anhalten?" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" -msgstr "Wollen Sie die aktuelle Volume-Gruppe wirklich entfernen?" +msgstr "Wollen Sie den Container entfernen?" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want\n" #| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "" -"Wollen Sie die Installation\n" -"wirklich beenden?" +"Wollen Sie wirklich den laufenden Container\n" +"wirklich beenden (kill)?" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Image" msgid "&Images" -msgstr "Abbild" +msgstr "&Abbild" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 -#, fuzzy #| msgid " Container" msgid "&Containers" -msgstr " Container" +msgstr "&Container" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Image" msgid "Docker Images" -msgstr "Datenträger-Image" +msgstr "Docker-Abbild" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgid "Running Docker Containers" -msgstr "Test der Internetverbindung" +msgstr "Docker-Container laufen" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repository" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Tab" msgid "Tag" -msgstr "Tab" +msgstr "Tag" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Image" msgid "Image ID" -msgstr "Abbild" +msgstr "Abbild-ID" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Created: " msgid "Created" -msgstr "Erstellt: " +msgstr "Erstellt" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Virtual Device" msgid "Virtual Size" -msgstr "Virtuelles Gerät" +msgstr "Virtuelle Größe" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 -#, fuzzy #| msgid " Container" msgid "Container ID" -msgstr " Container" +msgstr "Container-ID" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" @@ -132,10 +130,9 @@ msgstr "Status" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Port" msgid "Ports" -msgstr "Port" +msgstr "Ports" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" @@ -143,50 +140,44 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&aufen lassen" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Löschen" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Show Changes" msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "Änderungen an&zeigen" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Terminals" msgid "Inject &Terminal" -msgstr "Terminals" +msgstr "&Terminal anlegen" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 -#, fuzzy #| msgid " Container" msgid "&Stop Container" -msgstr " Container" +msgstr "Container &anhalten" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 -#, fuzzy #| msgid " Container" msgid "&Kill Container" -msgstr " Container" +msgstr "Container &beenden (kill)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Comment" msgid "&Commit" -msgstr "Anmerkung" +msgstr "&Übergeben" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Exit" msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "Verlassen" +msgstr "&Verlassen" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete %1?" msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" -msgstr "Wollen Sie %1 wirklich löschen?" +msgstr "Wollen Sie das Abbild \"%s\" wirklich löschen?" + Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2015-09-28 08:13:27 UTC (rev 92860) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2015-09-28 11:26:40 UTC (rev 92861) @@ -11,20 +11,21 @@ # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Marko Schugardt <mail.sapex(a)gmx.de>, 2009, 2011. # Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>, 2012. +# Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace(a)gmx.de>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 23:26+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-26 13:58+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace(a)gmx.de>\n" +"Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. help text header - sysconfig editor #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 @@ -41,7 +42,9 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "Legt den Wert der Variablen fest. Erfordert die Optionen 'variable' und 'value'" +msgstr "" +"Legt den Wert der Variablen fest. Erfordert die Optionen 'variable' und " +"'value'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -143,7 +146,8 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Verwenden Sie einen kompletten Variablennamen der Form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<DATEI_NAME>\n" +"Verwenden Sie einen kompletten Variablennamen der Form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<" +"DATEI_NAME>\n" "(z. B. %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -319,20 +323,29 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Nachdem Sie Ihre Änderungen gespeichert haben, ändert dieser Editor die\n" "Variablen in der entsprechenden sysconfig-Datei. \n" "Dann werden Kommandos zum Aktivieren ausgeführt. Dabei werden die\n" -"zugrunde liegenden Konfigurationsdateien geändert, Daemons gestartet und gestoppt\n" -"sowie Low Level-Konfigurationstools ausgeführt, sodass Ihre Konfiguration aus\n" +"zugrunde liegenden Konfigurationsdateien geändert, Daemons gestartet und " +"gestoppt\n" +"sowie Low Level-Konfigurationstools ausgeführt, sodass Ihre Konfiguration " +"aus\n" "sysconfig übernommen wird.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "Achtung: Sie können natürlich jede Konfigurationsdatei weiterhin manuell bearbeiten. Der Dateiname wird in der Variablenbeschreibung angezeigt." +msgid "" +"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "" +"Achtung: Sie können natürlich jede Konfigurationsdatei weiterhin " +"manuell bearbeiten. Der Dateiname wird in der Variablenbeschreibung " +"angezeigt." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -345,13 +358,24 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "Editor für SystemkonfigurationMit dem Editor zur Systemkonfiguration können Sie einige Systemeinstellungen vornehmen. Sie können ebenso YaST zur Konfiguration der Hardware- und Systemeinstellungen verwenden." +msgid "" +"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "" +"Editor für SystemkonfigurationMit dem Editor zur " +"Systemkonfiguration können Sie einige Systemeinstellungen vornehmen. Sie " +"können ebenso YaST zur Konfiguration der Hardware- und Systemeinstellungen " +"verwenden." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." -msgstr "Hinweis: Beschreibungen werden nicht übersetzt, da sie direkt aus den Konfigurationsdateien gelesen werden." +msgid "" +"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Hinweis: Beschreibungen werden nicht übersetzt, da sie direkt aus " +"den Konfigurationsdateien gelesen werden." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -380,8 +404,13 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "Hier sehen Sie Ihre Suchergebnisse. Wenn Sie den gewünschten Begriff sehen, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie dann \"Gehen zu\". Andernfalls beenden Sie die Suche mit \"Abbrechen\"." +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"Hier sehen Sie Ihre Suchergebnisse. Wenn Sie den gewünschten Begriff sehen, " +"klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie dann \"Gehen zu\". Andernfalls beenden Sie " +"die Suche mit \"Abbrechen\"." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -563,40 +592,34 @@ #. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart #. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reloading service %1..." msgid "Reloading service %s..." -msgstr "Der Dienst %1 wird neu geladen..." +msgstr "Der Dienst %s wird neu geladen..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" -msgstr "Der Dienst %1 konnte nicht neu geladen werden." +msgstr "Der Dienst %s konnte nicht neu geladen werden." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" -msgstr "Der Dienst %1 wird neu geladen" +msgstr "Der Dienst %s wird neu geladen" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service %1..." msgid "Restarting service %s..." -msgstr "Der Dienst %1 wird neu gestartet..." +msgstr "Der Dienst %s wird neu gestartet..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" -msgstr "Der Dienst %1 konnte nicht neu gestartet werden" +msgstr "Der Dienst %s konnte nicht neu gestartet werden" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" msgid "Service %s will be restarted" -msgstr "Der Dienst %1 wird neu gestartet." +msgstr "Der Dienst %s wird neu gestartet." #. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) #. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil @@ -604,10 +627,11 @@ #. @param service name #. @return [Boolean] active? #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" -msgstr "Der Dienst kann nicht gelöscht werden. Er ist nicht installiert." +msgstr "" +"Der Dienst-Status kann nicht gefunden werden. Der systemd-Dienst existiert " +"nicht:" #. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92860 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 28 Sep '15

28 Sep '15

Author: dmedina Date: 2015-09-28 10:13:27 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92860 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po Log: Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2015-09-27 22:41:39 UTC (rev 92859) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2015-09-28 08:13:27 UTC (rev 92860) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-16 11:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-16 11:01+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 10:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 10:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "No" @@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1023 src/repos.cc:1163 -#: src/repos.cc:2595 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 +#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 #: src/Zypper.cc:5331 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ msgstr "Nom" #. translators: type (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1063 src/repos.cc:1174 -#: src/repos.cc:2604 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipus" @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:674 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:683 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Voleu continuar?" @@ -1788,8 +1788,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Problema obtenint els fitxers de \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3442 src/solve-commit.cc:792 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:824 src/solve-commit.cc:858 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:810 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:842 src/solve-commit.cc:876 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Si us plau, llegiu l'error anterior." @@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." msgstr "Escanejant el contingut del repositori inhabilitat '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1382 +#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1381 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Saltant el repositori \"%s\" a causa de l'error anterior." @@ -1940,231 +1940,231 @@ "Amb l'ordre \"zypper refresh\" com a administrador es podria resoldre el " "problema." -#: src/repos.cc:935 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estat" #. status #. rug's status (active, pending => active, disabled <= enabled, disabled) #. this is probably the closest possible compatibility arrangement -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Active" msgstr "Actiu" -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitat" # DZ -#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5331 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5331 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Àlies" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1031 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1776 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitat" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1035 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:1780 src/repos.cc:2597 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "Comprovació GPG" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1043 src/repos.cc:2599 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Refresca" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1053 src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2603 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritat" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1070 src/repos.cc:1164 src/repos.cc:1782 src/repos.cc:2606 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI (adreça del recurs)" #. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed) -#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/utils/misc.cc:509 +#: src/repos.cc:1079 src/utils/misc.cc:509 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servei" -#: src/repos.cc:1133 +#: src/repos.cc:1132 msgid "No repositories defined." msgstr "No hi ha repositoris definits." -#: src/repos.cc:1134 +#: src/repos.cc:1133 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." msgstr "" "Feu servir l'ordre \"zypper addrepo\" per afegir un o més repositoris." -#: src/repos.cc:1172 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 msgid "Auto-refresh" msgstr "Refresca automàticament" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "On" msgstr "Engegat" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Off" msgstr "Apagat" -#: src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Keep Packages" msgstr "Manté els paquets" -#: src/repos.cc:1175 +#: src/repos.cc:1174 msgid "GPG Key URI" msgstr "Firma GPG de l'adreça del recurs (URI)" -#: src/repos.cc:1176 +#: src/repos.cc:1175 msgid "Path Prefix" msgstr "Prefix del camí" -#: src/repos.cc:1177 +#: src/repos.cc:1176 msgid "Parent Service" msgstr "Servei pare" -#: src/repos.cc:1178 +#: src/repos.cc:1177 msgid "Repo Info Path" msgstr "Repo Info Ruta" -#: src/repos.cc:1179 +#: src/repos.cc:1178 msgid "MD Cache Path" msgstr "Ruta MD de la memòria cau" -#: src/repos.cc:1233 src/repos.cc:1310 src/repos.cc:1469 +#: src/repos.cc:1232 src/repos.cc:1309 src/repos.cc:1468 msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "Error llegint els repositoris:" -#: src/repos.cc:1261 src/repos.cc:2745 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "No es pot obrir %s per a l'escriptura." -#: src/repos.cc:1263 src/repos.cc:2747 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "Potser no teniu els permisos necessaris per fer-hi canvis?" -#: src/repos.cc:1270 src/repos.cc:2754 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "S'han exportat correctament els repositoris a %s." -#: src/repos.cc:1328 src/repos.cc:1487 +#: src/repos.cc:1327 src/repos.cc:1486 msgid "Specified repositories: " msgstr "Fonts del sistema especificades:" -#: src/repos.cc:1367 +#: src/repos.cc:1366 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'" msgstr "S'omet el repositori inhabilitat \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:1396 +#: src/repos.cc:1395 msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Els repositoris especificats no estan habilitats o definits." -#: src/repos.cc:1398 +#: src/repos.cc:1397 msgid "There are no enabled repositories defined." msgstr "No hi ha repositoris actius definits." -#: src/repos.cc:1399 +#: src/repos.cc:1398 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." msgstr "" "Feu servir les ordres \"%s\" o \"%s\" per afegir o habilitar repositoris." -#: src/repos.cc:1404 +#: src/repos.cc:1403 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." msgstr "No s'han pogut refrescar els repositoris a causa d'errors." -#: src/repos.cc:1410 +#: src/repos.cc:1409 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "Alguns dels repositoris no s'han refrescat a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:1415 +#: src/repos.cc:1414 msgid "Specified repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "S'han refrescat els repositoris especificats." -#: src/repos.cc:1417 +#: src/repos.cc:1416 msgid "All repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "S'han refrescat tots els repositoris." -#: src/repos.cc:1544 +#: src/repos.cc:1543 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "Netejant les metadades de \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:1554 +#: src/repos.cc:1553 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning raw metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "Netejant la memòria cau de metadades per a \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:1561 +#: src/repos.cc:1560 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Keeping raw metadata cache for %s '%s'." msgstr "Guardant les metadades en cru de la memòria cau per a %s '%s'." #. translators: meaning the cached rpm files -#: src/repos.cc:1569 +#: src/repos.cc:1568 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning packages for '%s'." msgstr "Netejant els paquets per a \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:1577 +#: src/repos.cc:1576 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot clean repository '%s' because of an error." msgstr "No s'ha pogut netejar el repositori '%s' a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:1590 +#: src/repos.cc:1589 msgid "Cleaning installed packages cache." msgstr "Netejant la memòria cau dels paquets instal·lats." -#: src/repos.cc:1598 +#: src/repos.cc:1597 msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error." msgstr "No s'han pogut netejar els paquets instal·lats a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:1619 +#: src/repos.cc:1618 msgid "Could not clean the repositories because of errors." msgstr "No s'han pogut netejar els repositoris a causa d'errors." -#: src/repos.cc:1626 +#: src/repos.cc:1625 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been cleaned up because of an error." msgstr "Alguns dels repositoris no s'han netejat a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:1631 +#: src/repos.cc:1630 msgid "Specified repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "S'han netejat els repositoris especificats." -#: src/repos.cc:1633 +#: src/repos.cc:1632 msgid "All repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "S'han netejat tots els repositoris." -#: src/repos.cc:1676 +#: src/repos.cc:1675 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." msgstr "" "Aquest és un mitjà canviable només de lectura (CD/DVD), desactivant " "l'autorefresc." -#: src/repos.cc:1698 +#: src/repos.cc:1697 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'" msgstr "Àlies de repositori no vàlid: \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2007 +#: src/repos.cc:1705 src/repos.cc:2006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" "El repositori amb el nom \"%s\" ja existeix. Si us plau, escolliu-ne un " "altre." -#: src/repos.cc:1717 +#: src/repos.cc:1716 msgid "" "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined " "URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" @@ -2172,26 +2172,26 @@ "No s'ha pogut determinar el tipus de repositori. Si us plau, comproveu si " "els URI definits (vegeu-ne la llista) apunten a un repositori vàlid." -#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3284 +#: src/repos.cc:1726 src/Zypper.cc:3284 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "No es pot trobar un repositori vàlid en aquest lloc:" -#: src/repos.cc:1736 +#: src/repos.cc:1735 msgid "Problem transferring repository data from specified URI:" msgstr "" "Problema transferint les dades del repositori des de l'URI especificat:" -#: src/repos.cc:1737 +#: src/repos.cc:1736 msgid "Please check whether the specified URI is accessible." msgstr "Si us plau, comproveu si l'URI especificat és accessible." -#: src/repos.cc:1745 +#: src/repos.cc:1744 msgid "Unknown problem when adding repository:" msgstr "Problema desconegut en afegir el repositori:" #. translators: BOOST STYLE POSITIONAL DIRECTIVES ( %N% ) #. translators: %1% - a repository name -#: src/repos.cc:1756 +#: src/repos.cc:1755 #, boost-format msgid "" "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and " @@ -2200,51 +2200,51 @@ "La comprovació GPG està inhabilitada a la configuració del repositori '%1%'. " "No es poden verificar la integritat ni l'origen dels paquets." -#: src/repos.cc:1762 +#: src/repos.cc:1761 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' successfully added" msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha afegit correctament." #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1778 +#: src/repos.cc:1777 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Refresca automàticament" -#: src/repos.cc:1796 +#: src/repos.cc:1795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "Llegint la informació del mitjà \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:1803 +#: src/repos.cc:1802 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "Problema llegint les dades del mitjà \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:1804 +#: src/repos.cc:1803 msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable." msgstr "" "Si us plau, comproveu que el mitjà d'instal·lació sigui vàlid i llegible." -#: src/repos.cc:1811 +#: src/repos.cc:1810 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh." msgstr "S'ha ajornat la lectura de dades del mitjà %s fins al nou refresc." -#: src/repos.cc:1878 +#: src/repos.cc:1877 msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Problema accedint al fitxer a l'adreça (URI) especificada" -#: src/repos.cc:1879 +#: src/repos.cc:1878 msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Si us plau, comproveu si l'URI especificat és vàlid i accessible." -#: src/repos.cc:1887 +#: src/repos.cc:1886 msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Problema analitzant el fitxer a l'adreça especificada." #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. -#: src/repos.cc:1890 +#: src/repos.cc:1889 msgid "" "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for " "details." @@ -2252,25 +2252,25 @@ "És un fitxer .repo? Vegeu http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo per a " "més detalls." -#: src/repos.cc:1898 +#: src/repos.cc:1897 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Problema trobat intentant llegir el fitxer a l'adreça especificada. " -#: src/repos.cc:1912 +#: src/repos.cc:1911 msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping." msgstr "Repositori sense àlies definit trobat al fitxer, se salta." -#: src/repos.cc:1919 +#: src/repos.cc:1918 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" no té URI definit, s'omet." -#: src/repos.cc:1964 +#: src/repos.cc:1963 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha suprimit correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:1990 +#: src/repos.cc:1989 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service " @@ -2279,21 +2279,21 @@ "No es pot canviar l'àlies del repositori \"%s\". El repositori pertany al " "servei \"%s\", que és el responsable d'establir aquest àlies." -#: src/repos.cc:2001 +#: src/repos.cc:2000 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha reanomenat \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2013 src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "Error en modificar el repositori:" -#: src/repos.cc:2014 +#: src/repos.cc:2013 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged." msgstr "Deixant el repositori \"%s\" sense canviar." -#: src/repos.cc:2163 +#: src/repos.cc:2162 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the " @@ -2302,198 +2302,198 @@ "Prioritat no vàlida: %s. Feu servir un número enter positiu. Com més alt el " "número, més baixa la prioritat." -#: src/repos.cc:2171 +#: src/repos.cc:2170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "La prioritat del repositori \"%s\" s'ha deixat sense canviar (%d)" -#: src/repos.cc:2205 +#: src/repos.cc:2204 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha habilitat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:2208 +#: src/repos.cc:2207 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" s'ha inhabilitat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:2216 +#: src/repos.cc:2215 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha activat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2219 +#: src/repos.cc:2218 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha desactivat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2227 +#: src/repos.cc:2226 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La còpia cau dels fitxers RPM s'ha activat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2230 +#: src/repos.cc:2229 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La còpia cau dels fitxers RPM s'ha desactivat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2238 +#: src/repos.cc:2237 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La comprovació GPG s'ha activat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2241 +#: src/repos.cc:2240 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "La comprovació GPG s'ha desactivat per al repositori '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2248 +#: src/repos.cc:2247 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "La prioritat del repositori '%s' s'ha establert a %d." -#: src/repos.cc:2255 +#: src/repos.cc:2254 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "El nom del repositori \"%s\" s'ha establert a \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2266 +#: src/repos.cc:2265 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "No hi ha res per canviar del repositori \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2274 +#: src/repos.cc:2273 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "Deixant el repositori %s sense canvis." -#: src/repos.cc:2312 +#: src/repos.cc:2311 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "Error en llegir els serveis:" -#: src/repos.cc:2407 +#: src/repos.cc:2406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "El servei '%s' no s'ha trobat per l'àlies, número, o URI." -#: src/repos.cc:2411 +#: src/repos.cc:2410 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "Feu servir '%s' per obtenir una llista dels serveis definits." -#: src/repos.cc:2659 +#: src/repos.cc:2658 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" "No hi ha serveis definits. Feu servir l'ordre \"%s\" per afegir-ne un o més." -#: src/repos.cc:2781 +#: src/repos.cc:2780 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" "El servei amb l'àlies \"%s\" ja existeix. Si us plau, feu servir un altre " "àlies." -#: src/repos.cc:2791 +#: src/repos.cc:2790 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "Error en afegir el servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2797 +#: src/repos.cc:2796 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha afegit correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:2836 +#: src/repos.cc:2835 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "Eliminant el servei \"%s\":" -#: src/repos.cc:2839 +#: src/repos.cc:2838 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha eliminat." -#: src/repos.cc:2855 +#: src/repos.cc:2854 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "Refrescant el servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:2868 src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" "Error en obtenir el fitxer d'índex del repositori per al servei \"%s\":" -#: src/repos.cc:2870 src/repos.cc:2983 src/repos.cc:3043 +#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Saltant el servei \"%s\" a causa de l'error anterior." -#: src/repos.cc:2879 +#: src/repos.cc:2878 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Comproveu si l'URI especificat és accessible." -#: src/repos.cc:2937 +#: src/repos.cc:2936 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "Saltant el servei inhabilitat \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:2997 +#: src/repos.cc:2996 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "Feu servir les ordres \"%s\" o \"%s\" per afegir o habilitar serveis." -#: src/repos.cc:3000 +#: src/repos.cc:2999 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Els serveis específics no estan habilitats o definits." -#: src/repos.cc:3002 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "No hi ha serveis habilitats definits." -#: src/repos.cc:3006 +#: src/repos.cc:3005 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "No s'han pogut refrescar els serveis a causa d'errors." -#: src/repos.cc:3012 +#: src/repos.cc:3011 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "No s'han refrescat totes les fonts del sistema a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:3017 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "S'han refrescat les fonts del sistema especificades." -#: src/repos.cc:3019 +#: src/repos.cc:3018 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "S'han refrescat totes les fonts del sistema." -#: src/repos.cc:3168 +#: src/repos.cc:3167 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha activat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:3171 +#: src/repos.cc:3170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "El servei \"%s\" s'ha desactivat correctament." -#: src/repos.cc:3178 +#: src/repos.cc:3177 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha activat per al servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3181 +#: src/repos.cc:3180 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "L'autorefresc s'ha desactivat per al servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3187 +#: src/repos.cc:3186 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "El nom del servei \"%s\" s'ha establert a \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3193 +#: src/repos.cc:3192 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2505,7 +2505,7 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat afegits als repositoris habilitats del " "servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3201 +#: src/repos.cc:3200 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat afegits als repositoris inhabilitats del " "servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3209 +#: src/repos.cc:3208 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat eliminats dels repositoris habilitats del " "servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3217 +#: src/repos.cc:3216 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2544,52 +2544,52 @@ "Els repositoris \"%s\" han estat eliminats dels repositoris inhabilitats " "del servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3226 +#: src/repos.cc:3225 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "No hi ha res per canviar del servei \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3232 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "Error en modificar el servei:" -#: src/repos.cc:3234 +#: src/repos.cc:3233 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "Deixant el servei %s sense canvis." -#: src/repos.cc:3342 +#: src/repos.cc:3341 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "Carregant les dades del repositori..." -#: src/repos.cc:3364 +#: src/repos.cc:3363 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "Obtenint les dades del repositori \"%s\"." -#: src/repos.cc:3371 +#: src/repos.cc:3370 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "El repositori \"%s\" no és a la memòria cau. Fent-ho..." -#: src/repos.cc:3378 src/repos.cc:3416 +#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "Problema carregant la informació de \"%s\"" -#: src/repos.cc:3383 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" "El repositori \"%s\" no s'ha pogut refrescar. Es fa servir la memòria cau " "antiga." -#: src/repos.cc:3388 src/repos.cc:3421 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "No s'han carregat els elements de '%s' a causa d'un error." -#: src/repos.cc:3407 +#: src/repos.cc:3406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " @@ -2599,16 +2599,16 @@ "mirall o un servidor diferent." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3418 +#: src/repos.cc:3417 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "Proveu de fer un '%s', o fins i tot un '%s' abans." -#: src/repos.cc:3430 +#: src/repos.cc:3429 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "Llegint els paquets instal·lats..." -#: src/repos.cc:3441 +#: src/repos.cc:3440 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "S'ha produït un error en llegir els paquets instal·lats:" @@ -5309,34 +5309,43 @@ msgstr "Verificant les dependències..." #. Here: compute the full upgrade -#: src/solve-commit.cc:390 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:393 msgid "Computing upgrade..." msgstr "Calculant l'actualizació..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:406 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 msgid "Generating solver test case..." msgstr "Generant test de resolució..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Solver test case generated successfully at %s." msgstr "Prova de solució generada satisfactòriament a %s." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:413 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:416 msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear el test de solució." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:446 src/utils/misc.cc:483 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"La comprovació dels processos que usen biblioteques eliminades està " +"inhabilitada a zypper.conf. Executeu \"%s\" per comprovar-los manualment." + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/utils/misc.cc:483 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" "Comprovant si hi ha processos actius que facin servir biblioteques " "esborrades..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:455 src/utils/misc.cc:491 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/utils/misc.cc:491 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Ha fallat la comprovació:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:462 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -5347,32 +5356,32 @@ "durant aquesta actualització. Potser voldríeu comprovar-los i reiniciar-ne " "algun. Feu servir \"%s\" per veure'n la llista." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:473 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "S'han rebut notificacions d'actualització dels següents paquets:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:485 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Missatge del paquet %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:493 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "s/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:494 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Mostro les notificacions ara?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:539 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Calculant l'actualització de la distribució..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:544 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Resolent les dependències del paquet..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:614 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -5380,7 +5389,7 @@ "Algunes de les dependències dels paquets instal·lats estan trencades. Per " "tal d'arreglar-les, s'han de fer les accions següents:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:622 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" "Es necessiten privilegis d'usuari primari per poder arreglar els problemes " @@ -5396,12 +5405,12 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:649 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "s/n/p/v/a/r/p/d/m" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:654 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 msgid "" "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" @@ -5409,12 +5418,12 @@ "paquets." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:656 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "No, cancel·la l'operació." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." @@ -5423,58 +5432,58 @@ "mostrar els problemes de dependències." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:660 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "Commuta la visualització de les versions dels paquets." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:662 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "Commuta la visualització de l'arquitectura dels paquets." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 msgid "" "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "Commuta la visualització de les versions dels paquets." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:675 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "Commuta la visualització dels proveïdors dels paquets." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:677 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "" "Commuta la visualització entre mostrar tots els detalls o mostrar-ne tan " "pocs com sigui possible." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:679 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "Visualitzar el resum al paginador." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:768 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:786 msgid "committing" msgstr "confirmant" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:770 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:788 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(execució de prova)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:791 src/solve-commit.cc:834 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:809 src/solve-commit.cc:852 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Problema obtenint el fitxer de paquet del repositori " #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:830 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:848 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "El repositori '%s' no està actualitzat. Fer servir '%s' podria ajudar." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:843 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:861 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " "repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -5493,13 +5502,13 @@ "- utilitzeu un altre suport d'instal·lació (si, per exemple, està malmès)\n" "- utilitzeu un altre repositori" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:857 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:875 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error durant o després de la instal·lació o eliminació de " "paquets." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:873 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:891 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -5507,7 +5516,7 @@ "AVÍS: un dels pedaços instal·lats requereix que l'ordinador arrenqui de nou. " "Feu-ho al més aviat possible." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:882 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:900 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " "command once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -5516,11 +5525,11 @@ "aquesta ordre una altra vegada per instal·lar qualsevol altre pedaç " "necessari." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:902 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:920 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Es satisfan totes les dependències dels paquets instal·lats." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:904 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:922 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Res per fer."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92859 - trunk/lcn/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Sep '15

27 Sep '15

Author: belphegor Date: 2015-09-28 00:41:39 +0200 (Mon, 28 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92859 Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po Log: updated Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2015-09-27 18:27:07 UTC (rev 92858) +++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2015-09-27 22:41:39 UTC (rev 92859) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-24 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-24 20:16+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 07:41+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "短縮名" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "インストール済み" @@ -595,36 +595,36 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "利用可能" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "全ダウンロードサイズ: %1%, 既にキャッシュ済み: %2% " -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "ダウンロードのみ。" #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "この操作を行なうには、追加で %s の容量が必要です。" -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "この操作を行なうのに必要となる追加の容量や開放される容量はありません。" #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "この操作を行なうと、%s の容量が開放されます。" -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "システムの再起動が必要です。" @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "続行しますか？" @@ -1173,8 +1173,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "'%s' からのファイル取得中に問題が発生しました。" -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "解決へのヒントとして上記のエラーメッセージをお読みください。" @@ -3960,9 +3960,9 @@ "processes which are associated with a system service. Given three times, " "list the associated system service names only." msgstr "" -"1 つだけ指定すると、削除済みのファイルを表示しない、短い表を作成します。 2 つ指定すると、" -"システムサービスに関連付けられたプロセスのみを表示します。 3 つ指定すると、" -"関連付けられたシステムサービスの名前だけを表示します。" +"1 つだけ指定すると、削除済みのファイルを表示しない、短い表を作成します。 2 つ" +"指定すると、システムサービスに関連付けられたプロセスのみを表示します。 3 つ指" +"定すると、関連付けられたシステムサービスの名前だけを表示します。" #. translators: --print <format> #: src/Zypper.cc:2772 @@ -3972,9 +3972,9 @@ "followed by a newline. Any '%s' directive in <format> is replaced by the the " "system service name." msgstr "" -"それぞれ関連付けられたシステムサービスに対して、標準出力に <format> で指定した" -"形式の出力を行ないます。 <format> 内では、任意の場所にある '%s' ディレクティブが" -"システムサービスの名前に置き換えられます。" +"それぞれ関連付けられたシステムサービスに対して、標準出力に <format> で指定し" +"た形式の出力を行ないます。 <format> 内では、任意の場所にある '%s' ディレク" +"ティブがシステムサービスの名前に置き換えられます。" #: src/Zypper.cc:2791 msgid "" @@ -4602,16 +4602,25 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "解決処理のテスト出力中にエラーが発生しました。" +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"削除されたライブラリを使用している実行中プロセスの確認は、 zypper.conf の設定で無効化されています。" +"'%s' を実行してご確認ください。" + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "削除されたライブラリを使用している実行中プロセスを確認しています..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "確認に失敗:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -4622,32 +4631,32 @@ "ます。ご確認の上、これらを再起動してください。 '%s' と入力すると、プログラム" "の一覧を表示することができます。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "下記のパッケージから更新通知を受信しました:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "パッケージ %s からのメッセージ:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "y/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "今すぐ通知を閲覧しますか？" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "ディストリビューションのアップグレードを準備しています..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "パッケージの依存関係を解決しています..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -4655,7 +4664,7 @@ "インストール済みのパッケージのうち、いくつかの依存関係が壊れています。依存関" "係を修復するには、以下の作業を実行する必要があります:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "壊れた依存関係を修復するには root 権限が必要です。" @@ -4669,79 +4678,79 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" "はい、概要に表示されている内容を受け入れ、パッケージのインストール／削除を行" "なう" #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "いいえ、操作をキャンセルする" #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." msgstr "依存関係の問題を表示するため、強制力を設定せずに解決器を実行する" #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "パッケージバージョンの表示を切り替える" #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "パッケージアーキテクチャの表示を切り替える" #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "パッケージのインストール元リポジトリの表示を切り替える" #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "パッケージの製造元名の表示を切り替える" #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "全ての詳細を表示するか、最小限の表示のみにとどめるかを切り替える" #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "ページャで詳細を表示する" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "確定しています" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(テスト)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "リポジトリからのパッケージファイルの取得に問題:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の情報は古くなっています。 '%s' を実行してください。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " "repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -4759,11 +4768,11 @@ "- 他のインストールメディアを使用する　(損傷している場合など)　\n" "- 他のリポジトリを使用する" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "インストールまたは削除の際、もしくはそれぞれの作業の後に問題が発生しました:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -4771,7 +4780,7 @@ "インストールされた修正の中にはコンピュータの再起動を必要とするものがありま" "す。できるだけ早めに再起動してください。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " "command once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -4779,11 +4788,11 @@ "インストールされた修正の中にはパッケージ管理システム自身の修正が含まれていま" "す。再度このコマンドを実行してその他の必要な更新をインストールしてください。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "インストール済みの全パッケージの依存関係に問題はありません。" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "何もすることがありません。"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92858 - trunk/lcn/fi/po
by harmie＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Sep '15

27 Sep '15

Author: harmie Date: 2015-09-27 20:27:07 +0200 (Sun, 27 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92858 Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po Log: update from harmie Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2015-09-27 10:39:21 UTC (rev 92857) +++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2015-09-27 18:27:07 UTC (rev 92858) @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ # Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2012. -# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2012, 2014. +# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-01 11:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-19 21:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 21:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: fi\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #: ../client/snapper.cc:599 ../client/snapper.cc:733 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "\tsnapper mount <number>" msgid "\tsnapper rollback [number]" -msgstr "\tsnapper mount <numero>" +msgstr "\tsnapper palautus [numero]" #: ../client/snapper.cc:349 msgid "\tsnapper set-config <configdata>" @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid " Options for 'create' command:" msgid " Options for 'rollback' command:" -msgstr " \"create\" komennon valinnat:" +msgstr " Valinnat 'palautus' komennolle" #: ../client/snapper.cc:913 msgid " Options for 'status' command:" @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Snapshot '%u' not found." msgid "(Snapshot %d.)" -msgstr "Tilannevedosta \"%u\" ei löytynyt." +msgstr "(Tilannevedos %d.)" # error box title #: ../client/snapper.cc:1669 ../client/errors.cc:88 @@ -446,13 +446,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "%s rule: not supported on current system.\n" msgid "Creating read-only snapshot of current system." -msgstr "%s sääntö: ei tuettu nykyisessä järjestelmässä.\n" +msgstr "Luodaan järjestelmästä luettavaa tilannevedosta." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1278 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating snapshot failed." msgid "Creating read-only snapshot of default subvolume." -msgstr "Tilannevedoksen luominen epäonnistui." +msgstr "Luodaan luettavaa tilannevedosta oletus alitaltiosta." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1286 #, fuzzy @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Creating snapshot failed." msgid "Creating read-write snapshot of snapshot %d." -msgstr "Tilannevedoksen luominen epäonnistui." +msgstr "Luodaan luku-kirjoitus tilannevedosta tilannevedoksesta %d." #: ../client/errors.cc:76 msgid "Creating snapshot failed." Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po 2015-09-27 10:39:21 UTC (rev 92857) +++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po 2015-09-27 18:27:07 UTC (rev 92858) @@ -5,21 +5,21 @@ # Jyri Palokangas <jmp(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina07(a)yahoo.se>, 2010. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2011, 2012. -# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011, 2013, 2014. +# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015. # Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>, 2011, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: software-opensuse-org.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 14:36+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-19 22:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 21:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: fi\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" msgid " and " @@ -176,7 +176,6 @@ "aloittaaksesi latauksen. Vaihtoehtoisesti voit valita tietokoneen tyypin tai " "vaihtoehtoisen lataustavan." -#, fuzzy msgid "Click here to display these alternative versions." msgstr "Paina tästä nähdäksesi vaihtoehtoiset versiot." @@ -377,12 +376,10 @@ msgid "Last searches:" msgstr "Viimeisimmät haut:" -#, fuzzy #| msgid "32 Bit PC" msgid "Legacy 32 Bit PC" msgstr "32-bittinen PC" -#, fuzzy #| msgid "32 Bit PC" msgid "Legacy 32 Bit PC" msgstr "32-bittinen PC" @@ -477,7 +474,6 @@ msgid "Official Manuals" msgstr "Viralliset käsikirjat" -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or " "rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use." @@ -600,7 +596,6 @@ msgid "Silver Sponsor" msgstr "Hopeatason tukija" -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, " "although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." @@ -846,7 +841,6 @@ msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1" msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1" -#, fuzzy #| msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2" msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po 2015-09-27 10:39:21 UTC (rev 92857) +++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po 2015-09-27 18:27:07 UTC (rev 92858) @@ -9,26 +9,26 @@ # Riku Leino <riku(a)tsoots.fi>, 2008. # Jyri Palokangas <jmp(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2012, 2013. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2011. -# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2014. +# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:01+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-20 14:00+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 21:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: fi\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hypertorus.desktop msgctxt "Name(hypertorus.desktop)" msgid "4D Hypertorus" -msgstr "4U-hypertorus" +msgstr "4D-hypertorus" #: /usr/share/applications/screensavers/popsquares.desktop msgctxt "Comment(popsquares.desktop)" @@ -111,12 +111,11 @@ msgstr "Viivakoodi" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/biof.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KRotation.desktop)" #| msgid "KRotation (GL)" msgctxt "Name(biof.desktop)" msgid "Biof (GL)" -msgstr "KRotation (GL)" +msgstr "Biof (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/KWave.desktop msgctxt "Name(KWave.desktop)" @@ -189,13 +188,11 @@ msgstr "3D-kuplat (GL)" #: /usr/share/applications/screensavers/gnomelogo-floaters.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Comment(gnomelogo-floaters.desktop)" msgid "Bubbles the GNOME logo around the screen" msgstr "GNOME logo ympäri ruutua" #: /usr/share/applications/screensavers/footlogo-floaters.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Comment(footlogo-floaters.desktop)" msgid "Bubbles the MATE logo around the screen" msgstr "MATE logo ympäri ruutua" @@ -206,12 +203,11 @@ msgstr "Töyssyt" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/busyspheres.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(sproingies.desktop)" #| msgid "Sproingies (GL)" msgctxt "Name(busyspheres.desktop)" msgid "Busy Spheres (GL)" -msgstr "Jouset (GL)" +msgstr "Busy Spheres (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/ccurve.desktop msgctxt "Name(ccurve.desktop)" @@ -264,12 +260,11 @@ msgstr "Pilvielämä" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/colorfire.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(cage.desktop)" #| msgid "Cage (GL)" msgctxt "Name(colorfire.desktop)" msgid "Colorfire (GL)" -msgstr "Häkki (GL)" +msgstr "Colorfire (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/compass.desktop msgctxt "Name(compass.desktop)" @@ -322,12 +317,11 @@ msgstr "CubicGrid" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/cyclone.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(cage.desktop)" #| msgid "Cage (GL)" msgctxt "Name(cyclone.desktop)" msgid "Cyclone (GL)" -msgstr "Häkki (GL)" +msgstr "Cyclone (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/cynosure.desktop msgctxt "Name(cynosure.desktop)" @@ -2650,188 +2644,165 @@ msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/biof.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(biof.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/busyspheres.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(busyspheres.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/colorfire.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(colorfire.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/cyclone.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(cyclone.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/drempels.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(drempels.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/euphoria.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(euphoria.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/feedback.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(feedback.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/fieldlines.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(fieldlines.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flocks.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(flocks.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flux.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(flux.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/helios.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(helios.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_smoke.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(hufo_smoke.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_tunnel.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(hufo_tunnel.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hyperspace.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(hyperspace.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lattice.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(lattice.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lorenz.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(lorenz.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/matrixview.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(matrixview.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/pixelcity.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(pixelcity.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/plasma.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(plasma.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/skyrocket.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(skyrocket.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/solarwinds.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(solarwinds.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/spirographx.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(spirographx.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/sundancer2.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" #| msgid "Display in specified window" msgctxt "Name(sundancer2.desktop)" msgid "Display in specified window" -msgstr "Näytä määräikkunassa" +msgstr "Näytä määritetyssä ikkunassa" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/asciiquarium.desktop msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)" @@ -2844,20 +2815,18 @@ msgstr "Vääristymä" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/drempels.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(gears.desktop)" #| msgid "Gears (GL)" msgctxt "Name(drempels.desktop)" msgid "Drempels (GL)" -msgstr "Hammasrattaat (GL)" +msgstr "Drempels (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/pixelcity.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(gears.desktop)" #| msgid "Gears (GL)" msgctxt "Name(pixelcity.desktop)" msgid "Drempels (GL)" -msgstr "Hammasrattaat (GL)" +msgstr "Drempels (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/drift.desktop msgctxt "Name(drift.desktop)" @@ -2895,7 +2864,6 @@ msgstr "Euphoria (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/euphoria.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KEuphoria.desktop)" #| msgid "Euphoria (GL)" msgctxt "Name(euphoria.desktop)" @@ -2913,12 +2881,11 @@ msgstr "Häviävä piirto" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/feedback.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(suse-system-feedback.directory)" #| msgid "Feedback" msgctxt "Name(feedback.desktop)" msgid "Feedback (GL)" -msgstr "Palaute" +msgstr "Feedback (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/fiberlamp.desktop msgctxt "Name(fiberlamp.desktop)" @@ -2966,12 +2933,11 @@ msgstr "Kelluva MATE" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flocks.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KFlux.desktop)" #| msgid "Flux (GL)" msgctxt "Name(flocks.desktop)" msgid "Flocks (GL)" -msgstr "Flux (GL)" +msgstr "Flocks (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flow.desktop msgctxt "Name(flow.desktop)" @@ -2994,7 +2960,6 @@ msgstr "Flux (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flux.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KFlux.desktop)" #| msgid "Flux (GL)" msgctxt "Name(flux.desktop)" @@ -3117,12 +3082,11 @@ msgstr "Halo" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/helios.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(moebius.desktop)" #| msgid "Moebius (GL)" msgctxt "Name(helios.desktop)" msgid "Helios (GL)" -msgstr "Möbius (GL)" +msgstr "Helios (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/helix.desktop msgctxt "Name(helix.desktop)" @@ -3140,18 +3104,16 @@ msgstr "Hufon savu (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_tunnel.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(hufo_tunnel.desktop)" msgid "Hufo's Tunnel (GL)" msgstr "Hufon tunneli (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hyperspace.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(gears.desktop)" #| msgid "Gears (GL)" msgctxt "Name(hyperspace.desktop)" msgid "Hyperspace (GL)" -msgstr "Hammasrattaat (GL)" +msgstr "Hyperspace (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hypnowheel.desktop msgctxt "Name(hypnowheel.desktop)" @@ -3239,12 +3201,11 @@ msgstr "Valitus (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lattice.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(lament.desktop)" #| msgid "Lament (GL)" msgctxt "Name(lattice.desktop)" msgid "Lattice (GL)" -msgstr "Valitus (GL)" +msgstr "Lattice (GL)" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/mate-screensaver.desktop msgctxt "Comment(mate-screensaver.desktop)" @@ -3267,7 +3228,6 @@ msgstr "Viivat" #: /usr/share/applications/mate-screensaver-lock.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(mate-screensaver-lock.desktop)" msgid "Lock Screen" msgstr "Lukitusnäyttö" @@ -3283,12 +3243,11 @@ msgstr "Looppi" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lorenz.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(lament.desktop)" #| msgid "Lament (GL)" msgctxt "Name(lorenz.desktop)" msgid "Lorenz (GL)" -msgstr "Valitus (GL)" +msgstr "Lorenz (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/KLorenz.desktop msgctxt "Name(KLorenz.desktop)" @@ -3296,12 +3255,11 @@ msgstr "Lorentz attraktori" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/matrixview.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(kpr_pageeffect_matrixwipe.desktop)" #| msgid "Matrix wipe" msgctxt "Name(matrixview.desktop)" msgid "MatrixView (GL)" -msgstr "Matrix-pyyhkäisy" +msgstr "MatrixView (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/maze.desktop msgctxt "Name(maze.desktop)" @@ -3449,12 +3407,11 @@ msgstr "Putket (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/plasma.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(pulsar.desktop)" #| msgid "Pulsar (GL)" msgctxt "Name(plasma.desktop)" msgid "Plasma (GL)" -msgstr "Pulsari (GL)" +msgstr "Plasma (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/KPolygon.desktop msgctxt "Name(KPolygon.desktop)" @@ -3597,7 +3554,6 @@ msgstr "Näytönsäästäjä" #: /usr/share/applications/xscreensaver-properties.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "GenericName(xscreensaver-properties.desktop)" msgid "Screensaver properties" msgstr "Näytönsäästäjän asetukset" @@ -3758,7 +3714,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/biof.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(biof.desktop)" @@ -3831,7 +3786,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/busyspheres.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(busyspheres.desktop)" @@ -3869,7 +3823,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/colorfire.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(colorfire.desktop)" @@ -3922,7 +3875,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/cyclone.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(cyclone.desktop)" @@ -3970,7 +3922,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/drempels.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(drempels.desktop)" @@ -4008,7 +3959,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/euphoria.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(euphoria.desktop)" @@ -4026,7 +3976,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/feedback.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(feedback.desktop)" @@ -4039,7 +3988,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/fieldlines.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(fieldlines.desktop)" @@ -4072,7 +4020,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flocks.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(flocks.desktop)" @@ -4095,7 +4042,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flux.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(flux.desktop)" @@ -4213,7 +4159,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/helios.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(helios.desktop)" @@ -4231,7 +4176,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_smoke.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(hufo_smoke.desktop)" @@ -4239,7 +4183,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_tunnel.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(hufo_tunnel.desktop)" @@ -4247,7 +4190,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hyperspace.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(hyperspace.desktop)" @@ -4350,7 +4292,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lattice.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(lattice.desktop)" @@ -4378,7 +4319,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lorenz.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(lorenz.desktop)" @@ -4391,7 +4331,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/matrixview.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(matrixview.desktop)" @@ -4529,7 +4468,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/pixelcity.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(pixelcity.desktop)" @@ -4537,7 +4475,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/plasma.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(plasma.desktop)" @@ -4645,7 +4582,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/skyrocket.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(skyrocket.desktop)" @@ -4668,7 +4604,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/solarwinds.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(solarwinds.desktop)" @@ -4691,7 +4626,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/spirographx.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(spirographx.desktop)" @@ -4744,7 +4678,6 @@ msgstr "Asetukset…" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/sundancer2.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KBanner.desktop)" #| msgid "Setup..." msgctxt "Name(sundancer2.desktop)" @@ -4887,12 +4820,11 @@ msgstr "Taivaslonkerot" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/skyrocket.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(sproingies.desktop)" #| msgid "Sproingies (GL)" msgctxt "Name(skyrocket.desktop)" msgid "Skyrocket (GL)" -msgstr "Jouset (GL)" +msgstr "Skyrocket (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/KSlideshow.desktop msgctxt "Name(KSlideshow.desktop)" @@ -4915,12 +4847,11 @@ msgstr "Aurinkotuuli (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/solarwinds.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(KSolarWinds.desktop)" #| msgid "Solar Winds (GL)" msgctxt "Name(solarwinds.desktop)" msgid "Solarwinds (GL)" -msgstr "Aurinkotuuli (GL)" +msgstr "Solarwinds (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/sonar.desktop msgctxt "Name(sonar.desktop)" @@ -4938,12 +4869,11 @@ msgstr "Spheremonics" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/spirographx.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(xspirograph.desktop)" #| msgid "XSpiroGraph" msgctxt "Name(spirographx.desktop)" msgid "SpirographX (GL)" -msgstr "XSpiroGraph" +msgstr "SpirographX /GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/spotlight.desktop msgctxt "Name(spotlight.desktop)" @@ -4991,12 +4921,11 @@ msgstr "Substraatti" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/sundancer2.desktop -#, fuzzy #| msgctxt "Name(pulsar.desktop)" #| msgid "Pulsar (GL)" msgctxt "Name(sundancer2.desktop)" msgid "Sundancer2 (GL)" -msgstr "Pulsari (GL)" +msgstr "Sundancer2 (GL)" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/superquadrics.desktop msgctxt "Name(superquadrics.desktop)" @@ -5133,3 +5062,4 @@ msgid "m6502" msgstr "m6502" + Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po 2015-09-27 10:39:21 UTC (rev 92857) +++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po 2015-09-27 18:27:07 UTC (rev 92858) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ # Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. # Jyri palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. # Jyri Palokangas <jmp(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. -# Harri Miettinen <harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2012, 2014. +# Harri Miettinen <harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina07(a)yahoo.se>, 2010. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>, 2014. @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-yast.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:01+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-20 13:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 21:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: fi\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sysconfig.desktop @@ -479,7 +479,6 @@ msgstr "Kieli" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/audit-laf.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(audit-laf.desktop)" msgid "Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" @@ -520,7 +519,6 @@ msgstr "FTP-palvelun määritysmoduuli (vsftpd tai aito ftpd)" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/multipath.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(multipath.desktop)" msgid "Multipath" msgstr "Monipolku" @@ -617,7 +615,6 @@ msgstr "Välityspalvelin" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/reipl.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(reipl.desktop)" msgid "Reipl" msgstr "Reipl" @@ -808,7 +805,6 @@ msgstr "LXC" #: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/multipath.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "GenericName(multipath.desktop)" msgid "multipath" msgstr "Monipolku"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92857 - trunk/lcn/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Sep '15

27 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-27 12:39:21 +0200 (Sun, 27 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92857 Modified: trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po Log: update Modified: trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 10:39:05 UTC (rev 92856) +++ trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 10:39:21 UTC (rev 92857) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-24 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-24 10:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 12:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "Korte naam" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "Geïnstalleerd" @@ -597,36 +597,36 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "Beschikbaar" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: %1%. Reeds in de cache: %2%." -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "Alleen downloaden." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "Na de operatie zal aanvullend %s worden gebruikt." -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "Na de operatie zal er geen extra ruimte in gebruik zijn of vrij komen." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "Na de operatie zal %s worden vrijgemaakt." -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "Systeemherstart vereist." @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Doorgaan?" @@ -1192,8 +1192,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van bestanden van '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Zie bovenstaande foutmelding voor een hint." @@ -2136,12 +2136,6 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties:" #: src/Zypper.cc:189 -#| msgid "" -#| "moo\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Show an animal.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "This command has no additional options.\n" msgid "This command has no additional options." msgstr "Dit commando heeft geen aanvullende opties." @@ -4020,18 +4014,11 @@ #. translators: command synopsis; do not translate the command 'name (abbreviations)' or '-option' names #: src/Zypper.cc:2763 -#| msgid "Expert options:" msgid "ps [options]" msgstr "ps [opties]" #. translators: command description #: src/Zypper.cc:2766 -#| msgid "" -#| "ps\n" -#| "\n" -#| "List running processes which might use files deleted by recent upgrades.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "This command has no additional options.\n" msgid "" "List running processes which might still use files and libraries deleted by " "recent upgrades." @@ -4059,9 +4046,8 @@ "system service name." msgstr "" "Voor elke bijbehorende systeemservice stuur <format> naar de " -"standaarduitvoer, " -"gevolgd door een nieuwe-regel. Elke '%s' aanwijzing in <format> wordt " -"vervangen door de naam van de systeemservice." +"standaarduitvoer, gevolgd door een nieuwe-regel. Elke '%s' aanwijzing in " +"<format> wordt vervangen door de naam van de systeemservice." #: src/Zypper.cc:2791 msgid "" @@ -4704,17 +4690,27 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "Fout bij genereren van test." +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken is " +"in zypper.conf uitgeschakeld. Voer '%s' handmatig uit voor controle." + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" "Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Controleren is mislukt:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -4725,32 +4721,32 @@ "zijn opgewaardeerd. U zou deze mogelijk willen controleren en enige ervan " "herstarten. Voer '%s' uit om een lijst te verkrijgen van deze programma's." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "Van de volgende pakketten zijn bijwerkmeldingen ontvagen:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Melding van pakket %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "j/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Meldingen nu weergeven?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Berekenen van distributie-opwaardering..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden tussen pakketten oplossen..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -4758,7 +4754,7 @@ "Sommige afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten kloppen niet. Om deze " "afhankelijkheden te verhelpen moeten de volgende acties genomen worden:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" "Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het repareren van niet kloppende " @@ -4774,12 +4770,12 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "j/n/p/v/a/i/l/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "" "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" @@ -4787,12 +4783,12 @@ "van pakketten." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Nee, annuleer de operatie." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." @@ -4801,17 +4797,17 @@ "afhankelijkheidsproblemen te tonen." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "V, schakel het tonen van pakketversies om." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "A, schakel het tonen van pakketarchitecturen om." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "" "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" @@ -4819,40 +4815,40 @@ "geïnstalleerd zullen worden om." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "L, schakel het tonen van de leverancier van de pakketten om." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "D, schakel het tonen van alle details en zo weinig als mogelijk om." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "G, toon de samenvatting in de pager." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "goedkeuren" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(testdraai)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van pakketbestand van de installatiebron:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is verouderd. Draaien van '%s' kan helpen." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " "repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -4870,13 +4866,13 @@ " - gebruik een ander installatiemedium (bijvoorbeeld bij beschadiging)\n" " - gebruik een andere installatiebron" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens of na de installatie of verwijdering van " "pakketten:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -4884,7 +4880,7 @@ "Een van de geïnstalleerde patches vereist dat u de computer opnieuw opstart. " "Doe dit zo snel mogelijk." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " "command once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -4893,11 +4889,11 @@ "Opnieuw starten hiervan is daarom vereist voor het installeren van de andere " "noodzakelijke patches." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Aan afhankelijkheden van alle pakketten is voldaan." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Niets te doen."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92856 - branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Sep '15

27 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-27 12:39:05 +0200 (Sun, 27 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92856 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 10:38:51 UTC (rev 92855) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 10:39:05 UTC (rev 92856) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-10 01:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-16 17:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:15+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 12:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1023 src/repos.cc:1163 -#: src/repos.cc:2595 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 +#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 #: src/Zypper.cc:5331 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgstr "Naam" #. translators: type (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1063 src/repos.cc:1174 -#: src/repos.cc:2604 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:674 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:683 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "doorgaan?" @@ -1810,8 +1810,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van bestanden van '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3442 src/solve-commit.cc:792 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:824 src/solve-commit.cc:858 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:810 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:842 src/solve-commit.cc:876 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Zie bovenstaande foutmelding voor een hint." @@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." msgstr "Inhoud scannen van uitgeschakelde opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1382 +#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1381 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Slaat opslagruimte '%s' over vanwege bovengenoemde fout." @@ -1962,233 +1962,233 @@ "Het uitvoeren van 'zypper refresh' als root zou het probleem op kunnen " "lossen." -#: src/repos.cc:935 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. status #. rug's status (active, pending => active, disabled <= enabled, disabled) #. this is probably the closest possible compatibility arrangement -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Active" msgstr "Actief" -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5331 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5331 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1031 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1776 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1035 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:1780 src/repos.cc:2597 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "GPG-controle" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1043 src/repos.cc:2599 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Herladen" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1053 src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2603 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1070 src/repos.cc:1164 src/repos.cc:1782 src/repos.cc:2606 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI" #. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed) -#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/utils/misc.cc:509 +#: src/repos.cc:1079 src/utils/misc.cc:509 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/repos.cc:1133 +#: src/repos.cc:1132 msgid "No repositories defined." msgstr "Geen opslagruimten gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1134 +#: src/repos.cc:1133 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." msgstr "" "Gebruik de opdracht 'zypper addrepo' om één of meer opslagruimten toe te " "voegen." -#: src/repos.cc:1172 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 msgid "Auto-refresh" msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "On" msgstr "Aan" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Off" msgstr "Uit" -#: src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Keep Packages" msgstr "Pakketten behouden" -#: src/repos.cc:1175 +#: src/repos.cc:1174 msgid "GPG Key URI" msgstr "URI van GPG-sleutel" -#: src/repos.cc:1176 +#: src/repos.cc:1175 msgid "Path Prefix" msgstr "Padvoorvoegsel" -#: src/repos.cc:1177 +#: src/repos.cc:1176 msgid "Parent Service" msgstr "Hoofdservice" -#: src/repos.cc:1178 +#: src/repos.cc:1177 msgid "Repo Info Path" msgstr "Infopad van opslagruimte" -#: src/repos.cc:1179 +#: src/repos.cc:1178 msgid "MD Cache Path" msgstr "MD Cache-pad" -#: src/repos.cc:1233 src/repos.cc:1310 src/repos.cc:1469 +#: src/repos.cc:1232 src/repos.cc:1309 src/repos.cc:1468 msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van opslagruimten:" -#: src/repos.cc:1261 src/repos.cc:2745 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "Kan %s niet openen voor schrijven." -#: src/repos.cc:1263 src/repos.cc:2747 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "Misschien hebt u geen schrijfrechten?" -#: src/repos.cc:1270 src/repos.cc:2754 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "De opslagruimten zijn met succes geëxporteerd naar %s." -#: src/repos.cc:1328 src/repos.cc:1487 +#: src/repos.cc:1327 src/repos.cc:1486 msgid "Specified repositories: " msgstr "Opgegeven opslagruimten: " -#: src/repos.cc:1367 +#: src/repos.cc:1366 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'" msgstr "Uitgeschakelde opslagruimte '%s' overslaan" -#: src/repos.cc:1396 +#: src/repos.cc:1395 msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Opgegeven opslagruimten zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1398 +#: src/repos.cc:1397 msgid "There are no enabled repositories defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen geactiveerde opslagruimte gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1399 +#: src/repos.cc:1398 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." msgstr "" "Gebruik de opdrachten '%s' of '%s' om opslagruimten toe te voegen of te " "activeren." -#: src/repos.cc:1404 +#: src/repos.cc:1403 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." msgstr "Kan vanwege fouten de opslagruimten niet vernieuwen." -#: src/repos.cc:1410 +#: src/repos.cc:1409 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "Enkele opslagruimten zijn vanwege fouten niet vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:1415 +#: src/repos.cc:1414 msgid "Specified repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "De opgegeven opslagruimten zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:1417 +#: src/repos.cc:1416 msgid "All repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "Alle opslagruimten zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:1544 +#: src/repos.cc:1543 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "Opschonen van metagegevenscache voor '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:1554 +#: src/repos.cc:1553 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning raw metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "Opschonen van onbewerkte metagegevenscache voor '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:1561 +#: src/repos.cc:1560 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Keeping raw metadata cache for %s '%s'." msgstr "Bewaren van ruwe metagegevenscache voor %s '%s'." #. translators: meaning the cached rpm files -#: src/repos.cc:1569 +#: src/repos.cc:1568 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning packages for '%s'." msgstr "Opschonen van pakketten voor '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:1577 +#: src/repos.cc:1576 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot clean repository '%s' because of an error." msgstr "Opschonen van opslagruimte '%s' kan niet vanwege een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:1590 +#: src/repos.cc:1589 msgid "Cleaning installed packages cache." msgstr "Opschonen van cache voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." -#: src/repos.cc:1598 +#: src/repos.cc:1597 msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error." msgstr "" "Kan opschonen van cache voor geïnstalleerde pakketten niet uitvoeren vanwege " "een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:1619 +#: src/repos.cc:1618 msgid "Could not clean the repositories because of errors." msgstr "Kan de opslagruimten niet opschonen vanwege fouten." -#: src/repos.cc:1626 +#: src/repos.cc:1625 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been cleaned up because of an error." msgstr "Enkele opslagruimten zijn vanwege fouten niet opgeschoond." -#: src/repos.cc:1631 +#: src/repos.cc:1630 msgid "Specified repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "De opgegeven opslagruimten zijn opgeschoond." -#: src/repos.cc:1633 +#: src/repos.cc:1632 msgid "All repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "Alle opslagruimten zijn opgeschoond." -#: src/repos.cc:1676 +#: src/repos.cc:1675 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." msgstr "" "Dit is een verwisselbaar alleen-lezen medium (cd/dvd). Automatisch " "vernieuwen wordt daarom uitgeschakeld." -#: src/repos.cc:1698 +#: src/repos.cc:1697 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'" msgstr "Ongeldige alias van opslagruimte: '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2007 +#: src/repos.cc:1705 src/repos.cc:2006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" "Er bestaat al een opslagruimte met de naam '%s'. Gebruik een andere alias." -#: src/repos.cc:1717 +#: src/repos.cc:1716 msgid "" "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined " "URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" @@ -2196,26 +2196,26 @@ "Kan het type opslagruimte niet bepalen. Controleer of de gedefinieerde URI's " "(zie hieronder) naar een geldige opslagruimte verwijzen:" -#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3284 +#: src/repos.cc:1726 src/Zypper.cc:3284 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "Kan geen geldige opslagruimte vinden op de opgegeven locatie:" -#: src/repos.cc:1736 +#: src/repos.cc:1735 msgid "Problem transferring repository data from specified URI:" msgstr "" "Probleem bij het overdragen van opslagruimtegegevens van opgegeven URI:" -#: src/repos.cc:1737 +#: src/repos.cc:1736 msgid "Please check whether the specified URI is accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de opgegeven URI toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:1745 +#: src/repos.cc:1744 msgid "Unknown problem when adding repository:" msgstr "Onbekend probleem bij toevoegen van opslagruimte." #. translators: BOOST STYLE POSITIONAL DIRECTIVES ( %N% ) #. translators: %1% - a repository name -#: src/repos.cc:1756 +#: src/repos.cc:1755 #, boost-format msgid "" "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and " @@ -2224,51 +2224,51 @@ "Controleren met GPG is uitgeschakeld in de configuratie van installatiebron " "'%1%'. Integriteit en oorsprong van pakketten kan niet worden geverifieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1762 +#: src/repos.cc:1761 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' successfully added" msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is toegevoegd:" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1778 +#: src/repos.cc:1777 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen" -#: src/repos.cc:1796 +#: src/repos.cc:1795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "Leest gegevens van medium '%s" -#: src/repos.cc:1803 +#: src/repos.cc:1802 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "Probleem bij lezen van gegevens van '%s' medium" -#: src/repos.cc:1804 +#: src/repos.cc:1803 msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable." msgstr "Controleer of uw installatiemedium geldig en leesbaar is." -#: src/repos.cc:1811 +#: src/repos.cc:1810 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh." msgstr "" "Gegevens lezen van medium '%s' is uitgesteld tot de volgende verversing." -#: src/repos.cc:1878 +#: src/repos.cc:1877 msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Probleem bij toegang tot het bestand op de opgegeven URI" -#: src/repos.cc:1879 +#: src/repos.cc:1878 msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de opgegeven URI juist en toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:1887 +#: src/repos.cc:1886 msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Probleem bij het analyseren van het bestand op de opgegeven URI" #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. -#: src/repos.cc:1890 +#: src/repos.cc:1889 msgid "" "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for " "details." @@ -2276,26 +2276,26 @@ "Is het een .repo-bestand? zie http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo voor " "details." -#: src/repos.cc:1898 +#: src/repos.cc:1897 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Probleem bij het lezen van het bestand op de opgegeven URI" -#: src/repos.cc:1912 +#: src/repos.cc:1911 msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping." msgstr "" "Er is een opslagruimte zonder een gedefinieerde alias gevonden, overslaan." -#: src/repos.cc:1919 +#: src/repos.cc:1918 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping." msgstr "Voor opslagruimte '%s' is geen URI gedefinieerd, overslaan." -#: src/repos.cc:1964 +#: src/repos.cc:1963 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is verwijderd." -#: src/repos.cc:1990 +#: src/repos.cc:1989 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service " @@ -2304,21 +2304,21 @@ "Kan de alias van de '%s' opslagruimte niet wijzigen. De opslagruimte behoort " "bij service '%s' die verantwoordelijk is voor het instellen van zijn alias." -#: src/repos.cc:2001 +#: src/repos.cc:2000 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is hernoemd naar '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2013 src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de opslagruimte:" -#: src/repos.cc:2014 +#: src/repos.cc:2013 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:2163 +#: src/repos.cc:2162 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the " @@ -2327,200 +2327,200 @@ "Ongeldige prioriteit '%s'. Gebruik een positief geheel getal. Hoe hoger het " "getal hoe lager de prioriteit." -#: src/repos.cc:2171 +#: src/repos.cc:2170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "Prioriteit van opslagruimte '%s' is ongewijzigd (%d)" -#: src/repos.cc:2205 +#: src/repos.cc:2204 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is met succes ingeschakeld." -#: src/repos.cc:2208 +#: src/repos.cc:2207 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is met succes uitgeschakeld." -#: src/repos.cc:2216 +#: src/repos.cc:2215 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is geactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2219 +#: src/repos.cc:2218 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is gedeactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2227 +#: src/repos.cc:2226 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is geactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2230 +#: src/repos.cc:2229 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is gedeactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2238 +#: src/repos.cc:2237 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is geactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2241 +#: src/repos.cc:2240 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is gedeactiveerd voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2248 +#: src/repos.cc:2247 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "De prioriteit van opslagruimte '%s' is op %d gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2255 +#: src/repos.cc:2254 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van opslagruimte '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2266 +#: src/repos.cc:2265 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor opslagruimte '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2274 +#: src/repos.cc:2273 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "Opslagruimte %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:2312 +#: src/repos.cc:2311 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van services:" -#: src/repos.cc:2407 +#: src/repos.cc:2406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" "Service '%s' is niet gevonden aan de hand van zijn alias, nummer of URI." -#: src/repos.cc:2411 +#: src/repos.cc:2410 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "Gebruik '%s' voor een lijst met gedefinieerde services." -#: src/repos.cc:2659 +#: src/repos.cc:2658 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" "Geen services gedefinieerd. Gebruik de opdracht '%s' om één of meer services " "toe te voegen." -#: src/repos.cc:2781 +#: src/repos.cc:2780 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "Service met de alias '%s' bestaat al. Gebruik een andere alias." -#: src/repos.cc:2791 +#: src/repos.cc:2790 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het toevoegen van de service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2797 +#: src/repos.cc:2796 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "Service '%s' is toegevoegd." -#: src/repos.cc:2836 +#: src/repos.cc:2835 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "Verwijderen van service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2839 +#: src/repos.cc:2838 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "Service '%s' is verwijderd." -#: src/repos.cc:2855 +#: src/repos.cc:2854 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "Vernieuwen van service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2868 src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" "Probleem bij het ophalen van het indexbestand van de opslagruimte voor de " "service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2870 src/repos.cc:2983 src/repos.cc:3043 +#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Service '%s' overslaan vanwege bovengenoemde fout." -#: src/repos.cc:2879 +#: src/repos.cc:2878 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de URI geldig en toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:2937 +#: src/repos.cc:2936 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "Overslaan van uitgeschakelde service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:2997 +#: src/repos.cc:2996 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" "Gebruik de opdracht '%s' of '%s' om services toe te voegen of te activeren." -#: src/repos.cc:3000 +#: src/repos.cc:2999 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Opgegeven services zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3002 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen geactiveerde services gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3006 +#: src/repos.cc:3005 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "Kan vanwege fouten de services niet vernieuwen." -#: src/repos.cc:3012 +#: src/repos.cc:3011 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "Enkele van de services zijn vanwege fouten niet vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:3017 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "De opgegeven services zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:3019 +#: src/repos.cc:3018 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "Alle services zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:3168 +#: src/repos.cc:3167 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is geactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3171 +#: src/repos.cc:3170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is gedeactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3178 +#: src/repos.cc:3177 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is geactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3181 +#: src/repos.cc:3180 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen is gedeactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3187 +#: src/repos.cc:3186 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van service '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:3193 +#: src/repos.cc:3192 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ "Opslagruimten '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3201 +#: src/repos.cc:3200 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2544,7 +2544,7 @@ "Opslagruimten '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de gedeactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3209 +#: src/repos.cc:3208 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ "Opslagruimten '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3217 +#: src/repos.cc:3216 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2571,52 +2571,52 @@ "Opslagruimte '%s' is verwijderd uit de gedeactiveerde opslagruimten van " "service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3226 +#: src/repos.cc:3225 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3232 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de service:" -#: src/repos.cc:3234 +#: src/repos.cc:3233 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "Service %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:3342 +#: src/repos.cc:3341 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "Gegevens van opslagruimte laden..." -#: src/repos.cc:3364 +#: src/repos.cc:3363 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "Gegevens van opslagruimte '%s' wordt opgehaald..." -#: src/repos.cc:3371 +#: src/repos.cc:3370 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "" "Opslagruimte '%s' bevindt zich niet in de cache. Deze wordt nu toegevoegd..." -#: src/repos.cc:3378 src/repos.cc:3416 +#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "Probleem bij laden van gegevens van '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3383 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" "Opslagruimte '%s' kan niet worden ververst. De oude cache wordt gebruikt." -#: src/repos.cc:3388 src/repos.cc:3421 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "Oplosbare pakketten van '%s' zijn niet geladen vanwege een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:3407 +#: src/repos.cc:3406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " @@ -2626,16 +2626,16 @@ "server moet gebruiken." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3418 +#: src/repos.cc:3417 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "Probeer '%s', of zelfs '%s' alvorens dit te doen." -#: src/repos.cc:3430 +#: src/repos.cc:3429 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "Lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten..." -#: src/repos.cc:3441 +#: src/repos.cc:3440 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten:" @@ -2800,7 +2800,6 @@ "gebruiken." #: src/Zypper.cc:164 -#| msgid "Command" msgid "Command options:" msgstr "Commando-opties:" @@ -5366,33 +5365,43 @@ msgstr "Controleren van afhankelijkheden..." #. Here: compute the full upgrade -#: src/solve-commit.cc:390 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:393 msgid "Computing upgrade..." msgstr "Berekenen van opwaardering.." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:406 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 msgid "Generating solver test case..." msgstr "Genereert een test..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Solver test case generated successfully at %s." msgstr "Test met oplosser is gegenereerd in %s." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:413 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:416 msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "Fout bij genereren van test." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:446 src/utils/misc.cc:483 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken is " +"in zypper.conf uitgeschakeld. Voer '%s' handmatig uit voor controle." + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/utils/misc.cc:483 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" "Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:455 src/utils/misc.cc:491 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/utils/misc.cc:491 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Controleren is mislukt:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:462 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -5404,32 +5413,32 @@ "controleren en opnieuw starten. Voer %s uit om deze programma's weer te " "geven." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:473 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "Van de volgende pakketten zijn updatemeldingen ontvangen:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:485 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Melding van pakket %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:493 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "j/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:494 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Meldingen nu weergeven?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:539 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Distributie-upgrades berekenen..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:544 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden oplossen..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:614 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -5437,7 +5446,7 @@ "Sommige afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten kloppen niet. Om deze " "afhankelijkheden te verhelpen moeten de volgende acties uitgevoerd worden:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:622 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" "Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het repareren van niet kloppende " @@ -5453,12 +5462,12 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:649 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "j/n/p/v/a/i/l/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:654 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 msgid "" "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" @@ -5466,12 +5475,12 @@ "verwijdering van pakketten." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:656 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Nee, annuleer de bewerking." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." @@ -5480,17 +5489,17 @@ "afhankelijkheidsproblemen weer te geven." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:660 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "Weergave van pakketversies in-/uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:662 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "Weergeven pakketarchitecturen in-/uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 msgid "" "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" @@ -5498,40 +5507,40 @@ "uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:675 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "Weergave van de leverancier van de pakketten in-/uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:677 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "Schakelen tussen alle details en zo min mogelijk details weergeven." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:679 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "Samenvatting weergeven in de pager." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:768 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:786 msgid "committing" msgstr "toewijzen" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:770 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:788 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(test)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:791 src/solve-commit.cc:834 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:809 src/solve-commit.cc:852 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van pakketbestand uit de opslagruimte:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:830 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:848 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is verouderd. Als u '%s' uitvoert, kan dit helpen." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:843 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:861 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " "repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -5549,13 +5558,13 @@ " - gebruik een ander installatiemedium (bijvoorbeeld bij beschadiging)\n" " - gebruik een andere opslagruimte" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:857 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:875 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens of na de installatie of verwijdering van " "pakketten:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:873 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:891 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -5563,7 +5572,7 @@ "Een van de geïnstalleerde patches vereist dat u de computer opnieuw opstart. " "Doe dit zo snel mogelijk." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:882 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:900 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " "command once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -5572,11 +5581,11 @@ "Opnieuw starten hiervan is daarom vereist voor het installeren van de andere " "noodzakelijke patches." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:902 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:920 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Aan afhankelijkheden van alle pakketten is voldaan." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:904 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:922 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Geen activiteit."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92855 - branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Sep '15

27 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-27 12:38:51 +0200 (Sun, 27 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92855 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 10:38:37 UTC (rev 92854) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 10:38:51 UTC (rev 92855) @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-21 16:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 08:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:15+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 12:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "Korte naam" #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1207 src/utils/misc.cc:142 +#: src/info.cc:491 src/Summary.cc:1190 src/utils/misc.cc:142 msgid "Installed" msgstr "Geïnstalleerd" @@ -591,37 +591,37 @@ #. always as plain name list #. translators: used as 'tag:' (i.e. followed by ':') -#: src/Summary.cc:1201 +#: src/Summary.cc:1184 msgid "Available" msgstr "Beschikbaar" -#: src/Summary.cc:1236 +#: src/Summary.cc:1219 #, boost-format msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%." msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: %1%. Reeds in de cache: %2%." -#: src/Summary.cc:1239 +#: src/Summary.cc:1222 msgid "Download only." msgstr "Alleen downloaden." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1245 +#: src/Summary.cc:1228 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used." msgstr "Na de bewerking zal aanvullend %s worden gebruikt." -#: src/Summary.cc:1248 +#: src/Summary.cc:1231 msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation." msgstr "" "Na de bewerking zal er geen extra ruimte in gebruik zijn of vrij komen." #. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K -#: src/Summary.cc:1255 +#: src/Summary.cc:1238 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed." msgstr "Na de bewerking zal %s worden vrijgemaakt." -#: src/Summary.cc:1423 +#: src/Summary.cc:1406 msgid "System reboot required." msgstr "Systeemherstart vereist." @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:677 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:684 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "doorgaan?" @@ -1182,8 +1182,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van bestanden van '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:795 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:827 src/solve-commit.cc:861 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3444 src/solve-commit.cc:802 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:834 src/solve-commit.cc:868 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Zie bovenstaande foutmelding voor een hint." @@ -2123,12 +2123,6 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties:" #: src/Zypper.cc:189 -#| msgid "" -#| "moo\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Show an animal.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "This command has no additional options.\n" msgid "This command has no additional options." msgstr "Deze opdracht heeft geen extra opties." @@ -4022,24 +4016,17 @@ #. translators: command synopsis; do not translate the command 'name (abbreviations)' or '-option' names #: src/Zypper.cc:2763 -#| msgid "Expert options:" msgid "ps [options]" msgstr "ps [opties]" #. translators: command description #: src/Zypper.cc:2766 -#| msgid "" -#| "ps\n" -#| "\n" -#| "List running processes which might use files deleted by recent upgrades.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "This command has no additional options.\n" msgid "" "List running processes which might still use files and libraries deleted by " "recent upgrades." msgstr "" -"Toon actieve processen waardoor mogelijk bestanden worden gebruikt die " -"zijn verwijderd tijdens recent bijwerken." +"Toon actieve processen waardoor mogelijk bestanden worden gebruikt die zijn " +"verwijderd tijdens recent bijwerken." #. translators: -s, --short #: src/Zypper.cc:2770 @@ -4060,9 +4047,9 @@ "followed by a newline. Any '%s' directive in <format> is replaced by the the " "system service name." msgstr "" -"Voor elk bijbehorende systeemservice stuur <format> naar de standaarduitvoer, " -"gevolgd door een nieuwe-regel. Elke '%s' aanwijzing in <format> wordt " -"vervangen door de naam van de systeemservice." +"Voor elk bijbehorende systeemservice stuur <format> naar de " +"standaarduitvoer, gevolgd door een nieuwe-regel. Elke '%s' aanwijzing in " +"<format> wordt vervangen door de naam van de systeemservice." #: src/Zypper.cc:2791 msgid "" @@ -4704,17 +4691,27 @@ msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "Fout bij genereren van test." +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken is " +"in zypper.conf uitgeschakeld. Voer '%s' handmatig uit voor controle." + #. Here: Table output -#: src/solve-commit.cc:449 src/ps.cc:104 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" "Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:458 src/ps.cc:59 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/ps.cc:59 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Controleren is mislukt:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -4726,32 +4723,32 @@ "controleren en opnieuw starten. Voer %s uit om deze programma's weer te " "geven." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:476 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "Van de volgende pakketten zijn updatemeldingen ontvangen:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:488 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Melding van pakket %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:496 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "j/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:497 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Meldingen nu weergeven?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:542 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Distributie-upgrades berekenen..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:547 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden oplossen..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:617 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -4759,7 +4756,7 @@ "Sommige afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten kloppen niet. Om deze " "afhankelijkheden te verhelpen moeten de volgende acties uitgevoerd worden:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:625 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" "Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het repareren van niet kloppende " @@ -4775,12 +4772,12 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:652 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "j/n/p/v/a/i/l/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:657 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 msgid "" "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" @@ -4788,12 +4785,12 @@ "verwijdering van pakketten." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:659 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Nee, annuleer de bewerking." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:661 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." @@ -4802,17 +4799,17 @@ "afhankelijkheidsproblemen weer te geven." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "Weergave van pakketversies in-/uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:672 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "Weergeven pakketarchitecturen in-/uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:674 msgid "" "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" @@ -4820,40 +4817,40 @@ "uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:676 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "Weergave van de leverancier van de pakketten in-/uitschakelen." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:678 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "Schakelen tussen alle details en zo min mogelijk details weergeven." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:680 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "Samenvatting weergeven in de pager." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:771 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:778 msgid "committing" msgstr "toewijzen" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:773 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:780 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(test)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:794 src/solve-commit.cc:837 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:801 src/solve-commit.cc:844 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van pakketbestand uit de opslagruimte:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:833 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:840 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Opslagruimte '%s' is verouderd. Als u '%s' uitvoert, kan dit helpen." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:846 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:853 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " "repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -4871,13 +4868,13 @@ " - gebruik een ander installatiemedium (bijvoorbeeld bij beschadiging)\n" " - gebruik een andere opslagruimte" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:860 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:867 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens of na de installatie of verwijdering van " "pakketten:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:876 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:883 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -4885,7 +4882,7 @@ "Een van de geïnstalleerde patches vereist dat u de computer opnieuw opstart. " "Doe dit zo snel mogelijk." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:885 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " "command once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -4894,11 +4891,11 @@ "Opnieuw starten hiervan is daarom vereist voor het installeren van de andere " "noodzakelijke patches." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:905 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:912 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Aan afhankelijkheden van alle pakketten is voldaan." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:907 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:914 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Geen activiteit."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92854 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Sep '15

27 Sep '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-09-27 12:38:37 +0200 (Sun, 27 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92854 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 09:29:18 UTC (rev 92853) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2015-09-27 10:38:37 UTC (rev 92854) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-10 01:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-16 16:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 12:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -78,14 +78,14 @@ #. is base #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:89 src/repos.cc:117 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #: src/info.cc:213 src/info.cc:276 src/info.cc:282 src/info.cc:290 #: src/info.cc:349 src/info.cc:350 src/info.cc:445 src/info.cc:447 -#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2534 +#: src/Table.h:264 src/repos.cc:95 src/repos.cc:123 src/repos.cc:2533 #: src/solve-commit.cc:262 src/search.cc:660 src/output/Out.h:35 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ msgstr "S" #. translators: name (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1023 src/repos.cc:1163 -#: src/repos.cc:2595 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1162 +#: src/repos.cc:2594 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:498 src/update.cc:684 #: src/Zypper.cc:5331 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 @@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ msgstr "Naam" #. translators: type (general header) -#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:935 src/repos.cc:1063 src/repos.cc:1174 -#: src/repos.cc:2604 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 +#: src/info.cc:364 src/repos.cc:934 src/repos.cc:1062 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:2603 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ #. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed.")); #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/keyring.h:319 -#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:674 +#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:124 src/callbacks/rpm.h:406 src/solve-commit.cc:683 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Doorgaan?" @@ -1832,8 +1832,8 @@ msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'." msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van bestanden van '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3442 src/solve-commit.cc:792 -#: src/solve-commit.cc:824 src/solve-commit.cc:858 +#: src/repos.cc:279 src/repos.cc:3441 src/solve-commit.cc:810 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:842 src/solve-commit.cc:876 msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint." msgstr "Zie bovenstaande foutmelding voor een hint." @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." msgstr "Scannen van inhoud van uitgeschakelde installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1382 +#: src/repos.cc:780 src/repos.cc:818 src/repos.cc:1381 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Slaat installatiebron '%s' over vanwege bovengenoemde fout." @@ -1984,232 +1984,232 @@ "Het draaien van 'zypper refresh' als root zou het probleem op kunnen lossen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 -#: src/repos.cc:935 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 +#: src/repos.cc:934 src/update.cc:258 src/update.cc:580 src/search.cc:348 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. status #. rug's status (active, pending => active, disabled <= enabled, disabled) #. this is probably the closest possible compatibility arrangement -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Active" msgstr "Actief" -#: src/repos.cc:952 +#: src/repos.cc:951 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" # ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:1270 -#: src/repos.cc:1012 src/repos.cc:1162 src/repos.cc:2594 src/Zypper.cc:5331 +#: src/repos.cc:1011 src/repos.cc:1161 src/repos.cc:2593 src/Zypper.cc:5331 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. 'enabled' flag #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1031 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1776 src/repos.cc:2596 +#: src/repos.cc:1030 src/repos.cc:1168 src/repos.cc:1775 src/repos.cc:2595 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" #. GPG Check #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1035 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:1780 src/repos.cc:2597 +#: src/repos.cc:1034 src/repos.cc:1169 src/repos.cc:1779 src/repos.cc:2596 msgid "GPG Check" msgstr "GPG-controle" #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled #. for the repository #. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository -#: src/repos.cc:1043 src/repos.cc:2599 +#: src/repos.cc:1042 src/repos.cc:2598 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Vernieuwen" #. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d) -#: src/repos.cc:1053 src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2603 +#: src/repos.cc:1052 src/repos.cc:1170 src/repos.cc:2602 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1070 src/repos.cc:1164 src/repos.cc:1782 src/repos.cc:2606 +#: src/repos.cc:1069 src/repos.cc:1163 src/repos.cc:1781 src/repos.cc:2605 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI" #. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed) -#: src/repos.cc:1080 src/utils/misc.cc:509 +#: src/repos.cc:1079 src/utils/misc.cc:509 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/repos.cc:1133 +#: src/repos.cc:1132 msgid "No repositories defined." msgstr "Geen installatiebronnen gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1134 +#: src/repos.cc:1133 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." msgstr "" "Gebruik het commando 'zypper addrepo' om één of meer bronnen toe te voegen." -#: src/repos.cc:1172 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 msgid "Auto-refresh" msgstr "Autovernieuwen" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "On" msgstr "Aan" -#: src/repos.cc:1172 src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Off" msgstr "Uit" -#: src/repos.cc:1173 +#: src/repos.cc:1172 msgid "Keep Packages" msgstr "Pakketten behouden" -#: src/repos.cc:1175 +#: src/repos.cc:1174 msgid "GPG Key URI" msgstr "URI van GPG-sleutel" -#: src/repos.cc:1176 +#: src/repos.cc:1175 msgid "Path Prefix" msgstr "Padvoorvoegsel" -#: src/repos.cc:1177 +#: src/repos.cc:1176 msgid "Parent Service" msgstr "Ouderservice" -#: src/repos.cc:1178 +#: src/repos.cc:1177 msgid "Repo Info Path" msgstr "Info-pad van inst.bron" -#: src/repos.cc:1179 +#: src/repos.cc:1178 msgid "MD Cache Path" msgstr "MD Cache-pad" -#: src/repos.cc:1233 src/repos.cc:1310 src/repos.cc:1469 +#: src/repos.cc:1232 src/repos.cc:1309 src/repos.cc:1468 msgid "Error reading repositories:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van installatiebronnen:" -#: src/repos.cc:1261 src/repos.cc:2745 +#: src/repos.cc:1260 src/repos.cc:2744 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Can't open %s for writing." msgstr "Kan %s niet openen voor schrijven." -#: src/repos.cc:1263 src/repos.cc:2747 +#: src/repos.cc:1262 src/repos.cc:2746 msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?" msgstr "Misschien hebt u geen schrijfrechten?" -#: src/repos.cc:1270 src/repos.cc:2754 +#: src/repos.cc:1269 src/repos.cc:2753 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s." msgstr "De bronnen zijn met succes geëxporteerd naar %s." -#: src/repos.cc:1328 src/repos.cc:1487 +#: src/repos.cc:1327 src/repos.cc:1486 msgid "Specified repositories: " msgstr "Gespecificeerde installatiebronnen: " -#: src/repos.cc:1367 +#: src/repos.cc:1366 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'" msgstr "Slaat uitgeschakelde installatiebron '%s' over" -#: src/repos.cc:1396 +#: src/repos.cc:1395 msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Opgegeven bronnen zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1398 +#: src/repos.cc:1397 msgid "There are no enabled repositories defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen geactiveerde bronnen gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1399 +#: src/repos.cc:1398 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." msgstr "" "Gebruik de commando's '%s' of '%s' om bronnen toe te voegen of te activeren." -#: src/repos.cc:1404 +#: src/repos.cc:1403 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." msgstr "Kon vanwege fouten de installatiebronnen niet vernieuwen." -#: src/repos.cc:1410 +#: src/repos.cc:1409 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "Enkele installatiebronnen zijn vanwege fouten niet vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:1415 +#: src/repos.cc:1414 msgid "Specified repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "De opgegeven installatiebronnen zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:1417 +#: src/repos.cc:1416 msgid "All repositories have been refreshed." msgstr "Alle installatiebronnen zijn vernieuwd." -#: src/repos.cc:1544 +#: src/repos.cc:1543 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "Opschonen van metagegevenscache voor '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:1554 +#: src/repos.cc:1553 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning raw metadata cache for '%s'." msgstr "Opschonen van rauwe metagegevenscache voor '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:1561 +#: src/repos.cc:1560 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Keeping raw metadata cache for %s '%s'." msgstr "Bewaren van ruwe metagegevenscache voor %s '%s'." #. translators: meaning the cached rpm files -#: src/repos.cc:1569 +#: src/repos.cc:1568 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cleaning packages for '%s'." msgstr "Opschonen van pakketten voor '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:1577 +#: src/repos.cc:1576 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Cannot clean repository '%s' because of an error." msgstr "Opschonen van installatiebron '%s' kan niet vanwege een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:1590 +#: src/repos.cc:1589 msgid "Cleaning installed packages cache." msgstr "Opschonen van cache voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." -#: src/repos.cc:1598 +#: src/repos.cc:1597 msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error." msgstr "" "Opschonen van cache voor geïnstalleerde pakketten kan niet vanwege een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:1619 +#: src/repos.cc:1618 msgid "Could not clean the repositories because of errors." msgstr "Kan de installatiebronnen niet opschonen vanwege fouten." -#: src/repos.cc:1626 +#: src/repos.cc:1625 msgid "Some of the repositories have not been cleaned up because of an error." msgstr "Enkele installatiebronnen zijn vanwege fouten niet opgeschoond." -#: src/repos.cc:1631 +#: src/repos.cc:1630 msgid "Specified repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "De gespecificeerde installatiebronnen zijn opgeschoond." -#: src/repos.cc:1633 +#: src/repos.cc:1632 msgid "All repositories have been cleaned up." msgstr "Alle installatiebronnen zijn opgeschoond." -#: src/repos.cc:1676 +#: src/repos.cc:1675 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." msgstr "" "Dit is een verwisselbaar alleen-lezen medium (cd/dvd). Automatisch " "vernieuwen wordt daarom uitgeschakeld." -#: src/repos.cc:1698 +#: src/repos.cc:1697 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'" msgstr "Ongeldige alias van installatiebron: '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2007 +#: src/repos.cc:1705 src/repos.cc:2006 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" "Er bestaat al een installatiebron met de naam '%s'. Gaarne een andere alias " "gebruiken." -#: src/repos.cc:1717 +#: src/repos.cc:1716 msgid "" "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined " "URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" @@ -2217,25 +2217,25 @@ "Kan het type installatiebron niet bepalen. Controleer of de gedefinieerde " "URI's (zie hieronder) naar een geldige bron verwijzen:" -#: src/repos.cc:1727 src/Zypper.cc:3284 +#: src/repos.cc:1726 src/Zypper.cc:3284 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "Kan geen geldige installatiebron vinden op de opgegeven locatie:" -#: src/repos.cc:1736 +#: src/repos.cc:1735 msgid "Problem transferring repository data from specified URI:" msgstr "Probleem bij het overdragen van brongegevens van opgegeven URI:" -#: src/repos.cc:1737 +#: src/repos.cc:1736 msgid "Please check whether the specified URI is accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de opgegeven URI toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:1745 +#: src/repos.cc:1744 msgid "Unknown problem when adding repository:" msgstr "Onbekend probleem bij toevoegen van installatiebron." #. translators: BOOST STYLE POSITIONAL DIRECTIVES ( %N% ) #. translators: %1% - a repository name -#: src/repos.cc:1756 +#: src/repos.cc:1755 #, boost-format msgid "" "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and " @@ -2244,51 +2244,51 @@ "Controleren met GPG is uitgeschakeld in de configuratie van installatiebron " "'%1%'. Integriteit en oorsprong van pakketten kan niet worden geverifieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:1762 +#: src/repos.cc:1761 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' successfully added" msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is met succes toegevoegd:" #. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value" -#: src/repos.cc:1778 +#: src/repos.cc:1777 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Autovernieuwen" -#: src/repos.cc:1796 +#: src/repos.cc:1795 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "Leest gegevens van medium '%s" -#: src/repos.cc:1803 +#: src/repos.cc:1802 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media" msgstr "Probleem bij lezen van gegevens van '%s' medium" -#: src/repos.cc:1804 +#: src/repos.cc:1803 msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable." msgstr "Controleer of uw installatiemedium geldig en leesbaar is." -#: src/repos.cc:1811 +#: src/repos.cc:1810 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh." msgstr "" "Gegevens lezen van medium '%s' is uitgesteld tot de volgende verversing." -#: src/repos.cc:1878 +#: src/repos.cc:1877 msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Probleem bij toegang tot het bestand op de opgegeven URI" -#: src/repos.cc:1879 +#: src/repos.cc:1878 msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de opgegeven URI juist en toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:1887 +#: src/repos.cc:1886 msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Probleem bij het analyseren van het bestand op de opgegeven URI" #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. -#: src/repos.cc:1890 +#: src/repos.cc:1889 msgid "" "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for " "details." @@ -2296,26 +2296,26 @@ "Is het een .repo-bestand? zie http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo voor " "details." -#: src/repos.cc:1898 +#: src/repos.cc:1897 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" msgstr "Probleem bij het lezen van het bestand op de opgegeven URI" -#: src/repos.cc:1912 +#: src/repos.cc:1911 msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping." msgstr "" "Er is een installatiebron zonder een gedefinieerde alias gevonden, overslaan." -#: src/repos.cc:1919 +#: src/repos.cc:1918 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping." msgstr "Bij installatiebron '%s' is geen URI gedefinieerd, overslaan." -#: src/repos.cc:1964 +#: src/repos.cc:1963 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is verwijderd." -#: src/repos.cc:1990 +#: src/repos.cc:1989 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service " @@ -2325,21 +2325,21 @@ "behoort bij service '%s' die verantwoordelijk is voor het instellen van zijn " "alias." -#: src/repos.cc:2001 +#: src/repos.cc:2000 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is hernoemd naar '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2013 src/repos.cc:2273 +#: src/repos.cc:2012 src/repos.cc:2272 msgid "Error while modifying the repository:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de installatiebron:" -#: src/repos.cc:2014 +#: src/repos.cc:2013 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:2163 +#: src/repos.cc:2162 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the " @@ -2348,201 +2348,201 @@ "Ongeldige prioriteit '%s'. Gebruik een positief geheel getal. Hoe hoger het " "getal hoe lager de prioriteit." -#: src/repos.cc:2171 +#: src/repos.cc:2170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)" msgstr "Prioriteit van installatiebron '%s' is ongewijzigd (%d)" -#: src/repos.cc:2205 +#: src/repos.cc:2204 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is met succes geactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:2208 +#: src/repos.cc:2207 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is met succes gedeactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:2216 +#: src/repos.cc:2215 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2219 +#: src/repos.cc:2218 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2227 +#: src/repos.cc:2226 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2230 +#: src/repos.cc:2229 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2238 +#: src/repos.cc:2237 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2241 +#: src/repos.cc:2240 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'." msgstr "GPG-controle is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2248 +#: src/repos.cc:2247 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d." msgstr "De prioriteit van installatiebron '%s' is op %d gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2255 +#: src/repos.cc:2254 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van installatiebron '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:2266 +#: src/repos.cc:2265 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor installatiebron '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2274 +#: src/repos.cc:2273 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged." msgstr "Installatiebron %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:2312 +#: src/repos.cc:2311 msgid "Error reading services:" msgstr "Fout bij lezen van services:" -#: src/repos.cc:2407 +#: src/repos.cc:2406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." msgstr "" "Service '%s' is niet gevonden aan de hand van zijn alias, nummer of URI." -#: src/repos.cc:2411 +#: src/repos.cc:2410 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services." msgstr "Gebruik '%s' voor een lijst met gedefinieerde services." -#: src/repos.cc:2659 +#: src/repos.cc:2658 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." msgstr "" "Geen services gedefinieerd. Gebruik het commando '%s' om één of meer " "services toe te voegen." -#: src/repos.cc:2781 +#: src/repos.cc:2780 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." msgstr "" "Service met de alias '%s' bestaat al. Gaarne een andere alias gebruiken." -#: src/repos.cc:2791 +#: src/repos.cc:2790 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het toevoegen van de service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2797 +#: src/repos.cc:2796 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added." msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes toegevoegd." -#: src/repos.cc:2836 +#: src/repos.cc:2835 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Removing service '%s':" msgstr "Verwijderen van service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2839 +#: src/repos.cc:2838 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been removed." msgstr "Service '%s' is verwijderd." -#: src/repos.cc:2855 +#: src/repos.cc:2854 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Refreshing service '%s'." msgstr "Verversen van service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:2868 src/repos.cc:2878 +#: src/repos.cc:2867 src/repos.cc:2877 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':" msgstr "" "Probleem bij het ophalen van het indexbestand van de installatiebron voor de " "service '%s':" -#: src/repos.cc:2870 src/repos.cc:2983 src/repos.cc:3043 +#: src/repos.cc:2869 src/repos.cc:2982 src/repos.cc:3042 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error." msgstr "Overslaan van service '%s' vanwege bovengenoemde fout." -#: src/repos.cc:2879 +#: src/repos.cc:2878 msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible." msgstr "Controleer of de URI geldig en toegankelijk is." -#: src/repos.cc:2937 +#: src/repos.cc:2936 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'" msgstr "Overslaan van uitgeschakelde service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:2997 +#: src/repos.cc:2996 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services." msgstr "" "Gebruik het commando '%s' of '%s' om services toe te voegen of te activeren." -#: src/repos.cc:3000 +#: src/repos.cc:2999 msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined." msgstr "Opgegeven services zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3002 +#: src/repos.cc:3001 msgid "There are no enabled services defined." msgstr "Er zijn geen geactiveerde services gedefinieerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3006 +#: src/repos.cc:3005 msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors." msgstr "Kon vanwege fouten de services niet verversen." -#: src/repos.cc:3012 +#: src/repos.cc:3011 msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error." msgstr "Enkele van de services zijn vanwege fouten niet ververst." -#: src/repos.cc:3017 +#: src/repos.cc:3016 msgid "Specified services have been refreshed." msgstr "De opgegeven services zijn ververst." -#: src/repos.cc:3019 +#: src/repos.cc:3018 msgid "All services have been refreshed." msgstr "Alle services zijn ververst." -#: src/repos.cc:3168 +#: src/repos.cc:3167 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes geactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3171 +#: src/repos.cc:3170 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled." msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes gedeactiveerd." -#: src/repos.cc:3178 +#: src/repos.cc:3177 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is geactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3181 +#: src/repos.cc:3180 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'." msgstr "Autoverversing is gedeactiveerd voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3187 +#: src/repos.cc:3186 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'." msgstr "De naam van service '%s' is op '%s' gezet." -#: src/repos.cc:3193 +#: src/repos.cc:3192 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ "Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde " "installatiebronnen van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3201 +#: src/repos.cc:3200 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgid_plural "" @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ "Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de gedeactiveerde " "installatiebronnen van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3209 +#: src/repos.cc:3208 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ "Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde " "installatiebronnen van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3217 +#: src/repos.cc:3216 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" @@ -2593,51 +2593,51 @@ "Installatiebron '%s' is verwijderd uit de gedeactiveerde installatiebronnen " "van service '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3226 +#: src/repos.cc:3225 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'." msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor service '%s'." -#: src/repos.cc:3233 +#: src/repos.cc:3232 msgid "Error while modifying the service:" msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de servicve:" -#: src/repos.cc:3234 +#: src/repos.cc:3233 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged." msgstr "Service %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten." -#: src/repos.cc:3342 +#: src/repos.cc:3341 msgid "Loading repository data..." msgstr "Gegevens van installatiebron laden..." -#: src/repos.cc:3364 +#: src/repos.cc:3363 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..." msgstr "Gegevens van installatiebron '%s' wordt opgehaald..." -#: src/repos.cc:3371 +#: src/repos.cc:3370 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..." msgstr "Bron '%s' bevindt zich niet in de cache. Deze wordt nu toegevoegd..." -#: src/repos.cc:3378 src/repos.cc:3416 +#: src/repos.cc:3377 src/repos.cc:3415 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'" msgstr "Probleem bij laden van gegevens van '%s'" -#: src/repos.cc:3383 +#: src/repos.cc:3382 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache." msgstr "" "Installatiebron '%s' kon niet ververst worden. De oude cache wordt gebruikt." -#: src/repos.cc:3388 src/repos.cc:3421 +#: src/repos.cc:3387 src/repos.cc:3420 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." msgstr "Oplosbare pakketten van '%s' zijn niet geladen vanwege een fout." -#: src/repos.cc:3407 +#: src/repos.cc:3406 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " @@ -2647,16 +2647,16 @@ "of server moet gebruiken." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' -#: src/repos.cc:3418 +#: src/repos.cc:3417 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so." msgstr "Probeer '%s', of zelfs '%s' alvorens dit te doen." -#: src/repos.cc:3430 +#: src/repos.cc:3429 msgid "Reading installed packages..." msgstr "Lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten..." -#: src/repos.cc:3441 +#: src/repos.cc:3440 msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten:" @@ -2825,7 +2825,6 @@ "gebruiken." #: src/Zypper.cc:164 -#| msgid "Command" msgid "Command options:" msgstr "Commando-opties:" @@ -5377,33 +5376,43 @@ msgstr "Controleren van afhankelijkheden..." #. Here: compute the full upgrade -#: src/solve-commit.cc:390 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:393 msgid "Computing upgrade..." msgstr "Berekenen van opwaardering.." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:406 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 msgid "Generating solver test case..." msgstr "Genereert een test..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:409 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:412 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Solver test case generated successfully at %s." msgstr "Test met oplosser is met succes gegenereerd in %s." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:413 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:416 msgid "Error creating the solver test case." msgstr "Fout bij genereren van test." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:446 src/utils/misc.cc:483 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:450 +#, c-format, boost-format +#| msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." +msgid "" +"Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper." +"conf. Run '%s' to check manually." +msgstr "" +"Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken is " +"in zypper.conf uitgeschakeld. Voer '%s' handmatig uit voor controle." + +#: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/utils/misc.cc:483 msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..." msgstr "" "Controle op actieve programma's die verwijderde bibliotheken gebruiken..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:455 src/utils/misc.cc:491 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:465 src/utils/misc.cc:491 msgid "Check failed:" msgstr "Controleren is mislukt:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:462 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:472 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "" "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " @@ -5414,32 +5423,32 @@ "zijn opgewaardeerd. U zou deze mogelijk willen controleren en enige ervan " "herstarten. Voer '%s' uit om een lijst te verkrijgen van deze programma's." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:473 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:483 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" msgstr "Van de volgende pakketten zijn bijwerkmeldingen ontvagen:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:485 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:495 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Message from package %s:" msgstr "Melding van pakket %s:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:493 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:503 msgid "y/n" msgstr "j/n" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:494 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:504 msgid "View the notifications now?" msgstr "Meldingen nu weergeven?" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:539 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:549 msgid "Computing distribution upgrade..." msgstr "Berekenen van distributie-opwaardering..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:544 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:554 msgid "Resolving package dependencies..." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden tussen pakketten oplossen..." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:614 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:624 msgid "" "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " "these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" @@ -5447,7 +5456,7 @@ "Sommige afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten kloppen niet. Om deze " "afhankelijkheden te verhelpen moeten de volgende acties genomen worden:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:622 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:632 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." msgstr "" "Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het repareren van niet kloppende " @@ -5463,12 +5472,12 @@ #. The answers should be lower case letters, but in general, any UTF-8 #. string will do. #. ! \todo add c for changelog and x for explain (show the dep tree) -#: src/solve-commit.cc:649 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 msgid "y/n/p/v/a/r/m/d/g" msgstr "j/n/p/v/a/i/l/d/g" #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:654 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:663 msgid "" "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." msgstr "" @@ -5476,12 +5485,12 @@ "van pakketten." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:656 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:665 msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgstr "Nee, annuleer de operatie." #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:658 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:667 msgid "" "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " "problems." @@ -5490,17 +5499,17 @@ "afhankelijkheidsproblemen te tonen." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:660 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:669 msgid "Toggle display of package versions." msgstr "V, schakel het tonen van pakketversies om." #. translators: help text for 'a' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:662 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:671 msgid "Toggle display of package architectures." msgstr "A, schakel het tonen van pakketarchitecturen om." #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:664 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:673 msgid "" "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." msgstr "" @@ -5508,40 +5517,40 @@ "geïnstalleerd zullen worden om." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:666 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:675 msgid "Toggle display of package vendor names." msgstr "L, schakel het tonen van de leverancier van de pakketten om." #. translators: help text for 'd' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:668 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:677 msgid "Toggle between showing all details and as few details as possible." msgstr "D, schakel het tonen van alle details en zo weinig als mogelijk om." #. translators: help text for 'g' option in the 'Continue?' prompt -#: src/solve-commit.cc:670 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:679 msgid "View the summary in pager." msgstr "G, toon de samenvatting in de pager." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:768 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:786 msgid "committing" msgstr "goedkeuren" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:770 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:788 msgid "(dry run)" msgstr "(testdraai)" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:791 src/solve-commit.cc:834 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:809 src/solve-commit.cc:852 msgid "Problem retrieving the package file from the repository:" msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van pakketbestand van de installatiebron:" #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second #. is repo allias -#: src/solve-commit.cc:830 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:848 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Repository '%s' is out of date. Running '%s' might help." msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is verouderd. Draaien van '%s' kan helpen." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:843 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:861 msgid "" "The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " "repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" @@ -5559,13 +5568,13 @@ " - gebruik een ander installatiemedium (bijvoorbeeld bij beschadiging)\n" " - gebruik een andere installatiebron" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:857 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:875 msgid "Problem occured during or after installation or removal of packages:" msgstr "" "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens of na de installatie of verwijdering van " "pakketten:" -#: src/solve-commit.cc:873 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:891 msgid "" "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " "possible." @@ -5573,7 +5582,7 @@ "Een van de geïnstalleerde patches vereist dat u de computer opnieuw opstart. " "Doe dit zo snel mogelijk." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:882 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:900 msgid "" "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " "command once more to install any other needed patches." @@ -5582,11 +5591,11 @@ "Opnieuw starten hiervan is daarom vereist voor het installeren van de andere " "noodzakelijke patches." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:902 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:920 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." msgstr "Aan afhankelijkheden van alle pakketten is voldaan." -#: src/solve-commit.cc:904 src/download.cc:129 +#: src/solve-commit.cc:922 src/download.cc:129 msgid "Nothing to do." msgstr "Niets te doen."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92853 - trunk/lcn/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Sep '15

27 Sep '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-09-27 11:29:18 +0200 (Sun, 27 Sep 2015) New Revision: 92853 Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po Log: zypper.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2015-09-27 09:24:20 UTC (rev 92852) +++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2015-09-27 09:29:18 UTC (rev 92853) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-27 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-24 15:57+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-27 11:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.3\n" #: src/info.cc:122 msgid "Name: " @@ -4223,7 +4223,7 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:450 #, c-format, boost-format msgid "Check for running processes using deleted libraries is disabled in zypper.conf. Run '%s' to check manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La comprovació dels processos en execució que usen biblioteques eliminades està inhabilitada a zypper.conf. Executeu \"%s\" per comprovar-los manualment." #. Here: Table output #: src/solve-commit.cc:456 src/ps.cc:104

1 0